Spring Framework Reference
Spring Framework Reference
3.1
Copyright 2004-2011 Rod Johnson, Juergen Hoeller, Keith Donald, Colin Sampaleanu, Rob Harrop, Alef Arendsen, Thomas Risberg, Darren Davison, Dmitriy Kopylenko, Mark Pollack, Thierry Templier, Erwin Vervaet, Portia Tung, Ben Hale, Adrian Colyer, John Lewis, Costin Leau, Mark Fisher, Sam Brannen, Ramnivas Laddad, Arjen Poutsma, Chris Beams, Tareq Abedrabbo, Andy Clement, Dave Syer, Oliver Gierke, Rossen Stoyanchev
Copies of this document may be made for your own use and for distribution to others, provided that you do not charge any fee for such copies and further provided that each copy contains this Copyright Notice, whether distributed in print or electronically.
Spring Framework
Table of Contents
I. Overview of Spring Framework ..............................................................................................1 1. Introduction to Spring Framework ..................................................................................2 1.1. Dependency Injection and Inversion of Control ....................................................2 1.2. Modules ............................................................................................................3 Core Container .................................................................................................3 Data Access/Integration ....................................................................................3 Web .................................................................................................................4 AOP and Instrumentation ..................................................................................4 Test .................................................................................................................4 1.3. Usage scenarios .................................................................................................5 Dependency Management and Naming Conventions ...........................................6 Spring Dependencies and Depending on Spring ..........................................8 Maven Dependency Management ..............................................................8 Ivy Dependency Management .................................................................10 Logging .........................................................................................................10 Not Using Commons Logging .................................................................11 Using SLF4J ..........................................................................................11 Using Log4J ...........................................................................................13 II. What's New in Spring 3 ......................................................................................................15 2. New Features and Enhancements in Spring 3.0 .............................................................16 2.1. Java 5 ..............................................................................................................16 2.2. Improved documentation ..................................................................................16 2.3. New articles and tutorials ..................................................................................16 2.4. New module organization and build system .......................................................17 2.5. Overview of new features .................................................................................18 Core APIs updated for Java 5 ..........................................................................19 Spring Expression Language ...........................................................................19 The Inversion of Control (IoC) container ..........................................................20 Java based bean metadata ........................................................................20 Defining bean metadata within components ..............................................21 General purpose type conversion system and field formatting system .................21 The Data Tier .................................................................................................21 The Web Tier .................................................................................................22 Comprehensive REST support .................................................................22 @MVC additions ...................................................................................22 Declarative model validation ...........................................................................22 Early support for Java EE 6 .............................................................................22 Support for embedded databases ......................................................................22 3. New Features and Enhancements in Spring 3.1 .............................................................23 3.1. Overview of new features .................................................................................23
3.1
Reference Documentation
ii
Spring Framework
Cache Abstraction ..........................................................................................23 Bean Definition Profiles ..................................................................................23 Environment Abstraction ................................................................................23 PropertySource Abstraction .............................................................................23 Code equivalents for Spring's XML namespaces ...............................................24 Builder-style APIs for code-based Hibernate configuration ................................24 TestContext framework support for @Configuration classes and bean definition profiles ..........................................................................................................24 c: namespace for more concise constructor injection .........................................24 Support for injection against non-standard JavaBeans setters .............................24 Support for Servlet 3 code-based configuration of Servlet Container ..................25 Support for Servlet 3 MultipartResolver ...........................................................25 JPA EntityManagerFactory bootstrapping without persistence.xml ....................25 New HandlerMethod-based Support Classes For Annotated Controller Processing .......................................................................................................................25 Consumes and Produces @RequestMapping Conditions ...................................26 Working With URI Template Variables In Controller Methods ..........................26 Validation For @RequestBody Method Arguments ...........................................27 III. Core Technologies ............................................................................................................28 4. The IoC container .......................................................................................................29 4.1. Introduction to the Spring IoC container and beans .............................................29 4.2. Container overview ..........................................................................................29 Configuration metadata ...................................................................................30 Instantiating a container ..................................................................................31 Composing XML-based configuration metadata .......................................33 Using the container .........................................................................................33 4.3. Bean overview .................................................................................................34 Naming beans .................................................................................................35 Aliasing a bean outside the bean definition ...............................................36 Instantiating beans ..........................................................................................37 Instantiation with a constructor ................................................................37 Instantiation with a static factory method .................................................38 Instantiation using an instance factory method ..........................................38 4.4. Dependencies ...................................................................................................40 Dependency injection ......................................................................................40 Constructor-based dependency injection ...................................................40 Setter-based dependency injection ...........................................................42 Dependency resolution process ................................................................43 Examples of dependency injection ...........................................................45 Dependencies and configuration in detail .........................................................47 Straight values (primitives, Strings, and so on) .........................................47 References to other beans (collaborators) .................................................48 Inner beans .............................................................................................49 Collections .............................................................................................50 Null and empty string values ...................................................................52 3.1 Reference Documentation iii
Spring Framework
XML shortcut with the p-namespace ........................................................53 XML shortcut with the c-namespace ........................................................54 Compound property names ......................................................................55 Using depends-on ...........................................................................................55 Lazy-initialized beans .....................................................................................56 Autowiring collaborators .................................................................................56 Limitations and disadvantages of autowiring ............................................58 Excluding a bean from autowiring ...........................................................58 Method injection ............................................................................................59 Lookup method injection .........................................................................60 Arbitrary method replacement .................................................................61 4.5. Bean scopes .....................................................................................................62 The singleton scope ........................................................................................63 The prototype scope ........................................................................................64 Singleton beans with prototype-bean dependencies ...........................................65 Request, session, and global session scopes ......................................................65 Initial web configuration .........................................................................65 Request scope .........................................................................................66 Session scope .........................................................................................66 Global session scope ...............................................................................67 Scoped beans as dependencies .................................................................67 Custom scopes ...............................................................................................69 Creating a custom scope ..........................................................................69 Using a custom scope ..............................................................................70 4.6. Customizing the nature of a bean .......................................................................71 Lifecycle callbacks .........................................................................................72 Initialization callbacks ............................................................................72 Destruction callbacks ..............................................................................73 Default initialization and destroy methods ................................................73 Combining lifecycle mechanisms ............................................................75 Startup and shutdown callbacks ...............................................................75 Shutting down the Spring IoC container gracefully in non-web applications 77 ApplicationContextAware and BeanNameAware ..............................................78 Other Aware interfaces ...................................................................................78 4.7. Bean definition inheritance ...............................................................................80 4.8. Container Extension Points ...............................................................................82 Customizing beans using a BeanPostProcessor .................................................82 Example: Hello World, BeanPostProcessor-style ......................................83 Example: The RequiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor ..............................84 Customizing configuration metadata with a BeanFactoryPostProcessor ..............85 Example: the PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer ...........................................86 Example: the PropertyOverrideConfigurer ...............................................87 Customizing instantiation logic with a FactoryBean ..........................................88 4.9. Annotation-based container configuration ..........................................................89 @Required .....................................................................................................90 3.1 Reference Documentation iv
Spring Framework
@Autowired and @Inject ................................................................................91 Fine-tuning annotation-based autowiring with qualifiers ...................................94 CustomAutowireConfigurer ............................................................................99 @Resource ................................................................................................... 100 @PostConstruct and @PreDestroy ................................................................. 101 4.10. Classpath scanning and managed components ................................................ 101 @Component and further stereotype annotations ............................................ 102 Automatically detecting classes and registering bean definitions ...................... 102 Using filters to customize scanning ................................................................ 103 Defining bean metadata within components .................................................... 104 Naming autodetected components .................................................................. 106 Providing a scope for autodetected components .............................................. 107 Providing qualifier metadata with annotations ................................................ 107 4.11. Using JSR 330 standard annotations .............................................................. 108 Dependency Injection with @Inject and @Named .......................................... 109 @Named: a standard equivalent to the @Component annotation ...................... 109 Limitations of the standard approach .............................................................. 110 4.12. Java-based container configuration ................................................................ 111 Basic concepts: @Configuration and @Bean .................................................. 111 Instantiating the Spring container using AnnotationConfigApplicationContext . 111 Simple construction .............................................................................. 112 Building the container programmatically using register(Class<?>...) ........ 112 Enabling component scanning with scan(String...) .................................. 112 Support for web applications with AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext ............................................................................................................. 113 Composing Java-based configurations ............................................................ 114 Using the @Import annotation ............................................................... 114 Combining Java and XML configuration ................................................ 117 Using the @Bean annotation ......................................................................... 119 Declaring a bean ................................................................................... 119 Injecting dependencies .......................................................................... 120 Receiving lifecycle callbacks ................................................................. 120 Specifying bean scope ........................................................................... 121 Customizing bean naming ..................................................................... 123 Bean aliasing ........................................................................................ 123 Further information about how Java-based configuration works internally ........ 123 4.13. Registering a LoadTimeWeaver .................................................................... 124 4.14. Additional Capabilities of the ApplicationContext .......................................... 125 Internationalization using MessageSource ...................................................... 125 Standard and Custom Events ......................................................................... 128 Convenient access to low-level resources ....................................................... 131 Convenient ApplicationContext instantiation for web applications ................... 132 Deploying a Spring ApplicationContext as a J2EE RAR file ............................ 133 4.15. The BeanFactory .......................................................................................... 133 BeanFactory or ApplicationContext? ............................................................. 134 3.1 Reference Documentation v
Spring Framework
Glue code and the evil singleton .................................................................... 135 5. Resources ................................................................................................................. 137 5.1. Introduction ................................................................................................... 137 5.2. The Resource interface ................................................................................... 137 5.3. Built-in Resource implementations .................................................................. 138 UrlResource ................................................................................................. 138 ClassPathResource ....................................................................................... 139 FileSystemResource ..................................................................................... 139 ServletContextResource ................................................................................ 139 InputStreamResource .................................................................................... 139 ByteArrayResource ...................................................................................... 140 5.4. The ResourceLoader ....................................................................................... 140 5.5. The ResourceLoaderAware interface ............................................................... 141 5.6. Resources as dependencies ............................................................................. 142 5.7. Application contexts and Resource paths ......................................................... 142 Constructing application contexts .................................................................. 142 Constructing ClassPathXmlApplicationContext instances - shortcuts ....... 143 Wildcards in application context constructor resource paths ............................ 144 Ant-style Patterns ................................................................................. 144 The classpath*: prefix ........................................................................... 145 Other notes relating to wildcards ............................................................ 145 FileSystemResource caveats .......................................................................... 146 6. Validation, Data Binding, and Type Conversion .......................................................... 148 6.1. Introduction ................................................................................................... 148 6.2. Validation using Spring's Validator interface .................................................... 148 6.3. Resolving codes to error messages .................................................................. 150 6.4. Bean manipulation and the BeanWrapper ........................................................ 150 Setting and getting basic and nested properties ............................................... 151 Built-in PropertyEditor implementations ........................................................ 152 Registering additional custom PropertyEditors ....................................... 155 6.5. Spring 3 Type Conversion .............................................................................. 158 Converter SPI ............................................................................................... 158 ConverterFactory .......................................................................................... 159 GenericConverter ......................................................................................... 160 ConditionalGenericConverter ................................................................ 160 ConversionService API ................................................................................. 161 Configuring a ConversionService .................................................................. 161 Using a ConversionService programatically ................................................... 162 6.6. Spring 3 Field Formatting ............................................................................... 162 Formatter SPI ............................................................................................... 163 Annotation-driven Formatting ....................................................................... 164 Format Annotation API ......................................................................... 165 FormatterRegistry SPI .................................................................................. 166 FormatterRegistrar SPI ................................................................................. 166 Configuring Formatting in Spring MVC ......................................................... 167 3.1 Reference Documentation vi
Spring Framework
6.7. Spring 3 Validation ........................................................................................ 168 Overview of the JSR-303 Bean Validation API ............................................... 168 Configuring a Bean Validation Implementation .............................................. 169 Injecting a Validator ............................................................................. 169 Configuring Custom Constraints ............................................................ 170 Additional Configuration Options .......................................................... 170 Configuring a DataBinder ............................................................................. 170 Spring MVC 3 Validation ............................................................................. 171 Triggering @Controller Input Validation ............................................... 171 Configuring a Validator for use by Spring MVC ..................................... 171 Configuring a JSR-303 Validator for use by Spring MVC ....................... 172 7. Spring Expression Language (SpEL) .......................................................................... 173 7.1. Introduction ................................................................................................... 173 7.2. Feature Overview ........................................................................................... 173 7.3. Expression Evaluation using Spring's Expression Interface ............................... 174 The EvaluationContext interface .................................................................... 177 Type Conversion .................................................................................. 177 7.4. Expression support for defining bean definitions .............................................. 178 XML based configuration ............................................................................. 178 Annotation-based configuration ..................................................................... 178 7.5. Language Reference ....................................................................................... 180 Literal expressions ........................................................................................ 180 Properties, Arrays, Lists, Maps, Indexers ........................................................ 180 Inline lists .................................................................................................... 181 Array construction ........................................................................................ 181 Methods ....................................................................................................... 182 Operators ..................................................................................................... 182 Relational operators .............................................................................. 182 Logical operators .................................................................................. 183 Mathematical operators ......................................................................... 183 Assignment .................................................................................................. 184 Types ........................................................................................................... 184 Constructors ................................................................................................. 184 Variables ...................................................................................................... 185 The #this and #root variables ................................................................. 185 Functions ..................................................................................................... 185 Bean references ............................................................................................ 186 Ternary Operator (If-Then-Else) .................................................................... 186 The Elvis Operator ....................................................................................... 187 Safe Navigation operator ............................................................................... 187 Collection Selection ...................................................................................... 188 Collection Projection .................................................................................... 188 Expression templating ................................................................................... 189 7.6. Classes used in the examples ........................................................................... 189 8. Aspect Oriented Programming with Spring ................................................................. 193 3.1 Reference Documentation vii
Spring Framework
8.1. Introduction ................................................................................................... 193 AOP concepts ............................................................................................... 193 Spring AOP capabilities and goals ................................................................. 195 AOP Proxies ................................................................................................ 196 8.2. @AspectJ support .......................................................................................... 197 Enabling @AspectJ Support .......................................................................... 197 Declaring an aspect ....................................................................................... 197 Declaring a pointcut ...................................................................................... 198 Supported Pointcut Designators ............................................................. 199 Combining pointcut expressions ............................................................ 201 Sharing common pointcut definitions ..................................................... 201 Examples ............................................................................................. 202 Writing good pointcuts .......................................................................... 205 Declaring advice ........................................................................................... 206 Before advice ....................................................................................... 206 After returning advice ........................................................................... 206 After throwing advice ........................................................................... 207 After (finally) advice ............................................................................ 208 Around advice ...................................................................................... 208 Advice parameters ................................................................................ 209 Advice ordering .................................................................................... 213 Introductions ................................................................................................ 213 Aspect instantiation models ........................................................................... 214 Example ....................................................................................................... 215 8.3. Schema-based AOP support ............................................................................ 216 Declaring an aspect ....................................................................................... 217 Declaring a pointcut ...................................................................................... 217 Declaring advice ........................................................................................... 219 Before advice ....................................................................................... 219 After returning advice ........................................................................... 220 After throwing advice ........................................................................... 220 After (finally) advice ............................................................................ 221 Around advice ...................................................................................... 221 Advice parameters ................................................................................ 222 Advice ordering .................................................................................... 224 Introductions ................................................................................................ 224 Aspect instantiation models ........................................................................... 225 Advisors ...................................................................................................... 225 Example ....................................................................................................... 225 8.4. Choosing which AOP declaration style to use .................................................. 227 Spring AOP or full AspectJ? ......................................................................... 227 @AspectJ or XML for Spring AOP? .............................................................. 228 8.5. Mixing aspect types ........................................................................................ 229 8.6. Proxying mechanisms ..................................................................................... 229 Understanding AOP proxies .......................................................................... 230 3.1 Reference Documentation viii
Spring Framework
8.7. Programmatic creation of @AspectJ Proxies .................................................... 232 8.8. Using AspectJ with Spring applications ........................................................... 232 Using AspectJ to dependency inject domain objects with Spring ...................... 233 Unit testing @Configurable objects ....................................................... 235 Working with multiple application contexts ............................................ 236 Other Spring aspects for AspectJ ................................................................... 236 Configuring AspectJ aspects using Spring IoC ................................................ 237 Load-time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework ............................. 238 A first example ..................................................................................... 238 Aspects ................................................................................................ 241 'META-INF/aop.xml' ............................................................................ 242 Required libraries (JARS) ..................................................................... 242 Spring configuration ............................................................................. 242 Environment-specific configuration ....................................................... 245 8.9. Further Resources .......................................................................................... 248 9. Spring AOP APIs ...................................................................................................... 249 9.1. Introduction ................................................................................................... 249 9.2. Pointcut API in Spring .................................................................................... 249 Concepts ...................................................................................................... 249 Operations on pointcuts ................................................................................. 250 AspectJ expression pointcuts ......................................................................... 250 Convenience pointcut implementations .......................................................... 250 Static pointcuts ..................................................................................... 251 Dynamic pointcuts ................................................................................ 252 Pointcut superclasses .................................................................................... 252 Custom pointcuts .......................................................................................... 253 9.3. Advice API in Spring ..................................................................................... 253 Advice lifecycles .......................................................................................... 253 Advice types in Spring .................................................................................. 253 Interception around advice .................................................................... 253 Before advice ....................................................................................... 254 Throws advice ...................................................................................... 255 After Returning advice .......................................................................... 256 Introduction advice ............................................................................... 257 9.4. Advisor API in Spring .................................................................................... 260 9.5. Using the ProxyFactoryBean to create AOP proxies ......................................... 260 Basics .......................................................................................................... 260 JavaBean properties ...................................................................................... 261 JDK- and CGLIB-based proxies .................................................................... 262 Proxying interfaces ....................................................................................... 263 Proxying classes ........................................................................................... 265 Using 'global' advisors .................................................................................. 265 9.6. Concise proxy definitions ............................................................................... 266 9.7. Creating AOP proxies programmatically with the ProxyFactory ........................ 267 9.8. Manipulating advised objects .......................................................................... 267 3.1 Reference Documentation ix
Spring Framework
9.9. Using the "autoproxy" facility ......................................................................... 269 Autoproxy bean definitions ........................................................................... 269 BeanNameAutoProxyCreator ................................................................ 269 DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator .......................................................... 270 AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator ........................................................ 271 Using metadata-driven auto-proxying ............................................................ 271 9.10. Using TargetSources .................................................................................... 273 Hot swappable target sources ......................................................................... 274 Pooling target sources ................................................................................... 275 Prototype target sources ................................................................................ 276 ThreadLocal target sources ............................................................................ 276 9.11. Defining new Advice types ........................................................................... 277 9.12. Further resources .......................................................................................... 277 10. Testing ................................................................................................................... 278 10.1. Introduction to testing ................................................................................... 278 10.2. Unit testing .................................................................................................. 278 Mock objects ................................................................................................ 278 JNDI .................................................................................................... 278 Servlet API .......................................................................................... 278 Portlet API ........................................................................................... 279 Unit testing support classes ........................................................................... 279 General utilities .................................................................................... 279 Spring MVC ......................................................................................... 279 10.3. Integration testing ......................................................................................... 279 Overview ..................................................................................................... 279 Goals of integration testing ............................................................................ 280 Context management and caching .......................................................... 281 Dependency Injection of test fixtures ..................................................... 281 Transaction management ....................................................................... 282 Support classes for integration testing .................................................... 282 JDBC testing support .................................................................................... 282 Annotations .................................................................................................. 283 Spring TestContext Framework ..................................................................... 288 Key abstractions ................................................................................... 288 Context management and caching .......................................................... 289 Dependency Injection of test fixtures ..................................................... 291 Transaction management ....................................................................... 295 TestContext support classes ................................................................... 297 PetClinic example ......................................................................................... 299 10.4. Further Resources ......................................................................................... 301 IV. Data Access .................................................................................................................... 302 11. Transaction Management ......................................................................................... 303 11.1. Introduction to Spring Framework transaction management ............................ 303 11.2. Advantages of the Spring Framework's transaction support model ................... 303 Global transactions ....................................................................................... 304 3.1 Reference Documentation x
Spring Framework
Local transactions ......................................................................................... 304 Spring Framework's consistent programming model ....................................... 304 11.3. Understanding the Spring Framework transaction abstraction .......................... 305 11.4. Synchronizing resources with transactions ..................................................... 309 High-level synchronization approach ............................................................. 309 Low-level synchronization approach .............................................................. 309 TransactionAwareDataSourceProxy ............................................................... 310 11.5. Declarative transaction management .............................................................. 310 Understanding the Spring Framework's declarative transaction implementation 312 Example of declarative transaction implementation ......................................... 312 Rolling back a declarative transaction ............................................................ 316 Configuring different transactional semantics for different beans ..................... 317 <tx:advice/> settings ..................................................................................... 319 Using @Transactional ................................................................................... 320 @Transactional settings ........................................................................ 324 Multiple Transaction Managers with @Transactional .............................. 325 Custom shortcut annotations .................................................................. 326 Transaction propagation ................................................................................ 327 Required .............................................................................................. 327 RequiresNew ........................................................................................ 327 Nested ................................................................................................. 327 Advising transactional operations .................................................................. 328 Using @Transactional with AspectJ ............................................................... 330 11.6. Programmatic transaction management .......................................................... 331 Using the TransactionTemplate ..................................................................... 332 Specifying transaction settings ............................................................... 333 Using the PlatformTransactionManager ......................................................... 334 11.7. Choosing between programmatic and declarative transaction management ....... 334 11.8. Application server-specific integration ........................................................... 334 IBM WebSphere ........................................................................................... 335 BEA WebLogic Server ................................................................................. 335 Oracle OC4J ................................................................................................. 335 11.9. Solutions to common problems ..................................................................... 336 Use of the wrong transaction manager for a specific DataSource ...................... 336 11.10. Further Resources ....................................................................................... 336 12. DAO support .......................................................................................................... 337 12.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 337 12.2. Consistent exception hierarchy ...................................................................... 337 12.3. Annotations used for configuring DAO or Repository classes .......................... 338 13. Data access with JDBC ............................................................................................ 340 13.1. Introduction to Spring Framework JDBC ....................................................... 340 Choosing an approach for JDBC database access ............................................ 340 Package hierarchy ......................................................................................... 341 13.2. Using the JDBC core classes to control basic JDBC processing and error handling ............................................................................................................................. 342 3.1 Reference Documentation xi
Spring Framework
JdbcTemplate ............................................................................................... 342 Examples of JdbcTemplate class usage .................................................. 343 JdbcTemplate best practices .................................................................. 345 NamedParameterJdbcTemplate ...................................................................... 346 SimpleJdbcTemplate ..................................................................................... 348 SQLExceptionTranslator ............................................................................... 350 Executing statements .................................................................................... 351 Running queries ........................................................................................... 352 Updating the database ................................................................................... 353 Retrieving auto-generated keys ...................................................................... 353 13.3. Controlling database connections .................................................................. 354 DataSource .................................................................................................. 354 DataSourceUtils ........................................................................................... 355 SmartDataSource .......................................................................................... 355 AbstractDataSource ...................................................................................... 356 SingleConnectionDataSource ........................................................................ 356 DriverManagerDataSource ............................................................................ 356 TransactionAwareDataSourceProxy ............................................................... 356 DataSourceTransactionManager .................................................................... 357 NativeJdbcExtractor ..................................................................................... 357 13.4. JDBC batch operations ................................................................................. 358 Basic batch operations with the JdbcTemplate ................................................ 358 Batch operations with a List of objects ........................................................... 359 Batch operations with multiple batches .......................................................... 360 13.5. Simplifying JDBC operations with the SimpleJdbc classes .............................. 361 Inserting data using SimpleJdbcInsert ............................................................ 361 Retrieving auto-generated keys using SimpleJdbcInsert ................................... 362 Specifying columns for a SimpleJdbcInsert .................................................... 362 Using SqlParameterSource to provide parameter values .................................. 363 Calling a stored procedure with SimpleJdbcCall ............................................. 364 Explicitly declaring parameters to use for a SimpleJdbcCall ............................ 366 How to define SqlParameters ......................................................................... 367 Calling a stored function using SimpleJdbcCall .............................................. 367 Returning ResultSet/REF Cursor from a SimpleJdbcCall ................................. 368 13.6. Modeling JDBC operations as Java objects .................................................... 369 SqlQuery ...................................................................................................... 370 MappingSqlQuery ........................................................................................ 370 SqlUpdate .................................................................................................... 371 StoredProcedure ........................................................................................... 372 13.7. Common problems with parameter and data value handling ............................ 375 Providing SQL type information for parameters .............................................. 375 Handling BLOB and CLOB objects ............................................................... 375 Passing in lists of values for IN clause ........................................................... 377 Handling complex types for stored procedure calls ......................................... 377 13.8. Embedded database support .......................................................................... 379 3.1 Reference Documentation xii
Spring Framework
Why use an embedded database? ................................................................... 379 Creating an embedded database instance using Spring XML ........................... 379 Creating an embedded database instance programmatically ............................. 379 Extending the embedded database support ...................................................... 379 Using HSQL ................................................................................................ 380 Using H2 ..................................................................................................... 380 Using Derby ................................................................................................. 380 Testing data access logic with an embedded database ...................................... 380 13.9. Initializing a DataSource ............................................................................... 381 Initializing a database instance using Spring XML .......................................... 381 Initialization of Other Components that Depend on the Database ............. 382 14. Object Relational Mapping (ORM) Data Access ....................................................... 384 14.1. Introduction to ORM with Spring .................................................................. 384 14.2. General ORM integration considerations ........................................................ 385 Resource and transaction management ........................................................... 385 Exception translation .................................................................................... 386 14.3. Hibernate ..................................................................................................... 387 SessionFactory setup in a Spring container ..................................................... 387 Implementing DAOs based on plain Hibernate 3 API ...................................... 388 Declarative transaction demarcation ............................................................... 389 Programmatic transaction demarcation ........................................................... 391 Transaction management strategies ................................................................ 392 Comparing container-managed and locally defined resources .......................... 394 Spurious application server warnings with Hibernate ...................................... 395 14.4. JDO ............................................................................................................. 396 PersistenceManagerFactory setup .................................................................. 396 Implementing DAOs based on the plain JDO API ........................................... 397 Transaction management ............................................................................... 399 JdoDialect .................................................................................................... 400 14.5. JPA ............................................................................................................. 401 Three options for JPA setup in a Spring environment ...................................... 401 LocalEntityManagerFactoryBean ........................................................... 401 Obtaining an EntityManagerFactory from JNDI ...................................... 402 LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean ............................................ 402 Dealing with multiple persistence units .................................................. 405 Implementing DAOs based on plain JPA ........................................................ 405 Transaction Management .............................................................................. 408 JpaDialect .................................................................................................... 409 14.6. iBATIS SQL Maps ....................................................................................... 409 Setting up the SqlMapClient .......................................................................... 409 Using SqlMapClientTemplate and SqlMapClientDaoSupport .......................... 411 Implementing DAOs based on plain iBATIS API ........................................... 412 15. Marshalling XML using O/X Mappers ..................................................................... 413 15.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 413 15.2. Marshaller and Unmarshaller ........................................................................ 413 3.1 Reference Documentation xiii
Spring Framework
Marshaller .................................................................................................... 413 Unmarshaller ................................................................................................ 414 XmlMappingException ................................................................................. 415 15.3. Using Marshaller and Unmarshaller ............................................................... 415 15.4. XML Schema-based Configuration ................................................................ 417 15.5. JAXB .......................................................................................................... 418 Jaxb2Marshaller ........................................................................................... 418 XML Schema-based Configuration ........................................................ 418 15.6. Castor .......................................................................................................... 419 CastorMarshaller .......................................................................................... 419 Mapping ...................................................................................................... 419 15.7. XMLBeans .................................................................................................. 420 XmlBeansMarshaller .................................................................................... 420 XML Schema-based Configuration ........................................................ 420 15.8. JiBX ............................................................................................................ 421 JibxMarshaller .............................................................................................. 421 XML Schema-based Configuration ........................................................ 421 15.9. XStream ...................................................................................................... 422 XStreamMarshaller ....................................................................................... 422 V. The Web .......................................................................................................................... 423 16. Web MVC framework ............................................................................................. 424 16.1. Introduction to Spring Web MVC framework ................................................. 424 Features of Spring Web MVC ....................................................................... 425 Pluggability of other MVC implementations ................................................... 426 16.2. The DispatcherServlet .................................................................................. 426 16.3. Implementing Controllers ............................................................................. 431 Defining a controller with @Controller .......................................................... 431 Mapping Requests With @RequestMapping ................................................... 432 URI Template Patterns .......................................................................... 434 Path Patterns ........................................................................................ 435 Consumable Media Types ..................................................................... 435 Producible Media Types ........................................................................ 436 Request Parameters and Header Values .................................................. 436 Defining @RequestMapping handler methods ................................................ 437 Supported method argument types ......................................................... 437 Supported method return types .............................................................. 439 Binding request parameters to method parameters with @RequestParam .. 440 Mapping the request body with the @RequestBody annotation ................ 440 Mapping the response body with the @ResponseBody annotation ........... 442 Using HttpEntity<?> ............................................................................. 442 Command and Form Objects ................................................................. 443 Specifying attributes to store in a session with @SessionAttributes .......... 444 Mapping cookie values with the @CookieValue annotation .................... 444 Mapping request header attributes with the @RequestHeader annotation .. 445 Method Parameters And Type Conversion ............................................. 445 3.1 Reference Documentation xiv
Spring Framework
Customizing WebDataBinder initialization ............................................. 446 16.4. Handler mappings ........................................................................................ 447 Intercepting requests with a HandlerInterceptor .............................................. 448 16.5. Resolving views ........................................................................................... 449 Resolving views with the ViewResolver interface ........................................... 450 Chaining ViewResolvers ............................................................................... 451 Redirecting to views ..................................................................................... 452 RedirectView ....................................................................................... 453 The redirect: prefix ............................................................................... 453 The forward: prefix ............................................................................... 454 ContentNegotiatingViewResolver .................................................................. 454 16.6. Using locales ............................................................................................... 456 AcceptHeaderLocaleResolver ........................................................................ 457 CookieLocaleResolver .................................................................................. 457 SessionLocaleResolver ................................................................................. 458 LocaleChangeInterceptor .............................................................................. 458 16.7. Using themes ............................................................................................... 458 Overview of themes ...................................................................................... 458 Defining themes ........................................................................................... 458 Theme resolvers ........................................................................................... 459 16.8. Spring's multipart (fileupload) support ........................................................... 460 Introduction ................................................................................................. 460 Using the MultipartResolver .......................................................................... 460 Handling a file upload in a form .................................................................... 461 16.9. Handling exceptions ..................................................................................... 462 HandlerExceptionResolver ............................................................................ 462 @ExceptionHandler ...................................................................................... 462 16.10. Convention over configuration support ........................................................ 463 The Controller ControllerClassNameHandlerMapping .................................... 463 The Model ModelMap (ModelAndView) ....................................................... 464 The View - RequestToViewNameTranslator .................................................. 466 16.11. ETag support .............................................................................................. 467 16.12. Configuring Spring MVC ............................................................................ 468 mvc:annotation-driven .................................................................................. 468 mvc:interceptors ........................................................................................... 469 mvc:view-controller ...................................................................................... 470 mvc:resources .............................................................................................. 470 mvc:default-servlet-handler ........................................................................... 472 16.13. More Spring Web MVC Resources .............................................................. 472 17. View technologies ................................................................................................... 474 17.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 474 17.2. JSP & JSTL ................................................................................................. 474 View resolvers ............................................................................................. 474 'Plain-old' JSPs versus JSTL .......................................................................... 475 Additional tags facilitating development ........................................................ 475 3.1 Reference Documentation xv
Spring Framework
Using Spring's form tag library ...................................................................... 475 Configuration ....................................................................................... 475 The form tag ........................................................................................ 476 The input tag ........................................................................................ 477 The checkbox tag .................................................................................. 477 The checkboxes tag .............................................................................. 479 The radiobutton tag ............................................................................... 479 The radiobuttons tag ............................................................................. 480 The password tag .................................................................................. 480 The select tag ....................................................................................... 480 The option tag ...................................................................................... 481 The options tag ..................................................................................... 481 The textarea tag .................................................................................... 482 The hidden tag ...................................................................................... 482 The errors tag ....................................................................................... 483 HTTP Method Conversion .................................................................... 485 17.3. Tiles ............................................................................................................ 485 Dependencies ............................................................................................... 486 How to integrate Tiles ................................................................................... 486 UrlBasedViewResolver ......................................................................... 486 ResourceBundleViewResolver .............................................................. 487 SimpleSpringPreparerFactory and SpringBeanPreparerFactory ................ 487 17.4. Velocity & FreeMarker ................................................................................. 488 Dependencies ............................................................................................... 488 Context configuration ................................................................................... 488 Creating templates ........................................................................................ 489 Advanced configuration ................................................................................ 489 velocity.properties ................................................................................ 489 FreeMarker .......................................................................................... 490 Bind support and form handling ..................................................................... 490 The bind macros ................................................................................... 490 Simple binding ..................................................................................... 491 Form input generation macros ............................................................... 492 HTML escaping and XHTML compliance ............................................. 496 17.5. XSLT .......................................................................................................... 497 My First Words ............................................................................................ 497 Bean definitions ................................................................................... 497 Standard MVC controller code .............................................................. 497 Convert the model data to XML ............................................................ 498 Defining the view properties .................................................................. 498 Document transformation ...................................................................... 499 Summary ..................................................................................................... 499 17.6. Document views (PDF/Excel) ....................................................................... 500 Introduction ................................................................................................. 500 Configuration and setup ................................................................................ 500 3.1 Reference Documentation xvi
Spring Framework
Document view definitions .................................................................... 500 Controller code ..................................................................................... 500 Subclassing for Excel views .................................................................. 501 Subclassing for PDF views .................................................................... 502 17.7. JasperReports ............................................................................................... 503 Dependencies ............................................................................................... 503 Configuration ............................................................................................... 503 Configuring the ViewResolver .............................................................. 503 Configuring the Views .......................................................................... 504 About Report Files ............................................................................... 504 Using JasperReportsMultiFormatView ................................................... 504 Populating the ModelAndView ...................................................................... 505 Working with Sub-Reports ............................................................................ 506 Configuring Sub-Report Files ................................................................ 506 Configuring Sub-Report Data Sources ................................................... 507 Configuring Exporter Parameters ................................................................... 507 17.8. Feed Views .................................................................................................. 508 17.9. XML Marshalling View ................................................................................ 509 17.10. JSON Mapping View .................................................................................. 509 18. Integrating with other web frameworks ..................................................................... 510 18.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 510 18.2. Common configuration ................................................................................. 511 18.3. JavaServer Faces 1.1 and 1.2 ......................................................................... 512 DelegatingVariableResolver (JSF 1.1/1.2) ...................................................... 512 SpringBeanVariableResolver (JSF 1.1/1.2) ..................................................... 513 SpringBeanFacesELResolver (JSF 1.2+) ........................................................ 513 FacesContextUtils ........................................................................................ 514 18.4. Apache Struts 1.x and 2.x ............................................................................. 514 ContextLoaderPlugin .................................................................................... 515 DelegatingRequestProcessor ................................................................. 516 DelegatingActionProxy ......................................................................... 516 ActionSupport Classes .................................................................................. 517 18.5. WebWork 2.x ............................................................................................... 517 18.6. Tapestry 3.x and 4.x ..................................................................................... 518 Injecting Spring-managed beans .................................................................... 519 Dependency Injecting Spring Beans into Tapestry pages ......................... 520 Component definition files .................................................................... 521 Adding abstract accessors ...................................................................... 522 Dependency Injecting Spring Beans into Tapestry pages - Tapestry 4.x style ............................................................................................................. 524 18.7. Further Resources ......................................................................................... 525 19. Portlet MVC Framework ......................................................................................... 526 19.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 526 Controllers - The C in MVC .......................................................................... 527 Views - The V in MVC ................................................................................. 527 3.1 Reference Documentation xvii
Spring Framework
Web-scoped beans ........................................................................................ 528 19.2. The DispatcherPortlet ................................................................................... 528 19.3. The ViewRendererServlet ............................................................................. 530 19.4. Controllers ................................................................................................... 531 AbstractController and PortletContentGenerator ............................................. 531 Other simple controllers ................................................................................ 533 Command Controllers ................................................................................... 533 PortletWrappingController ............................................................................ 534 19.5. Handler mappings ........................................................................................ 534 PortletModeHandlerMapping ........................................................................ 535 ParameterHandlerMapping ............................................................................ 536 PortletModeParameterHandlerMapping ......................................................... 536 Adding HandlerInterceptors .......................................................................... 537 HandlerInterceptorAdapter ............................................................................ 537 ParameterMappingInterceptor ....................................................................... 537 19.6. Views and resolving them ............................................................................. 538 19.7. Multipart (file upload) support ...................................................................... 538 Using the PortletMultipartResolver ................................................................ 539 Handling a file upload in a form .................................................................... 539 19.8. Handling exceptions ..................................................................................... 542 19.9. Annotation-based controller configuration ..................................................... 543 Setting up the dispatcher for annotation support .............................................. 543 Defining a controller with @Controller .......................................................... 543 Mapping requests with @RequestMapping ..................................................... 544 Supported handler method arguments ............................................................ 545 Binding request parameters to method parameters with @RequestParam .......... 547 Providing a link to data from the model with @ModelAttribute ....................... 548 Specifying attributes to store in a Session with @SessionAttributes ................. 548 Customizing WebDataBinder initialization ..................................................... 549 Customizing data binding with @InitBinder ........................................... 549 Configuring a custom WebBindingInitializer .......................................... 549 19.10. Portlet application deployment .................................................................... 550 VI. Integration ...................................................................................................................... 551 20. Remoting and web services using Spring .................................................................. 552 20.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 552 20.2. Exposing services using RMI ........................................................................ 553 Exporting the service using the RmiServiceExporter ....................................... 553 Linking in the service at the client ................................................................. 554 20.3. Using Hessian or Burlap to remotely call services via HTTP ........................... 555 Wiring up the DispatcherServlet for Hessian and co. ....................................... 555 Exposing your beans by using the HessianServiceExporter .............................. 555 Linking in the service on the client ................................................................ 556 Using Burlap ................................................................................................ 556 Applying HTTP basic authentication to a service exposed through Hessian or Burlap .......................................................................................................... 556 3.1 Reference Documentation xviii
Spring Framework
20.4. Exposing services using HTTP invokers ........................................................ 557 Exposing the service object ........................................................................... 557 Linking in the service at the client ................................................................. 558 20.5. Web services ................................................................................................ 559 Exposing servlet-based web services using JAX-RPC ..................................... 560 Accessing web services using JAX-RPC ........................................................ 560 Registering JAX-RPC Bean Mappings ........................................................... 562 Registering your own JAX-RPC Handler ....................................................... 563 Exposing servlet-based web services using JAX-WS ...................................... 563 Exporting standalone web services using JAX-WS ......................................... 564 Exporting web services using the JAX-WS RI's Spring support ....................... 565 Accessing web services using JAX-WS .......................................................... 565 20.6. JMS ............................................................................................................. 566 Server-side configuration .............................................................................. 567 Client-side configuration ............................................................................... 568 20.7. Auto-detection is not implemented for remote interfaces ................................. 569 20.8. Considerations when choosing a technology ................................................... 569 20.9. Accessing RESTful services on the Client ...................................................... 570 RestTemplate ............................................................................................... 570 Dealing with request and response headers ............................................. 572 HTTP Message Conversion ........................................................................... 573 StringHttpMessageConverter ................................................................. 573 FormHttpMessageConverter .................................................................. 573 ByteArrayMessageConverter ................................................................. 574 MarshallingHttpMessageConverter ........................................................ 574 MappingJacksonHttpMessageConverter ................................................. 574 SourceHttpMessageConverter ............................................................... 574 BufferedImageHttpMessageConverter ................................................... 574 21. Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB) integration .................................................................... 575 21.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 575 21.2. Accessing EJBs ............................................................................................ 575 Concepts ...................................................................................................... 575 Accessing local SLSBs ................................................................................. 576 Accessing remote SLSBs .............................................................................. 577 Accessing EJB 2.x SLSBs versus EJB 3 SLSBs .............................................. 578 21.3. Using Spring's EJB implementation support classes ........................................ 578 EJB 2.x base classes ..................................................................................... 578 EJB 3 injection interceptor ............................................................................ 580 22. JMS (Java Message Service) .................................................................................... 582 22.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 582 22.2. Using Spring JMS ........................................................................................ 582 JmsTemplate ................................................................................................ 582 Connections ................................................................................................. 583 Caching Messaging Resources ............................................................... 584 SingleConnectionFactory ...................................................................... 584 3.1 Reference Documentation xix
Spring Framework
CachingConnectionFactory ................................................................... 584 Destination Management ............................................................................... 584 Message Listener Containers ......................................................................... 585 SimpleMessageListenerContainer .......................................................... 586 DefaultMessageListenerContainer ......................................................... 586 Transaction management ............................................................................... 586 22.3. Sending a Message ....................................................................................... 587 Using Message Converters ............................................................................ 588 SessionCallback and ProducerCallback .......................................................... 589 22.4. Receiving a message ..................................................................................... 589 Synchronous Reception ................................................................................. 589 Asynchronous Reception - Message-Driven POJOs ........................................ 589 The SessionAwareMessageListener interface ................................................. 590 The MessageListenerAdapter ........................................................................ 590 Processing messages within transactions ........................................................ 592 22.5. Support for JCA Message Endpoints .............................................................. 593 22.6. JMS Namespace Support .............................................................................. 595 23. JMX ....................................................................................................................... 600 23.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 600 23.2. Exporting your beans to JMX ........................................................................ 600 Creating an MBeanServer ............................................................................. 601 Reusing an existing MBeanServer ................................................................. 602 Lazy-initialized MBeans ............................................................................... 603 Automatic registration of MBeans ................................................................. 603 Controlling the registration behavior .............................................................. 603 23.3. Controlling the management interface of your beans ....................................... 605 The MBeanInfoAssembler Interface .............................................................. 605 Using Source-Level Metadata (JDK 5.0 annotations) ...................................... 605 Source-Level Metadata Types ....................................................................... 607 The AutodetectCapableMBeanInfoAssembler interface ................................... 609 Defining management interfaces using Java interfaces .................................... 610 Using MethodNameBasedMBeanInfoAssembler ............................................ 611 23.4. Controlling the ObjectNames for your beans .................................................. 611 Reading ObjectNames from Properties ........................................................... 612 Using the MetadataNamingStrategy ............................................................... 613 The <context:mbean-export/> element ........................................................... 613 23.5. JSR-160 Connectors ..................................................................................... 614 Server-side Connectors ................................................................................. 614 Client-side Connectors .................................................................................. 615 JMX over Burlap/Hessian/SOAP ................................................................... 615 23.6. Accessing MBeans via Proxies ...................................................................... 616 23.7. Notifications ................................................................................................ 616 Registering Listeners for Notifications ........................................................... 616 Publishing Notifications ................................................................................ 620 23.8. Further Resources ......................................................................................... 621 3.1 Reference Documentation xx
Spring Framework
24. JCA CCI ................................................................................................................. 622 24.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 622 24.2. Configuring CCI .......................................................................................... 622 Connector configuration ................................................................................ 622 ConnectionFactory configuration in Spring .................................................... 623 Configuring CCI connections ........................................................................ 624 Using a single CCI connection ....................................................................... 624 24.3. Using Spring's CCI access support ................................................................. 625 Record conversion ........................................................................................ 625 The CciTemplate .......................................................................................... 626 DAO support ................................................................................................ 627 Automatic output record generation ............................................................... 628 Summary ..................................................................................................... 628 Using a CCI Connection and Interaction directly ............................................ 629 Example for CciTemplate usage .................................................................... 630 24.4. Modeling CCI access as operation objects ...................................................... 632 MappingRecordOperation ............................................................................. 632 MappingCommAreaOperation ....................................................................... 633 Automatic output record generation ............................................................... 633 Summary ..................................................................................................... 633 Example for MappingRecordOperation usage ................................................. 634 Example for MappingCommAreaOperation usage .......................................... 636 24.5. Transactions ................................................................................................. 637 25. Email ..................................................................................................................... 639 25.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 639 25.2. Usage .......................................................................................................... 639 Basic MailSender and SimpleMailMessage usage ........................................... 640 Using the JavaMailSender and the MimeMessagePreparator ........................... 641 25.3. Using the JavaMail MimeMessageHelper ...................................................... 642 Sending attachments and inline resources ....................................................... 642 Attachments ......................................................................................... 642 Inline resources .................................................................................... 642 Creating email content using a templating library ........................................... 643 A Velocity-based example .................................................................... 644 26. Task Execution and Scheduling ................................................................................ 646 26.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 646 26.2. The Spring TaskExecutor abstraction ............................................................. 646 TaskExecutor types ....................................................................................... 646 Using a TaskExecutor ................................................................................... 648 26.3. The Spring TaskScheduler abstraction ........................................................... 649 The Trigger interface .................................................................................... 649 Trigger implementations ............................................................................... 650 TaskScheduler implementations .................................................................... 650 26.4. The Task Namespace .................................................................................... 651 The 'scheduler' element ................................................................................. 651 3.1 Reference Documentation xxi
Spring Framework
The 'executor' element .................................................................................. 651 The 'scheduled-tasks' element ........................................................................ 652 26.5. Annotation Support for Scheduling and Asynchronous Execution .................... 653 The @Scheduled Annotation ......................................................................... 653 The @Async Annotation ............................................................................... 654 The <annotation-driven> Element .................................................................. 655 26.6. Using the OpenSymphony Quartz Scheduler .................................................. 655 Using the JobDetailBean ............................................................................... 655 Using the MethodInvokingJobDetailFactoryBean ........................................... 656 Wiring up jobs using triggers and the SchedulerFactoryBean ........................... 657 26.7. Using JDK Timer support ............................................................................. 658 Creating custom timers ................................................................................. 658 Using the MethodInvokingTimerTaskFactoryBean ......................................... 658 Wrapping up: setting up the tasks using the TimerFactoryBean ........................ 659 27. Dynamic language support ....................................................................................... 660 27.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 660 27.2. A first example ............................................................................................. 660 27.3. Defining beans that are backed by dynamic languages .................................... 662 Common concepts ........................................................................................ 662 The <lang:language/> element ............................................................... 663 Refreshable beans ................................................................................. 663 Inline dynamic language source files ...................................................... 666 Understanding Constructor Injection in the context of dynamic-language-backed beans ............................................................ 666 JRuby beans ................................................................................................. 667 Groovy beans ............................................................................................... 669 Customising Groovy objects via a callback ............................................. 671 BeanShell beans ........................................................................................... 672 27.4. Scenarios ..................................................................................................... 673 Scripted Spring MVC Controllers .................................................................. 673 Scripted Validators ....................................................................................... 674 27.5. Bits and bobs ............................................................................................... 675 AOP - advising scripted beans ....................................................................... 675 Scoping ........................................................................................................ 675 27.6. Further Resources ......................................................................................... 676 28. Cache Abstraction ................................................................................................... 677 28.1. Introduction ................................................................................................. 677 28.2. Understanding the cache abstraction .............................................................. 677 28.3. Declarative annotation-based caching ............................................................ 678 @Cacheable annotation ................................................................................. 678 Default Key Generation ........................................................................ 679 Custom Key Generation Declaration ...................................................... 679 Conditional caching .............................................................................. 680 Available caching SpEL evaluation context ............................................ 680 @CacheEvict annotation ............................................................................... 681 3.1 Reference Documentation xxii
Spring Framework
Enable caching annotations ........................................................................... 681 Using custom annotations ............................................................................. 684 28.4. Configuring the cache storage ....................................................................... 684 JDK ConcurrentMap-based Cache ................................................................. 684 Ehcache-based Cache .................................................................................... 685 28.5. Plugging-in different back-end caches ........................................................... 685 VII. Appendices ................................................................................................................... 686 A. Classic Spring Usage ................................................................................................ 687 A.1. Classic ORM usage ....................................................................................... 687 Hibernate ..................................................................................................... 687 The HibernateTemplate ......................................................................... 687 Implementing Spring-based DAOs without callbacks .............................. 688 JDO ............................................................................................................. 689 JdoTemplate and JdoDaoSupport ........................................................... 689 JPA ............................................................................................................. 690 JpaTemplate and JpaDaoSupport ........................................................... 690 A.2. Classic Spring MVC ...................................................................................... 691 A.3. JMS Usage .................................................................................................... 692 JmsTemplate ................................................................................................ 692 Asynchronous Message Reception ................................................................. 692 Connections ................................................................................................. 693 Transaction Management .............................................................................. 693 B. Classic Spring AOP Usage ........................................................................................ 694 B.1. Pointcut API in Spring ................................................................................... 694 Concepts ...................................................................................................... 694 Operations on pointcuts ................................................................................. 695 AspectJ expression pointcuts ......................................................................... 695 Convenience pointcut implementations .......................................................... 695 Static pointcuts ..................................................................................... 695 Dynamic pointcuts ................................................................................ 697 Pointcut superclasses .................................................................................... 697 Custom pointcuts .......................................................................................... 698 B.2. Advice API in Spring ..................................................................................... 698 Advice lifecycles .......................................................................................... 698 Advice types in Spring .................................................................................. 698 Interception around advice .................................................................... 698 Before advice ....................................................................................... 699 Throws advice ...................................................................................... 700 After Returning advice .......................................................................... 701 Introduction advice ............................................................................... 702 B.3. Advisor API in Spring ................................................................................... 705 B.4. Using the ProxyFactoryBean to create AOP proxies ......................................... 705 Basics .......................................................................................................... 705 JavaBean properties ...................................................................................... 706 JDK- and CGLIB-based proxies .................................................................... 707 3.1 Reference Documentation xxiii
Spring Framework
Proxying interfaces ....................................................................................... 708 Proxying classes ........................................................................................... 710 Using 'global' advisors .................................................................................. 710 B.5. Concise proxy definitions ............................................................................... 711 B.6. Creating AOP proxies programmatically with the ProxyFactory ....................... 712 B.7. Manipulating advised objects ......................................................................... 712 B.8. Using the "autoproxy" facility ........................................................................ 714 Autoproxy bean definitions ........................................................................... 714 BeanNameAutoProxyCreator ................................................................ 714 DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator .......................................................... 715 AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator ........................................................ 716 Using metadata-driven auto-proxying ............................................................ 716 B.9. Using TargetSources ...................................................................................... 719 Hot swappable target sources ......................................................................... 719 Pooling target sources ................................................................................... 720 Prototype target sources ................................................................................ 721 ThreadLocal target sources ............................................................................ 721 B.10. Defining new Advice types .......................................................................... 722 B.11. Further resources ......................................................................................... 722 C. XML Schema-based configuration ............................................................................ 724 C.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 724 C.2. XML Schema-based configuration .................................................................. 725 Referencing the schemas ............................................................................... 725 The util schema ............................................................................................ 726 <util:constant/> .................................................................................... 726 <util:property-path/> ............................................................................. 728 <util:properties/> .................................................................................. 729 <util:list/> ............................................................................................ 730 <util:map/> .......................................................................................... 731 <util:set/> ............................................................................................ 731 The jee schema ............................................................................................. 732 <jee:jndi-lookup/> (simple) ................................................................... 732 <jee:jndi-lookup/> (with single JNDI environment setting) ..................... 733 <jee:jndi-lookup/> (with multiple JNDI environment settings) ................. 733 <jee:jndi-lookup/> (complex) ................................................................ 734 <jee:local-slsb/> (simple) ...................................................................... 734 <jee:local-slsb/> (complex) ................................................................... 734 <jee:remote-slsb/> ................................................................................ 735 The lang schema ........................................................................................... 735 The jms schema ............................................................................................ 736 The tx (transaction) schema ........................................................................... 736 The aop schema ............................................................................................ 737 The context schema ...................................................................................... 737 <property-placeholder/> ........................................................................ 738 <annotation-config/> ............................................................................ 738 3.1 Reference Documentation xxiv
Spring Framework
<component-scan/> .............................................................................. 738 <load-time-weaver/> ............................................................................. 738 <spring-configured/> ............................................................................ 738 <mbean-export/> .................................................................................. 738 The tool schema ........................................................................................... 739 The beans schema ......................................................................................... 739 D. Extensible XML authoring ........................................................................................ 740 D.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 740 D.2. Authoring the schema .................................................................................... 740 D.3. Coding a NamespaceHandler ......................................................................... 742 D.4. Coding a BeanDefinitionParser ...................................................................... 742 D.5. Registering the handler and the schema ........................................................... 743 'META-INF/spring.handlers' ......................................................................... 744 'META-INF/spring.schemas' ......................................................................... 744 D.6. Using a custom extension in your Spring XML configuration ........................... 744 D.7. Meatier examples .......................................................................................... 745 Nesting custom tags within custom tags ......................................................... 745 Custom attributes on 'normal' elements .......................................................... 748 D.8. Further Resources .......................................................................................... 750 E. spring-beans-2.0.dtd ................................................................................................. 751 F. spring.tld .................................................................................................................. 762 F.1. Introduction ................................................................................................... 762 F.2. The bind tag .................................................................................................. 762 F.3. The escapeBody tag ....................................................................................... 763 F.4. The hasBindErrors tag .................................................................................... 763 F.5. The htmlEscape tag ........................................................................................ 763 F.6. The message tag ............................................................................................. 764 F.7. The nestedPath tag ......................................................................................... 764 F.8. The theme tag ................................................................................................ 765 F.9. The transform tag ........................................................................................... 765 F.10. The url tag ................................................................................................... 766 F.11. The eval tag ................................................................................................. 766 G. spring-form.tld ......................................................................................................... 768 G.1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 768 G.2. The checkbox tag .......................................................................................... 768 G.3. The checkboxes tag ....................................................................................... 770 G.4. The errors tag ................................................................................................ 772 G.5. The form tag ................................................................................................. 773 G.6. The hidden tag .............................................................................................. 775 G.7. The input tag ................................................................................................. 775 G.8. The label tag ................................................................................................. 777 G.9. The option tag ............................................................................................... 779 G.10. The options tag ............................................................................................ 780 G.11. The password tag ......................................................................................... 781 G.12. The radiobutton tag ...................................................................................... 783 3.1 Reference Documentation xxv
Spring Framework
G.13. The radiobuttons tag .................................................................................... 785 G.14. The select tag .............................................................................................. 787 G.15. The textarea tag ........................................................................................... 789
3.1
Reference Documentation
xxvi
Spring Framework
Java applications -- a loose term that runs the gamut from constrained applets to n-tier server-side enterprise applications -- typically consist of objects that collaborate to form the application proper. Thus the objects in an application have dependencies on each other. Although the Java platform provides a wealth of application development functionality, it lacks the means to organize the basic building blocks into a coherent whole, leaving that task to architects and developers. True, you can use design patterns such as Factory, Abstract Factory, Builder, Decorator, and Service Locator to compose the various classes and object instances that make up an application. However, these patterns are simply that: best practices given a name, with a description of what the pattern does, where to apply it, the problems it addresses, and so forth. Patterns are formalized best practices that you must implement yourself in your application. The Spring Framework Inversion of Control (IoC) component addresses this concern by providing a
3.1
Reference Documentation
Spring Framework
formalized means of composing disparate components into a fully working application ready for use. The Spring Framework codifies formalized design patterns as first-class objects that you can integrate into your own application(s). Numerous organizations and institutions use the Spring Framework in this manner to engineer robust, maintainable applications.
1.2 Modules
The Spring Framework consists of features organized into about 20 modules. These modules are grouped into Core Container, Data Access/Integration, Web, AOP (Aspect Oriented Programming), Instrumentation, and Test, as shown in the following diagram. Overview of the Spring Framework
Core Container
The Core Container consists of the Core, Beans, Context, and Expression Language modules. The Core and Beans modules provide the fundamental parts of the framework, including the IoC and Dependency Injection features. The BeanFactory is a sophisticated implementation of the factory pattern. It removes the need for programmatic singletons and allows you to decouple the configuration and specification of dependencies from your actual program logic. The Context module builds on the solid base provided by the Core and Beans modules: it is a means to access objects in a framework-style manner that is similar to a JNDI registry. The Context module inherits its features from the Beans module and adds support for internationalization (using, for example, resource bundles), event-propagation, resource-loading, and the transparent creation of contexts by, for example, a servlet container. The Context module also supports Java EE features such as EJB, JMX ,and basic remoting. The ApplicationContext interface is the focal point of the Context module. The Expression Language module provides a powerful expression language for querying and manipulating an object graph at runtime. It is an extension of the unified expression language (unified EL) as specified in the JSP 2.1 specification. The language supports setting and getting property values, property assignment, method invocation, accessing the context of arrays, collections and indexers, logical and arithmetic operators, named variables, and retrieval of objects by name from Spring's IoC container. It also supports list projection and selection as well as common list aggregations.
Data Access/Integration
The Data Access/Integration layer consists of the JDBC, ORM, OXM, JMS and Transaction modules. The JDBC module provides a JDBC-abstraction layer that removes the need to do tedious JDBC coding and parsing of database-vendor specific error codes.
3.1
Reference Documentation
Spring Framework
The ORM module provides integration layers for popular object-relational mapping APIs, including JPA, JDO, Hibernate, and iBatis. Using the ORM package you can use all of these O/R-mapping frameworks in combination with all of the other features Spring offers, such as the simple declarative transaction management feature mentioned previously. The OXM module provides an abstraction layer that supports Object/XML mapping implementations for JAXB, Castor, XMLBeans, JiBX and XStream. The Java Messaging Service (JMS) module contains features for producing and consuming messages. The Transaction module supports programmatic and declarative transaction management for classes that implement special interfaces and for all your POJOs (plain old Java objects).
Web
The Web layer consists of the Web, Web-Servlet, Web-Struts, and Web-Portlet modules. Spring's Web module provides basic web-oriented integration features such as multipart file-upload functionality and the initialization of the IoC container using servlet listeners and a web-oriented application context. It also contains the web-related parts of Spring's remoting support. The Web-Servlet module contains Spring's model-view-controller (MVC) implementation for web applications. Spring's MVC framework provides a clean separation between domain model code and web forms, and integrates with all the other features of the Spring Framework. The Web-Struts module contains the support classes for integrating a classic Struts web tier within a Spring application. Note that this support is now deprecated as of Spring 3.0. Consider migrating your application to Struts 2.0 and its Spring integration or to a Spring MVC solution. The Web-Portlet module provides the MVC implementation to be used in a portlet environment and mirrors the functionality of Web-Servlet module.
Test
3.1 Reference Documentation 4
Spring Framework
The Test module supports the testing of Spring components with JUnit or TestNG. It provides consistent loading of Spring ApplicationContexts and caching of those contexts. It also provides mock objects that you can use to test your code in isolation.
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
Spring Framework
depoyed in Maven Central. So the first thing you need to decide is how to manage your dependencies: most people use an automated system like Maven or Ivy, but you can also do it manually by downloading all the jars yourself. When obtaining Spring with Maven or Ivy you have then to decide which place you'll get it from. In general, if you care about OSGi, use the EBR, since it houses OSGi compatible artifacts for all of Spring's dependencies, such as Hibernate and Freemarker. If OSGi does not matter to you, either place works, though there are some pros and cons between them. In general, pick one place or the other for your project; do not mix them. This is particularly important since EBR artifacts necessarily use a different naming convention than Maven Central artifacts. Table 1.1. Comparison of Maven Central and SpringSource EBR Repositories Feature OSGi Compatible Number of Artifacts Consistent Naming Conventions Naming Convention: GroupId Maven Central Not explicit Tens of thousands; all kinds No EBR Yes Hundreds; those integrates with Yes that Spring
Varies. Newer artifacts often use Domain name of origin or main domain name, e.g. org.slf4j. package root, e.g. Older ones often just use the org.springframework artifact name, e.g. log4j. Varies. Generally the project or Bundle Symbolic Name, derived module name, using a hyphen "-" from the main package root, e.g. separator, e.g. spring-core, logj4. org.springframework.beans. If the jar had to be patched to ensure OSGi compliance then com.springsource is appended, e.g. com.springsource.org.apache.log4j Varies. Many new artifacts use m.m.m or m.m.m.X (with m=digit, X=text). Older ones use m.m. Some neither. Ordering is defined but not often relied on, so not strictly reliable. OSGi version number m.m.m.X, e.g. 3.0.0.RC3. The text qualifier imposes alphabetic ordering on versions with the same numeric values. processed by
Publishing
Usually automatic via rsync or Manual (JIRA source control updates. Project SpringSource) authors can upload individual jars to JIRA.
3.1
Reference Documentation
Spring Framework
EBR is Extensive for OSGi manifest, Maven POM and Ivy metadata. QA performed by Spring team.
Contegix. Funded by Sonatype S3 funded by SpringSource. with several mirrors. Various http://www.springsource.com/repository
Integration with SpringSource Integration through STS with Extensive integration through Tools Maven dependency management STS with Maven, Roo, CloudFoundry
Spring Dependencies and Depending on Spring Although Spring provides integration and support for a huge range of enterprise and other external tools, it intentionally keeps its mandatory dependencies to an absolute minimum: you shouldn't have to locate and download (even automatically) a large number of jar libraries in order to use Spring for simple use cases. For basic dependency injection there is only one mandatory external dependency, and that is for logging (see below for a more detailed description of logging options). Next we outline the basic steps needed to configure an application that depends on Spring, first with Maven and then with Ivy. In all cases, if anything is unclear, refer to the documentation of your dependency management system, or look at some sample code - Spring itself uses Ivy to manage dependencies when it is building, and our samples mostly use Maven. Maven Dependency Management If you are using Maven for dependency management you don't even need to supply the logging dependency explicitly. For example, to create an application context and use dependency injection to configure an application, your Maven dependencies will look like this:
<dependencies> <dependency> <groupId>org.springframework</groupId> <artifactId>spring-context</artifactId> <version>3.0.0.RELEASE</version> <scope>runtime</scope> </dependency> </dependencies>
That's it. Note the scope can be declared as runtime if you don't need to compile against Spring APIs, which is typically the case for basic dependency injection use cases. We used the Maven Central naming conventions in the example above, so that works with Maven Central
3.1
Reference Documentation
Spring Framework
or the SpringSource S3 Maven repository. To use the S3 Maven repository (e.g. for milestones or developer snaphots), you need to specify the repository location in your Maven configuration. For full releases:
<repositories> <repository> <id>com.springsource.repository.maven.release</id> <url>http://maven.springframework.org/release/</url> <snapshots><enabled>false</enabled></snapshots> </repository> </repositories>
For milestones:
<repositories> <repository> <id>com.springsource.repository.maven.milestone</id> <url>http://maven.springframework.org/milestone/</url> <snapshots><enabled>false</enabled></snapshots> </repository> </repositories>
To use the SpringSource EBR you would need to use a different naming convention for the dependencies. The names are usually easy to guess, e.g. in this case it is:
<dependencies> <dependency> <groupId>org.springframework</groupId> <artifactId>org.springframework.context</artifactId> <version>3.0.0.RELEASE</version> <scope>runtime</scope> </dependency> </dependencies>
You also need to declare the location of the repository explicitly (only the URL is important):
<repositories> <repository> <id>com.springsource.repository.bundles.release</id> <url>http://repository.springsource.com/maven/bundles/release/</url> </repository> </repositories>
If you are managing your dependencies by hand, the URL in the repository declaration above is not browseable, but there is a user interface at http://www.springsource.com/repository that can be used to search for and download dependencies. It also has handy snippets of Maven and Ivy configuration that
3.1
Reference Documentation
Spring Framework
you can copy and paste if you are using those tools. Ivy Dependency Management If you prefer to use Ivy to manage dependencies then there are similar names and configuration options. To configure Ivy to point to the SpringSource EBR add the following resolvers to your ivysettings.xml:
<resolvers> <url name="com.springsource.repository.bundles.release"> <ivy pattern="http://repository.springsource.com/ivy/bundles/release/ [organisation]/[module]/[revision]/[artifact]-[revision].[ext]" /> <artifact pattern="http://repository.springsource.com/ivy/bundles/release/ [organisation]/[module]/[revision]/[artifact]-[revision].[ext]" /> </url> <url name="com.springsource.repository.bundles.external"> <ivy pattern="http://repository.springsource.com/ivy/bundles/external/ [organisation]/[module]/[revision]/[artifact]-[revision].[ext]" /> <artifact pattern="http://repository.springsource.com/ivy/bundles/external/ [organisation]/[module]/[revision]/[artifact]-[revision].[ext]" /> </url> </resolvers>
The XML above is not valid because the lines are too long - if you copy-paste then remove the extra line endings in the middle of the url patterns. Once Ivy is configured to look in the EBR adding a dependency is easy. Simply pull up the details page for the bundle in question in the repository browser and you'll find an Ivy snippet ready for you to include in your dependencies section. For example (in ivy.xml):
<dependency org="org.springframework" name="org.springframework.core" rev="3.0.0.RELEASE" conf="compile->runtime"/>
Logging
Logging is a very important dependency for Spring because a) it is the only mandatory external dependency, b) everyone likes to see some output from the tools they are using, and c) Spring integrates with lots of other tools all of which have also made a choice of logging dependency. One of the goals of an application developer is often to have unified logging configured in a central place for the whole application, including all external components. This is more difficult than it might have been since there are so many choices of logging framework. The mandatory logging dependency in Spring is the Jakarta Commons Logging API (JCL). We compile against JCL and we also make JCL Log objects visible for classes that extend the Spring Framework. It's important to users that all versions of Spring use the same logging library: migration is easy because 3.1 Reference Documentation 10
Spring Framework
backwards compatibility is preserved even with applications that extend Spring. The way we do this is to make one of the modules in Spring depend explicitly on commons-logging (the canonical implementation of JCL), and then make all the other modules depend on that at compile time. If you are using Maven for example, and wondering where you picked up the dependency on commons-logging, then it is from Spring and specifically from the central module called spring-core. The nice thing about commons-logging is that you don't need anything else to make your application work. It has a runtime discovery algorithm that looks for other logging frameworks in well known places on the classpath and uses one that it thinks is appropriate (or you can tell it which one if you need to). If nothing else is available you get pretty nice looking logs just from the JDK (java.util.logging or JUL for short). You should find that your Spring application works and logs happily to the console out of the box in most situations, and that's important. Not Using Commons Logging Unfortunately, the runtime discovery algorithm in commons-logging, while convenient for the end-user, is problematic. If we could turn back the clock and start Spring now as a new project it would use a different logging dependency. The first choice would probably be the Simple Logging Facade for Java (SLF4J), which is also used by a lot of other tools that people use with Spring inside their applications. Switching off commons-logging is easy: just make sure it isn't on the classpath at runtime. In Maven terms you exclude the dependency, and because of the way that the Spring dependencies are declared, you only have to do that once.
<dependencies> <dependency> <groupId>org.springframework</groupId> <artifactId>spring-context</artifactId> <version>3.0.0.RELEASE</version> <scope>runtime</scope> <exclusions> <exclusion> <groupId>commons-logging</groupId> <artifactId>commons-logging</artifactId> </exclusion> </exclusions> </dependency> </dependencies>
Now this application is probably broken because there is no implementation of the JCL API on the classpath, so to fix it a new one has to be provided. In the next section we show you how to provide an alternative implementation of JCL using SLF4J as an example. Using SLF4J SLF4J is a cleaner dependency and more efficient at runtime than commons-logging because it uses compile-time bindings instead of runtime discovery of the other logging frameworks it integrates. This also means that you have to be more explicit about what you want to happen at runtime, and declare it or
3.1
Reference Documentation
11
Spring Framework
configure it accordingly. SLF4J provides bindings to many common logging frameworks, so you can usually choose one that you already use, and bind to that for configuration and management. SLF4J provides bindings to many common logging frameworks, including JCL, and it also does the reverse: bridges between other logging frameworks and itself. So to use SLF4J with Spring you need to replace the commons-logging dependency with the SLF4J-JCL bridge. Once you have done that then logging calls from within Spring will be translated into logging calls to the SLF4J API, so if other libraries in your application use that API, then you have a single place to configure and manage logging. A common choice might be to bridge Spring to SLF4J, and then provide explicit binding from SLF4J to Log4J. You need to supply 4 dependencies (and exclude the existing commons-logging): the bridge, the SLF4J API, the binding to Log4J, and the Log4J implementation itself. In Maven you would do that like this
<dependencies> <dependency> <groupId>org.springframework</groupId> <artifactId>spring-context</artifactId> <version>3.0.0.RELEASE</version> <scope>runtime</scope> <exclusions> <exclusion> <groupId>commons-logging</groupId> <artifactId>commons-logging</artifactId> </exclusion> </exclusions> </dependency> <dependency> <groupId>org.slf4j</groupId> <artifactId>jcl-over-slf4j</artifactId> <version>1.5.8</version> <scope>runtime</scope> </dependency> <dependency> <groupId>org.slf4j</groupId> <artifactId>slf4j-api</artifactId> <version>1.5.8</version> <scope>runtime</scope> </dependency> <dependency> <groupId>org.slf4j</groupId> <artifactId>slf4j-log4j12</artifactId> <version>1.5.8</version> <scope>runtime</scope> </dependency> <dependency> <groupId>log4j</groupId> <artifactId>log4j</artifactId> <version>1.2.14</version> <scope>runtime</scope> </dependency> </dependencies>
That might seem like a lot of dependencies just to get some logging. Well it is, but it is optional, and it should behave better than the vanilla commons-logging with respect to classloader issues, notably if you are in a strict container like an OSGi platform. Allegedly there is also a performance benefit because the bindings are at compile-time not runtime.
3.1
Reference Documentation
12
Spring Framework
A more common choice amongst SLF4J users, which uses fewer steps and generates fewer dependencies, is to bind directly to Logback. This removes the extra binding step because Logback implements SLF4J directly, so you only need to depend on two libaries not four (jcl-over-slf4j and logback). If you do that you might also need to exlude the slf4j-api dependency from other external dependencies (not Spring), because you only want one version of that API on the classpath. Using Log4J Many people use Log4j as a logging framework for configuration and management purposes. It's efficient and well-established, and in fact it's what we use at runtime when we build and test Spring. Spring also provides some utilities for configuring and initializing Log4j, so it has an optional compile-time dependency on Log4j in some modules. To make Log4j work with the default JCL dependency (commons-logging) all you need to do is put Log4j on the classpath, and provide it with a configuration file (log4j.properties or log4j.xml in the root of the classpath). So for Maven users this is your dependency declaration:
<dependencies> <dependency> <groupId>org.springframework</groupId> <artifactId>spring-context</artifactId> <version>3.0.0.RELEASE</version> <scope>runtime</scope> </dependency> <dependency> <groupId>log4j</groupId> <artifactId>log4j</artifactId> <version>1.2.14</version> <scope>runtime</scope> </dependency> </dependencies>
Many people run their Spring applications in a container that itself provides an implementation of JCL. IBM Websphere Application Server (WAS) is the archetype. This often causes problems, and unfortunately there is no silver bullet solution; simply excluding commons-logging from your application is not enough in most situations. To be clear about this: the problems reported are usually not with JCL per se, or even with commons-logging: rather they are to do with binding commons-logging to another framework (often Log4J). This can fail because commons-logging changed the way they do the runtime 3.1 Reference Documentation 13
Spring Framework
discovery in between the older versions (1.0) found in some containers and the modern versions that most people use now (1.1). Spring does not use any unusual parts of the JCL API, so nothing breaks there, but as soon as Spring or your application tries to do any logging you can find that the bindings to Log4J are not working. In such cases with WAS the easiest thing to do is to invert the class loader hierarchy (IBM calls it "parent last") so that the application controls the JCL dependency, not the container. That option isn't always open, but there are plenty of other suggestions in the public domain for alternative approaches, and your mileage may vary depending on the exact version and feature set of the container.
3.1
Reference Documentation
14
Spring Framework
2.1 Java 5
The entire framework code has been revised to take advantage of Java 5 features like generics, varargs and other language improvements. We have done our best to still keep the code backwards compatible. We now have consistent use of generic Collections and Maps, consistent use of generic FactoryBeans, and also consistent resolution of bridge methods in the Spring AOP API. Generic ApplicationListeners automatically receive specific event types only. All callback interfaces such as TransactionCallback and HibernateCallback declare a generic result value now. Overall, the Spring core codebase is now freshly revised and optimized for Java 5. Spring's TaskExecutor abstraction has been updated for close integration with Java 5's java.util.concurrent facilities. We provide first-class support for Callables and Futures now, as well as ExecutorService adapters, ThreadFactory integration, etc. This has been aligned with JSR-236 (Concurrency Utilities for Java EE 6) as far as possible. Furthermore, we provide support for asynchronous method invocations through the use of the new @Async annotation (or EJB 3.1's @Asynchronous annotation).
3.1
Reference Documentation
16
Spring Framework
There are many excellent articles and tutorials that show how to get started with Spring 3 features. Read them at the Spring Documentation page. The samples have been improved and updated to take advantage of the new features in Spring 3. Additionally, the samples have been moved out of the source tree into a dedicated SVN repository available at: https://anonsvn.springframework.org/svn/spring-samples/ As such, the samples are no longer distributed alongside Spring 3 and need to be downloaded separately from the repository mentioned above. However, this documentation will continue to refer to some samples (in particular Petclinic) to illustrate various features.
Note
For more information on Subversion (or in short SVN), see the project homepage at: http://subversion.apache.org/
3.1
Reference Documentation
17
Spring Framework
org.springframework.web org.springframework.web.portlet org.springframework.web.servlet org.springframework.web.struts Note: The spring.jar artifact that contained almost the entire framework is no longer provided.
We are now using a new Spring build system as known from Spring Web Flow 2.0. This gives us: Ivy-based "Spring Build" system consistent deployment procedure consistent dependency management consistent generation of OSGi manifests
3.1
Reference Documentation
18
Spring Framework
This functionality is also available if you prefer to configure your components using annotations:
@Repository public class RewardsTestDatabase {
3.1
Reference Documentation
19
Spring Framework
@Value("#{systemProperties.databaseName}") public void setDatabaseName(String dbName) { } @Value("#{strategyBean.databaseKeyGenerator}") public void setKeyGenerator(KeyGenerator kg) { } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
20
Spring Framework
asFactoryBean.setDataSource(dataSource()); // additional config return asFactoryBean.getObject(); } @Bean public DataSource dataSource() { return new DriverManagerDataSource(jdbcUrl, username, password); } }
To get this to work you need to add the following component scanning entry in your minimal application context XML file.
<context:component-scan base-package="org.example.config"/> <util:properties id="jdbcProperties" location="classpath:org/example/config/jdbc.properties"/>
class
directly
using
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(AppConfig.class); FooService fooService = ctx.getBean(FooService.class); fooService.doStuff(); }
See the section called Instantiating the Spring container using AnnotationConfigApplicationContext for full information on AnnotationConfigApplicationContext. Defining bean metadata within components @Bean annotated methods are also supported inside Spring components. They contribute a factory bean definition to the container. See Defining bean metadata within components for more information
3.1
Reference Documentation
21
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
22
Spring Framework
Cache Abstraction
Chapter 28, Cache Abstraction Cache Abstraction (SpringSource team blog)
Environment Abstraction
Environment Abstraction (SpringSource Team Blog) See org.springframework.core.env.Environment Javadoc
PropertySource Abstraction
Unified Property Management (SpringSource Team Blog) See org.springframework.core.env.Environment Javadoc See org.springframework.core.env.PropertySource Javadoc See org.springframework.context.annotation.PropertySource Javadoc
3.1
Reference Documentation
23
Spring Framework
TestContext framework support for @Configuration classes and bean definition profiles
The @ContextConfiguration annotation now supports supplying @Configuration classes for configuring the Spring TestContext. In addition, a new @ActiveProfiles annotation has been introduced to support declarative configuration of active bean definition profiles in ApplicationContext integration tests. See org.springframework.test.context.ContextConfiguration Javadoc
3.1
Reference Documentation
24
Spring Framework
Spring XML to specify setter methods that return any object type. This is useful when considering designing APIs for method-chaining, where setter methods return a reference to 'this'.
3.1
Reference Documentation
25
Spring Framework
These classes are a replacement for the existing: DefaultAnnotationHandlerMapping AnnotationMethodHandlerAdapter AnnotationMethodHandlerExceptionResolver The new classes were developed in response to many requests to make annotation controller support classes more customizable and open for extension. Whereas previously you could configure a custom annotated controller method argument resolver, with the new support classes you can customize the processing for any supported method argument or return value type. See org.springframework.web.method.support.HandlerMethodArgumentResolver Javadoc See org.springframework.web.method.support.HandlerMethodReturnValueHandler Javadoc A second notable difference is the introduction of a HandlerMethod abstraction to represent an @RequestMapping method. This abstraction is used throughout by the new support classes as the handler instance. For example a HandlerInterceptor can cast the handler from Object to HandlerMethod and get access to the target controller method, its annotations, etc. The new classes are enabled by default by the MVC namespace and by Java-based configuration via @EnableWebMvc. The existing classes will continue to be available but use of the new classes is recommended going forward.
3.1
Reference Documentation
26
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
27
Spring Framework
See Background
3.1
Reference Documentation
29
Spring Framework
between such objects. Several implementations of the ApplicationContext interface are supplied out-of-the-box with Spring. In standalone applications it is common to create an instance of ClassPathXmlApplicationContext or FileSystemXmlApplicationContext. While XML has been the traditional format for defining configuration metadata you can instruct the container to use Java annotations or code as the metadata format by providng a small amount of XML configuration to declaratively enable support for these additional metadata formats. In most application scenarios, explicit user code is not required to instantiate one or more instances of a Spring IoC container. For example, in a web application scenario, a simple eight (or so) lines of boilerplate J2EE web descriptor XML in the web.xml file of the application will typically suffice (see the section called Convenient ApplicationContext instantiation for web applications). If you are using the SpringSource Tool Suite Eclipse-powered development environment or Spring Roo this boilerplate configuration can be easily created with few mouse clicks or keystrokes. The following diagram is a high-level view of how Spring works. Your application classes are combined with configuration metadata so that after the ApplicationContext is created and initialized, you have a fully configured and executable system or application. The Spring IoC container
Configuration metadata
As the preceding diagram shows, the Spring IoC container consumes a form of configuration metadata; this configuration metadata represents how you as an application developer tell the Spring container to instantiate, configure, and assemble the objects in your application. Configuration metadata is traditionally supplied in a simple and intuitive XML format, which is what most of this chapter uses to convey key concepts and features of the Spring IoC container.
Note
XML-based metadata is not the only allowed form of configuration metadata. The Spring IoC container itself is totally decoupled from the format in which this configuration metadata is actually written. For information about using other forms of metadata with the Spring container, see: Annotation-based configuration: Spring 2.5 introduced support for annotation-based configuration metadata. Java-based configuration: Starting with Spring 3.0, many features provided by the Spring JavaConfig project became part of the core Spring Framework. Thus you can define beans external to your application classes by using Java rather than XML files. To use these new features, see the 3.1 Reference Documentation 30
Spring Framework
@Configuration, @Bean, @Import and @DependsOn annotations. Spring configuration consists of at least one and typically more than one bean definition that the container must manage. XML-based configuration metadata shows these beans configured as <bean/> elements inside a top-level <beans/> element. These bean definitions correspond to the actual objects that make up your application. Typically you define service layer objects, data access objects (DAOs), presentation objects such as Struts Action instances, infrastructure objects such as Hibernate SessionFactories, JMS Queues, and so forth. Typically one does not configure fine-grained domain objects in the container, because it is usually the responsibility of DAOs and business logic to create and load domain objects. However, you can use Spring's integration with AspectJ to configure objects that have been created outside the control of an IoC container. See Using AspectJ to dependency-inject domain objects with Spring. The following example shows the basic structure of XML-based configuration metadata:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="..." class="..."> <!-- collaborators and configuration for this bean go here --> </bean> <bean id="..." class="..."> <!-- collaborators and configuration for this bean go here --> </bean> <!-- more bean definitions go here --> </beans>
The id attribute is a string that you use to identify the individual bean definition. The class attribute defines the type of the bean and uses the fully qualified classname. The value of the id attribute refers to collaborating objects. The XML for referring to collaborating objects is not shown in this example; see Dependencies for more information.
Instantiating a container
Instantiating a Spring IoC container is straightforward. The location path or paths supplied to an ApplicationContext constructor are actually resource strings that allow the container to load configuration metadata from a variety of external resources such as the local file system, from the Java CLASSPATH, and so on.
ApplicationContext context = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext(new String[] {"services.xml", "daos.xml"});
Note
3.1
Reference Documentation
31
Spring Framework
After you learn about Spring's IoC container, you may want to know more about Spring's Resource abstraction, as described in Chapter 5, Resources, which provides a convenient mechanism for reading an InputSream from locations defined in a URI syntax. In particular, Resource paths are used to construct applications contexts as described in Section 5.7, Application contexts and Resource paths. The following example shows the service layer objects (services.xml) configuration file:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <!-- services --> <bean id="petStore" class="org.springframework.samples.jpetstore.services.PetStoreServiceImpl"> <property name="accountDao" ref="accountDao"/> <property name="itemDao" ref="itemDao"/> <!-- additional collaborators and configuration for this bean go here --> </bean> <!-- more bean definitions for services go here --> </beans>
The following example shows the data access objects daos.xml file:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="accountDao" class="org.springframework.samples.jpetstore.dao.ibatis.SqlMapAccountDao"> <!-- additional collaborators and configuration for this bean go here --> </bean> <bean id="itemDao" class="org.springframework.samples.jpetstore.dao.ibatis.SqlMapItemDao"> <!-- additional collaborators and configuration for this bean go here --> </bean> <!-- more bean definitions for data access objects go here --> </beans>
In the preceding example, the service layer consists of the class PetStoreServiceImpl, and two data access objects of the type SqlMapAccountDao and SqlMapItemDao are based on the iBatis Object/Relational mapping framework. The property name element refers to the name of the JavaBean property, and the ref element refers to the name of another bean definition. This linkage between id and ref elements expresses the dependency between collaborating objects. For details of configuring an object's dependencies, see Dependencies.
3.1
Reference Documentation
32
Spring Framework
Composing XML-based configuration metadata It can be useful to have bean definitions span multiple XML files. Often each individual XML configuration file represents a logical layer or module in your architecture. You can use the application context constructor to load bean definitions from all these XML fragments. This constructor takes multiple Resource locations, as was shown in the previous section. Alternatively, use one or more occurrences of the <import/> element to load bean definitions from another file or files. For example:
<beans> <import resource="services.xml"/> <import resource="resources/messageSource.xml"/> <import resource="/resources/themeSource.xml"/> <bean id="bean1" class="..."/> <bean id="bean2" class="..."/> </beans>
In the preceding example, external bean definitions are loaded from three files, services.xml, messageSource.xml, and themeSource.xml. All location paths are relative to the definition file doing the importing, so services.xml must be in the same directory or classpath location as the file doing the importing, while messageSource.xml and themeSource.xml must be in a resources location below the location of the importing file. As you can see, a leading slash is ignored, but given that these paths are relative, it is better form not to use the slash at all. The contents of the files being imported, including the top level <beans/> element, must be valid XML bean definitions according to the Spring Schema or DTD.
Note
It is possible, but not recommended, to reference files in parent directories using a relative "../" path. Doing so creates a dependency on a file that is outside the current application. In particular, this reference is not recommended for "classpath:" URLs (for example, "classpath:../services.xml"), where the runtime resolution process chooses the "nearest" classpath root and then looks into its parent directory. Classpath configuration changes may lead to the choice of a different, incorrect directory. You can always use fully qualified resource locations instead of relative paths: for example, "file:C:/config/services.xml" or "classpath:/config/services.xml". However, be aware that you are coupling your application's configuration to specific absolute locations. It is generally preferable to keep an indirection for such absolute locations, for example, through "${...}" placeholders that are resolved against JVM system properties at runtime.
3.1
Reference Documentation
33
Spring Framework
The ApplicationContext is the interface for an advanced factory capable of maintaining a registry of different beans and their dependencies. Using the method T getBean(Stringname, Class<T> requiredType) you can retrieve instances of your beans. The ApplicationContext enables you to read bean definitions and access them as follows:
// create and configure beans ApplicationContext context = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext(new String[] {"services.xml", "daos.xml"}); // retrieve configured instance PetStoreServiceImpl service = context.getBean("petStore", PetStoreServiceImpl.class); // use configured instance List userList service.getUsernameList();
You use getBean() to retrieve instances of your beans. The ApplicationContext interface has a few other methods for retrieving beans, but ideally your application code should never use them. Indeed, your application code should have no calls to the getBean() method at all, and thus no dependency on Spring APIs at all. For example, Spring's integration with web frameworks provides for dependency injection for various web framework classes such as controllers and JSF-managed beans.
Spring Framework
Property name
scope Section 4.5, Bean scopes constructor arguments the section called Dependency injection properties the section called Dependency injection autowiring mode the section called Autowiring collaborators lazy-initialization mode the section called Lazy-initialized beans initialization method the section called Initialization callbacks destruction method the section called Destruction callbacks
In addition to bean definitions that contain information on how to create a specific bean, the ApplicationContext implementations also permit the registration of existing objects that are created outside the container, by users. This is done by accessing the ApplicationContext's BeanFactory via the method getBeanFactory() which returns the BeanFactory implementation DefaultListableBeanFactory. DefaultListableBeanFactory supports this registration through the methods registerSingleton(..) and registerBeanDefinition(..). However, typical applications work solely with beans defined through metadata bean definitions.
Naming beans
Every bean has one or more identifiers. These identifiers must be unique within the container that hosts the bean. A bean usually has only one identifier, but if it requires more than one, the extra ones can be considered aliases. In XML-based configuration metadata, you use the id and/or name attributes to specify the bean identifier(s). The id attribute allows you to specify exactly one id. Conventionally these names are alphanumeric ('myBean', 'fooService', etc), but may special characters as well. If you want to introduce other aliases to the bean, you can also specify them in the name attribute, separated by a comma (,), semicolon (;), or white space. As a historical note, in versions prior to Spring 3.1, the id attribute was typed as an xsd:ID, which constrained possible characters. As of 3.1, it is now xsd:string. Note that bean id uniqueness is still enforced by the container, though no longer by XML parsers. You are not required to supply a name or id for a bean. If no name or id is supplied explicitly, the
3.1
Reference Documentation
35
Spring Framework
container generates a unique name for that bean. However, if you want to refer to that bean by name, through the use of the ref element or Service Locator style lookup, you must provide a name. Motivations for not supplying a name are related to using inner beans and autowiring collaborators. Bean naming conventions The convention is to use the standard Java convention for instance field names when naming beans. That is, bean names start with a lowercase letter, and are camel-cased from then on. Examples of such names would be (without quotes) 'accountManager', 'accountService', 'userDao', 'loginController', and so forth. Naming beans consistently makes your configuration easier to read and understand, and if you are using Spring AOP it helps a lot when applying advice to a set of beans related by name.
Aliasing a bean outside the bean definition In a bean definition itself, you can supply more than one name for the bean, by using a combination of up to one name specified by the id attribute, and any number of other names in the name attribute. These names can be equivalent aliases to the same bean, and are useful for some situations, such as allowing each component in an application to refer to a common dependency by using a bean name that is specific to that component itself. Specifying all aliases where the bean is actually defined is not always adequate, however. It is sometimes desirable to introduce an alias for a bean that is defined elsewhere. This is commonly the case in large systems where configuration is split amongst each subsystem, each subsystem having its own set of object definitions. In XML-based configuration metadata, you can use the <alias/> element to accomplish this.
<alias name="fromName" alias="toName"/>
In this case, a bean in the same container which is named fromName, may also after the use of this alias definition, be referred to as toName. For example, the configuration metadata for subsystem A may refer to a DataSource via the name 'subsystemA-dataSource. The configuration metadata for subsystem B may refer to a DataSource via the name 'subsystemB-dataSource'. When composing the main application that uses both these subsystems the main application refers to the DataSource via the name 'myApp-dataSource'. To have all three names refer to the same object you add to the MyApp configuration metadata the following aliases definitions:
<alias name="subsystemA-dataSource" alias="subsystemB-dataSource"/> <alias name="subsystemA-dataSource" alias="myApp-dataSource" />
Now each component and the main application can refer to the dataSource through a name that is unique and guaranteed not to clash with any other definition (effectively creating a namespace), yet they refer to the same bean. 3.1 Reference Documentation 36
Spring Framework
Instantiating beans
A bean definition essentially is a recipe for creating one or more objects. The container looks at the recipe for a named bean when asked, and uses the configuration metadata encapsulated by that bean definition to create (or acquire) an actual object. If you use XML-based configuration metadata, you specify the type (or class) of object that is to be instantiated in the class attribute of the <bean/> element. This class attribute, which internally is a Class property on a BeanDefinition instance, is usually mandatory. (For exceptions, see the section called Instantiation using an instance factory method and Section 4.7, Bean definition inheritance.) You use the Class property in one of two ways: Typically, to specify the bean class to be constructed in the case where the container itself directly creates the bean by calling its constructor reflectively, somewhat equivalent to Java code using the new operator. To specify the actual class containing the static factory method that will be invoked to create the object, in the less common case where the container invokes a static, factory method on a class to create the bean. The object type returned from the invocation of the static factory method may be the same class or another class entirely. Inner class names If you want to configure a bean definition for a static nested class, you have to use the binary name of the inner class. For example, if you have a class called Foo in the com.example package, and this Foo class has a static inner class called Bar, the value of the 'class' attribute on a bean definition would be... com.example.Foo$Bar Notice the use of the $ character in the name to separate the inner class name from the outer class name.
Instantiation with a constructor When you create a bean by the constructor approach, all normal classes are usable by and compatible with Spring. That is, the class being developed does not need to implement any specific interfaces or to be coded in a specific fashion. Simply specifying the bean class should suffice. However, depending on what type of IoC you use for that specific bean, you may need a default (empty) constructor. The Spring IoC container can manage virtually any class you want it to manage; it is not limited to managing true JavaBeans. Most Spring users prefer actual JavaBeans with only a default (no-argument)
3.1
Reference Documentation
37
Spring Framework
constructor and appropriate setters and getters modeled after the properties in the container. You can also have more exotic non-bean-style classes in your container. If, for example, you need to use a legacy connection pool that absolutely does not adhere to the JavaBean specification, Spring can manage it as well. With XML-based configuration metadata you can specify your bean class as follows:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"/> <bean name="anotherExample" class="examples.ExampleBeanTwo"/>
For details about the mechanism for supplying arguments to the constructor (if required) and setting object instance properties after the object is constructed, see Injecting Dependencies. Instantiation with a static factory method When defining a bean that you create with a static factory method, you use the class attribute to specify the class containing the static factory method and an attribute named factory-method to specify the name of the factory method itself. You should be able to call this method (with optional arguments as described later) and return a live object, which subsequently is treated as if it had been created through a constructor. One use for such a bean definition is to call static factories in legacy code. The following bean definition specifies that the bean will be created by calling a factory-method. The definition does not specify the type (class) of the returned object, only the class containing the factory method. In this example, the createInstance() method must be a static method.
<bean id="clientService" class="examples.ClientService" factory-method="createInstance"/>
public class ClientService { private static ClientService clientService = new ClientService(); private ClientService() {} public static ClientService createInstance() { return clientService; } }
For details about the mechanism for supplying (optional) arguments to the factory method and setting object instance properties after the object is returned from the factory, see Dependencies and configuration in detail. Instantiation using an instance factory method Similar to instantiation through a static factory method, instantiation with an instance factory method invokes a non-static method of an existing bean from the container to create a new bean. To use this mechanism, leave the class attribute empty, and in the factory-bean attribute, specify the name of a bean in the current (or parent/ancestor) container that contains the instance method that is to be invoked to create the object. Set the name of the factory method itself with the factory-method attribute.
3.1
Reference Documentation
38
Spring Framework
<!-- the factory bean, which contains a method called createInstance() --> <bean id="serviceLocator" class="examples.DefaultServiceLocator"> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this locator bean --> </bean> <!-- the bean to be created via the factory bean --> <bean id="clientService" factory-bean="serviceLocator" factory-method="createClientServiceInstance"/>
public class DefaultServiceLocator { private static ClientService clientService = new ClientServiceImpl(); private DefaultServiceLocator() {} public ClientService createClientServiceInstance() { return clientService; } }
One factory class can also hold more than one factory method as shown here:
<bean id="serviceLocator" class="examples.DefaultServiceLocator"> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this locator bean --> </bean> <bean id="clientService" factory-bean="serviceLocator" factory-method="createClientServiceInstance"/> <bean id="accountService" factory-bean="serviceLocator" factory-method="createAccountServiceInstance"/>
public class DefaultServiceLocator { private static ClientService clientService = new ClientServiceImpl(); private static AccountService accountService = new AccountServiceImpl(); private DefaultServiceLocator() {} public ClientService createClientServiceInstance() { return clientService; } public AccountService createAccountServiceInstance() { return accountService; } }
This approach shows that the factory bean itself can be managed and configured through dependency injection (DI). See Dependencies and configuration in detail.
Note
In Spring documentation, factory bean refers to a bean that is configured in the Spring container that will create objects through an instance or static factory method. By contrast, FactoryBean (notice the capitalization) refers to a Spring-specific FactoryBean .
3.1
Reference Documentation
39
Spring Framework
4.4 Dependencies
A typical enterprise application does not consist of a single object (or bean in the Spring parlance). Even the simplest application has a few objects that work together to present what the end-user sees as a coherent application. This next section explains how you go from defining a number of bean definitions that stand alone to a fully realized application where objects collaborate to achieve a goal.
Dependency injection
Dependency injection (DI) is a process whereby objects define their dependencies, that is, the other objects they work with, only through constructor arguments, arguments to a factory method, or properties that are set on the object instance after it is constructed or returned from a factory method. The container then injects those dependencies when it creates the bean. This process is fundamentally the inverse, hence the name Inversion of Control (IoC), of the bean itself controlling the instantiation or location of its dependencies on its own by using direct construction of classes, or the Service Locator pattern. Code is cleaner with the DI principle and decoupling is more effective when objects are provided with their dependencies. The object does not look up its dependencies, and does not know the location or class of the dependencies. As such, your classes become easier to test, in particular when the dependencies are on interfaces or abstract base classes, which allow for stub or mock implementations to be used in unit tests. DI exists in two major variants, Constructor-based dependency injection and Setter-based dependency injection. Constructor-based dependency injection Constructor-based DI is accomplished by the container invoking a constructor with a number of arguments, each representing a dependency. Calling a static factory method with specific arguments to construct the bean is nearly equivalent, and this discussion treats arguments to a constructor and to a static factory method similarly. The following example shows a class that can only be dependency-injected with constructor injection. Notice that there is nothing special about this class, it is a POJO that has no dependencies on container specific interfaces, base classes or annotations.
public class SimpleMovieLister { // the SimpleMovieLister has a dependency on a MovieFinder private MovieFinder movieFinder; // a constructor so that the Spring container can 'inject' a MovieFinder public SimpleMovieLister(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // business logic that actually 'uses' the injected MovieFinder is omitted... }
3.1
Reference Documentation
40
Spring Framework
Constructor argument resolution matching occurs using the argument's type. If no potential ambiguity exists in the constructor arguments of a bean definition, then the order in which the constructor arguments are defined in a bean definition is the order in which those arguments are supplied to the appropriate constructor when the bean is being instantiated. Consider the following class:
package x.y; public class Foo { public Foo(Bar bar, Baz baz) { // ... } }
No potential ambiguity exists, assuming that Bar and Baz classes are not related by inheritance. Thus the following configuration works fine, and you do not need to specify the constructor argument indexes and/or types explicitly in the <constructor-arg/> element.
<beans> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo"> <constructor-arg ref="bar"/> <constructor-arg ref="baz"/> </bean> <bean id="bar" class="x.y.Bar"/> <bean id="baz" class="x.y.Baz"/> </beans>
When another bean is referenced, the type is known, and matching can occur (as was the case with the preceding example). When a simple type is used, such as <value>true<value>, Spring cannot determine the type of the value, and so cannot match by type without help. Consider the following class:
package examples; public class ExampleBean { // No. of years to the calculate the Ultimate Answer private int years; // The Answer to Life, the Universe, and Everything private String ultimateAnswer; public ExampleBean(int years, String ultimateAnswer) { this.years = years; this.ultimateAnswer = ultimateAnswer; } }
Constructor argument type matching In the preceding scenario, the container can use type matching with simple types if you explicitly specify the type of the constructor argument using the type attribute. For example:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"> <constructor-arg type="int" value="7500000"/> <constructor-arg type="java.lang.String" value="42"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
41
Spring Framework
</bean>
Constructor argument index Use the index attribute to specify explicitly the index of constructor arguments. For example:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"> <constructor-arg index="0" value="7500000"/> <constructor-arg index="1" value="42"/> </bean>
In addition to resolving the ambiguity of multiple simple values, specifying an index resolves ambiguity where a constructor has two arguments of the same type. Note that the index is 0 based. Constructor argument name As of Spring 3.0 you can also use the constructor parameter name for value disambiguation:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"> <constructor-arg name="years" value="7500000"/> <constructor-arg name="ultimateanswer" value="42"/> </bean>
Keep in mind that to make this work out of the box your code must be compiled with the debug flag enabled so that Spring can look up the parameter name from the constructor. If you can't compile your code with debug flag (or don't want to) you can use @ConstructorProperties JDK annotation to explicitly name your constructor arguments. The sample class would then have to look as follows:
package examples; public class ExampleBean { // Fields omitted @ConstructorProperties({"years", "ultimateAnswer"}) public ExampleBean(int years, String ultimateAnswer) { this.years = years; this.ultimateAnswer = ultimateAnswer; } }
Setter-based dependency injection Setter-based DI is accomplished by the container calling setter methods on your beans after invoking a no-argument constructor or no-argument static factory method to instantiate your bean. The following example shows a class that can only be dependency-injected using pure setter injection. This class is conventional Java. It is a POJO that has no dependencies on container specific interfaces, base classes or annotations.
public class SimpleMovieLister { // the SimpleMovieLister has a dependency on the MovieFinder private MovieFinder movieFinder;
3.1
Reference Documentation
42
Spring Framework
// a setter method so that the Spring container can 'inject' a MovieFinder public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // business logic that actually 'uses' the injected MovieFinder is omitted... }
The ApplicationContext supports constructor- and setter-based DI for the beans it manages. It also supports setter-based DI after some dependencies are already injected through the constructor approach. You configure the dependencies in the form of a BeanDefinition, which you use with PropertyEditor instances to convert properties from one format to another. However, most Spring users do not work with these classes directly (programmatically), but rather with an XML definition file that is then converted internally into instances of these classes, and used to load an entire Spring IoC container instance. Constructor-based or setter-based DI? Since you can mix both, Constructor- and Setter-based DI, it is a good rule of thumb to use constructor arguments for mandatory dependencies and setters for optional dependencies. Note that the use of a @Required annotation on a setter can be used to make setters required dependencies. The Spring team generally advocates setter injection, because large numbers of constructor arguments can get unwieldy, especially when properties are optional. Setter methods also make objects of that class amenable to reconfiguration or re-injection later. Management through JMX MBeans is a compelling use case. Some purists favor constructor-based injection. Supplying all object dependencies means that the object is always returned to client (calling) code in a totally initialized state. The disadvantage is that the object becomes less amenable to reconfiguration and re-injection. Use the DI that makes the most sense for a particular class. Sometimes, when dealing with third-party classes to which you do not have the source, the choice is made for you. A legacy class may not expose any setter methods, and so constructor injection is the only available DI.
Dependency resolution process The container performs bean dependency resolution as follows: 1. The ApplicationContext is created and initialized with configuration metadata that describes all the beans. Configuration metadata can be specified via XML, Java code or annotations. 2. For each bean, its dependencies are expressed in the form of properties, constructor arguments, or arguments to the static-factory method if you are using that instead of a normal constructor. These dependencies are provided to the bean, when the bean is actually created.
3.1
Reference Documentation
43
Spring Framework
3. Each property or constructor argument is an actual definition of the value to set, or a reference to another bean in the container. 4. Each property or constructor argument which is a value is converted from its specified format to the actual type of that property or constructor argument. By default Spring can convert a value supplied in string format to all built-in types, such as int, long, String, boolean, etc. The Spring container validates the configuration of each bean as the container is created, including the validation of whether bean reference properties refer to valid beans. However, the bean properties themselves are not set until the bean is actually created. Beans that are singleton-scoped and set to be pre-instantiated (the default) are created when the container is created. Scopes are defined in Section 4.5, Bean scopes Otherwise, the bean is created only when it is requested. Creation of a bean potentially causes a graph of beans to be created, as the bean's dependencies and its dependencies' dependencies (and so on) are created and assigned. Circular dependencies If you use predominantly constructor injection, it is possible to create an unresolvable circular dependency scenario. For example: Class A requires an instance of class B through constructor injection, and class B requires an instance of class A through constructor injection. If you configure beans for classes A and B to be injected into each other, the Spring IoC container detects this circular reference at runtime, and throws a BeanCurrentlyInCreationException. One possible solution is to edit the source code of some classes to be configured by setters rather than constructors. Alternatively, avoid constructor injection and use setter injection only. In other words, although it is not recommended, you can configure circular dependencies with setter injection. Unlike the typical case (with no circular dependencies), a circular dependency between bean A and bean B forces one of the beans to be injected into the other prior to being fully initialized itself (a classic chicken/egg scenario).
You can generally trust Spring to do the right thing. It detects configuration problems, such as references to non-existent beans and circular dependencies, at container load-time. Spring sets properties and resolves dependencies as late as possible, when the bean is actually created. This means that a Spring container which has loaded correctly can later generate an exception when you request an object if there is a problem creating that object or one of its dependencies. For example, the bean throws an exception as a result of a missing or invalid property. This potentially delayed visibility of some configuration issues is why ApplicationContext implementations by default pre-instantiate singleton beans. At the cost of some upfront time and memory to create these beans before they are actually needed, you discover configuration issues when the ApplicationContext is created, not later. You can still override this default behavior so that singleton beans will lazy-initialize, rather than be pre-instantiated.
3.1
Reference Documentation
44
Spring Framework
If no circular dependencies exist, when one or more collaborating beans are being injected into a dependent bean, each collaborating bean is totally configured prior to being injected into the dependent bean. This means that if bean A has a dependency on bean B, the Spring IoC container completely configures bean B prior to invoking the setter method on bean A. In other words, the bean is instantiated (if not a pre-instantiated singleton), its dependencies are set, and the relevant lifecycle methods (such as a configured init method or the IntializingBean callback method) are invoked. Examples of dependency injection The following example uses XML-based configuration metadata for setter-based DI. A small part of a Spring XML configuration file specifies some bean definitions:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"> <!-- setter injection using the nested <ref/> element --> <property name="beanOne"><ref bean="anotherExampleBean"/></property> <!-- setter injection using the neater 'ref' attribute --> <property name="beanTwo" ref="yetAnotherBean"/> <property name="integerProperty" value="1"/> </bean> <bean id="anotherExampleBean" class="examples.AnotherBean"/> <bean id="yetAnotherBean" class="examples.YetAnotherBean"/>
public class ExampleBean { private AnotherBean beanOne; private YetAnotherBean beanTwo; private int i; public void setBeanOne(AnotherBean beanOne) { this.beanOne = beanOne; } public void setBeanTwo(YetAnotherBean beanTwo) { this.beanTwo = beanTwo; } public void setIntegerProperty(int i) { this.i = i; } }
In the preceding example, setters are declared to match against the properties specified in the XML file. The following example uses constructor-based DI:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean"> <!-- constructor injection using the nested <ref/> element --> <constructor-arg> <ref bean="anotherExampleBean"/> </constructor-arg> <!-- constructor injection using the neater 'ref' attribute --> <constructor-arg ref="yetAnotherBean"/> <constructor-arg type="int" value="1"/> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
45
Spring Framework
public class ExampleBean { private AnotherBean beanOne; private YetAnotherBean beanTwo; private int i; public ExampleBean( AnotherBean anotherBean, YetAnotherBean yetAnotherBean, int i) { this.beanOne = anotherBean; this.beanTwo = yetAnotherBean; this.i = i; } }
The constructor arguments specified in the bean definition will be used as arguments to the constructor of the ExampleBean. Now consider a variant of this example, where instead of using a constructor, Spring is told to call a static factory method to return an instance of the object:
<bean id="exampleBean" class="examples.ExampleBean" factory-method="createInstance"> <constructor-arg ref="anotherExampleBean"/> <constructor-arg ref="yetAnotherBean"/> <constructor-arg value="1"/> </bean> <bean id="anotherExampleBean" class="examples.AnotherBean"/> <bean id="yetAnotherBean" class="examples.YetAnotherBean"/>
public class ExampleBean { // a private constructor private ExampleBean(...) { ... } // a static factory method; the arguments to this method can be // considered the dependencies of the bean that is returned, // regardless of how those arguments are actually used. public static ExampleBean createInstance ( AnotherBean anotherBean, YetAnotherBean yetAnotherBean, int i) { ExampleBean eb = new ExampleBean (...); // some other operations... return eb; } }
Arguments to the static factory method are supplied via <constructor-arg/> elements, exactly the same as if a constructor had actually been used. The type of the class being returned by the factory method does not have to be of the same type as the class that contains the static factory method, although in this example it is. An instance (non-static) factory method would be used in an essentially identical fashion (aside from the use of the factory-bean attribute instead of the class attribute), so details will not be discussed here. 3.1 Reference Documentation 46
Spring Framework
The following example uses the p-namespace for even more succinct XML configuration.
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/p" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="myDataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close" p:driverClassName="com.mysql.jdbc.Driver" p:url="jdbc:mysql://localhost:3306/mydb" p:username="root" p:password="masterkaoli"/> </beans>
The preceding XML is more succinct; however, typos are discovered at runtime rather than design time, unless you use an IDE such as IntelliJ IDEA or the SpringSource Tool Suite (STS) that support automatic property completion when you create bean definitions. Such IDE assistance is highly recommended. You can also configure a java.util.Properties instance as:
<bean id="mappings" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer"> <!-- typed as a java.util.Properties --> <property name="properties"> <value> jdbc.driver.className=com.mysql.jdbc.Driver jdbc.url=jdbc:mysql://localhost:3306/mydb </value> </property>
3.1
Reference Documentation
47
Spring Framework
</bean>
The Spring container converts the text inside the <value/> element into a java.util.Properties instance by using the JavaBeans PropertyEditor mechanism. This is a nice shortcut, and is one of a few places where the Spring team do favor the use of the nested <value/> element over the value attribute style.
The idref element
The idref element is simply an error-proof way to pass the id (string value - not a reference) of another bean in the container to a <constructor-arg/> or <property/> element.
<bean id="theTargetBean" class="..."/> <bean id="theClientBean" class="..."> <property name="targetName"> <idref bean="theTargetBean" /> </property> </bean>
The above bean definition snippet is exactly equivalent (at runtime) to the following snippet:
<bean id="theTargetBean" class="..." /> <bean id="client" class="..."> <property name="targetName" value="theTargetBean" /> </bean>
The first form is preferable to the second, because using the idref tag allows the container to validate at deployment time that the referenced, named bean actually exists. In the second variation, no validation is performed on the value that is passed to the targetName property of the client bean. Typos are only discovered (with most likely fatal results) when the client bean is actually instantiated. If the client bean is a prototype bean, this typo and the resulting exception may only be discovered long after the container is deployed. Additionally, if the referenced bean is in the same XML unit, and the bean name is the bean id, you can use the local attribute, which allows the XML parser itself to validate the bean id earlier, at XML document parse time.
<property name="targetName"> <!-- a bean with id 'theTargetBean' must exist; otherwise an exception will be thrown --> <idref local="theTargetBean"/> </property>
A common place (at least in versions earlier than Spring 2.0) where the <idref/> element brings value is in the configuration of AOP interceptors in a ProxyFactoryBean bean definition. Using <idref/> elements when you specify the interceptor names prevents you from misspelling an interceptor id. References to other beans (collaborators) The ref element is the final element inside a <constructor-arg/> or <property/> definition 3.1 Reference Documentation 48
Spring Framework
element. Here you set the value of the specified property of a bean to be a reference to another bean (a collaborator) managed by the container. The referenced bean is a dependency of the bean whose property will be set, and it is initialized on demand as needed before the property is set. (If the collaborator is a singleton bean, it may be initialized already by the container.) All references are ultimately a reference to another object. Scoping and validation depend on whether you specify the id/name of the other object through the bean,local, or parent attributes. Specifying the target bean through the bean attribute of the <ref/> tag is the most general form, and allows creation of a reference to any bean in the same container or parent container, regardless of whether it is in the same XML file. The value of the bean attribute may be the same as the id attribute of the target bean, or as one of the values in the name attribute of the target bean.
<ref bean="someBean"/>
Specifying the target bean through the local attribute leverages the ability of the XML parser to validate XML id references within the same file. The value of the local attribute must be the same as the id attribute of the target bean. The XML parser issues an error if no matching element is found in the same file. As such, using the local variant is the best choice (in order to know about errors as early as possible) if the target bean is in the same XML file.
<ref local="someBean"/>
Specifying the target bean through the parent attribute creates a reference to a bean that is in a parent container of the current container. The value of the parent attribute may be the same as either the id attribute of the target bean, or one of the values in the name attribute of the target bean, and the target bean must be in a parent container of the current one. You use this bean reference variant mainly when you have a hierarchy of containers and you want to wrap an existing bean in a parent container with a proxy that will have the same name as the parent bean.
<!-- in the parent context --> <bean id="accountService" class="com.foo.SimpleAccountService"> <!-- insert dependencies as required as here --> </bean>
<!-- in the child (descendant) context --> <bean id="accountService" <-- bean name is the same as the parent bean --> class="org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="target"> <ref parent="accountService"/> <!-- notice how we refer to the parent bean --> </property> <!-- insert other configuration and dependencies as required here --> </bean>
Inner beans A <bean/> element inside the <property/> or <constructor-arg/> elements defines a so-called inner bean.
<bean id="outer" class="..."> <!-- instead of using a reference to a target bean, simply define the target bean inline --> <property name="target">
3.1
Reference Documentation
49
Spring Framework
<bean class="com.example.Person"> <!-- this is the inner bean --> <property name="name" value="Fiona Apple"/> <property name="age" value="25"/> </bean> </property> </bean>
An inner bean definition does not require a defined id or name; the container ignores these values. It also ignores the scope flag. Inner beans are always anonymous and they are always scoped as prototypes. It is not possible to inject inner beans into collaborating beans other than into the enclosing bean. Collections In the <list/>, <set/>, <map/>, and <props/> elements, you set the properties and arguments of the Java Collection types List, Set, Map, and Properties, respectively.
<bean id="moreComplexObject" class="example.ComplexObject"> <!-- results in a setAdminEmails(java.util.Properties) call --> <property name="adminEmails"> <props> <prop key="administrator">administrator@example.org</prop> <prop key="support">support@example.org</prop> <prop key="development">development@example.org</prop> </props> </property> <!-- results in a setSomeList(java.util.List) call --> <property name="someList"> <list> <value>a list element followed by a reference</value> <ref bean="myDataSource" /> </list> </property> <!-- results in a setSomeMap(java.util.Map) call --> <property name="someMap"> <map> <entry key="an entry" value="just some string"/> <entry key ="a ref" value-ref="myDataSource"/> </map> </property> <!-- results in a setSomeSet(java.util.Set) call --> <property name="someSet"> <set> <value>just some string</value> <ref bean="myDataSource" /> </set> </property> </bean>
The value of a map key or value, or a set value, can also again be any of the following elements:
bean | ref | idref | list | set | map | props | value | null
Collection merging
As of Spring 2.0, the container supports the merging of collections. An application developer can define a parent-style <list/>, <map/>, <set/> or <props/> element, and have child-style <list/>, <map/>, <set/> or <props/> elements inherit and override values from the parent collection. That
3.1
Reference Documentation
50
Spring Framework
is, the child collection's values are the result of merging the elements of the parent and child collections, with the child's collection elements overriding values specified in the parent collection. This section on merging discusses the parent-child bean mechanism. Readers unfamiliar with parent and child bean definitions may wish to read the relevant section before continuing. The following example demonstrates collection merging:
<beans> <bean id="parent" abstract="true" class="example.ComplexObject"> <property name="adminEmails"> <props> <prop key="administrator">administrator@example.com</prop> <prop key="support">support@example.com</prop> </props> </property> </bean> <bean id="child" parent="parent"> <property name="adminEmails"> <!-- the merge is specified on the *child* collection definition --> <props merge="true"> <prop key="sales">sales@example.com</prop> <prop key="support">support@example.co.uk</prop> </props> </property> </bean> <beans>
Notice the use of the merge=true attribute on the <props/> element of the adminEmails property of the child bean definition. When the child bean is resolved and instantiated by the container, the resulting instance has an adminEmails Properties collection that contains the result of the merging of the child's adminEmails collection with the parent's adminEmails collection.
administrator=administrator@example.com sales=sales@example.com support=support@example.co.uk
The child Properties collection's value set inherits all property elements from the parent <props/>, and the child's value for the support value overrides the value in the parent collection. This merging behavior applies similarly to the <list/>, <map/>, and <set/> collection types. In the specific case of the <list/> element, the semantics associated with the List collection type, that is, the notion of an ordered collection of values, is maintained; the parent's values precede all of the child list's values. In the case of the Map, Set, and Properties collection types, no ordering exists. Hence no ordering semantics are in effect for the collection types that underlie the associated Map, Set, and Properties implementation types that the container uses internally.
Limitations of collection merging
You cannot merge different collection types (such as a Map and a List), and if you do attempt to do so an appropriate Exception is thrown. The merge attribute must be specified on the lower, inherited, child definition; specifying the merge attribute on a parent collection definition is redundant and will not result in the desired merging. The merging feature is available only in Spring 2.0 and later.
3.1
Reference Documentation
51
Spring Framework
In Java 5 and later, you can use strongly typed collections (using generic types). That is, it is possible to declare a Collection type such that it can only contain String elements (for example). If you are using Spring to dependency-inject a strongly-typed Collection into a bean, you can take advantage of Spring's type-conversion support such that the elements of your strongly-typed Collection instances are converted to the appropriate type prior to being added to the Collection.
public class Foo { private Map<String, Float> accounts; public void setAccounts(Map<String, Float> accounts) { this.accounts = accounts; } }
<beans> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo"> <property name="accounts"> <map> <entry key="one" value="9.99"/> <entry key="two" value="2.75"/> <entry key="six" value="3.99"/> </map> </property> </bean> </beans>
When the accounts property of the foo bean is prepared for injection, the generics information about the element type of the strongly-typed Map<String, Float> is available by reflection. Thus Spring's type conversion infrastructure recognizes the various value elements as being of type Float, and the string values 9.99, 2.75, and 3.99 are converted into an actual Float type. Null and empty string values Spring treats empty arguments for properties and the like as empty Strings. The following XML-based configuration metadata snippet sets the email property to the empty String value ("")
<bean class="ExampleBean"> <property name="email" value=""/> </bean>
The preceding example is equivalent to the following Java code: exampleBean.setEmail(""). The <null/> element handles null values. For example:
<bean class="ExampleBean"> <property name="email"><null/></property> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
52
Spring Framework
XML shortcut with the p-namespace The p-namespace enables you to use the bean element's attributes, instead of nested <property/> elements, to describe your property values and/or collaborating beans. Spring 2.0 and later supports extensible configuration formats with namespaces, which are based on an XML Schema definition. The beans configuration format discussed in this chapter is defined in an XML Schema document. However, the p-namespace is not defined in an XSD file and exists only in the core of Spring. The following example shows two XML snippets that resolve to the same result: The first uses standard XML format and the second uses the p-namespace.
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/p" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean name="classic" class="com.example.ExampleBean"> <property name="email" value="foo@bar.com"/> </bean> <bean name="p-namespace" class="com.example.ExampleBean" p:email="foo@bar.com"/> </beans>
The example shows an attribute in the p-namespace called email in the bean definition. This tells Spring to include a property declaration. As previously mentioned, the p-namespace does not have a schema definition, so you can set the name of the attribute to the property name. This next example includes two more bean definitions that both have a reference to another bean:
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/p" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean name="john-classic" class="com.example.Person"> <property name="name" value="John Doe"/> <property name="spouse" ref="jane"/> </bean> <bean name="john-modern" class="com.example.Person" p:name="John Doe" p:spouse-ref="jane"/> <bean name="jane" class="com.example.Person"> <property name="name" value="Jane Doe"/> </bean> </beans>
As you can see, this example includes not only a property value using the p-namespace, but also uses a special format to declare property references. Whereas the first bean definition uses <property 3.1 Reference Documentation 53
Spring Framework
name="spouse" ref="jane"/> to create a reference from bean john to bean jane, the second bean definition uses p:spouse-ref="jane" as an attribute to do the exact same thing. In this case spouse is the property name, whereas the -ref part indicates that this is not a straight value but rather a reference to another bean.
Note
The p-namespace is not as flexible as the standard XML format. For example, the format for declaring property references clashes with properties that end in Ref, whereas the standard XML format does not. We recommend that you choose your approach carefully and communicate this to your team members, to avoid producing XML documents that use all three approaches at the same time.
XML shortcut with the c-namespace Similar to the the section called XML shortcut with the p-namespace, the c-namespace, newly introduced in Spring 3.1, allows usage of inlined attributes for configuring the constructor arguments rather then nested constructor-arg elements. Let's review the examples from the section called Constructor-based dependency injection with the c namespace:
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/c" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans.xsd"> <bean id="bar" class="x.y.Bar"/> <bean id="baz" class="x.y.Baz"/> <-- 'traditional' declaration --> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo"> <constructor-arg ref="bar"/> <constructor-arg ref="baz"/> <constructor-arg value="foo@bar.com"/> </bean> <-- 'c-namespace' declaration --> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo" c:bar-ref="bar" c:baz-ref="baz" c:email="foo@bar.com"> </beans>
The c: namespace uses the same conventions as the p: one (trailing -ref for bean references) for setting the constructor arguments by their names. And just as well, it needs to be declared even though it is not defined in an XSD schema (but it exists inside the Spring core). For the rare cases where the constructor argument names are not available (usually if the bytecode was compiled without debugging information), one can use fallback to the argument indexes:
<-- 'c-namespace' index declaration --> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo" c:_0-ref="bar" c:_1-ref="baz">
3.1
Reference Documentation
54
Spring Framework
Note
Due to the XML grammar, the index notation requires the presence of the leading _ as XML attribute names cannot start with a number (even though some IDE allow it). In practice, the constructor resolution mechanism is quite efficient in matching arguments so unless one really needs to, we recommend using the name notation through-out your configuration. Compound property names You can use compound or nested property names when you set bean properties, as long as all components of the path except the final property name are not null. Consider the following bean definition.
<bean id="foo" class="foo.Bar"> <property name="fred.bob.sammy" value="123" /> </bean>
The foo bean has a fred property, which has a bob property, which has a sammy property, and that final sammy property is being set to the value 123. In order for this to work, the fred property of foo, and the bob property of fred must not be null after the bean is constructed, or a NullPointerException is thrown.
Using depends-on
If a bean is a dependency of another that usually means that one bean is set as a property of another. Typically you accomplish this with the <ref/> element in XML-based configuration metadata. However, sometimes dependencies between beans are less direct; for example, a static initializer in a class needs to be triggered, such as database driver registration. The depends-on attribute can explicitly force one or more beans to be initialized before the bean using this element is initialized. The following example uses the depends-on attribute to express a dependency on a single bean:
<bean id="beanOne" class="ExampleBean" depends-on="manager"/> <bean id="manager" class="ManagerBean" />
To express a dependency on multiple beans, supply a list of bean names as the value of the depends-on attribute, with commas, whitespace and semicolons, used as valid delimiters:
<bean id="beanOne" class="ExampleBean" depends-on="manager,accountDao"> <property name="manager" ref="manager" /> </bean> <bean id="manager" class="ManagerBean" /> <bean id="accountDao" class="x.y.jdbc.JdbcAccountDao" />
Note
The depends-on attribute in the bean definition can specify both an initialization time
3.1
Reference Documentation
55
Spring Framework
dependency and, in the case of singleton beans only, a corresponding destroy time dependency. Dependent beans that define a depends-on relationship with a given bean are destroyed first, prior to the given bean itself being destroyed. Thus depends-on can also control shutdown order.
Lazy-initialized beans
By default, ApplicationContext implementations eagerly create and configure all singleton beans as part of the initialization process. Generally, this pre-instantiation is desirable, because errors in the configuration or surrounding environment are discovered immediately, as opposed to hours or even days later. When this behavior is not desirable, you can prevent pre-instantiation of a singleton bean by marking the bean definition as lazy-initialized. A lazy-initialized bean tells the IoC container to create a bean instance when it is first requested, rather than at startup. In XML, this behavior is controlled by the lazy-init attribute on the <bean/> element; for example:
<bean id="lazy" class="com.foo.ExpensiveToCreateBean" lazy-init="true"/> <bean name="not.lazy" class="com.foo.AnotherBean"/>
When the preceding configuration is consumed by an ApplicationContext, the bean named lazy is not eagerly pre-instantiated when the ApplicationContext is starting up, whereas the not.lazy bean is eagerly pre-instantiated. However, when a lazy-initialized bean is a dependency of a singleton bean that is not lazy-initialized, the ApplicationContext creates the lazy-initialized bean at startup, because it must satisfy the singleton's dependencies. The lazy-initialized bean is injected into a singleton bean elsewhere that is not lazy-initialized. You can also control lazy-initialization at the container level by using the default-lazy-init attribute on the <beans/> element; for example:
<beans default-lazy-init="true"> <!-- no beans will be pre-instantiated... --> </beans>
Autowiring collaborators
The Spring container can autowire relationships between collaborating beans. You can allow Spring to resolve collaborators (other beans) automatically for your bean by inspecting the contents of the ApplicationContext. Autowiring has the following advantages: Autowiring can significantly reduce the need to specify properties or constructor arguments. (Other mechanisms such as a bean template discussed elsewhere in this chapter are also valuable in this
3.1
Reference Documentation
56
Spring Framework
regard.) Autowiring can update a configuration as your objects evolve. For example, if you need to add a dependency to a class, that dependency can be satisfied automatically without you needing to modify the configuration. Thus autowiring can be especially useful during development, without negating the option of switching to explicit wiring when the code base becomes more stable. When using XML-based configuration metadata2, you specify autowire mode for a bean definition with the autowire attribute of the <bean/> element. The autowiring functionality has five modes. You specify autowiring per bean and thus can choose which ones to autowire. Table 4.2. Autowiring modes Mode no (Default) No autowiring. Bean references must be defined via a ref element. Changing the default setting is not recommended for larger deployments, because specifying collaborators explicitly gives greater control and clarity. To some extent, it documents the structure of a system. byName Autowiring by property name. Spring looks for a bean with the same name as the property that needs to be autowired. For example, if a bean definition is set to autowire by name, and it contains a master property (that is, it has a setMaster(..) method), Spring looks for a bean definition named master, and uses it to set the property. byType Allows a property to be autowired if exactly one bean of the property type exists in the container. If more than one exists, a fatal exception is thrown, which indicates that you may not use byType autowiring for that bean. If there are no matching beans, nothing happens; the property is not set. constructor Analogous to byType, but applies to constructor arguments. If there is not exactly one bean of the constructor argument type in the container, a fatal error is raised. Explanation
With byType or constructor autowiring mode, you can wire arrays and typed-collections. In such cases all autowire candidates within the container that match the expected type are provided to satisfy the dependency. You can autowire strongly-typed Maps if the expected key type is String. An autowired Maps values will consist of all bean instances that match the expected type, and the Maps keys will contain the corresponding bean names. You can combine autowire behavior with dependency checking, which is performed after autowiring
2
3.1
Reference Documentation
57
Spring Framework
completes. Limitations and disadvantages of autowiring Autowiring works best when it is used consistently across a project. If autowiring is not used in general, it might be confusing to developers to use it to wire only one or two bean definitions. Consider the limitations and disadvantages of autowiring: Explicit dependencies in property and constructor-arg settings always override autowiring. You cannot autowire so-called simple properties such as primitives, Strings, and Classes (and arrays of such simple properties). This limitation is by-design. Autowiring is less exact than explicit wiring. Although, as noted in the above table, Spring is careful to avoid guessing in case of ambiguity that might have unexpected results, the relationships between your Spring-managed objects are no longer documented explicitly. Wiring information may not be available to tools that may generate documentation from a Spring container. Multiple bean definitions within the container may match the type specified by the setter method or constructor argument to be autowired. For arrays, collections, or Maps, this is not necessarily a problem. However for dependencies that expect a single value, this ambiguity is not arbitrarily resolved. If no unique bean definition is available, an exception is thrown. In the latter scenario, you have several options: Abandon autowiring in favor of explicit wiring. Avoid autowiring for a bean definition by setting its autowire-candidate attributes to false as described in the next section. Designate a single bean definition as the primary candidate by setting the primary attribute of its <bean/> element to true. If you are using Java 5 or later, implement the more fine-grained control available with annotation-based configuration, as described in Section 4.9, Annotation-based container configuration. Excluding a bean from autowiring On a per-bean basis, you can exclude a bean from autowiring. In Spring's XML format, set the autowire-candidate attribute of the <bean/> element to false; the container makes that specific bean definition unavailable to the autowiring infrastructure (including annotation style configurations such as @Autowired).
3.1
Reference Documentation
58
Spring Framework
You can also limit autowire candidates based on pattern-matching against bean names. The top-level <beans/> element accepts one or more patterns within its default-autowire-candidates attribute. For example, to limit autowire candidate status to any bean whose name ends with Repository, provide a value of *Repository. To provide multiple patterns, define them in a comma-separated list. An explicit value of true or false for a bean definitions autowire-candidate attribute always takes precedence, and for such beans, the pattern matching rules do not apply. These techniques are useful for beans that you never want to be injected into other beans by autowiring. It does not mean that an excluded bean cannot itself be configured using autowiring. Rather, the bean itself is not a candidate for autowiring other beans.
Method injection
In most application scenarios, most beans in the container are singletons. When a singleton bean needs to collaborate with another singleton bean, or a non-singleton bean needs to collaborate with another non-singleton bean, you typically handle the dependency by defining one bean as a property of the other. A problem arises when the bean lifecycles are different. Suppose singleton bean A needs to use non-singleton (prototype) bean B, perhaps on each method invocation on A. The container only creates the singleton bean A once, and thus only gets one opportunity to set the properties. The container cannot provide bean A with a new instance of bean B every time one is needed. A solution is to forego some inversion of control. You can make bean A aware of the container by implementing the ApplicationContextAware interface, and by making a getBean("B") call to the container ask for (a typically new) bean B instance every time bean A needs it. The following is an example of this approach:
// a class that uses a stateful Command-style class to perform some processing package fiona.apple; // Spring-API imports import org.springframework.beans.BeansException; import org.springframework.context.Applicationcontext; import org.springframework.context.ApplicationContextAware; public class CommandManager implements ApplicationContextAware { private ApplicationContext applicationContext; public Object process(Map commandState) { // grab a new instance of the appropriate Command Command command = createCommand(); // set the state on the (hopefully brand new) Command instance command.setState(commandState); return command.execute(); } protected Command createCommand() { // notice the Spring API dependency! return this.applicationContext.getBean("command", Command.class); } public void setApplicationContext(ApplicationContext applicationContext) throws BeansException { this.applicationContext = applicationContext;
3.1
Reference Documentation
59
Spring Framework
} }
The preceding is not desirable, because the business code is aware of and coupled to the Spring Framework. Method Injection, a somewhat advanced feature of the Spring IoC container, allows this use case to be handled in a clean fashion.
You can read more about the motivation for Method Injection in this blog entry.
Lookup method injection Lookup method injection is the ability of the container to override methods on container managed beans, to return the lookup result for another named bean in the container. The lookup typically involves a prototype bean as in the scenario described in the preceding section. The Spring Framework implements this method injection by using bytecode generation from the CGLIB library to generate dynamically a subclass that overrides the method.
Note
For this dynamic subclassing to work, you must have the CGLIB jar(s) in your classpath. The class that the Spring container will subclass cannot be final, and the method to be overridden cannot be final either. Also, testing a class that has an abstract method requires you to subclass the class yourself and to supply a stub implementation of the abstract method. Finally, objects that have been the target of method injection cannot be serialized. Looking at the CommandManager class in the previous code snippet, you see that the Spring container will dynamically override the implementation of the createCommand() method. Your CommandManager class will not have any Spring dependencies, as can be seen in the reworked example:
package fiona.apple; // no more Spring imports! public abstract class CommandManager { public Object process(Object commandState) { // grab a new instance of the appropriate Command interface Command command = createCommand(); // set the state on the (hopefully brand new) Command instance command.setState(commandState); return command.execute(); } // okay... but where is the implementation of this method? protected abstract Command createCommand(); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
60
Spring Framework
In the client class containing the method to be injected (the CommandManager in this case), the method to be injected requires a signature of the following form:
<public|protected> [abstract] <return-type> theMethodName(no-arguments);
If the method is abstract, the dynamically-generated subclass implements the method. Otherwise, the dynamically-generated subclass overrides the concrete method defined in the original class. For example:
<!-- a stateful bean deployed as a prototype (non-singleton) --> <bean id="command" class="fiona.apple.AsyncCommand" scope="prototype"> <!-- inject dependencies here as required --> </bean> <!-- commandProcessor uses statefulCommandHelper --> <bean id="commandManager" class="fiona.apple.CommandManager"> <lookup-method name="createCommand" bean="command"/> </bean>
The bean identified as commandManager calls its own method createCommand() whenever it needs a new instance of the command bean. You must be careful to deploy the command bean as a prototype, if that is actually what is needed. If it is deployed as a singleton, the same instance of the command bean is returned each time.
Tip
The interested reader may also find the ServiceLocatorFactoryBean (in the org.springframework.beans.factory.config package) to be of use. The approach used in ServiceLocatorFactoryBean is similar to that of another utility class, ObjectFactoryCreatingFactoryBean, but it allows you to specify your own lookup interface as opposed to a Spring-specific lookup interface. Consult the JavaDocs for these classes as well as this blog entry for additional information ServiceLocatorFactoryBean.
Arbitrary method replacement A less useful form of method injection than lookup method Injection is the ability to replace arbitrary methods in a managed bean with another method implementation. Users may safely skip the rest of this section until the functionality is actually needed. With XML-based configuration metadata, you can use the replaced-method element to replace an existing method implementation with another, for a deployed bean. Consider the following class, with a method computeValue, which we want to override:
public class MyValueCalculator { public String computeValue(String input) { // some real code... } // some other methods... }
3.1
Reference Documentation
61
Spring Framework
A class implementing the org.springframework.beans.factory.support.MethodReplacer interface provides the new method definition.
/** meant to be used to override the existing computeValue(String) implementation in MyValueCalculator */ public class ReplacementComputeValue implements MethodReplacer { public Object reimplement(Object o, Method m, Object[] args) throws Throwable { // get the input value, work with it, and return a computed result String input = (String) args[0]; ... return ...; } }
The bean definition to deploy the original class and specify the method override would look like this:
<bean id="myValueCalculator" class="x.y.z.MyValueCalculator"> <!-- arbitrary method replacement --> <replaced-method name="computeValue" replacer="replacementComputeValue"> <arg-type>String</arg-type> </replaced-method> </bean> <bean id="replacementComputeValue" class="a.b.c.ReplacementComputeValue"/>
You can use one or more contained <arg-type/> elements within the <replaced-method/> element to indicate the method signature of the method being overridden. The signature for the arguments is necessary only if the method is overloaded and multiple variants exist within the class. For convenience, the type string for an argument may be a substring of the fully qualified type name. For example, the following all match java.lang.String:
java.lang.String String Str
Because the number of arguments is often enough to distinguish between each possible choice, this shortcut can save a lot of typing, by allowing you to type only the shortest string that will match an argument type.
3.1
Reference Documentation
62
Spring Framework
particular bean definition. This approach is powerful and flexible in that you can choose the scope of the objects you create through configuration instead of having to bake in the scope of an object at the Java class level. Beans can be defined to be deployed in one of a number of scopes: out of the box, the Spring Framework supports five scopes, three of which are available only if you use a web-aware ApplicationContext. The following scopes are supported out of the box. You can also create a custom scope. Table 4.3. Bean scopes Scope singleton Description (Default) Scopes a single bean definition to a single object instance per Spring IoC container. Scopes a single bean definition to any number of object instances. Scopes a single bean definition to the lifecycle of a single HTTP request; that is, each HTTP request has its own instance of a bean created off the back of a single bean definition. Only valid in the context of a web-aware Spring ApplicationContext. Scopes a single bean definition to the lifecycle of an HTTP Session. Only valid in the context of a web-aware Spring ApplicationContext. Scopes a single bean definition to the lifecycle of a global HTTP Session. Typically only valid when used in a portlet context. Only valid in the context of a web-aware Spring ApplicationContext.
prototype
request
session
global session
Thread-scoped beans
As of Spring 3.0, a thread scope is available, but is not registered by default. For more information, see the documentation for SimpleThreadScope. For instructions on how to register this or any other custom scope, see the section called Using a custom scope.
Spring Framework
Only one shared instance of a singleton bean is managed, and all requests for beans with an id or ids matching that bean definition result in that one specific bean instance being returned by the Spring container. To put it another way, when you define a bean definition and it is scoped as a singleton, the Spring IoC container creates exactly one instance of the object defined by that bean definition. This single instance is stored in a cache of such singleton beans, and all subsequent requests and references for that named bean return the cached object. Spring's concept of a singleton bean differs from the Singleton pattern as defined in the Gang of Four (GoF) patterns book. The GoF Singleton hard-codes the scope of an object such that one and only one instance of a particular class is created per ClassLoader. The scope of the Spring singleton is best described as per container and per bean. This means that if you define one bean for a particular class in a single Spring container, then the Spring container creates one and only one instance of the class defined by that bean definition. The singleton scope is the default scope in Spring. To define a bean as a singleton in XML, you would write, for example:
<bean id="accountService" class="com.foo.DefaultAccountService"/> <!-- the following is equivalent, though redundant (singleton scope is the default) --> <bean id="accountService" class="com.foo.DefaultAccountService" scope="singleton"/>
In contrast to the other scopes, Spring does not manage the complete lifecycle of a prototype bean: the container instantiates, configures, and otherwise assembles a prototype object, and hands it to the client, with no further record of that prototype instance. Thus, although initialization lifecycle callback methods are called on all objects regardless of scope, in the case of prototypes, configured destruction lifecycle callbacks are not called. The client code must clean up prototype-scoped objects and release expensive resources that the prototype bean(s) are holding. To get the Spring container to release resources held by prototype-scoped beans, try using a custom bean post-processor, which holds a reference to beans that 3.1 Reference Documentation 64
Spring Framework
need to be cleaned up. In some respects, the Spring container's role in regard to a prototype-scoped bean is a replacement for the Java new operator. All lifecycle management past that point must be handled by the client. (For details on the lifecycle of a bean in the Spring container, see the section called Lifecycle callbacks.)
3.1
Reference Documentation
65
Spring Framework
If you use an older web container (Servlet 2.3), use the provided javax.servlet.Filter implementation. The following snippet of XML configuration must be included in the web.xml file of your web application if you want to access web-scoped beans in requests outside of Spring's DispatcherServlet on a Servlet 2.3 container. (The filter mapping depends on the surrounding web application configuration, so you must change it as appropriate.)
<web-app> .. <filter> <filter-name>requestContextFilter</filter-name> <filter-class>org.springframework.web.filter.RequestContextFilter</filter-class> </filter> <filter-mapping> <filter-name>requestContextFilter</filter-name> <url-pattern>/*</url-pattern> </filter-mapping> ... </web-app>
DispatcherServlet, RequestContextListener and RequestContextFilter all do exactly the same thing, namely bind the HTTP request object to the Thread that is servicing that request. This makes beans that are request- and session-scoped available further down the call chain. Request scope Consider the following bean definition:
<bean id="loginAction" class="com.foo.LoginAction" scope="request"/>
The Spring container creates a new instance of the LoginAction bean by using the loginAction bean definition for each and every HTTP request. That is, the loginAction bean is scoped at the HTTP request level. You can change the internal state of the instance that is created as much as you want, because other instances created from the same loginAction bean definition will not see these changes in state; they are particular to an individual request. When the request completes processing, the bean that is scoped to the request is discarded. Session scope Consider the following bean definition:
<bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.UserPreferences" scope="session"/>
The Spring container creates a new instance of the UserPreferences bean by using the
3.1
Reference Documentation
66
Spring Framework
userPreferences bean definition for the lifetime of a single HTTP Session. In other words, the userPreferences bean is effectively scoped at the HTTP Session level. As with request-scoped beans, you can change the internal state of the instance that is created as much as you want, knowing that other HTTP Session instances that are also using instances created from the same userPreferences bean definition do not see these changes in state, because they are particular to an individual HTTP Session. When the HTTP Session is eventually discarded, the bean that is scoped to that particular HTTP Session is also discarded. Global session scope Consider the following bean definition:
<bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.UserPreferences" scope="globalSession"/>
The global session scope is similar to the standard HTTP Session scope (described above), and applies only in the context of portlet-based web applications. The portlet specification defines the notion of a global Session that is shared among all portlets that make up a single portlet web application. Beans defined at the global session scope are scoped (or bound) to the lifetime of the global portlet Session. If you write a standard Servlet-based web application and you define one or more beans as having global session scope, the standard HTTP Session scope is used, and no error is raised. Scoped beans as dependencies The Spring IoC container manages not only the instantiation of your objects (beans), but also the wiring up of collaborators (or dependencies). If you want to inject (for example) an HTTP request scoped bean into another bean, you must inject an AOP proxy in place of the scoped bean. That is, you need to inject a proxy object that exposes the same public interface as the scoped object but that can also retrieve the real, target object from the relevant scope (for example, an HTTP request) and delegate method calls onto the real object.
Note
You do not need to use the <aop:scoped-proxy/> in conjunction with beans that are scoped as singletons or prototypes. If you try to create a scoped proxy for a singleton bean, the BeanCreationException is raised. The configuration in the following example is only one line, but it is important to understand the why as well as the how behind it.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop
3.1
Reference Documentation
67
Spring Framework
http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- an HTTP Session-scoped bean exposed as a proxy --> <bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.UserPreferences" scope="session"> <!-- this next element effects the proxying of the surrounding bean --> <aop:scoped-proxy/> </bean> <!-- a singleton-scoped bean injected with a proxy to the above bean --> <bean id="userService" class="com.foo.SimpleUserService"> <!-- a reference to the proxied userPreferences bean --> <property name="userPreferences" ref="userPreferences"/> </bean> </beans>
To create such a proxy, you insert a child <aop:scoped-proxy/> element into a scoped bean definition. (If you choose class-based proxying, you also need the CGLIB library in your classpath. See the section called Choosing the type of proxy to create and Appendix C, XML Schema-based configuration.) Why do definitions of beans scoped at the request, session, globalSession and custom-scope levels require the <aop:scoped-proxy/> element ? Let's examine the following singleton bean definition and contrast it with what you need to define for the aforementioned scopes. (The following userPreferences bean definition as it stands is incomplete.)
<bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.UserPreferences" scope="session"/> <bean id="userManager" class="com.foo.UserManager"> <property name="userPreferences" ref="userPreferences"/> </bean>
In the preceding example, the singleton bean userManager is injected with a reference to the HTTP Session-scoped bean userPreferences. The salient point here is that the userManager bean is a singleton: it will be instantiated exactly once per container, and its dependencies (in this case only one, the userPreferences bean) are also injected only once. This means that the userManager bean will only operate on the exact same userPreferences object, that is, the one that it was originally injected with. This is not the behavior you want when injecting a shorter-lived scoped bean into a longer-lived scoped bean, for example injecting an HTTP Session-scoped collaborating bean as a dependency into singleton bean. Rather, you need a single userManager object, and for the lifetime of an HTTP Session, you need a userPreferences object that is specific to said HTTP Session. Thus the container creates an object that exposes the exact same public interface as the UserPreferences class (ideally an object that is a UserPreferences instance) which can fetch the real UserPreferences object from the scoping mechanism (HTTP request, Session, etc.). The container injects this proxy object into the userManager bean, which is unaware that this UserPreferences reference is a proxy. In this example, when a UserManager instance invokes a method on the dependency-injected UserPreferences object, it actually is invoking a method on the proxy. The proxy then fetches the real UserPreferences object from (in this case) the HTTP Session, and delegates the method invocation onto the retrieved real UserPreferences object.
3.1
Reference Documentation
68
Spring Framework
Thus you need the following, correct and complete, configuration when injecting request-, session-, and globalSession-scoped beans into collaborating objects:
<bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.UserPreferences" scope="session"> <aop:scoped-proxy/> </bean> <bean id="userManager" class="com.foo.UserManager"> <property name="userPreferences" ref="userPreferences"/> </bean>
By default, when the Spring container creates a proxy for a bean that is marked up with the <aop:scoped-proxy/> element, a CGLIB-based class proxy is created. This means that you need to have the CGLIB library in the classpath of your application. Note: CGLIB proxies only intercept public method calls! Do not call non-public methods on such a proxy; they will not be delegated to the scoped target object. Alternatively, you can configure the Spring container to create standard JDK interface-based proxies for such scoped beans, by specifying false for the value of the proxy-target-class attribute of the <aop:scoped-proxy/> element. Using JDK interface-based proxies means that you do not need additional libraries in your application classpath to effect such proxying. However, it also means that the class of the scoped bean must implement at least one interface, and that all collaborators into which the scoped bean is injected must reference the bean through one of its interfaces.
<!-- DefaultUserPreferences implements the UserPreferences interface --> <bean id="userPreferences" class="com.foo.DefaultUserPreferences" scope="session"> <aop:scoped-proxy proxy-target-class="false"/> </bean> <bean id="userManager" class="com.foo.UserManager"> <property name="userPreferences" ref="userPreferences"/> </bean>
For more detailed information about choosing class-based or interface-based proxying, see Section 8.6, Proxying mechanisms.
Custom scopes
As of Spring 2.0, the bean scoping mechanism is extensible. You can define your own scopes, or even redefine existing scopes, although the latter is considered bad practice and you cannot override the built-in singleton and prototype scopes. Creating a custom scope To integrate your custom scope(s) into the Spring container, you need to implement the org.springframework.beans.factory.config.Scope interface, which is described in this
3.1
Reference Documentation
69
Spring Framework
section. For an idea of how to implement your own scopes, see the Scope implementations that are supplied with the Spring Framework itself and the Scope Javadoc, which explains the methods you need to implement in more detail. The Scope interface has four methods to get objects from the scope, remove them from the scope, and allow them to be destroyed. The following method returns the object from the underlying scope. The session scope implementation, for example, returns the session-scoped bean (and if it does not exist, the method returns a new instance of the bean, after having bound it to the session for future reference).
Object get(String name, ObjectFactory objectFactory)
The following method removes the object from the underlying scope. The session scope implementation for example, removes the session-scoped bean from the underlying session. The object should be returned, but you can return null if the object with the specified name is not found.
Object remove(String name)
The following method registers the callbacks the scope should execute when it is destroyed or when the specified object in the scope is destroyed. Refer to the Javadoc or a Spring scope implementation for more information on destruction callbacks.
void registerDestructionCallback(String name, Runnable destructionCallback)
The following method obtains the conversation identifier for the underlying scope. This identifier is different for each scope. For a session scoped implementation, this identifier can be the session identifier.
String getConversationId()
Using a custom scope After you write and test one or more custom Scope implementations, you need to make the Spring container aware of your new scope(s). The following method is the central method to register a new Scope with the Spring container:
void registerScope(String scopeName, Scope scope);
This method is declared on the ConfigurableBeanFactory interface, which is available on most of the concrete ApplicationContext implementations that ship with Spring via the BeanFactory property. The first argument to the registerScope(..) method is the unique name associated with a scope; examples of such names in the Spring container itself are singleton and prototype. The second argument to the registerScope(..) method is an actual instance of the custom Scope implementation that you wish to register and use. Suppose that you write your custom Scope implementation, and then register it as below. 3.1 Reference Documentation 70
Spring Framework
Note
The example below uses SimpleThreadScope which is included with Spring, but not registered by default. The instructions would be the same for your own custom Scope implementations.
You then create bean definitions that adhere to the scoping rules of your custom Scope:
<bean id="..." class="..." scope="thread">
With a custom Scope implementation, you are not limited to programmatic registration of the scope. You can also do the Scope registration declaratively, using the CustomScopeConfigurer class:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <bean class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.CustomScopeConfigurer"> <property name="scopes"> <map> <entry key="thread"> <bean class="org.springframework.context.support.SimpleThreadScope"/> </entry> </map> </property> </bean> <bean id="bar" class="x.y.Bar" scope="thread"> <property name="name" value="Rick"/> <aop:scoped-proxy/> </bean> <bean id="foo" class="x.y.Foo"> <property name="bar" ref="bar"/> </bean> </beans>
Note
When you place <aop:scoped-proxy/> in a FactoryBean implementation, it is the factory bean itself that is scoped, not the object returned from getObject().
Spring Framework
Lifecycle callbacks
To interact with the container's management of the bean lifecycle, you can implement the Spring InitializingBean and DisposableBean interfaces. The container calls afterPropertiesSet() for the former and destroy() for the latter to allow the bean to perform certain actions upon initialization and destruction of your beans. You can also achieve the same integration with the container without coupling your classes to Spring interfaces through the use of init-method and destroy method object definition metadata. Internally, the Spring Framework uses BeanPostProcessor implementations to process any callback interfaces it can find and call the appropriate methods. If you need custom features or other lifecycle behavior Spring does not offer out-of-the-box, you can implement a BeanPostProcessor yourself. For more information, see Section 4.8, Container Extension Points. In addition to the initialization and destruction callbacks, Spring-managed objects may also implement the Lifecycle interface so that those objects can participate in the startup and shutdown process as driven by the container's own lifecycle. The lifecycle callback interfaces are described in this section. Initialization callbacks The org.springframework.beans.factory.InitializingBean interface allows a bean to perform initialization work after all necessary properties on the bean have been set by the container. The InitializingBean interface specifies a single method:
void afterPropertiesSet() throws Exception;
It is recommended that you do not use the InitializingBean interface because it unnecessarily couples the code to Spring. Alternatively, specify a POJO initialization method. In the case of XML-based configuration metadata, you use the init-method attribute to specify the name of the method that has a void no-argument signature. For example, the following definition:
<bean id="exampleInitBean" class="examples.ExampleBean" init-method="init"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
72
Spring Framework
... but does not couple the code to Spring. Destruction callbacks Implementing the org.springframework.beans.factory.DisposableBean interface allows a bean to get a callback when the container containing it is destroyed. The DisposableBean interface specifies a single method:
void destroy() throws Exception;
It is recommended that you do not use the DisposableBean callback interface because it unnecessarily couples the code to Spring. Alternatively, specify a generic method that is supported by bean definitions. With XML-based configuration metadata, you use the destroy-method attribute on the <bean/>. For example, the following definition:
<bean id="exampleInitBean" class="examples.ExampleBean" destroy-method="cleanup"/>
public class ExampleBean { public void cleanup() { // do some destruction work (like releasing pooled connections) } }
public class AnotherExampleBean implements DisposableBean { public void destroy() { // do some destruction work (like releasing pooled connections) } }
... but does not couple the code to Spring. Default initialization and destroy methods When you write initialization and destroy method callbacks that do not use the Spring-specific InitializingBean and DisposableBean callback interfaces, you typically write methods with names such as init(), initialize(), dispose(), and so on. Ideally, the names of such lifecycle callback methods are standardized across a project so that all developers use the same method names and ensure consistency. You can configure the Spring container to look for named initialization and destroy callback method names on every bean. This means that you, as an application developer, can write your application classes 3.1 Reference Documentation 73
Spring Framework
and use an initialization callback called init(), without having to configure an init-method="init" attribute with each bean definition. The Spring IoC container calls that method when the bean is created (and in accordance with the standard lifecycle callback contract described previously). This feature also enforces a consistent naming convention for initialization and destroy method callbacks. Suppose that your initialization callback methods are named init() and destroy callback methods are named destroy(). Your class will resemble the class in the following example.
public class DefaultBlogService implements BlogService { private BlogDao blogDao; public void setBlogDao(BlogDao blogDao) { this.blogDao = blogDao; } // this is (unsurprisingly) the initialization callback method public void init() { if (this.blogDao == null) { throw new IllegalStateException("The [blogDao] property must be set."); } } }
<beans default-init-method="init"> <bean id="blogService" class="com.foo.DefaultBlogService"> <property name="blogDao" ref="blogDao" /> </bean> </beans>
The presence of the default-init-method attribute on the top-level <beans/> element attribute causes the Spring IoC container to recognize a method called init on beans as the initialization method callback. When a bean is created and assembled, if the bean class has such a method, it is invoked at the appropriate time. You configure destroy method callbacks similarly (in XML, that default-destroy-method attribute on the top-level <beans/> element. is) by using the
Where existing bean classes already have callback methods that are named at variance with the convention, you can override the default by specifying (in XML, that is) the method name using the init-method and destroy-method attributes of the <bean/> itself. The Spring container guarantees that a configured initialization callback is called immediately after a bean is supplied with all dependencies. Thus the initialization callback is called on the raw bean reference, which means that AOP interceptors and so forth are not yet applied to the bean. A target bean is fully created first, then an AOP proxy (for example) with its interceptor chain is applied. If the target bean and the proxy are defined separately, your code can even interact with the raw target bean, bypassing the proxy. Hence, it would be inconsistent to apply the interceptors to the init method, because doing so would couple the lifecycle of the target bean with its proxy/interceptors and leave strange semantics when your code interacts directly to the raw target bean.
3.1
Reference Documentation
74
Spring Framework
Combining lifecycle mechanisms As of Spring 2.5, you have three options for controlling bean lifecycle behavior: the InitializingBean and DisposableBean callback interfaces; custom init() and destroy() methods; and the @PostConstruct and @PreDestroy annotations. You can combine these mechanisms to control a given bean.
Note
If multiple lifecycle mechanisms are configured for a bean, and each mechanism is configured with a different method name, then each configured method is executed in the order listed below. However, if the same method name is configured - for example, init() for an initialization method - for more than one of these lifecycle mechanisms, that method is executed once, as explained in the preceding section. Multiple lifecycle mechanisms configured for the same bean, with different initialization methods, are called as follows: Methods annotated with @PostConstruct afterPropertiesSet() as defined by the InitializingBean callback interface A custom configured init() method Destroy methods are called in the same order: Methods annotated with @PreDestroy destroy() as defined by the DisposableBean callback interface A custom configured destroy() method Startup and shutdown callbacks The Lifecycle interface defines the essential methods for any object that has its own lifecycle requirements (e.g. starts and stops some background process):
public interface Lifecycle { void start(); void stop(); boolean isRunning(); }
Any Spring-managed object may implement that interface. Then, when the ApplicationContext itself
3.1
Reference Documentation
75
Spring Framework
starts and stops, it will cascade those calls to all Lifecycle implementations defined within that context. It does this by delegating to a LifecycleProcessor:
public interface LifecycleProcessor extends Lifecycle { void onRefresh(); void onClose(); }
Notice that the LifecycleProcessor is itself an extension of the Lifecycle interface. It also adds two other methods for reacting to the context being refreshed and closed. The order of startup and shutdown invocations can be important. If a "depends-on" relationship exists between any two objects, the dependent side will start after its dependency, and it will stop before its dependency. However, at times the direct dependencies are unknown. You may only know that objects of a certain type should start prior to objects of another type. In those cases, the SmartLifecycle interface defines another option, namely the getPhase() method as defined on its super-interface, Phased.
public interface Phased { int getPhase(); }
public interface SmartLifecycle extends Lifecycle, Phased { boolean isAutoStartup(); void stop(Runnable callback); }
When starting, the objects with the lowest phase start first, and when stopping, the reverse order is followed. Therefore, an object that implements SmartLifecycle and whose getPhase() method returns Integer.MIN_VALUE would be among the first to start and the last to stop. At the other end of the spectrum, a phase value of Integer.MAX_VALUE would indicate that the object should be started last and stopped first (likely because it depends on other processes to be running). When considering the phase value, it's also important to know that the default phase for any "normal" Lifecycle object that does not implement SmartLifecycle would be 0. Therefore, any negative phase value would indicate that an object should start before those standard components (and stop after them), and vice versa for any positive phase value. As you can see the stop method defined by SmartLifecycle accepts a callback. Any implementation must invoke that callback's run() method after that implementation's shutdown process is complete. That enables asynchronous shutdown where necessary since the default implementation of the LifecycleProcessor interface, DefaultLifecycleProcessor, will wait up to its timeout value for the group of objects within each phase to invoke that callback. The default per-phase timeout is 30 seconds. You can override the default lifecycle processor instance by defining a bean named 3.1 Reference Documentation 76
Spring Framework
"lifecycleProcessor" within the context. If you only want to modify the timeout, then defining the following would be sufficient:
<bean id="lifecycleProcessor" class="org.springframework.context.support.DefaultLifecycleProcessor"> <!-- timeout value in milliseconds --> <property name="timeoutPerShutdownPhase" value="10000"/> </bean>
As mentioned, the LifecycleProcessor interface defines callback methods for the refreshing and closing of the context as well. The latter will simply drive the shutdown process as if stop() had been called explicitly, but it will happen when the context is closing. The 'refresh' callback on the other hand enables another feature of SmartLifecycle beans. When the context is refreshed (after all objects have been instantiated and initialized), that callback will be invoked, and at that point the default lifecycle processor will check the boolean value returned by each SmartLifecycle object's isAutoStartup() method. If "true", then that object will be started at that point rather than waiting for an explicit invocation of the context's or its own start() method (unlike the context refresh, the context start does not happen automatically for a standard context implementation). The "phase" value as well as any "depends-on" relationships will determine the startup order in the same way as described above. Shutting down the Spring IoC container gracefully in non-web applications
Note
This section applies only to non-web applications. Spring's web-based ApplicationContext implementations already have code in place to shut down the Spring IoC container gracefully when the relevant web application is shut down. If you are using Spring's IoC container in a non-web application environment; for example, in a rich client desktop environment; you register a shutdown hook with the JVM. Doing so ensures a graceful shutdown and calls the relevant destroy methods on your singleton beans so that all resources are released. Of course, you must still configure and implement these destroy callbacks correctly. To register a shutdown hook, you call the registerShutdownHook() method that is declared on the AbstractApplicationContext class:
import org.springframework.context.support.AbstractApplicationContext; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; public final class Boot { public static void main(final String[] args) throws Exception { AbstractApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext(new String []{"beans.xml"}); // add a shutdown hook for the above context... ctx.registerShutdownHook(); // app runs here... // main method exits, hook is called prior to the app shutting down... } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
77
Spring Framework
Thus beans can manipulate programmatically the ApplicationContext that created them, through the ApplicationContext interface, or by casting the reference to a known subclass of this interface, such as ConfigurableApplicationContext, which exposes additional functionality. One use would be the programmatic retrieval of other beans. Sometimes this capability is useful; however, in general you should avoid it, because it couples the code to Spring and does not follow the Inversion of Control style, where collaborators are provided to beans as properties. Other methods of the ApplicationContext provide access to file resources, publishing application events, and accessing a MessageSource. These additional features are described in Section 4.14, Additional Capabilities of the ApplicationContext As of Spring 2.5, autowiring is another alternative to obtain reference to the ApplicationContext. The "traditional" constructor and byType autowiring modes (as described in the section called Autowiring collaborators) can provide a dependency of type ApplicationContext for a constructor argument or setter method parameter, respectively. For more flexibility, including the ability to autowire fields and multiple parameter methods, use the new annotation-based autowiring features. If you do, the ApplicationFactory is autowired into a field, constructor argument, or method parameter that is expecting the BeanFactory type if the field, constructor, or method in question carries the @Autowired annotation. For more information, see the section called @Autowired and @Inject. When an ApplicationContext creates a class that implements the org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanNameAware interface, the class is provided with a reference to the name defined in its associated object definition.
public interface BeanNameAware { void setBeanName(string name) throws BeansException; }
The callback is invoked after population of normal bean properties but before an initialization callback such as InitializingBeans afterPropertiesSet or a custom init-method.
Spring Framework
dependency. The most important Aware interfaces are summarized below - as a general rule, the name is a good indication of the dependency type: Table 4.4. Aware interfaces Name Injected Dependency Explained in... the section called ApplicationContextAware and BeanNameAware
ApplicationEventPublisherAware Event publisher of the enclosing Section 4.14, Additional ApplicationContext Capabilities of the ApplicationContext BeanClassLoaderAware Class loader used to load the the section called Instantiating bean classes. beans Declaring BeanFactory the section called ApplicationContextAware and BeanNameAware the section called ApplicationContextAware and BeanNameAware
BeanFactoryAware
BeanNameAware
BootstrapContextAware
Resource adapter Chapter 24, JCA CCI BootstrapContext the container runs in. Typically available only in JCA aware ApplicationContexts Defined weaver for processing the section called Load-time class definition at load time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework Configured strategy for resolving Section 4.14, Additional messages (with support for Capabilities of the parametrization and ApplicationContext internationalization) JMX notification Section 23.7, Notifications
LoadTimeWeaverAware
MessageSourceAware
Reference Documentation
79
Spring Framework
Name PortletConfigAware
Injected Dependency
Current PortletConfig the Chapter 19, container runs in. Valid only in a Framework web-aware Spring ApplicationContext Current PortletContext the Chapter 19, container runs in. Valid only in a Framework web-aware Spring ApplicationContext
PortletContextAware
Portlet
MVC
ResourceLoaderAware
Configured loader for low-level Chapter 5, Resources access to resources Current ServletConfig the Chapter 16, container runs in. Valid only in a framework web-aware Spring ApplicationContext Current ServletContext the Chapter 16, container runs in. Valid only in a framework web-aware Spring ApplicationContext Web MVC
ServletConfigAware
ServletContextAware
Web
MVC
Note again that usage of these interfaces ties your code to the Spring API and does not follow the Inversion of Control style. As such, they are recommended for infrastructure beans that require programmatic access to the container.
3.1
Reference Documentation
80
Spring Framework
indicate a child bean definition by using the parent attribute, specifying the parent bean as the value of this attribute.
<bean id="inheritedTestBean" abstract="true" class="org.springframework.beans.TestBean"> <property name="name" value="parent"/> <property name="age" value="1"/> </bean> <bean id="inheritsWithDifferentClass" class="org.springframework.beans.DerivedTestBean" parent="inheritedTestBean" init-method="initialize"> <property name="name" value="override"/> <!-- the age property value of 1 will be inherited from </bean>
parent -->
A child bean definition uses the bean class from the parent definition if none is specified, but can also override it. In the latter case, the child bean class must be compatible with the parent, that is, it must accept the parent's property values. A child bean definition inherits constructor argument values, property values, and method overrides from the parent, with the option to add new values. Any initialization method, destroy method, and/or static factory method settings that you specify will override the corresponding parent settings. The remaining settings are always taken from the child definition: depends on, autowire mode, dependency check, singleton, scope, lazy init. The preceding example explicitly marks the parent bean definition as abstract by using the abstract attribute. If the parent definition does not specify a class, explicitly marking the parent bean definition as abstract is required, as follows:
<bean id="inheritedTestBeanWithoutClass" abstract="true"> <property name="name" value="parent"/> <property name="age" value="1"/> </bean> <bean id="inheritsWithClass" class="org.springframework.beans.DerivedTestBean" parent="inheritedTestBeanWithoutClass" init-method="initialize"> <property name="name" value="override"/> <!-- age will inherit the value of 1 from the parent bean definition--> </bean>
The parent bean cannot be instantiated on its own because it is incomplete, and it is also explicitly marked as abstract. When a definition is abstract like this, it is usable only as a pure template bean definition that serves as a parent definition for child definitions. Trying to use such an abstract parent bean on its own, by referring to it as a ref property of another bean or doing an explicit getBean() call with the parent bean id, returns an error. Similarly, the container's internal preInstantiateSingletons() method ignores bean definitions that are defined as abstract.
Note
ApplicationContext pre-instantiates all singletons by default. Therefore, it is important 3.1 Reference Documentation 81
Spring Framework
(at least for singleton beans) that if you have a (parent) bean definition which you intend to use only as a template, and this definition specifies a class, you must make sure to set the abstract attribute to true, otherwise the application context will actually (attempt to) pre-instantiate the abstract bean.
Note
BeanPostProcessors operate on bean (or object) instances; that is to say, the Spring IoC container instantiates a bean instance and then BeanPostProcessors do their work. BeanPostProcessors are scoped per-container. This is only relevant if you are using container hierarchies. If you define a BeanPostProcessor in one container, it will only post-process the beans in that container. In other words, beans that are defined in one container are not post-processed by a BeanPostProcessor defined in another container, even if both containers are part of the same hierarchy. To change the actual bean definition (i.e., the blueprint that defines the bean), you instead need to use a BeanFactoryPostProcessor as described in the section called Customizing configuration metadata with a BeanFactoryPostProcessor. The org.springframework.beans.factory.config.BeanPostProcessor interface consists of exactly two callback methods. When such a class is registered as a post-processor with the container, for each bean instance that is created by the container, the post-processor gets a callback from
3.1
Reference Documentation
82
Spring Framework
the container both before container initialization methods (such as InitializingBean's afterPropertiesSet() and any declared init method) are called as well as after any bean initialization callbacks. The post-processor can take any action with the bean instance, including ignoring the callback completely. A bean post-processor typically checks for callback interfaces or may wrap a bean with a proxy. Some Spring AOP infrastructure classes are implemented as bean post-processors in order to provide proxy-wrapping logic. An ApplicationContext automatically detects any beans that are defined in the configuration metadata which implement the BeanPostProcessor interface. The ApplicationContext registers these beans as post-processors so that they can be called later upon bean creation. Bean post-processors can be deployed in the container just like any other beans.
3.1
Reference Documentation
83
Spring Framework
public Object postProcessAfterInitialization(Object bean, String beanName) throws BeansException { System.out.println("Bean '" + beanName + "' created : " + bean.toString()); return bean; } }
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:lang="http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang/spring-lang-3.0.xsd"> <lang:groovy id="messenger" script-source="classpath:org/springframework/scripting/groovy/Messenger.groovy"> <lang:property name="message" value="Fiona Apple Is Just So Dreamy."/> </lang:groovy> <!-when the above bean (messenger) is instantiated, this custom BeanPostProcessor implementation will output the fact to the system console --> <bean class="scripting.InstantiationTracingBeanPostProcessor"/> </beans>
Notice how the InstantiationTracingBeanPostProcessor is simply defined. It does not even have a name, and because it is a bean it can be dependency-injected just like any other bean. (The preceding configuration also defines a bean that is backed by a Groovy script. The Spring 2.0 dynamic language support is detailed in the chapter entitled Chapter 27, Dynamic language support.) The following simple Java application executes the preceding code and configuration:
import org.springframework.context.ApplicationContext; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; import org.springframework.scripting.Messenger; public final class Boot { public static void main(final String[] args) throws Exception { ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("scripting/beans.xml"); Messenger messenger = (Messenger) ctx.getBean("messenger"); System.out.println(messenger); } }
Example: The RequiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor Using callback interfaces or annotations in conjunction with a custom BeanPostProcessor implementation is a common means of extending the Spring IoC container. An example is Spring's 3.1 Reference Documentation 84
Spring Framework
RequiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor a BeanPostProcessor implementation that ships with the Spring distribution which ensures that JavaBean properties on beans that are marked with an (arbitrary) annotation are actually (configured to be) dependency-injected with a value.
Note
If you want to change the actual bean instances (i.e., the objects that are created from the configuration metadata), then you instead need to use a BeanPostProcessor (described above in the section called Customizing beans using a BeanPostProcessor). While it is technically possible to work with bean instances within a BeanFactoryPostProcessor (e.g., using BeanFactory.getBean()), doing so causes premature bean instantiation, violating the standard container lifecycle. This may cause negative side effects such as bypassing bean post processing. Also, BeanFactoryPostProcessors are scoped per-container. This is only relevant if you are using container hierarchies. If you define a BeanFactoryPostProcessor in one container, it will only be applied to the bean definitions in that container. Bean definitions in one container will not be post-processed by BeanFactoryPostProcessors in another container, even if both containers are part of the same hierarchy. A bean factory post-processor is executed automatically when it is declared inside an ApplicationContext, in order to apply changes to the configuration metadata that define the container. Spring includes a number of predefined bean factory post-processors, such as PropertyOverrideConfigurer and PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer. A custom BeanFactoryPostProcessor can also be used, for example, to register custom property editors. An ApplicationContext automatically detects any beans that are deployed into it that implement the BeanFactoryPostProcessor interface. It uses these beans as bean factory post-processors, at 3.1 Reference Documentation 85
Spring Framework
the appropriate time. You can deploy these post-processor beans as you would any other bean.
Note
As with BeanPostProcessors, you typically do not want to configure BeanFactoryPostProcessors for lazy initialization. If no other bean references a Bean(Factory)PostProcessor, that post-processor will not get instantiated at all. Thus, marking it for lazy initialization will be ignored, and the Bean(Factory)PostProcessor will be instantiated eagerly even if you set the default-lazy-init attribute to true on the declaration of your <beans /> element.
Example: the PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer You use the PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer to externalize property values from a bean definition in a separate file using the standard Java Properties format. Doing so enables the person deploying an application to customize environment-specific properties such as database URLs and passwords, without the complexity or risk of modifying the main XML definition file or files for the container. Consider the following XML-based configuration metadata fragment, where a DataSource with placeholder values is defined. The example shows properties configured from an external Properties file. At runtime, a PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer is applied to the metadata that will replace some properties of the DataSource. The values to replace are specified as placeholders of the form ${property-name} which follows the Ant / log4j / JSP EL style.
<bean class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer"> <property name="locations" value="classpath:com/foo/jdbc.properties"/> </bean> <bean id="dataSource" destroy-method="close" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean>
The actual values come from another file in the standard Java Properties format:
jdbc.driverClassName=org.hsqldb.jdbcDriver jdbc.url=jdbc:hsqldb:hsql://production:9002 jdbc.username=sa jdbc.password=root
Therefore, the string ${jdbc.username} is replaced at runtime with the value 'sa', and the same applies for other placeholder values that match keys in the properties file. The PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer checks for placeholders in most properties and attributes of a bean definition. Furthermore, the placeholder prefix and suffix can be customized. With the context namespace introduced in Spring 2.5, it is possible to configure property placeholders
3.1
Reference Documentation
86
Spring Framework
with a dedicated configuration element. One or more locations can be provided as a comma-separated list in the location attribute.
<context:property-placeholder location="classpath:com/foo/jdbc.properties"/>
The PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer not only looks for properties in the Properties file you specify. By default it also checks against the Java System properties if it cannot find a property in the specified properties files. You can customize this behavior by setting the systemPropertiesMode property of the configurer with one of the following three supported integer values: never (0): Never check system properties fallback (1): Check system properties if not resolvable in the specified properties files. This is the default. override (2): Check system properties first, before trying the specified properties files. This allows system properties to override any other property source. Consult the Javadoc for the PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer for more information.
If the class cannot be resolved at runtime to a valid class, resolution of the bean fails when it is about to be created, which is during the preInstantiateSingletons() phase of an ApplicationContext for a non-lazy-init bean.
Example: the PropertyOverrideConfigurer The PropertyOverrideConfigurer, another bean factory post-processor, resembles the PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer, but unlike the latter, the original definitions can have default values or no values at all for bean properties. If an overriding Properties file does not have an entry for a certain bean property, the default context definition is used.
3.1
Reference Documentation
87
Spring Framework
Note that the bean definition is not aware of being overridden, so it is not immediately obvious from the XML definition file that the override configurer is being used. In case of multiple PropertyOverrideConfigurer instances that define different values for the same bean property, the last one wins, due to the overriding mechanism. Properties file configuration lines take this format:
beanName.property=value
For example:
dataSource.driverClassName=com.mysql.jdbc.Driver dataSource.url=jdbc:mysql:mydb
This example file can be used with a container definition that contains a bean called dataSource, which has driver and url properties. Compound property names are also supported, as long as every component of the path except the final property being overridden is already non-null (presumably initialized by the constructors). In this example...
foo.fred.bob.sammy=123
... the sammy property of the bob property of the fred property of the foo bean is set to the scalar value 123.
Note
Specified override values are always literal values; they are not translated into bean references. This convention also applies when the original value in the XML bean definition specifies a bean reference. With the context namespace introduced in Spring 2.5, it is possible to configure property overriding with a dedicated configuration element:
<context:property-override location="classpath:override.properties"/>
Spring Framework
The FactoryBean interface provides three methods: Object getObject(): returns an instance of the object this factory creates. The instance can possibly be shared, depending on whether this factory returns singletons or prototypes. boolean isSingleton(): returns true if this FactoryBean returns singletons, false otherwise. Class getObjectType(): returns the object type returned by the getObject() method or null if the type is not known in advance. The FactoryBean concept and interface is used in a number of places within the Spring Framework; more than 50 implementations of the FactoryBean interface ship with Spring itself. When you need to ask a container for an actual FactoryBean instance itself instead of the bean it produces, preface the bean's id with the ampersand symbol (&) when calling the getBean() method of the ApplicationContext. So for a given FactoryBean with an id of myBean, invoking getBean("myBean") on the container returns the product of the FactoryBean; whereas, invoking getBean("&myBean") returns the FactoryBean instance itself.
An alternative to XML setups is provided by annotation-based configuration which rely on the bytecode metadata for wiring up components instead of angle-bracket declarations. Instead of using XML to describe a bean wiring, the developer moves the configuration into the component class itself by using annotations on the relevant class, method, or field declaration. As mentioned in the section called Example: The RequiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor, using a BeanPostProcessor in conjunction 3.1 Reference Documentation 89
Spring Framework
with annotations is a common means of extending the Spring IoC container. For example, Spring 2.0 introduced the possibility of enforcing required properties with the @Required annotation. As of Spring 2.5, it is now possible to follow that same general approach to drive Spring's dependency injection. Essentially, the @Autowired annotation provides the same capabilities as described in the section called Autowiring collaborators but with more fine-grained control and wider applicability. Spring 2.5 also adds support for JSR-250 annotations such as @Resource, @PostConstruct, and @PreDestroy. Spring 3.0 adds support for JSR-330 (Dependency Injection for Java) annotations contained in the javax.inject package such as @Inject, @Qualifier, @Named, and @Provider if the JSR330 jar is present on the classpath. Use of these annotations also requires that certain BeanPostProcessors be registered within the Spring container.
Note
Annotation injection is performed before XML injection, thus the latter configuration will override the former for properties wired through both approaches. As always, you can register them as individual bean definitions, but they can also be implicitly registered by including the following tag in an XML-based Spring configuration (notice the inclusion of the context namespace):
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:annotation-config/> </beans>
(The implicitly registered post-processors include AutowiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor, CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor, PersistenceAnnotationBeanPostProcessor, as well as the aforementioned RequiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor.)
Note
<context:annotation-config/> only looks for annotations on beans in the same application context in which it is defined. This means that, if you put <context:annotation-config/> in a WebApplicationContext for a DispatcherServlet, it only checks for @Autowired beans in your controllers, and not your services. See Section 16.2, The DispatcherServlet for more information.
@Required
The @Required annotation applies to bean property setter methods, as in the following example:
3.1
Reference Documentation
90
Spring Framework
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Required public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
This annotation simply indicates that the affected bean property must be populated at configuration time, through an explicit property value in a bean definition or through autowiring. The container throws an exception if the affected bean property has not been populated; this allows for eager and explicit failure, avoiding NullPointerExceptions or the like later on. It is still recommended that you put assertions into the bean class itself, for example, into an init method. Doing so enforces those required references and values even when you use the class outside of a container.
Note
JSR 330's @Inject annotation can be used in place of Spring's @Autowired in the examples below. @Inject does not have a required property unlike Spring's @Autowired annotation which has a required property to indicate if the value being injected is optional. This behavior is enabled automatically if you have the JSR 330 JAR on the classpath.
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Autowired public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
You can also apply the annotation to methods with arbitrary names and/or multiple arguments:
public class MovieRecommender { private MovieCatalog movieCatalog; private CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao; @Autowired public void prepare(MovieCatalog movieCatalog, CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao) {
3.1
Reference Documentation
91
Spring Framework
It is also possible to provide all beans of a particular type from the ApplicationContext by adding the annotation to a field or method that expects an array of that type:
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired private MovieCatalog[] movieCatalogs; // ... }
Even typed Maps can be autowired as long as the expected key type is String. The Map values will contain all beans of the expected type, and the keys will contain the corresponding bean names:
public class MovieRecommender { private Map<String, MovieCatalog> movieCatalogs; @Autowired public void setMovieCatalogs(Map<String, MovieCatalog> movieCatalogs) { this.movieCatalogs = movieCatalogs; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
92
Spring Framework
// ... }
By default, the autowiring fails whenever zero candidate beans are available; the default behavior is to treat annotated methods, constructors, and fields as indicating required dependencies. This behavior can be changed as demonstrated below.
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Autowired(required=false) public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
Note
Only one annotated constructor per-class can be marked as required, but multiple non-required constructors can be annotated. In that case, each is considered among the candidates and Spring uses the greediest constructor whose dependencies can be satisfied, that is the constructor that has the largest number of arguments. @Autowired's required attribute is recommended over the @Required annotation. The required attribute indicates that the property is not required for autowiring purposes, the property is ignored if it cannot be autowired. @Required, on the other hand, is stronger in that it enforces the property that was set by any means supported by the container. If no value is injected, a corresponding exception is raised. You can also use @Autowired for interfaces that are well-known resolvable dependencies: BeanFactory, ApplicationContext, Environment, ResourceLoader, ApplicationEventPublisher, and MessageSource. These interfaces and their extended interfaces, such as ConfigurableApplicationContext or ResourcePatternResolver, are automatically resolved, with no special setup necessary.
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired private ApplicationContext context; public MovieRecommender() { } // ... }
Note
@Autowired, @Inject, @Resource, and @Value annotations are handled by a Spring 3.1 Reference Documentation 93
Spring Framework
BeanPostProcessor implementations which in turn means that you cannot apply these annotations within your own BeanPostProcessor or BeanFactoryPostProcessor types (if any). These types must be 'wired up' explicitly via XML or using a Spring @Bean method.
Note
JSR 330's @Qualifier annotation can only be applied as a meta-annotation unlike Spring's @Qualifier which takes a string property to discriminate among multiple injection candidates and can be placed on annotations as well as types, fields, methods, constructors, and parameters.
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired @Qualifier("main") private MovieCatalog movieCatalog; // ... }
The @Qualifier annotation can also be specified on individual constructor arguments or method parameters:
public class MovieRecommender { private MovieCatalog movieCatalog; private CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao; @Autowired public void prepare(@Qualifier("main") MovieCatalog movieCatalog, CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao) { this.movieCatalog = movieCatalog; this.customerPreferenceDao = customerPreferenceDao; } // ... }
The corresponding bean definitions appear as follows. The bean with qualifier value "main" is wired with the constructor argument that is qualified with the same value.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
3.1
Reference Documentation
94
Spring Framework
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:annotation-config/> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier value="main"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier value="action"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean id="movieRecommender" class="example.MovieRecommender"/> </beans>
For a fallback match, the bean name is considered a default qualifier value. Thus you can define the bean with an id "main" instead of the nested qualifier element, leading to the same matching result. However, although you can use this convention to refer to specific beans by name, @Autowired is fundamentally about type-driven injection with optional semantic qualifiers. This means that qualifier values, even with the bean name fallback, always have narrowing semantics within the set of type matches; they do not semantically express a reference to a unique bean id. Good qualifier values are "main" or "EMEA" or "persistent", expressing characteristics of a specific component that are independent from the bean id, which may be auto-generated in case of an anonymous bean definition like the one in the preceding example. Qualifiers also apply to typed collections, as discussed above, for example, to Set<MovieCatalog>. In this case, all matching beans according to the declared qualifiers are injected as a collection. This implies that qualifiers do not have to be unique; they rather simply constitute filtering criteria. For example, you can define multiple MovieCatalog beans with the same qualifier value "action"; all of which would be injected into a Set<MovieCatalog> annotated with @Qualifier("action").
Tip
If you intend to express annotation-driven injection by name, do not primarily use @Autowired, even if is technically capable of referring to a bean name through @Qualifier values. Instead, use the JSR-250 @Resource annotation, which is semantically defined to identify a specific target component by its unique name, with the declared type being irrelevant for the matching process. As a specific consequence of this semantic difference, beans that are themselves defined as a collection or map type cannot be injected through @Autowired, because type matching is not properly applicable to them. Use @Resource for such beans, referring to the specific collection or map bean by unique name.
3.1
Reference Documentation
95
Spring Framework
@Autowired applies to fields, constructors, and multi-argument methods, allowing for narrowing through qualifier annotations at the parameter level. By contrast, @Resource is supported only for fields and bean property setter methods with a single argument. As a consequence, stick with qualifiers if your injection target is a constructor or a multi-argument method. You can create your own custom qualifier annotations. Simply define an annotation and provide the @Qualifier annotation within your definition:
Note
You can use JSR 330's @Qualifier annotation in the manner described below in place of Spring's @Qualifier annotation. This behavior is enabled automatically if you have the JSR 330 jar on the classpath.
@Target({ElementType.FIELD, ElementType.PARAMETER}) @Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME) @Qualifier public @interface Genre { String value(); }
Then you can provide the custom qualifier on autowired fields and parameters:
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired @Genre("Action") private MovieCatalog actionCatalog; private MovieCatalog comedyCatalog; @Autowired public void setComedyCatalog(@Genre("Comedy") MovieCatalog comedyCatalog) { this.comedyCatalog = comedyCatalog; } // ... }
Next, provide the information for the candidate bean definitions. You can add <qualifier/> tags as sub-elements of the <bean/> tag and then specify the type and value to match your custom qualifier annotations. The type is matched against the fully-qualified class name of the annotation. Or, as a convenience if no risk of conflicting names exists, you can use the short class name. Both approaches are demonstrated in the following example.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans
3.1
Reference Documentation
96
Spring Framework
http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:annotation-config/> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier type="Genre" value="Action"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier type="example.Genre" value="Comedy"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean id="movieRecommender" class="example.MovieRecommender"/> </beans>
In Section 4.10, Classpath scanning and managed components, you will see an annotation-based alternative to providing the qualifier metadata in XML. Specifically, see the section called Providing qualifier metadata with annotations. In some cases, it may be sufficient to use an annotation without a value. This may be useful when the annotation serves a more generic purpose and can be applied across several different types of dependencies. For example, you may provide an offline catalog that would be searched when no Internet connection is available. First define the simple annotation:
@Target({ElementType.FIELD, ElementType.PARAMETER}) @Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME) @Qualifier public @interface Offline { }
You can also define custom qualifier annotations that accept named attributes in addition to or instead of the simple value attribute. If multiple attribute values are then specified on a field or parameter to be autowired, a bean definition must match all such attribute values to be considered an autowire candidate.
3.1
Reference Documentation
97
Spring Framework
The fields to be autowired are annotated with the custom qualifier and include values for both attributes: genre and format.
public class MovieRecommender { @Autowired @MovieQualifier(format=Format.VHS, genre="Action") private MovieCatalog actionVhsCatalog; @Autowired @MovieQualifier(format=Format.VHS, genre="Comedy") private MovieCatalog comedyVhsCatalog; @Autowired @MovieQualifier(format=Format.DVD, genre="Action") private MovieCatalog actionDvdCatalog; @Autowired @MovieQualifier(format=Format.BLURAY, genre="Comedy") private MovieCatalog comedyBluRayCatalog; // ... }
Finally, the bean definitions should contain matching qualifier values. This example also demonstrates that bean meta attributes may be used instead of the <qualifier/> sub-elements. If available, the <qualifier/> and its attributes take precedence, but the autowiring mechanism falls back on the values provided within the <meta/> tags if no such qualifier is present, as in the last two bean definitions in the following example.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:annotation-config/> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog">
3.1
Reference Documentation
98
Spring Framework
<qualifier type="MovieQualifier"> <attribute key="format" value="VHS"/> <attribute key="genre" value="Action"/> </qualifier> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <qualifier type="MovieQualifier"> <attribute key="format" value="VHS"/> <attribute key="genre" value="Comedy"/> </qualifier> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <meta key="format" value="DVD"/> <meta key="genre" value="Action"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> <bean class="example.SimpleMovieCatalog"> <meta key="format" value="BLURAY"/> <meta key="genre" value="Comedy"/> <!-- inject any dependencies required by this bean --> </bean> </beans>
CustomAutowireConfigurer
The CustomAutowireConfigurer is a BeanFactoryPostProcessor that enables you to register your own custom qualifier annotation types even if they are not annotated with Spring's @Qualifier annotation.
<bean id="customAutowireConfigurer" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.annotation.CustomAutowireConfigurer"> <property name="customQualifierTypes"> <set> <value>example.CustomQualifier</value> </set> </property> </bean>
The particular implementation of AutowireCandidateResolver that is activated for the application context depends on the Java version. In versions earlier than Java 5, the qualifier annotations are not supported, and therefore autowire candidates are solely determined by the autowire-candidate value of each bean definition as well as by any default-autowire-candidates pattern(s) available on the <beans/> element. In Java 5 or later, the presence of @Qualifier annotations and any custom annotations registered with the CustomAutowireConfigurer will also play a role. Regardless of the Java version, when multiple beans qualify as autowire candidates, the determination of a "primary" candidate is the same: if exactly one bean definition among the candidates has a primary attribute set to true, it will be selected.
3.1
Reference Documentation
99
Spring Framework
@Resource
Spring also supports injection using the JSR-250 @Resource annotation on fields or bean property setter methods. This is a common pattern in Java EE 5 and 6, for example in JSF 1.2 managed beans or JAX-WS 2.0 endpoints. Spring supports this pattern for Spring-managed objects as well. @Resource takes a name attribute, and by default Spring interprets that value as the bean name to be injected. In other words, it follows by-name semantics, as demonstrated in this example:
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Resource(name="myMovieFinder") public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } }
If no name is specified explicitly, the default name is derived from the field name or setter method. In case of a field, it takes the field name; in case of a setter method, it takes the bean property name. So the following example is going to have the bean with name "movieFinder" injected into its setter method:
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Resource public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } }
Note
The name provided with the annotation is resolved as a bean name by the ApplicationContext of which the CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor is aware. The names can be resolved through JNDI if you configure Spring's SimpleJndiBeanFactory explicitly. However, it is recommended that you rely on the default behavior and simply use Spring's JNDI lookup capabilities to preserve the level of indirection. In the exclusive case of @Resource usage with no explicit name specified, and similar to @Autowired, @Resource finds a primary type match instead of a specific named bean and resolves well-known resolvable dependencies: the BeanFactory, ApplicationContext, ResourceLoader, ApplicationEventPublisher, and MessageSource interfaces. Thus in the following example, the customerPreferenceDao field first looks for a bean named customerPreferenceDao, then falls back to a primary type match for the type CustomerPreferenceDao. The "context" field is injected based on the known resolvable
3.1
Reference Documentation
100
Spring Framework
Note
For details about the effects of combining various lifecycle mechanisms, see the section called Combining lifecycle mechanisms.
Spring Framework
an option for implicitly detecting the candidate components by scanning the classpath. Candidate components are classes that match against a filter criteria and have a corresponding bean definition registered with the container. This removes the need to use XML to perform bean registration, instead you can use annotations (for example @Component), AspectJ type expressions, or your own custom filter criteria to select which classes will have bean definitions registered with the container.
Note
Starting with Spring 3.0, many features provided by the Spring JavaConfig project are part of the core Spring Framework. This allows you to define beans using Java rather than using the traditional XML files. Take a look at the @Configuration, @Bean, @Import, and @DependsOn annotations for examples of how to use these new features.
3.1
Reference Documentation
102
Spring Framework
@Repository public class JpaMovieFinder implements MovieFinder { // implementation elided for clarity }
To autodetect these classes and register the corresponding beans, you need to include the following element in XML, where the base-package element is a common parent package for the two classes. (Alternatively, you can specify a comma-separated list that includes the parent package of each class.)
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example"/> </beans>
Note
The scanning of classpath packages requires the presence of corresponding directory entries in the classpath. When you build JARs with Ant, make sure that you do not activate the files-only switch of the JAR task. Furthermore, the AutowiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor and CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor are both included implicitly when you use the component-scan element. That means that the two components are autodetected and wired together - all without any bean configuration metadata provided in XML.
Note
You can disable the registration of AutowiredAnnotationBeanPostProcessor and CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor by including the annotation-config attribute with a value of false.
3.1
Reference Documentation
103
Spring Framework
Table 4.5. Filter Types Filter Type annotation assignable aspectj regex custom Example Expression Description
org.example.SomeAnnotation An annotation to be present at the type level in target components. org.example.SomeClass A class (or interface) that the target components are assignable to (extend/implement). An AspectJ type expression to be matched by the target components. A regex expression to be matched by the target components class names. A custom implementation of org.springframework.core.type .TypeFilter interface. the
org.example..*Service+
org\.example\.Default.*
org.example.MyTypeFilter
The following example shows the XML configuration ignoring all @Repository annotations and using "stub" repositories instead.
<beans> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example"> <context:include-filter type="regex" expression=".*Stub.*Repository"/> <context:exclude-filter type="annotation" expression="org.springframework.stereotype.Repository"/> </context:component-scan> </beans>
Note
You can also disable the default filters by providing use-default-filters="false" as an attribute of the <component-scan/> element. This will in effect disable automatic detection of classes annotated with @Component, @Repository, @Service, or @Controller.
3.1
Reference Documentation
104
Spring Framework
@Bean @Qualifier("public") public TestBean publicInstance() { return new TestBean("publicInstance"); } public void doWork() { // Component method implementation omitted } }
This class is a Spring component that has application-specific code contained in its doWork() method. However, it also contributes a bean definition that has a factory method referring to the method publicInstance(). The @Bean annotation identifies the factory method and other bean definition properties, such as a qualifier value through the @Qualifier annotation. Other method level annotations that can be specified are @Scope, @Lazy, and custom qualifier annotations. Autowired fields and methods are supported as previously discussed, with additional support for autowiring of @Bean methods:
@Component public class FactoryMethodComponent { private static int i; @Bean @Qualifier("public") public TestBean publicInstance() { return new TestBean("publicInstance"); } // use of a custom qualifier and autowiring of method parameters @Bean protected TestBean protectedInstance(@Qualifier("public") TestBean spouse, @Value("#{privateInstance.age}") String country) { TestBean tb = new TestBean("protectedInstance", 1); tb.setSpouse(tb); tb.setCountry(country); return tb; } @Bean @Scope(BeanDefinition.SCOPE_SINGLETON) private TestBean privateInstance() { return new TestBean("privateInstance", i++); } @Bean @Scope(value = WebApplicationContext.SCOPE_SESSION, proxyMode = ScopedProxyMode.TARGET_CLASS) public TestBean requestScopedInstance() { return new TestBean("requestScopedInstance", 3); } }
The example autowires the String method parameter country to the value of the Age property on another bean named privateInstance. A Spring Expression Language element defines the value of the property through the notation #{ <expression> }. For @Value annotations, an expression resolver is preconfigured to look for bean names when resolving expression text. The @Bean methods in a Spring component are processed differently than their counterparts inside a Spring @Configuration class. The difference is that @Component classes are not enhanced with CGLIB to intercept the invocation of methods and fields. CGLIB proxying is the means by which 3.1 Reference Documentation 105
Spring Framework
invoking methods or fields within @Configuration classes @Bean methods create bean metadata references to collaborating objects. Methods are not invoked with normal Java semantics. In contrast, calling a method or field within a @Component classes @Bean method has standard Java semantics.
Note
JSR 330's @Named annotation can be used as a means to both detect components and to provide them with a name. This behavior is enabled automatically if you have the JSR 330 JAR on the classpath. If such an annotation contains no name value or for any other detected component (such as those discovered by custom filters), the default bean name generator returns the uncapitalized non-qualified class name. For example, if the following two components were detected, the names would be myMovieLister and movieFinderImpl:
@Service("myMovieLister") public class SimpleMovieLister { // ... }
Note
If you do not want to rely on the default bean-naming strategy, you can provide a custom bean-naming strategy. First, implement the BeanNameGenerator interface, and be sure to include a default no-arg constructor. Then, provide the fully-qualified class name when configuring the scanner:
<beans> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example" name-generator="org.example.MyNameGenerator" /> </beans>
As a general rule, consider specifying the name with the annotation whenever other components may be making explicit references to it. On the other hand, the auto-generated names are adequate whenever the 3.1 Reference Documentation 106
Spring Framework
Note
To provide a custom strategy for scope resolution rather than relying on the annotation-based approach, implement the ScopeMetadataResolver interface, and be sure to include a default no-arg constructor. Then, provide the fully-qualified class name when configuring the scanner:
<beans> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example" scope-resolver="org.example.MyScopeResolver" /> </beans>
When using certain non-singleton scopes, it may be necessary to generate proxies for the scoped objects. The reasoning is described in the section called Scoped beans as dependencies. For this purpose, a scoped-proxy attribute is available on the component-scan element. The three possible values are: no, interfaces, and targetClass. For example, the following configuration will result in standard JDK dynamic proxies:
<beans> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example" scoped-proxy="interfaces" /> </beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
107
Spring Framework
XML. When relying upon classpath scanning for autodetection of components, you provide the qualifier metadata with type-level annotations on the candidate class. The following three examples demonstrate this technique:
@Component @Qualifier("Action") public class ActionMovieCatalog implements MovieCatalog { // ... }
Note
As with most annotation-based alternatives, keep in mind that the annotation metadata is bound to the class definition itself, while the use of XML allows for multiple beans of the same type to provide variations in their qualifier metadata, because that metadata is provided per-instance rather than per-class.
Note
If you are using Maven, the javax.inject artifact is available on the standard Maven repository (http://repo1.maven.org/maven2/javax/inject/javax.inject/1/). You just need to add the following dependency to your file pom.xml:
<dependency> <groupId>javax.inject</groupId> <artifactId>javax.inject</artifactId> <version>1</version> </dependency>
3.1
Reference Documentation
108
Spring Framework
As for @Autowired, it is possible to use @Inject at the class-level, field-level, method-level and constructor-argument level. If you would like to use a qualified name for the dependency that should be injected, you should use the @Named annotation as follows:
import javax.inject.Inject; import javax.inject.Named; public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Inject public void setMovieFinder(@Named("main") MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
It is very common to use @Component without specifying a name for the component. @Named can be used in a similar fashion:
3.1
Reference Documentation
109
Spring Framework
import javax.inject.Inject; import javax.inject.Named; @Named public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; @Inject public void setMovieFinder(MovieFinder movieFinder) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; } // ... }
When using @Named, it is possible to use component-scanning in the exact same way as when using Spring annotations:
<beans> <context:component-scan base-package="org.example"/> </beans>
Spring Framework
javax.inject.* -
For those more familiar with Spring <beans/> XML, the AppConfig class above would be equivalent to:
<beans> <bean id="myService" class="com.acme.services.MyServiceImpl"/> </beans>
As you can see, the @Bean annotation plays the same role as the <bean/> element. The @Bean annotation will be discussed in depth in the sections below. First, however, we'll cover the various ways of creating a spring container using Java-based configuration.
Spring Framework
registered as a bean definition, and all declared @Bean methods within the class are also registered as bean definitions. When @Component and JSR-330 classes are provided, they are registered as bean definitions, and it is assumed that DI metadata such as @Autowired or @Inject are used within those classes where necessary. Simple construction In much the same way that Spring XML files are used as input when instantiating a ClassPathXmlApplicationContext, @Configuration classes may be used as input when instantiating an AnnotationConfigApplicationContext. This allows for completely XML-free usage of the Spring container:
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(AppConfig.class); MyService myService = ctx.getBean(MyService.class); myService.doStuff(); }
As mentioned above, AnnotationConfigApplicationContext is not limited to working only with @Configuration classes. Any @Component or JSR-330 annotated class may be supplied as input to the constructor. For example:
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(MyServiceImpl.class, Dependency1.class, Depen MyService myService = ctx.getBean(MyService.class); myService.doStuff(); }
The above assumes that MyServiceImpl, Dependency1 and Dependency2 use Spring dependency injection annotations such as @Autowired. Building the container programmatically using register(Class<?>...) An AnnotationConfigApplicationContext may be instantiated using a no-arg constructor and then configured using the register() method. This approach is particularly useful when programmatically building an AnnotationConfigApplicationContext.
public static void main(String[] args) { AnnotationConfigApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(); ctx.register(AppConfig.class, OtherConfig.class); ctx.register(AdditionalConfig.class); ctx.refresh(); MyService myService = ctx.getBean(MyService.class); myService.doStuff(); }
Enabling component scanning with scan(String...) Experienced Spring users will be familiar with the following commonly-used XML declaration from Spring's context: namespace
<beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
112
Spring Framework
In the example above, the com.acme package will be scanned, looking for any @Component-annotated classes, and those classes will be registered as Spring bean definitions within the container. AnnotationConfigApplicationContext exposes the scan(String...) method to allow for the same component-scanning functionality:
public static void main(String[] args) { AnnotationConfigApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(); ctx.scan("com.acme"); ctx.refresh(); MyService myService = ctx.getBean(MyService.class); }
Note
Remember that @Configuration classes are meta-annotated with @Component, so they are candidates for component-scanning! In the example above, assuming that AppConfig is declared within the com.acme package (or any package underneath), it will be picked up during the call to scan(), and upon refresh() all its @Bean methods will be processed and registered as bean definitions within the container.
Support for web applications with AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext A WebApplicationContext variant of AnnotationConfigApplicationContext is available with AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext. This implementation may be used when configuring the Spring ContextLoaderListener servlet listener, Spring MVC DispatcherServlet, etc. What follows is a web.xml snippet that configures a typical Spring MVC web application. Note the use of the contextClass context-param and init-param:
<web-app> <!-- Configure ContextLoaderListener to use AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext instead of the default XmlWebApplicationContext --> <context-param> <param-name>contextClass</param-name> <param-value> org.springframework.web.context.support.AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext </param-value> </context-param> <!-- Configuration locations must consist of one or more comma- or space-delimited fully-qualified @Configuration classes. Fully-qualified packages may also be specified for component-scanning --> <context-param> <param-name>contextConfigLocation</param-name> <param-value>com.acme.AppConfig</param-value> </context-param> <!-- Bootstrap the root application context as usual using ContextLoaderListener --> <listener> <listener-class>org.springframework.web.context.ContextLoaderListener</listener-class> </listener> <!-- Declare a Spring MVC DispatcherServlet as usual -->
3.1
Reference Documentation
113
Spring Framework
<servlet> <servlet-name>dispatcher</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.servlet.DispatcherServlet</servlet-class> <!-- Configure DispatcherServlet to use AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext instead of the default XmlWebApplicationContext --> <init-param> <param-name>contextClass</param-name> <param-value> org.springframework.web.context.support.AnnotationConfigWebApplicationContext </param-value> </init-param> <!-- Again, config locations must consist of one or more comma- or space-delimited and fully-qualified @Configuration classes --> <init-param> <param-name>contextConfigLocation</param-name> <param-value>com.acme.web.MvcConfig</param-value> </init-param> </servlet> <!-- map all requests for /main/* to the dispatcher servlet --> <servlet-mapping> <servlet-name>dispatcher</servlet-name> <url-pattern>/main/*</url-pattern> </servlet-mapping> </web-app>
Now, rather than needing to specify both ConfigA.class and ConfigB.class when instantiating the context, only ConfigB needs to be supplied explicitly:
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(ConfigB.class); // now both beans A and B will be available... A a = ctx.getBean(A.class); B b = ctx.getBean(B.class); }
This approach simplifies container instantiation, as only one class needs to be dealt with, rather than requiring the developer to remember a potentially large number of @Configuration classes during construction.
3.1
Reference Documentation
114
Spring Framework
The example above works, but is simplistic. In most practical scenarios, beans will have dependencies on one another across configuration classes. When using XML, this is not an issue, per se, because there is no compiler involved, and one can simply declare ref="someBean" and trust that Spring will work it out during container initialization. Of course, when using @Configuration classes, the Java compiler places constraints on the configuration model, in that references to other beans must be valid Java syntax. Fortunately, solving this problem is simple. Remember that @Configuration classes are ultimately just another bean in the container - this means that they can take advantage of @Autowired injection metadata just like any other bean! Let's consider a more real-world scenario with several @Configuration classes, each depending on beans declared in the others:
@Configuration public class ServiceConfig { private @Autowired AccountRepository accountRepository; public @Bean TransferService transferService() { return new TransferServiceImpl(accountRepository); } } @Configuration public class RepositoryConfig { private @Autowired DataSource dataSource; public @Bean AccountRepository accountRepository() { return new JdbcAccountRepository(dataSource); } } @Configuration @Import({ServiceConfig.class, RepositoryConfig.class}) public class SystemTestConfig { public @Bean DataSource dataSource() { /* return new DataSource */ } } public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(SystemTestConfig.class); // everything wires up across configuration classes... TransferService transferService = ctx.getBean(TransferService.class); transferService.transfer(100.00, "A123", "C456"); }
Fully-qualifying imported beans for ease of navigation In the scenario above, using @Autowired works well and provides the desired modularity, but determining exactly where the autowired bean definitions are declared is still somewhat ambiguous. For example, as a developer looking at ServiceConfig, how do you know exactly where the @Autowired AccountRepository bean is declared? It's not explicit in the code, and this may be just fine. Remember that the SpringSource Tool Suite provides tooling that can render graphs showing how everything is wired up - that may be all you need. Also, your Java IDE can easily find all declarations and uses of the AccountRepository type, and will quickly show you the location of 3.1 Reference Documentation 115
Spring Framework
@Bean methods that return that type. In cases where this ambiguity is not acceptable and you wish to have direct navigation from within your IDE from one @Configuration class to another, consider autowiring the configuration classes themselves:
@Configuration public class ServiceConfig { private @Autowired RepositoryConfig repositoryConfig; public @Bean TransferService transferService() { // navigate 'through' the config class to the @Bean method! return new TransferServiceImpl(repositoryConfig.accountRepository()); } }
In the situation above, it is completely explicit where AccountRepository is defined. However, ServiceConfig is now tightly coupled to RepositoryConfig; that's the tradeoff. This tight coupling can be somewhat mitigated by using interface-based or abstract class-based @Configuration classes. Consider the following:
@Configuration public class ServiceConfig { private @Autowired RepositoryConfig repositoryConfig; public @Bean TransferService transferService() { return new TransferServiceImpl(repositoryConfig.accountRepository()); } } @Configuration public interface RepositoryConfig { @Bean AccountRepository accountRepository(); } @Configuration public class DefaultRepositoryConfig implements RepositoryConfig { public @Bean AccountRepository accountRepository() { return new JdbcAccountRepository(...); } } @Configuration @Import({ServiceConfig.class, DefaultRepositoryConfig.class}) // import the concrete config! public class SystemTestConfig { public @Bean DataSource dataSource() { /* return DataSource */ } } public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(SystemTestConfig.class); TransferService transferService = ctx.getBean(TransferService.class); transferService.transfer(100.00, "A123", "C456"); }
Now ServiceConfig is loosely coupled with respect to the concrete DefaultRepositoryConfig, and built-in IDE tooling is still useful: it will be easy for the developer to get a type hierarchy of RepositoryConfig implementations. In this way, navigating @Configuration classes and their dependencies becomes no different than the usual process of navigating interface-based code.
3.1
Reference Documentation
116
Spring Framework
Combining Java and XML configuration Spring's @Configuration class support does not aim to be a 100% complete replacement for Spring XML. Some facilities such as Spring XML namespaces remain an ideal way to configure the container. In cases where XML is convenient or necessary, you have a choice: either instantiate the container in an "XML-centric" way using, for example, ClassPathXmlApplicationContext, or in a "Java-centric" fashion using AnnotationConfigApplicationContext and the @ImportResource annotation to import XML as needed.
XML-centric use of @Configuration classes
It may be preferable to bootstrap the Spring container from XML and include @Configuration classes in an ad-hoc fashion. For example, in a large existing codebase that uses Spring XML, it will be easier to create @Configuration classes on an as-needed basis and include them from the existing XML files. Below you'll find the options for using @Configuration classes in this kind of "XML-centric" situation. Declaring @Configuration classes as plain Spring <bean/> elements Remember that @Configuration classes are ultimately just bean definitions in the container. In this example, we create a @Configuration class named AppConfig and include it within system-test-config.xml as a <bean/>definition. Because <context:annotation-config/> is switched on, the container will recognize the @Configuration annotation, and process the @Bean methods declared in AppConfig properly.
@Configuration public class AppConfig { private @Autowired DataSource dataSource; public @Bean AccountRepository accountRepository() { return new JdbcAccountRepository(dataSource); } public @Bean TransferService transferService() { return new TransferService(accountRepository()); } }
system-test-config.xml <beans> <!-- enable processing of annotations such as @Autowired and @Configuration --> <context:annotation-config/> <context:property-placeholder location="classpath:/com/acme/jdbc.properties"/> <bean class="com.acme.AppConfig"/> <bean class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DriverManagerDataSource"> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> </beans>
jdbc.properties
3.1
Reference Documentation
117
Spring Framework
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("classpath:/com/acme/system-test-config.xml"); TransferService transferService = ctx.getBean(TransferService.class); // ... }
Note
In system-test-config.xml above, the AppConfig<bean/> does not declare an id element. While it would be acceptable to do so, it is unnecessary given that no other bean will ever refer to it, and it is unlikely that it will be explicitly fetched from the container by name. Likewise with the DataSource bean - it is only ever autowired by type, so an explicit bean id is not strictly required. Using <context:component-scan/> to pick up @Configuration classes Because @Configuration is meta-annotated with @Component, @Configuration-annotated classes are automatically candidates for component scanning. Using the same scenario as above, we can redefine system-test-config.xml to take advantage of component-scanning. Note that in this case, we don't need to explicitly declare <context:annotation-config/>, because <context:component-scan/> enables all the same functionality.
system-test-config.xml <beans> <!-- picks up and registers AppConfig as a bean definition --> <context:component-scan base-package="com.acme"/> <context:property-placeholder location="classpath:/com/acme/jdbc.properties"/> <bean class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DriverManagerDataSource"> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> </beans>
In applications where @Configuration classes are the primary mechanism for configuring the container, it will still likely be necessary to use at least some XML. In these scenarios, simply use @ImportResource and define only as much XML as is needed. Doing so achieves a "Java-centric" approach to configuring the container and keeps XML to a bare minimum.
@Configuration @ImportResource("classpath:/com/acme/properties-config.xml") public class AppConfig { private @Value("${jdbc.url}") String url; private @Value("${jdbc.username}") String username; private @Value("${jdbc.password}") String password; public @Bean DataSource dataSource() {
3.1
Reference Documentation
118
Spring Framework
public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new AnnotationConfigApplicationContext(AppConfig.class); TransferService transferService = ctx.getBean(TransferService.class); // ... }
3.1
Reference Documentation
119
Spring Framework
Injecting dependencies When @Beans have dependencies on one another, expressing that dependency is as simple as having one bean method call another:
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean public Foo foo() { return new Foo(bar()); } @Bean public Bar bar() { return new Bar(); } }
In the example above, the foo bean receives a reference to bar via constructor injection. Receiving lifecycle callbacks Beans declared in a @Configuration-annotated class support the regular lifecycle callbacks. Any classes defined with the @Bean annotation can use the @PostConstruct and @PreDestroy annotations from JSR-250, see JSR-250 annotations for further details. The regular Spring lifecycle callbacks are fully supported as well. If a bean implements InitializingBean, DisposableBean, or Lifecycle, their respective methods are called by the container. The standard set of *Aware interfaces such as BeanFactoryAware, BeanNameAware, MessageSourceAware, ApplicationContextAware, and so on are also fully supported. The @Bean annotation supports specifying arbitrary initialization and destruction callback methods, much like Spring XML's init-method and destroy-method attributes on the bean element:
public class Foo { public void init() { // initialization logic } } public class Bar { public void cleanup() { // destruction logic } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
120
Spring Framework
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean(initMethod = "init") public Foo foo() { return new Foo(); } @Bean(destroyMethod = "cleanup") public Bar bar() { return new Bar(); } }
Of course, in the case of Foo above, it would be equally as valid to call the init() method directly during construction:
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean public Foo foo() { Foo foo = new Foo(); foo.init(); return foo; } // ... }
Tip
When you work directly in Java, you can do anything you like with your objects and do not always need to rely on the container lifecycle!
You can specify that your beans defined with the @Bean annotation should have a specific scope. You can use any of the standard scopes specified in the Bean Scopes section. The default scope is singleton, but you can override this with the @Scope annotation:
@Configuration public class MyConfiguration { @Bean @Scope("prototype") public Encryptor encryptor() { // ... } }
Spring offers a convenient way of working with scoped dependencies through scoped proxies. The easiest way to create such a proxy when using the XML configuration is the <aop:scoped-proxy/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
121
Spring Framework
element. Configuring your beans in Java with a @Scope annotation offers equivalent support with the proxyMode attribute. The default is no proxy (ScopedProxyMode.NO), but you can specify ScopedProxyMode.TARGET_CLASS or ScopedProxyMode.INTERFACES. If you port the scoped proxy example from the XML reference documentation (see preceding link) to our @Bean using Java, it would look like the following:
// an HTTP Session-scoped bean exposed as a proxy @Bean @Scope(value = "session", proxyMode = ScopedProxyMode.TARGET_CLASS) public UserPreferences userPreferences() { return new UserPreferences(); } @Bean public Service userService() { UserService service = new SimpleUserService(); // a reference to the proxied userPreferences bean service.setUserPreferences(userPreferences()); return service; }
As noted earlier, lookup method injection is an advanced feature that you should use rarely. It is useful in cases where a singleton-scoped bean has a dependency on a prototype-scoped bean. Using Java for this type of configuration provides a natural means for implementing this pattern.
public abstract class CommandManager { public Object process(Object commandState) { // grab a new instance of the appropriate Command interface Command command = createCommand(); // set the state on the (hopefully brand new) Command instance command.setState(commandState); return command.execute(); } // okay... but where is the implementation of this method? protected abstract Command createCommand(); }
Using Java-configuration support , you can create a subclass of CommandManager where the abstract createCommand() method is overridden in such a way that it looks up a new (prototype) command object:
@Bean @Scope("prototype") public AsyncCommand asyncCommand() { AsyncCommand command = new AsyncCommand(); // inject dependencies here as required return command; } @Bean public CommandManager commandManager() { // return new anonymous implementation of CommandManager with command() overridden // to return a new prototype Command object return new CommandManager() {
3.1
Reference Documentation
122
Spring Framework
Customizing bean naming By default, configuration classes use a @Bean method's name as the name of the resulting bean. This functionality can be overridden, however, with the name attribute.
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean(name = "myFoo") public Foo foo() { return new Foo(); } }
Bean aliasing As discussed in the section called Naming beans, it is sometimes desirable to give a single bean multiple names, otherwise known as bean aliasing. The name attribute of the @Bean annotation accepts a String array for this purpose.
@Configuration public class AppConfig { @Bean(name = { "dataSource", "subsystemA-dataSource", "subsystemB-dataSource" }) public DataSource dataSource() { // instantiate, configure and return DataSource bean... } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
123
Spring Framework
clientDao() has been called once in clientService1() and once in clientService2(). Since this method creates a new instance of ClientDaoImpl and returns it, you would normally expect having 2 instances (one for each service). That definitely would be problematic: in Spring, instantiated beans have a singleton scope by default. This is where the magic comes in: All @Configuration classes are subclassed at startup-time with CGLIB. In the subclass, the child method checks the container first for any cached (scoped) beans before it calls the parent method and creates a new instance.
Note
The behavior could be different according to the scope of your bean. We are talking about singletons here.
Note
Beware that, in order for JavaConfig to work, you must include the CGLIB jar in your list of dependencies.
Note
There are a few restrictions due to the fact that CGLIB dynamically adds features at startup-time: Configuration classes should not be final They should have a constructor with no arguments
Adding this element to an XML-based Spring configuration file activates a Spring LoadTimeWeaver 3.1 Reference Documentation 124
Spring Framework
for the ApplicationContext. Any bean within that ApplicationContext may implement LoadTimeWeaverAware, thereby receiving a reference to the load-time weaver instance. This is particularly useful in combination with Spring's JPA support where load-time weaving may be necessary for JPA class transformation. Consult the LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean Javadoc for more detail. For more on AspectJ load-time weaving, see the section called Load-time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework.
Spring Framework
same as the previous method, but with one difference: no default message can be specified; if the message cannot be found, a NoSuchMessageException is thrown. String getMessage(MessageSourceResolvable resolvable, Locale locale): All properties used in the preceding methods are also wrapped in a class named MessageSourceResolvable, which you can use with this method. When an ApplicationContext is loaded, it automatically searches for a MessageSource bean defined in the context. The bean must have the name messageSource. If such a bean is found, all calls to the preceding methods are delegated to the message source. If no message source is found, the ApplicationContext attempts to find a parent containing a bean with the same name. If it does, it uses that bean as the MessageSource. If the ApplicationContext cannot find any source for messages, an empty DelegatingMessageSource is instantiated in order to be able to accept calls to the methods defined above. Spring provides two MessageSource implementations, ResourceBundleMessageSource and StaticMessageSource. Both implement HierarchicalMessageSource in order to do nested messaging. The StaticMessageSource is rarely used but provides programmatic ways to add messages to the source. The ResourceBundleMessageSource is shown in the following example:
<beans> <bean id="messageSource" class="org.springframework.context.support.ResourceBundleMessageSource"> <property name="basenames"> <list> <value>format</value> <value>exceptions</value> <value>windows</value> </list> </property> </bean> </beans>
In the example it is assumed you have three resource bundles defined in your classpath called format, exceptions and windows. Any request to resolve a message will be handled in the JDK standard way of resolving messages through ResourceBundles. For the purposes of the example, assume the contents of two of the above resource bundle files are...
# in format.properties message=Alligators rock!
A program to execute the MessageSource functionality is shown in the next example. Remember that all ApplicationContext implementations are also MessageSource implementations and so can be cast to the MessageSource interface.
public static void main(String[] args) { MessageSource resources = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("beans.xml"); String message = resources.getMessage("message", null, "Default", null); System.out.println(message);
3.1
Reference Documentation
126
Spring Framework
So to summarize, the MessageSource is defined in a file called beans.xml, which exists at the root of your classpath. The messageSource bean definition refers to a number of resource bundles through its basenames property. The three files that are passed in the list to the basenames property exist as files at the root of your classpath and are called format.properties, exceptions.properties, and windows.properties respectively. The next example shows arguments passed to the message lookup; these arguments will be converted into Strings and inserted into placeholders in the lookup message.
<beans> <!-- this MessageSource is being used in a web application --> <bean id="messageSource" class="org.springframework.context.support.ResourceBundleMessageSource"> <property name="basename" value="test-messages"/> </bean> <!-- lets inject the above MessageSource into this POJO --> <bean id="example" class="com.foo.Example"> <property name="messages" ref="messageSource"/> </bean> </beans>
public class Example { private MessageSource messages; public void setMessages(MessageSource messages) { this.messages = messages; } public void execute() { String message = this.messages.getMessage("argument.required", new Object [] {"userDao"}, "Required", null); System.out.println(message); } }
The resulting output from the invocation of the execute() method will be...
The userDao argument is required.
With regard to internationalization (i18n), Spring's various MessageResource implementations follow the same locale resolution and fallback rules as the standard JDK ResourceBundle. In short, and continuing with the example messageSource defined previously, if you want to resolve messages against the British (en-GB) locale, you would create files called format_en_GB.properties, exceptions_en_GB.properties, and windows_en_GB.properties respectively.
3.1
Reference Documentation
127
Spring Framework
Typically, locale resolution is managed by the surrounding environment of the application. In this example, the locale against which (British) messages will be resolved is specified manually.
# in exceptions_en_GB.properties argument.required=Ebagum lad, the '{0}' argument is required, I say, required.
public static void main(final String[] args) { MessageSource resources = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("beans.xml"); String message = resources.getMessage("argument.required", new Object [] {"userDao"}, "Required", Locale.UK); System.out.println(message); }
The resulting output from the running of the above program will be...
Ebagum lad, the 'userDao' argument is required, I say, required.
You can also use the MessageSourceAware interface to acquire a reference to any MessageSource that has been defined. Any bean that is defined in an ApplicationContext that implements the MessageSourceAware interface is injected with the application context's MessageSource when the bean is created and configured.
Note
As an alternative to ResourceBundleMessageSource, Spring provides a ReloadableResourceBundleMessageSource class. This variant supports the same bundle file format but is more flexible than the standard JDK based ResourceBundleMessageSource implementation. In particular, it allows for reading files from any Spring resource location (not just from the classpath) and supports hot reloading of bundle property files (while efficiently caching them in between). Check out the ReloadableResourceBundleMessageSource javadoc for details.
ContextRefreshedEvent Published when the ApplicationContext is initialized or refreshed, for example, using the refresh() method on the ConfigurableApplicationContext interface. "Initialized" here 3.1 Reference Documentation 128
Spring Framework
Event
Explanation means that all beans are loaded, post-processor beans are detected and activated, singletons are pre-instantiated, and the ApplicationContext object is ready for use. As long as the context has not been closed, a refresh can be triggered multiple times, provided that the chosen ApplicationContext actually supports such "hot" refreshes. For example, XmlWebApplicationContext supports hot refreshes, but GenericApplicationContext does not.
ContextStartedEvent Published when the ApplicationContext is started, using the start() method on the ConfigurableApplicationContext interface. "Started" here means that all Lifecycle beans receive an explicit start signal. Typically this signal is used to restart beans after an explicit stop, but it may also be used to start components that have not been configured for autostart , for example, components that have not already started on initialization. ContextStoppedEvent Published when the ApplicationContext is stopped, using the stop() method on the ConfigurableApplicationContext interface. "Stopped" here means that all Lifecycle beans receive an explicit stop signal. A stopped context may be restarted through a start() call. ContextClosedEvent Published when the ApplicationContext is closed, using the close() method on the ConfigurableApplicationContext interface. "Closed" here means that all singleton beans are destroyed. A closed context reaches its end of life; it cannot be refreshed or restarted.
RequestHandledEvent A web-specific event telling all beans that an HTTP request has been serviced. This event is published after the request is complete. This event is only applicable to web applications using Spring's DispatcherServlet.
You can also create and publish your own custom events. This example demonstrates a simple class that extends Spring's ApplicationEvent base class:
public class BlackListEvent extends ApplicationEvent { private final String address; private final String test; public BlackListEvent(Object source, String address, String test) { super(source); this.address = address; this.test = test; } // accessor and other methods... }
3.1
Reference Documentation
129
Spring Framework
To publish a custom ApplicationEvent, call the publishEvent() method on an ApplicationEventPublisher. Typically this is done by creating a class that implements ApplicationEventPublisherAware and registering it as a Spring bean. The following example demonstrates such a class:
public class EmailService implements ApplicationEventPublisherAware { private List<String> blackList; private ApplicationEventPublisher publisher; public void setBlackList(List<String> blackList) { this.blackList = blackList; } public void setApplicationEventPublisher(ApplicationEventPublisher publisher) { this.publisher = publisher; } public void sendEmail(String address, String text) { if (blackList.contains(address)) { BlackListEvent event = new BlackListEvent(this, address, text); publisher.publishEvent(event); return; } // send email... } }
At configuration time, the Spring container will detect that EmailService implements ApplicationEventPublisherAware and will automatically call setApplicationEventPublisher(). In reality, the parameter passed in will be the Spring container itself; you're simply interacting with the application context via its ApplicationEventPublisher interface. To receive the custom ApplicationEvent, create a class that implements ApplicationListener and register it as a Spring bean. The following example demonstrates such a class:
public class BlackListNotifier implements ApplicationListener<BlackListEvent> { private String notificationAddress; public void setNotificationAddress(String notificationAddress) { this.notificationAddress = notificationAddress; } public void onApplicationEvent(BlackListEvent event) { // notify appropriate parties via notificationAddress... } }
Notice that ApplicationListener is generically parameterized with the type of your custom event, BlackListEvent. This means that the onApplicationEvent() method can remain type-safe, avoiding any need for downcasting. You may register as many event listeners as you wish, but note that by default event listeners receive events synchronously. This means the publishEvent() method blocks until all listeners have finished processing the event. One advantage of this synchronous and 3.1 Reference Documentation 130
Spring Framework
single-threaded approach is that when a listener receives an event, it operates inside the transaction context of the publisher if a transaction context is available. If another strategy for event publication becomes necessary, refer to the JavaDoc for Spring's ApplicationEventMulticaster interface. The following example demonstrates the bean definitions used to register and configure each of the classes above:
<bean id="emailService" class="example.EmailService"> <property name="blackList"> <list> <value>black@list.org</value> <value>white@list.org</value> <value>john@doe.org</value> </list> </property> </bean> <bean id="blackListNotifier" class="example.BlackListNotifier"> <property name="notificationAddress" value="spam@list.org"/> </bean>
Putting it all together, when the sendEmail() method of the emailService bean is called, if there are any emails that should be blacklisted, a custom event of type BlackListEvent is published. The blackListNotifier bean is registered as an ApplicationListener and thus receives the BlackListEvent, at which point it can notify appropriate parties.
Note
Spring's eventing mechanism is designed for simple communication between Spring beans within the same application context. However, for more sophisticated enterprise integration needs, the separately-maintained Spring Integration project provides complete support for building lightweight, pattern-oriented, event-driven architectures that build upon the well-known Spring programming model.
Spring Framework
application context itself passed in as the ResourceLoader. You can also expose properties of type Resource, to be used to access static resources; they will be injected into it like any other properties. You can specify those Resource properties as simple String paths, and rely on a special JavaBean PropertyEditor that is automatically registered by the context, to convert those text strings to actual Resource objects when the bean is deployed. The location path or paths supplied to an ApplicationContext constructor are actually resource strings, and in simple form are treated appropriately to the specific context implementation. ClassPathXmlApplicationContext treats a simple location path as a classpath location. You can also use location paths (resource strings) with special prefixes to force loading of definitions from the classpath or a URL, regardless of the actual context type.
The listener inspects the contextConfigLocation parameter. If the parameter does not exist, the listener uses /WEB-INF/applicationContext.xml as a default. When the parameter does exist, the listener separates the String by using predefined delimiters (comma, semicolon and whitespace) and uses the values as locations where application contexts will be searched. Ant-style path patterns are supported as well. Examples are /WEB-INF/*Context.xml for all files with names ending with 3.1 Reference Documentation 132
Spring Framework
"Context.xml", residing in the "WEB-INF" directory, and /WEB-INF/**/*Context.xml, for all such files in any subdirectory of "WEB-INF". You can use ContextLoaderServlet instead of ContextLoaderListener. The Servlet uses the contextConfigLocation parameter just as the listener does.
Note
Such RAR deployment units are usually self-contained; they do not expose components to the outside world, not even to other modules of the same application. Interaction with a RAR-based ApplicationContext usually occurs through JMS destinations that it shares with other modules. A RAR-based ApplicationContext may also, for example, schedule some jobs, reacting to new files in the file system (or the like). If it needs to allow synchronous access from the outside, it could for example export RMI endpoints, which of course may be used by other application modules on the same machine.
Spring Framework
The BeanFactory provides the underlying basis for Spring's IoC functionality but it is only used directly in integration with other third-party frameworks and is now largely historical in nature for most users of Spring. The BeanFactory and related interfaces, such as BeanFactoryAware, InitializingBean, DisposableBean, are still present in Spring for the purposes of backward compatibility with the large number of third-party frameworks that integrate with Spring. Often third-party components that can not use more modern equivalents such as @PostConstruct or @PreDestroy in order to remain compatible with JDK 1.4 or to avoid a dependency on JSR-250. This section provides additional background into the differences between the BeanFactory and ApplicationContext and how one might access the IoC container directly through a classic singleton lookup.
BeanFactory or ApplicationContext?
Use an ApplicationContext unless you have a good reason for not doing so. Because the ApplicationContext includes all functionality of the BeanFactory, it is generally recommended over the BeanFactory, except for a few situations such as in an Applet where memory consumption might be critical and a few extra kilobytes might make a difference. However, for most typical enterprise applications and systems, the ApplicationContext is what you will want to use. Spring 2.0 and later makes heavy use of the BeanPostProcessor extension point (to effect proxying and so on). If you use only a plain BeanFactory, a fair amount of support such as transactions and AOP will not take effect, at least not without some extra steps on your part. This situation could be confusing because nothing is actually wrong with the configuration. The following table lists features provided by the BeanFactory and ApplicationContext interfaces and implementations. Table 4.8. Feature Matrix Feature Bean instantiation/wiring Automatic BeanPostProcessor registration Automatic BeanFactoryPostProcessor registration Convenient MessageSource access (for i18n) 3.1 BeanFactory Yes No ApplicationContext Yes Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Reference Documentation
134
Spring Framework
BeanFactory No
ApplicationContext Yes
To explicitly register a bean post-processor with a BeanFactory implementation, you must write code like this:
ConfigurableBeanFactory factory = new XmlBeanFactory(...); // now register any needed BeanPostProcessor instances MyBeanPostProcessor postProcessor = new MyBeanPostProcessor(); factory.addBeanPostProcessor(postProcessor); // now start using the factory
To explicitly register a BeanFactoryPostProcessor implementation, you must write code like this:
when
using
BeanFactory
XmlBeanFactory factory = new XmlBeanFactory(new FileSystemResource("beans.xml")); // bring in some property values from a Properties file PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer cfg = new PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer(); cfg.setLocation(new FileSystemResource("jdbc.properties")); // now actually do the replacement cfg.postProcessBeanFactory(factory);
In both cases, the explicit registration step is inconvenient, which is one reason why the various ApplicationContext implementations are preferred above plain BeanFactory implementations in the vast majority of Spring-backed applications, especially when using BeanFactoryPostProcessors and BeanPostProcessors. These mechanisms implement important functionality such as property placeholder replacement and AOP.
3.1
Reference Documentation
135
Spring Framework
singleton, it may be unrealistic in terms of memory usage or initialization times (when using beans in the Spring IoC container such as a Hibernate SessionFactory) for each bean to use its own, non-singleton Spring IoC container. Looking up the application context in a service locator style is sometimes the only option for accessing shared Spring-managed components, such as in an EJB 2.1 environment, or when you want to share a single ApplicationContext as a parent to WebApplicationContexts across WAR files. In this case you should look into using the utility class ContextSingletonBeanFactoryLocator locator that is described in this SpringSource team blog entry.
3.1
Reference Documentation
136
Spring Framework
5. Resources
5.1 Introduction
Java's standard java.net.URL class and standard handlers for various URL prefixes unfortunately are not quite adequate enough for all access to low-level resources. For example, there is no standardized URL implementation that may be used to access a resource that needs to be obtained from the classpath, or relative to a ServletContext. While it is possible to register new handlers for specialized URL prefixes (similar to existing handlers for prefixes such as http:), this is generally quite complicated, and the URL interface still lacks some desirable functionality, such as a method to check for the existence of the resource being pointed to.
Some of the most important methods from the Resource interface are: getInputStream(): locates and opens the resource, returning an InputStream for reading from the resource. It is expected that each invocation returns a fresh InputStream. It is the responsibility of the caller to close the stream. exists(): returns a boolean indicating whether this resource actually exists in physical form. isOpen(): returns a boolean indicating whether this resource represents a handle with an open
3.1
Reference Documentation
137
Spring Framework
stream. If true, the InputStream cannot be read multiple times, and must be read once only and then closed to avoid resource leaks. Will be false for all usual resource implementations, with the exception of InputStreamResource. getDescription(): returns a description for this resource, to be used for error output when working with the resource. This is often the fully qualified file name or the actual URL of the resource. Other methods allow you to obtain an actual URL or File object representing the resource (if the underlying implementation is compatible, and supports that functionality). The Resource abstraction is used extensively in Spring itself, as an argument type in many method signatures when a resource is needed. Other methods in some Spring APIs (such as the constructors to various ApplicationContext implementations), take a String which in unadorned or simple form is used to create a Resource appropriate to that context implementation, or via special prefixes on the String path, allow the caller to specify that a specific Resource implementation must be created and used. While the Resource interface is used a lot with Spring and by Spring, it's actually very useful to use as a general utility class by itself in your own code, for access to resources, even when your code doesn't know or care about any other parts of Spring. While this couples your code to Spring, it really only couples it to this small set of utility classes, which are serving as a more capable replacement for URL, and can be considered equivalent to any other library you would use for this purpose. It is important to note that the Resource abstraction does not replace functionality: it wraps it where possible. For example, a UrlResource wraps a URL, and uses the wrapped URL to do its work.
UrlResource
The UrlResource wraps a java.net.URL, and may be used to access any object that is normally accessible via a URL, such as files, an HTTP target, an FTP target, etc. All URLs have a standardized String representation, such that appropriate standardized prefixes are used to indicate one URL type from another. This includes file: for accessing filesystem paths, http: for accessing resources via the HTTP protocol, ftp: for accessing resources via FTP, etc. A UrlResource is created by Java code explicitly using the UrlResource constructor, but will often be created implicitly when you call an API method which takes a String argument which is meant to represent a path. For the latter case, a JavaBeans PropertyEditor will ultimately decide which type of Resource to create. If the path string contains a few well-known (to it, that is) prefixes such as classpath:, it will create an appropriate specialized Resource for that prefix. However, if it doesn't recognize the prefix, it will assume the this is just a standard URL string, and will create a 3.1 Reference Documentation 138
Spring Framework
UrlResource.
ClassPathResource
This class represents a resource which should be obtained from the classpath. This uses either the thread context class loader, a given class loader, or a given class for loading resources. This Resource implementation supports resolution as java.io.File if the class path resource resides in the file system, but not for classpath resources which reside in a jar and have not been expanded (by the servlet engine, or whatever the environment is) to the filesystem. To address this the various Resource implementations always support resolution as a java.net.URL. A ClassPathResource is created by Java code explicitly using the ClassPathResource constructor, but will often be created implicitly when you call an API method which takes a String argument which is meant to represent a path. For the latter case, a JavaBeans PropertyEditor will recognize the special prefix classpath:on the string path, and create a ClassPathResource in that case.
FileSystemResource
This is a Resource implementation for java.io.File handles. It obviously supports resolution as a File, and as a URL.
ServletContextResource
This is a Resource implementation for ServletContext resources, interpreting relative paths within the relevant web application's root directory. This always supports stream access and URL access, but only allows java.io.File access when the web application archive is expanded and the resource is physically on the filesystem. Whether or not it's expanded and on the filesystem like this, or accessed directly from the JAR or somewhere else like a DB (it's conceivable) is actually dependent on the Servlet container.
InputStreamResource
A Resource implementation for a given InputStream. This should only be used if no specific Resource implementation is applicable. In particular, prefer ByteArrayResource or any of the file-based Resource implementations where possible. In contrast to other Resource implementations, this is a descriptor for an already opened resource therefore returning true from isOpen(). Do not use it if you need to keep the resource descriptor somewhere, or if you need to read a stream multiple times.
3.1
Reference Documentation
139
Spring Framework
ByteArrayResource
This is a Resource implementation for a given byte array. It creates a ByteArrayInputStream for the given byte array. It's useful for loading content from any given byte array, without having to resort to a single-use InputStreamResource.
All application contexts implement the ResourceLoader interface, and therefore all application contexts may be used to obtain Resource instances. When you call getResource() on a specific application context, and the location path specified doesn't have a specific prefix, you will get back a Resource type that is appropriate to that particular application context. For example, assume the following snippet of code was executed against a ClassPathXmlApplicationContext instance:
Resource template = ctx.getResource("some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");
What would be returned would be a ClassPathResource; if the same method was executed against a FileSystemXmlApplicationContext instance, you'd get back a FileSystemResource. For a WebApplicationContext, you'd get back a ServletContextResource, and so on. As such, you can load resources in a fashion appropriate to the particular application context. On the other hand, you may also force ClassPathResource to be used, regardless of the application context type, by specifying the special classpath: prefix:
Resource template = ctx.getResource("classpath:some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");
Similarly, one can force a UrlResource to be used by specifying any of the standard java.net.URL prefixes:
Resource template = ctx.getResource("file:/some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");
The following table summarizes the strategy for converting Strings to Resources:
3.1
Reference Documentation
140
Spring Framework
classpath:com/myapp/config.xml Loaded from the classpath. file:/data/config.xml Loaded as a URL, from the filesystem. 1
http: (none)
1
When a class implements ResourceLoaderAware and is deployed into an application context (as a Spring-managed bean), it is recognized as ResourceLoaderAware by the application context. The application context will then invoke the setResourceLoader(ResourceLoader), supplying itself as the argument (remember, all application contexts in Spring implement the ResourceLoader interface). Of course, since an ApplicationContext is a ResourceLoader, the bean could also implement the ApplicationContextAware interface and use the supplied application context directly to load resources, but in general, it's better to use the specialized ResourceLoader interface if that's all that's needed. The code would just be coupled to the resource loading interface, which can be considered a utility interface, and not the whole Spring ApplicationContext interface. As of Spring 2.5, you can rely upon autowiring of the ResourceLoader as an alternative to implementing the ResourceLoaderAware interface. The "traditional" constructor and byType autowiring modes (as described in the section called Autowiring collaborators) are now capable of providing a dependency of type ResourceLoader for either a constructor argument or setter method parameter respectively. For more flexibility (including the ability to autowire fields and multiple parameter methods), consider using the new annotation-based autowiring features. In that case, the 3.1 Reference Documentation 141
Spring Framework
ResourceLoader will be autowired into a field, constructor argument, or method parameter that is expecting the ResourceLoader type as long as the field, constructor, or method in question carries the @Autowired annotation. For more information, see the section called @Autowired and @Inject.
Note that the resource path has no prefix, so because the application context itself is going to be used as the ResourceLoader, the resource itself will be loaded via a ClassPathResource, FileSystemResource, or ServletContextResource (as appropriate) depending on the exact type of the context. If there is a need to force a specific Resource type to be used, then a prefix may be used. The following two examples show how to force a ClassPathResource and a UrlResource (the latter being used to access a filesystem file).
<property name="template" value="classpath:some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt">
3.1
Reference Documentation
142
Spring Framework
used to load the bean definitions, depends on and is appropriate to the specific application context. For example, if you create a ClassPathXmlApplicationContext as follows:
ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("conf/appContext.xml");
The bean definitions will be loaded from the classpath, as a ClassPathResource will be used. But if you create a FileSystemXmlApplicationContext as follows:
ApplicationContext ctx = new FileSystemXmlApplicationContext("conf/appContext.xml");
The bean definition will be loaded from a filesystem location, in this case relative to the current working directory. Note that the use of the special classpath prefix or a standard URL prefix on the location path will override the default type of Resource created to load the definition. So this FileSystemXmlApplicationContext...
ApplicationContext ctx = new FileSystemXmlApplicationContext("classpath:conf/appContext.xml");
... will actually load its bean definitions from the classpath. However, it is still a FileSystemXmlApplicationContext. If it is subsequently used as a ResourceLoader, any unprefixed paths will still be treated as filesystem paths. Constructing ClassPathXmlApplicationContext instances - shortcuts The ClassPathXmlApplicationContext exposes a number of constructors to enable convenient instantiation. The basic idea is that one supplies merely a string array containing just the filenames of the XML files themselves (without the leading path information), and one also supplies a Class; the ClassPathXmlApplicationContext will derive the path information from the supplied class. An example will hopefully make this clear. Consider a directory layout that looks like this:
com/ foo/ services.xml daos.xml MessengerService.class
A ClassPathXmlApplicationContext instance composed of the beans defined in the 'services.xml' and 'daos.xml' could be instantiated like so...
ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext( new String[] {"services.xml", "daos.xml"}, MessengerService.class);
Please do consult the Javadocs for the ClassPathXmlApplicationContext class for details of the various constructors.
3.1
Reference Documentation
143
Spring Framework
... the resolver follows a more complex but defined procedure to try to resolve the wildcard. It produces a Resource for the path up to the last non-wildcard segment and obtains a URL from it. If this URL is not a "jar:" URL or container-specific variant (e.g. "zip:" in WebLogic, "wsjar" in WebSphere, etc.), then a java.io.File is obtained from it and used to resolve the wildcard by traversing the filesystem. In the case of a jar URL, the resolver either gets a java.net.JarURLConnection from it or manually parses the jar URL and then traverses the contents of the jar file to resolve the wildcards.
Implications on portability
If the specified path is already a file URL (either explicitly, or implicitly because the base ResourceLoader is a filesystem one, then wildcarding is guaranteed to work in a completely portable fashion. If the specified path is a classpath location, then the resolver must obtain the last non-wildcard path segment URL via a Classloader.getResource() call. Since this is just a node of the path (not the file at the end) it is actually undefined (in the ClassLoader Javadocs) exactly what sort of a URL is returned in this case. In practice, it is always a java.io.File representing the directory, where the classpath resource resolves to a filesystem location, or a jar URL of some sort, where the classpath resource resolves to a jar location. Still, there is a portability concern on this operation. If a jar URL is obtained for the last non-wildcard segment, the resolver must be able to get a 3.1 Reference Documentation 144
Spring Framework
java.net.JarURLConnection from it, or manually parse the jar URL, to be able to walk the contents of the jar, and resolve the wildcard. This will work in most environments, but will fail in others, and it is strongly recommended that the wildcard resolution of resources coming from jars be thoroughly tested in your specific environment before you rely on it. The classpath*: prefix When constructing an XML-based application context, a location string may use the special classpath*: prefix:
ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("classpath*:conf/appContext.xml");
This special prefix specifies that all classpath resources that match the given name must be obtained (internally, this essentially happens via a ClassLoader.getResources(...) call), and then merged to form the final application context definition.
Classpath*: portability
The wildcard classpath relies on the getResources() method of the underlying classloader. As most application servers nowadays supply their own classloader implementation, the behavior might differ especially when dealing with jar files. A simple test to check if classpath* works is to use the classloader to load a file from within a jar on the classpath: getClass().getClassLoader().getResources("<someFileInsideTheJar>"). Try this test with files that have the same name but are placed inside two different locations. In case an inappropriate result is returned, check the application server documentation for settings that might affect the classloader behavior. The "classpath*:" prefix can also be combined with a PathMatcher pattern in the rest of the location path, for example "classpath*:META-INF/*-beans.xml". In this case, the resolution strategy is fairly simple: a ClassLoader.getResources() call is used on the last non-wildcard path segment to get all the matching resources in the class loader hierarchy, and then off each resource the same PathMatcher resoltion strategy described above is used for the wildcard subpath. Other notes relating to wildcards Please note that "classpath*:" when combined with Ant-style patterns will only work reliably with at least one root directory before the pattern starts, unless the actual target files reside in the file system. This means that a pattern like "classpath*:*.xml" will not retrieve files from the root of jar files but rather only from the root of expanded directories. This originates from a limitation in the JDK's ClassLoader.getResources() method which only returns file system locations for a passed-in empty string (indicating potential roots to search). Ant-style patterns with "classpath:" resources are not guaranteed to find matching resources if the root package to search is available in multiple class path locations. This is because a resource such as 3.1 Reference Documentation 145
Spring Framework
com/mycompany/package1/service-context.xml
is used to try to resolve it, the resolver will work off the (first) URL returned by getResource("com/mycompany");. If this base package node exists in multiple classloader locations, the actual end resource may not be underneath. Therefore, preferably, use "classpath*:" with the same Ant-style pattern in such a case, which will search all class path locations that contain the root package.
FileSystemResource caveats
A FileSystemResource that is not attached to a FileSystemApplicationContext (that is, a FileSystemApplicationContext is not the actual ResourceLoader) will treat absolute vs. relative paths as you would expect. Relative paths are relative to the current working directory, while absolute paths are relative to the root of the filesystem. For backwards compatibility (historical) reasons however, this changes when the FileSystemApplicationContext is the ResourceLoader. The FileSystemApplicationContext simply forces all attached FileSystemResource instances to treat all location paths as relative, whether they start with a leading slash or not. In practice, this means the following are equivalent:
ApplicationContext ctx = new FileSystemXmlApplicationContext("conf/context.xml");
As are the following: (Even though it would make sense for them to be different, as one case is relative and the other absolute.)
FileSystemXmlApplicationContext ctx = ...; ctx.getResource("some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");
In practice, if true absolute filesystem paths are needed, it is better to forgo the use of absolute paths with FileSystemResource / FileSystemXmlApplicationContext, and just force the use of a UrlResource, by using the file: URL prefix.
// actual context type doesn't matter, the Resource will always be UrlResource ctx.getResource("file:/some/resource/path/myTemplate.txt");
3.1
Reference Documentation
146
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
147
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
148
Spring Framework
We're going to provide validation behavior for the Person class by implementing the following two methods of the org.springframework.validation.Validator interface: supports(Class) - Can this Validator validate instances of the supplied Class? validate(Object, org.springframework.validation.Errors) - validates the given object and in case of validation errors, registers those with the given Errors object Implementing a Validator is fairly straightforward, especially when you know of the ValidationUtils helper class that the Spring Framework also provides.
public class PersonValidator implements Validator { /** * This Validator validates just Person instances */ public boolean supports(Class clazz) { return Person.class.equals(clazz); } public void validate(Object obj, Errors e) { ValidationUtils.rejectIfEmpty(e, "name", "name.empty"); Person p = (Person) obj; if (p.getAge() < 0) { e.rejectValue("age", "negativevalue"); } else if (p.getAge() > 110) { e.rejectValue("age", "too.darn.old"); } } }
As you can see, the static rejectIfEmpty(..) method on the ValidationUtils class is used to reject the 'name' property if it is null or the empty string. Have a look at the Javadoc for the ValidationUtils class to see what functionality it provides besides the example shown previously. While it is certainly possible to implement a single Validator class to validate each of the nested objects in a rich object, it may be better to encapsulate the validation logic for each nested class of object in its own Validator implementation. A simple example of a 'rich' object would be a Customer that is composed of two String properties (a first and second name) and a complex Address object. Address objects may be used independently of Customer objects, and so a distinct AddressValidator has been implemented. If you want your CustomerValidator to reuse the logic contained within the AddressValidator class without resorting to copy-and-paste, you can dependency-inject or instantiate an AddressValidator within your CustomerValidator, and use it like so:
public class CustomerValidator implements Validator { private final Validator addressValidator; public CustomerValidator(Validator addressValidator) { if (addressValidator == null) { throw new IllegalArgumentException( "The supplied [Validator] is required and must not be null."); } if (!addressValidator.supports(Address.class)) { throw new IllegalArgumentException( "The supplied [Validator] must support the validation of [Address] instances."); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
149
Spring Framework
this.addressValidator = addressValidator; } /** * This Validator validates Customer instances, and any subclasses of Customer too */ public boolean supports(Class clazz) { return Customer.class.isAssignableFrom(clazz); } public void validate(Object target, Errors errors) { ValidationUtils.rejectIfEmptyOrWhitespace(errors, "firstName", "field.required"); ValidationUtils.rejectIfEmptyOrWhitespace(errors, "surname", "field.required"); Customer customer = (Customer) target; try { errors.pushNestedPath("address"); ValidationUtils.invokeValidator(this.addressValidator, customer.getAddress(), errors); } finally { errors.popNestedPath(); } } }
Validation errors are reported to the Errors object passed to the validator. In case of Spring Web MVC you can use <spring:bind/> tag to inspect the error messages, but of course you can also inspect the errors object yourself. More information about the methods it offers can be found from the Javadoc.
Spring Framework
JavaBean is simply a class with a default no-argument constructor, which follows a naming convention where (by way of an example) a property named bingoMadness would have a setter method setBingoMadness(..) and a getter method getBingoMadness(). For more information about JavaBeans and the specification, please refer to Sun's website ( java.sun.com/products/javabeans). One quite important class in the beans package is the BeanWrapper interface and its corresponding implementation (BeanWrapperImpl). As quoted from the Javadoc, the BeanWrapper offers functionality to set and get property values (individually or in bulk), get property descriptors, and to query properties to determine if they are readable or writable. Also, the BeanWrapper offers support for nested properties, enabling the setting of properties on sub-properties to an unlimited depth. Then, the BeanWrapper supports the ability to add standard JavaBeans PropertyChangeListeners and VetoableChangeListeners, without the need for supporting code in the target class. Last but not least, the BeanWrapper provides support for the setting of indexed properties. The BeanWrapper usually isn't used by application code directly, but by the DataBinder and the BeanFactory. The way the BeanWrapper works is partly indicated by its name: it wraps a bean to perform actions on that bean, like setting and retrieving properties.
account.name
account[2]
account[COMPANYNAME] Indicates the value of the map entry indexed by the key COMPANYNAME of the Map property account
Below you'll find some examples of working with the BeanWrapper to get and set properties. (This next section is not vitally important to you if you're not planning to work with the BeanWrapper directly. If you're just using the DataBinder and the BeanFactory and their out-of-the-box
3.1
Reference Documentation
151
Spring Framework
implementation, you should skip ahead to the section about PropertyEditors.) Consider the following two classes:
public class Company { private String name; private Employee managingDirector; public String getName() { return this.name; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } public Employee getManagingDirector() { return this.managingDirector; } public void setManagingDirector(Employee managingDirector) { this.managingDirector = managingDirector; } }
public class Employee { private String name; private float salary; public String getName() { return this.name; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } public float getSalary() { return salary; } public void setSalary(float salary) { this.salary = salary; } }
The following code snippets show some examples of how to retrieve and manipulate some of the properties of instantiated Companies and Employees:
BeanWrapper company = BeanWrapperImpl(new Company()); // setting the company name.. company.setPropertyValue("name", "Some Company Inc."); // ... can also be done like this: PropertyValue value = new PropertyValue("name", "Some Company Inc."); company.setPropertyValue(value); // ok, let's create the director and tie it to the company: BeanWrapper jim = BeanWrapperImpl(new Employee()); jim.setPropertyValue("name", "Jim Stravinsky"); company.setPropertyValue("managingDirector", jim.getWrappedInstance()); // retrieving the salary of the managingDirector through the company Float salary = (Float) company.getPropertyValue("managingDirector.salary");
3.1
Reference Documentation
152
Spring Framework
Spring uses the concept of PropertyEditors to effect the conversion between an Object and a String. If you think about it, it sometimes might be handy to be able to represent properties in a different way than the object itself. For example, a Date can be represented in a human readable way (as the String '2007-14-09'), while we're still able to convert the human readable form back to the original date (or even better: convert any date entered in a human readable form, back to Date objects). This behavior can be achieved by registering custom editors, of type java.beans.PropertyEditor. Registering custom editors on a BeanWrapper or alternately in a specific IoC container as mentioned in the previous chapter, gives it the knowledge of how to convert properties to the desired type. Read more about PropertyEditors in the Javadoc of the java.beans package provided by Sun. A couple of examples where property editing is used in Spring: setting properties on beans is done using PropertyEditors. When mentioning java.lang.String as the value of a property of some bean you're declaring in XML file, Spring will (if the setter of the corresponding property has a Class-parameter) use the ClassEditor to try to resolve the parameter to a Class object. parsing HTTP request parameters in Spring's MVC framework is done using all kinds of PropertyEditors that you can manually bind in all subclasses of the CommandController. Spring has a number of built-in PropertyEditors to make life easy. Each of those is listed below and they are all located in the org.springframework.beans.propertyeditors package. Most, but not all (as indicated below), are registered by default by BeanWrapperImpl. Where the property editor is configurable in some fashion, you can of course still register your own variant to override the default one: Table 6.2. Built-in PropertyEditors Class ByteArrayPropertyEditor Explanation Editor for byte arrays. Strings will simply be converted to their corresponding byte representations. Registered by default by BeanWrapperImpl. Parses Strings representing classes to actual classes and the other way around. When a class is not found, an IllegalArgumentException is thrown. Registered by default by BeanWrapperImpl. Customizable property editor for Boolean properties. Registered by default by BeanWrapperImpl, but, can be overridden by registering custom instance of it as custom editor. Property editor for Collections, converting any source Collection to a given target Collection type. Customizable property editor for java.util.Date, supporting a custom DateFormat. NOT registered by default. Must be user
ClassEditor
CustomBooleanEditor
CustomCollectionEditor
CustomDateEditor
3.1
Reference Documentation
153
Spring Framework
Class
CustomNumberEditor
Customizable property editor for any Number subclass like Integer, Long, Float, Double. Registered by default by BeanWrapperImpl, but can be overridden by registering custom instance of it as a custom editor. Capable of resolving Strings to java.io.File objects. Registered by default by BeanWrapperImpl. One-way property editor, capable of taking a text string and producing (via an intermediate ResourceEditor and Resource) an InputStream, so InputStream properties may be directly set as Strings. Note that the default usage will not close the InputStream for you! Registered by default by BeanWrapperImpl. Capable of resolving Strings to Locale objects and vice versa (the String format is [language]_[country]_[variant], which is the same thing the toString() method of Locale provides). Registered by default by BeanWrapperImpl. Capable of resolving Strings to JDK 1.5 Pattern objects and vice versa. Capable of converting Strings (formatted using the format as defined in the Javadoc for the java.lang.Properties class) to Properties objects. Registered by default by BeanWrapperImpl. Property editor that trims Strings. Optionally allows transforming an empty string into a null value. NOT registered by default; must be user registered as needed. Capable of resolving a String representation of a URL to an actual URL object. Registered by default by BeanWrapperImpl.
FileEditor
InputStreamEditor
LocaleEditor
PatternEditor
PropertiesEditor
StringTrimmerEditor
URLEditor
Spring uses the java.beans.PropertyEditorManager to set the search path for property editors that might be needed. The search path also includes sun.bean.editors, which includes PropertyEditor implementations for types such as Font, Color, and most of the primitive types. Note also that the standard JavaBeans infrastructure will automatically discover PropertyEditor classes (without you having to register them explicitly) if they are in the same package as the class they handle, and have the same name as that class, with 'Editor' appended; for example, one could have the following class and package structure, which would be sufficient for the FooEditor class to be recognized and used as the PropertyEditor for Foo-typed properties. 3.1 Reference Documentation 154
Spring Framework
Note that you can also use the standard BeanInfo JavaBeans mechanism here as well (described in not-amazing-detail here). Find below an example of using the BeanInfo mechanism for explicitly registering one or more PropertyEditor instances with the properties of an associated class.
com chank pop Foo FooBeanInfo
Here is the Java source code for the referenced FooBeanInfo class. This would associate a CustomNumberEditor with the age property of the Foo class.
public class FooBeanInfo extends SimpleBeanInfo { public PropertyDescriptor[] getPropertyDescriptors() { try { final PropertyEditor numberPE = new CustomNumberEditor(Integer.class, true); PropertyDescriptor ageDescriptor = new PropertyDescriptor("age", Foo.class) { public PropertyEditor createPropertyEditor(Object bean) { return numberPE; }; }; return new PropertyDescriptor[] { ageDescriptor }; } catch (IntrospectionException ex) { throw new Error(ex.toString()); } } }
Registering additional custom PropertyEditors When setting bean properties as a string value, a Spring IoC container ultimately uses standard JavaBeans PropertyEditors to convert these Strings to the complex type of the property. Spring pre-registers a number of custom PropertyEditors (for example, to convert a classname expressed as a string into a real Class object). Additionally, Java's standard JavaBeans PropertyEditor lookup mechanism allows a PropertyEditor for a class simply to be named appropriately and placed in the same package as the class it provides support for, to be found automatically. If there is a need to register other custom PropertyEditors, there are several mechanisms available. The most manual approach, which is not normally convenient or recommended, is to simply use the registerCustomEditor() method of the ConfigurableBeanFactory interface, assuming you have a BeanFactory reference. Another, slightly more convenient, mechanism is to use a special bean factory post-processor called CustomEditorConfigurer. Although bean factory post-processors can be used with BeanFactory implementations, the CustomEditorConfigurer has a nested property setup, so it is strongly recommended that it is used with the
3.1
Reference Documentation
155
Spring Framework
ApplicationContext, where it may be deployed in similar fashion to any other bean, and automatically detected and applied. Note that all bean factories and application contexts automatically use a number of built-in property editors, through their use of something called a BeanWrapper to handle property conversions. The standard property editors that the BeanWrapper registers are listed in the previous section. Additionally, ApplicationContexts also override or add an additional number of editors to handle resource lookups in a manner appropriate to the specific application context type. Standard JavaBeans PropertyEditor instances are used to convert property values expressed as strings to the actual complex type of the property. CustomEditorConfigurer, a bean factory post-processor, may be used to conveniently add support for additional PropertyEditor instances to an ApplicationContext. Consider a user class ExoticType, and another class DependsOnExoticType which needs ExoticType set as a property:
package example; public class ExoticType { private String name; public ExoticType(String name) { this.name = name; } } public class DependsOnExoticType { private ExoticType type; public void setType(ExoticType type) { this.type = type; } }
When things are properly set up, we want to be able to assign the type property as a string, which a PropertyEditor will behind the scenes convert into an actual ExoticType instance:
<bean id="sample" class="example.DependsOnExoticType"> <property name="type" value="aNameForExoticType"/> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
156
Spring Framework
Finally, we use CustomEditorConfigurer to register the new PropertyEditor with the ApplicationContext, which will then be able to use it as needed:
<bean class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.CustomEditorConfigurer"> <property name="customEditors"> <map> <entry key="example.ExoticType" value="example.ExoticTypeEditor"/> </map> </property> </bean>
Using PropertyEditorRegistrars
Another mechanism for registering property editors with the Spring container is to create and use a PropertyEditorRegistrar. This interface is particularly useful when you need to use the same set of property editors in several different situations: write a corresponding registrar and reuse that in each case. PropertyEditorRegistrars work in conjunction with an interface called PropertyEditorRegistry, an interface that is implemented by the Spring BeanWrapper (and DataBinder). PropertyEditorRegistrars are particularly convenient when used in conjunction with the CustomEditorConfigurer (introduced here), which exposes a property called setPropertyEditorRegistrars(..): PropertyEditorRegistrars added to a CustomEditorConfigurer in this fashion can easily be shared with DataBinder and Spring MVC Controllers. Furthermore, it avoids the need for synchronization on custom editors: a PropertyEditorRegistrar is expected to create fresh PropertyEditor instances for each bean creation attempt. Using a PropertyEditorRegistrar is perhaps best illustrated with an example. First off, you need to create your own PropertyEditorRegistrar implementation:
package com.foo.editors.spring; public final class CustomPropertyEditorRegistrar implements PropertyEditorRegistrar { public void registerCustomEditors(PropertyEditorRegistry registry) { // it is expected that new PropertyEditor instances are created registry.registerCustomEditor(ExoticType.class, new ExoticTypeEditor()); // you could register as many custom property editors as are required here... } }
See also the org.springframework.beans.support.ResourceEditorRegistrar for an example PropertyEditorRegistrar implementation. Notice how in its implementation of the registerCustomEditors(..) method it creates new instances of each property editor. Next we configure a CustomEditorConfigurer CustomPropertyEditorRegistrar into it: and inject an instance of our
3.1
Reference Documentation
157
Spring Framework
Finally, and in a bit of a departure from the focus of this chapter, for those of you using Spring's MVC web framework, using PropertyEditorRegistrars in conjunction with data-binding Controllers (such as SimpleFormController) can be very convenient. Find below an example of using a PropertyEditorRegistrar in the implementation of an initBinder(..) method:
public final class RegisterUserController extends SimpleFormController { private final PropertyEditorRegistrar customPropertyEditorRegistrar; public RegisterUserController(PropertyEditorRegistrar propertyEditorRegistrar) { this.customPropertyEditorRegistrar = propertyEditorRegistrar; } protected void initBinder(HttpServletRequest request, ServletRequestDataBinder binder) throws Exception { this.customPropertyEditorRegistrar.registerCustomEditors(binder); } // other methods to do with registering a User }
This style of PropertyEditor registration can lead to concise code (the implementation of initBinder(..) is just one line long!), and allows common PropertyEditor registration code to be encapsulated in a class and then shared amongst as many Controllers as needed.
Converter SPI
The SPI to implement type conversion logic is simple and strongly typed:
package org.springframework.core.convert.converter; public interface Converter<S, T> { T convert(S source); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
158
Spring Framework
To create your own Converter, simply implement the interface above. Parameterize S as the type you are converting from, and T as the type you are converting to. For each call to convert(S), the source argument is guaranteed to be NOT null. Your Converter may throw any Exception if conversion fails. An IllegalArgumentException should be thrown to report an invalid source value. Take care to ensure your Converter implementation is thread-safe. Several converter implementations are provided in the core.convert.support package as a convenience. These include converters from Strings to Numbers and other common types. Consider StringToInteger as an example Converter implementation:
package org.springframework.core.convert.support; final class StringToInteger implements Converter<String, Integer> { public Integer convert(String source) { return Integer.valueOf(source); } }
ConverterFactory
When you need to centralize the conversion logic for an entire class hierarchy, for example, when converting from String to java.lang.Enum objects, implement ConverterFactory:
package org.springframework.core.convert.converter; public interface ConverterFactory<S, R> { <T extends R> Converter<S, T> getConverter(Class<T> targetType); }
Parameterize S to be the type you are converting from and R to be the base type defining the range of classes you can convert to. Then implement getConverter(Class<T>), where T is a subclass of R. Consider the StringToEnum ConverterFactory as an example:
package org.springframework.core.convert.support; final class StringToEnumConverterFactory implements ConverterFactory<String, Enum> { public <T extends Enum> Converter<String, T> getConverter(Class<T> targetType) { return new StringToEnumConverter(targetType); } private final class StringToEnumConverter<T extends Enum> implements Converter<String, T> { private Class<T> enumType; public StringToEnumConverter(Class<T> enumType) { this.enumType = enumType; } public T convert(String source) { return (T) Enum.valueOf(this.enumType, source.trim());
3.1
Reference Documentation
159
Spring Framework
} } }
GenericConverter
When you require a sophisticated Converter implementation, consider the GenericConverter interface. With a more flexible but less strongly typed signature, a GenericConverter supports converting between multiple source and target types. In addition, a GenericConverter makes available source and target field context you can use when implementing your conversion logic. Such context allows a type conversion to be driven by a field annotation, or generic information declared on a field signature.
package org.springframework.core.convert.converter; public interface GenericConverter { public Set<ConvertiblePair> getConvertibleTypes(); Object convert(Object source, TypeDescriptor sourceType, TypeDescriptor targetType); }
To implement a GenericConverter, have getConvertibleTypes() return the supported source->target type pairs. Then implement convert(Object, TypeDescriptor, TypeDescriptor) to implement your conversion logic. The source TypeDescriptor provides access to the source field holding the value being converted. The target TypeDescriptor provides access to the target field where the converted value will be set. A good example of a GenericConverter is a converter that converts between a Java Array and a Collection. Such an ArrayToCollectionConverter introspects the field that declares the target Collection type to resolve the Collection's element type. This allows each element in the source array to be converted to the Collection element type before the Collection is set on the target field.
Note
Because GenericConverter is a more complex SPI interface, only use it when you need it. Favor Converter or ConverterFactory for basic type conversion needs.
ConditionalGenericConverter Sometimes you only want a Converter to execute if a specific condition holds true. For example, you might only want to execute a Converter if a specific annotation is present on the target field. Or you might only want to execute a Converter if a specific method, such as static valueOf method, is defined on the target class. ConditionalGenericConverter is an subinterface of GenericConverter that allows you to define such custom matching criteria:
public interface ConditionalGenericConverter extends GenericConverter { boolean matches(TypeDescriptor sourceType, TypeDescriptor targetType); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
160
Spring Framework
A good example of a ConditionalGenericConverter is an EntityConverter that converts between an persistent entity identifier and an entity reference. Such a EntityConverter might only match if the target entity type declares a static finder method e.g. findAccount(Long). You would perform such a finder method check in the implementation of matches(TypeDescriptor, TypeDescriptor).
ConversionService API
The ConversionService defines a unified API for executing type conversion logic at runtime. Converters are often executed behind this facade interface:
package org.springframework.core.convert; public interface ConversionService { boolean canConvert(Class<?> sourceType, Class<?> targetType); <T> T convert(Object source, Class<T> targetType); boolean canConvert(TypeDescriptor sourceType, TypeDescriptor targetType); Object convert(Object source, TypeDescriptor sourceType, TypeDescriptor targetType); }
Most ConversionService implementations also implement ConverterRegistry, which provides an SPI for registering converters. Internally, a ConversionService implementation delegates to its registered converters to carry out type conversion logic. A robust ConversionService implementation is provided in the core.convert.support package. GenericConversionService is the general-purpose implementation suitable for use in most environments. ConversionServiceFactory provides a convenient factory for creating common ConversionService configurations.
Configuring a ConversionService
A ConversionService is a stateless object designed to be instantiated at application startup, then shared between multiple threads. In a Spring application, you typically configure a ConversionService instance per Spring container (or ApplicationContext). That ConversionService will be picked up by Spring and then used whenever a type conversion needs to be performed by the framework. You may also inject this ConversionService into any of your beans and invoke it directly.
Note
If no ConversionService is registered with Spring, the original PropertyEditor-based system is used. To register a default ConversionService with Spring, add the following bean definition with id
3.1
Reference Documentation
161
Spring Framework
conversionService:
<bean id="conversionService" class="org.springframework.context.support.ConversionServiceFactoryBean"/>
A default ConversionService can convert between strings, numbers, enums, collections, maps, and other common types. To suppliment or override the default converters with your own custom converter(s), set the converters property. Property values may implement either of the Converter, ConverterFactory, or GenericConverter interfaces.
<bean id="conversionService" class="org.springframework.context.support.ConversionServiceFactoryBean"> <property name="converters"> <list> <bean class="example.MyCustomConverter"/> </list> </property> </bean>
It is also common to use a ConversionService within a Spring MVC application. See the section called Configuring Formatting in Spring MVC for details on use with <mvc:annotation-driven/>. In certain situations you may wish to apply formatting during conversion. See the section called FormatterRegistry SPI for details on using FormattingConversionServiceFactoryBean.
3.1
Reference Documentation
162
Spring Framework
expression.setValue(Object bean, Object value) attempt, the core.convert system performs the coercion. Now consider the type conversion requirements of a typical client environment such as a web or desktop application. In such environments, you typically convert from String to support the client postback process, as well as back to String to support the view rendering process. In addition, you often need to localize String values. The more general core.convert Converter SPI does not address such formatting requirements directly. To directly address them, Spring 3 introduces a convenient Formatter SPI that provides a simple and robust alternative to PropertyEditors for client environments. In general, use the Converter SPI when you need to implement general-purpose type conversion logic; for example, for converting between a java.util.Date and and java.lang.Long. Use the Formatter SPI when you're working in a client environment, such as a web application, and need to parse and print localized field values. The ConversionService provides a unified type conversion API for both SPIs.
Formatter SPI
The Formatter SPI to implement field formatting logic is simple and strongly typed:
package org.springframework.format; public interface Formatter<T> extends Printer<T>, Parser<T> { }
Where Formatter extends from the Printer and Parser building-block interfaces:
public interface Printer<T> { String print(T fieldValue, Locale locale); }
import java.text.ParseException; public interface Parser<T> { T parse(String clientValue, Locale locale) throws ParseException; }
To create your own Formatter, simply implement the Formatter interface above. Parameterize T to be the type of object you wish to format, for example, java.util.Date. Implement the print() operation to print an instance of T for display in the client locale. Implement the parse() operation to parse an instance of T from the formatted representation returned from the client locale. Your Formatter should throw a ParseException or IllegalArgumentException if a parse attempt fails. Take care to ensure your Formatter implementation is thread-safe. Several Formatter implementations are provided in format subpackages as a convenience. The number package provides a NumberFormatter, CurrencyFormatter, and PercentFormatter to format java.lang.Number objects using a java.text.NumberFormat. The datetime package provides a DateFormatter to format java.util.Date objects with a java.text.DateFormat. The datetime.joda package provides comprehensive datetime formatting support based on the Joda Time library.
3.1
Reference Documentation
163
Spring Framework
Formatter
contributions;
see
Annotation-driven Formatting
As you will see, field formatting can be configured by field type or annotation. To bind an Annotation to a formatter, implement AnnotationFormatterFactory:
package org.springframework.format; public interface AnnotationFormatterFactory<A extends Annotation> { Set<Class<?>> getFieldTypes(); Printer<?> getPrinter(A annotation, Class<?> fieldType); Parser<?> getParser(A annotation, Class<?> fieldType); }
Parameterize A to be the field annotationType you wish to associate formatting logic with, for example org.springframework.format.annotation.DateTimeFormat. Have getFieldTypes() return the types of fields the annotation may be used on. Have getPrinter() return a Printer to print the value of an annotated field. Have getParser() return a Parser to parse a 3.1 Reference Documentation 164
Spring Framework
clientValue for an annotated field. The example AnnotationFormatterFactory implementation below binds the @NumberFormat Annotation to a formatter. This annotation allows either a number style or pattern to be specified:
public final class NumberFormatAnnotationFormatterFactory implements AnnotationFormatterFactory<NumberFormat> { public Set<Class<?>> getFieldTypes() { return new HashSet<Class<?>>(asList(new Class<?>[] { Short.class, Integer.class, Long.class, Float.class, Double.class, BigDecimal.class, BigInteger.class })); } public Printer<Number> getPrinter(NumberFormat annotation, Class<?> fieldType) { return configureFormatterFrom(annotation, fieldType); } public Parser<Number> getParser(NumberFormat annotation, Class<?> fieldType) { return configureFormatterFrom(annotation, fieldType); } private Formatter<Number> configureFormatterFrom(NumberFormat annotation, Class<?> fieldType) { if (!annotation.pattern().isEmpty()) { return new NumberFormatter(annotation.pattern()); } else { Style style = annotation.style(); if (style == Style.PERCENT) { return new PercentFormatter(); } else if (style == Style.CURRENCY) { return new CurrencyFormatter(); } else { return new NumberFormatter(); } } } }
Format Annotation API A portable format annotation API exists in the org.springframework.format.annotation package. Use @NumberFormat to format java.lang.Number fields. Use @DateTimeFormat to format java.util.Date, java.util.Calendar, java.util.Long, or Joda Time fields. The example below uses @DateTimeFormat to format a java.util.Date as a ISO Date (yyyy-MM-dd):
public class MyModel { @DateTimeFormat(iso=ISO.DATE) private Date date;
3.1
Reference Documentation
165
Spring Framework
FormatterRegistry SPI
The FormatterRegistry is an SPI for registering formatters and converters. FormattingConversionService is an implementation of FormatterRegistry suitable for most environments. This implementation may be configured programatically or declaratively as a Spring bean using FormattingConversionServiceFactoryBean. Because this implemementation also implements ConversionService, it can be directly configured for use with Spring's DataBinder and the Spring Expression Language (SpEL). Review the FormatterRegistry SPI below:
package org.springframework.format; public interface FormatterRegistry extends ConverterRegistry { void addFormatterForFieldType(Class<?> fieldType, Printer<?> printer, Parser<?> parser); void addFormatterForFieldType(Class<?> fieldType, Formatter<?> formatter); void addFormatterForFieldType(Formatter<?> formatter); void addFormatterForAnnotation(AnnotationFormatterFactory<?, ?> factory); }
As shown above, Formatters can be registered by fieldType or annotation. The FormatterRegistry SPI allows you to configure Formatting rules centrally, instead of duplicating such configuration across your Controllers. For example, you might want to enforce that all Date fields are formatted a certain way, or fields with a specific annotation are formatted in a certain way. With a shared FormatterRegistry, you define these rules once and they are applied whenever formatting is needed.
FormatterRegistrar SPI
The FormatterRegistrar is an SPI for registering formatters and converters through the FormatterRegistry:
package org.springframework.format; public interface FormatterRegistrar { void registerFormatters(FormatterRegistry registry); }
A FormatterRegistrar is useful when registering multiple related converters and formatters for a given formatting category, such as Date formatting. It can also be useful where declarative registration is insufficient. For example when a formatter needs to be indexed under a specific field type different from its own <T> or when registering a Printer/Parser pair. The next section provides more information on
3.1
Reference Documentation
166
Spring Framework
With this one-line of configuation, default formatters for Numbers and Date types will be installed, including support for the @NumberFormat and @DateTimeFormat annotations. Full support for the Joda Time formatting library is also installed if Joda Time is present on the classpath. To inject a ConversionService instance with custom formatters and converters registered, set the conversion-service attribute and then specify custom converters, formatters, or FormatterRegistrars as properties of the FormattingConversionServiceFactoryBean:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:mvc="http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc/spring-mvc-3.0.xsd"> <mvc:annotation-driven conversion-service="conversionService"/> <bean id="conversionService" class="org.springframework.format.support.FormattingConversionServiceFactoryBean"> <property name="converters"> <set> <bean class="org.example.MyConverter"/> </set> </property> <property name="formatters"> <set>
3.1
Reference Documentation
167
Spring Framework
<bean class="org.example.MyFormatter"/> <bean class="org.example.MyAnnotationFormatterFactory"/> </set> </property> <property name="formatterRegistrars"> <set> <bean class="org.example.MyFormatterRegistrar"/> </set> </property> </bean> </beans>
Note
See the section called FormatterRegistrar SPI and the FormattingConversionServiceFactoryBean for more information on when to use FormatterRegistrars.
JSR-303 allows you to define declarative validation constraints against such properties:
public class PersonForm { @NotNull @Size(max=64) private String name; @Min(0) private int age; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
168
Spring Framework
When an instance of this class is validated by a JSR-303 Validator, these constraints will be enforced. For general information on JSR-303, see the Bean Validation Specification. For information on the specific capabilities of the default reference implementation, see the Hibernate Validator documentation. To learn how to setup a JSR-303 implementation as a Spring bean, keep reading.
The basic configuration above will trigger JSR-303 to initialize using its default bootstrap mechanism. A JSR-303 provider, such as Hibernate Validator, is expected to be present in the classpath and will be detected automatically. Injecting a Validator LocalValidatorFactoryBean implements both javax.validation.ValidatorFactory and javax.validation.Validator, as well as Spring's org.springframework.validation.Validator. You may inject a reference to either of these interfaces into beans that need to invoke validation logic. Inject a reference to javax.validation.Validator if you prefer to work with the JSR-303 API directly:
import javax.validation.Validator; @Service public class MyService { @Autowired private Validator validator;
Inject a reference to org.springframework.validation.Validator if your bean requires the Spring Validation API:
import org.springframework.validation.Validator; @Service public class MyService { @Autowired private Validator validator;
3.1
Reference Documentation
169
Spring Framework
Configuring Custom Constraints Each JSR-303 validation constraint consists of two parts. First, a @Constraint annotation that declares the constraint and its configurable properties. Second, an implementation of the javax.validation.ConstraintValidator interface that implements the constraint's behavior. To associate a declaration with an implementation, each @Constraint annotation references a corresponding ValidationConstraint implementation class. At runtime, a ConstraintValidatorFactory instantiates the referenced implementation when the constraint annotation is encountered in your domain model. By default, the LocalValidatorFactoryBean configures a SpringConstraintValidatorFactory that uses Spring to create ConstraintValidator instances. This allows your custom ConstraintValidators to benefit from dependency injection like any other Spring bean. Shown below is an example of a custom @Constraint declaration, followed by an associated ConstraintValidator implementation that uses Spring for dependency injection:
@Target({ElementType.METHOD, ElementType.FIELD}) @Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME) @Constraint(validatedBy=MyConstraintValidator.class) public @interface MyConstraint { }
import javax.validation.ConstraintValidator; public class MyConstraintValidator implements ConstraintValidator { @Autowired; private Foo aDependency; ... }
As you can see, a ConstraintValidator implementation may have its dependencies @Autowired like any other Spring bean. Additional Configuration Options The default LocalValidatorFactoryBean configuration should prove sufficient for most cases. There are a number of other configuration options for various JSR-303 constructs, from message interpolation to traversal resolution. See the JavaDocs of LocalValidatorFactoryBean for more information on these options.
Configuring a DataBinder
Since Spring 3, a DataBinder instance can be configured with a Validator. Once configured, the Validator
3.1
Reference Documentation
170
Spring Framework
may be invoked by calling binder.validate(). Any validation Errors are automatically added to the binder's BindingResult. When working with the DataBinder programatically, this can be used to invoke validation logic after binding to a target object:
Foo target = new Foo(); DataBinder binder = new DataBinder(target); binder.setValidator(new FooValidator()); // bind to the target object binder.bind(propertyValues); // validate the target object binder.validate(); // get BindingResult that includes any validation errors BindingResult results = binder.getBindingResult();
Spring MVC will validate a @Valid object after binding so-long as an appropriate Validator has been configured.
Note
The @Valid annotation is part of the standard JSR-303 Bean Validation API, and is not a Spring-specific construct.
Configuring a Validator for use by Spring MVC The Validator instance invoked when a @Valid method argument is encountered may be configured in two ways. First, you may call binder.setValidator(Validator) within a @Controller's @InitBinder callback. This allows you to configure a Validator instance per @Controller class:
@Controller public class MyController {
3.1
Reference Documentation
171
Spring Framework
@InitBinder protected void initBinder(WebDataBinder binder) { binder.setValidator(new FooValidator()); } @RequestMapping("/foo", method=RequestMethod.POST) public void processFoo(@Valid Foo foo) { ... } }
Second, you may call setValidator(Validator) on the global WebBindingInitializer. This allows you to configure a Validator instance across all @Controllers. This can be achieved easily by using the Spring MVC namespace:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:mvc="http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc/spring-mvc-3.0.xsd"> <mvc:annotation-driven validator="globalValidator"/> </beans>
Configuring a JSR-303 Validator for use by Spring MVC With JSR-303, a single javax.validation.Validator instance typically validates all model objects that declare validation constraints. To configure a JSR-303-backed Validator with Spring MVC, simply add a JSR-303 Provider, such as Hibernate Validator, to your classpath. Spring MVC will detect it and automatically enable JSR-303 support across all Controllers. The Spring MVC configuration required to enable JSR-303 support is shown below:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:mvc="http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc/spring-mvc-3.0.xsd"> <!-- JSR-303 support will be detected on classpath and enabled automatically --> <mvc:annotation-driven/> </beans>
With this minimal configuration, anytime a @Valid @Controller input is encountered, it will be validated by the JSR-303 provider. JSR-303, in turn, will enforce any constraints declared against the input. Any ConstraintViolations will automatically be exposed as errors in the BindingResult renderable by standard Spring MVC form tags.
3.1
Reference Documentation
172
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
173
Spring Framework
Relational operators Assignment Calling constructors Bean references Array construction Inline lists Ternary operator Variables User defined functions Collection projection Collection selection Templated expressions
The value of the message variable is simply 'Hello World'. The SpEL classes and interfaces you are most likely to use are located in the packages org.springframework.expression and its sub packages and spel.support. The interface ExpressionParser is responsible for parsing an expression string. In this example the expression string is a string literal denoted by the surrounding single quotes. The interface Expression is responsible for evaluating the previously defined expression string. There are two exceptions that can be thrown, ParseException and EvaluationException when calling 'parser.parseExpression' and 'exp.getValue' respectively.
3.1
Reference Documentation
174
Spring Framework
SpEL supports a wide range of features, such as calling methods, accessing properties, and calling constructors. As an example of method invocation, we call the 'concat' method on the string literal.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("'Hello World'.concat('!')"); String message = (String) exp.getValue();
The value of message is now 'Hello World!'. As an example of calling a JavaBean property, the String property 'Bytes' can be called as shown below.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); // invokes 'getBytes()' Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("'Hello World'.bytes"); byte[] bytes = (byte[]) exp.getValue();
SpEL also supports nested properties using standard 'dot' notation, i.e. prop1.prop2.prop3 and the setting of property values Public fields may also be accessed.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); // invokes 'getBytes().length' Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("'Hello World'.bytes.length"); int length = (Integer) exp.getValue();
Note the use of the generic method public <T> T getValue(Class<T> desiredResultType). Using this method removes the need to cast the value of the expression to the desired result type. An EvaluationException will be thrown if the value cannot be cast to the type T or converted using the registered type converter. The more common usage of SpEL is to provide an expression string that is evaluated against a specific object instance (called the root object). There are two options here and which to choose depends on whether the object against which the expression is being evaluated will be changing with each call to evaluate the expression. In the following example we retrieve the name property from an instance of the Inventor class.
// Create and set a calendar GregorianCalendar c = new GregorianCalendar(); c.set(1856, 7, 9);
3.1
Reference Documentation
175
Spring Framework
// The constructor arguments are name, birthday, and nationality. Inventor tesla = new Inventor("Nikola Tesla", c.getTime(), "Serbian"); ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("name"); EvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(tesla); String name = (String) exp.getValue(context);
In the last line, the value of the string variable 'name' will be set to "Nikola Tesla". The class StandardEvaluationContext is where you can specify which object the "name" property will be evaluated against. This is the mechanism to use if the root object is unlikely to change, it can simply be set once in the evaluation context. If the root object is likely to change repeatedly, it can be supplied on each call to getValue, as this next example shows:
/ Create and set a calendar GregorianCalendar c = new GregorianCalendar(); c.set(1856, 7, 9); // The constructor arguments are name, birthday, and nationality. Inventor tesla = new Inventor("Nikola Tesla", c.getTime(), "Serbian"); ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("name"); String name = (String) exp.getValue(tesla);
In this case the inventor tesla has been supplied directly to getValue and the expression evaluation infrastructure creates and manages a default evaluation context internally - it did not require one to be supplied. The StandardEvaluationContext is relatively expensive to construct and during repeated usage it builds up cached state that enables subsequent expression evaluations to be performed more quickly. For this reason it is better to cache and reuse them where possible, rather than construct a new one for each expression evaluation. In some cases it can be desirable to use a configured evaluation context and yet still supply a different root object on each call to getValue. getValue allows both to be specified on the same call. In these situations the root object passed on the call is considered to override any (which maybe null) specified on the evaluation context.
Note
In standalone usage of SpEL there is a need to create the parser, parse expressions and perhaps provide evaluation contexts and a root context object. However, more common usage is to provide only the SpEL expression string as part of a configuration file, for example for Spring bean or Spring Web Flow definitions. In this case, the parser, evaluation context, root object and any predefined variables are all set up implicitly, requiring the user to specify nothing other than the expressions.
3.1
Reference Documentation
176
Spring Framework
As a final introductory example, the use of a boolean operator is shown using the Inventor object in the previous example.
Expression exp = parser.parseExpression("name == 'Nikola Tesla'"); boolean result = exp.getValue(context, Boolean.class); // evaluates to true
3.1
Reference Documentation
177
Spring Framework
The variable 'systemProperties' is predefined, so you can use it in your expressions as shown below. Note that you do not have to prefix the predefined variable with the '#' symbol in this context.
<bean id="taxCalculator" class="org.spring.samples.TaxCalculator"> <property name="defaultLocale" value="#{ systemProperties['user.region'] }"/> <!-- other properties --> </bean>
You can also refer to other bean properties by name, for example.
<bean id="numberGuess" class="org.spring.samples.NumberGuess"> <property name="randomNumber" value="#{ T(java.lang.Math).random() * 100.0 }"/> <!-- other properties --> </bean>
<bean id="shapeGuess" class="org.spring.samples.ShapeGuess"> <property name="initialShapeSeed" value="#{ numberGuess.randomNumber }"/> <!-- other properties --> </bean>
Annotation-based configuration
The @Value annotation can be placed on fields, methods and method/constructor parameters to specify a default value. Here is an example to set the default value of a field variable.
public static class FieldValueTestBean @Value("#{ systemProperties['user.region'] }") private String defaultLocale;
3.1
Reference Documentation
178
Spring Framework
public void setDefaultLocale(String defaultLocale) { this.defaultLocale = defaultLocale; } public String getDefaultLocale() { return this.defaultLocale; } }
Autowired methods and constructors can also use the @Value annotation.
public class SimpleMovieLister { private MovieFinder movieFinder; private String defaultLocale; @Autowired public void configure(MovieFinder movieFinder, @Value("#{ systemProperties['user.region'] }"} String defaultLocale) { this.movieFinder = movieFinder; this.defaultLocale = defaultLocale; } // ... }
public class MovieRecommender { private String defaultLocale; private CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao; @Autowired public MovieRecommender(CustomerPreferenceDao customerPreferenceDao, @Value("#{systemProperties['user.country']}"} String defaultLocale) { this.customerPreferenceDao = customerPreferenceDao; this.defaultLocale = defaultLocale; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
179
Spring Framework
// ... }
// evals to 2147483647 int maxValue = (Integer) parser.parseExpression("0x7FFFFFFF").getValue(); boolean trueValue = (Boolean) parser.parseExpression("true").getValue(); Object nullValue = parser.parseExpression("null").getValue();
Numbers support the use of the negative sign, exponential notation, and decimal points. By default real numbers are parsed using Double.parseDouble().
Case insensitivity is allowed for the first letter of property names. The contents of arrays and lists are obtained using square bracket notation.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); // Inventions Array StandardEvaluationContext teslaContext = new StandardEvaluationContext(tesla);
3.1
Reference Documentation
180
Spring Framework
// Members List StandardEvaluationContext societyContext = new StandardEvaluationContext(ieee); // evaluates to "Nikola Tesla" String name = parser.parseExpression("Members[0].Name").getValue(societyContext, String.class); // List and Array navigation // evaluates to "Wireless communication" String invention = parser.parseExpression("Members[0].Inventions[6]").getValue(societyContext, String.class);
The contents of maps are obtained by specifying the literal key value within the brackets. In this case, because keys for the Officers map are strings, we can specify string literals.
// Officer's Dictionary Inventor pupin = parser.parseExpression("Officers['president']").getValue(societyContext, Inventor.class); // evaluates to "Idvor" String city = parser.parseExpression("Officers['president'].PlaceOfBirth.City").getValue(societyContext, String.class); // setting values parser.parseExpression("Officers['advisors'][0].PlaceOfBirth.Country").setValue(societyContext, "Croatia");
Inline lists
Lists can be expressed directly in an expression using {} notation.
// evaluates to a Java list containing the four numbers List numbers = (List) parser.parseExpression("{1,2,3,4}").getValue(context); List listOfLists = (List) parser.parseExpression("{{'a','b'},{'x','y'}}").getValue(context);
{} by itself means an empty list. For performance reasons, if the list is itself entirely composed of fixed literals then a constant list is created to represent the expression, rather than building a new list on each evaluation.
Array construction
Arrays can be built using the familiar Java syntax, optionally supplying an initializer to have the array populated at construction time.
int[] numbers1 = (int[]) parser.parseExpression("new int[4]").getValue(context); // Array with initializer
3.1
Reference Documentation
181
Spring Framework
int[] numbers2 = (int[]) parser.parseExpression("new int[]{1,2,3}").getValue(context); // Multi dimensional array int[][] numbers3 = (int[][]) parser.parseExpression("new int[4][5]").getValue(context);
Methods
Methods are invoked using typical Java programming syntax. You may also invoke methods on literals. Varargs are also supported.
// string literal, evaluates to "bc" String c = parser.parseExpression("'abc'.substring(2, 3)").getValue(String.class); // evaluates to true boolean isMember = parser.parseExpression("isMember('Mihajlo Pupin')").getValue(societyContext, Boolean.class);
Operators
Relational operators The relational operators; equal, not equal, less than, less than or equal, greater than, and greater than or equal are supported using standard operator notation.
// evaluates to true boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression("2 == 2").getValue(Boolean.class); // evaluates to false boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression("2 < -5.0").getValue(Boolean.class); // evaluates to true boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression("'black' < 'block'").getValue(Boolean.class);
In addition to standard relational operators SpEL supports the 'instanceof' and regular expression based 'matches' operator.
// evaluates to false boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression("'xyz' instanceof T(int)").getValue(Boolean.class); // evaluates to true boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression("'5.00' matches '^-?\\d+(\\.\\d{2})?$'").getValue(Boolean.class); //evaluates to false boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression("'5.0067' matches '^-?\\d+(\\.\\d{2})?$'").getValue(Boolean.class);
Each symbolic operator can also be specified as a purely alphabetic equivalent. This avoids problems where the symbols used have special meaning for the document type in which the expression is embedded (eg. an XML document). The textual equivalents are shown here: lt ('<'), gt ('>'), le ('<='), ge ('>='), eq
3.1
Reference Documentation
182
Spring Framework
('=='), ne ('!='), div ('/'), mod ('%'), not ('!'). These are case insensitive. Logical operators The logical operators that are supported are and, or, and not. Their use is demonstrated below.
// -- AND -// evaluates to false boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression("true and false").getValue(Boolean.class); // evaluates to true String expression = "isMember('Nikola Tesla') and isMember('Mihajlo Pupin')"; boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression(expression).getValue(societyContext, Boolean.class); // -- OR -// evaluates to true boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression("true or false").getValue(Boolean.class); // evaluates to true String expression = "isMember('Nikola Tesla') or isMember('Albert Einstien')"; boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression(expression).getValue(societyContext, Boolean.class); // -- NOT -// evaluates to false boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression("!true").getValue(Boolean.class);
// -- AND and NOT -String expression = "isMember('Nikola Tesla') and !isMember('Mihajlo Pupin')"; boolean falseValue = parser.parseExpression(expression).getValue(societyContext, Boolean.class);
Mathematical operators The addition operator can be used on numbers, strings and dates. Subtraction can be used on numbers and dates. Multiplication and division can be used only on numbers. Other mathematical operators supported are modulus (%) and exponential power (^). Standard operator precedence is enforced. These operators are demonstrated below.
// Addition int two = parser.parseExpression("1 + 1").getValue(Integer.class); // 2 String testString = parser.parseExpression("'test' + ' ' + 'string'").getValue(String.class); // Subtraction int four = parser.parseExpression("1 - -3").getValue(Integer.class); // 4 double d = parser.parseExpression("1000.00 - 1e4").getValue(Double.class); // -9000 // Multiplication int six = parser.parseExpression("-2 * -3").getValue(Integer.class); // 6 double twentyFour = parser.parseExpression("2.0 * 3e0 * 4").getValue(Double.class); // 24.0 // Division
// 'test string'
3.1
Reference Documentation
183
Spring Framework
int minusTwo =
parser.parseExpression("6 / -3").getValue(Integer.class); // -2
parser.parseExpression("7 % 4").getValue(Integer.class); // 3
int one = parser.parseExpression("8 / 5 % 2").getValue(Integer.class); // 1 // Operator precedence int minusTwentyOne = parser.parseExpression("1+2-3*8").getValue(Integer.class); // -21
Assignment
Setting of a property is done by using the assignment operator. This would typically be done within a call to setValue but can also be done inside a call to getValue.
Inventor inventor = new Inventor(); StandardEvaluationContext inventorContext = new StandardEvaluationContext(inventor); parser.parseExpression("Name").setValue(inventorContext, "Alexander Seovic2"); // alternatively String aleks = parser.parseExpression("Name = 'Alexandar Seovic'").getValue(inventorContext, String.class);
Types
The special 'T' operator can be used to specify an instance of java.lang.Class (the 'type'). Static methods are invoked using this operator as well. The StandardEvaluationContext uses a TypeLocator to find types and the StandardTypeLocator (which can be replaced) is built with an understanding of the java.lang package. This means T() references to types within java.lang do not need to be fully qualified, but all other type references must be.
Class dateClass = parser.parseExpression("T(java.util.Date)").getValue(Class.class); Class stringClass = parser.parseExpression("T(String)").getValue(Class.class); boolean trueValue = parser.parseExpression("T(java.math.RoundingMode).CEILING < T(java.math.RoundingMode).FLOOR") .getValue(Boolean.class);
Constructors
Constructors can be invoked using the new operator. The fully qualified class name should be used for all but the primitive type and String (where int, float, etc, can be used).
Inventor einstein = p.parseExpression("new org.spring.samples.spel.inventor.Inventor('Albert Einstein', 'German')") .getValue(Inventor.class);
3.1
Reference Documentation
184
Spring Framework
//create new inventor instance within add method of List p.parseExpression("Members.add(new org.spring.samples.spel.inventor.Inventor('Albert Einstein', 'German'))") .getValue(societyContext);
Variables
Variables can be referenced in the expression using the syntax #variableName. Variables are set using the method setVariable on the StandardEvaluationContext.
Inventor tesla = new Inventor("Nikola Tesla", "Serbian"); StandardEvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(tesla); context.setVariable("newName", "Mike Tesla"); parser.parseExpression("Name = #newName").getValue(context); System.out.println(tesla.getName()) // "Mike Tesla"
The #this and #root variables The variable #this is always defined and refers to the current evaluation object (against which unqualified references are resolved). The variable #root is always defined and refers to the root context object. Although #this may vary as components of an expression are evaluated, #root always refers to the root.
// create an array of integers List<Integer> primes = new ArrayList<Integer>(); primes.addAll(Arrays.asList(2,3,5,7,11,13,17)); // create parser and set variable 'primes' as the array of integers ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); StandardEvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(); context.setVariable("primes",primes); // all prime numbers > 10 from the list (using selection ?{...}) // evaluates to [11, 13, 17] List<Integer> primesGreaterThanTen = (List<Integer>) parser.parseExpression("#primes.?[#this>10]").getValue(context);
Functions
You can extend SpEL by registering user defined functions that can be called within the expression string. The function is registered with the StandardEvaluationContext using the method.
public void registerFunction(String name, Method m)
A reference to a Java Method provides the implementation of the function. For example, a utility method to reverse a string is shown below.
public abstract class StringUtils { public static String reverseString(String input) { StringBuilder backwards = new StringBuilder();
3.1
Reference Documentation
185
Spring Framework
This method is then registered with the evaluation context and can be used within an expression string.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); StandardEvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(); context.registerFunction("reverseString", StringUtils.class.getDeclaredMethod("reverseString", new Class[] { String.class })); String helloWorldReversed = parser.parseExpression("#reverseString('hello')").getValue(context, String.class);
Bean references
If the evaluation context has been configured with a bean resolver it is possible to lookup beans from an expression using the (@) symbol.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); StandardEvaluationContext context = new StandardEvaluationContext(); context.setBeanResolver(new MyBeanResolver()); // This will end up calling resolve(context,"foo") on MyBeanResolver during evaluation Object bean = parser.parseExpression("@foo").getValue(context);
In this case, the boolean false results in returning the string value 'falseExp'. A more realistic example is shown below.
parser.parseExpression("Name").setValue(societyContext, "IEEE"); societyContext.setVariable("queryName", "Nikola Tesla"); expression = "isMember(#queryName)? #queryName + ' is a member of the ' " + "+ Name + ' Society' : #queryName + ' is not a member of the ' + Name + ' Society'"; String queryResultString = parser.parseExpression(expression).getValue(societyContext, String.class); // queryResultString = "Nikola Tesla is a member of the IEEE Society"
Also see the next section on the Elvis operator for an even shorter syntax for the ternary operator.
3.1
Reference Documentation
186
Spring Framework
Instead you can use the Elvis operator, named for the resemblance to Elvis' hair style.
ExpressionParser parser = new SpelExpressionParser(); String name = parser.parseExpression("null?:'Unknown'").getValue(String.class); System.out.println(name); // 'Unknown'
3.1
Reference Documentation
187
Spring Framework
Note
The Elvis operator can be used to apply default values in expressions, e.g. in an @Value expression:
@Value("#{systemProperties['pop3.port'] ?: 25}")
Collection Selection
Selection is a powerful expression language feature that allows you to transform some source collection into another by selecting from its entries. Selection uses the syntax ?[selectionExpression]. This will filter the collection and return a new collection containing a subset of the original elements. For example, selection would allow us to easily get a list of Serbian inventors:
List<Inventor> list = (List<Inventor>) parser.parseExpression("Members.?[Nationality == 'Serbian']").getValue(societyContext);
Selection is possible upon both lists and maps. In the former case the selection criteria is evaluated against each individual list element whilst against a map the selection criteria is evaluated against each map entry (objects of the Java type Map.Entry). Map entries have their key and value accessible as properties for use in the selection. This expression will return a new map consisting of those elements of the original map where the entry value is less than 27.
Map newMap = parser.parseExpression("map.?[value<27]").getValue();
In addition to returning all the selected elements, it is possible to retrieve just the first or the last value. To obtain the first entry matching the selection the syntax is ^[...] whilst to obtain the last matching selection the syntax is $[...].
Collection Projection
Projection allows a collection to drive the evaluation of a sub-expression and the result is a new collection. The syntax for projection is ![projectionExpression]. Most easily understood by example, suppose we have a list of inventors but want the list of cities where they were born. Effectively we want to evaluate 'placeOfBirth.city' for every entry in the inventor list. Using projection:
// returns [ 'Smiljan', 'Idvor' ] List placesOfBirth = (List)parser.parseExpression("Members.![placeOfBirth.city]");
3.1
Reference Documentation
188
Spring Framework
A map can also be used to drive projection and in this case the projection expression is evaluated against each entry in the map (represented as a Java Map.Entry). The result of a projection across a map is a list consisting of the evaluation of the projection expression against each map entry.
Expression templating
Expression templates allow a mixing of literal text with one or more evaluation blocks. Each evaluation block is delimited with prefix and suffix characters that you can define, a common choice is to use #{ } as the delimiters. For example,
String randomPhrase = parser.parseExpression("random number is #{T(java.lang.Math).random()}", new TemplateParserContext()).getValue(String.class); // evaluates to "random number is 0.7038186818312008"
The string is evaluated by concatenating the literal text 'random number is ' with the result of evaluating the expression inside the #{ } delimiter, in this case the result of calling that random() method. The second argument to the method parseExpression() is of the type ParserContext. The ParserContext interface is used to influence how the expression is parsed in order to support the expression templating functionality. The definition of TemplateParserContext is shown below.
public class TemplateParserContext implements ParserContext { public String getExpressionPrefix() { return "#{"; } public String getExpressionSuffix() { return "}"; } public boolean isTemplate() { return true; } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
189
Spring Framework
public Inventor(String name, String nationality) { GregorianCalendar c= new GregorianCalendar(); this.name = name; this.nationality = nationality; this.birthdate = c.getTime(); } public Inventor(String name, Date birthdate, String nationality) { this.name = name; this.nationality = nationality; this.birthdate = birthdate; } public Inventor() { } public String getName() { return name; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } public String getNationality() { return nationality; } public void setNationality(String nationality) { this.nationality = nationality; } public Date getBirthdate() { return birthdate; } public void setBirthdate(Date birthdate) { this.birthdate = birthdate; } public PlaceOfBirth getPlaceOfBirth() { return placeOfBirth; } public void setPlaceOfBirth(PlaceOfBirth placeOfBirth) { this.placeOfBirth = placeOfBirth; } public void setInventions(String[] inventions) { this.inventions = inventions; } public String[] getInventions() { return inventions; } }
PlaceOfBirth.java
package org.spring.samples.spel.inventor; public class PlaceOfBirth { private String city; private String country; public PlaceOfBirth(String city) { this.city=city; } public PlaceOfBirth(String city, String country) { this(city); this.country = country; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
190
Spring Framework
public String getCity() { return city; } public void setCity(String s) { this.city = s; } public String getCountry() { return country; } public void setCountry(String country) { this.country = country; }
Society.java
package org.spring.samples.spel.inventor; import java.util.*; public class Society { private String name; public static String Advisors = "advisors"; public static String President = "president"; private List<Inventor> members = new ArrayList<Inventor>(); private Map officers = new HashMap(); public List getMembers() { return members; } public Map getOfficers() { return officers; } public String getName() { return name; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } public boolean isMember(String name) { boolean found = false; for (Inventor inventor : members) { if (inventor.getName().equals(name)) { found = true; break; } } return found; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
191
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
192
Spring Framework
AOP is used in the Spring Framework to... ... provide declarative enterprise services, especially as a replacement for EJB declarative services. The most important such service is declarative transaction management. ... allow users to implement custom aspects, complementing their use of OOP with AOP. If you are interested only in generic declarative services or other pre-packaged declarative middleware services such as pooling, you do not need to work directly with Spring AOP, and can skip most of this chapter.
AOP concepts
Let us begin by defining some central AOP concepts and terminology. These terms are not Spring-specific... unfortunately, AOP terminology is not particularly intuitive; however, it would be even more confusing if Spring used its own terminology. Aspect: a modularization of a concern that cuts across multiple classes. Transaction management is a 3.1 Reference Documentation 193
Spring Framework
good example of a crosscutting concern in enterprise Java applications. In Spring AOP, aspects are implemented using regular classes (the schema-based approach) or regular classes annotated with the @Aspect annotation (the @AspectJ style). Join point: a point during the execution of a program, such as the execution of a method or the handling of an exception. In Spring AOP, a join point always represents a method execution. Advice: action taken by an aspect at a particular join point. Different types of advice include "around," "before" and "after" advice. (Advice types are discussed below.) Many AOP frameworks, including Spring, model an advice as an interceptor, maintaining a chain of interceptors around the join point. Pointcut: a predicate that matches join points. Advice is associated with a pointcut expression and runs at any join point matched by the pointcut (for example, the execution of a method with a certain name). The concept of join points as matched by pointcut expressions is central to AOP, and Spring uses the AspectJ pointcut expression language by default. Introduction: declaring additional methods or fields on behalf of a type. Spring AOP allows you to introduce new interfaces (and a corresponding implementation) to any advised object. For example, you could use an introduction to make a bean implement an IsModified interface, to simplify caching. (An introduction is known as an inter-type declaration in the AspectJ community.) Target object: object being advised by one or more aspects. Also referred to as the advised object. Since Spring AOP is implemented using runtime proxies, this object will always be a proxied object. AOP proxy: an object created by the AOP framework in order to implement the aspect contracts (advise method executions and so on). In the Spring Framework, an AOP proxy will be a JDK dynamic proxy or a CGLIB proxy. Weaving: linking aspects with other application types or objects to create an advised object. This can be done at compile time (using the AspectJ compiler, for example), load time, or at runtime. Spring AOP, like other pure Java AOP frameworks, performs weaving at runtime. Types of advice: Before advice: Advice that executes before a join point, but which does not have the ability to prevent execution flow proceeding to the join point (unless it throws an exception). After returning advice: Advice to be executed after a join point completes normally: for example, if a method returns without throwing an exception. After throwing advice: Advice to be executed if a method exits by throwing an exception. After (finally) advice: Advice to be executed regardless of the means by which a join point exits (normal or exceptional return). Around advice: Advice that surrounds a join point such as a method invocation. This is the most powerful kind of advice. Around advice can perform custom behavior before and after the method
3.1
Reference Documentation
194
Spring Framework
invocation. It is also responsible for choosing whether to proceed to the join point or to shortcut the advised method execution by returning its own return value or throwing an exception. Around advice is the most general kind of advice. Since Spring AOP, like AspectJ, provides a full range of advice types, we recommend that you use the least powerful advice type that can implement the required behavior. For example, if you need only to update a cache with the return value of a method, you are better off implementing an after returning advice than an around advice, although an around advice can accomplish the same thing. Using the most specific advice type provides a simpler programming model with less potential for errors. For example, you do not need to invoke the proceed() method on the JoinPoint used for around advice, and hence cannot fail to invoke it. In Spring 2.0, all advice parameters are statically typed, so that you work with advice parameters of the appropriate type (the type of the return value from a method execution for example) rather than Object arrays. The concept of join points, matched by pointcuts, is the key to AOP which distinguishes it from older technologies offering only interception. Pointcuts enable advice to be targeted independently of the Object-Oriented hierarchy. For example, an around advice providing declarative transaction management can be applied to a set of methods spanning multiple objects (such as all business operations in the service layer).
3.1
Reference Documentation
195
Spring Framework
Spring AOP will never strive to compete with AspectJ to provide a comprehensive AOP solution. We believe that both proxy-based frameworks like Spring AOP and full-blown frameworks such as AspectJ are valuable, and that they are complementary, rather than in competition. Spring 2.0 seamlessly integrates Spring AOP and IoC with AspectJ, to enable all uses of AOP to be catered for within a consistent Spring-based application architecture. This integration does not affect the Spring AOP API or the AOP Alliance API: Spring AOP remains backward-compatible. See the following chapter for a discussion of the Spring AOP APIs.
Note
One of the central tenets of the Spring Framework is that of non-invasiveness; this is the idea that you should not be forced to introduce framework-specific classes and interfaces into your business/domain model. However, in some places the Spring Framework does give you the option to introduce Spring Framework-specific dependencies into your codebase: the rationale in giving you such options is because in certain scenarios it might be just plain easier to read or code some specific piece of functionality in such a way. The Spring Framework (almost) always offers you the choice though: you have the freedom to make an informed decision as to which option best suits your particular use case or scenario. One such choice that is relevant to this chapter is that of which AOP framework (and which AOP style) to choose. You have the choice of AspectJ and/or Spring AOP, and you also have the choice of either the @AspectJ annotation-style approach or the Spring XML configuration-style approach. The fact that this chapter chooses to introduce the @AspectJ-style approach first should not be taken as an indication that the Spring team favors the @AspectJ annotation-style approach over the Spring XML configuration-style. See Section 8.4, Choosing which AOP declaration style to use for a more complete discussion of the whys and wherefores of each style.
AOP Proxies
Spring AOP defaults to using standard J2SE dynamic proxies for AOP proxies. This enables any interface (or set of interfaces) to be proxied. Spring AOP can also use CGLIB proxies. This is necessary to proxy classes, rather than interfaces. CGLIB is used by default if a business object does not implement an interface. As it is good practice to program to interfaces rather than classes, business classes normally will implement one or more business interfaces. It is possible to force the use of CGLIB, in those (hopefully rare) cases where you need to advise a method that is not declared on an interface, or where you need to pass a proxied object to a method as a concrete type. It is important to grasp the fact that Spring AOP is proxy-based. See the section called Understanding AOP proxies for a thorough examination of exactly what this implementation detail actually means.
3.1
Reference Documentation
196
Spring Framework
This assumes that you are using schema support as described in Appendix C, XML Schema-based configuration. See the section called The aop schema for how to import the tags in the aop namespace. If you are using the DTD, it is still possible to enable @AspectJ support by adding the following definition to your application context:
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.aspectj.annotation.AnnotationAwareAspectJAutoProxyCreator" />
You will also need two AspectJ libraries on the classpath of your application: aspectjweaver.jar and aspectjrt.jar. These libraries are available in the 'lib' directory of an AspectJ installation (version 1.5.1 or later required), or in the 'lib/aspectj' directory of the Spring-with-dependencies distribution.
Declaring an aspect
With the @AspectJ support enabled, any bean defined in your application context with a class that is an @AspectJ aspect (has the @Aspect annotation) will be automatically detected by Spring and used to configure Spring AOP. The following example shows the minimal definition required for a not-very-useful aspect: A regular bean definition in the application context, pointing to a bean class that has the @Aspect
3.1
Reference Documentation
197
Spring Framework
annotation:
<bean id="myAspect" class="org.xyz.NotVeryUsefulAspect"> <!-- configure properties of aspect here as normal --> </bean>
definition,
annotated
with
Aspects (classes annotated with @Aspect) may have methods and fields just like any other class. They may also contain pointcut, advice, and introduction (inter-type) declarations.
Declaring a pointcut
Recall that pointcuts determine join points of interest, and thus enable us to control when advice executes. Spring AOP only supports method execution join points for Spring beans, so you can think of a pointcut as matching the execution of methods on Spring beans. A pointcut declaration has two parts: a signature comprising a name and any parameters, and a pointcut expression that determines exactly which method executions we are interested in. In the @AspectJ annotation-style of AOP, a pointcut signature is provided by a regular method definition, and the pointcut expression is indicated using the @Pointcut annotation (the method serving as the pointcut signature must have a void return type). An example will help make this distinction between a pointcut signature and a pointcut expression clear. The following example defines a pointcut named 'anyOldTransfer' that will match the execution of 3.1 Reference Documentation 198
Spring Framework
The pointcut expression that forms the value of the @Pointcut annotation is a regular AspectJ 5 pointcut expression. For a full discussion of AspectJ's pointcut language, see the AspectJ Programming Guide (and for Java 5 based extensions, the AspectJ 5 Developers Notebook) or one of the books on AspectJ such as Eclipse AspectJ by Colyer et. al. or AspectJ in Action by Ramnivas Laddad. Supported Pointcut Designators Spring AOP supports the following AspectJ pointcut designators (PCD) for use in pointcut expressions: Other pointcut types The full AspectJ pointcut language supports additional pointcut designators that are not supported in Spring. These are: call, get, set, preinitialization, staticinitialization, initialization, handler, adviceexecution, withincode, cflow, cflowbelow, if, @this, and @withincode. Use of these pointcut designators in pointcut expressions interpreted by Spring AOP will result in an IllegalArgumentException being thrown. The set of pointcut designators supported by Spring AOP may be extended in future releases to support more of the AspectJ pointcut designators.
execution - for matching method execution join points, this is the primary pointcut designator you will use when working with Spring AOP within - limits matching to join points within certain types (simply the execution of a method declared within a matching type when using Spring AOP) this - limits matching to join points (the execution of methods when using Spring AOP) where the bean reference (Spring AOP proxy) is an instance of the given type target - limits matching to join points (the execution of methods when using Spring AOP) where the target object (application object being proxied) is an instance of the given type args - limits matching to join points (the execution of methods when using Spring AOP) where the arguments are instances of the given types @target - limits matching to join points (the execution of methods when using Spring AOP) where the class of the executing object has an annotation of the given type @args - limits matching to join points (the execution of methods when using Spring AOP) where the runtime type of the actual arguments passed have annotations of the given type(s)
3.1
Reference Documentation
199
Spring Framework
@within - limits matching to join points within types that have the given annotation (the execution of methods declared in types with the given annotation when using Spring AOP) @annotation - limits matching to join points where the subject of the join point (method being executed in Spring AOP) has the given annotation Because Spring AOP limits matching to only method execution join points, the discussion of the pointcut designators above gives a narrower definition than you will find in the AspectJ programming guide. In addition, AspectJ itself has type-based semantics and at an execution join point both 'this' and 'target' refer to the same object - the object executing the method. Spring AOP is a proxy-based system and differentiates between the proxy object itself (bound to 'this') and the target object behind the proxy (bound to 'target').
Note
Due to the proxy-based nature of Spring's AOP framework, protected methods are by definition not intercepted, neither for JDK proxies (where this isn't applicable) nor for CGLIB proxies (where this is technically possible but not recommendable for AOP purposes). As a consequence, any given pointcut will be matched against public methods only! If your interception needs include protected/private methods or even constructors, consider the use of Spring-driven native AspectJ weaving instead of Spring's proxy-based AOP framework. This constitutes a different mode of AOP usage with different characteristics, so be sure to make yourself familiar with weaving first before making a decision. Spring AOP also supports an additional PCD named 'bean'. This PCD allows you to limit the matching of join points to a particular named Spring bean, or to a set of named Spring beans (when using wildcards). The 'bean' PCD has the following form:
bean(idOrNameOfBean)
The 'idOrNameOfBean' token can be the name of any Spring bean: limited wildcard support using the '*' character is provided, so if you establish some naming conventions for your Spring beans you can quite easily write a 'bean' PCD expression to pick them out. As is the case with other pointcut designators, the 'bean' PCD can be &&'ed, ||'ed, and ! (negated) too.
Note
Please note that the 'bean' PCD is only supported in Spring AOP - and not in native AspectJ weaving. It is a Spring-specific extension to the standard PCDs that AspectJ defines. The 'bean' PCD operates at the instance level (building on the Spring bean name concept) rather than at the type level only (which is what weaving-based AOP is limited to). Instance-based pointcut designators are a special capability of Spring's proxy-based AOP framework and its close integration with the Spring bean factory, where it is natural and
3.1
Reference Documentation
200
Spring Framework
Combining pointcut expressions Pointcut expressions can be combined using '&&', '||' and '!'. It is also possible to refer to pointcut expressions by name. The following example shows three pointcut expressions: anyPublicOperation (which matches if a method execution join point represents the execution of any public method); inTrading (which matches if a method execution is in the trading module), and tradingOperation (which matches if a method execution represents any public method in the trading module).
@Pointcut("execution(public * *(..))") private void anyPublicOperation() {} @Pointcut("within(com.xyz.someapp.trading..*)") private void inTrading() {} @Pointcut("anyPublicOperation() && inTrading()") private void tradingOperation() {}
It is a best practice to build more complex pointcut expressions out of smaller named components as shown above. When referring to pointcuts by name, normal Java visibility rules apply (you can see private pointcuts in the same type, protected pointcuts in the hierarchy, public pointcuts anywhere and so on). Visibility does not affect pointcut matching. Sharing common pointcut definitions When working with enterprise applications, you often want to refer to modules of the application and particular sets of operations from within several aspects. We recommend defining a "SystemArchitecture" aspect that captures common pointcut expressions for this purpose. A typical such aspect would look as follows:
package com.xyz.someapp; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Pointcut; @Aspect public class SystemArchitecture { /** * A join point is in the web layer if the method is defined * in a type in the com.xyz.someapp.web package or any sub-package * under that. */ @Pointcut("within(com.xyz.someapp.web..*)") public void inWebLayer() {} /** * A join point is in the service layer if the method is defined * in a type in the com.xyz.someapp.service package or any sub-package * under that. */ @Pointcut("within(com.xyz.someapp.service..*)")
3.1
Reference Documentation
201
Spring Framework
public void inServiceLayer() {} /** * A join point is in the data access layer if the method is defined * in a type in the com.xyz.someapp.dao package or any sub-package * under that. */ @Pointcut("within(com.xyz.someapp.dao..*)") public void inDataAccessLayer() {} /** * A business service is the execution of any method defined on a service * interface. This definition assumes that interfaces are placed in the * "service" package, and that implementation types are in sub-packages. * * If you group service interfaces by functional area (for example, * in packages com.xyz.someapp.abc.service and com.xyz.def.service) then * the pointcut expression "execution(* com.xyz.someapp..service.*.*(..))" * could be used instead. * * Alternatively, you can write the expression using the 'bean' * PCD, like so "bean(*Service)". (This assumes that you have * named your Spring service beans in a consistent fashion.) */ @Pointcut("execution(* com.xyz.someapp.service.*.*(..))") public void businessService() {} /** * A data access operation is the execution of any method defined on a * dao interface. This definition assumes that interfaces are placed in the * "dao" package, and that implementation types are in sub-packages. */ @Pointcut("execution(* com.xyz.someapp.dao.*.*(..))") public void dataAccessOperation() {} }
The pointcuts defined in such an aspect can be referred to anywhere that you need a pointcut expression. For example, to make the service layer transactional, you could write:
<aop:config> <aop:advisor pointcut="com.xyz.someapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService()" advice-ref="tx-advice"/> </aop:config> <tx:advice id="tx-advice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice>
The <aop:config> and <aop:advisor> elements are discussed in Section 8.3, Schema-based AOP support. The transaction elements are discussed in Chapter 11, Transaction Management. Examples Spring AOP users are likely to use the execution pointcut designator the most often. The format of an execution expression is:
execution(modifiers-pattern? ret-type-pattern declaring-type-pattern? name-pattern(param-pattern)
3.1
Reference Documentation
202
Spring Framework
throws-pattern?)
All parts except the returning type pattern (ret-type-pattern in the snippet above), name pattern, and parameters pattern are optional. The returning type pattern determines what the return type of the method must be in order for a join point to be matched. Most frequently you will use * as the returning type pattern, which matches any return type. A fully-qualified type name will match only when the method returns the given type. The name pattern matches the method name. You can use the * wildcard as all or part of a name pattern. The parameters pattern is slightly more complex: () matches a method that takes no parameters, whereas (..) matches any number of parameters (zero or more). The pattern (*) matches a method taking one parameter of any type, (*,String) matches a method taking two parameters, the first can be of any type, the second must be a String. Consult the Language Semantics section of the AspectJ Programming Guide for more information. Some examples of common pointcut expressions are given below. the execution of any public method:
execution(public * *(..))
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) within the service package:
within(com.xyz.service.*)
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) within the service package or a sub-package:
within(com.xyz.service..*)
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) where the proxy implements the AccountService interface:
this(com.xyz.service.AccountService)
3.1
Reference Documentation
203
Spring Framework
'this' is more commonly used in a binding form :- see the following section on advice for how to make the proxy object available in the advice body. any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) where the target object implements the AccountService interface:
target(com.xyz.service.AccountService)
'target' is more commonly used in a binding form :- see the following section on advice for how to make the target object available in the advice body. any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) which takes a single parameter, and where the argument passed at runtime is Serializable:
args(java.io.Serializable)
'args' is more commonly used in a binding form :- see the following section on advice for how to make the method arguments available in the advice body. Note that the pointcut given in this example is different to execution(* *(java.io.Serializable)): the args version matches if the argument passed at runtime is Serializable, the execution version matches if the method signature declares a single parameter of type Serializable. any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) where the target object has an @Transactional annotation:
@target(org.springframework.transaction.annotation.Transactional)
'@target' can also be used in a binding form :- see the following section on advice for how to make the annotation object available in the advice body. any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) where the declared type of the target object has an @Transactional annotation:
@within(org.springframework.transaction.annotation.Transactional)
'@within' can also be used in a binding form :- see the following section on advice for how to make the annotation object available in the advice body. any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) where the executing method has an @Transactional annotation:
@annotation(org.springframework.transaction.annotation.Transactional)
'@annotation' can also be used in a binding form :- see the following section on advice for how to make the annotation object available in the advice body.
3.1
Reference Documentation
204
Spring Framework
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) which takes a single parameter, and where the runtime type of the argument passed has the @Classified annotation:
@args(com.xyz.security.Classified)
'@args' can also be used in a binding form :- see the following section on advice for how to make the annotation object(s) available in the advice body. any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) on a Spring bean named 'tradeService':
bean(tradeService)
any join point (method execution only in Spring AOP) on Spring beans having names that match the wildcard expression '*Service':
bean(*Service)
Writing good pointcuts During compilation, AspectJ processes pointcuts in order to try and optimize matching performance. Examining code and determining if each join point matches (statically or dynamically) a given pointcut is a costly process. (A dynamic match means the match cannot be fully determined from static analysis and a test will be placed in the code to determine if there is an actual match when the code is running). On first encountering a pointcut declaration, AspectJ will rewrite it into an optimal form for the matching process. What does this mean? Basically pointcuts are rewritten in DNF (Disjunctive Normal Form) and the components of the pointcut are sorted such that those components that are cheaper to evaluate are checked first. This means you do not have to worry about understanding the performance of various pointcut designators and may supply them in any order in a pointcut declaration. However, AspectJ can only work with what it is told, and for optimal performance of matching you should think about what they are trying to achieve and narrow the search space for matches as much as possible in the definition. The existing designators naturally fall into one of three groups: kinded, scoping and context: Kinded designators are those which select a particular kind of join point. For example: execution, get, set, call, handler Scoping designators are those which select a group of join points of interest (of probably many kinds). For example: within, withincode Contextual designators are those that match (and optionally bind) based on context. For example: this, target, @annotation A well written pointcut should try and include at least the first two types (kinded and scoping), whilst the contextual designators may be included if wishing to match based on join point context, or bind that context for use in the advice. Supplying either just a kinded designator or just a contextual designator will
3.1
Reference Documentation
205
Spring Framework
work but could affect weaving performance (time and memory used) due to all the extra processing and analysis. Scoping designators are very fast to match and their usage means AspectJ can very quickly dismiss groups of join points that should not be further processed - that is why a good pointcut should always include one if possible.
Declaring advice
Advice is associated with a pointcut expression, and runs before, after, or around method executions matched by the pointcut. The pointcut expression may be either a simple reference to a named pointcut, or a pointcut expression declared in place. Before advice Before advice is declared in an aspect using the @Before annotation:
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Before; @Aspect public class BeforeExample { @Before("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation()") public void doAccessCheck() { // ... } }
If using an in-place pointcut expression we could rewrite the above example as:
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Before; @Aspect public class BeforeExample { @Before("execution(* com.xyz.myapp.dao.*.*(..))") public void doAccessCheck() { // ... } }
After returning advice After returning advice runs when a matched method execution returns normally. It is declared using the @AfterReturning annotation:
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.AfterReturning; @Aspect public class AfterReturningExample {
3.1
Reference Documentation
206
Spring Framework
Note: it is of course possible to have multiple advice declarations, and other members as well, all inside the same aspect. We're just showing a single advice declaration in these examples to focus on the issue under discussion at the time. Sometimes you need access in the advice body to the actual value that was returned. You can use the form of @AfterReturning that binds the return value for this:
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.AfterReturning; @Aspect public class AfterReturningExample { @AfterReturning( pointcut="com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation()", returning="retVal") public void doAccessCheck(Object retVal) { // ... } }
The name used in the returning attribute must correspond to the name of a parameter in the advice method. When a method execution returns, the return value will be passed to the advice method as the corresponding argument value. A returning clause also restricts matching to only those method executions that return a value of the specified type (Object in this case, which will match any return value). Please note that it is not possible to return a totally different reference when using after-returning advice. After throwing advice After throwing advice runs when a matched method execution exits by throwing an exception. It is declared using the @AfterThrowing annotation:
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.AfterThrowing; @Aspect public class AfterThrowingExample { @AfterThrowing("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation()") public void doRecoveryActions() { // ... } }
Often you want the advice to run only when exceptions of a given type are thrown, and you also often need access to the thrown exception in the advice body. Use the throwing attribute to both restrict 3.1 Reference Documentation 207
Spring Framework
matching (if desired, use Throwable as the exception type otherwise) and bind the thrown exception to an advice parameter.
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.AfterThrowing; @Aspect public class AfterThrowingExample { @AfterThrowing( pointcut="com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation()", throwing="ex") public void doRecoveryActions(DataAccessException ex) { // ... } }
The name used in the throwing attribute must correspond to the name of a parameter in the advice method. When a method execution exits by throwing an exception, the exception will be passed to the advice method as the corresponding argument value. A throwing clause also restricts matching to only those method executions that throw an exception of the specified type (DataAccessException in this case). After (finally) advice After (finally) advice runs however a matched method execution exits. It is declared using the @After annotation. After advice must be prepared to handle both normal and exception return conditions. It is typically used for releasing resources, etc.
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.After; @Aspect public class AfterFinallyExample { @After("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation()") public void doReleaseLock() { // ... } }
Around advice The final kind of advice is around advice. Around advice runs "around" a matched method execution. It has the opportunity to do work both before and after the method executes, and to determine when, how, and even if, the method actually gets to execute at all. Around advice is often used if you need to share state before and after a method execution in a thread-safe manner (starting and stopping a timer for example). Always use the least powerful form of advice that meets your requirements (i.e. don't use around advice if simple before advice would do). Around advice is declared using the @Around annotation. The first parameter of the advice method must be of type ProceedingJoinPoint. Within the body of the advice, calling proceed() on the 3.1 Reference Documentation 208
Spring Framework
ProceedingJoinPoint causes the underlying method to execute. The proceed method may also be called passing in an Object[] - the values in the array will be used as the arguments to the method execution when it proceeds. The behavior of proceed when called with an Object[] is a little different than the behavior of proceed for around advice compiled by the AspectJ compiler. For around advice written using the traditional AspectJ language, the number of arguments passed to proceed must match the number of arguments passed to the around advice (not the number of arguments taken by the underlying join point), and the value passed to proceed in a given argument position supplants the original value at the join point for the entity the value was bound to (Don't worry if this doesn't make sense right now!). The approach taken by Spring is simpler and a better match to its proxy-based, execution only semantics. You only need to be aware of this difference if you are compiling @AspectJ aspects written for Spring and using proceed with arguments with the AspectJ compiler and weaver. There is a way to write such aspects that is 100% compatible across both Spring AOP and AspectJ, and this is discussed in the following section on advice parameters.
import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; import org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Around; import org.aspectj.lang.ProceedingJoinPoint; @Aspect public class AroundExample { @Around("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService()") public Object doBasicProfiling(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { // start stopwatch Object retVal = pjp.proceed(); // stop stopwatch return retVal; } }
The value returned by the around advice will be the return value seen by the caller of the method. A simple caching aspect for example could return a value from a cache if it has one, and invoke proceed() if it does not. Note that proceed may be invoked once, many times, or not at all within the body of the around advice, all of these are quite legal. Advice parameters Spring 2.0 offers fully typed advice - meaning that you declare the parameters you need in the advice signature (as we saw for the returning and throwing examples above) rather than work with Object[] arrays all the time. We'll see how to make argument and other contextual values available to the advice body in a moment. First let's take a look at how to write generic advice that can find out about the method the advice is currently advising.
Access to the current JoinPoint
Any advice method may declare as its first parameter, a parameter of type org.aspectj.lang.JoinPoint (please note that around advice is required to declare a first parameter of type ProceedingJoinPoint, which is a subclass of JoinPoint. The JoinPoint interface provides a number of useful methods such as getArgs() (returns the method arguments), 3.1 Reference Documentation 209
Spring Framework
getThis() (returns the proxy object), getTarget() (returns the target object), getSignature() (returns a description of the method that is being advised) and toString() (prints a useful description of the method being advised). Please do consult the Javadocs for full details.
Passing parameters to advice
We've already seen how to bind the returned value or exception value (using after returning and after throwing advice). To make argument values available to the advice body, you can use the binding form of args. If a parameter name is used in place of a type name in an args expression, then the value of the corresponding argument will be passed as the parameter value when the advice is invoked. An example should make this clearer. Suppose you want to advise the execution of dao operations that take an Account object as the first parameter, and you need access to the account in the advice body. You could write the following:
@Before("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation() &&" + "args(account,..)") public void validateAccount(Account account) { // ... }
The args(account,..) part of the pointcut expression serves two purposes: firstly, it restricts matching to only those method executions where the method takes at least one parameter, and the argument passed to that parameter is an instance of Account; secondly, it makes the actual Account object available to the advice via the account parameter. Another way of writing this is to declare a pointcut that "provides" the Account object value when it matches a join point, and then just refer to the named pointcut from the advice. This would look as follows:
@Pointcut("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.dataAccessOperation() &&" + "args(account,..)") private void accountDataAccessOperation(Account account) {} @Before("accountDataAccessOperation(account)") public void validateAccount(Account account) { // ... }
The interested reader is once more referred to the AspectJ programming guide for more details. The proxy object (this), target object (target), and annotations (@within, @target, @annotation, @args) can all be bound in a similar fashion. The following example shows how you could match the execution of methods annotated with an @Auditable annotation, and extract the audit code. First the definition of the @Auditable annotation:
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME) @Target(ElementType.METHOD) public @interface Auditable { AuditCode value(); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
210
Spring Framework
And then the advice that matches the execution of @Auditable methods:
@Before("com.xyz.lib.Pointcuts.anyPublicMethod() && " + "@annotation(auditable)") public void audit(Auditable auditable) { AuditCode code = auditable.value(); // ... }
Spring AOP can handle generics used in class declarations and method parameters. Suppose you have a generic type like this:
public interface Sample<T> { void sampleGenericMethod(T param); void sampleGenericCollectionMethod(Collection>T> param); }
You can restrict interception of method types to certain parameter types by simply typing the advice parameter to the parameter type you want to intercept the method for:
@Before("execution(* ..Sample+.sampleGenericMethod(*)) && args(param)") public void beforeSampleMethod(MyType param) { // Advice implementation }
That this works is pretty obvious as we already discussed above. However, it's worth pointing out that this won't work for generic collections. So you cannot define a pointcut like this:
@Before("execution(* ..Sample+.sampleGenericCollectionMethod(*)) && args(param)") public void beforeSampleMethod(Collection<MyType> param) { // Advice implementation }
To make this work we would have to inspect every element of the collection, which is not reasonable as we also cannot decide how to treat null values in general. To achieve something similar to this you have to type the parameter to Collection<?> and manually check the type of the elements.
Determining argument names
The parameter binding in advice invocations relies on matching names used in pointcut expressions to declared parameter names in (advice and pointcut) method signatures. Parameter names are not available through Java reflection, so Spring AOP uses the following strategies to determine parameter names: 1. If the parameter names have been specified by the user explicitly, then the specified parameter names are used: both the advice and the pointcut annotations have an optional "argNames" attribute which can be used to specify the argument names of the annotated method - these argument names are available at runtime. For example:
@Before( value="com.xyz.lib.Pointcuts.anyPublicMethod() && target(bean) && @annotation(auditable)",
3.1
Reference Documentation
211
Spring Framework
argNames="bean,auditable") public void audit(Object bean, Auditable auditable) { AuditCode code = auditable.value(); // ... use code and bean }
If the first parameter is of the JoinPoint, ProceedingJoinPoint, or JoinPoint.StaticPart type, you may leave out the name of the parameter from the value of the "argNames" attribute. For example, if you modify the preceding advice to receive the join point object, the "argNames" attribute need not include it:
@Before( value="com.xyz.lib.Pointcuts.anyPublicMethod() && target(bean) && @annotation(auditable)", argNames="bean,auditable") public void audit(JoinPoint jp, Object bean, Auditable auditable) { AuditCode code = auditable.value(); // ... use code, bean, and jp }
The special treatment given to the first parameter of the JoinPoint, ProceedingJoinPoint, and JoinPoint.StaticPart types is particularly convenient for advice that do not collect any other join point context. In such situations, you may simply omit the "argNames" attribute. For example, the following advice need not declare the "argNames" attribute:
@Before( "com.xyz.lib.Pointcuts.anyPublicMethod()") public void audit(JoinPoint jp) { // ... use jp }
2. Using the 'argNames' attribute is a little clumsy, so if the 'argNames' attribute has not been specified, then Spring AOP will look at the debug information for the class and try to determine the parameter names from the local variable table. This information will be present as long as the classes have been compiled with debug information ('-g:vars' at a minimum). The consequences of compiling with this flag on are: (1) your code will be slightly easier to understand (reverse engineer), (2) the class file sizes will be very slightly bigger (typically inconsequential), (3) the optimization to remove unused local variables will not be applied by your compiler. In other words, you should encounter no difficulties building with this flag on. If an @AspectJ aspect has been compiled by the AspectJ compiler (ajc) even without the debug information then there is no need to add the argNames attribute as the compiler will retain the needed information. 3. If the code has been compiled without the necessary debug information, then Spring AOP will attempt to deduce the pairing of binding variables to parameters (for example, if only one variable is bound in the pointcut expression, and the advice method only takes one parameter, the pairing is obvious!). If the binding of variables is ambiguous given the available information, then an AmbiguousBindingException will be thrown. 4. If all of the above strategies fail then an IllegalArgumentException will be thrown.
3.1
Reference Documentation
212
Spring Framework
We remarked earlier that we would describe how to write a proceed call with arguments that works consistently across Spring AOP and AspectJ. The solution is simply to ensure that the advice signature binds each of the method parameters in order. For example:
@Around("execution(List<Account> find*(..)) &&" + "com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.inDataAccessLayer() && " + "args(accountHolderNamePattern)") public Object preProcessQueryPattern(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp, String accountHolderNamePattern) throws Throwable { String newPattern = preProcess(accountHolderNamePattern); return pjp.proceed(new Object[] {newPattern}); }
In many cases you will be doing this binding anyway (as in the example above). Advice ordering What happens when multiple pieces of advice all want to run at the same join point? Spring AOP follows the same precedence rules as AspectJ to determine the order of advice execution. The highest precedence advice runs first "on the way in" (so given two pieces of before advice, the one with highest precedence runs first). "On the way out" from a join point, the highest precedence advice runs last (so given two pieces of after advice, the one with the highest precedence will run second). When two pieces of advice defined in different aspects both need to run at the same join point, unless you specify otherwise the order of execution is undefined. You can control the order of execution by specifying precedence. This is done in the normal Spring way by either implementing the org.springframework.core.Ordered interface in the aspect class or annotating it with the Order annotation. Given two aspects, the aspect returning the lower value from Ordered.getValue() (or the annotation value) has the higher precedence. When two pieces of advice defined in the same aspect both need to run at the same join point, the ordering is undefined (since there is no way to retrieve the declaration order via reflection for javac-compiled classes). Consider collapsing such advice methods into one advice method per join point in each aspect class, or refactor the pieces of advice into separate aspect classes - which can be ordered at the aspect level.
Introductions
Introductions (known as inter-type declarations in AspectJ) enable an aspect to declare that advised objects implement a given interface, and to provide an implementation of that interface on behalf of those objects. An introduction is made using the @DeclareParents annotation. This annotation is used to declare that matching types have a new parent (hence the name). For example, given an interface UsageTracked, and an implementation of that interface DefaultUsageTracked, the following
3.1
Reference Documentation
213
Spring Framework
aspect declares that all implementors of service interfaces also implement the UsageTracked interface. (In order to expose statistics via JMX for example.)
@Aspect public class UsageTracking { @DeclareParents(value="com.xzy.myapp.service.*+", defaultImpl=DefaultUsageTracked.class) public static UsageTracked mixin; @Before("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService() &&" + "this(usageTracked)") public void recordUsage(UsageTracked usageTracked) { usageTracked.incrementUseCount(); } }
The interface to be implemented is determined by the type of the annotated field. The value attribute of the @DeclareParents annotation is an AspectJ type pattern :- any bean of a matching type will implement the UsageTracked interface. Note that in the before advice of the above example, service beans can be directly used as implementations of the UsageTracked interface. If accessing a bean programmatically you would write the following:
UsageTracked usageTracked = (UsageTracked) context.getBean("myService");
The effect of the 'perthis' clause is that one aspect instance will be created for each unique service object executing a business service (each unique object bound to 'this' at join points matched by the pointcut expression). The aspect instance is created the first time that a method is invoked on the service object. The aspect goes out of scope when the service object goes out of scope. Before the aspect instance
3.1
Reference Documentation
214
Spring Framework
is created, none of the advice within it executes. As soon as the aspect instance has been created, the advice declared within it will execute at matched join points, but only when the service object is the one this aspect is associated with. See the AspectJ programming guide for more information on per-clauses. The 'pertarget' instantiation model works in exactly the same way as perthis, but creates one aspect instance for each unique target object at matched join points.
Example
Now that you have seen how all the constituent parts work, let's put them together to do something useful! The execution of business services can sometimes fail due to concurrency issues (for example, deadlock loser). If the operation is retried, it is quite likely to succeed next time round. For business services where it is appropriate to retry in such conditions (idempotent operations that don't need to go back to the user for conflict resolution), we'd like to transparently retry the operation to avoid the client seeing a PessimisticLockingFailureException. This is a requirement that clearly cuts across multiple services in the service layer, and hence is ideal for implementing via an aspect. Because we want to retry the operation, we will need to use around advice so that we can call proceed multiple times. Here's how the basic aspect implementation looks:
@Aspect public class ConcurrentOperationExecutor implements Ordered { private static final int DEFAULT_MAX_RETRIES = 2; private int maxRetries = DEFAULT_MAX_RETRIES; private int order = 1; public void setMaxRetries(int maxRetries) { this.maxRetries = maxRetries; } public int getOrder() { return this.order; } public void setOrder(int order) { this.order = order; } @Around("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService()") public Object doConcurrentOperation(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { int numAttempts = 0; PessimisticLockingFailureException lockFailureException; do { numAttempts++; try { return pjp.proceed(); } catch(PessimisticLockingFailureException ex) { lockFailureException = ex; } } while(numAttempts <= this.maxRetries); throw lockFailureException; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
215
Spring Framework
Note that the aspect implements the Ordered interface so we can set the precedence of the aspect higher than the transaction advice (we want a fresh transaction each time we retry). The maxRetries and order properties will both be configured by Spring. The main action happens in the doConcurrentOperation around advice. Notice that for the moment we're applying the retry logic to all businessService()s. We try to proceed, and if we fail with an PessimisticLockingFailureException we simply try again unless we have exhausted all of our retry attempts. The corresponding Spring configuration is:
<aop:aspectj-autoproxy/> <bean id="concurrentOperationExecutor" class="com.xyz.myapp.service.impl.ConcurrentOperationExecutor"> <property name="maxRetries" value="3"/> <property name="order" value="100"/> </bean>
To refine the aspect so that it only retries idempotent operations, we might define an Idempotent annotation:
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME) public @interface Idempotent { // marker annotation }
and use the annotation to annotate the implementation of service operations. The change to the aspect to only retry idempotent operations simply involves refining the pointcut expression so that only @Idempotent operations match:
@Around("com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService() && " + "@annotation(com.xyz.myapp.service.Idempotent)") public Object doConcurrentOperation(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { ... }
3.1
Reference Documentation
216
Spring Framework
Within your Spring configurations, all aspect and advisor elements must be placed within an <aop:config> element (you can have more than one <aop:config> element in an application context configuration). An <aop:config> element can contain pointcut, advisor, and aspect elements (note these must be declared in that order).
Warning
The <aop:config> style of configuration makes heavy use of Spring's auto-proxying mechanism. This can cause issues (such as advice not being woven) if you are already using explicit auto-proxying via the use of BeanNameAutoProxyCreator or suchlike. The recommended usage pattern is to use either just the <aop:config> style, or just the AutoProxyCreator style.
Declaring an aspect
Using the schema support, an aspect is simply a regular Java object defined as a bean in your Spring application context. The state and behavior is captured in the fields and methods of the object, and the pointcut and advice information is captured in the XML. An aspect is declared using the <aop:aspect> element, and the backing bean is referenced using the ref attribute:
<aop:config> <aop:aspect id="myAspect" ref="aBean"> ... </aop:aspect> </aop:config> <bean id="aBean" class="..."> ... </bean>
The bean backing the aspect ("aBean" in this case) can of course be configured and dependency injected just like any other Spring bean.
Declaring a pointcut
A named pointcut can be declared inside an <aop:config> element, enabling the pointcut definition to be shared across several aspects and advisors. A pointcut representing the execution of any business service in the service layer could be defined as follows:
<aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..))"/> </aop:config>
3.1
Reference Documentation
217
Spring Framework
Note that the pointcut expression itself is using the same AspectJ pointcut expression language as described in Section 8.2, @AspectJ support. If you are using the schema based declaration style with Java 5, you can refer to named pointcuts defined in types (@Aspects) within the pointcut expression, but this feature is not available on JDK 1.4 and below (it relies on the Java 5 specific AspectJ reflection APIs). On JDK 1.5 therefore, another way of defining the above pointcut would be:
<aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService()"/> </aop:config>
Assuming you have a SystemArchitecture aspect as described in the section called Sharing common pointcut definitions. Declaring a pointcut inside an aspect is very similar to declaring a top-level pointcut:
<aop:config> <aop:aspect id="myAspect" ref="aBean"> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..))"/> ... </aop:aspect> </aop:config>
Much the same way in an @AspectJ aspect, pointcuts declared using the schema based definition style may collect join point context. For example, the following pointcut collects the 'this' object as the join point context and passes it to advice:
<aop:config> <aop:aspect id="myAspect" ref="aBean"> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..)) && this(service)"/> <aop:before pointcut-ref="businessService" method="monitor"/> ... </aop:aspect> </aop:config>
The advice must be declared to receive the collected join point context by including parameters of the matching names:
public void monitor(Object service) { ... }
When combining pointcut sub-expressions, '&&' is awkward within an XML document, and so the 3.1 Reference Documentation 218
Spring Framework
keywords 'and', 'or' and 'not' can be used in place of '&&', '||' and '!' respectively. For example, the previous pointcut may be better written as:
<aop:config> <aop:aspect id="myAspect" ref="aBean"> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..)) and this(service)"/> <aop:before pointcut-ref="businessService" method="monitor"/> ... </aop:aspect> </aop:config>
Note that pointcuts defined in this way are referred to by their XML id and cannot be used as named pointcuts to form composite pointcuts. The named pointcut support in the schema based definition style is thus more limited than that offered by the @AspectJ style.
Declaring advice
The same five advice kinds are supported as for the @AspectJ style, and they have exactly the same semantics. Before advice Before advice runs before a matched method execution. It is declared inside an <aop:aspect> using the <aop:before> element.
<aop:aspect id="beforeExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:before pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" method="doAccessCheck"/> ... </aop:aspect>
Here dataAccessOperation is the id of a pointcut defined at the top (<aop:config>) level. To define the pointcut inline instead, replace the pointcut-ref attribute with a pointcut attribute:
<aop:aspect id="beforeExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:before pointcut="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.dao.*.*(..))" method="doAccessCheck"/> ... </aop:aspect>
As we noted in the discussion of the @AspectJ style, using named pointcuts can significantly improve the 3.1 Reference Documentation 219
Spring Framework
readability of your code. The method attribute identifies a method (doAccessCheck) that provides the body of the advice. This method must be defined for the bean referenced by the aspect element containing the advice. Before a data access operation is executed (a method execution join point matched by the pointcut expression), the "doAccessCheck" method on the aspect bean will be invoked. After returning advice After returning advice runs when a matched method execution completes normally. It is declared inside an <aop:aspect> in the same way as before advice. For example:
<aop:aspect id="afterReturningExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:after-returning pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" method="doAccessCheck"/> ... </aop:aspect>
Just as in the @AspectJ style, it is possible to get hold of the return value within the advice body. Use the returning attribute to specify the name of the parameter to which the return value should be passed:
<aop:aspect id="afterReturningExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:after-returning pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" returning="retVal" method="doAccessCheck"/> ... </aop:aspect>
The doAccessCheck method must declare a parameter named retVal. The type of this parameter constrains matching in the same way as described for @AfterReturning. For example, the method signature may be declared as:
public void doAccessCheck(Object retVal) {...
After throwing advice After throwing advice executes when a matched method execution exits by throwing an exception. It is declared inside an <aop:aspect> using the after-throwing element:
<aop:aspect id="afterThrowingExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:after-throwing pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" method="doRecoveryActions"/> ...
3.1
Reference Documentation
220
Spring Framework
</aop:aspect>
Just as in the @AspectJ style, it is possible to get hold of the thrown exception within the advice body. Use the throwing attribute to specify the name of the parameter to which the exception should be passed:
<aop:aspect id="afterThrowingExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:after-throwing pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" throwing="dataAccessEx" method="doRecoveryActions"/> ... </aop:aspect>
The doRecoveryActions method must declare a parameter named dataAccessEx. The type of this parameter constrains matching in the same way as described for @AfterThrowing. For example, the method signature may be declared as:
public void doRecoveryActions(DataAccessException dataAccessEx) {...
After (finally) advice After (finally) advice runs however a matched method execution exits. It is declared using the after element:
<aop:aspect id="afterFinallyExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:after pointcut-ref="dataAccessOperation" method="doReleaseLock"/> ... </aop:aspect>
Around advice The final kind of advice is around advice. Around advice runs "around" a matched method execution. It has the opportunity to do work both before and after the method executes, and to determine when, how, and even if, the method actually gets to execute at all. Around advice is often used if you need to share state before and after a method execution in a thread-safe manner (starting and stopping a timer for example). Always use the least powerful form of advice that meets your requirements; don't use around advice if simple before advice would do. Around advice is declared using the aop:around element. The first parameter of the advice method must be of type ProceedingJoinPoint. Within the body of the advice, calling proceed() on the ProceedingJoinPoint causes the underlying method to execute. The proceed method may also be calling passing in an Object[] - the values in the array will be used as the arguments to the method execution when it proceeds. See the section called Around advice for notes on calling proceed with an 3.1 Reference Documentation 221
Spring Framework
Object[].
<aop:aspect id="aroundExample" ref="aBean"> <aop:around pointcut-ref="businessService" method="doBasicProfiling"/> ... </aop:aspect>
The implementation of the doBasicProfiling advice would be exactly the same as in the @AspectJ example (minus the annotation of course):
public Object doBasicProfiling(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { // start stopwatch Object retVal = pjp.proceed(); // stop stopwatch return retVal; }
Advice parameters The schema based declaration style supports fully typed advice in the same way as described for the @AspectJ support - by matching pointcut parameters by name against advice method parameters. See the section called Advice parameters for details. If you wish to explicitly specify argument names for the advice methods (not relying on the detection strategies previously described) then this is done using the arg-names attribute of the advice element, which is treated in the same manner to the "argNames" attribute in an advice annotation as described in the section called Determining argument names. For example:
<aop:before pointcut="com.xyz.lib.Pointcuts.anyPublicMethod() and @annotation(auditable)" method="audit" arg-names="auditable"/>
The arg-names attribute accepts a comma-delimited list of parameter names. Find below a slightly more involved example of the XSD-based approach that illustrates some around advice used in conjunction with a number of strongly typed parameters.
package x.y.service; public interface FooService { Foo getFoo(String fooName, int age); } public class DefaultFooService implements FooService { public Foo getFoo(String name, int age) { return new Foo(name, age); } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
222
Spring Framework
Next up is the aspect. Notice the fact that the profile(..) method accepts a number of strongly-typed parameters, the first of which happens to be the join point used to proceed with the method call: the presence of this parameter is an indication that the profile(..) is to be used as around advice:
package x.y; import org.aspectj.lang.ProceedingJoinPoint; import org.springframework.util.StopWatch; public class SimpleProfiler { public Object profile(ProceedingJoinPoint call, String name, int age) throws Throwable { StopWatch clock = new StopWatch( "Profiling for '" + name + "' and '" + age + "'"); try { clock.start(call.toShortString()); return call.proceed(); } finally { clock.stop(); System.out.println(clock.prettyPrint()); } } }
Finally, here is the XML configuration that is required to effect the execution of the above advice for a particular join point:
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- this is the object that will be proxied by Spring's AOP infrastructure --> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- this is the actual advice itself --> <bean id="profiler" class="x.y.SimpleProfiler"/> <aop:config> <aop:aspect ref="profiler"> <aop:pointcut id="theExecutionOfSomeFooServiceMethod" expression="execution(* x.y.service.FooService.getFoo(String,int)) and args(name, age)"/> <aop:around pointcut-ref="theExecutionOfSomeFooServiceMethod" method="profile"/> </aop:aspect> </aop:config> </beans>
If we had the following driver script, we would get output something like this on standard output:
import org.springframework.beans.factory.BeanFactory; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; import x.y.service.FooService; public final class Boot {
3.1
Reference Documentation
223
Spring Framework
public static void main(final String[] args) throws Exception { BeanFactory ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("x/y/plain.xml"); FooService foo = (FooService) ctx.getBean("fooService"); foo.getFoo("Pengo", 12); } }
StopWatch 'Profiling for 'Pengo' and '12'': running time (millis) = 0 ----------------------------------------ms % Task name ----------------------------------------00000 ? execution(getFoo)
Advice ordering When multiple advice needs to execute at the same join point (executing method) the ordering rules are as described in the section called Advice ordering. The precedence between aspects is determined by either adding the Order annotation to the bean backing the aspect or by having the bean implement the Ordered interface.
Introductions
Introductions (known as inter-type declarations in AspectJ) enable an aspect to declare that advised objects implement a given interface, and to provide an implementation of that interface on behalf of those objects. An introduction is made using the aop:declare-parents element inside an aop:aspect This element is used to declare that matching types have a new parent (hence the name). For example, given an interface UsageTracked, and an implementation of that interface DefaultUsageTracked, the following aspect declares that all implementors of service interfaces also implement the UsageTracked interface. (In order to expose statistics via JMX for example.)
<aop:aspect id="usageTrackerAspect" ref="usageTracking"> <aop:declare-parents types-matching="com.xzy.myapp.service.*+" implement-interface="com.xyz.myapp.service.tracking.UsageTracked" default-impl="com.xyz.myapp.service.tracking.DefaultUsageTracked"/> <aop:before pointcut="com.xyz.myapp.SystemArchitecture.businessService() and this(usageTracked)" method="recordUsage"/> </aop:aspect>
The class backing the usageTracking bean would contain the method:
public void recordUsage(UsageTracked usageTracked) { usageTracked.incrementUseCount(); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
224
Spring Framework
The interface to be implemented is determined by implement-interface attribute. The value of the types-matching attribute is an AspectJ type pattern :- any bean of a matching type will implement the UsageTracked interface. Note that in the before advice of the above example, service beans can be directly used as implementations of the UsageTracked interface. If accessing a bean programmatically you would write the following:
UsageTracked usageTracked = (UsageTracked) context.getBean("myService");
Advisors
The concept of "advisors" is brought forward from the AOP support defined in Spring 1.2 and does not have a direct equivalent in AspectJ. An advisor is like a small self-contained aspect that has a single piece of advice. The advice itself is represented by a bean, and must implement one of the advice interfaces described in the section called Advice types in Spring. Advisors can take advantage of AspectJ pointcut expressions though. Spring 2.0 supports the advisor concept with the <aop:advisor> element. You will most commonly see it used in conjunction with transactional advice, which also has its own namespace support in Spring 2.0. Here's how it looks:
<aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="businessService" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor pointcut-ref="businessService" advice-ref="tx-advice"/> </aop:config> <tx:advice id="tx-advice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice>
As well as the pointcut-ref attribute used in the above example, you can also use the pointcut attribute to define a pointcut expression inline. To define the precedence of an advisor so that the advice can participate in ordering, use the order attribute to define the Ordered value of the advisor.
Example
3.1 Reference Documentation 225
Spring Framework
Let's see how the concurrent locking failure retry example from the section called Example looks when rewritten using the schema support. The execution of business services can sometimes fail due to concurrency issues (for example, deadlock loser). If the operation is retried, it is quite likely it will succeed next time round. For business services where it is appropriate to retry in such conditions (idempotent operations that don't need to go back to the user for conflict resolution), we'd like to transparently retry the operation to avoid the client seeing a PessimisticLockingFailureException. This is a requirement that clearly cuts across multiple services in the service layer, and hence is ideal for implementing via an aspect. Because we want to retry the operation, we'll need to use around advice so that we can call proceed multiple times. Here's how the basic aspect implementation looks (it's just a regular Java class using the schema support):
public class ConcurrentOperationExecutor implements Ordered { private static final int DEFAULT_MAX_RETRIES = 2; private int maxRetries = DEFAULT_MAX_RETRIES; private int order = 1; public void setMaxRetries(int maxRetries) { this.maxRetries = maxRetries; } public int getOrder() { return this.order; } public void setOrder(int order) { this.order = order; } public Object doConcurrentOperation(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { int numAttempts = 0; PessimisticLockingFailureException lockFailureException; do { numAttempts++; try { return pjp.proceed(); } catch(PessimisticLockingFailureException ex) { lockFailureException = ex; } } while(numAttempts <= this.maxRetries); throw lockFailureException; } }
Note that the aspect implements the Ordered interface so we can set the precedence of the aspect higher than the transaction advice (we want a fresh transaction each time we retry). The maxRetries and order properties will both be configured by Spring. The main action happens in the doConcurrentOperation around advice method. We try to proceed, and if we fail with a PessimisticLockingFailureException we simply try again unless we have exhausted all of our retry attempts. 3.1 Reference Documentation 226
Spring Framework
This class is identical to the one used in the @AspectJ example, but with the annotations removed. The corresponding Spring configuration is:
<aop:config> <aop:aspect id="concurrentOperationRetry" ref="concurrentOperationExecutor"> <aop:pointcut id="idempotentOperation" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..))"/> <aop:around pointcut-ref="idempotentOperation" method="doConcurrentOperation"/> </aop:aspect> </aop:config> <bean id="concurrentOperationExecutor" class="com.xyz.myapp.service.impl.ConcurrentOperationExecutor"> <property name="maxRetries" value="3"/> <property name="order" value="100"/> </bean>
Notice that for the time being we assume that all business services are idempotent. If this is not the case we can refine the aspect so that it only retries genuinely idempotent operations, by introducing an Idempotent annotation:
@Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME) public @interface Idempotent { // marker annotation }
and using the annotation to annotate the implementation of service operations. The change to the aspect to retry only idempotent operations simply involves refining the pointcut expression so that only @Idempotent operations match:
<aop:pointcut id="idempotentOperation" expression="execution(* com.xyz.myapp.service.*.*(..)) and @annotation(com.xyz.myapp.service.Idempotent)"/>
Spring Framework
you only need to advise the execution of operations on Spring beans, then Spring AOP is the right choice. If you need to advise objects not managed by the Spring container (such as domain objects typically), then you will need to use AspectJ. You will also need to use AspectJ if you wish to advise join points other than simple method executions (for example, field get or set join points, and so on). When using AspectJ, you have the choice of the AspectJ language syntax (also known as the "code style") or the @AspectJ annotation style. Clearly, if you are not using Java 5+ then the choice has been made for you... use the code style. If aspects play a large role in your design, and you are able to use the AspectJ Development Tools (AJDT) plugin for Eclipse, then the AspectJ language syntax is the preferred option: it is cleaner and simpler because the language was purposefully designed for writing aspects. If you are not using Eclipse, or have only a few aspects that do not play a major role in your application, then you may want to consider using the @AspectJ style and sticking with a regular Java compilation in your IDE, and adding an aspect weaving phase to your build script.
3.1
Reference Documentation
228
Spring Framework
The downside of the XML approach is that you cannot define the 'accountPropertyAccess' pointcut by combining these definitions. The @AspectJ style supports additional instantiation models, and richer pointcut composition. It has the advantage of keeping the aspect as a modular unit. It also has the advantage the @AspectJ aspects can be understood (and thus consumed) both by Spring AOP and by AspectJ - so if you later decide you need the capabilities of AspectJ to implement additional requirements then it is very easy to migrate to an AspectJ-based approach. On balance the Spring team prefer the @AspectJ style whenever you have aspects that do more than simple "configuration" of enterprise services.
Spring Framework
implements the advice. This behavior is not exhibited when using JDK proxies. Usually, calling the constructor of the proxied type twice, is not an issue, as there are usually only assignments taking place and no real logic is implemented in the constructor. To force the use of CGLIB proxies set the value of the proxy-target-class attribute of the <aop:config> element to true:
<aop:config proxy-target-class="true"> <!-- other beans defined here... --> </aop:config>
To force CGLIB proxying when using the @AspectJ autoproxy support, set 'proxy-target-class' attribute of the <aop:aspectj-autoproxy> element to true:
<aop:aspectj-autoproxy proxy-target-class="true"/>
the
Note
Multiple <aop:config/> sections are collapsed into a single unified auto-proxy creator at runtime, which applies the strongest proxy settings that any of the <aop:config/> sections (typically from different XML bean definition files) specified. This also applies to the <tx:annotation-driven/> and <aop:aspectj-autoproxy/> elements. To be clear: using 'proxy-target-class="true"' <tx:annotation-driven/>, <aop:aspectj-autoproxy/> <aop:config/> elements will force the use of CGLIB proxies for all three of them. on or
If you invoke a method on an object reference, the method is invoked directly on that object reference, as 3.1 Reference Documentation 230
Spring Framework
Things change slightly when the reference that client code has is a proxy. Consider the following diagram and code snippet.
public class Main { public static void main(String[] args) { ProxyFactory factory = new ProxyFactory(new SimplePojo()); factory.addInterface(Pojo.class); factory.addAdvice(new RetryAdvice()); Pojo pojo = (Pojo) factory.getProxy(); // this is a method call on the proxy! pojo.foo(); } }
The key thing to understand here is that the client code inside the main(..) of the Main class has a reference to the proxy. This means that method calls on that object reference will be calls on the proxy, and as such the proxy will be able to delegate to all of the interceptors (advice) that are relevant to that particular method call. However, once the call has finally reached the target object, the SimplePojo reference in this case, any method calls that it may make on itself, such as this.bar() or this.foo(), are going to be invoked against the this reference, and not the proxy. This has important implications. It means that self-invocation is not going to result in the advice associated with a method invocation getting a chance to execute. Okay, so what is to be done about this? The best approach (the term best is used loosely here) is to refactor your code such that the self-invocation does not happen. For sure, this does entail some work on your part, but it is the best, least-invasive approach. The next approach is absolutely horrendous, and I am almost reticent to point it out precisely because it is so horrendous. You can (choke!) totally tie the logic within your class to Spring AOP by doing this:
public class SimplePojo implements Pojo { public void foo() { // this works, but... gah! ((Pojo) AopContext.currentProxy()).bar(); } public void bar() { // some logic... }
3.1
Reference Documentation
231
Spring Framework
This totally couples your code to Spring AOP, and it makes the class itself aware of the fact that it is being used in an AOP context, which flies in the face of AOP. It also requires some additional configuration when the proxy is being created:
public class Main { public static void main(String[] args) { ProxyFactory factory = new ProxyFactory(new SimplePojo()); factory.adddInterface(Pojo.class); factory.addAdvice(new RetryAdvice()); factory.setExposeProxy(true); Pojo pojo = (Pojo) factory.getProxy(); // this is a method call on the proxy! pojo.foo(); } }
Finally, it must be noted that AspectJ does not have this self-invocation issue because it is not a proxy-based AOP framework.
Spring Framework
how you can use the AspectJ compiler/weaver instead of, or in addition to, Spring AOP if your needs go beyond the facilities offered by Spring AOP alone. Spring ships with a small AspectJ aspect library, which is available standalone in your distribution as spring-aspects.jar; you'll need to add this to your classpath in order to use the aspects in it. the section called Using AspectJ to dependency inject domain objects with Spring and the section called Other Spring aspects for AspectJ discuss the content of this library and how you can use it. the section called Configuring AspectJ aspects using Spring IoC discusses how to dependency inject AspectJ aspects that are woven using the AspectJ compiler. Finally, the section called Load-time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework provides an introduction to load-time weaving for Spring applications using AspectJ.
When used as a marker interface in this way, Spring will configure new instances of the annotated type (Account in this case) using a prototype-scoped bean definition with the same name as the fully-qualified type name (com.xyz.myapp.domain.Account). Since the default name for a bean is the fully-qualified name of its type, a convenient way to declare the prototype definition is simply to omit the id attribute:
<bean class="com.xyz.myapp.domain.Account" scope="prototype"> <property name="fundsTransferService" ref="fundsTransferService"/> </bean>
If you want to explicitly specify the name of the prototype bean definition to use, you can do so directly in the annotation:
package com.xyz.myapp.domain;
3.1
Reference Documentation
233
Spring Framework
Spring will now look for a bean definition named "account" and use that as the definition to configure new Account instances. You can also use autowiring to avoid having to specify a prototype-scoped bean definition at all. To have Spring apply autowiring use the 'autowire' property of the @Configurable annotation: specify either @Configurable(autowire=Autowire.BY_TYPE) or @Configurable(autowire=Autowire.BY_NAME for autowiring by type or by name respectively. As an alternative, as of Spring 2.5 it is preferable to specify explicit, annotation-driven dependency injection for your @Configurable beans by using @Autowired and @Resource at the field or method level (see Section 4.9, Annotation-based container configuration for further details). Finally you can enable Spring dependency checking for the object references in the newly created and configured object by using the dependencyCheck attribute (for example: @Configurable(autowire=Autowire.BY_NAME,dependencyCheck=true)). If this attribute is set to true, then Spring will validate after configuration that all properties (which are not primitives or collections) have been set. Using the annotation on its own does nothing of course. It is the AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect in spring-aspects.jar that acts on the presence of the annotation. In essence the aspect says "after returning from the initialization of a new object of a type annotated with @Configurable, configure the newly created object using Spring in accordance with the properties of the annotation". In this context, initialization refers to newly instantiated objects (e.g., objects instantiated with the 'new' operator) as well as to Serializable objects that are undergoing deserialization (e.g., via readResolve()).
Note
One of the key phrases in the above paragraph is 'in essence'. For most cases, the exact semantics of 'after returning from the initialization of a new object' will be fine... in this context, 'after initialization' means that the dependencies will be injected after the object has been constructed - this means that the dependencies will not be available for use in the constructor bodies of the class. If you want the dependencies to be injected before the constructor bodies execute, and thus be available for use in the body of the constructors, then you need to define this on the @Configurable declaration like so:
@Configurable(preConstruction=true)
You can find out more information about the language semantics of the various pointcut types in AspectJ in this appendix of the AspectJ Programming Guide.
3.1
Reference Documentation
234
Spring Framework
For this to work the annotated types must be woven with the AspectJ weaver - you can either use a build-time Ant or Maven task to do this (see for example the AspectJ Development Environment Guide) or load-time weaving (see the section called Load-time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework). The AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect itself needs configuring by Spring (in order to obtain a reference to the bean factory that is to be used to configure new objects). The Spring context namespace defines a convenient tag for doing this: just include the following in your application context configuration:
<context:spring-configured/>
If you are using the DTD instead of schema, the equivalent definition is:
<bean class="org.springframework.beans.factory.aspectj.AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect" factory-method="aspectOf"/>
Instances of @Configurable objects created before the aspect has been configured will result in a warning being issued to the log and no configuration of the object taking place. An example might be a bean in the Spring configuration that creates domain objects when it is initialized by Spring. In this case you can use the "depends-on" bean attribute to manually specify that the bean depends on the configuration aspect.
<bean id="myService" class="com.xzy.myapp.service.MyService" depends-on="org.springframework.beans.factory.aspectj.AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect"> <!-- ... --> </bean>
Note
Do not activate @Configurable processing through the bean configurer aspect unless you really mean to rely on its semantics at runtime. In particular, make sure that you do not use @Configurable on bean classes which are registered as regular Spring beans with the container: You would get double initialization otherwise, once through the container and once through the aspect.
Unit testing @Configurable objects One of the goals of the @Configurable support is to enable independent unit testing of domain objects without the difficulties associated with hard-coded lookups. If @Configurable types have not been woven by AspectJ then the annotation has no affect during unit testing, and you can simply set mock or stub property references in the object under test and proceed as normal. If @Configurable types have been woven by AspectJ then you can still unit test outside of the container as normal, but you will see a warning message each time that you construct an @Configurable object indicating that it has not been configured by Spring.
3.1
Reference Documentation
235
Spring Framework
Working with multiple application contexts The AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect used to implement the @Configurable support is an AspectJ singleton aspect. The scope of a singleton aspect is the same as the scope of static members, that is to say there is one aspect instance per classloader that defines the type. This means that if you define multiple application contexts within the same classloader hierarchy you need to consider where to define the <context:spring-configured/> bean and where to place spring-aspects.jar on the classpath. Consider a typical Spring web-app configuration with a shared parent application context defining common business services and everything needed to support them, and one child application context per servlet containing definitions particular to that servlet. All of these contexts will co-exist within the same classloader hierarchy, and so the AnnotationBeanConfigurerAspect can only hold a reference to one of them. In this case we recommend defining the <context:spring-configured/> bean in the shared (parent) application context: this defines the services that you are likely to want to inject into domain objects. A consequence is that you cannot configure domain objects with references to beans defined in the child (servlet-specific) contexts using the @Configurable mechanism (probably not something you want to do anyway!). When deploying multiple web-apps within the same container, ensure that each web-application loads the types in spring-aspects.jar using its own classloader (for example, by placing spring-aspects.jar in 'WEB-INF/lib'). If spring-aspects.jar is only added to the container wide classpath (and hence loaded by the shared parent classloader), all web applications will share the same aspect instance which is probably not what you want.
3.1
Reference Documentation
236
Spring Framework
For AspectJ programmers that want to use the Spring configuration and transaction management support but don't want to (or cannot) use annotations, spring-aspects.jar also contains abstract aspects you can extend to provide your own pointcut definitions. See the sources for the AbstractBeanConfigurerAspect and AbstractTransactionAspect aspects for more information. As an example, the following excerpt shows how you could write an aspect to configure all instances of objects defined in the domain model using prototype bean definitions that match the fully-qualified class names:
public aspect DomainObjectConfiguration extends AbstractBeanConfigurerAspect { public DomainObjectConfiguration() { setBeanWiringInfoResolver(new ClassNameBeanWiringInfoResolver()); } // the creation of a new bean (any object in the domain model) protected pointcut beanCreation(Object beanInstance) : initialization(new(..)) && SystemArchitecture.inDomainModel() && this(beanInstance); }
Non-singleton aspects are harder to configure: however it is possible to do so by creating prototype bean definitions and using the @Configurable support from spring-aspects.jar to configure the aspect instances once they have bean created by the AspectJ runtime. If you have some @AspectJ aspects that you want to weave with AspectJ (for example, using load-time weaving for domain model types) and other @AspectJ aspects that you want to use with Spring AOP, and these aspects are all configured using Spring, then you will need to tell the Spring AOP @AspectJ autoproxying support which exact subset of the @AspectJ aspects defined in the configuration should be used for autoproxying. You can do this by using one or more <include/> elements inside the <aop:aspectj-autoproxy/> declaration. Each <include/> element specifies a name pattern, and only beans with names matched by at least one of the patterns will be used for Spring AOP autoproxy 3.1 Reference Documentation 237
Spring Framework
configuration:
<aop:aspectj-autoproxy> <aop:include name="thisBean"/> <aop:include name="thatBean"/> </aop:aspectj-autoproxy>
Note
Do not be misled by the name of the <aop:aspectj-autoproxy/> element: using it will result in the creation of Spring AOP proxies. The @AspectJ style of aspect declaration is just being used here, but the AspectJ runtime is not involved.
Spring Framework
is switch on a simple profiling aspect that will enable us to very quickly get some performance metrics, so that we can then apply a finer-grained profiling tool to that specific area immediately afterwards. Here is the profiling aspect. Nothing too fancy, just a quick-and-dirty time-based profiler, using the @AspectJ-style of aspect declaration.
package foo; import import import import import import org.aspectj.lang.ProceedingJoinPoint; org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Aspect; org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Around; org.aspectj.lang.annotation.Pointcut; org.springframework.util.StopWatch; org.springframework.core.annotation.Order;
@Aspect public class ProfilingAspect { @Around("methodsToBeProfiled()") public Object profile(ProceedingJoinPoint pjp) throws Throwable { StopWatch sw = new StopWatch(getClass().getSimpleName()); try { sw.start(pjp.getSignature().getName()); return pjp.proceed(); } finally { sw.stop(); System.out.println(sw.prettyPrint()); } } @Pointcut("execution(public * foo..*.*(..))") public void methodsToBeProfiled(){} }
We will also need to create an 'META-INF/aop.xml' file, to inform the AspectJ weaver that we want to weave our ProfilingAspect into our classes. This file convention, namely the presence of a file (or files) on the Java classpath called ' META-INF/aop.xml' is standard AspectJ.
<!DOCTYPE aspectj PUBLIC "-//AspectJ//DTD//EN" "http://www.eclipse.org/aspectj/dtd/aspectj.dtd"> <aspectj> <weaver> <!-- only weave classes in our application-specific packages --> <include within="foo.*"/> </weaver> <aspects> <!-- weave in just this aspect --> <aspect name="foo.ProfilingAspect"/> </aspects> </aspectj>
Now to the Spring-specific portion of the configuration. We need to configure a LoadTimeWeaver (all explained later, just take it on trust for now). This load-time weaver is the essential component 3.1 Reference Documentation 239
Spring Framework
responsible for weaving the aspect configuration in one or more 'META-INF/aop.xml' files into the classes in your application. The good thing is that it does not require a lot of configuration, as can be seen below (there are some more options that you can specify, but these are detailed later).
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <!-- a service object; we will be profiling its methods --> <bean id="entitlementCalculationService" class="foo.StubEntitlementCalculationService"/> <!-- this switches on the load-time weaving --> <context:load-time-weaver/> </beans>
Now that all the required artifacts are in place - the aspect, the 'META-INF/aop.xml' file, and the Spring configuration -, let us create a simple driver class with a main(..) method to demonstrate the LTW in action.
package foo; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; public final class Main { public static void main(String[] args) { ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("beans.xml", Main.class); EntitlementCalculationService entitlementCalculationService = (EntitlementCalculationService) ctx.getBean("entitlementCalculationService"); // the profiling aspect is 'woven' around this method execution entitlementCalculationService.calculateEntitlement(); } }
There is one last thing to do. The introduction to this section did say that one could switch on LTW selectively on a per-ClassLoader basis with Spring, and this is true. However, just for this example, we are going to use a Java agent (supplied with Spring) to switch on the LTW. This is the command line we will use to run the above Main class:
java -javaagent:C:/projects/foo/lib/global/spring-instrument.jar foo.Main
The '-javaagent' is a Java 5+ flag for specifying and enabling agents to instrument programs running on the JVM. The Spring Framework ships with such an agent, the InstrumentationSavingAgent, which is packaged in the spring-instrument.jar that was supplied as the value of the -javaagent argument in the above example.
3.1
Reference Documentation
240
Spring Framework
The output from the execution of the Main program will look something like that below. (I have introduced a Thread.sleep(..) statement into the calculateEntitlement() implementation so that the profiler actually captures something other than 0 milliseconds - the 01234 milliseconds is not an overhead introduced by the AOP :) )
Calculating entitlement StopWatch 'ProfilingAspect': running time (millis) = 1234 ------ ----- ---------------------------ms % Task name ------ ----- ---------------------------01234 100% calculateEntitlement
Since this LTW is effected using full-blown AspectJ, we are not just limited to advising Spring beans; the following slight variation on the Main program will yield the same result.
package foo; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; public final class Main { public static void main(String[] args) { new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("beans.xml", Main.class); EntitlementCalculationService entitlementCalculationService = new StubEntitlementCalculationService(); // the profiling aspect will be 'woven' around this method execution entitlementCalculationService.calculateEntitlement(); } }
Notice how in the above program we are simply bootstrapping the Spring container, and then creating a new instance of the StubEntitlementCalculationService totally outside the context of Spring... the profiling advice still gets woven in. The example admittedly is simplistic... however the basics of the LTW support in Spring have all been introduced in the above example, and the rest of this section will explain the 'why' behind each bit of configuration and usage in detail.
Note
The ProfilingAspect used in this example may be basic, but it is quite useful. It is a nice example of a development-time aspect that developers can use during development (of course), and then quite easily exclude from builds of the application being deployed into UAT or production.
Aspects The aspects that you use in LTW have to be AspectJ aspects. They can be written in either the AspectJ
3.1
Reference Documentation
241
Spring Framework
language itself or you can write your aspects in the @AspectJ-style. The latter option is of course only an option if you are using Java 5+, but it does mean that your aspects are then both valid AspectJ and Spring AOP aspects. Furthermore, the compiled aspect classes need to be available on the classpath. 'META-INF/aop.xml' The AspectJ LTW infrastructure is configured using one or more 'META-INF/aop.xml' files, that are on the Java classpath (either directly, or more typically in jar files). The structure and contents of this file is detailed in the main AspectJ reference documentation, and the interested reader is referred to that resource. (I appreciate that this section is brief, but the 'aop.xml' file is 100% AspectJ - there is no Spring-specific information or semantics that apply to it, and so there is no extra value that I can contribute either as a result), so rather than rehash the quite satisfactory section that the AspectJ developers wrote, I am just directing you there.) Required libraries (JARS) At a minimum you will need the following libraries to use the Spring Framework's support for AspectJ LTW: 1. spring-aop.jar (version 2.5 or later, plus all mandatory dependencies) 2. aspectjrt.jar (version 1.5 or later) 3. aspectjweaver.jar (version 1.5 or later) If you are using the Spring-provided agent to enable instrumentation, you will also need: 1. spring-instrument.jar Spring configuration The key component in Spring's LTW support is the LoadTimeWeaver interface (in the org.springframework.instrument.classloading package), and the numerous implementations of it that ship with the Spring distribution. A LoadTimeWeaver is responsible for adding one or more java.lang.instrument.ClassFileTransformers to a ClassLoader at runtime, which opens the door to all manner of interesting applications, one of which happens to be the LTW of aspects.
Tip
If you are unfamiliar with the idea of runtime class file transformation, you are encouraged to read the Javadoc API documentation for the java.lang.instrument package before continuing. This is not a huge chore because there is - rather annoyingly - precious little documentation there... the key interfaces and classes will at least be laid out in front of you for reference as you read through this section. 3.1 Reference Documentation 242
Spring Framework
Configuring a LoadTimeWeaver using XML for a particular ApplicationContext can be as easy as adding one line. (Please note that you almost certainly will need to be using an ApplicationContext as your Spring container - typically a BeanFactory will not be enough because the LTW support makes use of BeanFactoryPostProcessors.) To enable the Spring Framework's LTW support, you need to configure a LoadTimeWeaver, which typically is done using the <context:load-time-weaver/> element. Find below a valid <context:load-time-weaver/> definition that uses default settings.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:load-time-weaver/> </beans>
The above <context:load-time-weaver/> bean definition will define and register a number of LTW-specific infrastructure beans for you automatically, such as a LoadTimeWeaver and an AspectJWeavingEnabler. Notice how the <context:load-time-weaver/> is defined in the 'context' namespace; note also that the referenced XML Schema file is only available in versions of Spring 2.5 and later. What the above configuration does is define and register a default LoadTimeWeaver bean for you. The default LoadTimeWeaver is the DefaultContextLoadTimeWeaver class, which attempts to decorate an automatically detected LoadTimeWeaver: the exact type of LoadTimeWeaver that will be 'automatically detected' is dependent upon your runtime environment (summarised in the following table). Table 8.1. DefaultContextLoadTimeWeaver LoadTimeWeavers Runtime Environment Running in BEA's Weblogic 10 Running in IBM WebSphere Application Server 7 Running in Oracle's OC4J Running in GlassFish Running in JBoss AS 3.1 LoadTimeWeaver implementation WebLogicLoadTimeWeaver WebSphereLoadTimeWeaver OC4JLoadTimeWeaver GlassFishLoadTimeWeaver JBossLoadTimeWeaver Reference Documentation 243
Spring Framework
(java -javaagent:path/to/spring-instrument.jar) Fallback, expecting the underlying ClassLoader to ReflectiveLoadTimeWeaver follow common conventions (e.g. applicable to TomcatInstrumentableClassLoader and Resin)
Note that these are just the LoadTimeWeavers that are autodetected when using the DefaultContextLoadTimeWeaver: it is of course possible to specify exactly which LoadTimeWeaver implementation that you wish to use by specifying the fully-qualified classname as the value of the 'weaver-class' attribute of the <context:load-time-weaver/> element. Find below an example of doing just that:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:load-time-weaver weaver-class="org.springframework.instrument.classloading.ReflectiveLoadTimeWeaver"/> </beans>
The LoadTimeWeaver that is defined and registered by the <context:load-time-weaver/> element can be later retrieved from the Spring container using the well-known name 'loadTimeWeaver'. Remember that the LoadTimeWeaver exists just as a mechanism for Spring's LTW infrastructure to add one or more ClassFileTransformers. The actual ClassFileTransformer that does the LTW is the ClassPreProcessorAgentAdapter (from the org.aspectj.weaver.loadtime package) class. See the class-level Javadoc for the ClassPreProcessorAgentAdapter class for further details, because the specifics of how the weaving is actually effected is beyond the scope of this section. There is one final attribute of the <context:load-time-weaver/> left to discuss: the 'aspectj-weaving' attribute. This is a simple attribute that controls whether LTW is enabled or not, it is as simple as that. It accepts one of three possible values, summarised below, with the default value if the attribute is not present being ' autodetect' Table 8.2. 'aspectj-weaving' attribute values 3.1 Reference Documentation 244
Spring Framework
Attribute Value on
Explanation AspectJ weaving is on, and aspects will be woven at load-time as appropriate. LTW is off... no aspect will be woven at load-time. If the Spring LTW infrastructure can find at least one 'META-INF/aop.xml' file, then AspectJ weaving is on, else it is off. This is the default value.
off autodetect
Environment-specific configuration This last section contains any additional settings and configuration that you will need when using Spring's LTW support in environments such as application servers and web containers.
Tomcat
Apache Tomcat's default class loader does not support class transformation which is why Spring provides an enhanced implementation that addresses this need. Named TomcatInstrumentableClassLoader, the loader works on Tomcat 5.0 and above and can be registered individually for each web application as follows: Tomcat 6.0.x or higher 1. Copy org.springframework.instrument.tomcat.jar into $CATALINA_HOME/lib, where $CATALINA_HOME represents the root of the Tomcat installation) 2. Instruct Tomcat to use the custom class loader (instead of the default) by editing the web application context file:
<Context path="/myWebApp" docBase="/my/webApp/location"> <Loader loaderClass="org.springframework.instrument.classloading.tomcat.TomcatInstrumentableClassLoader"/> </Context>
Apache Tomcat 6.0.x (similar to 5.0.x/5.5.x) series supports several context locations: server configuration file - $CATALINA_HOME/conf/server.xml default context configuration - $CATALINA_HOME/conf/context.xml - that affects all deployed web applications per-web application configuration which can be deployed either on the server-side at $CATALINA_HOME/conf/[enginename]/[hostname]/[webapp]-context.xml or embedded inside 3.1 Reference Documentation 245
Spring Framework
the web-app archive at META-INF/context.xml For efficiency, the embedded per-web-app configuration style is recommended because it will impact only applications that use the custom class loader and does not require any changes to the server configuration. See the Tomcat 6.0.x documentation for more details about available context locations. Tomcat 5.0.x/5.5.x 1. Copy org.springframework.instrument.tomcat.jar into $CATALINA_HOME/server/lib, where $CATALINA_HOME represents the root of the Tomcat installation. 2. Instruct Tomcat to use the custom class loader instead of the default one by editing the web application context file:
<Context path="/myWebApp" docBase="/my/webApp/location"> <Loader loaderClass="org.springframework.instrument.classloading.tomcat.TomcatInstrumentableClassLoader"/> </Context>
Tomcat 5.0.x and 5.5.x series supports several context locations: server configuration file - $CATALINA_HOME/conf/server.xml default context configuration - $CATALINA_HOME/conf/context.xml - that affects all deployed web applications per-web application configuration which can be deployed either on the server-side at $CATALINA_HOME/conf/[enginename]/[hostname]/[webapp]-context.xml or embedded inside the web-app archive at META-INF/context.xml For efficiency, the embedded web-app configuration style is recommended recommended because it will impact only applications that use the class loader. See the Tomcat 5.x documentation for more details about available context locations. Tomcat versions prior to 5.5.20 contained a bug in the XML configuration parsing that prevented usage of the Loader tag inside server.xml configuration, regardless of whether a class loader is specified or whether it is the official or a custom one. See Tomcat's bugzilla for more details. In Tomcat 5.5.x, versions 5.5.20 or later, you should set useSystemClassLoaderAsParent to false to fix this problem:
<Context path="/myWebApp" docBase="/my/webApp/location"> <Loader loaderClass="org.springframework.instrument.classloading.tomcat.TomcatInstrumentableClassLoader" useSystemClassLoaderAsParent="false"/> </Context>
3.1
Reference Documentation
246
Spring Framework
This setting is not needed on Tomcat 6 or higher. Alternatively, consider the use of the Spring-provided generic VM agent, to be specified in Tomcat's launch script (see above). This will make instrumentation available to all deployed web applications, no matter what ClassLoader they happen to run on.
WebLogic, WebSphere, OC4J, Resin, GlassFish, JBoss
Recent versions of BEA WebLogic (version 10 and above), IBM WebSphere Application Server (version 7 and above), Oracle Containers for Java EE (OC4J 10.1.3.1 and above), Resin (3.1 and above) and JBoss (5.x or above) provide a ClassLoader that is capable of local instrumentation. Spring's native LTW leverages such ClassLoaders to enable AspectJ weaving. You can enable LTW by simply activating context:load-time-weaver as described earlier. Specifically, you do not need to modify the launch script to add -javaagent:path/to/spring-instrument.jar. Note that GlassFish instrumentation-capable ClassLoader is available only in its EAR environment. For GlassFish web applications, follow the Tomcat setup instructions as outlined above. Note that on JBoss 6.x, the app server scanning needs to be disabled to prevent it from loading the classes before the application actually starts. A quick workaround is to add to your artifact a file named WEB-INF/jboss-scanning.xml with the following content:
<scanning xmlns="urn:jboss:scanning:1.0"/>
When class instrumentation is required in environments that do not support or are not supported by the existing LoadTimeWeaver implementations, a JDK agent can be the only solution. For such cases, Spring provides InstrumentationLoadTimeWeaver, which requires a Spring-specific (but very general) VM agent, org.springframework.instrument-{version}.jar (previously named spring-agent.jar). To use it, you must start the virtual machine with the Spring agent, by supplying the following JVM options:
-javaagent:/path/to/org.springframework.instrument-{version}.jar
Note that this requires modification of the VM launch script which may prevent you from using this in application server environments (depending on your operation policies). Additionally, the JDK agent will instrument the entire VM which can prove expensive. For performance reasons, it is recommended to use this configuration only if your target environment (such as Jetty) does not have (or does not support) a dedicated LTW.
3.1
Reference Documentation
247
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
248
Spring Framework
Concepts
Spring's pointcut model enables pointcut reuse independent of advice types. It's possible to target different advice using the same pointcut. The org.springframework.aop.Pointcut interface is the central interface, used to target advices to particular classes and methods. The complete interface is shown below:
public interface Pointcut { ClassFilter getClassFilter(); MethodMatcher getMethodMatcher(); }
Splitting the Pointcut interface into two parts allows reuse of class and method matching parts, and fine-grained composition operations (such as performing a "union" with another method matcher). The ClassFilter interface is used to restrict the pointcut to a given set of target classes. If the matches() method always returns true, all target classes will be matched:
public interface ClassFilter { boolean matches(Class clazz); }
The MethodMatcher interface is normally more important. The complete interface is shown below:
public interface MethodMatcher {
3.1
Reference Documentation
249
Spring Framework
boolean matches(Method m, Class targetClass); boolean isRuntime(); boolean matches(Method m, Class targetClass, Object[] args); }
The matches(Method, Class) method is used to test whether this pointcut will ever match a given method on a target class. This evaluation can be performed when an AOP proxy is created, to avoid the need for a test on every method invocation. If the 2-argument matches method returns true for a given method, and the isRuntime() method for the MethodMatcher returns true, the 3-argument matches method will be invoked on every method invocation. This enables a pointcut to look at the arguments passed to the method invocation immediately before the target advice is to execute. Most MethodMatchers are static, meaning that their isRuntime() method returns false. In this case, the 3-argument matches method will never be invoked.
Tip
If possible, try to make pointcuts static, allowing the AOP framework to cache the results of pointcut evaluation when an AOP proxy is created.
Operations on pointcuts
Spring supports operations on pointcuts: notably, union and intersection. Union means the methods that either pointcut matches. Intersection means the methods that both pointcuts match. Union is usually more useful. Pointcuts can be composed using the static methods in the org.springframework.aop.support.Pointcuts class, or using the ComposablePointcut class in the same package. However, using AspectJ pointcut expressions is usually a simpler approach.
Spring Framework
Spring provides several convenient pointcut implementations. Some can be used out of the box; others are intended to be subclassed in application-specific pointcuts. Static pointcuts Static pointcuts are based on method and target class, and cannot take into account the method's arguments. Static pointcuts are sufficient - and best - for most usages. It's possible for Spring to evaluate a static pointcut only once, when a method is first invoked: after that, there is no need to evaluate the pointcut again with each method invocation. Let's consider some static pointcut implementations included with Spring.
Regular expression pointcuts
One obvious way to specify static pointcuts is regular expressions. Several AOP frameworks besides Spring make this possible. org.springframework.aop.support.JdkRegexpMethodPointcut is a generic regular expression pointcut, using the regular expression support in JDK 1.4+. Using the JdkRegexpMethodPointcut class, you can provide a list of pattern Strings. If any of these is a match, the pointcut will evaluate to true. (So the result is effectively the union of these pointcuts.) The usage is shown below:
<bean id="settersAndAbsquatulatePointcut" class="org.springframework.aop.support.JdkRegexpMethodPointcut"> <property name="patterns"> <list> <value>.*set.*</value> <value>.*absquatulate</value> </list> </property> </bean>
Spring provides a convenience class, RegexpMethodPointcutAdvisor, that allows us to also reference an Advice (remember that an Advice can be an interceptor, before advice, throws advice etc.). Behind the scenes, Spring will use a JdkRegexpMethodPointcut. Using RegexpMethodPointcutAdvisor simplifies wiring, as the one bean encapsulates both pointcut and advice, as shown below:
<bean id="settersAndAbsquatulateAdvisor" class="org.springframework.aop.support.RegexpMethodPointcutAdvisor"> <property name="advice"> <ref local="beanNameOfAopAllianceInterceptor"/> </property> <property name="patterns"> <list> <value>.*set.*</value> <value>.*absquatulate</value>
3.1
Reference Documentation
251
Spring Framework
An important type of static pointcut is a metadata-driven pointcut. This uses the values of metadata attributes: typically, source-level metadata. Dynamic pointcuts Dynamic pointcuts are costlier to evaluate than static pointcuts. They take into account method arguments, as well as static information. This means that they must be evaluated with every method invocation; the result cannot be cached, as arguments will vary. The main example is the control flow pointcut.
Control flow pointcuts
Spring control flow pointcuts are conceptually similar to AspectJ cflow pointcuts, although less powerful. (There is currently no way to specify that a pointcut executes below a join point matched by another pointcut.) A control flow pointcut matches the current call stack. For example, it might fire if the join point was invoked by a method in the com.mycompany.web package, or by the SomeCaller class. Control flow pointcuts are specified using the org.springframework.aop.support.ControlFlowPointcut class.
Note
Control flow pointcuts are significantly more expensive to evaluate at runtime than even other dynamic pointcuts. In Java 1.4, the cost is about 5 times that of other dynamic pointcuts.
Pointcut superclasses
Spring provides useful pointcut superclasses to help you to implement your own pointcuts. Because static pointcuts are most useful, you'll probably subclass StaticMethodMatcherPointcut, as shown below. This requires implementing just one abstract method (although it's possible to override other methods to customize behavior):
class TestStaticPointcut extends StaticMethodMatcherPointcut { public boolean matches(Method m, Class targetClass) { // return true if custom criteria match
3.1
Reference Documentation
252
Spring Framework
} }
There are also superclasses for dynamic pointcuts. You can use custom pointcuts with any advice type in Spring 1.0 RC2 and above.
Custom pointcuts
Because pointcuts in Spring AOP are Java classes, rather than language features (as in AspectJ) it's possible to declare custom pointcuts, whether static or dynamic. Custom pointcuts in Spring can be arbitrarily complex. However, using the AspectJ pointcut expression language is recommended if possible.
Note
Later versions of Spring may offer support for "semantic pointcuts" as offered by JAC: for example, "all methods that change instance variables in the target object."
Advice lifecycles
Each advice is a Spring bean. An advice instance can be shared across all advised objects, or unique to each advised object. This corresponds to per-class or per-instance advice. Per-class advice is used most often. It is appropriate for generic advice such as transaction advisors. These do not depend on the state of the proxied object or add new state; they merely act on the method and arguments. Per-instance advice is appropriate for introductions, to support mixins. In this case, the advice adds state to the proxied object. It's possible to use a mix of shared and per-instance advice in the same AOP proxy.
Spring Framework
The most fundamental advice type in Spring is interception around advice. Spring is compliant with the AOP Alliance interface for around advice using method interception. MethodInterceptors implementing around advice should implement the following interface:
public interface MethodInterceptor extends Interceptor { Object invoke(MethodInvocation invocation) throws Throwable; }
The MethodInvocation argument to the invoke() method exposes the method being invoked; the target join point; the AOP proxy; and the arguments to the method. The invoke() method should return the invocation's result: the return value of the join point. A simple MethodInterceptor implementation looks as follows:
public class DebugInterceptor implements MethodInterceptor { public Object invoke(MethodInvocation invocation) throws Throwable { System.out.println("Before: invocation=[" + invocation + "]"); Object rval = invocation.proceed(); System.out.println("Invocation returned"); return rval; } }
Note the call to the MethodInvocation's proceed() method. This proceeds down the interceptor chain towards the join point. Most interceptors will invoke this method, and return its return value. However, a MethodInterceptor, like any around advice, can return a different value or throw an exception rather than invoke the proceed method. However, you don't want to do this without good reason!
Note
MethodInterceptors offer interoperability with other AOP Alliance-compliant AOP implementations. The other advice types discussed in the remainder of this section implement common AOP concepts, but in a Spring-specific way. While there is an advantage in using the most specific advice type, stick with MethodInterceptor around advice if you are likely to want to run the aspect in another AOP framework. Note that pointcuts are not currently interoperable between frameworks, and the AOP Alliance does not currently define pointcut interfaces.
Before advice A simpler advice type is a before advice. This does not need a MethodInvocation object, since it will only be called before entering the method. The main advantage of a before advice is that there is no need to invoke the proceed() method, and therefore no possibility of inadvertently failing to proceed down the interceptor chain.
3.1
Reference Documentation
254
Spring Framework
The MethodBeforeAdvice interface is shown below. (Spring's API design would allow for field before advice, although the usual objects apply to field interception and it's unlikely that Spring will ever implement it).
public interface MethodBeforeAdvice extends BeforeAdvice { void before(Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable; }
Note the return type is void. Before advice can insert custom behavior before the join point executes, but cannot change the return value. If a before advice throws an exception, this will abort further execution of the interceptor chain. The exception will propagate back up the interceptor chain. If it is unchecked, or on the signature of the invoked method, it will be passed directly to the client; otherwise it will be wrapped in an unchecked exception by the AOP proxy. An example of a before advice in Spring, which counts all method invocations:
public class CountingBeforeAdvice implements MethodBeforeAdvice { private int count; public void before(Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable { ++count; } public int getCount() { return count; } }
Tip
Before advice can be used with any pointcut.
Throws advice Throws advice is invoked after the return of the join point if the join point threw an exception. Spring offers typed throws advice. Note that this means that the org.springframework.aop.ThrowsAdvice interface does not contain any methods: It is a tag interface identifying that the given object implements one or more typed throws advice methods. These should be in the form of:
afterThrowing([Method, args, target], subclassOfThrowable)
Only the last argument is required. The method signatures may have either one or four arguments, depending on whether the advice method is interested in the method and arguments. The following classes are examples of throws advice. The advice below is invoked if a RemoteException is thrown (including subclasses):
3.1
Reference Documentation
255
Spring Framework
public class RemoteThrowsAdvice implements ThrowsAdvice { public void afterThrowing(RemoteException ex) throws Throwable { // Do something with remote exception } }
The following advice is invoked if a ServletException is thrown. Unlike the above advice, it declares 4 arguments, so that it has access to the invoked method, method arguments and target object:
public class ServletThrowsAdviceWithArguments implements ThrowsAdvice { public void afterThrowing(Method m, Object[] args, Object target, ServletException ex) { // Do something with all arguments } }
The final example illustrates how these two methods could be used in a single class, which handles both RemoteException and ServletException. Any number of throws advice methods can be combined in a single class.
public static class CombinedThrowsAdvice implements ThrowsAdvice { public void afterThrowing(RemoteException ex) throws Throwable { // Do something with remote exception } public void afterThrowing(Method m, Object[] args, Object target, ServletException ex) { // Do something with all arguments } }
Note: If a throws-advice method throws an exception itself, it will override the original exception (i.e. change the exception thrown to the user). The overriding exception will typically be a RuntimeException; this is compatible with any method signature. However, if a throws-advice method throws a checked exception, it will have to match the declared exceptions of the target method and is hence to some degree coupled to specific target method signatures. Do not throw an undeclared checked exception that is incompatible with the target method's signature!
Tip
Throws advice can be used with any pointcut.
After Returning advice An after returning advice in Spring must implement the org.springframework.aop.AfterReturningAdvice interface, shown below:
public interface AfterReturningAdvice extends Advice { void afterReturning(Object returnValue, Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
256
Spring Framework
An after returning advice has access to the return value (which it cannot modify), invoked method, methods arguments and target. The following after returning advice counts all successful method invocations that have not thrown exceptions:
public class CountingAfterReturningAdvice implements AfterReturningAdvice { private int count; public void afterReturning(Object returnValue, Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable { ++count; } public int getCount() { return count; } }
This advice doesn't change the execution path. If it throws an exception, this will be thrown up the interceptor chain instead of the return value.
Tip
After returning advice can be used with any pointcut.
Introduction advice Spring treats introduction advice as a special kind of interception advice. Introduction requires an IntroductionAdvisor, and an IntroductionInterceptor, implementing the following interface:
public interface IntroductionInterceptor extends MethodInterceptor { boolean implementsInterface(Class intf); }
The invoke() method inherited from the AOP Alliance MethodInterceptor interface must implement the introduction: that is, if the invoked method is on an introduced interface, the introduction interceptor is responsible for handling the method call - it cannot invoke proceed(). Introduction advice cannot be used with any pointcut, as it applies only at class, rather than method, level. You can only use introduction advice with the IntroductionAdvisor, which has the following methods:
public interface IntroductionAdvisor extends Advisor, IntroductionInfo { ClassFilter getClassFilter(); void validateInterfaces() throws IllegalArgumentException; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
257
Spring Framework
There is no MethodMatcher, and hence no Pointcut, associated with introduction advice. Only class filtering is logical. The getInterfaces() method returns the interfaces introduced by this advisor. The validateInterfaces() method is used internally to see whether or not the introduced interfaces can be implemented by the configured IntroductionInterceptor . Let's look at a simple example from the Spring test suite. Let's suppose we want to introduce the following interface to one or more objects:
public interface Lockable { void lock(); void unlock(); boolean locked(); }
This illustrates a mixin. We want to be able to cast advised objects to Lockable, whatever their type, and call lock and unlock methods. If we call the lock() method, we want all setter methods to throw a LockedException. Thus we can add an aspect that provides the ability to make objects immutable, without them having any knowledge of it: a good example of AOP. Firstly, we'll need an IntroductionInterceptor that does the heavy lifting. In this case, we extend the org.springframework.aop.support.DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor convenience class. We could implement IntroductionInterceptor directly, but using DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor is best for most cases. The DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor is designed to delegate an introduction to an actual implementation of the introduced interface(s), concealing the use of interception to do so. The delegate can be set to any object using a constructor argument; the default delegate (when the no-arg constructor is used) is this. Thus in the example below, the delegate is the LockMixin subclass of DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor. Given a delegate (by default itself), a DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor instance looks for all interfaces implemented by the delegate (other than IntroductionInterceptor), and will support introductions against any of them. It's possible for subclasses such as LockMixin to call the suppressInterface(Class intf) method to suppress interfaces that should not be exposed. However, no matter how many interfaces an IntroductionInterceptor is prepared to support, the IntroductionAdvisor used will control which interfaces are actually exposed. An introduced interface will conceal any implementation of the same interface by the target. Thus LockMixin subclasses DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor and implements Lockable itself. The superclass automatically picks up that Lockable can be supported for introduction, so we don't
3.1
Reference Documentation
258
Spring Framework
need to specify that. We could introduce any number of interfaces in this way. Note the use of the locked instance variable. This effectively adds additional state to that held in the target object.
public class LockMixin extends DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor implements Lockable { private boolean locked; public void lock() { this.locked = true; } public void unlock() { this.locked = false; } public boolean locked() { return this.locked; } public Object invoke(MethodInvocation invocation) throws Throwable { if (locked() && invocation.getMethod().getName().indexOf("set") == 0) throw new LockedException(); return super.invoke(invocation); } }
Often it isn't necessary to override the invoke() method: the DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor implementation - which calls the delegate method if the method is introduced, otherwise proceeds towards the join point - is usually sufficient. In the present case, we need to add a check: no setter method can be invoked if in locked mode. The introduction advisor required is simple. All it needs to do is hold a distinct LockMixin instance, and specify the introduced interfaces - in this case, just Lockable. A more complex example might take a reference to the introduction interceptor (which would be defined as a prototype): in this case, there's no configuration relevant for a LockMixin, so we simply create it using new.
public class LockMixinAdvisor extends DefaultIntroductionAdvisor { public LockMixinAdvisor() { super(new LockMixin(), Lockable.class); } }
We can apply this advisor very simply: it requires no configuration. (However, it is necessary: It's impossible to use an IntroductionInterceptor without an IntroductionAdvisor.) As usual with introductions, the advisor must be per-instance, as it is stateful. We need a different instance of LockMixinAdvisor, and hence LockMixin, for each advised object. The advisor comprises part of the advised object's state. We can apply this advisor programmatically, using the Advised.addAdvisor() method, or (the
3.1
Reference Documentation
259
Spring Framework
recommended way) in XML configuration, like any other advisor. All proxy creation choices discussed below, including "auto proxy creators," correctly handle introductions and stateful mixins.
Note
The Spring 2.0 AOP support also uses factory beans under the covers. The basic way to create an AOP proxy in Spring is to use the org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean. This gives complete control over the pointcuts and advice that will apply, and their ordering. However, there are simpler options that are preferable if you don't need such control.
Basics
The ProxyFactoryBean, like other Spring FactoryBean implementations, introduces a level of indirection. If you define a ProxyFactoryBean with name foo, what objects referencing foo see is not the ProxyFactoryBean instance itself, but an object created by the ProxyFactoryBean's implementation of the getObject() method. This method will create an AOP proxy wrapping a target object. One of the most important benefits of using a ProxyFactoryBean or another IoC-aware class to create AOP proxies, is that it means that advices and pointcuts can also be managed by IoC. This is a powerful feature, enabling certain approaches that are hard to achieve with other AOP frameworks. For 3.1 Reference Documentation 260
Spring Framework
example, an advice may itself reference application objects (besides the target, which should be available in any AOP framework), benefiting from all the pluggability provided by Dependency Injection.
JavaBean properties
In common with most FactoryBean implementations provided ProxyFactoryBean class is itself a JavaBean. Its properties are used to: Specify the target you want to proxy. Specify whether to use CGLIB (see below and also the section called JDK- and CGLIB-based proxies). Some key properties are inherited from org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyConfig (the superclass for all AOP proxy factories in Spring). These key properties include: proxyTargetClass: true if the target class is to be proxied, rather than the target class' interfaces. If this property value is set to true, then CGLIB proxies will be created (but see also the section called JDK- and CGLIB-based proxies). optimize: controls whether or not aggressive optimizations are applied to proxies created via CGLIB. One should not blithely use this setting unless one fully understands how the relevant AOP proxy handles optimization. This is currently used only for CGLIB proxies; it has no effect with JDK dynamic proxies. frozen: if a proxy configuration is frozen, then changes to the configuration are no longer allowed. This is useful both as a slight optimization and for those cases when you don't want callers to be able to manipulate the proxy (via the Advised interface) after the proxy has been created. The default value of this property is false, so changes such as adding additional advice are allowed. exposeProxy: determines whether or not the current proxy should be exposed in a ThreadLocal so that it can be accessed by the target. If a target needs to obtain the proxy and the exposeProxy property is set to true, the target can use the AopContext.currentProxy() method. Other properties specific to ProxyFactoryBean include: proxyInterfaces: array of String interface names. If this isn't supplied, a CGLIB proxy for the target class will be used (but see also the section called JDK- and CGLIB-based proxies). interceptorNames: String array of Advisor, interceptor or other advice names to apply. Ordering is significant, on a first come-first served basis. That is to say that the first interceptor in the list will be the first to be able to intercept the invocation. The names are bean names in the current factory, including bean names from ancestor factories. You can't mention bean references here since doing so would result in the ProxyFactoryBean ignoring the singleton setting of the advice. 3.1 Reference Documentation 261 with Spring, the
Spring Framework
You can append an interceptor name with an asterisk (*). This will result in the application of all advisor beans with names starting with the part before the asterisk to be applied. An example of using this feature can be found in the section called Using 'global' advisors. singleton: whether or not the factory should return a single object, no matter how often the getObject() method is called. Several FactoryBean implementations offer such a method. The default value is true. If you want to use stateful advice - for example, for stateful mixins - use prototype advices along with a singleton value of false.
Note
The behavior of the ProxyFactoryBean with regard to creating JDK- or CGLIB-based proxies changed between versions 1.2.x and 2.0 of Spring. The ProxyFactoryBean now exhibits similar semantics with regard to auto-detecting interfaces as those of the TransactionProxyFactoryBean class. If the class of a target object that is to be proxied (hereafter simply referred to as the target class) doesn't implement any interfaces, then a CGLIB-based proxy will be created. This is the easiest scenario, because JDK proxies are interface based, and no interfaces means JDK proxying isn't even possible. One simply plugs in the target bean, and specifies the list of interceptors via the interceptorNames property. Note that a CGLIB-based proxy will be created even if the proxyTargetClass property of the ProxyFactoryBean has been set to false. (Obviously this makes no sense, and is best removed from the bean definition because it is at best redundant, and at worst confusing.) If the target class implements one (or more) interfaces, then the type of proxy that is created depends on the configuration of the ProxyFactoryBean. If the proxyTargetClass property of the ProxyFactoryBean has been set to true, then a CGLIB-based proxy will be created. This makes sense, and is in keeping with the principle of least surprise. Even if the proxyInterfaces property of the ProxyFactoryBean has been set to one or more fully qualified interface names, the fact that the proxyTargetClass property is set to true will cause CGLIB-based proxying to be in effect. If the proxyInterfaces property of the ProxyFactoryBean has been set to one or more fully qualified interface names, then a JDK-based proxy will be created. The created proxy will implement all of the interfaces that were specified in the proxyInterfaces property; if the target class happens to implement a whole lot more interfaces than those specified in the proxyInterfaces property, that is all well and good but those additional interfaces will not be implemented by the returned proxy.
3.1
Reference Documentation
262
Spring Framework
If the proxyInterfaces property of the ProxyFactoryBean has not been set, but the target class does implement one (or more) interfaces, then the ProxyFactoryBean will auto-detect the fact that the target class does actually implement at least one interface, and a JDK-based proxy will be created. The interfaces that are actually proxied will be all of the interfaces that the target class implements; in effect, this is the same as simply supplying a list of each and every interface that the target class implements to the proxyInterfaces property. However, it is significantly less work, and less prone to typos.
Proxying interfaces
Let's look at a simple example of ProxyFactoryBean in action. This example involves: A target bean that will be proxied. This is the "personTarget" bean definition in the example below. An Advisor and an Interceptor used to provide advice. An AOP proxy bean definition specifying the target object (the personTarget bean) and the interfaces to proxy, along with the advices to apply.
<bean id="personTarget" class="com.mycompany.PersonImpl"> <property name="name" value="Tony"/> <property name="age" value="51"/> </bean> <bean id="myAdvisor" class="com.mycompany.MyAdvisor"> <property name="someProperty" value="Custom string property value"/> </bean> <bean id="debugInterceptor" class="org.springframework.aop.interceptor.DebugInterceptor"> </bean> <bean id="person" class="org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="proxyInterfaces" value="com.mycompany.Person"/> <property name="target" ref="personTarget"/> <property name="interceptorNames"> <list> <value>myAdvisor</value> <value>debugInterceptor</value> </list> </property> </bean>
Note that the interceptorNames property takes a list of String: the bean names of the interceptor or advisors in the current factory. Advisors, interceptors, before, after returning and throws advice objects can be used. The ordering of advisors is significant.
Note
You might be wondering why the list doesn't hold bean references. The reason for this is that if the ProxyFactoryBean's singleton property is set to false, it must be able to return 3.1 Reference Documentation 263
Spring Framework
independent proxy instances. If any of the advisors is itself a prototype, an independent instance would need to be returned, so it's necessary to be able to obtain an instance of the prototype from the factory; holding a reference isn't sufficient. The "person" bean definition above can be used in place of a Person implementation, as follows:
Person person = (Person) factory.getBean("person");
Other beans in the same IoC context can express a strongly typed dependency on it, as with an ordinary Java object:
<bean id="personUser" class="com.mycompany.PersonUser"> <property name="person"><ref local="person"/></property> </bean>
The PersonUser class in this example would expose a property of type Person. As far as it's concerned, the AOP proxy can be used transparently in place of a "real" person implementation. However, its class would be a dynamic proxy class. It would be possible to cast it to the Advised interface (discussed below). It's possible to conceal the distinction between target and proxy using an anonymous inner bean, as follows. Only the ProxyFactoryBean definition is different; the advice is included only for completeness:
<bean id="myAdvisor" class="com.mycompany.MyAdvisor"> <property name="someProperty" value="Custom string property value"/> </bean> <bean id="debugInterceptor" class="org.springframework.aop.interceptor.DebugInterceptor"/> <bean id="person" class="org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="proxyInterfaces" value="com.mycompany.Person"/> <!-- Use inner bean, not local reference to target --> <property name="target"> <bean class="com.mycompany.PersonImpl"> <property name="name" value="Tony"/> <property name="age" value="51"/> </bean> </property> <property name="interceptorNames"> <list> <value>myAdvisor</value> <value>debugInterceptor</value> </list> </property> </bean>
This has the advantage that there's only one object of type Person: useful if we want to prevent users of the application context from obtaining a reference to the un-advised object, or need to avoid any ambiguity with Spring IoC autowiring. There's also arguably an advantage in that the ProxyFactoryBean
3.1
Reference Documentation
264
Spring Framework
definition is self-contained. However, there are times when being able to obtain the un-advised target from the factory might actually be an advantage: for example, in certain test scenarios.
Proxying classes
What if you need to proxy a class, rather than one or more interfaces? Imagine that in our example above, there was no Person interface: we needed to advise a class called Person that didn't implement any business interface. In this case, you can configure Spring to use CGLIB proxying, rather than dynamic proxies. Simply set the proxyTargetClass property on the ProxyFactoryBean above to true. While it's best to program to interfaces, rather than classes, the ability to advise classes that don't implement interfaces can be useful when working with legacy code. (In general, Spring isn't prescriptive. While it makes it easy to apply good practices, it avoids forcing a particular approach.) If you want to, you can force the use of CGLIB in any case, even if you do have interfaces. CGLIB proxying works by generating a subclass of the target class at runtime. Spring configures this generated subclass to delegate method calls to the original target: the subclass is used to implement the Decorator pattern, weaving in the advice. CGLIB proxying should generally be transparent to users. However, there are some issues to consider: Final methods can't be advised, as they can't be overridden. You'll need the CGLIB 2 binaries on your classpath; dynamic proxies are available with the JDK. There's little performance difference between CGLIB proxying and dynamic proxies. As of Spring 1.0, dynamic proxies are slightly faster. However, this may change in the future. Performance should not be a decisive consideration in this case.
3.1
Reference Documentation
265
Spring Framework
This will never be instantiated itself, so may actually be incomplete. Then each proxy which needs to be created is just a child bean definition, which wraps the target of the proxy as an inner bean definition, since the target will never be used on its own anyway.
<bean id="myService" parent="txProxyTemplate"> <property name="target"> <bean class="org.springframework.samples.MyServiceImpl"> </bean> </property> </bean>
It is of course possible to override properties from the parent template, such as in this case, the transaction propagation settings:
<bean id="mySpecialService" parent="txProxyTemplate"> <property name="target"> <bean class="org.springframework.samples.MySpecialServiceImpl"> </bean> </property> <property name="transactionAttributes"> <props> <prop key="get*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED,readOnly</prop> <prop key="find*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED,readOnly</prop> <prop key="load*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED,readOnly</prop> <prop key="store*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED</prop> </props> </property> </bean>
Note that in the example above, we have explicitly marked the parent bean definition as abstract by using the abstract attribute, as described previously, so that it may not actually ever be instantiated. Application contexts (but not simple bean factories) will by default pre-instantiate all singletons. It is therefore important (at least for singleton beans) that if you have a (parent) bean definition which you intend to use only as a template, and this definition specifies a class, you must make sure to set the abstract attribute to true, otherwise the application context will actually try to pre-instantiate it. 3.1 Reference Documentation 266
Spring Framework
The first step is to construct an object of type org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactory. You can create this with a target object, as in the above example, or specify the interfaces to be proxied in an alternate constructor. You can add advices (with interceptors as a specialized kind of advice) and/or advisors, and manipulate them for the life of the ProxyFactory. If you add an IntroductionInterceptionAroundAdvisor, you can cause the proxy to implement additional interfaces. There are also convenience methods on ProxyFactory (inherited from AdvisedSupport) which allow you to add other advice types such as before and throws advice. AdvisedSupport is the superclass of both ProxyFactory and ProxyFactoryBean.
Tip
Integrating AOP proxy creation with the IoC framework is best practice in most applications. We recommend that you externalize configuration from Java code with AOP, as in general.
3.1
Reference Documentation
267
Spring Framework
void addAdvisor(int pos, Advisor advisor) throws AopConfigException; int indexOf(Advisor advisor); boolean removeAdvisor(Advisor advisor) throws AopConfigException; void removeAdvisor(int index) throws AopConfigException; boolean replaceAdvisor(Advisor a, Advisor b) throws AopConfigException; boolean isFrozen();
The getAdvisors() method will return an Advisor for every advisor, interceptor or other advice type that has been added to the factory. If you added an Advisor, the returned advisor at this index will be the object that you added. If you added an interceptor or other advice type, Spring will have wrapped this in an advisor with a pointcut that always returns true. Thus if you added a MethodInterceptor, the advisor returned for this index will be an DefaultPointcutAdvisor returning your MethodInterceptor and a pointcut that matches all classes and methods. The addAdvisor() methods can be used to add any Advisor. Usually the advisor holding pointcut and advice will be the generic DefaultPointcutAdvisor, which can be used with any advice or pointcut (but not for introductions). By default, it's possible to add or remove advisors or interceptors even once a proxy has been created. The only restriction is that it's impossible to add or remove an introduction advisor, as existing proxies from the factory will not show the interface change. (You can obtain a new proxy from the factory to avoid this problem.) A simple example of casting an AOP proxy to the Advised interface and examining and manipulating its advice:
Advised advised = (Advised) myObject; Advisor[] advisors = advised.getAdvisors(); int oldAdvisorCount = advisors.length; System.out.println(oldAdvisorCount + " advisors"); // Add an advice like an interceptor without a pointcut // Will match all proxied methods // Can use for interceptors, before, after returning or throws advice advised.addAdvice(new DebugInterceptor()); // Add selective advice using a pointcut advised.addAdvisor(new DefaultPointcutAdvisor(mySpecialPointcut, myAdvice)); assertEquals("Added two advisors", oldAdvisorCount + 2, advised.getAdvisors().length);
Note
It's questionable whether it's advisable (no pun intended) to modify advice on a business object in production, although there are no doubt legitimate usage cases. However, it can be very useful in development: for example, in tests. I have sometimes found it very useful to be able to add test code in the form of an interceptor or other advice, getting inside a method
3.1
Reference Documentation
268
Spring Framework
invocation I want to test. (For example, the advice can get inside a transaction created for that method: for example, to run SQL to check that a database was correctly updated, before marking the transaction for roll back.) Depending on how you created the proxy, you can usually set a frozen flag, in which case the Advised isFrozen() method will return true, and any attempts to modify advice through addition or removal will result in an AopConfigException. The ability to freeze the state of an advised object is useful in some cases, for example, to prevent calling code removing a security interceptor. It may also be used in Spring 1.1 to allow aggressive optimization if runtime advice modification is known not to be required.
3.1
Reference Documentation
269
Spring Framework
As with ProxyFactoryBean, there is an interceptorNames property rather than a list of interceptors, to allow correct behavior for prototype advisors. Named "interceptors" can be advisors or any advice type. As with auto proxying in general, the main point of using BeanNameAutoProxyCreator is to apply the same configuration consistently to multiple objects, with minimal volume of configuration. It is a popular choice for applying declarative transactions to multiple objects. Bean definitions whose names match, such as "jdkMyBean" and "onlyJdk" in the above example, are plain old bean definitions with the target class. An AOP proxy will be created automatically by the BeanNameAutoProxyCreator. The same advice will be applied to all matching beans. Note that if advisors are used (rather than the interceptor in the above example), the pointcuts may apply differently to different beans. DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator A more general and extremely powerful auto proxy creator is DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator. This will automagically apply eligible advisors in the current context, without the need to include specific bean names in the autoproxy advisor's bean definition. It offers the same merit of consistent configuration and avoidance of duplication as BeanNameAutoProxyCreator. Using this mechanism involves: Specifying a DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator bean definition. Specifying any number of Advisors in the same or related contexts. Note that these must be Advisors, not just interceptors or other advices. This is necessary because there must be a pointcut to evaluate, to check the eligibility of each advice to candidate bean definitions. The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator will automatically evaluate the pointcut contained in each advisor, to see what (if any) advice it should apply to each business object (such as "businessObject1" and "businessObject2" in the example). This means that any number of advisors can be applied automatically to each business object. If no pointcut in any of the advisors matches any method in a business object, the object will not be proxied. As bean definitions are added for new business objects, they will automatically be proxied if necessary. Autoproxying in general has the advantage of making it impossible for callers or dependencies to obtain an un-advised object. Calling getBean("businessObject1") on this ApplicationContext will return an AOP proxy, not the target business object. (The "inner bean" idiom shown earlier also offers this benefit.) 3.1 Reference Documentation 270
Spring Framework
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator"/> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor"> <property name="transactionInterceptor" ref="transactionInterceptor"/> </bean> <bean id="customAdvisor" class="com.mycompany.MyAdvisor"/> <bean id="businessObject1" class="com.mycompany.BusinessObject1"> <!-- Properties omitted --> </bean> <bean id="businessObject2" class="com.mycompany.BusinessObject2"/>
The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator is very useful if you want to apply the same advice consistently to many business objects. Once the infrastructure definitions are in place, you can simply add new business objects without including specific proxy configuration. You can also drop in additional aspects very easily - for example, tracing or performance monitoring aspects - with minimal change to configuration. The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator offers support for filtering (using a naming convention so that only certain advisors are evaluated, allowing use of multiple, differently configured, AdvisorAutoProxyCreators in the same factory) and ordering. Advisors can implement the org.springframework.core.Ordered interface to ensure correct ordering if this is an issue. The TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor used in the above example has a configurable order value; the default setting is unordered. AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator This is the superclass of DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator. You can create your own autoproxy creators by subclassing this class, in the unlikely event that advisor definitions offer insufficient customization to the behavior of the framework DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.
3.1
Reference Documentation
271
Spring Framework
The /attributes directory of the JPetStore sample application shows the use of attribute-driven autoproxying. In this case, there's no need to use the TransactionProxyFactoryBean. Simply defining transactional attributes on business objects is sufficient, because of the use of metadata-aware pointcuts. The bean definitions include the following code, in /WEB-INF/declarativeServices.xml. Note that this is generic, and can be used outside the JPetStore:
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator"/> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor"> <property name="transactionInterceptor" ref="transactionInterceptor"/> </bean> <bean id="transactionInterceptor" class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionInterceptor"> <property name="transactionManager" ref="transactionManager"/> <property name="transactionAttributeSource"> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.AttributesTransactionAttributeSource"> <property name="attributes" ref="attributes"/> </bean> </property> </bean> <bean id="attributes" class="org.springframework.metadata.commons.CommonsAttributes"/>
The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator bean definition (the name is not significant, hence it can even be omitted) will pick up all eligible pointcuts in the current application context. In this case, the "transactionAdvisor" bean definition, of type TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor, will apply to classes or methods carrying a transaction attribute. The TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor depends on a TransactionInterceptor, via constructor dependency. The example resolves this via autowiring. The AttributesTransactionAttributeSource depends on an implementation of the org.springframework.metadata.Attributes interface. In this fragment, the "attributes" bean satisfies this, using the Jakarta Commons Attributes API to obtain attribute information. (The application code must have been compiled using the Commons Attributes compilation task.) The /annotation directory of the JPetStore sample application contains an analogous example for auto-proxying driven by JDK 1.5+ annotations. The following configuration enables automatic detection of Spring's Transactional annotation, leading to implicit proxies for beans containing that annotation:
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator"/> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor"> <property name="transactionInterceptor" ref="transactionInterceptor"/> </bean> <bean id="transactionInterceptor" class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionInterceptor"> <property name="transactionManager" ref="transactionManager"/> <property name="transactionAttributeSource"> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.annotation.AnnotationTransactionAttributeSource"/> </property> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
272
Spring Framework
The TransactionInterceptor defined here depends on a PlatformTransactionManager definition, which is not included in this generic file (although it could be) because it will be specific to the application's transaction requirements (typically JTA, as in this example, or Hibernate, JDO or JDBC):
<bean id="transactionManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager"/>
Tip
If you require only declarative transaction management, using these generic XML definitions will result in Spring automatically proxying all classes or methods with transaction attributes. You won't need to work directly with AOP, and the programming model is similar to that of .NET ServicedComponents. This mechanism is extensible. It's possible to do autoproxying based on custom attributes. You need to: Define your custom attribute. Specify an Advisor with the necessary advice, including a pointcut that is triggered by the presence of the custom attribute on a class or method. You may be able to use an existing advice, merely implementing a static pointcut that picks up the custom attribute. It's possible for such advisors to be unique to each advised class (for example, mixins): they simply need to be defined as prototype, rather than singleton, bean definitions. For example, the LockMixin introduction interceptor from the Spring test suite, shown above, could be used in conjunction with an attribute-driven pointcut to target a mixin, as shown here. We use the generic DefaultPointcutAdvisor, configured using JavaBean properties:
<bean id="lockMixin" class="org.springframework.aop.LockMixin" scope="prototype"/> <bean id="lockableAdvisor" class="org.springframework.aop.support.DefaultPointcutAdvisor" scope="prototype"> <property name="pointcut" ref="myAttributeAwarePointcut"/> <property name="advice" ref="lockMixin"/> </bean> <bean id="anyBean" class="anyclass" ...
If the attribute aware pointcut matches any methods in the anyBean or other bean definitions, the mixin will be applied. Note that both lockMixin and lockableAdvisor definitions are prototypes. The myAttributeAwarePointcut pointcut can be a singleton definition, as it doesn't hold state for individual advised objects.
3.1
Reference Documentation
273
Spring Framework
Spring offers the concept of a TargetSource, expressed in the org.springframework.aop.TargetSource interface. This interface is responsible for returning the "target object" implementing the join point. The TargetSource implementation is asked for a target instance each time the AOP proxy handles a method invocation. Developers using Spring AOP don't normally need to work directly with TargetSources, but this provides a powerful means of supporting pooling, hot swappable and other sophisticated targets. For example, a pooling TargetSource can return a different target instance for each invocation, using a pool to manage instances. If you do not specify a TargetSource, a default implementation is used that wraps a local object. The same target is returned for each invocation (as you would expect). Let's look at the standard target sources provided with Spring, and how you can use them.
Tip
When using a custom target source, your target will usually need to be a prototype rather than a singleton bean definition. This allows Spring to create a new target instance when required.
The above swap() call changes the target of the swappable bean. Clients who hold a reference to that 3.1 Reference Documentation 274
Spring Framework
bean will be unaware of the change, but will immediately start hitting the new target. Although this example doesn't add any advice - and it's not necessary to add advice to use a TargetSource - of course any TargetSource can be used in conjunction with arbitrary advice.
Note that the target object - "businessObjectTarget" in the example - must be a prototype. This allows the PoolingTargetSource implementation to create new instances of the target to grow the pool as necessary. See the javadoc for AbstractPoolingTargetSource and the concrete subclass you wish to use for information about its properties: "maxSize" is the most basic, and always guaranteed to be present. In this case, "myInterceptor" is the name of an interceptor that would need to be defined in the same IoC context. However, it isn't necessary to specify interceptors to use pooling. If you want only pooling, and no other advice, don't set the interceptorNames property at all. It's possible to configure Spring so as to be able to cast any pooled object to the org.springframework.aop.target.PoolingConfig interface, which exposes information about the configuration and current size of the pool through an introduction. You'll need to define an advisor like this: 3.1 Reference Documentation 275
Spring Framework
<bean id="poolConfigAdvisor" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.MethodInvokingFactoryBean"> <property name="targetObject" ref="poolTargetSource"/> <property name="targetMethod" value="getPoolingConfigMixin"/> </bean>
This advisor is obtained by calling a convenience method on the AbstractPoolingTargetSource class, hence the use of MethodInvokingFactoryBean. This advisor's name ("poolConfigAdvisor" here) must be in the list of interceptors names in the ProxyFactoryBean exposing the pooled object. The cast will look as follows:
PoolingConfig conf = (PoolingConfig) beanFactory.getBean("businessObject"); System.out.println("Max pool size is " + conf.getMaxSize());
Note
Pooling stateless service objects is not usually necessary. We don't believe it should be the default choice, as most stateless objects are naturally thread safe, and instance pooling is problematic if resources are cached. Simpler pooling is available using autoproxying. It's possible to set the TargetSources used by any autoproxy creator.
There's only one property: the name of the target bean. Inheritance is used in the TargetSource implementations to ensure consistent naming. As with the pooling target source, the target bean must be a prototype bean definition.
3.1
Reference Documentation
276
Spring Framework
resource alongside a thread. Setting up a ThreadLocalTargetSource is pretty much the same as was explained for the other types of target source:
<bean id="threadlocalTargetSource" class="org.springframework.aop.target.ThreadLocalTargetSource"> <property name="targetBeanName" value="businessObjectTarget"/> </bean>
Note
ThreadLocals come with serious issues (potentially resulting in memory leaks) when incorrectly using them in a multi-threaded and multi-classloader environments. One should always consider wrapping a threadlocal in some other class and never directly use the ThreadLocal itself (except of course in the wrapper class). Also, one should always remember to correctly set and unset (where the latter simply involved a call to ThreadLocal.set(null)) the resource local to the thread. Unsetting should be done in any case since not unsetting it might result in problematic behavior. Spring's ThreadLocal support does this for you and should always be considered in favor of using ThreadLocals without other proper handling code.
3.1
Reference Documentation
277
Spring Framework
10. Testing
10.1 Introduction to testing
Testing is an integral part of enterprise software development. This chapter focuses on the value-add of the IoC principle to unit testing and on the benefits of Spring Framework integration testing. (A thorough treatment of testing in the enterprise is beyond the scope of this chapter.)
Mock objects
JNDI The org.springframework.mock.jndi package contains an implementation of the JNDI SPI, which you can use to set up a simple JNDI environment for test suites or stand-alone applications. If, for example, JDBC DataSources get bound to the same JNDI names in test code as within a Java EE container, you can reuse both application code and configuration in testing scenarios without modification. Servlet API The org.springframework.mock.web package contains a comprehensive set of Servlet API mock objects, targeted at usage with Spring's Web MVC framework, which are useful for testing web contexts and controllers. These mock objects are generally more convenient to use than dynamic mock objects such as EasyMock or existing Servlet API mock objects such as MockObjects. 3.1 Reference Documentation 278
Spring Framework
Portlet API The org.springframework.mock.web.portlet package contains a set of Portlet API mock objects, targeted at usage with Spring's Portlet MVC framework.
3.1
Reference Documentation
279
Spring Framework
Data access using JDBC or an ORM tool. This would include such things as the correctness of SQL statements, Hibernate queries, JPA entity mappings, etc. The Spring Framework provides first-class support for integration testing in the spring-test module. The name of the actual JAR file might include the release version and might also be in the long org.springframework.test form, depending on where you got it from (see the section on Dependency Management for an explanation). This library includes the org.springframework.test package, which contains valuable classes for integration testing with a Spring container. This testing does not rely on an application server or other deployment environment. Such tests are slower to run than unit tests but much faster than the equivalent Cactus tests or remote tests that rely on deployment to an application server. In Spring 2.5 and later, unit and integration testing support is provided in the form of the annotation-driven Spring TestContext Framework. The TestContext framework is agnostic of the actual testing framework in use, thus allowing instrumentation of tests in various environments including JUnit, TestNG, and so on.
Spring Framework
Context management and caching The Spring TestContext Framework provides consistent loading of Spring ApplicationContexts and caching of those contexts. Support for the caching of loaded contexts is important, because startup time can become an issue not because of the overhead of Spring itself, but because the objects instantiated by the Spring container take time to instantiate. For example, a project with 50 to 100 Hibernate mapping files might take 10 to 20 seconds to load the mapping files, and incurring that cost before running every test in every test fixture leads to slower overall test runs that could reduce productivity. Test classes provide an array containing the resource locations of XML configuration metadata typically in the classpath that is used to configure the application. These locations are the same as or similar to the list of configuration locations specified in web.xml or other deployment configuration files. By default, once loaded, the configured ApplicationContext is reused for each test. Thus the setup cost is incurred only once (per test suite), and subsequent test execution is much faster. In the unlikely case that a test corrupts the application context and requires reloading for example, by modifying a bean definition or the state of an application object the TestContext framework can be configured to reload the configuration and rebuild the application context before executing the next test. See context management and caching with the TestContext framework. Dependency Injection of test fixtures When the TestContext framework loads your application context, it can optionally configure instances of your test classes via Dependency Injection. This provides a convenient mechanism for setting up test fixtures using preconfigured beans from your application context. A strong benefit here is that you can reuse application contexts across various testing scenarios (e.g., for configuring Spring-managed object graphs, transactional proxies, DataSources, etc.), thus avoiding the need to duplicate complex test fixture set up for individual test cases. As an example, consider the scenario where we have a class, HibernateTitleRepository, that performs data access logic for say, the Title domain object. We want to write integration tests that test all of the following areas: The Spring configuration: basically, is everything related to the configuration of the HibernateTitleRepository bean correct and present? The Hibernate mapping file configuration: is everything mapped correctly, and are the correct lazy-loading settings in place? The logic of the HibernateTitleRepository: does the configured instance of this class perform as anticipated? See dependency injection of test fixtures with the TestContext framework. 3.1 Reference Documentation 281
Spring Framework
Transaction management One common issue in tests that access a real database is their affect on the state of the persistence store. Even when you're using a development database, changes to the state may affect future tests. Also, many operations such as inserting or modifying persistent data cannot be performed (or verified) outside a transaction. The TestContext framework addresses this issue. By default, the framework will create and roll back a transaction for each test. You simply write code that can assume the existence of a transaction. If you call transactionally proxied objects in your tests, they will behave correctly, according to their transactional semantics. In addition, if test methods delete the contents of selected tables while running within a transaction, the transaction will roll back by default, and the database will return to its state prior to execution of the test. Transactional support is provided to your test class via a PlatformTransactionManager bean defined in the test's application context. If you want a transaction to commit unusual, but occasionally useful when you want a particular test to populate or modify the database the TestContext framework can be instructed to cause the transaction to commit instead of roll back via the @TransactionConfiguration and @Rollback annotations. See transaction management with the TestContext framework. Support classes for integration testing The Spring TestContext Framework provides several abstract support classes that simplify the writing of integration tests. These base test classes provide well-defined hooks into the testing framework as well as convenient instance variables and methods, which enable you to access: The ApplicationContext, for performing explicit bean lookups or testing the state of the context as a whole. A SimpleJdbcTemplate, for executing SQL statements to query the database. Such queries can be used to confirm database state both prior to and after execution of database-related application code, and Spring ensures that such queries run in the scope of the same transaction as the application code. When used in conjunction with an ORM tool, be sure to avoid false positives. In addition, you may want to create your own custom, application-wide superclass with instance variables and methods specific to your project. See support classes for the TestContext framework.
3.1
Reference Documentation
282
Spring Framework
scenarios. Note that AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests and AbstractTransactionalTestNGSpringContextTests provide convenience methods which delegate to SimpleJdbcTestUtils internally.
Annotations
The Spring Framework provides the following set of Spring-specific annotations that you can use in your unit and integration tests in conjunction with the TestContext framework. Refer to the respective JavaDoc for further information, including default attribute values, attribute aliases, and so on. @ContextConfiguration Defines class-level metadata that is used to determine how to load and configure an ApplicationContext. Specifically, @ContextConfiguration defines the application context resource locations to load as well as the ContextLoader strategy to use for loading the context.
@ContextConfiguration(locations="example/test-context.xml", loader=CustomContextLoader.class) public class CustomConfiguredApplicationContextTests { // class body... }
Note
@ContextConfiguration supports inherited resource locations by default. See Context management and caching and JavaDoc for an example and further details. @DirtiesContext Indicates that the underlying Spring ApplicationContext has been dirtied (i.e., modified or corrupted in some manner) during the execution of a test and should be closed, regardless of whether the test passed. @DirtiesContext is supported in the following scenarios: After the current test class, when declared on a class with class mode set to AFTER_CLASS, which is the default class mode. After each test method in the current test class, when declared on a class with class mode set to AFTER_EACH_TEST_METHOD. After the current test, when declared on a method. Use this annotation if a test has modified the context (for example, by replacing a bean definition). Subsequent tests are supplied a new context. With JUnit 4.5+ or TestNG you can use @DirtiesContext as both a class-level and method-level annotation within the same test class. In such scenarios, the ApplicationContext is marked as dirty after any such annotated method as well as after the entire class. If the ClassMode is set to
3.1
Reference Documentation
283
Spring Framework
AFTER_EACH_TEST_METHOD, the context is marked dirty after each test method in the class.
@DirtiesContext public class ContextDirtyingTests { // some tests that result in the Spring container being dirtied }
@DirtiesContext(classMode = ClassMode.AFTER_EACH_TEST_METHOD) public class ContextDirtyingTests { // some tests that result in the Spring container being dirtied }
@DirtiesContext @Test public void testProcessWhichDirtiesAppCtx() { // some logic that results in the Spring container being dirtied }
When an application context is marked dirty, it is removed from the testing framework's cache and closed; thus the underlying Spring container is rebuilt for any subsequent test that requires a context with the same set of resource locations. @TestExecutionListeners Defines class-level metadata for configuring which TestExecutionListeners should be registered with the TestContextManager. Typically, @TestExecutionListeners is used in conjunction with @ContextConfiguration.
@ContextConfiguration @TestExecutionListeners({CustomTestExecutionListener.class, AnotherTestExecutionListener.class}) public class CustomTestExecutionListenerTests { // class body... }
@TestExecutionListeners supports inherited listeners by default. See the JavaDoc for an example and further details. @TransactionConfiguration Defines class-level metadata for configuring transactional tests. Specifically, the bean name of the PlatformTransactionManager that is to be used to drive transactions can be explicitly configured if the bean name of the desired PlatformTransactionManager is not "transactionManager". In addition, you can change the defaultRollback flag to false. Typically, @TransactionConfiguration is used in conjunction with @ContextConfiguration.
@ContextConfiguration @TransactionConfiguration(transactionManager="txMgr", defaultRollback=false) public class CustomConfiguredTransactionalTests { // class body... }
3.1
Reference Documentation
284
Spring Framework
Note
If the default conventions are sufficient for your test configuration, you can avoid using @TransactionConfiguration altogether. In other words, if your transaction manager bean is named "transactionManager" and if you want transactions to roll back automatically, there is no need to annotate your test class with @TransactionConfiguration. @Rollback Indicates whether the transaction for the annotated test method should be rolled back after the test method has completed. If true, the transaction is rolled back; otherwise, the transaction is committed. Use @Rollback to override the default rollback flag configured at the class level.
@Rollback(false) @Test public void testProcessWithoutRollback() { // ... }
@BeforeTransaction Indicates that the annotated public void method should be executed before a transaction is started for test methods configured to run within a transaction via the @Transactional annotation.
@BeforeTransaction public void beforeTransaction() { // logic to be executed before a transaction is started }
@AfterTransaction Indicates that the annotated public void method should be executed after a transaction has ended for test methods configured to run within a transaction via the @Transactional annotation.
@AfterTransaction public void afterTransaction() { // logic to be executed after a transaction has ended }
@NotTransactional The presence of this annotation indicates that the annotated test method must not execute in a transactional context.
@NotTransactional @Test public void testProcessWithoutTransaction() { // ... }
3.1
Reference Documentation
285
Spring Framework
@NotTransactional is deprecated
As of Spring 3.0, @NotTransactional is deprecated in favor of moving the non-transactional test method to a separate (non-transactional) test class or to a @BeforeTransaction or @AfterTransaction method. As an alternative to annotating an entire class with @Transactional, consider annotating individual methods with @Transactional; doing so allows a mix of transactional and non-transactional methods in the same test class without the need for using @NotTransactional.
The following annotations are only supported SpringJUnit4ClassRunner or the JUnit support classes. @IfProfileValue
when
used
in
conjunction
with
the
Indicates that the annotated test is enabled for a specific testing environment. If the configured ProfileValueSource returns a matching value for the provided name, the test is enabled. This annotation can be applied to an entire class or to individual methods. Class-level usage overrides method-level usage.
@IfProfileValue(name="java.vendor", value="Sun Microsystems Inc.") @Test public void testProcessWhichRunsOnlyOnSunJvm() { // some logic that should run only on Java VMs from Sun Microsystems }
Alternatively, you can configure @IfProfileValue with a list of values (with OR semantics) to achieve TestNG-like support for test groups in a JUnit environment. Consider the following example:
@IfProfileValue(name="test-groups", values={"unit-tests", "integration-tests"}) @Test public void testProcessWhichRunsForUnitOrIntegrationTestGroups() { // some logic that should run only for unit and integration test groups }
@ProfileValueSourceConfiguration Class-level annotation that specifies what type of ProfileValueSource to use when retrieving profile values configured through the @IfProfileValue annotation. If @ProfileValueSourceConfiguration is not declared for a test, SystemProfileValueSource is used by default.
@ProfileValueSourceConfiguration(CustomProfileValueSource.class) public class CustomProfileValueSourceTests { // class body... }
@ExpectedException
3.1
Reference Documentation
286
Spring Framework
Indicates that the annotated test method is expected to throw an exception during execution. The type of the expected exception is provided in the annotation, and if an instance of the exception is thrown during the test method execution then the test passes. Likewise if an instance of the exception is not thrown during the test method execution then the test fails.
@ExpectedException(SomeBusinessException.class) public void testProcessRainyDayScenario() { // some logic that should result in an Exception being thrown }
Using Spring's @ExpectedException annotation in conjunction with JUnit's @Test(expected=...) configuration would lead to an unresolvable conflict. Developers must therefore choose one or the other when integrating with JUnit, in which case it is generally preferable to use the explicit JUnit configuration. @Timed Indicates that the annotated test method must finish execution in a specified time period (in milliseconds). If the text execution time exceeds the specified time period, the test fails. The time period includes execution of the test method itself, any repetitions of the test (see @Repeat), as well as any set up or tear down of the test fixture.
@Timed(millis=1000) public void testProcessWithOneSecondTimeout() { // some logic that should not take longer than 1 second to execute }
Spring's @Timed annotation has different semantics than JUnit's @Test(timeout=...) support. Specifically, due to the manner in which JUnit handles test execution timeouts (that is, by executing the test method in a separate Thread), @Test(timeout=...) applies to each iteration in the case of repetitions and preemptively fails the test if the test takes too long. Spring's @Timed, on the other hand, times the total test execution time (including all repetitions) and does not preemptively fail the test but rather waits for the test to complete before failing. @Repeat Indicates that the annotated test method must be executed repeatedly. The number of times that the test method is to be executed is specified in the annotation. The scope of execution to be repeated includes execution of the test method itself as well as any set up or tear down of the test fixture.
@Repeat(10) @Test public void testProcessRepeatedly() { // ... }
3.1
Reference Documentation
287
Spring Framework
The following non-test-specific annotations are supported with standard semantics for all configurations of the Spring TestContext Framework. @Autowired @Qualifier @Resource (javax.annotation) if JSR-250 is present @Inject (javax.inject) if JSR-330 is present @Named (javax.inject) if JSR-330 is present @Provider (javax.inject) if JSR-330 is present @PersistenceContext (javax.persistence) if JPA is present @PersistenceUnit (javax.persistence) if JPA is present @Required @Transactional
3.1
Reference Documentation
288
Spring Framework
The TestContextManager also updates the state of the TestContext as the test progresses and delegates to TestExecutionListeners, which instrument the actual test execution, by providing dependency injection, managing transactions, and so on. Consult the JavaDoc and the Spring test suite for further information and examples of various configurations. TestContext: Encapsulates the context in which a test is executed, agnostic of the actual testing framework in use. TestContextManager: The main entry point into the Spring TestContext Framework, which manages a single TestContext and signals events to all registered TestExecutionListeners at well-defined test execution points: prior to any before class methods of a particular testing framework test instance preparation prior to any before methods of a particular testing framework after any after methods of a particular testing framework after any after class methods of a particular testing framework TestExecutionListener: Defines a listener API for reacting to test execution events published by the TestContextManager with which the listener is registered. Spring provides three TestExecutionListener implementations that are configured by default: DependencyInjectionTestExecutionListener, DirtiesContextTestExecutionListener, and TransactionalTestExecutionListener. Respectively, they support dependency injection of the test instance, handling of the @DirtiesContext annotation, and transactional test execution with default rollback semantics. The following three sections explain how to configure the TestContext framework through annotations and provide working examples of how to write unit and integration tests with the framework. Context management and caching Each TestContext provides context management and caching support for the test instance for which it is responsible. Test instances do not automatically receive access to the configured ApplicationContext. However, if a test class implements the ApplicationContextAware interface, a reference to the ApplicationContext is supplied to the test instance, if the DependencyInjectionTestExecutionListener is configured, which is the default. AbstractJUnit4SpringContextTests and AbstractTestNGSpringContextTests already implement ApplicationContextAware and therefore provide this functionality out-of-the-box.
@Autowired ApplicationContext
3.1 Reference Documentation 289
Spring Framework
As an alternative to implementing the ApplicationContextAware interface, you can inject the application context for your test class through the @Autowired annotation on either a field or setter method. For example:
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) @ContextConfiguration public class MyTest { @Autowired private ApplicationContext applicationContext; // class body... }
In contrast to the deprecated JUnit 3.8 legacy class hierarchy, test classes that use the TestContext framework do not need to override any protected instance methods to configure their application context. Rather, configuration is achieved merely by declaring the @ContextConfiguration annotation at the class level. If your test class does not explicitly declare application context resource locations, the configured ContextLoader determines how and whether to load a context from a default location. For example, GenericXmlContextLoader, which is the default ContextLoader, generates a default location based on the name of the test class. If your class is named com.example.MyTest, GenericXmlContextLoader loads your application context from "classpath:/com/example/MyTest-context.xml".
package com.example; @RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // ApplicationContext will be loaded from "classpath:/com/example/MyTest-context.xml" @ContextConfiguration public class MyTest { // class body... }
If the default location does not suit your needs, you can explicitly configure the locations attribute of @ContextConfiguration with an array that contains the resource locations of XML configuration metadata (assuming an XML-capable ContextLoader has been configured, which is the default). A plain path, for example "context.xml", will be treated as a classpath resource from the same package in which the test class is defined. A path starting with a slash is treated as a fully qualified classpath location, for example "/org/example/config.xml". A path which represents a URL (i.e., a path prefixed with classpath:, file:, http:, etc.) will be used as is. Alternatively, you can implement and configure your own custom ContextLoader.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // ApplicationContext will be loaded from "/applicationContext.xml" and "/applicationContext-test.xml" // in the root of the classpath @ContextConfiguration(locations={"/applicationContext.xml", "/applicationContext-test.xml"}) public class MyTest { // class body... }
@ContextConfiguration supports an alias for the locations attribute through the standard 3.1 Reference Documentation 290
Spring Framework
value attribute. Thus, if you do not need to configure a custom ContextLoader, you can omit the declaration of the locations attribute name and declare the resource locations by using the shorthand format demonstrated in the following example. @ContextConfiguration also supports a boolean inheritLocations attribute that denotes whether resource locations from superclasses should be inherited. The default value is true, which means that an annotated class inherits the resource locations defined by an annotated superclass. Specifically, the resource locations for an annotated class are appended to the list of resource locations defined by an annotated superclass. Thus, subclasses have the option of extending the list of resource locations. In the following example, the ApplicationContext for ExtendedTest is loaded from "/base-context.xml" and "/extended-context.xml", in that order. Beans defined in "/extended-context.xml" may therefore override those defined in "/base-context.xml".
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // ApplicationContext will be loaded from "/base-context.xml" in the root of the classpath @ContextConfiguration("/base-context.xml") public class BaseTest { // class body... } // ApplicationContext will be loaded from "/base-context.xml" and "/extended-context.xml" // in the root of the classpath @ContextConfiguration("/extended-context.xml") public class ExtendedTest extends BaseTest { // class body... }
If inheritLocations is set to false, the resource locations for the annotated class shadow and effectively replace any resource locations defined by a superclass. By default, once loaded, the configured ApplicationContext is reused for each test. Thus the setup cost is incurred only once (per test suite), and subsequent test execution is much faster. In the unlikely case that a test corrupts the application context and requires reloading for example, by modifying a bean definition or the state of an application object you can annotate your test class or test method with @DirtiesContext (assuming DirtiesContextTestExecutionListener has been configured, which is the default). This instructs Spring to reload the configuration and rebuild the application context before executing the next test. Dependency Injection of test fixtures When you use the DependencyInjectionTestExecutionListener which is configured by default the dependencies of your test instances are injected from beans in the application context that you configured with @ContextConfiguration. You may use setter injection, field injection, or both, depending on which annotations you choose and whether you place them on setter methods or fields. For consistency with the annotation support introduced in Spring 2.5, you can use Spring's @Autowired annotation or the @Resource annotation from JSR 250. As of Spring 3.0 you may alternatively use the @Inject annotation from JSR 330. For example, if you prefer autowiring by type, annotate your setter methods or fields with @Autowired or @Inject. If you prefer to have your dependencies injected by name, annotate your setter methods or fields with @Resource.
3.1
Reference Documentation
291
Spring Framework
Tip
The TestContext framework does not instrument the manner in which a test instance is instantiated. Thus the use of @Autowired or @Inject for constructors has no effect for test classes. Because @Autowired performs autowiring by type, if you have multiple bean definitions of the same type, you cannot rely on this approach for those particular beans. In that case, you can use @Resource for injection by name. Alternatively, if your test class has access to its ApplicationContext, you can perform an explicit lookup by using (for example) a call to applicationContext.getBean("titleRepository"). A third option is to use @Autowired in conjunction with @Qualifier. As of Spring 3.0 you may also choose to use @Inject in conjunction with @Named. If you do not want dependency injection applied to your test instances, simply do not annotate fields or setter methods with @Autowired, @Inject or @Resource. Alternatively, you can disable dependency injection altogether by explicitly configuring your class with @TestExecutionListeners and omitting DependencyInjectionTestExecutionListener.class from the list of listeners. Consider the scenario of testing a HibernateTitleRepository class, as outlined in the Goals section. The next four code listings demonstrate the use of @Autowired and @Resource on fields and setter methods. The application context configuration is presented after all sample code listings.
Note
The dependency injection behavior in the following code listings is not specific to JUnit. The same DI techniques can be used in conjunction with any testing framework. The following examples make calls to static assertion methods such as assertNotNull() but without prepending the call with Assert. In such cases, assume that the method was properly imported through an import static declaration that is not shown in the example. The first code listing shows a JUnit-based implementation of the test class that uses @Autowired for field injection.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // specifies the Spring configuration to load for this test fixture @ContextConfiguration("repository-config.xml") public class HibernateTitleRepositoryTests { // this instance will be dependency injected by type @Autowired private HibernateTitleRepository titleRepository; @Test public void loadTitle() {
3.1
Reference Documentation
292
Spring Framework
Alternatively, you can configure the class to use @Autowired for setter injection as seen below.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) // specifies the Spring configuration to load for this test fixture @ContextConfiguration("repository-config.xml") public class HibernateTitleRepositoryTests { // this instance will be dependency injected by type private HibernateTitleRepository titleRepository; @Autowired public void setTitleRepository(HibernateTitleRepository titleRepository) { this.titleRepository = titleRepository; } @Test public void loadTitle() { Title title = titleRepository.loadTitle(new Long(10)); assertNotNull(title); } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
293
Spring Framework
assertNotNull(title); } }
The preceding code listings use the same XML context file referenced by the @ContextConfiguration annotation (that is, repository-config.xml), which looks like this:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <!-- this bean will be injected into the HibernateTitleRepositoryTests class --> <bean id="titleRepository" class="com.foo.repository.hibernate.HibernateTitleRepository"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="sessionFactory"/> </bean> <bean id="sessionFactory" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.LocalSessionFactoryBean"> <!-- configuration elided for brevity --> </bean> </beans>
Note
If you are extending from a Spring-provided test base class that happens to use @Autowired on one of its setter methods, you might have multiple beans of the affected type defined in your application context: for example, multiple DataSource beans. In such a case, you can override the setter method and use the @Qualifier annotation to indicate a specific target bean as follows, but make sure to delegate to the overridden method in the superclass as well.
// ... @Autowired @Override public void setDataSource(@Qualifier("myDataSource") DataSource dataSource) { super.setDataSource(dataSource); } // ...
The specified qualifier value indicates the specific DataSource bean to inject, narrowing the set of type matches to a specific bean. Its value is matched against <qualifier> declarations within the corresponding <bean> definitions. The bean name is used as a fallback qualifier value, so you may effectively also point to a specific bean by name there (as shown above, assuming that "myDataSource" is the bean id). Alternatively, consider using the @Resource annotation on such overridden setter methods. This allows you to specify the name of the target bean explicitly, but without type matching semantics. In contrast to the solution above that combined @Autowired and @Qualifier, using @Resource results in the selection of a bean with that specific name, 3.1 Reference Documentation 294
Spring Framework
regardless of how many beans of the given type exist in the context.
// ... @Resource("myDataSource") @Override public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { super.setDataSource(dataSource); } // ...
Transaction management In the TestContext framework, transactions are managed by the TransactionalTestExecutionListener. Note that TransactionalTestExecutionListener is configured by default, even if you do not explicitly declare @TestExecutionListeners on your test class. To enable support for transactions, however, you must provide a PlatformTransactionManager bean in the application context loaded by @ContextConfiguration semantics. In addition, you must declare @Transactional either at the class or method level for your tests. For class-level transaction configuration (i.e., setting the bean name for the transaction manager and the default rollback flag), see the @TransactionConfiguration entry in the annotation support section. If transactions are not enabled for the entire test class, you can annotate methods explicitly with @Transactional. To control whether a transaction should commit for a particular test method, you can use the @Rollback annotation to override the class-level default rollback setting. AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests and AbstractTransactionalTestNGSpringContextTests are preconfigured for transactional support at the class level. Occasionally you need to execute certain code before or after a transactional test method but outside the transactional context, for example, to verify the initial database state prior to execution of your test or to verify expected transactional commit behavior after test execution (if the test was configured not to roll back the transaction). TransactionalTestExecutionListener supports the @BeforeTransaction and @AfterTransaction annotations exactly for such scenarios. Simply annotate any public void method in your test class with one of these annotations, and the TransactionalTestExecutionListener ensures that your before transaction method or after transaction method is executed at the appropriate time.
Tip
Any before methods (such as methods annotated with JUnit's @Before) and any after methods (such as methods annotated with JUnit's @After) are executed within a transaction.
3.1
Reference Documentation
295
Spring Framework
In addition, methods annotated with @BeforeTransaction or @AfterTransaction are naturally not executed for tests annotated with @NotTransactional. However, @NotTransactional is deprecated as of Spring 3.0. The following JUnit-based example displays a fictitious integration testing scenario highlighting several transaction-related annotations. Consult the annotation support section for further information and configuration examples.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) @ContextConfiguration @TransactionConfiguration(transactionManager="txMgr", defaultRollback=false) @Transactional public class FictitiousTransactionalTest { @BeforeTransaction public void verifyInitialDatabaseState() { // logic to verify the initial state before a transaction is started } @Before public void setUpTestDataWithinTransaction() { // set up test data within the transaction } @Test // overrides the class-level defaultRollback setting @Rollback(true) public void modifyDatabaseWithinTransaction() { // logic which uses the test data and modifies database state } @After public void tearDownWithinTransaction() { // execute "tear down" logic within the transaction } @AfterTransaction public void verifyFinalDatabaseState() { // logic to verify the final state after transaction has rolled back } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
296
Spring Framework
@Test // no expected exception! public void falsePositive() { updateEntityInHibernateSession(); // False positive: an exception will be thrown once the session is // finally flushed (i.e., in production code) } @Test(expected = GenericJDBCException.class) public void updateWithSessionFlush() { updateEntityInHibernateSession(); // Manual flush is required to avoid false positive in test sessionFactory.getCurrentSession().flush(); } // ...
The org.springframework.test.context.junit4 package provides support classes for JUnit 4.5+ based test cases. AbstractJUnit4SpringContextTests: Abstract base test class that integrates the Spring TestContext Framework with explicit ApplicationContext testing support in a JUnit 4.5+ environment. When you extend AbstractJUnit4SpringContextTests, you can access the following protected instance variable: applicationContext: Use this variable to perform explicit bean lookups or to test the state of the context as a whole. AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests: Abstract transactional extension of AbstractJUnit4SpringContextTests that also adds some convenience functionality for JDBC access. Expects a javax.sql.DataSource bean and a PlatformTransactionManager bean to be defined in the ApplicationContext. When you extend AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests you can access the following protected instance variables: applicationContext: Inherited from the AbstractJUnit4SpringContextTests superclass. Use this variable to perform explicit bean lookups or to test the state of the context as a whole. simpleJdbcTemplate: Use this variable to execute SQL statements to query the database. Such queries can be used to confirm database state both prior to and after execution of database-related application code, and Spring ensures that such queries run in the scope of the same transaction as the application code. When used in conjunction with an ORM tool, be sure to avoid false positives.
3.1
Reference Documentation
297
Spring Framework
Tip
These classes are a convenience for extension. If you do not want your test classes to be tied to a Spring-specific class hierarchy for example, if you want to directly extend the class you are testing you can configure your own custom test classes by using @RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class), @ContextConfiguration, @TestExecutionListeners, and so on.
The Spring TestContext Framework offers full integration with JUnit 4.5+ through a custom runner (tested on JUnit 4.5 4.8.1). By annotating test classes with @RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class), developers can implement standard JUnit-based unit and integration tests and simultaneously reap the benefits of the TestContext framework such as support for loading application contexts, dependency injection of test instances, transactional test method execution, and so on. The following code listing displays the minimal requirements for configuring a test class to run with the custom Spring Runner. @TestExecutionListeners is configured with an empty list in order to disable the default listeners, which otherwise would require an ApplicationContext to be configured through @ContextConfiguration.
@RunWith(SpringJUnit4ClassRunner.class) @TestExecutionListeners({}) public class SimpleTest { @Test public void testMethod() { // execute test logic... } }
The org.springframework.test.context.testng package provides support classes for TestNG based test cases. AbstractTestNGSpringContextTests: Abstract base test class that integrates the Spring TestContext Framework with explicit ApplicationContext testing support in a TestNG environment. When you extend AbstractTestNGSpringContextTests, you can access the following protected instance variable: applicationContext: Use this variable to perform explicit bean lookups or to test the state of the context as a whole. AbstractTransactionalTestNGSpringContextTests: Abstract transactional extension of AbstractTestNGSpringContextTests that adds some convenience functionality for JDBC access. Expects a javax.sql.DataSource bean and a PlatformTransactionManager 3.1 Reference Documentation 298
Spring Framework
bean to be defined in the ApplicationContext. When you extend AbstractTransactionalTestNGSpringContextTests, you can access the following protected instance variables: applicationContext: Inherited from the AbstractTestNGSpringContextTests superclass. Use this variable to perform explicit bean lookups or to test the state of the context as a whole. simpleJdbcTemplate: Use this variable to execute SQL statements to query the database. Such queries can be used to confirm database state both prior to and after execution of database-related application code, and Spring ensures that such queries run in the scope of the same transaction as the application code. When used in conjunction with an ORM tool, be sure to avoid false positives.
Tip
These classes are a convenience for extension. If you do not want your test classes to be tied to a Spring-specific class hierarchy for example, if you want to directly extend the class you are testing you can configure your own custom test classes by using @ContextConfiguration, @TestExecutionListeners, and so on, and by manually instrumenting your test class with a TestContextManager. See the source code of AbstractTestNGSpringContextTests for an example of how to instrument your test class.
PetClinic example
The PetClinic application, available from the samples repository, illustrates several features of the Spring TestContext Framework in a JUnit 4.5+ environment. Most test functionality is included in the AbstractClinicTests, for which a partial listing is shown below:
import static org.junit.Assert.assertEquals; // import ... @ContextConfiguration public abstract class AbstractClinicTests extends AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests { @Autowired protected Clinic clinic; @Test public void getVets() { Collection<Vet> vets = this.clinic.getVets(); assertEquals("JDBC query must show the same number of vets", super.countRowsInTable("VETS"), vets.size()); Vet v1 = EntityUtils.getById(vets, Vet.class, 2); assertEquals("Leary", v1.getLastName()); assertEquals(1, v1.getNrOfSpecialties()); assertEquals("radiology", (v1.getSpecialties().get(0)).getName()); // ... } // ... }
3.1
Reference Documentation
299
Spring Framework
Notes: This test case extends the AbstractTransactionalJUnit4SpringContextTests class, from which it inherits configuration for Dependency Injection (through the DependencyInjectionTestExecutionListener) and transactional behavior (through the TransactionalTestExecutionListener). The clinic instance variable the application object being tested is set by Dependency Injection through @Autowired semantics. The testGetVets() method illustrates how you can use the inherited countRowsInTable() method to easily verify the number of rows in a given table, thus verifying correct behavior of the application code being tested. This allows for stronger tests and lessens dependency on the exact test data. For example, you can add additional rows in the database without breaking tests. Like many integration tests that use a database, most of the tests in AbstractClinicTests depend on a minimum amount of data already in the database before the test cases run. Alternatively, you might choose to populate the database within the test fixture set up of your test cases again, within the same transaction as the tests. The PetClinic application supports three data access technologies: JDBC, Hibernate, and JPA. By declaring @ContextConfiguration without any specific resource locations, the AbstractClinicTests class will have its application context loaded from the default location, AbstractClinicTests-context.xml, which declares a common DataSource. Subclasses specify additional context locations that must declare a PlatformTransactionManager and a concrete implementation of Clinic. For example, the Hibernate implementation of the PetClinic tests contains the following implementation. For this example, HibernateClinicTests does not contain a single line of code: we only need to declare @ContextConfiguration, and the tests are inherited from AbstractClinicTests. Because @ContextConfiguration is declared without any specific resource locations, the Spring TestContext Framework loads an application context from all the beans defined in AbstractClinicTests-context.xml (i.e., the inherited locations) and HibernateClinicTests-context.xml, with HibernateClinicTests-context.xml possibly overriding beans defined in AbstractClinicTests-context.xml.
@ContextConfiguration public class HibernateClinicTests extends AbstractClinicTests { }
In a large-scale application, the Spring configuration is often split across multiple files. Consequently, configuration locations are typically specified in a common base class for all application-specific integration tests. Such a base class may also add useful instance variables populated by Dependency Injection, naturally such as a SessionFactory in the case of an application using Hibernate. As far as possible, you should have exactly the same Spring configuration files in your integration tests as in the deployed environment. One likely point of difference concerns database connection pooling and
3.1
Reference Documentation
300
Spring Framework
transaction infrastructure. If you are deploying to a full-blown application server, you will probably use its connection pool (available through JNDI) and JTA implementation. Thus in production you will use a JndiObjectFactoryBean or <jee:jndi-lookup> for the DataSource and JtaTransactionManager. JNDI and JTA will not be available in out-of-container integration tests, so you should use a combination like the Commons DBCP BasicDataSource and DataSourceTransactionManager or HibernateTransactionManager for them. You can factor out this variant behavior into a single XML file, having the choice between application server and a 'local' configuration separated from all other configuration, which will not vary between the test and production environments. In addition, it is advisable to use properties files for connection settings. See the PetClinic application for an example.
3.1
Reference Documentation
301
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
303
Spring Framework
reviewed in the next two sections, followed by a discussion of how the Spring Framework's transaction management support addresses the limitations of the global and local transaction models.
Global transactions
Global transactions enable you to work with multiple transactional resources, typically relational databases and message queues. The application server manages global transactions through the JTA, which is a cumbersome API to use (partly due to its exception model). Furthermore, a JTA UserTransaction normally needs to be sourced from JNDI, meaning that you also need to use JNDI in order to use JTA. Obviously the use of global transactions would limit any potential reuse of application code, as JTA is normally only available in an application server environment. Previously, the preferred way to use global transactions was via EJB CMT (Container Managed Transaction): CMT is a form of declarative transaction management (as distinguished from programmatic transaction management). EJB CMT removes the need for transaction-related JNDI lookups, although of course the use of EJB itself necessitates the use of JNDI. It removes most but not all of the need to write Java code to control transactions. The significant downside is that CMT is tied to JTA and an application server environment. Also, it is only available if one chooses to implement business logic in EJBs, or at least behind a transactional EJB facade. The negatives of EJB in general are so great that this is not an attractive proposition, especially in the face of compelling alternatives for declarative transaction management.
Local transactions
Local transactions are resource-specific, such as a transaction associated with a JDBC connection. Local transactions may be easier to use, but have significant disadvantages: they cannot work across multiple transactional resources. For example, code that manages transactions using a JDBC connection cannot run within a global JTA transaction. Because the application server is not involved in transaction management, it cannot help ensure correctness across multiple resources. (It is worth noting that most applications use a single transaction resource.) Another downside is that local transactions are invasive to the programming model.
Spring Framework
Do you need an application server for transaction management? The Spring Framework's transaction management support changes traditional rules as to when an enterprise Java application requires an application server. In particular, you do not need an application server simply for declarative transactions through EJBs. In fact, even if your application server has powerful JTA capabilities, you may decide that the Spring Framework's declarative transactions offer more power and a more productive programming model than EJB CMT. Typically you need an application server's JTA capability only if your application needs to handle transactions across multiple resources, which is not a requirement for many applications. Many high-end applications use a single, highly scalable database (such as Oracle RAC) instead. Standalone transaction managers such as Atomikos Transactions and JOTM are other options. Of course, you may need other application server capabilities such as Java Message Service (JMS) and J2EE Connector Architecture (JCA). The Spring Framework gives you the choice of when to scale your application to a fully loaded application server. Gone are the days when the only alternative to using EJB CMT or JTA was to write code with local transactions such as those on JDBC connections, and face a hefty rework if you need that code to run within global, container-managed transactions. With the Spring Framework, only some of the bean definitions in your configuration file, rather than your code, need to change.
This is primarily a service provider interface (SPI), although it can be used programmatically from your application code. Because PlatformTransactionManager is an interface, it can be easily mocked or stubbed as necessary. It is not tied to a lookup strategy such as JNDI. PlatformTransactionManager implementations are defined like any other object (or bean) in the 3.1 Reference Documentation 305
Spring Framework
Spring Framework IoC container. This benefit alone makes Spring Framework transactions a worthwhile abstraction even when you work with JTA. Transactional code can be tested much more easily than if it used JTA directly. Again in keeping with Spring's philosophy, the TransactionException that can be thrown by any of the PlatformTransactionManager interface's methods is unchecked (that is, it extends the java.lang.RuntimeException class). Transaction infrastructure failures are almost invariably fatal. In rare cases where application code can actually recover from a transaction failure, the application developer can still choose to catch and handle TransactionException. The salient point is that developers are not forced to do so. The getTransaction(..) method returns a TransactionStatus object, depending on a TransactionDefinition parameter. The returned TransactionStatus might represent a new transaction, or can represent an existing transaction if a matching transaction exists in the current call stack. The implication in this latter case is that, as with Java EE transaction contexts, a TransactionStatus is associated with a thread of execution. The TransactionDefinition interface specifies: Isolation: The degree to which this transaction is isolated from the work of other transactions. For example, can this transaction see uncommitted writes from other transactions? Propagation: Typically, all code executed within a transaction scope will run in that transaction. However, you have the option of specifying the behavior in the event that a transactional method is executed when a transaction context already exists. For example, code can continue running in the existing transaction (the common case); or the existing transaction can be suspended and a new transaction created. Spring offers all of the transaction propagation options familiar from EJB CMT. To read about the semantics of transaction propagation in Spring, see the section called Transaction propagation. Timeout: How long this transaction runs before timing out and being rolled back automatically by the underlying transaction infrastructure. Read-only status: A read-only transaction can be used when your code reads but does not modify data. Read-only transactions can be a useful optimization in some cases, such as when you are using Hibernate. These settings reflect standard transactional concepts. If necessary, refer to resources that discuss transaction isolation levels and other core transaction concepts. Understanding these concepts is essential to using the Spring Framework or any transaction management solution. The TransactionStatus interface provides a simple way for transactional code to control transaction execution and query transaction status. The concepts should be familiar, as they are common to all transaction APIs:
public interface TransactionStatus extends SavepointManager { boolean isNewTransaction();
3.1
Reference Documentation
306
Spring Framework
boolean hasSavepoint(); void setRollbackOnly(); boolean isRollbackOnly(); void flush(); boolean isCompleted(); }
Regardless of whether you opt for declarative or programmatic transaction management in Spring, defining the correct PlatformTransactionManager implementation is absolutely essential. You typically define this implementation through dependency injection. PlatformTransactionManager implementations normally require knowledge of the environment in which they work: JDBC, JTA, Hibernate, and so on. The following examples show how you can define a local PlatformTransactionManager implementation. (This example works with plain JDBC.) You define a JDBC DataSource
<bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}" /> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}" /> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}" /> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}" /> </bean>
The related PlatformTransactionManager bean definition will then have a reference to the DataSource definition. It will look like this:
<bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DataSourceTransactionManager"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean>
If you use JTA in a Java EE container then you use a container DataSource, obtained through JNDI, in conjunction with Spring's JtaTransactionManager. This is what the JTA and JNDI lookup version would look like:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:jee="http://www.springframework.org/schema/jee" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/jee http://www.springframework.org/schema/jee/spring-jee-3.0.xsd"> <jee:jndi-lookup id="dataSource" jndi-name="jdbc/jpetstore"/> <bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager" /> <!-- other <bean/> definitions here --> </beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
307
Spring Framework
The JtaTransactionManager does not need to know about the DataSource, or any other specific resources, because it uses the container's global transaction management infrastructure.
Note
The above definition of the dataSource bean uses the <jndi-lookup/> tag from the jee namespace. For more information on schema-based configuration, see Appendix C, XML Schema-based configuration, and for more information on the <jee/> tags see the section entitled the section called The jee schema. You can also use Hibernate local transactions easily, as shown in the following examples. In this case, you need to define a Hibernate LocalSessionFactoryBean, which your application code will use to obtain Hibernate Session instances. The DataSource bean definition will be similar to the local JDBC example shown previously and thus is not shown in the following example.
Note
If the DataSource, used by any non-JTA transaction manager, is looked up via JNDI and managed by a Java EE container, then it should be non-transactional because the Spring Framework, rather than the Java EE container, will manage the transactions. The txManager bean in this case is of the HibernateTransactionManager type. In the same way as the DataSourceTransactionManager needs a reference to the DataSource, the HibernateTransactionManager needs a reference to the SessionFactory.
<bean id="sessionFactory" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.LocalSessionFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource" /> <property name="mappingResources"> <list> <value>org/springframework/samples/petclinic/hibernate/petclinic.hbm.xml</value> </list> </property> <property name="hibernateProperties"> <value> hibernate.dialect=${hibernate.dialect} </value> </property> </bean> <bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.HibernateTransactionManager"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="sessionFactory" /> </bean>
If you are using Hibernate and Java EE container-managed JTA transactions, then you should simply use the same JtaTransactionManager as in the previous JTA example for JDBC.
<bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
308
Spring Framework
Note
If you use JTA , then your transaction manager definition will look the same regardless of what data access technology you use, be it JDBC, Hibernate JPA or any other supported technology. This is due to the fact that JTA transactions are global transactions, which can enlist any transactional resource. In all these cases, application code does not need to change. You can change how transactions are managed merely by changing configuration, even if that change means moving from local to global transactions or vice versa.
Spring Framework
getConnection() method on the DataSource, you instead use org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DataSourceUtils class as follows:
Connection conn = DataSourceUtils.getConnection(dataSource);
Spring's
If an existing transaction already has a connection synchronized (linked) to it, that instance is returned. Otherwise, the method call triggers the creation of a new connection, which is (optionally) synchronized to any existing transaction, and made available for subsequent reuse in that same transaction. As mentioned, any SQLException is wrapped in a Spring Framework CannotGetJdbcConnectionException, one of the Spring Framework's hierarchy of unchecked DataAccessExceptions. This approach gives you more information than can be obtained easily from the SQLException, and ensures portability across databases, even across different persistence technologies. This approach also works without Spring transaction management (transaction synchronization is optional), so you can use it whether or not you are using Spring for transaction management. Of course, once you have used Spring's JDBC support, JPA support or Hibernate support, you will generally prefer not to use DataSourceUtils or the other helper classes, because you will be much happier working through the Spring abstraction than directly with the relevant APIs. For example, if you use the Spring JdbcTemplate or jdbc.object package to simplify your use of JDBC, correct connection retrieval occurs behind the scenes and you won't need to write any special code.
TransactionAwareDataSourceProxy
At the very lowest level exists the TransactionAwareDataSourceProxy class. This is a proxy for a target DataSource, which wraps the target DataSource to add awareness of Spring-managed transactions. In this respect, it is similar to a transactional JNDI DataSource as provided by a Java EE server. It should almost never be necessary or desirable to use this class, except when existing code must be called and passed a standard JDBC DataSource interface implementation. In that case, it is possible that this code is usable, but participating in Spring managed transactions. It is preferable to write your new code by using the higher level abstractions mentioned above.
Spring Framework
aspect-oriented programming (AOP), although, as the transactional aspects code comes with the Spring Framework distribution and may be used in a boilerplate fashion, AOP concepts do not generally have to be understood to make effective use of this code. The Spring Framework's declarative transaction management is similar to EJB CMT in that you can specify transaction behavior (or lack of it) down to individual method level. It is possible to make a setRollbackOnly() call within a transaction context if necessary. The differences between the two types of transaction management are: Unlike EJB CMT, which is tied to JTA, the Spring Framework's declarative transaction management works in any environment. It can work with JTA transactions or local transactions using JDBC, JPA, Hibernate or JDO by simply adjusting the configuration files. You can apply the Spring Framework declarative transaction management to any class, not merely special classes such as EJBs. The Spring Framework offers declarative rollback rules, a feature with no EJB equivalent. Both programmatic and declarative support for rollback rules is provided. The Spring Framework enables you to customize transactional behavior, by using AOP. For example, you can insert custom behavior in the case of transaction rollback. You can also add arbitrary advice, along with the transactional advice. With EJB CMT, you cannot influence the container's transaction management except with setRollbackOnly(). The Spring Framework does not support propagation of transaction contexts across remote calls, as do high-end application servers. If you need this feature, we recommend that you use EJB. However, consider carefully before using such a feature, because normally, one does not want transactions to span remote calls. Where is TransactionProxyFactoryBean? Declarative transaction configuration in versions of Spring 2.0 and above differs considerably from previous versions of Spring. The main difference is that there is no longer any need to configure TransactionProxyFactoryBean beans. The pre-Spring 2.0 configuration style is still 100% valid configuration; think of the new <tx:tags/> as simply defining TransactionProxyFactoryBean beans on your behalf.
The concept of rollback rules is important: they enable you to specify which exceptions (and throwables) should cause automatic rollback. You specify this declaratively, in configuration, not in Java code. So, although you can still call setRollbackOnly()on the TransactionStatus object to roll back the current transaction back, most often you can specify a rule that MyApplicationException must always result in rollback. The significant advantage to this option is that business objects do not depend on the transaction infrastructure. For example, they typically do not need to import Spring transaction APIs or other Spring APIs. 3.1 Reference Documentation 311
Spring Framework
Although EJB container default behavior automatically rolls back the transaction on a system exception (usually a runtime exception), EJB CMT does not roll back the transaction automatically on an application exception (that is, a checked exception other than java.rmi.RemoteException). While the Spring default behavior for declarative transaction management follows EJB convention (roll back is automatic only on unchecked exceptions), it is often useful to customize this behavior.
Note
Spring AOP is covered in Chapter 8, Aspect Oriented Programming with Spring. Conceptually, calling a method on a transactional proxy looks like this...
3.1
Reference Documentation
312
Spring Framework
// an implementation of the above interface package x.y.service; public class DefaultFooService implements FooService { public Foo getFoo(String fooName) { throw new UnsupportedOperationException(); } public Foo getFoo(String fooName, String barName) { throw new UnsupportedOperationException(); } public void insertFoo(Foo foo) { throw new UnsupportedOperationException(); } public void updateFoo(Foo foo) { throw new UnsupportedOperationException(); } }
Assume that the first two methods of the FooService interface, getFoo(String) and getFoo(String, String), must execute in the context of a transaction with read-only semantics, and that the other methods,insertFoo(Foo) and updateFoo(Foo), must execute in the context of a transaction with read-write semantics. The following configuration is explained in detail in the next few paragraphs.
<!-- from the file 'context.xml' --> <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- this is the service object that we want to make transactional --> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- the transactional advice (what 'happens'; see the <aop:advisor/> bean below) --> <tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="txManager"> <!-- the transactional semantics... --> <tx:attributes> <!-- all methods starting with 'get' are read-only --> <tx:method name="get*" read-only="true"/> <!-- other methods use the default transaction settings (see below) --> <tx:method name="*"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <!-- ensure that the above transactional advice runs for any execution
3.1
Reference Documentation
313
Spring Framework
of an operation defined by the FooService interface --> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="fooServiceOperation" expression="execution(* x.y.service.FooService.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="fooServiceOperation"/> </aop:config> <!-- don't forget the DataSource --> <bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="oracle.jdbc.driver.OracleDriver"/> <property name="url" value="jdbc:oracle:thin:@rj-t42:1521:elvis"/> <property name="username" value="scott"/> <property name="password" value="tiger"/> </bean> <!-- similarly, don't forget the PlatformTransactionManager --> <bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DataSourceTransactionManager"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean> <!-- other <bean/> definitions here --> </beans>
Examine the preceding configuration. You want to make a service object, the fooService bean, transactional. The transaction semantics to apply are encapsulated in the <tx:advice/> definition. The <tx:advice/> definition reads as ... all methods on starting with 'get' are to execute in the context of a read-only transaction, and all other methods are to execute with the default transaction semantics. The transaction-manager attribute of the <tx:advice/> tag is set to the name of the PlatformTransactionManager bean that is going to drive the transactions, in this case, the txManager bean.
Tip
You can omit the transaction-manager attribute in the transactional advice (<tx:advice/>) if the bean name of the PlatformTransactionManager that you want to wire in has the name transactionManager. If the PlatformTransactionManager bean that you want to wire in has any other name, then you must use the transaction-manager attribute explicitly, as in the preceding example. The <aop:config/> definition ensures that the transactional advice defined by the txAdvice bean executes at the appropriate points in the program. First you define a pointcut that matches the execution of any operation defined in the FooService interface (fooServiceOperation). Then you associate the pointcut with the txAdvice using an advisor. The result indicates that at the execution of a fooServiceOperation, the advice defined by txAdvice will be run. The expression defined within the <aop:pointcut/> element is an AspectJ pointcut expression; see Chapter 8, Aspect Oriented Programming with Spring for more details on pointcut expressions in Spring 2.0. A common requirement is to make an entire service layer transactional. The best way to do this is simply to change the pointcut expression to match any operation in your service layer. For example:
3.1
Reference Documentation
314
Spring Framework
Note
In this example it is assumed that all your service interfaces are defined in the x.y.service package; see Chapter 8, Aspect Oriented Programming with Spring for more details. Now that we've analyzed the configuration, you may be asking yourself, Okay... but what does all this configuration actually do?. The above configuration will be used to create a transactional proxy around the object that is created from the fooService bean definition. The proxy will be configured with the transactional advice, so that when an appropriate method is invoked on the proxy, a transaction is started, suspended, marked as read-only, and so on, depending on the transaction configuration associated with that method. Consider the following program that test drives the above configuration:
public final class Boot { public static void main(final String[] args) throws Exception { ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("context.xml", Boot.class); FooService fooService = (FooService) ctx.getBean("fooService"); fooService.insertFoo (new Foo()); } }
The output from running the preceding program will resemble the following. (The Log4J output and the stack trace from the UnsupportedOperationException thrown by the insertFoo(..) method of the DefaultFooService class have been truncated for clarity.)
<!-- the Spring container is starting up... --> [AspectJInvocationContextExposingAdvisorAutoProxyCreator] - Creating implicit proxy for bean 'fooService' with 0 common interceptors and 1 specific interceptors <!-- the DefaultFooService is actually proxied --> [JdkDynamicAopProxy] - Creating JDK dynamic proxy for [x.y.service.DefaultFooService] <!-- ... the insertFoo(..) method is now being invoked on the proxy --> [TransactionInterceptor] - Getting transaction for x.y.service.FooService.insertFoo <!-- the transactional advice kicks in here... --> [DataSourceTransactionManager] - Creating new transaction with name [x.y.service.FooService.insertFoo] [DataSourceTransactionManager] - Acquired Connection [org.apache.commons.dbcp.PoolableConnection@a53de4] for JDBC transaction <!-- the insertFoo(..) method from DefaultFooService throws an exception... --> [RuleBasedTransactionAttribute] - Applying rules to determine whether transaction should rollback on java.lang.UnsupportedOperationException [TransactionInterceptor] - Invoking rollback for transaction on x.y.service.FooService.insertFoo due to throwable [java.lang.UnsupportedOperationException] <!-- and the transaction is rolled back (by default, RuntimeException instances cause rollback) --> [DataSourceTransactionManager] - Rolling back JDBC transaction on Connection
3.1
Reference Documentation
315
Spring Framework
[org.apache.commons.dbcp.PoolableConnection@a53de4] [DataSourceTransactionManager] - Releasing JDBC Connection after transaction [DataSourceUtils] - Returning JDBC Connection to DataSource Exception in thread "main" java.lang.UnsupportedOperationException at x.y.service.DefaultFooService.insertFoo(DefaultFooService.java:14) <!-- AOP infrastructure stack trace elements removed for clarity --> at $Proxy0.insertFoo(Unknown Source) at Boot.main(Boot.java:11)
You can also specify 'no rollback rules', if you do not want a transaction rolled back when an exception is thrown. The following example tells the Spring Framework's transaction infrastructure to commit the attendant transaction even in the face of an unhandled InstrumentNotFoundException.
<tx:advice id="txAdvice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="updateStock" no-rollback-for="InstrumentNotFoundException"/> <tx:method name="*"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice>
When the Spring Framework's transaction infrastructure catches an exception and is consults configured rollback rules to determine whether to mark the transaction for rollback, the strongest matching rule wins. 3.1 Reference Documentation 316
Spring Framework
So in the case of the following configuration, any exception other InstrumentNotFoundException results in a rollback of the attendant transaction.
than
an
You can also indicate a required rollback programmatically. Although very simple, this process is quite invasive, and tightly couples your code to the Spring Framework's transaction infrastructure:
public void resolvePosition() { try { // some business logic... } catch (NoProductInStockException ex) { // trigger rollback programmatically TransactionAspectSupport.currentTransactionStatus().setRollbackOnly(); } }
You are strongly encouraged to use the declarative approach to rollback if at all possible. Programmatic rollback is available should you absolutely need it, but its usage flies in the face of achieving a clean POJO-based architecture.
3.1
Reference Documentation
317
Spring Framework
<!-- these two beans will be transactional... --> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <bean id="barService" class="x.y.service.extras.SimpleBarService"/> <!-- ... and these two beans won't --> <bean id="anotherService" class="org.xyz.SomeService"/> <!-- (not in the right package) --> <bean id="barManager" class="x.y.service.SimpleBarManager"/> <!-- (doesn't end in 'Service') --> <tx:advice id="txAdvice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="get*" read-only="true"/> <tx:method name="*"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <!-- other transaction infrastructure beans such as a PlatformTransactionManager omitted... --> </beans>
The following example shows how to configure two distinct beans with totally different transactional settings.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="defaultServiceOperation" expression="execution(* x.y.service.*Service.*(..))"/> <aop:pointcut id="noTxServiceOperation" expression="execution(* x.y.service.ddl.DefaultDdlManager.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor pointcut-ref="defaultServiceOperation" advice-ref="defaultTxAdvice"/> <aop:advisor pointcut-ref="noTxServiceOperation" advice-ref="noTxAdvice"/> </aop:config> <!-- this bean will be transactional (see the 'defaultServiceOperation' pointcut) --> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- this bean will also be transactional, but with totally different transactional settings --> <bean id="anotherFooService" class="x.y.service.ddl.DefaultDdlManager"/> <tx:advice id="defaultTxAdvice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="get*" read-only="true"/> <tx:method name="*"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <tx:advice id="noTxAdvice"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="*" propagation="NEVER"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
318
Spring Framework
</tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <!-- other transaction infrastructure beans such as a PlatformTransactionManager omitted... --> </beans>
<tx:advice/> settings
This section summarizes the various transactional settings that can be specified using the <tx:advice/> tag. The default <tx:advice/> settings are: Propagation setting is REQUIRED. Isolation level is DEFAULT. Transaction is read/write. Transaction timeout defaults to the default timeout of the underlying transaction system, or none if timeouts are not supported. Any RuntimeException triggers rollback, and any checked Exception does not. You can change these default settings; the various attributes of the <tx:method/> tags that are nested within <tx:advice/> and <tx:attributes/> tags are summarized below: Table 11.1. <tx:method/> settings Attribute name Required? Default Yes Method name(s) with which the transaction attributes are to be associated. The wildcard (*) character can be used to associate the same transaction attribute settings with a number of methods; for example, get*, handle*, on*Event, and so forth. propagation isolation timeout read-only rollback-for No No No No No Exception(s) comma-delimited. that trigger For rollback; example, REQUIRED DEFAULT -1 false Transaction propagation behavior. Transaction isolation level. Transaction timeout value (in seconds). Is this transaction read-only? Description
3.1
Reference Documentation
319
Spring Framework
Attribute
Required? Default
Description com.foo.MyBusinessException,ServletException.
no-rollback-for
Using @Transactional
In addition to the XML-based declarative approach to transaction configuration, you can use an annotation-based approach. Declaring transaction semantics directly in the Java source code puts the declarations much closer to the affected code. There is not much danger of undue coupling, because code that is meant to be used transactionally is almost always deployed that way anyway. The ease-of-use afforded by the use of the @Transactional annotation is best illustrated with an example, which is explained in the text that follows. Consider the following class definition:
// the service class that we want to make transactional @Transactional public class DefaultFooService implements FooService { Foo getFoo(String fooName); Foo getFoo(String fooName, String barName); void insertFoo(Foo foo); void updateFoo(Foo foo); }
When the above POJO is defined as a bean in a Spring IoC container, the bean instance can be made transactional by adding merely one line of XML configuration:
<!-- from the file 'context.xml' --> <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- this is the service object that we want to make transactional --> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- enable the configuration of transactional behavior based on annotations --> <tx:annotation-driven transaction-manager="txManager"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
320
Spring Framework
<!-- a PlatformTransactionManager is still required --> <bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DataSourceTransactionManager"> <!-- (this dependency is defined somewhere else) --> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean> <!-- other <bean/> definitions here --> </beans>
Tip
You can omit the transaction-manager attribute in the <tx:annotation-driven/> tag if the bean name of the PlatformTransactionManager that you want to wire in has the name transactionManager. If the PlatformTransactionManager bean that you want to dependency-inject has any other name, then you have to use the transaction-manager attribute explicitly, as in the preceding example.
Method visibility and @Transactional When using proxies, you should apply the @Transactional annotation only to methods with public visibility. If you do annotate protected, private or package-visible methods with the @Transactional annotation, no error is raised, but the annotated method does not exhibit the configured transactional settings. Consider the use of AspectJ (see below) if you need to annotate non-public methods.
You can place the @Transactional annotation before an interface definition, a method on an interface, a class definition, or a public method on a class. However, the mere presence of the @Transactional annotation is not enough to activate the transactional behavior. The @Transactional annotation is simply metadata that can be consumed by some runtime infrastructure that is @Transactional-aware and that can use the metadata to configure the appropriate beans with transactional behavior. In the preceding example, the <tx:annotation-driven/> element switches on the transactional behavior.
Tip
Spring recommends that you only annotate concrete classes (and methods of concrete classes) with the @Transactional annotation, as opposed to annotating interfaces. You certainly can place the @Transactional annotation on an interface (or an interface method), but this works only as you would expect it to if you are using interface-based proxies. The fact that Java annotations are not inherited from interfaces means that if you are using class-based proxies (proxy-target-class="true") or the weaving-based aspect (mode="aspectj"), then the transaction settings are not recognized by the proxying and weaving infrastructure, and the object will not be wrapped in a transactional proxy, which
3.1
Reference Documentation
321
Spring Framework
Note
In proxy mode (which is the default), only external method calls coming in through the proxy are intercepted. This means that self-invocation, in effect, a method within the target object calling another method of the target object, will not lead to an actual transaction at runtime even if the invoked method is marked with @Transactional. Consider the use of AspectJ mode (see mode attribute in table below) if you expect self-invocations to be wrapped with transactions as well. In this case, there will not be a proxy in the first place; instead, the target class will be weaved (that is, its byte code will be modified) in order to turn @Transactional into runtime behavior on any kind of method. Table 11.2. <tx:annotation-driven/> settings Attribute transaction-manager Default transactionManager Name of transaction manager to use. Only required if the name of the transaction manager is not transactionManager, as in the example above. mode proxy The default mode "proxy" processes annotated beans to be proxied using Spring's AOP framework (following proxy semantics, as discussed above, applying to method calls coming in through the proxy only). The alternative mode "aspectj" instead weaves the affected classes with Spring's AspectJ transaction aspect, modifying the target class byte code to apply to any kind of method call. AspectJ weaving requires spring-aspects.jar in the classpath as well as load-time weaving (or compile-time weaving) enabled. (See the section called Spring 3.1 Reference Documentation 322 Description
Spring Framework
Attribute
Default
proxy-target-class
false Applies to proxy mode only. Controls what type of transactional proxies are created for classes annotated with the @Transactional annotation. If the proxy-target-class attribute is set to true, then class-based proxies are created. If proxy-target-class is false or if the attribute is omitted, then standard JDK interface-based proxies are created. (See Section 8.6, Proxying mechanisms for a detailed examination of the different proxy types.)
order
Ordered.LOWEST_PRECEDENCE Defines the order of the transaction advice that is applied to beans annotated with @Transactional. (For more information about the rules related to ordering of AOP advice, see the section called Advice ordering.) No specified ordering means that the AOP subsystem determines the order of the advice.
Note
The proxy-target-class attribute on the <tx:annotation-driven/> element controls what type of transactional proxies are created for classes annotated with the @Transactional annotation. If proxy-target-class attribute is set to true, class-based proxies are created. If proxy-target-class is false or if the attribute is omitted, standard JDK interface-based proxies are created. (See Section 8.6, Proxying mechanisms for a discussion of the different proxy types.)
3.1
Reference Documentation
323
Spring Framework
Note
<tx:annotation-driven/> only looks for @Transactional on beans in the same application context it is defined in. This means that, if you put <tx:annotation-driven/> in a WebApplicationContext for a DispatcherServlet, it only checks for @Transactional beans in your controllers, and not your services. See Section 16.2, The DispatcherServlet for more information. The most derived location takes precedence when evaluating the transactional settings for a method. In the case of the following example, the DefaultFooService class is annotated at the class level with the settings for a read-only transaction, but the @Transactional annotation on the updateFoo(Foo) method in the same class takes precedence over the transactional settings defined at the class level.
@Transactional(readOnly = true) public class DefaultFooService implements FooService { public Foo getFoo(String fooName) { // do something } // these settings have precedence for this method @Transactional(readOnly = false, propagation = Propagation.REQUIRES_NEW) public void updateFoo(Foo foo) { // do something } }
@Transactional settings The @Transactional annotation is metadata that specifies that an interface, class, or method must have transactional semantics; for example, start a brand new read-only transaction when this method is invoked, suspending any existing transaction. The default @Transactional settings are as follows: Propagation setting is PROPAGATION_REQUIRED. Isolation level is ISOLATION_DEFAULT. Transaction is read/write. Transaction timeout defaults to the default timeout of the underlying transaction system, or to none if timeouts are not supported. Any RuntimeException triggers rollback, and any checked Exception does not. These default settings can be changed; the various properties of the @Transactional annotation are summarized in the following table:
3.1
Reference Documentation
324
Spring Framework
Table 11.3. @Transactional properties Property value Type String enum: Propagation enum: Isolation boolean int (in seconds granularity) Description Optional qualifier specifying the transaction manager to be used. Optional propagation setting. Optional isolation level. Read/write transaction vs. read-only
timeout rollbackFor
Transaction timeout.
Array of Class objects, which Optional array of exception must be derived from classes that must cause rollback. Throwable. Array of class names. Classes Optional array of names of must be derived from exception classes that must Throwable. cause rollback. Array of Class objects, which Optional array of exception must be derived from classes that must not cause Throwable. rollback.
rollbackForClassname
noRollbackFor
noRollbackForClassname Array of String class names, Optional array of names of which must be derived from exception classes that must not Throwable. cause rollback.
Currently you cannot have explicit control over the name of a transaction, where 'name' means the transaction name that will be shown in a transaction monitor, if applicable (for example, WebLogic's transaction monitor), and in logging output. For declarative transactions, the transaction name is always the fully-qualified class name + "." + method name of the transactionally-advised class. For example, if the handlePayment(..) method of the BusinessService class started a transaction, the name of the transaction would be: com.foo.BusinessService.handlePayment. Multiple Transaction Managers with @Transactional Most Spring applications only need a single transaction manager, but there may be situations where you want multiple independent transaction managers in a single application. The value attribute of the @Transactional annotation can be used to optionally specify the identity of the PlatformTransactionManager to be used. This can either be the bean name or the qualifier value of the transaction manager bean. For example, using the qualifier notation, the following Java code
3.1
Reference Documentation
325
Spring Framework
public class TransactionalService { @Transactional("order") public void setSomething(String name) { ... } @Transactional("account") public void doSomething() { ... } }
could be combined with the following transaction manager bean declarations in the application context.
<tx:annotation-driven/> <bean id="transactionManager1" class="org.springframework.jdbc.DataSourceTransactionManager"> ... <qualifier value="order"/> </bean> <bean id="transactionManager2" class="org.springframework.jdbc.DataSourceTransactionManager"> ... <qualifier value="account"/> </bean>
In this case, the two methods on TransactionalService will run under separate transaction managers, differentiated by the "order" and "account" qualifiers. The default <tx:annotation-driven> target bean name transactionManager will still be used if no specifically qualified PlatformTransactionManager bean is found. Custom shortcut annotations If you find you are repeatedly using the same attributes with @Transactional on many different methods, then Spring's meta-annotation support allows you to define custom shortcut annotations for your specific use cases. For example, defining the following annotations
@Target({ElementType.METHOD, ElementType.TYPE}) @Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME) @Transactional("order") public @interface OrderTx { } @Target({ElementType.METHOD, ElementType.TYPE}) @Retention(RetentionPolicy.RUNTIME) @Transactional("account") public @interface AccountTx { }
3.1
Reference Documentation
326
Spring Framework
Here we have used the syntax to define the transaction manager qualifier, but could also have included propagation behavior, rollback rules, timeouts etc.
Transaction propagation
This section describes some semantics of transaction propagation in Spring. Please note that this section is not an introduction to transaction propagation proper; rather it details some of the semantics regarding transaction propagation in Spring. In Spring-managed transactions, be aware of the difference between physical and logical transactions, and how the propagation setting applies to this difference. Required PROPAGATION_REQUIRED When the propagation setting is PROPAGATION_REQUIRED, a logical transaction scope is created for each method upon which the setting is applied. Each such logical transaction scope can determine rollback-only status individually, with an outer transaction scope being logically independent from the inner transaction scope. Of course, in case of standard PROPAGATION_REQUIRED behavior, all these scopes will be mapped to the same physical transaction. So a rollback-only marker set in the inner transaction scope does affect the outer transaction's chance to actually commit (as you would expect it to). However, in the case where an inner transaction scope sets the rollback-only marker, the outer transaction has not decided on the rollback itself, and so the rollback (silently triggered by the inner transaction scope) is unexpected. A corresponding UnexpectedRollbackException is thrown at that point. This is expected behavior so that the caller of a transaction can never be misled to assume that a commit was performed when it really was not. So if an inner transaction (of which the outer caller is not aware) silently marks a transaction as rollback-only, the outer caller still calls commit. The outer caller needs to receive an UnexpectedRollbackException to indicate clearly that a rollback was performed instead. RequiresNew PROPAGATION_REQUIRES_NEW PROPAGATION_REQUIRES_NEW, in contrast to PROPAGATION_REQUIRED, uses a completely independent transaction for each affected transaction scope. In that case, the underlying physical transactions are different and hence can commit or roll back independently, with an outer transaction not affected by an inner transaction's rollback status. Nested PROPAGATION_NESTED uses a single physical transaction with multiple savepoints that it can roll back 3.1 Reference Documentation 327
Spring Framework
to. Such partial rollbacks allow an inner transaction scope to trigger a rollback for its scope, with the outer transaction being able to continue the physical transaction despite some operations having been rolled back. This setting is typically mapped onto JDBC savepoints, so will only work with JDBC resource transactions. See Spring's DataSourceTransactionManager.
Note
This chapter is not concerned with explaining AOP in any great detail (except as it applies to transactions). See Chapter 8, Aspect Oriented Programming with Spring for detailed coverage of the following AOP configuration and AOP in general. Here is the code for a simple profiling aspect discussed above. The ordering of advice is controlled through the Ordered interface. For full details on advice ordering, see the section called Advice ordering.
package x.y; import org.aspectj.lang.ProceedingJoinPoint; import org.springframework.util.StopWatch; import org.springframework.core.Ordered; public class SimpleProfiler implements Ordered { private int order; // allows us to control the ordering of advice public int getOrder() { return this.order; } public void setOrder(int order) { this.order = order; } // this method is the around advice public Object profile(ProceedingJoinPoint call) throws Throwable {
3.1
Reference Documentation
328
Spring Framework
Object returnValue; StopWatch clock = new StopWatch(getClass().getName()); try { clock.start(call.toShortString()); returnValue = call.proceed(); } finally { clock.stop(); System.out.println(clock.prettyPrint()); } return returnValue; } }
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- this is the aspect --> <bean id="profiler" class="x.y.SimpleProfiler"> <!-- execute before the transactional advice (hence the lower order number) --> <property name="order" value="1"/> </bean> <tx:annotation-driven transaction-manager="txManager" order="200"/> <aop:config> <!-- this advice will execute around the transactional advice --> <aop:aspect id="profilingAspect" ref="profiler"> <aop:pointcut id="serviceMethodWithReturnValue" expression="execution(!void x.y..*Service.*(..))"/> <aop:around method="profile" pointcut-ref="serviceMethodWithReturnValue"/> </aop:aspect> </aop:config> <bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="oracle.jdbc.driver.OracleDriver"/> <property name="url" value="jdbc:oracle:thin:@rj-t42:1521:elvis"/> <property name="username" value="scott"/> <property name="password" value="tiger"/> </bean> <bean id="txManager" class="org.springframework.jdbc.datasource.DataSourceTransactionManager"> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean> </beans>
The result of the above configuration is a fooService bean that has profiling and transactional aspects applied to it in the desired order. You configure any number of additional aspects in similar fashion. The following example effects the same setup as above, but uses the purely XML declarative approach.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
3.1
Reference Documentation
329
Spring Framework
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="fooService" class="x.y.service.DefaultFooService"/> <!-- the profiling advice --> <bean id="profiler" class="x.y.SimpleProfiler"> <!-- execute before the transactional advice (hence the lower order number) --> <property name="order" value="1"/> </bean> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="entryPointMethod" expression="execution(* x.y..*Service.*(..))"/> <!-- will execute after the profiling advice (c.f. the order attribute) --> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="entryPointMethod" order="2"/> <!-- order value is higher than the profiling aspect --> <aop:aspect id="profilingAspect" ref="profiler"> <aop:pointcut id="serviceMethodWithReturnValue" expression="execution(!void x.y..*Service.*(..))"/> <aop:around method="profile" pointcut-ref="serviceMethodWithReturnValue"/> </aop:aspect> </aop:config> <tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="txManager"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="get*" read-only="true"/> <tx:method name="*"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <!-- other <bean/> definitions such as a DataSource and a PlatformTransactionManager here --> </beans>
The result of the above configuration will be a fooService bean that has profiling and transactional aspects applied to it in that order. If you want the profiling advice to execute after the transactional advice on the way in, and before the transactional advice on the way out, then you simply swap the value of the profiling aspect bean's order property so that it is higher than the transactional advice's order value. You configure additional aspects in similar fashion.
3.1
Reference Documentation
330
Spring Framework
container by means of an AspectJ aspect. To do so, you first annotate your classes (and optionally your classes' methods) with the @Transactional annotation, and then you link (weave) your application with the org.springframework.transaction.aspectj.AnnotationTransactionAspect defined in the spring-aspects.jar file. The aspect must also be configured with a transaction manager. You can of course use the Spring Framework's IoC container to take care of dependency-injecting the aspect. The simplest way to configure the transaction management aspect is to use the <tx:annotation-driven/> element and specify the mode attribute to aspectj as described in the section called Using @Transactional. Because we're focusing here on applications running outside of a Spring container, we'll show you how to do it programmatically.
Note
Prior to continuing, you may want to read the section called Using @Transactional and Chapter 8, Aspect Oriented Programming with Spring respectively.
// construct an appropriate transaction manager DataSourceTransactionManager txManager = new DataSourceTransactionManager(getDataSource());
// configure the AnnotationTransactionAspect to use it; this must be done before executing any transactional me AnnotationTransactionAspect.aspectOf().setTransactionManager(txManager);
Note
When using this aspect, you must annotate the implementation class (and/or methods within that class), not the interface (if any) that the class implements. AspectJ follows Java's rule that annotations on interfaces are not inherited. The @Transactional annotation on a class specifies the default transaction semantics for the execution of any method in the class. The @Transactional annotation on a method within the class overrides the default transaction semantics given by the class annotation (if present). Any method may be annotated, regardless of visibility. To weave your applications with the AnnotationTransactionAspect you must either build your application with AspectJ (see the AspectJ Development Guide) or use load-time weaving. See the section called Load-time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework for a discussion of load-time weaving with AspectJ.
3.1
Reference Documentation
331
Spring Framework
Using a PlatformTransactionManager implementation directly. The Spring team generally recommends the TransactionTemplate for programmatic transaction management. The second approach is similar to using the JTA UserTransaction API, although exception handling is less cumbersome.
Note
As you will see in the examples that follow, using the TransactionTemplate absolutely couples you to Spring's transaction infrastructure and APIs. Whether or not programmatic transaction management is suitable for your development needs is a decision that you will have to make yourself. Application code that must execute in a transactional context, and that will use the TransactionTemplate explicitly, looks like the following. You, as an application developer, write a TransactionCallback implementation (typically expressed as an anonymous inner class) that contains the code that you need to execute in the context of a transaction. You then pass an instance of your custom TransactionCallback to the execute(..) method exposed on the TransactionTemplate.
public class SimpleService implements Service { // single TransactionTemplate shared amongst all methods in this instance private final TransactionTemplate transactionTemplate; // use constructor-injection to supply the PlatformTransactionManager public SimpleService(PlatformTransactionManager transactionManager) { Assert.notNull(transactionManager, "The 'transactionManager' argument must not be null."); this.transactionTemplate = new TransactionTemplate(transactionManager); } public Object someServiceMethod() { return transactionTemplate.execute(new TransactionCallback() { // the code in this method executes in a transactional context public Object doInTransaction(TransactionStatus status) { updateOperation1(); return resultOfUpdateOperation2(); } }); } }
If there is no return value, use the convenient TransactionCallbackWithoutResult class with 3.1 Reference Documentation 332
Spring Framework
Code within the callback can roll the transaction back by calling the setRollbackOnly() method on the supplied TransactionStatus object:
transactionTemplate.execute(new TransactionCallbackWithoutResult() { protected void doInTransactionWithoutResult(TransactionStatus status) { try { updateOperation1(); updateOperation2(); } catch (SomeBusinessExeption ex) { status.setRollbackOnly(); } } });
Specifying transaction settings You can specify transaction settings such as the propagation mode, the isolation level, the timeout, and so forth on the TransactionTemplate either programmatically or in configuration. TransactionTemplate instances by default have the default transactional settings. The following example shows the programmatic customization of the transactional settings for a specific TransactionTemplate:
public class SimpleService implements Service { private final TransactionTemplate transactionTemplate; public SimpleService(PlatformTransactionManager transactionManager) { Assert.notNull(transactionManager, "The 'transactionManager' argument must not be null."); this.transactionTemplate = new TransactionTemplate(transactionManager); // the transaction settings can be set here explicitly if so desired this.transactionTemplate.setIsolationLevel(TransactionDefinition.ISOLATION_READ_UNCOMMITTED); this.transactionTemplate.setTimeout(30); // 30 seconds // and so forth... } }
The following example defines a TransactionTemplate with some custom transactional settings, using Spring XML configuration. The sharedTransactionTemplate can then be injected into as many services as are required.
<bean id="sharedTransactionTemplate" class="org.springframework.transaction.support.TransactionTemplate"> <property name="isolationLevelName" value="ISOLATION_READ_UNCOMMITTED"/> <property name="timeout" value="30"/> </bean>"
3.1
Reference Documentation
333
Spring Framework
Finally, instances of the TransactionTemplate class are threadsafe, in that instances do not maintain any conversational state. TransactionTemplate instances do however maintain configuration state, so while a number of classes may share a single instance of a TransactionTemplate, if a class needs to use a TransactionTemplate with different settings (for example, a different isolation level), then you need to create two distinct TransactionTemplate instances.
Spring Framework
Spring's transaction abstraction generally is application server agnostic. Additionally, Spring's JtaTransactionManager class, which can optionally perform a JNDI lookup for the JTA UserTransaction and TransactionManager objects, autodetects the location for the latter object, which varies by application server. Having access to the JTA TransactionManager allows for enhanced transaction semantics, in particular supporting transaction suspension. See the JtaTransactionManager Javadocs for details. Spring's JtaTransactionManager is the standard choice to run on Java EE application servers, and is known to work on all common servers. Advanced functionality such as transaction suspension works on many servers as well -- including GlassFish, JBoss, Geronimo, and Oracle OC4J -- without any special configuration required. However, for fully supported transaction suspension and further advanced integration, Spring ships special adapters for IBM WebSphere, BEA WebLogic Server, and Oracle OC4J. These adapters are discussed in the following sections. For standard scenarios, including WebLogic Server, WebSphere and OC4J, consider using the convenient <tx:jta-transaction-manager/> configuration element. When configured, this element automatically detects the underlying server and chooses the best transaction manager available for the platform. This means that you won't have to configure server-specific adapter classes (as discussed in the following sections) explicitly; rather, they are chosen automatically, with the standard JtaTransactionManager as default fallback.
IBM WebSphere
On WebSphere 6.1.0.9 and above, the recommended Spring JTA transaction manager to use is WebSphereUowTransactionManager. This special adapter leverages IBM's UOWManager API, which is available in WebSphere Application Server 6.0.2.19 and later and 6.1.0.9 and later. With this adapter, Spring-driven transaction suspension (suspend/resume as initiated by PROPAGATION_REQUIRES_NEW) is officially supported by IBM!
Oracle OC4J
Spring ships a special adapter class for OC4J 10.1.3 or later called OC4JJtaTransactionManager. This class is analogous to the WebLogicJtaTransactionManager class discussed in the previous section, providing similar value-adds on OC4J: transaction names and per-transaction isolation levels.
3.1
Reference Documentation
335
Spring Framework
The full JTA functionality, including transaction suspension, works fine with Spring's JtaTransactionManager on OC4J as well. The special OC4JJtaTransactionManager adapter simply provides value-adds beyond standard JTA.
3.1
Reference Documentation
336
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
337
Spring Framework
Any DAO or repository implementation will need to access to a persistence resource, depending on the persistence technology used; for example, a JDBC-based repository will need access to a JDBC DataSource; a JPA-based repository will need access to an EntityManager. The easiest way to accomplish this is to have this resource dependency injected using one of the @Autowired, @Resource or @PersistenceContext annotations. Here is an example for a JPA repository:
@Repository public class JpaMovieFinder implements MovieFinder { @PersistenceContext private EntityManager entityManager; // ... }
If you are using the classic Hibernate APIs than you can inject the SessionFactory:
@Repository
3.1
Reference Documentation
338
Spring Framework
public class HibernateMovieFinder implements MovieFinder { private SessionFactory sessionFactory; @Autowired public void setSessionFactory(SessionFactory sessionFactory) { this.sessionFactory = sessionFactory; } // ... }
Last example we will show here is for typical JDBC support. You would have the DataSource injected into an initialization method where you would create a JdbcTemplate and other data access support classes like SimpleJdbcCall etc using this DataSource.
@Repository public class JdbcMovieFinder implements MovieFinder { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; @Autowired public void init(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } // ... }
Note
Please see the specific coverage of each persistence technology for details on how to configure the application context to take advantage of these annotations.
3.1
Reference Documentation
339
Spring Framework
The Spring Framework takes care of all the low-level details that can make JDBC such a tedious API to develop with.
Note
3.1
Reference Documentation
340
Spring Framework
Spring 3.0 updates all of the following approaches with Java 5 support such as generics and varargs. JdbcTemplate is the classic Spring JDBC approach and the most popular. This "lowest level" approach and all others use a JdbcTemplate under the covers, and all are updated with Java 5 support such as generics and varargs. NamedParameterJdbcTemplate wraps a JdbcTemplate to provide named parameters instead of the traditional JDBC "?" placeholders. This approach provides better documentation and ease of use when you have multiple parameters for an SQL statement. SimpleJdbcTemplate combines the most frequently used operations of JdbcTemplate and NamedParameterJdbcTemplate. SimpleJdbcInsert and SimpleJdbcCall optimize database metadata to limit the amount of necessary configuration. This approach simplifies coding so that you only need to provide the name of the table or procedure and provide a map of parameters matching the column names. This only works if the database provides adequate metadata. If the database doesn't provide this metadata, you will have to provide explicit configuration of the parameters. RDBMS Objects including MappingSqlQuery, SqlUpdate and StoredProcedure requires you to create reusable and thread-safe objects during initialization of your data access layer. This approach is modeled after JDO Query wherein you define your query string, declare parameters, and compile the query. Once you do that, execute methods can be called multiple times with various parameter values passed in.
Package hierarchy
The Spring Framework's JDBC abstraction framework consists of four different packages, namely core, datasource, object, and support. The org.springframework.jdbc.core package contains the JdbcTemplate class and its various callback interfaces, plus a variety of related classes. A subpackage named org.springframework.jdbc.core.simple contains the SimpleJdbcTemplate class and the related SimpleJdbcInsert and SimpleJdbcCall classes. Another subpackage named org.springframework.jdbc.core.namedparam contains the NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class and the related support classes. See Section 13.2, Using the JDBC core classes to control basic JDBC processing and error handling, Section 13.4, JDBC batch operations, and Section 13.5, Simplifying JDBC operations with the SimpleJdbc classes The org.springframework.jdbc.datasource package contains a utility class for easy DataSource access, and various simple DataSource implementations that can be used for testing and running unmodified JDBC code outside of a Java EE container. A subpackage named org.springfamework.jdbc.datasource.embedded provides support for creating in-memory 3.1 Reference Documentation 341
Spring Framework
database instances using Java database engines such as HSQL and H2. See Section 13.3, Controlling database connections and Section 13.8, Embedded database support The org.springframework.jdbc.object package contains classes that represent RDBMS queries, updates, and stored procedures as thread safe, reusable objects. See Section 13.6, Modeling JDBC operations as Java objects.This approach is modeled by JDO, although of course objects returned by queries are disconnected from the database. This higher level of JDBC abstraction depends on the lower-level abstraction in the org.springframework.jdbc.core package. The org.springframework.jdbc.support package provides SQLException translation functionality and some utility classes. Exceptions thrown during JDBC processing are translated to exceptions defined in the org.springframework.dao package. This means that code using the Spring JDBC abstraction layer does not need to implement JDBC or RDBMS-specific error handling. All translated exceptions are unchecked, which gives you the option of catching the exceptions from which you can recover while allowing other exceptions to be propagated to the caller. See the section called SQLExceptionTranslator.
13.2 Using the JDBC core classes to control basic JDBC processing and error handling
JdbcTemplate
The JdbcTemplate class is the central class in the JDBC core package. It handles the creation and release of resources, which helps you avoid common errors such as forgetting to close the connection. It performs the basic tasks of the core JDBC workflow such as statement creation and execution, leaving application code to provide SQL and extract results. The JdbcTemplate class executes SQL queries, update statements and stored procedure calls, performs iteration over ResultSets and extraction of returned parameter values. It also catches JDBC exceptions and translates them to the generic, more informative, exception hierarchy defined in the org.springframework.dao package. When you use the JdbcTemplate for your code, you only need to implement callback interfaces, giving them a clearly defined contract. The PreparedStatementCreator callback interface creates a prepared statement given a Connection provided by this class, providing SQL and any necessary parameters. The same is true for the CallableStatementCreator interface, which creates callable statements. The RowCallbackHandler interface extracts values from each row of a ResultSet. The JdbcTemplate can be used within a DAO implementation through direct instantiation with a DataSource reference, or be configured in a Spring IoC container and given to DAOs as a bean reference.
Note
The DataSource should always be configured as a bean in the Spring IoC container. In the first case the bean is given to the service directly; in the second case it is given to the 3.1 Reference Documentation 342
Spring Framework
prepared template. All SQL issued by this class is logged at the DEBUG level under the category corresponding to the fully qualified class name of the template instance (typically JdbcTemplate, but it may be different if you are using a custom subclass of the JdbcTemplate class). Examples of JdbcTemplate class usage This section provides some examples of JdbcTemplate class usage. These examples are not an exhaustive list of all of the functionality exposed by the JdbcTemplate; see the attendant Javadocs for that.
Querying (SELECT)
3.1
Reference Documentation
343
Spring Framework
} });
If the last two snippets of code actually existed in the same application, it would make sense to remove the duplication present in the two RowMapper anonymous inner classes, and extract them out into a single class (typically a static inner class) that can then be referenced by DAO methods as needed. For example, it may be better to write the last code snippet as follows:
public List<Actor> findAllActors() { return this.jdbcTemplate.query( "select first_name, last_name from t_actor", new ActorMapper()); } private static final class ActorMapper implements RowMapper<Actor> { public Actor mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNum) throws SQLException { Actor actor = new Actor(); actor.setFirstName(rs.getString("first_name")); actor.setLastName(rs.getString("last_name")); return actor; } }
You use the update(..) method to perform insert, update and delete operations. Parameter values are usually provided as var args or alternatively as an object array.
this.jdbcTemplate.update( "insert into t_actor (first_name, last_name) values (?, ?)", "Leonor", "Watling");
You can use the execute(..) method to execute any arbitrary SQL, and as such the method is often used for DDL statements. It is heavily overloaded with variants taking callback interfaces, binding variable arrays, and so on.
this.jdbcTemplate.execute("create table mytable (id integer, name varchar(100))");
The following example invokes a simple stored procedure. More sophisticated stored procedure support is covered later.
this.jdbcTemplate.update( "call SUPPORT.REFRESH_ACTORS_SUMMARY(?)", Long.valueOf(unionId));
3.1
Reference Documentation
344
Spring Framework
JdbcTemplate best practices Instances of the JdbcTemplate class are threadsafe once configured. This is important because it means that you can configure a single instance of a JdbcTemplate and then safely inject this shared reference into multiple DAOs (or repositories). The JdbcTemplate is stateful, in that it maintains a reference to a DataSource, but this state is not conversational state. A common practice when using the JdbcTemplate class (and the associated SimpleJdbcTemplate and NamedParameterJdbcTemplate classes) is to configure a DataSource in your Spring configuration file, and then dependency-inject that shared DataSource bean into your DAO classes; the JdbcTemplate is created in the setter for the DataSource. This leads to DAOs that look in part like the following:
public class JdbcCorporateEventDao implements CorporateEventDao { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } // JDBC-backed implementations of the methods on the CorporateEventDao follow... }
An alternative to explicit configuration is to use component-scanning and annotation support for dependency injection. In this case you annotate the class with @Repository (which makes it a candidate for component-scanning) and annotate the DataSource setter method with @Autowired.
@Repository
3.1
Reference Documentation
345
Spring Framework
public class JdbcCorporateEventDao implements CorporateEventDao { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; @Autowired public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } // JDBC-backed implementations of the methods on the CorporateEventDao follow... }
The corresponding XML configuration file would look like the following:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <!-- Scans within the base package of the application for @Components to configure as beans --> <context:component-scan base-package="org.springframework.docs.test" /> <bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <context:property-placeholder location="jdbc.properties"/> </beans>
If you are using Spring's JdbcDaoSupport class, and your various JDBC-backed DAO classes extend from it, then your sub-class inherits a setDataSource(..) method from the JdbcDaoSupport class. You can choose whether to inherit from this class. The JdbcDaoSupport class is provided as a convenience only. Regardless of which of the above template initialization styles you choose to use (or not), it is seldom necessary to create a new instance of a JdbcTemplate class each time you want to execute SQL. Once configured, a JdbcTemplate instance is threadsafe. You may want multiple JdbcTemplate instances if your application accesses multiple databases, which requires multiple DataSources, and subsequently multiple differently configured JdbcTemplates.
NamedParameterJdbcTemplate
The NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class adds support for programming JDBC statements using named parameters, as opposed to programming JDBC statements using only classic placeholder ('?') arguments. The NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class wraps a JdbcTemplate, and delegates to
3.1
Reference Documentation
346
Spring Framework
the wrapped JdbcTemplate to do much of its work. This section describes only those areas of the NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class that differ from the JdbcTemplate itself; namely, programming JDBC statements using named parameters.
// some JDBC-backed DAO class... private NamedParameterJdbcTemplate namedParameterJdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.namedParameterJdbcTemplate = new NamedParameterJdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int countOfActorsByFirstName(String firstName) { String sql = "select count(*) from T_ACTOR where first_name = :first_name"; SqlParameterSource namedParameters = new MapSqlParameterSource("first_name", firstName); return namedParameterJdbcTemplate.queryForInt(sql, namedParameters); }
Notice the use of the named parameter notation in the value assigned to the sql variable, and the corresponding value that is plugged into the namedParameters variable (of type MapSqlParameterSource). Alternatively, you can pass along named parameters and their corresponding values to a NamedParameterJdbcTemplate instance by using the Map-based style.The remaining methods exposed by the NamedParameterJdbcOperations and implemented by the NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class follow a similar pattern and are not covered here. The following example shows the use of the Map-based style.
// some JDBC-backed DAO class... private NamedParameterJdbcTemplate namedParameterJdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.namedParameterJdbcTemplate = new NamedParameterJdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int countOfActorsByFirstName(String firstName) { String sql = "select count(*) from T_ACTOR where first_name = :first_name"; Map namedParameters = Collections.singletonMap("first_name", firstName); return this.namedParameterJdbcTemplate.queryForInt(sql, namedParameters); }
One nice feature related to the NamedParameterJdbcTemplate (and existing in the same Java package) is the SqlParameterSource interface. You have already seen an example of an implementation of this interface in one of the previous code snippet (the MapSqlParameterSource class). An SqlParameterSource is a source of named parameter values to a NamedParameterJdbcTemplate. The MapSqlParameterSource class is a very simple implementation that is simply an adapter around a java.util.Map, where the keys are the parameter names and the values are the parameter values. Another SqlParameterSource implementation is the BeanPropertySqlParameterSource 3.1 Reference Documentation 347
Spring Framework
class. This class wraps an arbitrary JavaBean (that is, an instance of a class that adheres to the JavaBean conventions), and uses the properties of the wrapped JavaBean as the source of named parameter values.
public class Actor { private Long id; private String firstName; private String lastName; public String getFirstName() { return this.firstName; } public String getLastName() { return this.lastName; } public Long getId() { return this.id; } // setters omitted... }
// some JDBC-backed DAO class... private NamedParameterJdbcTemplate namedParameterJdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.namedParameterJdbcTemplate = new NamedParameterJdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int countOfActors(Actor exampleActor) { // notice how the named parameters match the properties of the above 'Actor' class String sql = "select count(*) from T_ACTOR where first_name = :firstName and last_name = :lastName"; SqlParameterSource namedParameters = new BeanPropertySqlParameterSource(exampleActor); return this.namedParameterJdbcTemplate.queryForInt(sql, namedParameters); }
Remember that the NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class wraps a classic JdbcTemplate template; if you need access to the wrapped JdbcTemplate instance to access functionality only present in the JdbcTemplate class, you can use the getJdbcOperations() method to access the wrapped JdbcTemplate through the JdbcOperations interface. See also the section called JdbcTemplate best practices for guidelines on using the NamedParameterJdbcTemplate class in the context of an application.
SimpleJdbcTemplate
The SimpleJdbcTemplate class wraps the classic JdbcTemplate and leverages Java 5 language features such as varargs and autoboxing.
Note
3.1 Reference Documentation 348
Spring Framework
In Spring 3.0, the original JdbcTemplate also supports Java 5-enhanced syntax with generics and varargs. However, the SimpleJdbcTemplate provides a simpler API that works best when you do not need access to all the methods that the JdbcTemplate offers. Also, because the SimpleJdbcTemplate was designed for Java 5, it has more methods that take advantage of varargs due to different ordering of the parameters. The value-add of the SimpleJdbcTemplate class in the area of syntactic-sugar is best illustrated with a before-and-after example. The next code snippet shows data access code that uses the classic JdbcTemplate, followed by a code snippet that does the same job with the SimpleJdbcTemplate.
// classic JdbcTemplate-style... private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public Actor findActor(String specialty, int age) { String sql = "select id, first_name, last_name from T_ACTOR" + " where specialty = ? and age = ?"; RowMapper<Actor> mapper = new RowMapper<Actor>() { public Actor mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNum) throws SQLException { Actor actor = new Actor(); actor.setId(rs.getLong("id")); actor.setFirstName(rs.getString("first_name")); actor.setLastName(rs.getString("last_name")); return actor; } };
// notice the wrapping up of the argumenta in an array return (Actor) jdbcTemplate.queryForObject(sql, new Object[] {specialty, age}, mapper); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
349
Spring Framework
// notice the use of varargs since the parameter values now come // after the RowMapper parameter return this.simpleJdbcTemplate.queryForObject(sql, mapper, specialty, age); }
See the section called JdbcTemplate best practices for guidelines on how to use the SimpleJdbcTemplate class in the context of an application.
Note
The SimpleJdbcTemplate class only offers a subset of the methods exposed on the JdbcTemplate class. If you need to use a method from the JdbcTemplate that is not defined on the SimpleJdbcTemplate, you can always access the underlying JdbcTemplate by calling the getJdbcOperations() method on the SimpleJdbcTemplate, which then allows you to invoke the method that you want. The only downside is that the methods on the JdbcOperations interface are not generic, so you are back to casting and so on.
SQLExceptionTranslator
SQLExceptionTranslator is an interface to be implemented by classes that can translate between SQLExceptions and Spring's own org.springframework.dao.DataAccessException, which is agnostic in regard to data access strategy. Implementations can be generic (for example, using SQLState codes for JDBC) or proprietary (for example, using Oracle error codes) for greater precision. SQLErrorCodeSQLExceptionTranslator is the implementation of SQLExceptionTranslator that is used by default. This implementation uses specific vendor codes. It is more precise than the SQLState implementation. The error code translations are based on codes held in a JavaBean type class called SQLErrorCodes. This class is created and populated by an SQLErrorCodesFactory which as the name suggests is a factory for creating SQLErrorCodes based on the contents of a configuration file named sql-error-codes.xml. This file is populated with vendor codes and based on the DatabaseProductName taken from the DatabaseMetaData. The codes for the acual database you are using are used. The SQLErrorCodeSQLExceptionTranslator applies matching rules in the following sequence:
Note
The SQLErrorCodesFactory is used by default to define Error codes and custom exception translations. They are looked up in a file named sql-error-codes.xml from the classpath and the matching SQLErrorCodes instance is located based on the database name from the database metadata of the database in use. 1. Any custom translation implemented by a subclass. Normally the provided concrete SQLErrorCodeSQLExceptionTranslator is used so this rule does not apply. It only applies if 3.1 Reference Documentation 350
Spring Framework
you have actually provided a subclass implementation. 2. Any custom implementation of the SQLExceptionTranslator interface that is provided as the customSqlExceptionTranslator property of the SQLErrorCodes class. 3. The list of instances of the CustomSQLErrorCodesTranslation class, provided for the customTranslations property of the SQLErrorCodes class, are searched for a match. 4. Error code matching is applied. 5. Use the fallback translator. SQLExceptionSubclassTranslator is the default fallback translator. If this translation is not available then the next fallback translator is the SQLStateSQLExceptionTranslator. You can extend SQLErrorCodeSQLExceptionTranslator:
public class CustomSQLErrorCodesTranslator extends SQLErrorCodeSQLExceptionTranslator { protected DataAccessException customTranslate(String task, String sql, SQLException sqlex) { if (sqlex.getErrorCode() == -12345) { return new DeadlockLoserDataAccessException(task, sqlex); } return null; } }
In this example, the specific error code -12345 is translated and other errors are left to be translated by the default translator implementation. To use this custom translator, it is necessary to pass it to the JdbcTemplate through the method setExceptionTranslator and to use this JdbcTemplate for all of the data access processing where this translator is needed. Here is an example of how this custom translator can be used:
private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemoplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { // create a JdbcTemplate and set data source this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(); this.jdbcTemplate.setDataSource(dataSource); // create a custom translator and set the DataSource for the default translation lookup CustomSQLErrorCodesTranslator tr = new CustomSQLErrorCodesTranslator(); tr.setDataSource(dataSource); this.jdbcTemplate.setExceptionTranslator(tr); } public void updateShippingCharge(long orderId, long pct) { // use the prepared JdbcTemplate for this update this.jdbcTemplate.update( "update orders" + " set shipping_charge = shipping_charge * ? / 100" + " where id = ?" pct, orderId); }
The custom translator is passed a data source in order to look up the error codes in sql-error-codes.xml.
Executing statements
3.1
Reference Documentation
351
Spring Framework
Executing an SQL statement requires very little code. You need a DataSource and a JdbcTemplate, including the convenience methods that are provided with the JdbcTemplate. The following example shows what you need to include for a minimal but fully functional class that creates a new table:
import javax.sql.DataSource; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.JdbcTemplate; public class ExecuteAStatement { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public void doExecute() { this.jdbcTemplate.execute("create table mytable (id integer, name varchar(100))"); } }
Running queries
Some query methods return a single value. To retrieve a count or a specific value from one row, use queryForInt(..), queryForLong(..) or queryForObject(..). The latter converts the returned JDBC Type to the Java class that is passed in as an argument. If the type conversion is invalid, then an InvalidDataAccessApiUsageException is thrown. Here is an example that contains two query methods, one for an int and one that queries for a String.
import javax.sql.DataSource; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.JdbcTemplate; public class RunAQuery { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public int getCount() { return this.jdbcTemplate.queryForInt("select count(*) from mytable"); } public String getName() { return (String) this.jdbcTemplate.queryForObject("select name from mytable", String.class); } public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.dataSource = dataSource; } }
In addition to the single result query methods, several methods return a list with an entry for each row that the query returned. The most generic method is queryForList(..) which returns a List where each entry is a Map with each entry in the map representing the column value for that row. If you add a
3.1
Reference Documentation
352
Spring Framework
method to the above example to retrieve a list of all the rows, it would look like this:
private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); } public List<Map<String, Object>> getList() { return this.jdbcTemplate.queryForList("select * from mytable"); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
353
Spring Framework
final String name = "Rob"; KeyHolder keyHolder = new GeneratedKeyHolder(); jdbcTemplate.update( new PreparedStatementCreator() { public PreparedStatement createPreparedStatement(Connection connection) throws SQLException { PreparedStatement ps = connection.prepareStatement(INSERT_SQL, new String[] {"id"}); ps.setString(1, name); return ps; } }, keyHolder); // keyHolder.getKey() now contains the generated key
Note
Only use the DriverManagerDataSource class should only be used for testing purposes since it does not provide pooling and will perform poorly when multiple requests for a connection are made. You obtain a connection with DriverManagerDataSource as you typically obtain a JDBC connection. Specify the fully qualified classname of the JDBC driver so that the DriverManager can load the driver class. Next, provide a URL that varies between JDBC drivers. (Consult the documentation for your driver for the correct value.) Then provide a username and a password to connect to the database. Here is an example of how to configure a DriverManagerDataSource in Java code:
DriverManagerDataSource dataSource = new DriverManagerDataSource(); dataSource.setDriverClassName("org.hsqldb.jdbcDriver");
3.1
Reference Documentation
354
Spring Framework
The following examples show the basic connectivity and configuration for DBCP and C3P0. To learn about more options that help control the pooling features, see the product documentation for the respective connection pooling implementations. DBCP configuration:
<bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <context:property-placeholder location="jdbc.properties"/>
C3P0 configuration:
<bean id="dataSource" class="com.mchange.v2.c3p0.ComboPooledDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClass" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="jdbcUrl" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="user" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <context:property-placeholder location="jdbc.properties"/>
DataSourceUtils
The DataSourceUtils class is a convenient and powerful helper class that provides static methods to obtain connections from JNDI and close connections if necessary. It supports thread-bound connections with, for example, DataSourceTransactionManager.
SmartDataSource
The SmartDataSource interface should be implemented by classes that can provide a connection to a relational database. It extends the DataSource interface to allow classes using it to query whether the
3.1
Reference Documentation
355
Spring Framework
connection should be closed after a given operation. This usage is efficient when you know that you will reuse a connection.
AbstractDataSource
AbstractDataSource is an abstract base class for Spring's DataSource implementations that implements code that is common to all DataSource implementations. You extend the AbstractDataSource class if you are writing your own DataSource implementation.
SingleConnectionDataSource
The SingleConnectionDataSource class is an implementation of the SmartDataSource interface that wraps a single Connection that is not closed after each use. Obviously, this is not multi-threading capable. If any client code calls close in the assumption of a pooled connection, as when using persistence tools, set the suppressClose property to true. This setting returns a close-suppressing proxy wrapping the physical connection. Be aware that you will not be able to cast this to a native Oracle Connection or the like anymore. This is primarily a test class. For example, it enables easy testing of code outside an application server, in conjunction with a simple JNDI environment. In contrast to DriverManagerDataSource, it reuses the same connection all the time, avoiding excessive creation of physical connections.
DriverManagerDataSource
The DriverManagerDataSource class is an implementation of the standard DataSource interface that configures a plain JDBC driver through bean properties, and returns a new Connection every time. This implementation is useful for test and stand-alone environments outside of a Java EE container, either as a DataSource bean in a Spring IoC container, or in conjunction with a simple JNDI environment. Pool-assuming Connection.close() calls will simply close the connection, so any DataSource-aware persistence code should work. However, using JavaBean-style connection pools such as commons-dbcp is so easy, even in a test environment, that it is almost always preferable to use such a connection pool over DriverManagerDataSource.
TransactionAwareDataSourceProxy
TransactionAwareDataSourceProxy is a proxy for a target DataSource, which wraps that target DataSource to add awareness of Spring-managed transactions. In this respect, it is similar to a transactional JNDI DataSource as provided by a Java EE server.
Note
3.1 Reference Documentation 356
Spring Framework
It is rarely desirable to use this class, except when already existing code that must be called and passed a standard JDBC DataSource interface implementation. In this case, it's possible to still have this code be usable, and at the same time have this code participating in Spring managed transactions. It is generally preferable to write your own new code using the higher level abstractions for resource management, such as JdbcTemplate or DataSourceUtils. (See the TransactionAwareDataSourceProxy Javadocs for more details.)
DataSourceTransactionManager
The DataSourceTransactionManager class is a PlatformTransactionManager implementation for single JDBC datasources. It binds a JDBC connection from the specified data source to the currently executing thread, potentially allowing for one thread connection per data source. Application code is required to retrieve the JDBC connection through DataSourceUtils.getConnection(DataSource) instead of Java EE's standard DataSource.getConnection. It throws unchecked org.springframework.dao exceptions instead of checked SQLExceptions. All framework classes like JdbcTemplate use this strategy implicitly. If not used with this transaction manager, the lookup strategy behaves exactly like the common one - it can thus be used in any case. The DataSourceTransactionManager class supports custom isolation levels, and timeouts that get applied as appropriate JDBC statement query timeouts. To support the latter, application code must either use JdbcTemplate or call the DataSourceUtils.applyTransactionTimeout(..) method for each created statement. This implementation can be used instead of JtaTransactionManager in the single resource case, as it does not require the container to support JTA. Switching between both is just a matter of configuration, if you stick to the required connection lookup pattern. JTA does not support custom isolation levels!
NativeJdbcExtractor
Sometimes you need to access vendor specific JDBC methods that differ from the standard JDBC API. This can be problematic if you are running in an application server or with a DataSource that wraps the Connection, Statement and ResultSet objects with its own wrapper objects. To gain access to the native objects you can configure your JdbcTemplate or OracleLobHandler with a NativeJdbcExtractor. The NativeJdbcExtractor comes in a variety of flavors to match your execution environment: SimpleNativeJdbcExtractor
3.1
Reference Documentation
357
Spring Framework
C3P0NativeJdbcExtractor CommonsDbcpNativeJdbcExtractor JBossNativeJdbcExtractor WebLogicNativeJdbcExtractor WebSphereNativeJdbcExtractor XAPoolNativeJdbcExtractor Usually the SimpleNativeJdbcExtractor is sufficient for unwrapping a Connection object in most environments. See the Javadocs for more details.
3.1
Reference Documentation
358
Spring Framework
If you are processing a stream of updates or reading from a file, then you might have a preferred batch size, but the last batch might not have that number of entries. In this case you can use the InterruptibleBatchPreparedStatementSetter interface, which allows you to interrupt a batch once the input source is exhausted. The isBatchExhausted method allows you to signal the end of the batch.
For an SQL statement using the classic "?" placeholders, you pass in a list containing an object array with the update values. This object array must have one entry for each placeholder in the SQL statement, and they must be in the same order as they are defined in the SQL statement. The same example using classic JDBC "?" placeholders:
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
359
Spring Framework
public int[] batchUpdate(final List<Actor> actors) { List<Object[]> batch = new ArrayList<Object[]>(); for (Actor actor : actors) { Object[] values = new Object[] { actor.getFirstName(), actor.getLastName(), actor.getId()}; batch.add(values); } int[] updateCounts = jdbcTemplate.batchUpdate( "update t_actor set first_name = ?, last_name = ? where id = ?", batch); return updateCounts; } // } ... additional methods
All of the above batch update methods return an int array containing the number of affected rows for each batch entry. This count is reported by the JDBC driver. If the count is not available, the JDBC driver returns a -2 value.
3.1
Reference Documentation
360
Spring Framework
The batch update methods for this call returns an array of int arrays containing an array entry for each batch with an array of the number of affected rows for each update. The top level array's length indicates the number of batches executed and the second level array's length indicates the number of updates in that batch. The number of updates in each batch should be the the batch size provided for all batches except for the last one that might be less, depending on the total number of updat objects provided. The update count for each update stament is the one reported by the JDBC driver. If the count is not available, the JDBC driver returns a -2 value.
3.1
Reference Documentation
361
Spring Framework
The execute method used here takes a plain java.utils.Map as its only parameter. The important thing to note here is that the keys used for the Map must match the column names of the table as defined in the database. This is because we read the metadata in order to construct the actual insert statement.
The main difference when executing the insert by this second approach is that you do not add the id to the Map and you call the executeReturningKey method. This returns a java.lang.Number object with which you can create an instance of the numerical type that is used in our domain class.You cannot rely on all databases to return a specific Java class here; java.lang.Number is the base class that you can rely on. If you have multiple auto-generated columns, or the generated values are non-numeric, then you can use a KeyHolder that is returned from the executeReturningKeyHolder method.
3.1
Reference Documentation
362
Spring Framework
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; private SimpleJdbcInsert insertActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); this.insertActor = new SimpleJdbcInsert(dataSource) .withTableName("t_actor") .usingColumns("first_name", "last_name") .usingGeneratedKeyColumns("id"); } public void add(Actor actor) { Map<String, Object> parameters = new HashMap<String, Object>(2); parameters.put("first_name", actor.getFirstName()); parameters.put("last_name", actor.getLastName()); Number newId = insertActor.executeAndReturnKey(parameters); actor.setId(newId.longValue()); } // } ... additional methods
The execution of the insert is the same as if you had relied on the metadata to determine which columns to use.
Another option is the MapSqlParameterSource that resembles a Map but provides a more convenient addValue method that can be chained. 3.1 Reference Documentation 363
Spring Framework
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; private SimpleJdbcInsert insertActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); this.insertActor = new SimpleJdbcInsert(dataSource) .withTableName("t_actor") .usingGeneratedKeyColumns("id"); } public void add(Actor actor) { SqlParameterSource parameters = new MapSqlParameterSource() .addValue("first_name", actor.getFirstName()) .addValue("last_name", actor.getLastName()); Number newId = insertActor.executeAndReturnKey(parameters); actor.setId(newId.longValue()); } // } ... additional methods
As you can see, the configuration is the same; only the executing code has to change to use these alternative input classes.
The in_id parameter contains the id of the actor you are looking up. The out parameters return the data read from the table. The SimpleJdbcCall is declared in a similar manner to the SimpleJdbcInsert. You should instantiate and configure the class in the initialization method of your data access layer. Compared to the StoredProcedure class, you don't have to create a subclass and you don't have to declare parameters that can be looked up in the database metadata. Following is an example of a SimpleJdbcCall configuration using the above stored procedure. The only configuration option, in addition to the DataSource, is the
3.1
Reference Documentation
364
Spring Framework
The code you write for the execution of the call involves creating an SqlParameterSource containing the IN parameter. It's important to match the name provided for the input value with that of the parameter name declared in the stored procedure. The case does not have to match because you use metadata to determine how database objects should be referred to in a stored procedure. What is specified in the source for the stored procedure is not necessarily the way it is stored in the database. Some databases transform names to all upper case while others use lower case or use the case as specified. The execute method takes the IN parameters and returns a Map containing any out parameters keyed by the name as specified in the stored procedure. In this case they are out_first_name, out_last_name and out_birth_date. The last part of the execute method creates an Actor instance to use to return the data retrieved. Again, it is important to use the names of the out parameters as they are declared in the stored procedure. Also, the case in the names of the out parameters stored in the results map matches that of the out parameter names in the database, which could vary between databases. To make your code more portable you should do a case-insensitive lookup or instruct Spring to use a CaseInsensitiveMap from the Jakarta Commons project. To do the latter, you create your own JdbcTemplate and set the setResultsMapCaseInsensitive property to true. Then you pass this customized JdbcTemplate instance into the constructor of your SimpleJdbcCall. You must include the commons-collections.jar in your classpath for this to work. Here is an example of this configuration:
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcCall procReadActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource);
3.1
Reference Documentation
365
Spring Framework
// }
By taking this action, you avoid conflicts in the case used for the names of your returned out parameters.
Note
Explicit declarations are necessary if the database you use is not a Spring-supported database. Currently Spring supports metadata lookup of stored procedure calls for the following databases: Apache Derby, DB2, MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle, and Sybase. We also support metadata lookup of stored functions for: MySQL, Microsoft SQL Server, and Oracle. You can opt to declare one, some, or all the parameters explicitly. The parameter metadata is still used where you do not declare parameters explicitly. To bypass all processing of metadata lookups for potential parameters and only use the declared parameters, you call the method withoutProcedureColumnMetaDataAccess as part of the declaration. Suppose that you have two or more different call signatures declared for a database function. In this case you call the useInParameterNames to specify the list of IN parameter names to include for a given signature. The following example shows a fully declared procedure call, using the information from the preceding example.
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcCall procReadActor; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); jdbcTemplate.setResultsMapCaseInsensitive(true); this.procReadActor = new SimpleJdbcCall(jdbcTemplate) .withProcedureName("read_actor") .withoutProcedureColumnMetaDataAccess() .useInParameterNames("in_id") .declareParameters( new SqlParameter("in_id", Types.NUMERIC), new SqlOutParameter("out_first_name", Types.VARCHAR),
3.1
Reference Documentation
366
Spring Framework
// }
The execution and end results of the two examples are the same; this one specifies all details explicitly rather than relying on metadata.
The first line with the SqlParameter declares an IN parameter. IN parameters can be used for both stored procedure calls and for queries using the SqlQuery and its subclasses covered in the following section. The second line with the SqlOutParameter declares an out parameter to be used in a stored procedure call. There is also an SqlInOutParameter for InOut parameters, parameters that provide an IN value to the procedure and that also return a value.
Note
Only parameters declared as SqlParameter and SqlInOutParameter will be used to provide input values. This is different from the StoredProcedure class, which for backwards compatibility reasons allows input values to be provided for parameters declared as SqlOutParameter. For IN parameters, in addition to the name and the SQL type, you can specify a scale for numeric data or a type name for custom database types. For out parameters, you can provide a RowMapper to handle mapping of rows returned from a REF cursor. Another option is to specify an SqlReturnType that provides an opportunity to define customized handling of the return values.
3.1
Reference Documentation
367
Spring Framework
configuration to indicate that we want to make a call to a function, and the corresponding string for a function call is generated. A specialized execute call, executeFunction, is used to execute the function and it returns the function return value as an object of a specified type, which means you do not have to retrieve the return value from the results map. A similar convenience method named executeObject is also available for stored procedures that only have one out parameter. The following example is based on a stored function named get_actor_name that returns an actor's full name. Here is the MySQL source for this function:
CREATE FUNCTION get_actor_name (in_id INTEGER) RETURNS VARCHAR(200) READS SQL DATA BEGIN DECLARE out_name VARCHAR(200); SELECT concat(first_name, ' ', last_name) INTO out_name FROM t_actor where id = in_id; RETURN out_name; END;
The execute method used returns a String containing the return value from the function call.
3.1
Reference Documentation
368
Spring Framework
to store the processed list of results in the results map that is returned from the execute statement. The next example uses a stored procedure that takes no IN parameters and returns all rows from the t_actor table. Here is the MySQL source for this procedure:
CREATE PROCEDURE read_all_actors() BEGIN SELECT a.id, a.first_name, a.last_name, a.birth_date FROM t_actor a; END;
To call this procedure you declare the RowMapper. Because the class you want to map to follows the JavaBean rules, you can use a ParameterizedBeanPropertyRowMapper that is created by passing in the required class to map to in the newInstance method.
public class JdbcActorDao implements ActorDao { private SimpleJdbcTemplate simpleJdbcTemplate; private SimpleJdbcCall procReadAllActors; public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.simpleJdbcTemplate = new SimpleJdbcTemplate(dataSource); JdbcTemplate jdbcTemplate = new JdbcTemplate(dataSource); jdbcTemplate.setResultsMapCaseInsensitive(true); this.procReadAllActors = new SimpleJdbcCall(jdbcTemplate) .withProcedureName("read_all_actors") .returningResultSet("actors", ParameterizedBeanPropertyRowMapper.newInstance(Actor.class)); } public List getActorsList() { Map m = procReadAllActors.execute(new HashMap<String, Object>(0)); return (List) m.get("actors"); } // } ... additional methods
The execute call passes in an empty Map because this call does not take any parameters. The list of Actors is then retrieved from the results map and returned to the caller.
Note
Many Spring developers believe that the various RDBMS operation classes described below (with the exception of the StoredProcedure class) can often be replaced with straight JdbcTemplate calls. Often it is simpler to write a DAO method that simply calls a method on a JdbcTemplate directly (as opposed to encapsulating a query as a full-blown class).
3.1
Reference Documentation
369
Spring Framework
However, if you are getting measurable value from using the RDBMS operation classes, continue using these classes.
SqlQuery
SqlQuery is a reusable, threadsafe class that encapsulates an SQL query. Subclasses must implement the newRowMapper(..) method to provide a RowMapper instance that can create one object per row obtained from iterating over the ResultSet that is created during the execution of the query. The SqlQuery class is rarely used directly because the MappingSqlQuery subclass provides a much more convenient implementation for mapping rows to Java classes. Other implementations that extend SqlQuery are MappingSqlQueryWithParameters and UpdatableSqlQuery.
MappingSqlQuery
MappingSqlQuery is a reusable query in which concrete subclasses must implement the abstract mapRow(..) method to convert each row of the supplied ResultSet into an object of the type specified. The following example shows a custom query that maps the data from the t_actor relation to an instance of the Actor class.
public class ActorMappingQuery extends MappingSqlQuery<Actor> { public ActorMappingQuery(DataSource ds) { super(ds, "select id, first_name, last_name from t_actor where id = ?"); super.declareParameter(new SqlParameter("id", Types.INTEGER)); compile(); } @Override protected Actor mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNumber) throws SQLException { Actor actor = new Actor(); actor.setId(rs.getLong("id")); actor.setFirstName(rs.getString("first_name")); actor.setLastName(rs.getString("last_name")); return actor; } }
The class extends MappingSqlQuery parameterized with the Actor type. The constructor for this customer query takes the DataSource as the only parameter. In this constructor you call the constructor on the superclass with the DataSource and the SQL that should be executed to retrieve the rows for this query. This SQL will be used to create a PreparedStatement so it may contain place holders for any parameters to be passed in during execution.You must declare each parameter using the declareParameter method passing in an SqlParameter. The SqlParameter takes a name and the JDBC type as defined in java.sql.Types. After you define all parameters, you call the compile() method so the statement can be prepared and later executed. This class is thread-safe after it is compiled, so as long as these instances are created when the DAO is initialized they can be kept as instance variables and be reused. 3.1 Reference Documentation 370
Spring Framework
private ActorMappingQuery actorMappingQuery; @Autowired public void setDataSource(DataSource dataSource) { this.actorMappingQuery = new ActorMappingQuery(dataSource); } public Customer getCustomer(Long id) { return actorMappingQuery.findObject(id); }
The method in this example retrieves the customer with the id that is passed in as the only parameter. Since we only want one object returned we simply call the convenience method findObject with the id as parameter. If we had instead a query that returned a list of objects and took additional parameters then we would use one of the execute methods that takes an array of parameter values passed in as varargs.
public List<Actor> searchForActors(int age, String namePattern) { List<Actor> actors = actorSearchMappingQuery.execute(age, namePattern); return actors; }
SqlUpdate
The SqlUpdate class encapsulates an SQL update. Like a query, an update object is reusable, and like all RdbmsOperation classes, an update can have parameters and is defined in SQL. This class provides a number of update(..) methods analogous to the execute(..) methods of query objects. The SQLUpdate class is concrete. It can be subclassed, for example, to add a custom update method, as in the following snippet where it's simply called execute. However, you don't have to subclass the SqlUpdate class since it can easily be parameterized by setting SQL and declaring parameters.
import java.sql.Types; import javax.sql.DataSource; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.SqlParameter; import org.springframework.jdbc.object.SqlUpdate; public class UpdateCreditRating extends SqlUpdate { public UpdateCreditRating(DataSource ds) { setDataSource(ds); setSql("update customer set credit_rating = ? where id = ?"); declareParameter(new SqlParameter("creditRating", Types.NUMERIC)); declareParameter(new SqlParameter("id", Types.NUMERIC)); compile(); } /** * @param id for the Customer to be updated * @param rating the new value for credit rating * @return number of rows updated */ public int execute(int id, int rating) { return update(rating, id); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
371
Spring Framework
StoredProcedure
The StoredProcedure class is a superclass for object abstractions of RDBMS stored procedures. This class is abstract, and its various execute(..) methods have protected access, preventing use other than through a subclass that offers tighter typing. The inherited sql property will be the name of the stored procedure in the RDBMS. To define a parameter for the StoredProcedure class, you use an SqlParameter or one of its subclasses. You must specify the parameter name and SQL type in the constructor like in the following code snippet. The SQL type is specified using the java.sql.Types constants.
new SqlParameter("in_id", Types.NUMERIC), new SqlOutParameter("out_first_name", Types.VARCHAR),
The first line with the SqlParameter declares an IN parameter. IN parameters can be used for both stored procedure calls and for queries using the SqlQuery and its subclasses covered in the following section. The second line with the SqlOutParameter declares an out parameter to be used in the stored procedure call. There is also an SqlInOutParameter for InOut parameters, parameters that provide an in value to the procedure and that also return a value. For in parameters, in addition to the name and the SQL type, you can specify a scale for numeric data or a type name for custom database types. For out parameters you can provide a RowMapper to handle mapping of rows returned from a REF cursor. Another option is to specify an SqlReturnType that enables you to define customized handling of the return values. Here is an example of a simple DAO that uses a StoredProcedure to call a function, sysdate(),which comes with any Oracle database. To use the stored procedure functionality you have to create a class that extends StoredProcedure. In this example, the StoredProcedure class is an inner class, but if you need to reuse the StoredProcedure you declare it as a top-level class. This example has no input parameters, but an output parameter is declared as a date type using the class SqlOutParameter. The execute() method executes the procedure and extracts the returned date from the results Map. The results Map has an entry for each declared output parameter, in this case only one, using the parameter name as the key.
import import import import java.sql.Types; java.util.Date; java.util.HashMap; java.util.Map;
3.1
Reference Documentation
372
Spring Framework
public class StoredProcedureDao { private GetSysdateProcedure getSysdate; @Autowired public void init(DataSource dataSource) { this.getSysdate = new GetSysdateProcedure(dataSource); } public Date getSysdate() { return getSysdate.execute(); } private class GetSysdateProcedure extends StoredProcedure { private static final String SQL = "sysdate"; public GetSysdateProcedure(DataSource dataSource) { setDataSource(dataSource); setFunction(true); setSql(SQL); declareParameter(new SqlOutParameter("date", Types.DATE)); compile(); } public Date execute() { // the 'sysdate' sproc has no input parameters, so an empty Map is supplied... Map<String, Object> results = execute(new HashMap<String, Object>()); Date sysdate = (Date) results.get("date"); return sysdate; } } }
The following example of a StoredProcedure has two output parameters (in this case, Oracle REF cursors).
import oracle.jdbc.OracleTypes; import org.springframework.jdbc.core.SqlOutParameter; import org.springframework.jdbc.object.StoredProcedure; import javax.sql.DataSource; import java.util.HashMap; import java.util.Map; public class TitlesAndGenresStoredProcedure extends StoredProcedure { private static final String SPROC_NAME = "AllTitlesAndGenres"; public TitlesAndGenresStoredProcedure(DataSource dataSource) { super(dataSource, SPROC_NAME); declareParameter(new SqlOutParameter("titles", OracleTypes.CURSOR, new TitleMapper())); declareParameter(new SqlOutParameter("genres", OracleTypes.CURSOR, new GenreMapper())); compile(); } public Map<String, Object> execute() { // again, this sproc has no input parameters, so an empty Map is supplied return super.execute(new HashMap<String, Object>()); } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
373
Spring Framework
Notice how the overloaded variants of the declareParameter(..) method that have been used in the TitlesAndGenresStoredProcedure constructor are passed RowMapper implementation instances; this is a very convenient and powerful way to reuse existing functionality. The code for the two RowMapper implementations is provided below. The TitleMapper class maps a ResultSet to a Title domain object for each row in the supplied ResultSet:
import org.springframework.jdbc.core.RowMapper; import java.sql.ResultSet; import java.sql.SQLException; import com.foo.domain.Title; public final class TitleMapper implements RowMapper<Title> { public Title mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNum) throws SQLException { Title title = new Title(); title.setId(rs.getLong("id")); title.setName(rs.getString("name")); return title; } }
The GenreMapper class maps a ResultSet to a Genre domain object for each row in the supplied ResultSet.
import org.springframework.jdbc.core.RowMapper; import java.sql.ResultSet; import java.sql.SQLException; import com.foo.domain.Genre; public final class GenreMapper implements RowMapper<Genre> { public Genre mapRow(ResultSet rs, int rowNum) throws SQLException { return new Genre(rs.getString("name")); } }
To pass parameters to a stored procedure that has one or more input parameters in its definition in the RDBMS, you can code a strongly typed execute(..) method that would delegate to the superclass' untyped execute(Map parameters) method (which has protected access); for example:
import import import import oracle.jdbc.OracleTypes; org.springframework.jdbc.core.SqlOutParameter; org.springframework.jdbc.core.SqlParameter; org.springframework.jdbc.object.StoredProcedure;
import javax.sql.DataSource; import import import import java.sql.Types; java.util.Date; java.util.HashMap; java.util.Map;
3.1
Reference Documentation
374
Spring Framework
private static final String SPROC_NAME = "TitlesAfterDate"; private static final String CUTOFF_DATE_PARAM = "cutoffDate"; public TitlesAfterDateStoredProcedure(DataSource dataSource) { super(dataSource, SPROC_NAME); declareParameter(new SqlParameter(CUTOFF_DATE_PARAM, Types.DATE); declareParameter(new SqlOutParameter("titles", OracleTypes.CURSOR, new TitleMapper())); compile(); } public Map<String, Object> execute(Date cutoffDate) { Map<String, Object> inputs = new HashMap<String, Object>(); inputs.put(CUTOFF_DATE_PARAM, cutoffDate); return super.execute(inputs); } }
Spring Framework
JdbcTemplate directly and also when using the higher abstractions provided by RDBMS Objects and the SimpleJdbc classes. All of these approaches use an implementation of the LobHandler interface for the actual management of the LOB data. The LobHandler provides access to a LobCreator class, through the getLobCreator method, used for creating new LOB objects to be inserted. The LobCreator/LobHandler provides the following support for LOB input and output: BLOB byte[] getBlobAsBytes and setBlobAsBytes InputStream getBlobAsBinaryStream and setBlobAsBinaryStream CLOB String getClobAsString and setClobAsString InputStream getClobAsAsciiStream and setClobAsAsciiStream Reader getClobAsCharacterStream and setClobAsCharacterStream The next example shows how to create and insert a BLOB. Later you will see how to read it back from the database. This example uses a JdbcTemplate and an implementation of the AbstractLobCreatingPreparedStatementCallback. It implements one method, setValues. This method provides a LobCreator that you use to set the values for the LOB columns in your SQL insert statement. For this example we assume that there is a variable, lobHandler, that already is set to an instance of a DefaultLobHandler. You typically set this value through dependency injection.
final File blobIn = new File("spring2004.jpg"); final InputStream blobIs = new FileInputStream(blobIn); final File clobIn = new File("large.txt"); final InputStream clobIs = new FileInputStream(clobIn); final InputStreamReader clobReader = new InputStreamReader(clobIs); jdbcTemplate.execute( "INSERT INTO lob_table (id, a_clob, a_blob) VALUES (?, ?, ?)", new AbstractLobCreatingPreparedStatementCallback(lobHandler) { protected void setValues(PreparedStatement ps, LobCreator lobCreator) throws SQLException { ps.setLong(1, 1L); lobCreator.setClobAsCharacterStream(ps, 2, clobReader, (int)clobIn.length()); lobCreator.setBlobAsBinaryStream(ps, 3, blobIs, (int)blobIn.length()); } } ); blobIs.close(); clobReader.close();
3.1
Pass in the lobHandler that in this example is a plain DefaultLobHandler Reference Documentation 376
Spring Framework
Using the method setClobAsCharacterStream, pass in the contents of the CLOB. Using the method setBlobAsBinaryStream, pass in the contents of the BLOB.
Now it's time to read the LOB data from the database. Again, you use a JdbcTemplate with the same instance variable lobHandler and a reference to a DefaultLobHandler.
List<Map<String, Object>> l = jdbcTemplate.query("select id, a_clob, a_blob from lob_table", new RowMapper<Map<String, Object>>() { public Map<String, Object> mapRow(ResultSet rs, int i) throws SQLException { Map<String, Object> results = new HashMap<String, Object>(); String clobText = lobHandler.getClobAsString(rs, "a_clob"); results.put("CLOB", clobText); byte[] blobBytes = lobHandler.getBlobAsBytes(rs, "a_blob"); results.put("BLOB", blobBytes); return results; } });
Using the method getClobAsString, retrieve the contents of the CLOB. Using the method getBlobAsBytes, retrieve the contents of the BLOB.
Note
Be careful when passing in many values. The JDBC standard does not guarantee that you can use more than 100 values for an in expression list. Various databases exceed this number, but they usually have a hard limit for how many values are allowed. Oracle's limit is 1000. In addition to the primitive values in the value list, you can create a java.util.List of object arrays. This list would support multiple expressions defined for the in clause such as select * from T_ACTOR where (id, last_name) in ((1, 'Johnson'), (2, 'Harrop')). This of course requires that your database supports this syntax.
Spring Framework
accommodate these types, Spring provides a SqlReturnType for handling them when they are returned from the stored procedure call and SqlTypeValue when they are passed in as a parameter to the stored procedure. Here is an example of returning the value of an Oracle STRUCT object of the user declared type ITEM_TYPE. The SqlReturnType interface has a single method named getTypeValue that must be implemented. This interface is used as part of the declaration of an SqlOutParameter.
final TestItem - new TestItem(123L, "A test item", new SimpleDateFormat("yyyy-M-d").parse("2010-12-31");); declareParameter(new SqlOutParameter("item", OracleTypes.STRUCT, "ITEM_TYPE", new SqlReturnType() { public Object getTypeValue(CallableStatement cs, int colIndx, int sqlType, String typeName) throws SQLException { STRUCT struct = (STRUCT)cs.getObject(colIndx); Object[] attr = struct.getAttributes(); TestItem item = new TestItem(); item.setId(((Number) attr[0]).longValue()); item.setDescription((String)attr[1]); item.setExpirationDate((java.util.Date)attr[2]); return item; } }));
You use the SqlTypeValue to pass in the value of a Java object like TestItem into a stored procedure. The SqlTypeValue interface has a single method named createTypeValue that you must implement. The active connection is passed in, and you can use it to create database-specific objects such as StructDescriptors, as shown in the following example, or ArrayDescriptors.
final TestItem - new TestItem(123L, "A test item", new SimpleDateFormat("yyyy-M-d").parse("2010-12-31");); SqlTypeValue value = new AbstractSqlTypeValue() { protected Object createTypeValue(Connection conn, int sqlType, String typeName) throws SQLException { StructDescriptor itemDescriptor = new StructDescriptor(typeName, conn); Struct item = new STRUCT(itemDescriptor, conn, new Object[] { testItem.getId(), testItem.getDescription(), new java.sql.Date(testItem.getExpirationDate().getTime()) }); return item; } };
This SqlTypeValue can now be added to the Map containing the input parameters for the execute call of the stored procedure. Another use for the SqlTypeValue is passing in an array of values to an Oracle stored procedure. Oracle has its own internal ARRAY class that must be used in this case, and you can use the SqlTypeValue to create an instance of the Oracle ARRAY and populate it with values from the Java ARRAY.
final Long[] ids = new Long[] {1L, 2L}; SqlTypeValue value = new AbstractSqlTypeValue() {
3.1
Reference Documentation
378
Spring Framework
protected Object createTypeValue(Connection conn, int sqlType, String typeName) throws SQLException { ArrayDescriptor arrayDescriptor = new ArrayDescriptor(typeName, conn); ARRAY idArray = new ARRAY(arrayDescriptor, conn, ids); return idArray; } };
The preceding configuration creates an embedded HSQL database populated with SQL from schema.sql and testdata.sql resources in the classpath. The database instance is made available to the Spring container as a bean of type javax.sql.DataSource. This bean can then be injected into data access objects as needed.
EmbeddedDatabaseBuilder builder = new EmbeddedDatabaseBuilder(); EmbeddedDatabase db = builder.setType(H2).addScript("my-schema.sql").addScript("my-test-data.sql").build(); // do stuff against the db (EmbeddedDatabase extends javax.sql.DataSource) db.shutdown()
Spring Framework
Spring JDBC embedded database support can be extended in two ways: 1. Implement EmbeddedDatabaseConfigurer to support a new embedded database type, such as Apache Derby. 2. Implement DataSourceFactory to support a new DataSource implementation, such as a connection pool, to manage embedded database connections. You are encouraged to contribute back extensions to the Spring community at jira.springframework.org.
Using HSQL
Spring supports HSQL 1.8.0 and above. HSQL is the default embedded database if no type is specified explicitly. To specify HSQL explicitly, set the type attribute of the embedded-database tag to HSQL. If you are using the builder API, call the setType(EmbeddedDatabaseType) method with EmbeddedDatabaseType.HSQL.
Using H2
Spring supports the H2 database as well. To enable H2, set the type attribute of the embedded-database tag to H2. If you are using the builder API, call the setType(EmbeddedDatabaseType) method with EmbeddedDatabaseType.H2.
Using Derby
Spring also supports Apache Derby 10.5 and above. To enable Derby, set the type attribute of the embedded-database tag to Derby. If using the builder API, call the setType(EmbeddedDatabaseType) method with EmbeddedDatabaseType.Derby.
@Before public void setUp() { // creates a HSQL in-memory db populated from default scripts classpath:schema.sql and classpath:test-d db = new EmbeddedDatabaseBuilder().addDefaultScripts().build(); } @Test public void testDataAccess() { JdbcTemplate template = new JdbcTemplate(db); template.query(...);
3.1
Reference Documentation
380
Spring Framework
The example above runs the two scripts specified against the database: the first script is a schema creation, and the second is a test data set insert. The script locations can also be patterns with wildcards in the usual ant style used for resources in Spring (e.g. classpath*:/com/foo/**/sql/*-data.sql). If a pattern is used the scripts are executed in lexical order of their URL or filename. The default behaviour of the database initializer is to unconditionally execute the scripts provided. This will not always be what you want, for instance if running against an existing database that already has test data in it. The likelihood of accidentally deleting data is reduced by the commonest pattern (as shown above) that creates the tables first and then inserts the data - the first step will fail if the tables already exist. However, to get more control over the creation and deletion of existing data, the XML namespace provides a couple more options. The first is flag to switch the initialization on and off. This can be set according to the environment (e.g. to pull a boolean value from system properties or an environment bean), e.g.
<jdbc:initialize-database data-source="dataSource" enabled="#{systemProperties.INITIALIZE_DATABASE}"> <jdbc:script location="..."/> </jdbc:initialize-database>
The second option to control what happens with existing data is to be more tolerant of failures. To this
3.1
Reference Documentation
381
Spring Framework
end you can control the ability of the initializer to ignore certain errors in the SQL it executes from the scripts, e.g.
<jdbc:initialize-database data-source="dataSource" ignore-failures="DROPS"> <jdbc:script location="..."/> </jdbc:initialize-database>
In this example we are saying we expect that sometimes the scripts will be run against an empty dtabase and there are some DROP statements in the scripts which would therefore fail. So failed SQL DROP statements will be ignored, but other failures will cause an exception. This is useful if your SQL dialect doesn't support DROP ... IF EXISTS (or similar) but you want to unconditionally remove all test data before re-creating it. In that case the first script is usually a set of drops, followed by a set of CREATE statements. The ignore-failures option can be set to NONE (the default), DROPS (ignore failed drops) or ALL (ignore all failures). If you need more control than you get from the XML namespace, you can simply use the DataSourceInitializer directly, and define it as a component in your application. Initialization of Other Components that Depend on the Database A large class of applications can just use the database initializer with no further complications: those that do not use the database until after the Spring context has started. If your application is not one of those then you might need to read the rest of this section. The database initializer depends on a data source instance and runs the scripts provided in its initialization callback (c.f. init-method in an XML bean definition or InitializingBean). If other beans depend on the same data source and also use the data source in an initialization callback then there might be a problem because the data has not yet been initialized. A common example of this is a cache that initializes eagerly and loads up data from the database on application startup. To get round this issue you two options: change your cache initialization strategy to a later phase, or ensure that the database initializer is initialized first. The first option might be easy if the application is in your control, and not otherwise. Some suggestions for how to implement this are Make the cache initialize lazily on first usage, which improves application startup time Have your cache or a separate component that initializes the cache implement Lifecycle or SmartLifecycle. When the application context starts up a SmartLifecycle can be automatically started if its autoStartup flag is set, and a Lifecycle can be started manually by calling ConfigurableApplicationContext.start() on the enclosing context. Use a Spring ApplicationEvent or similar custom observer mechanism to trigger the cache initialization. ContextRefreshedEvent is always published by the context when it is ready for
3.1
Reference Documentation
382
Spring Framework
use (after all beans have been initialized), so that is often a useful hook (this is how the SmartLifecycle works by default). The second option can also be easy. Some suggestions on how to implement this are Rely on Spring BeanFactory default behaviour, which is that beans are initialized in registration order. You can easily arrange that by adopting the common practice of a set of <import/> elements that order your application modules, and ensure that the database and database initialization are listed first Separate the datasource and the business components that use it and control their startup order by putting them in separate ApplicationContext instances (e.g. parent has the datasource and child has the business components). This structure is common in Spring web applications, but can be more generally applied. Use a modular runtime like SpringSource dm Server and separate the data source and the components that depend on it. E.g. specify the bundle start up order as datasource -> initializer -> business components.
3.1
Reference Documentation
383
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
384
Spring Framework
persistence resources. For example, related code that uses Hibernate generally needs to use the same Hibernate Session to ensure efficiency and proper transaction handling. Spring makes it easy to create and bind a Session to the current thread transparently, by exposing a current Session through the Hibernate SessionFactory. Thus Spring solves many chronic problems of typical Hibernate usage, for any local or JTA transaction environment. Integrated transaction management. You can wrap your ORM code with a declarative, aspect-oriented programming (AOP) style method interceptor either through the @Transactional annotation or by explicitly configuring the transaction AOP advice in an XML configuration file. In both cases, transaction semantics and exception handling (rollback, and so on) are handled for you. As discussed below, in Resource and transaction management, you can also swap various transaction managers, without affecting your ORM-related code. For example, you can swap between local transactions and JTA, with the same full services (such as declarative transactions) available in both scenarios. Additionally, JDBC-related code can fully integrate transactionally with the code you use to do ORM. This is useful for data access that is not suitable for ORM, such as batch processing and BLOB streaming, which still need to share common transactions with ORM operations. TODO: provide links to current samples
3.1
Reference Documentation
385
Spring Framework
The infrastructure provides proper resource handling and appropriate conversion of specific API exceptions to an unchecked infrastructure exception hierarchy. Spring introduces a DAO exception hierarchy, applicable to any data access strategy. For direct JDBC, the JdbcTemplate class mentioned in a previous section provides connection handling and proper conversion of SQLException to the DataAccessException hierarchy, including translation of database-specific SQL error codes to meaningful exception classes. For ORM technologies, see the next section for how to get the same exception translation benefits. When it comes to transaction management, the JdbcTemplate class hooks in to the Spring transaction support and supports both JTA and JDBC transactions, through respective Spring transaction managers. For the supported ORM technologies Spring offers Hibernate, JPA and JDO support through the Hibernate, JPA, and JDO transaction managers as well as JTA support. For details on transaction support, see the Chapter 11, Transaction Management chapter.
Exception translation
When you use Hibernate, JPA, or JDO in a DAO, you must decide how to handle the persistence technology's native exception classes. The DAO throws a subclass of a HibernateException, PersistenceException or JDOException depending on the technology. These exceptions are all run-time exceptions and do not have to be declared or caught. You may also have to deal with IllegalArgumentException and IllegalStateException. This means that callers can only treat exceptions as generally fatal, unless they want to depend on the persistence technology's own exception structure. Catching specific causes such as an optimistic locking failure is not possible without tying the caller to the implementation strategy. This trade off might be acceptable to applications that are strongly ORM-based and/or do not need any special exception treatment. However, Spring enables exception translation to be applied transparently through the @Repository annotation:
@Repository public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { // class body here... }
<beans> <!-- Exception translation bean post processor --> <bean class="org.springframework.dao.annotation.PersistenceExceptionTranslationPostProcessor"/> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"/> </beans>
The postprocessor automatically looks for all exception translators (implementations of the PersistenceExceptionTranslator interface) and advises all beans marked with the @Repository annotation so that the discovered translators can intercept and apply the appropriate translation on the thrown exceptions. In summary: you can implement DAOs based on the plain persistence technology's API and annotations, 3.1 Reference Documentation 386
Spring Framework
while still benefiting from Spring-managed transactions, dependency injection, and transparent exception conversion (if desired) to Spring's custom exception hierarchies.
14.3 Hibernate
We will start with a coverage of Hibernate 3 in a Spring environment, using it to demonstrate the approach that Spring takes towards integrating O/R mappers. This section will cover many issues in detail and show different variations of DAO implementations and transaction demarcation. Most of these patterns can be directly translated to all other supported ORM tools. The following sections in this chapter will then cover the other ORM technologies, showing briefer examples there.
Note
As of Spring 3.0, Spring requires Hibernate 3.2 or later.
3.1
Reference Documentation
387
Spring Framework
Switching from a local Jakarta Commons DBCP BasicDataSource to a JNDI-located DataSource (usually managed by an application server) is just a matter of configuration:
<beans> <jee:jndi-lookup id="myDataSource" jndi-name="java:comp/env/jdbc/myds"/> </beans>
You can also access a JNDI-located SessionFactory, using Spring's JndiObjectFactoryBean / <jee:jndi-lookup> to retrieve and expose it. However, that is typically not common outside of an EJB context.
This style is similar to that of the Hibernate reference documentation and examples, except for holding the SessionFactory in an instance variable. We strongly recommend such an instance-based setup over the old-school static HibernateUtil class from Hibernate's CaveatEmptor sample application. (In general, do not keep any resources in static variables unless absolutely necessary.) The above DAO follows the dependency injection pattern: it fits nicely into a Spring IoC container, just as it would if coded against Spring's HibernateTemplate. Of course, such a DAO can also be set up in plain Java (for example, in unit tests). Simply instantiate it and call setSessionFactory(..) with the desired factory reference. As a Spring bean definition, the DAO would resemble the following:
<beans> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="mySessionFactory"/> </bean> </beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
388
Spring Framework
The main advantage of this DAO style is that it depends on Hibernate API only; no import of any Spring class is required. This is of course appealing from a non-invasiveness perspective, and will no doubt feel more natural to Hibernate developers. However, the DAO throws plain HibernateException (which is unchecked, so does not have to be declared or caught), which means that callers can only treat exceptions as generally fatal - unless they want to depend on Hibernate's own exception hierarchy. Catching specific causes such as an optimistic locking failure is not possible without tying the caller to the implementation strategy. This trade off might be acceptable to applications that are strongly Hibernate-based and/or do not need any special exception treatment. Fortunately, Spring's LocalSessionFactoryBean supports Hibernate's SessionFactory.getCurrentSession() method for any Spring transaction strategy, returning the current Spring-managed transactional Session even with HibernateTransactionManager. Of course, the standard behavior of that method remains the return of the current Session associated with the ongoing JTA transaction, if any. This behavior applies regardless of whether you are using Spring's JtaTransactionManager, EJB container managed transactions (CMTs), or JTA. In summary: you can implement DAOs based on the plain Hibernate 3 API, while still being able to participate in Spring-managed transactions.
Note
Prior to continuing, you are strongly encouraged to read Section 11.5, Declarative transaction management if you have not done so. Furthermore, transaction semantics like propagation behavior and isolation level can be changed in a configuration file and do not affect the business service implementations. The following example shows how you can configure an AOP transaction interceptor, using XML, for a simple service class:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans
3.1
Reference Documentation
389
Spring Framework
http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- SessionFactory, DataSource, etc. omitted --> <bean id="transactionManager" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.HibernateTransactionManager"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="sessionFactory"/> </bean> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="productServiceMethods" expression="execution(* product.ProductService.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="productServiceMethods"/> </aop:config> <tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="myTxManager"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="increasePrice*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> <tx:method name="someOtherBusinessMethod" propagation="REQUIRES_NEW"/> <tx:method name="*" propagation="SUPPORTS" read-only="true"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.SimpleProductService"> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> </bean> </beans>
We also show an attribute-support based configuration, in the following example. You annotate the service layer with @Transactional annotations and instruct the Spring container to find these annotations and provide transactional semantics for these annotated methods.
public class ProductServiceImpl implements ProductService { private ProductDao productDao; public void setProductDao(ProductDao productDao) { this.productDao = productDao; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
390
Spring Framework
@Transactional public void increasePriceOfAllProductsInCategory(final String category) { List productsToChange = this.productDao.loadProductsByCategory(category); // ... } @Transactional(readOnly = true) public List<Product> findAllProducts() { return this.productDao.findAllProducts(); } }
As you can see from the following configuration example, the configuration is much simplified, compared to the XML example above, while still providing the same functionality driven by the annotations in the service layer code. All you need to provide is the TransactionManager implementation and a "<tx:annotation-driven/>" entry.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- SessionFactory, DataSource, etc. omitted --> <bean id="transactionManager" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.HibernateTransactionManager"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="sessionFactory"/> </bean> <tx:annotation-driven/> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.SimpleProductService"> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> </bean> </beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
391
Spring Framework
<bean id="myTxManager" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.HibernateTransactionManager"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="mySessionFactory"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.ProductServiceImpl"> <property name="transactionManager" ref="myTxManager"/> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> </bean> </beans>
public class ProductServiceImpl implements ProductService { private TransactionTemplate transactionTemplate; private ProductDao productDao; public void setTransactionManager(PlatformTransactionManager transactionManager) { this.transactionTemplate = new TransactionTemplate(transactionManager); } public void setProductDao(ProductDao productDao) { this.productDao = productDao; } public void increasePriceOfAllProductsInCategory(final String category) { this.transactionTemplate.execute(new TransactionCallbackWithoutResult() { public void doInTransactionWithoutResult(TransactionStatus status) { List productsToChange = this.productDao.loadProductsByCategory(category); // do the price increase... } } ); } }
Spring's TransactionInterceptor allows any checked application exception to be thrown with the callback code, while TransactionTemplate is restricted to unchecked exceptions within the callback. TransactionTemplate triggers a rollback in case of an unchecked application exception, or if the transaction is marked rollback-only by the application (via TransactionStatus). TransactionInterceptor behaves the same way by default but allows configurable rollback policies per method.
3.1
Reference Documentation
392
Spring Framework
For distributed transactions across multiple Hibernate session factories, simply combine JtaTransactionManager as a transaction strategy with multiple LocalSessionFactoryBean definitions. Each DAO then gets one specific SessionFactory reference passed into its corresponding bean property. If all underlying JDBC data sources are transactional container ones, a business service can demarcate transactions across any number of DAOs and any number of session factories without special regard, as long as it is using JtaTransactionManager as the strategy.
<beans> <jee:jndi-lookup id="dataSource1" jndi-name="java:comp/env/jdbc/myds1"/> <jee:jndi-lookup id="dataSource2" jndi-name="java:comp/env/jdbc/myds2"/> <bean id="mySessionFactory1" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.LocalSessionFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="myDataSource1"/> <property name="mappingResources"> <list> <value>product.hbm.xml</value> </list> </property> <property name="hibernateProperties"> <value> hibernate.dialect=org.hibernate.dialect.MySQLDialect hibernate.show_sql=true </value> </property> </bean> <bean id="mySessionFactory2" class="org.springframework.orm.hibernate3.LocalSessionFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="myDataSource2"/> <property name="mappingResources"> <list> <value>inventory.hbm.xml</value> </list> </property> <property name="hibernateProperties"> <value> hibernate.dialect=org.hibernate.dialect.OracleDialect </value> </property> </bean> <bean id="myTxManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager"/> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="mySessionFactory1"/> </bean> <bean id="myInventoryDao" class="product.InventoryDaoImpl"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="mySessionFactory2"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.ProductServiceImpl"> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> <property name="inventoryDao" ref="myInventoryDao"/> </bean> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="productServiceMethods" expression="execution(* product.ProductService.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="productServiceMethods"/> </aop:config>
3.1
Reference Documentation
393
Spring Framework
<tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="myTxManager"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="increasePrice*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> <tx:method name="someOtherBusinessMethod" propagation="REQUIRES_NEW"/> <tx:method name="*" propagation="SUPPORTS" read-only="true"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> </beans>
Both HibernateTransactionManager and JtaTransactionManager allow for proper JVM-level cache handling with Hibernate, without container-specific transaction manager lookup or a JCA connector (if you are not using EJB to initiate transactions). HibernateTransactionManager can export the Hibernate JDBC Connection to plain JDBC access code, for a specific DataSource. This capability allows for high-level transaction demarcation with mixed Hibernate and JDBC data access completely without JTA, if you are accessing only one database. HibernateTransactionManager automatically exposes the Hibernate transaction as a JDBC transaction if you have set up the passed-in SessionFactory with a DataSource through the dataSource property of the LocalSessionFactoryBean class. Alternatively, you can specify explicitly the DataSource for which the transactions are supposed to be exposed through the dataSource property of the HibernateTransactionManager class.
3.1
Reference Documentation
394
Spring Framework
requires container-specific deployment steps, and obviously JCA support in the first place. This configuration requires more work than deploying a simple web application with local resource definitions and Spring-driven transactions. Also, you often need the Enterprise Edition of your container if you are using, for example, WebLogic Express, which does not provide JCA. A Spring application with local resources and transactions spanning one single database works in any Java EE web container (without JTA, JCA, or EJB) such as Tomcat, Resin, or even plain Jetty. Additionally, you can easily reuse such a middle tier in desktop applications or test suites. All things considered, if you do not use EJBs, stick with local SessionFactory setup and Spring's HibernateTransactionManager or JtaTransactionManager. You get all of the benefits, including proper transactional JVM-level caching and distributed transactions, without the inconvenience of container deployment. JNDI registration of a Hibernate SessionFactory through the JCA connector only adds value when used in conjunction with EJBs.
You resolve this warning by simply making Hibernate aware of the JTA PlatformTransactionManager instance, to which it will synchronize (along with Spring). You have two options for doing this: If in your application context you are already directly obtaining the JTA PlatformTransactionManager object (presumably from JNDI through JndiObjectFactoryBean/<jee:jndi-lookup>) and feeding it, for example, to Spring's JtaTransactionManager, then the easiest way is to specify a reference to the bean defining this JTA PlatformTransactionManager instance as the value of the jtaTransactionManager property for LocalSessionFactoryBean. Spring then makes the object available to Hibernate. More likely you do not already have the JTA PlatformTransactionManager instance, because Spring's JtaTransactionManager can find it itself. Thus you need to configure Hibernate to look up JTA PlatformTransactionManager directly. You do this by configuring an application server- specific TransactionManagerLookup class in the Hibernate configuration, as described in the Hibernate manual. The remainder of this section describes the sequence of events that occur with and without Hibernate's awareness of the JTA PlatformTransactionManager.
3.1
Reference Documentation
395
Spring Framework
When Hibernate is not configured with any awareness of the JTA PlatformTransactionManager, the following events occur when a JTA transaction commits: 1. The JTA transaction commits. 2. Spring's JtaTransactionManager is synchronized to the JTA transaction, so it is called back through an afterCompletion callback by the JTA transaction manager. 3. Among other activities, this synchronization can trigger a callback by Spring to Hibernate, through Hibernate's afterTransactionCompletion callback (used to clear the Hibernate cache), followed by an explicit close() call on the Hibernate Session, which causes Hibernate to attempt to close() the JDBC Connection. 4. In some environments, this Connection.close() call then triggers the warning or error, as the application server no longer considers the Connection usable at all, because the transaction has already been committed. When Hibernate is configured with awareness of the JTA PlatformTransactionManager, the following events occur when a JTA transaction commits: 1. the JTA transaction is ready to commit. 2. Spring's JtaTransactionManager is synchronized to the JTA transaction, so the transaction is called back through a beforeCompletion callback by the JTA transaction manager. 3. Spring is aware that Hibernate itself is synchronized to the JTA transaction, and behaves differently than in the previous scenario. Assuming the Hibernate Session needs to be closed at all, Spring will close it now. 4. The JTA transaction commits. 5. Hibernate is synchronized to the JTA transaction, so the transaction is called back through an afterCompletion callback by the JTA transaction manager, and can properly clear its cache.
14.4 JDO
Spring supports the standard JDO 2.0 and 2.1 APIs as data access strategy, following the same style as the Hibernate support. The corresponding integration classes reside in the org.springframework.orm.jdo package.
PersistenceManagerFactory setup
Spring provides a LocalPersistenceManagerFactoryBean class that allows you to define a local JDO PersistenceManagerFactory within a Spring application context:
3.1
Reference Documentation
396
Spring Framework
Alternatively, you can set up a PersistenceManagerFactory through direct instantiation of a PersistenceManagerFactory implementation class. A JDO PersistenceManagerFactory implementation class follows the JavaBeans pattern, just like a JDBC DataSource implementation class, which is a natural fit for a configuration that uses Spring. This setup style usually supports a Spring-defined JDBC DataSource, passed into the connectionFactory property. For example, for the open source JDO implementation DataNucleus (formerly JPOX) (http://www.datanucleus.org/), this is the XML configuration of the PersistenceManagerFactory implementation:
<beans> <bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <bean id="myPmf" class="org.datanucleus.jdo.JDOPersistenceManagerFactory" destroy-method="close"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="dataSource"/> <property name="nontransactionalRead" value="true"/> </bean> </beans>
You can also set up JDO PersistenceManagerFactory in the JNDI environment of a Java EE application server, usually through the JCA connector provided by the particular JDO implementation. Spring's standard JndiObjectFactoryBean / <jee:jndi-lookup> can be used to retrieve and expose such a PersistenceManagerFactory. However, outside an EJB context, no real benefit exists in holding the PersistenceManagerFactory in JNDI: only choose such a setup for a good reason. See the section called Comparing container-managed and locally defined resources for a discussion; the arguments there apply to JDO as well.
3.1
Reference Documentation
397
Spring Framework
public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) { PersistenceManager pm = this.persistenceManagerFactory.getPersistenceManager(); try { Query query = pm.newQuery(Product.class, "category = pCategory"); query.declareParameters("String pCategory"); return query.execute(category); } finally { pm.close(); } } }
Because the above DAO follows the dependency injection pattern, it fits nicely into a Spring container, just as it would if coded against Spring's JdoTemplate:
<beans> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="persistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmf"/> </bean> </beans>
The main problem with such DAOs is that they always get a new PersistenceManager from the factory. To access a Spring-managed transactional PersistenceManager, define a TransactionAwarePersistenceManagerFactoryProxy (as included in Spring) in front of your target PersistenceManagerFactory, then passing a reference to that proxy into your DAOs as in the following example:
<beans> <bean id="myPmfProxy" class="org.springframework.orm.jdo.TransactionAwarePersistenceManagerFactoryProxy"> <property name="targetPersistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmf"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="persistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmfProxy"/> </bean> </beans>
Your data access code will receive a transactional PersistenceManager (if any) from the PersistenceManagerFactory.getPersistenceManager() method that it calls. The latter method call goes through the proxy, which first checks for a current transactional PersistenceManager before getting a new one from the factory. Any close() calls on the PersistenceManager are ignored in case of a transactional PersistenceManager. If your data access code always runs within an active transaction (or at least within active transaction synchronization), it is safe to omit the PersistenceManager.close() call and thus the entire finally block, which you might do to keep your DAO implementations concise:
public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { private PersistenceManagerFactory persistenceManagerFactory;
3.1
Reference Documentation
398
Spring Framework
public void setPersistenceManagerFactory(PersistenceManagerFactory pmf) { this.persistenceManagerFactory = pmf; } public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) { PersistenceManager pm = this.persistenceManagerFactory.getPersistenceManager(); Query query = pm.newQuery(Product.class, "category = pCategory"); query.declareParameters("String pCategory"); return query.execute(category); } }
With such DAOs that rely on active transactions, it is recommended that you enforce active transactions through turning off TransactionAwarePersistenceManagerFactoryProxy's allowCreate flag:
<beans> <bean id="myPmfProxy" class="org.springframework.orm.jdo.TransactionAwarePersistenceManagerFactoryProxy"> <property name="targetPersistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmf"/> <property name="allowCreate" value="false"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="persistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmfProxy"/> </bean> </beans>
The main advantage of this DAO style is that it depends on JDO API only; no import of any Spring class is required. This is of course appealing from a non-invasiveness perspective, and might feel more natural to JDO developers. However, the DAO throws plain JDOException (which is unchecked, so does not have to be declared or caught), which means that callers can only treat exceptions as fatal, unless you want to depend on JDO's own exception structure. Catching specific causes such as an optimistic locking failure is not possible without tying the caller to the implementation strategy. This trade off might be acceptable to applications that are strongly JDO-based and/or do not need any special exception treatment. In summary, you can DAOs based on the plain JDO API, and they can still participate in Spring-managed transactions. This strategy might appeal to you if you are already familiar with JDO. However, such DAOs throw plain JDOException, and you would have to convert explicitly to Spring's DataAccessException (if desired).
Transaction management
Note
You are strongly encouraged to read Section 11.5, Declarative transaction management if you have not done so, to get a more detailed coverage of Spring's declarative transaction support.
3.1
Reference Documentation
399
Spring Framework
To execute service operations within transactions, you can use Spring's common declarative transaction facilities. For example:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="myTxManager" class="org.springframework.orm.jdo.JdoTransactionManager"> <property name="persistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmf"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.ProductServiceImpl"> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> </bean> <tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="txManager"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="increasePrice*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> <tx:method name="someOtherBusinessMethod" propagation="REQUIRES_NEW"/> <tx:method name="*" propagation="SUPPORTS" read-only="true"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="productServiceMethods" expression="execution(* product.ProductService.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="productServiceMethods"/> </aop:config> </beans>
JDO requires an active transaction to modify a persistent object. The non-transactional flush concept does not exist in JDO, in contrast to Hibernate. For this reason, you need to set up the chosen JDO implementation for a specific environment. Specifically, you need to set it up explicitly for JTA synchronization, to detect an active JTA transaction itself. This is not necessary for local transactions as performed by Spring's JdoTransactionManager, but it is necessary to participate in JTA transactions, whether driven by Spring's JtaTransactionManager or by EJB CMT and plain JTA. JdoTransactionManager is capable of exposing a JDO transaction to JDBC access code that accesses the same JDBC DataSource, provided that the registered JdoDialect supports retrieval of the underlying JDBC Connection. This is the case for JDBC-based JDO 2.0 implementations by default.
JdoDialect
As an advanced feature, both JdoTemplate and JdoTransactionManager support a custom
3.1
Reference Documentation
400
Spring Framework
JdoDialect that can be passed into the jdoDialect bean property. In this scenario, the DAOs will not receive a PersistenceManagerFactory reference but rather a full JdoTemplate instance (for example, passed into the jdoTemplate property of JdoDaoSupport). Using a JdoDialect implementation, you can enable advanced features supported by Spring, usually in a vendor-specific manner: Applying specific transaction semantics such as custom isolation level or transaction timeout Retrieving the transactional JDBC Connection for exposure to JDBC-based DAOs Applying query timeouts, which are automatically calculated from Spring-managed transaction timeouts Eagerly flushing a PersistenceManager, to make transactional changes visible to JDBC-based data access code Advanced translation of JDOExceptions to Spring DataAccessExceptions See the JdoDialect Javadoc for more details on its operations and how to use them within Spring's JDO support.
14.5 JPA
The Spring JPA, available under the org.springframework.orm.jpa package, offers comprehensive support for the Java Persistence API in a similar manner to the integration with Hibernate or JDO, while being aware of the underlying implementation in order to provide additional features.
Note
Only use this option in simple deployment environments such as stand-alone applications and integration tests. The LocalEntityManagerFactoryBean creates an EntityManagerFactory suitable for simple deployment environments where the application uses only JPA for data access. The factory bean uses the JPA PersistenceProvider autodetection mechanism (according to JPA's Java SE bootstrapping) and, in most cases, requires you to specify only the persistence unit name:
<beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
401
Spring Framework
This form of JPA deployment is the simplest and the most limited. You cannot refer to an existing JDBC DataSource bean definition and no support for global transactions exists. Furthermore, weaving (byte-code transformation) of persistent classes is provider-specific, often requiring a specific JVM agent to specified on startup. This option is sufficient only for stand-alone applications and test environments, for which the JPA specification is designed. Obtaining an EntityManagerFactory from JNDI
Note
Use this option when deploying to a Java EE 5 server. Check your server's documentation on how to deploy a custom JPA provider into your server, allowing for a different provider than the server's default. Obtaining an EntityManagerFactory from JNDI (for example in a Java EE 5 environment), is simply a matter of changing the XML configuration:
<beans> <jee:jndi-lookup id="myEmf" jndi-name="persistence/myPersistenceUnit"/> </beans>
This action assumes standard Java EE 5 bootstrapping: the Java EE server autodetects persistence units (in effect, META-INF/persistence.xml files in application jars) and persistence-unit-ref entries in the Java EE deployment descriptor (for example, web.xml) and defines environment naming context locations for those persistence units. In such a scenario, the entire persistence unit deployment, including the weaving (byte-code transformation) of persistent classes, is up to the Java EE server. The JDBC DataSource is defined through a JNDI location in the META-INF/persistence.xml file; EntityManager transactions are integrated with the server's JTA subsystem. Spring merely uses the obtained EntityManagerFactory, passing it on to application objects through dependency injection, and managing transactions for the persistence unit, typically through JtaTransactionManager. If multiple persistence units are used in the same application, the bean names of such JNDI-retrieved persistence units should match the persistence unit names that the application uses to refer to them, for example, in @PersistenceUnit and @PersistenceContext annotations. LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean
3.1
Reference Documentation
402
Spring Framework
Note
Use this option for full JPA capabilities in a Spring-based application environment. This includes web containers such as Tomcat as well as stand-alone applications and integration tests with sophisticated persistence requirements. The LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean gives full control over EntityManagerFactory configuration and is appropriate for environments where fine-grained customization is required. The LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean creates a PersistenceUnitInfo instance based on the persistence.xml file, the supplied dataSourceLookup strategy, and the specified loadTimeWeaver. It is thus possible to work with custom data sources outside of JNDI and to control the weaving process. The following example shows a typical bean definition for a LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean:
<beans> <bean id="myEmf" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean"> <property name="dataSource" ref="someDataSource"/> <property name="loadTimeWeaver"> <bean class="org.springframework.instrument.classloading.InstrumentationLoadTimeWeaver"/> </property> </bean> </beans>
Note
The exclude-unlisted-classes element always indicates that no scanning for annotated entity classes is supposed to occur, in order to support the <exclude-unlisted-classes/> shortcut. This is in line with the JPA specification, which suggests that shortcut, but unfortunately is in conflict with the JPA XSD, which implies false for that shortcut. Consequently, <exclude-unlisted-classes> false </exclude-unlisted-classes/> is not supported. Simply omit the exclude-unlisted-classes element if you want entity class scanning to occur. Using the LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean is the most powerful JPA setup option, allowing for flexible local configuration within the application. It supports links to an existing JDBC DataSource, supports both local and global transactions, and so on. However, it also imposes
3.1
Reference Documentation
403
Spring Framework
requirements on the runtime environment, such as the availability of a weaving-capable class loader if the persistence provider demands byte-code transformation. This option may conflict with the built-in JPA capabilities of a Java EE 5 server. In a full Java EE 5 environment, consider obtaining your EntityManagerFactory from JNDI. Alternatively, specify a custom persistenceXmlLocation on your LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean definition, for example, META-INF/my-persistence.xml, and only include a descriptor with that name in your application jar files. Because the Java EE 5 server only looks for default META-INF/persistence.xml files, it ignores such custom persistence units and hence avoid conflicts with a Spring-driven JPA setup upfront. (This applies to Resin 3.1, for example.) When is load-time weaving required? Not all JPA providers require a JVM agent ; Hibernate is an example of one that does not. If your provider does not require an agent or you have other alternatives, such as applying enhancements at build time through a custom compiler or an ant task, the load-time weaver should not be used.
The LoadTimeWeaver interface is a Spring-provided class that allows JPA ClassTransformer instances to be plugged in a specific manner, depending whether the environment is a web container or application server. Hooking ClassTransformers through a Java 5 agent typically is not efficient. The agents work against the entire virtual machine and inspect every class that is loaded, which is usually undesirable in a production server environment. Spring provides a number of LoadTimeWeaver implementations for various environments, allowing ClassTransformer instances to be applied only per class loader and not per VM. Refer to the section called Spring configuration in the AOP chapter for more insight regarding the LoadTimeWeaver implementations and their setup, either generic or customized to various platforms (such as Tomcat, WebLogic, OC4J, GlassFish, Resin and JBoss). As described in the aforementioned section, you can configure a context-wide LoadTimeWeaver using the context:load-time-weaver configuration element. (This has been available since Spring 2.5.) Such a global weaver is picked up by all JPA LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBeans automatically. This is the preferred way of setting up a load-time weaver, delivering autodetection of the platform (WebLogic, OC4J, GlassFish, Tomcat, Resin, JBoss or VM agent) and automatic propagation of the weaver to all weaver-aware beans:
<context:load-time-weaver/> <bean id="emf" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean"> ... </bean>
However, if needed, one can manually specify a dedicated weaver through the loadTimeWeaver property:
<bean id="emf" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean">
3.1
Reference Documentation
404
Spring Framework
No matter how the LTW is configured, using this technique, JPA applications relying on instrumentation can run in the target platform (ex: Tomcat) without needing an agent. This is important especially when the hosting applications rely on different JPA implementations because the JPA transformers are applied only at class loader level and thus are isolated from each other. Dealing with multiple persistence units For applications that rely on multiple persistence units locations, stored in various JARS in the classpath, for example, Spring offers the PersistenceUnitManager to act as a central repository and to avoid the persistence units discovery process, which can be expensive. The default implementation allows multiple locations to be specified that are parsed and later retrieved through the persistence unit name. (By default, the classpath is searched for META-INF/persistence.xml files.)
<bean id="pum" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.persistenceunit.DefaultPersistenceUnitManager"> <property name="persistenceXmlLocations"> <list> <value>org/springframework/orm/jpa/domain/persistence-multi.xml</value> <value>classpath:/my/package/**/custom-persistence.xml</value> <value>classpath*:META-INF/persistence.xml</value> </list> </property> <property name="dataSources"> <map> <entry key="localDataSource" value-ref="local-db"/> <entry key="remoteDataSource" value-ref="remote-db"/> </map> </property> <!-- if no datasource is specified, use this one --> <property name="defaultDataSource" ref="remoteDataSource"/> </bean> <bean id="emf" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean"> <property name="persistenceUnitManager" ref="pum"/> <property name="persistenceUnitName" value="myCustomUnit"/> </bean>
The default implementation allows customization of the PersistenceUnitInfo instances, before they are fed to the JPA provider, declaratively through its properties, which affect all hosted units, or programmatically, through the PersistenceUnitPostProcessor, which allows persistence unit selection. If no PersistenceUnitManager is specified, one is created and used internally by LocalContainerEntityManagerFactoryBean.
Note
Although EntityManagerFactory instances are thread-safe, EntityManager instances are not. The injected JPA EntityManager behaves like an EntityManager 3.1 Reference Documentation 405
Spring Framework
fetched from an application server's JNDI environment, as defined by the JPA specification. It delegates all calls to the current transactional EntityManager, if any; otherwise, it falls back to a newly created EntityManager per operation, in effect making its usage thread-safe. It is possible to write code against the plain JPA without any Spring dependencies, by using an injected EntityManagerFactory or EntityManager. Spring can understand @PersistenceUnit and @PersistenceContext annotations both at field and method level if a PersistenceAnnotationBeanPostProcessor is enabled. A plain JPA DAO implementation using the @PersistenceUnit annotation might look like this:
public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { private EntityManagerFactory emf; @PersistenceUnit public void setEntityManagerFactory(EntityManagerFactory emf) { this.emf = emf; } public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) { EntityManager em = this.emf.createEntityManager(); try { Query query = em.createQuery("from Product as p where p.category = ?1"); query.setParameter(1, category); return query.getResultList(); } finally { if (em != null) { em.close(); } } } }
The DAO above has no dependency on Spring and still fits nicely into a Spring application context. Moreover, the DAO takes advantage of annotations to require the injection of the default EntityManagerFactory:
<beans> <!-- bean post-processor for JPA annotations --> <bean class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.support.PersistenceAnnotationBeanPostProcessor"/> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"/> </beans>
As an alternative to defining a PersistenceAnnotationBeanPostProcessor explicitly, consider using the Spring context:annotation-config XML element in your application context configuration. Doing so automatically registers all Spring standard post-processors for annotation-based configuration, including CommonAnnotationBeanPostProcessor and so on.
<beans> <!-- post-processors for all standard config annotations -->
3.1
Reference Documentation
406
Spring Framework
The main problem with such a DAO is that it always creates a new EntityManager through the factory. You can avoid this by requesting a transactional EntityManager (also called "shared EntityManager" because it is a shared, thread-safe proxy for the actual transactional EntityManager) to be injected instead of the factory:
public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { @PersistenceContext private EntityManager em; public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) { Query query = em.createQuery("from Product as p where p.category = :category"); query.setParameter("category", category); return query.getResultList(); } }
The @PersistenceContext annotation has an optional attribute type, which defaults to PersistenceContextType.TRANSACTION. This default is what you need to receive a shared EntityManager proxy. The alternative, PersistenceContextType.EXTENDED, is a completely different affair: This results in a so-called extended EntityManager, which is not thread-safe and hence must not be used in a concurrently accessed component such as a Spring-managed singleton bean. Extended EntityManagers are only supposed to be used in stateful components that, for example, reside in a session, with the lifecycle of the EntityManager not tied to a current transaction but rather being completely up to the application. Method- and field-level Injection Annotations that indicate dependency injections (such as @PersistenceUnit and @PersistenceContext) can be applied on field or methods inside a class, hence the expressions method-level injection and field-level injection. Field-level annotations are concise and easier to use while method-level allows for further processing of the injected dependency. In both cases the member visibility (public, protected, private) does not matter. What about class-level annotations? On the Java EE 5 platform, they are used for dependency declaration and not for resource injection.
The injected EntityManager is Spring-managed (aware of the ongoing transaction). It is important to note that even though the new DAO implementation uses method level injection of an EntityManager instead of an EntityManagerFactory, no change is required in the application context XML due to annotation usage. The main advantage of this DAO style is that it only depends on Java Persistence API; no import of any 3.1 Reference Documentation 407
Spring Framework
Spring class is required. Moreover, as the JPA annotations are understood, the injections are applied automatically by the Spring container. This is appealing from a non-invasiveness perspective, and might feel more natural to JPA developers.
Transaction Management
Note
You are strongly encouraged to read Section 11.5, Declarative transaction management if you have not done so, to get a more detailed coverage of Spring's declarative transaction support. To execute service operations within transactions, you can use Spring's common declarative transaction facilities. For example:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop" xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="myTxManager" class="org.springframework.orm.jpa.JpaTransactionManager"> <property name="entityManagerFactory" ref="myEmf"/> </bean> <bean id="myProductService" class="product.ProductServiceImpl"> <property name="productDao" ref="myProductDao"/> </bean> <aop:config> <aop:pointcut id="productServiceMethods" expression="execution(* product.ProductService.*(..))"/> <aop:advisor advice-ref="txAdvice" pointcut-ref="productServiceMethods"/> </aop:config> <tx:advice id="txAdvice" transaction-manager="myTxManager"> <tx:attributes> <tx:method name="increasePrice*" propagation="REQUIRED"/> <tx:method name="someOtherBusinessMethod" propagation="REQUIRES_NEW"/> <tx:method name="*" propagation="SUPPORTS" read-only="true"/> </tx:attributes> </tx:advice> </beans>
Spring JPA allows a configured JpaTransactionManager to expose a JPA transaction to JDBC access code that accesses the same JDBC DataSource, provided that the registered JpaDialect supports retrieval of the underlying JDBC Connection. Out of the box, Spring provides dialects for the Toplink, Hibernate and OpenJPA JPA implementations. See the next section for details on the 3.1 Reference Documentation 408
Spring Framework
JpaDialect mechanism.
JpaDialect
As an advanced feature JpaTemplate, JpaTransactionManager and subclasses of AbstractEntityManagerFactoryBean support a custom JpaDialect, to be passed into the jpaDialect bean property. In such a scenario, the DAOs do not receive an EntityManagerFactory reference but rather a full JpaTemplate instance (for example, passed into the jpaTemplate property of JpaDaoSupport). A JpaDialect implementation can enable some advanced features supported by Spring, usually in a vendor-specific manner: Applying specific transaction semantics such as custom isolation level or transaction timeout) Retrieving the transactional JDBC Connection for exposure to JDBC-based DAOs) Advanced translation of PersistenceExceptions to Spring DataAccessExceptions This is particularly valuable for special transaction semantics and for advanced translation of exception. The default implementation used (DefaultJpaDialect) does not provide any special capabilities and if the above features are required, you have to specify the appropriate dialect. See the JpaDialect Javadoc for more details of its operations and how they are used within Spring's JPA support.
Note
Spring supports iBATIS 2.x. The iBATIS 1.x support classes are no longer provided.
3.1
Reference Documentation
409
Spring Framework
To map this Account class with iBATIS 2.x we need to create the following SQL map Account.xml:
<sqlMap namespace="Account"> <resultMap id="result" class="examples.Account"> <result property="name" column="NAME" columnIndex="1"/> <result property="email" column="EMAIL" columnIndex="2"/> </resultMap> <select id="getAccountByEmail" resultMap="result"> select ACCOUNT.NAME, ACCOUNT.EMAIL from ACCOUNT where ACCOUNT.EMAIL = #value# </select> <insert id="insertAccount"> insert into ACCOUNT (NAME, EMAIL) values (#name#, #email#) </insert> </sqlMap>
Remember that iBATIS loads resources from the class path, so be sure to add theAccount.xml file to the class path. We can use the SqlMapClientFactoryBean in the Spring container. Note that with iBATIS SQL Maps 2.x, the JDBC DataSource is usually specified on the SqlMapClientFactoryBean, which enables lazy loading. This is the configuration needed for these bean definitions:
<beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
410
Spring Framework
<bean id="dataSource" class="org.apache.commons.dbcp.BasicDataSource" destroy-method="close"> <property name="driverClassName" value="${jdbc.driverClassName}"/> <property name="url" value="${jdbc.url}"/> <property name="username" value="${jdbc.username}"/> <property name="password" value="${jdbc.password}"/> </bean> <bean id="sqlMapClient" class="org.springframework.orm.ibatis.SqlMapClientFactoryBean"> <property name="configLocation" value="WEB-INF/sqlmap-config.xml"/> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean> </beans>
public class SqlMapAccountDao extends SqlMapClientDaoSupport implements AccountDao { public Account getAccount(String email) throws DataAccessException { return (Account) getSqlMapClientTemplate().queryForObject("getAccountByEmail", email); } public void insertAccount(Account account) throws DataAccessException { getSqlMapClientTemplate().update("insertAccount", account); } }
In the DAO, we use the pre-configured SqlMapClientTemplate to execute the queries, after setting up the SqlMapAccountDao in the application context and wiring it with our SqlMapClient instance:
<beans> <bean id="accountDao" class="example.SqlMapAccountDao"> <property name="sqlMapClient" ref="sqlMapClient"/> </bean> </beans>
An SqlMapTemplate instance can also be created manually, passing in the SqlMapClient as constructor argument. The SqlMapClientDaoSupport base class simply preinitializes a SqlMapClientTemplate instance for us. The SqlMapClientTemplate offers a generic execute method, taking a custom SqlMapClientCallback implementation as argument. This can, for example, be used for batching:
public class SqlMapAccountDao extends SqlMapClientDaoSupport implements AccountDao { public void insertAccount(Account account) throws DataAccessException { getSqlMapClientTemplate().execute(new SqlMapClientCallback() { public Object doInSqlMapClient(SqlMapExecutor executor) throws SQLException { executor.startBatch(); executor.update("insertAccount", account); executor.update("insertAddress", account.getAddress());
3.1
Reference Documentation
411
Spring Framework
executor.executeBatch(); } }); } }
In general, any combination of operations offered by the native SqlMapExecutor API can be used in such a callback. Any thrown SQLException is converted automatically to Spring's generic DataAccessException hierarchy.
In this scenario, you need to handle the SQLException thrown by the iBATIS API in a custom fashion, usually by wrapping it in your own application-specific DAO exception. Wiring in the application context would still look like it does in the example for the SqlMapClientDaoSupport, due to the fact that the plain iBATIS-based DAO still follows the dependency injection pattern:
<beans> <bean id="accountDao" class="example.SqlMapAccountDao"> <property name="sqlMapClient" ref="sqlMapClient"/> </bean> </beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
412
Spring Framework
Marshaller
Spring abstracts all marshalling operations behind the org.springframework.oxm.Marshaller interface, the main methods of which is listed below.
3.1
Reference Documentation
413
Spring Framework
public interface Marshaller { /** * Marshals the object graph with the given root into the provided Result. */ void marshal(Object graph, Result result) throws XmlMappingException, IOException; }
The Marshaller interface has one main method, which marshals the given object to a given javax.xml.transform.Result. Result is a tagging interface that basically represents an XML output abstraction: concrete implementations wrap various XML representations, as indicated in the table below. Result implementation DOMResult SAXResult StreamResult Wraps XML representation org.w3c.dom.Node org.xml.sax.ContentHandler java.io.File, java.io.OutputStream, or java.io.Writer
Note
Although the marshal() method accepts a plain object as its first parameter, most Marshaller implementations cannot handle arbitrary objects. Instead, an object class must be mapped in a mapping file, marked with an annotation, registered with the marshaller, or have a common base class. Refer to the further sections in this chapter to determine how your O/X technology of choice manages this.
Unmarshaller
Similar to the Marshaller, there is the org.springframework.oxm.Unmarshaller interface.
public interface Unmarshaller { /** * Unmarshals the given provided Source into an object graph. */ Object unmarshal(Source source) throws XmlMappingException, IOException; }
This interface also has one method, which reads from the given javax.xml.transform.Source (an XML input abstraction), and returns the object read. As with Result, Source is a tagging interface that has three concrete implementations. Each wraps a different XML representation, as indicated in the table below.
3.1
Reference Documentation
414
Spring Framework
StreamSource
Even though there are two separate marshalling interfaces (Marshaller and Unmarshaller), all implementations found in Spring-WS implement both in one class. This means that you can wire up one marshaller class and refer to it both as a marshaller and an unmarshaller in your applicationContext.xml.
XmlMappingException
Spring converts exceptions from the underlying O/X mapping tool to its own exception hierarchy with the XmlMappingException as the root exception. As can be expected, these runtime exceptions wrap the original exception so no information will be lost. Additionally, the MarshallingFailureException and UnmarshallingFailureException provide a distinction between marshalling and unmarshalling operations, even though the underlying O/X mapping tool does not do so. The O/X Mapping exception hierarchy is shown in the following figure: O/X Mapping exception hierarchy
3.1
Reference Documentation
415
Spring Framework
The application class uses this bean to store its settings. Besides a main method, the class has two methods: saveSettings() saves the settings bean to a file named settings.xml, and loadSettings() loads these settings again. A main() method constructs a Spring application context, and calls these two methods.
import import import import import import import import import java.io.FileInputStream; java.io.FileOutputStream; java.io.IOException; javax.xml.transform.stream.StreamResult; javax.xml.transform.stream.StreamSource; org.springframework.context.ApplicationContext; org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; org.springframework.oxm.Marshaller; org.springframework.oxm.Unmarshaller;
public class Application { private static final String FILE_NAME = "settings.xml"; private Settings settings = new Settings(); private Marshaller marshaller; private Unmarshaller unmarshaller; public void setMarshaller(Marshaller marshaller) { this.marshaller = marshaller; } public void setUnmarshaller(Unmarshaller unmarshaller) { this.unmarshaller = unmarshaller; } public void saveSettings() throws IOException { FileOutputStream os = null; try { os = new FileOutputStream(FILE_NAME); this.marshaller.marshal(settings, new StreamResult(os)); } finally { if (os != null) { os.close(); } } } public void loadSettings() throws IOException { FileInputStream is = null; try { is = new FileInputStream(FILE_NAME); this.settings = (Settings) this.unmarshaller.unmarshal(new StreamSource(is)); } finally { if (is != null) { is.close(); } } } public static void main(String[] args) throws IOException { ApplicationContext appContext = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("applicationContext.xml"); Application application = (Application) appContext.getBean("application"); application.saveSettings(); application.loadSettings(); } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
416
Spring Framework
The Application requires both a marshaller and unmarshaller property to be set. We can do so using the following applicationContext.xml:
<beans> <bean id="application" class="Application"> <property name="marshaller" ref="castorMarshaller" /> <property name="unmarshaller" ref="castorMarshaller" /> </bean> <bean id="castorMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.castor.CastorMarshaller"/> </beans>
This application context uses Castor, but we could have used any of the other marshaller instances described later in this chapter. Note that Castor does not require any further configuration by default, so the bean definition is rather simple. Also note that the CastorMarshaller implements both Marshaller and Unmarshaller, so we can refer to the castorMarshaller bean in both the marshaller and unmarshaller property of the application. This sample application produces the following settings.xml file:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <settings foo-enabled="false"/>
Currently, the following tags are available: jaxb2-marshaller xmlbeans-marshaller jibx-marshaller Each tag will be explained in its respective marshaller's section. As an example though, here is how the configuration of a JAXB2 marshaller might look like:
<oxm:jaxb2-marshaller id="marshaller" contextPath="org.springframework.ws.samples.airline.schema"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
417
Spring Framework
15.5 JAXB
The JAXB binding compiler translates a W3C XML Schema into one or more Java classes, a jaxb.properties file, and possibly some resource files. JAXB also offers a way to generate a schema from annotated Java classes. Spring supports the JAXB 2.0 API as XML marshalling strategies, following the Marshaller and Unmarshaller interfaces described in Section 15.2, Marshaller and Unmarshaller. The corresponding integration classes reside in the org.springframework.oxm.jaxb package.
Jaxb2Marshaller
The Jaxb2Marshaller class implements both the Spring Marshaller and Unmarshallerinterface. It requires a context path to operate, which you can set using the contextPath property. The context path is a list of colon (:) separated Java package names that contain schema derived classes. It also offers a classesToBeBound property, which allows you to set an array of classes to be supported by the marshaller. Schema validation is performed by specifying one or more schema resource to the bean, like so:
<beans> <bean id="jaxb2Marshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.jaxb.Jaxb2Marshaller"> <property name="classesToBeBound"> <list> <value>org.springframework.oxm.jaxb.Flight</value> <value>org.springframework.oxm.jaxb.Flights</value> </list> </property> <property name="schema" value="classpath:org/springframework/oxm/schema.xsd"/> </bean> ... </beans>
XML Schema-based Configuration The jaxb2-marshaller tag configures org.springframework.oxm.jaxb.Jaxb2Marshaller. Here is an example: a
Alternatively, the list of classes to bind can be provided to the marshaller via the class-to-be-bound child tag:
<oxm:jaxb2-marshaller id="marshaller"> <oxm:class-to-be-bound name="org.springframework.ws.samples.airline.schema.Airport"/> <oxm:class-to-be-bound name="org.springframework.ws.samples.airline.schema.Flight"/> ... </oxm:jaxb2-marshaller>
3.1
Reference Documentation
418
Spring Framework
Available attributes are: Attribute id contextPath Description the id of the marshaller the JAXB Context path Required no no
15.6 Castor
Castor XML mapping is an open source XML binding framework. It allows you to transform the data contained in a java object model into/from an XML document. By default, it does not require any further configuration, though a mapping file can be used to have more control over the behavior of Castor. For more information on Castor, refer to the Castor web site. The Spring integration classes reside in the org.springframework.oxm.castor package.
CastorMarshaller
As with JAXB, the CastorMarshaller implements both the Marshaller and Unmarshaller interface. It can be wired up as follows:
<beans> <bean id="castorMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.castor.CastorMarshaller" /> ... </beans>
Mapping
Although it is possible to rely on Castor's default marshalling behavior, it might be necessary to have more control over it. This can be accomplished using a Castor mapping file. For more information, refer to Castor XML Mapping. The mapping can be set using the mappingLocation resource property, indicated below with a classpath resource.
<beans> <bean id="castorMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.castor.CastorMarshaller" > <property name="mappingLocation" value="classpath:mapping.xml" /> </bean> </beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
419
Spring Framework
15.7 XMLBeans
XMLBeans is an XML binding tool that has full XML Schema support, and offers full XML Infoset fidelity. It takes a different approach to that of most other O/X mapping frameworks, in that all classes that are generated from an XML Schema are all derived from XmlObject, and contain XML binding information in them. For more information on XMLBeans, refer to the XMLBeans web site . The Spring-WS integration classes reside in the org.springframework.oxm.xmlbeans package.
XmlBeansMarshaller
The XmlBeansMarshaller implements both the Marshaller and Unmarshaller interfaces. It can be configured as follows:
<beans> <bean id="xmlBeansMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.xmlbeans.XmlBeansMarshaller" /> ... </beans>
Note
Note that the XmlBeansMarshaller can only marshal objects of type XmlObject, and not every java.lang.Object.
XML Schema-based Configuration The xmlbeans-marshaller tag configures org.springframework.oxm.xmlbeans.XmlBeansMarshaller. Here is an example:
<oxm:xmlbeans-marshaller id="marshaller"/>
Available attributes are: Attribute id options Description the id of the marshaller Required no
the bean name of the XmlOptions that is to be used for this no marshaller. Typically a XmlOptionsFactoryBean definition
3.1
Reference Documentation
420
Spring Framework
15.8 JiBX
The JiBX framework offers a solution similar to that which JDO provides for ORM: a binding definition defines the rules for how your Java objects are converted to or from XML. After preparing the binding and compiling the classes, a JiBX binding compiler enhances the class files, and adds code to handle converting instances of the classes from or to XML. For more information on JiBX, refer to the JiBX web site. The Spring integration classes reside in the org.springframework.oxm.jibx package.
JibxMarshaller
The JibxMarshaller class implements both the Marshaller and Unmarshaller interface. To operate, it requires the name of the class to marshal in, which you can set using the targetClass property. Optionally, you can set the binding name using the bindingName property. In the next sample, we bind the Flights class:
<beans> <bean id="jibxFlightsMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.jibx.JibxMarshaller"> <property name="targetClass">org.springframework.oxm.jibx.Flights</property> </bean> ...
A JibxMarshaller is configured for a single class. If you want to marshal multiple classes, you have to configure multiple JibxMarshallers with different targetClass property values. XML Schema-based Configuration The jibx-marshaller tag configures org.springframework.oxm.jibx.JibxMarshaller. Here is an example: a
Available attributes are: Attribute id target-class bindingName Description the id of the marshaller the target class for this marshaller the binding name used by this marshaller Required no yes no
3.1
Reference Documentation
421
Spring Framework
15.9 XStream
XStream is a simple library to serialize objects to XML and back again. It does not require any mapping, and generates clean XML. For more information on XStream, refer to the XStream web site. The Spring integration classes reside in the org.springframework.oxm.xstream package.
XStreamMarshaller
The XStreamMarshaller does not require any configuration, and can be configured in an application context directly. To further customize the XML, you can set an alias map, which consists of string aliases mapped to classes:
<beans> <bean id="xstreamMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.xstream.XStreamMarshaller"> <property name="aliases"> <props> <prop key="Flight">org.springframework.oxm.xstream.Flight</prop> </props> </property> </bean> ... </beans>
Warning
By default, XStream allows for arbitrary classes to be unmarshalled, which can result in security vulnerabilities. As such, it is recommended to set the supportedClasses property on the XStreamMarshaller, like so:
<bean id="xstreamMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.xstream.XStreamMarshaller"> <property name="supportedClasses" value="org.springframework.oxm.xstream.Flight"/> ... </bean>
This will make sure that only the registered classes are eligible for unmarshalling. Additionally, you can register custom converters to make sure that only your supported classes can be unmarshalled.
Note
Note that XStream is an XML serialization library, not a data binding library. Therefore, it has limited namespace support. As such, it is rather unsuitable for usage within Web services.
3.1
Reference Documentation
422
Spring Framework
In Spring Web MVC you can use any object as a command or form-backing object; you do not need to implement a framework-specific interface or base class. Spring's data binding is highly flexible: for example, it treats type mismatches as validation errors that can be evaluated by the application, not as system errors. Thus you need not duplicate your business objects' properties as simple, untyped strings in your form objects simply to handle invalid submissions, or to convert the Strings properly. Instead, it is often preferable to bind directly to your business objects. Spring's view resolution is extremely flexible. A Controller is typically responsible for preparing a model Map with data and selecting a view name but it can also write directly to the response stream and complete the request. View name resolution is highly configurable through file extension or Accept header content type negotiation, through bean names, a properties file, or even a custom
3.1
Reference Documentation
424
Spring Framework
ViewResolver implementation. The model (the M in MVC) is a Map interface, which allows for the complete abstraction of the view technology. You can integrate directly with template based rendering technologies such as JSP, Velocity and Freemarker, or directly generate XML, JSON, Atom, and many other types of content. The model Map is simply transformed into an appropriate format, such as JSP request attributes, a Velocity template model.
Spring's web module includes many unique web support features: Clear separation of roles. Each role -- controller, validator, command object, form object, model object, DispatcherServlet, handler mapping, view resolver, and so on -- can be fulfilled by a specialized object. Powerful and straightforward configuration of both framework and application classes as JavaBeans. This configuration capability includes easy referencing across contexts, such as from web controllers to business objects and validators. Adaptability, non-intrusiveness, and flexibility. Define any controller method signature you need, possibly using one of the parameter annotations (such as @RequestParam, @RequestHeader, @PathVariable, and more) for a given scenario. Reusable business code, no need for duplication. Use existing business objects as command or form objects instead of mirroring them to extend a particular framework base class. Customizable binding and validation. Type mismatches as application-level validation errors that keep the offending value, localized date and number binding, and so on instead of String-only form objects with manual parsing and conversion to business objects. Customizable handler mapping and view resolution. Handler mapping and view resolution strategies
3.1
Reference Documentation
425
Spring Framework
range from simple URL-based configuration, to sophisticated, purpose-built resolution strategies. Spring is more flexible than web MVC frameworks that mandate a particular technique. Flexible model transfer. Model transfer with a name/value Map supports easy integration with any view technology. Customizable locale and theme resolution, support for JSPs with or without Spring tag library, support for JSTL, support for Velocity without the need for extra bridges, and so on. A simple yet powerful JSP tag library known as the Spring tag library that provides support for features such as data binding and themes. The custom tags allow for maximum flexibility in terms of markup code. For information on the tag library descriptor, see the appendix entitled Appendix F, spring.tld A JSP form tag library, introduced in Spring 2.0, that makes writing forms in JSP pages much easier. For information on the tag library descriptor, see the appendix entitled Appendix G, spring-form.tld Beans whose lifecycle is scoped to the current HTTP request or HTTP Session. This is not a specific feature of Spring MVC itself, but rather of the WebApplicationContext container(s) that Spring MVC uses. These bean scopes are described in the section called Request, session, and global session scopes
3.1
Reference Documentation
426
Spring Framework
Spring's web MVC framework is, like many other web MVC frameworks, request-driven, designed around a central servlet that dispatches requests to controllers and offers other functionality that facilitates the development of web applications. Spring's DispatcherServlet however, does more than just that. It is completely integrated with the Spring IoC container and as such allows you to use every other feature that Spring has. The request processing workflow of the Spring Web MVC DispatcherServlet is illustrated in the following diagram. The pattern-savvy reader will recognize that the DispatcherServlet is an expression of the Front Controller design pattern (this is a pattern that Spring Web MVC shares with many other leading web frameworks). The request processing workflow in Spring Web MVC (high level) The DispatcherServlet is an actual Servlet (it inherits from the HttpServlet base class), and as such is declared in the web.xml of your web application. You need to map requests that you want the DispatcherServlet to handle, by using a URL mapping in the same web.xml file. This is standard J2EE servlet configuration; the following example shows such a DispatcherServlet declaration and mapping:
<web-app> <servlet> <servlet-name>example</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.servlet.DispatcherServlet</servlet-class> <load-on-startup>1</load-on-startup> </servlet> <servlet-mapping> <servlet-name>example</servlet-name> <url-pattern>/example/*</url-pattern> </servlet-mapping> </web-app>
In the preceding example, all requests startig with /example will be handled by the DispatcherServlet instance named example. This is only the first step in setting up Spring Web MVC. You now need to configure the various beans used by the Spring Web MVC framework (over and above the DispatcherServlet itself). As detailed in Section 4.14, Additional Capabilities of the ApplicationContext, ApplicationContext instances in Spring can be scoped. In the Web MVC framework, each DispatcherServlet has its own WebApplicationContext, which inherits all the beans already defined in the root WebApplicationContext. These inherited beans can be overridden in the servlet-specific scope, and you can define new scope-specific beans local to a given servlet instance.
3.1
Reference Documentation
427
Spring Framework
Context hierarchy in Spring Web MVC Upon initialization of a DispatcherServlet, the framework looks for a file named [servlet-name]-servlet.xml in the WEB-INF directory of your web application and creates the beans defined there, overriding the definitions of any beans defined with the same name in the global scope. Consider the following DispatcherServlet servlet configuration (in the web.xml file):
<web-app> <servlet> <servlet-name>golfing</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.servlet.DispatcherServlet</servlet-class> <load-on-startup>1</load-on-startup> </servlet> <servlet-mapping> <servlet-name>golfing</servlet-name> <url-pattern>/golfing/*</url-pattern> </servlet-mapping> </web-app>
With the above servlet configuration in place, you will need to have a file called /WEB-INF/golfing-servlet.xml in your application; this file will contain all of your Spring Web 3.1 Reference Documentation 428
Spring Framework
MVC-specific components (beans). You can change the exact location of this configuration file through a servlet initialization parameter (see below for details). The WebApplicationContext is an extension of the plain ApplicationContext that has some extra features necessary for web applications. It differs from a normal ApplicationContext in that it is capable of resolving themes (see Section 16.7, Using themes), and that it knows which servlet it is associated with (by having a link to the ServletContext). The WebApplicationContext is bound in the ServletContext, and by using static methods on the RequestContextUtils class you can always look up the WebApplicationContext if you need access to it. The Spring DispatcherServlet uses special beans to process requests and render the appropriate views. These beans are part of Spring Framework. You can configure them in the WebApplicationContext, just as you configure any other bean. However, for most beans, sensible defaults are provided so you initially do not need to configure them. These beans are described in the following table. Table 16.1. Special beans in the WebApplicationContext Bean type controllers handler mappings Explanation Form the C part of the MVC. Handle the execution of a list of pre-processors and post-processors and controllers that will be executed if they match certain criteria (for example, a matching URL specified with the controller). Resolves view names to views. A locale resolver is a component capable of resolving the locale a client is using, in order to be able to offer internationalized views A theme resolver is capable of resolving themes your web application can use, for example, to offer personalized layouts file Contains functionality to process file uploads from HTML forms.
handler exception Contains functionality to map exceptions to views or implement other more resolvers complex exception handling code.
After you set up a DispatcherServlet, and a request comes in for that specific DispatcherServlet, the DispatcherServlet starts processing the request as follows: 1. The WebApplicationContext is searched for and bound in the request as an attribute that the controller and other elements in the process can use. It is bound by default under the key DispatcherServlet.WEB_APPLICATION_CONTEXT_ATTRIBUTE. 2. The locale resolver is bound to the request to enable elements in the process to resolve the locale to use
3.1
Reference Documentation
429
Spring Framework
when processing the request (rendering the view, preparing data, and so on). If you do not need locale resolving, you do not need it. 3. The theme resolver is bound to the request to let elements such as views determine which theme to use. If you do not use themes, you can ignore it. 4. If you specify a multipart file resolver, the request is inspected for multiparts; if multiparts are found, the request is wrapped in a MultipartHttpServletRequest for further processing by other elements in the process. (See the section called Using the MultipartResolver for further information about multipart handling). 5. An appropriate handler is searched for. If a handler is found, the execution chain associated with the handler (preprocessors, postprocessors, and controllers) is executed in order to prepare a model or rendering. 6. If a model is returned, the view is rendered. If no model is returned, (may be due to a preprocessor or postprocessor intercepting the request, perhaps for security reasons), no view is rendered, because the request could already have been fulfilled. Handler exception resolvers that are declared in the WebApplicationContext pick up exceptions that are thrown during processing of the request. Using these exception resolvers allows you to define custom behaviors to address exceptions. The Spring DispatcherServlet also supports the return of the last-modification-date, as specified by the Servlet API. The process of determining the last modification date for a specific request is straightforward: the DispatcherServlet looks up an appropriate handler mapping and tests whether the handler that is found implements the LastModified interface. If so, the value of the long getLastModified(request) method of the LastModified interface is returned to the client. You can customize individual DispatcherServlet instances by adding servlet initialization parameters (init-param elements) to the servlet declaration in the web.xml file. See the following table for the list of supported parameters. Table 16.2. DispatcherServlet initialization parameters Parameter contextClass Explanation Class that implements WebApplicationContext, which instantiates the context used by this servlet. By default, the XmlWebApplicationContext is used.
contextConfigLocation is passed to the context instance (specified by contextClass) to String that indicate where context(s) can be found. The string consists potentially of multiple strings (using a comma as a delimiter) to support multiple contexts. In case of multiple context locations with beans that are defined twice, the latest location takes precedence. namespace 3.1 Namespace of the WebApplicationContext. Defaults to 430
Reference Documentation
Spring Framework
Parameter
Explanation [servlet-name]-servlet.
Tip
Available in the samples repository, a number of web applications leverage the annotation support described in this section including MvcShowcase, MvcAjax, MvcBasic, PetClinic, PetCare, and others.
@Controller public class HelloWorldController { @RequestMapping("/helloWorld") public String helloWorld(Model model) { model.addAttribute("message", "Hello World!"); return "helloWorld"; } }
As you can see, the @Controller and @RequestMapping annotations allow flexible method names and signatures. In this particular example the method accepts a Model and returns a view name as a String, but various other method parameters and return values can be used as explained later in this section. @Controller and @RequestMapping and a number of other annotations form the basis for the Spring MVC implementation. This section documents these annotations and how they are most commonly used in a Servlet environment.
3.1
Reference Documentation
431
Spring Framework
still reference Servlet-specific features if you need to. The @Controller annotation acts as a stereotype for the annotated class, indicating its role. The dispatcher scans such annotated classes for mapped methods and detects @RequestMapping annotations (see the next section). You can define annotated controller beans explicitly, using a standard Spring bean definition in the dispatcher's context. However, the @Controller stereotype also allows for autodetection, aligned with Spring general support for detecting component classes in the classpath and auto-registering bean definitions for them. To enable autodetection of such annotated controllers, you add component scanning to your configuration. Use the spring-context schema as shown in the following XML snippet:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/p" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:component-scan base-package="org.springframework.samples.petclinic.web"/> // ... </beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
432
Spring Framework
@RequestMapping(value="/{day}", method = RequestMethod.GET) public Map<String, Appointment> getForDay(@PathVariable @DateTimeFormat(iso=ISO.DATE) Date day, Model model return appointmentBook.getAppointmentsForDay(day); } @RequestMapping(value="/new", method = RequestMethod.GET) public AppointmentForm getNewForm() { return new AppointmentForm(); } @RequestMapping(method = RequestMethod.POST) public String add(@Valid AppointmentForm appointment, BindingResult result) { if (result.hasErrors()) { return "appointments/new"; } appointmentBook.addAppointment(appointment); return "redirect:/appointments"; } }
In the example, the @RequestMapping is used in a number of places. The first usage is on the type (class) level, which indicates that all handling methods on this controller are relative to the /appointments path. The get() method has a further @RequestMapping refinement: it only accepts GET requests, meaning that an HTTP GET for /appointments invokes this method. The post() has a similar refinement, and the getNewForm() combines the definition of HTTP method and path into one, so that GET requests for appointments/new are handled by that method. The getForDay() method shows another usage of @RequestMapping: URI templates. (See the next section ). A @RequestMapping on the class level is not required. Without it, all paths are simply absolute, and not relative. The following example from the PetClinic sample application shows a multi-action controller using @RequestMapping:
@Controller public class ClinicController { private final Clinic clinic; @Autowired public ClinicController(Clinic clinic) { this.clinic = clinic; } @RequestMapping("/") public void welcomeHandler() { } @RequestMapping("/vets") public ModelMap vetsHandler() { return new ModelMap(this.clinic.getVets()); } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
433
Spring Framework
A common pitfall when working with annotated controller classes happens when applying functionality that requires creating a proxy for the controller object (e.g. @Transactional methods). Usually you will introduce an interface for the controller in order to use JDK dynamic proxies. To make this work you must move the @RequestMapping annotations to the interface as well as the mapping mechanism can only "see" the interface exposed by the proxy. Alternatively, you could activate proxy-target-class="true" in the configuration for the functionality applied to the controller (in our transaction scenario in <tx:annotation-driven />). Doing so indicates that CGLIB-based subclass proxies should be used instead of interface-based JDK proxies. For more information on various proxying mechanisms see Section 8.6, Proxying mechanisms.
URI Template Patterns URI templates can be used for convenient access to selected segments of a URL in a @RequestMapping method. A URI Template is a URI-like string, containing one or more variable names. When you substitute values for these variables, the template becomes a URI. The proposed RFC for URI Templates defines how a URI is parameterized. For example, the URI Template http://www.example.com/users/{userId} contains the variable userId. Assigning the value fred to the variable yields http://www.example.com/users/fred. In Spring MVC you can apply the @PathVariable annotation to a method argument to indicate that it is bound to the value of a URI template variable:
@RequestMapping(value="/owners/{ownerId}", method=RequestMethod.GET) public String findOwner(@PathVariable String ownerId, Model model) { Owner owner = ownerService.findOwner(ownerId); model.addAttribute("owner", owner); return "displayOwner"; }
The URI Template "/owners/{ownerId}" specifies the variable name ownerId. When the controller handles this request, the value of ownerId is set to the value found in the appropriate segment of the URI. For example, when a request comes in for /owners/fred, the value fred is bound to the ownerId method argument.
Tip
The matching of method parameter names to URI Template variable names can only be done if your code is compiled with debugging enabled. This is normally the case, however, if you do not have debugging enabled, you will need to specify the name of the URI Template variable as follows:
@RequestMapping(value="/owners/{ownerId}", method=RequestMethod.GET) public String findOwner(@PathVariable("ownerId") String ownerId, Model model) { // implementation omitted
3.1
Reference Documentation
434
Spring Framework
You can do the same if you want the names of URI template variable and the method argument to differ:
@RequestMapping(value="/owners/{ownerId}", method=RequestMethod.GET) public String findOwner(@PathVariable("ownerId") String theOwner, Model model) { // implementation omitted }
A URI template can be assembled from type and path level @RequestMapping annotations. As a result the findPet() method can be invoked with a URL such as /owners/42/pets/21.
@Controller @RequestMapping("/owners/{ownerId}") public class RelativePathUriTemplateController { @RequestMapping("/pets/{petId}") public void findPet(@PathVariable String ownerId, @PathVariable String petId, Model model) { // implementation omitted } }
@PathVariable method arguments can be of any simple type such as int, long, Date, etc. Spring automatically converts to the appropriate type or throws a TypeMismatchException if it fails to do so. This type conversion process can be customized through a data binder. See the section called Method Parameters And Type Conversion and the section called Customizing WebDataBinder initialization. Path Patterns In addition to URI templates, the @RequestMapping annotation also supports Ant-style path patterns (for example, /myPath/*.do). A combination of URI templates and Ant-style globs is also supported (for example, /owners/*/pets/{petId}). Consumable Media Types You can narrow the primary mapping by specifying a list of consumable media types. The request will be matched only if the Content-Type request header matches the specified media type. For example:
@Controller @RequestMapping(value = "/pets", method = RequestMethod.POST, consumes="application/json") public void addPet(@RequestBody Pet pet, Model model) {
3.1
Reference Documentation
435
Spring Framework
// implementation omitted }
Consumable media type expressions can also be negated as in !text/plain to match to all requests other than those with Content-Type of text/plain.
Tip
The consumes condition is supported on the type and on the method level. Unlike most other conditions, when used at the type level, method-level consumable types override rather than extend type-level consumeable types.
Producible Media Types You can narrow the primary mapping by specifying a list of producible media types. The request will be matched only if the Accept request header matches one of these values. Furthermore, use of the produces condition ensures the actual content type used to generate the response respects the media types specified in the produces condition. For example:
@Controller @RequestMapping(value = "/pets/{petId}", method = RequestMethod.GET, produces="application/json") @ResponseBody public Pet getPet(@PathVariable String petId, Model model) { // implementation omitted }
Just like with consumes, producible media type expressions can be negated as in !text/plain to match to all requests other than those with an Accept header value of text/plain.
Tip
The produces condition is supported on the type and on the method level. Unlike most other conditions, when used at the type level, method-level producible types override rather than extend type-level producible types.
Request Parameters and Header Values You can narrow request matching through request parameter conditions such as "myParam", "!myParam", or "myParam=myValue". The first two test for request parameter presense/absence and the third for a specific parameter value. Here is an example with a request parameter value condition:
@Controller @RequestMapping("/owners/{ownerId}") public class RelativePathUriTemplateController { @RequestMapping(value = "/pets/{petId}", method = RequestMethod.GET, params="myParam=myValue") public void findPet(@PathVariable String ownerId, @PathVariable String petId, Model model) { // implementation omitted } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
436
Spring Framework
The same can be done to test for request header presence/absence or to match based on a specific request header value:
@Controller @RequestMapping("/owners/{ownerId}") public class RelativePathUriTemplateController { @RequestMapping(value = "/pets", method = RequestMethod.GET, headers="myHeader=myValue") public void findPet(@PathVariable String ownerId, @PathVariable String petId, Model model) { // implementation omitted } }
Tip
Although you can match to Content-Type and Accept header values using media type wildcards (for example "content-type=text/*" will match to "text/plain" and "text/html"), it is recommended to use the consumes and produces conditions respectively instead. They are intended specifically for that purpose.
Note
Session access may not be thread-safe, in particular in a Servlet environment. Consider setting the AnnotationMethodHandlerAdapter's "synchronizeOnSession" flag to "true" if multiple requests are allowed to access a session concurrently. org.springframework.web.context.request.WebRequest org.springframework.web.context.request.NativeWebRequest. or for
Allows
3.1
Reference Documentation
437
Spring Framework
generic request parameter access as well as request/session attribute access, without ties to the native Servlet/Portlet API. java.util.Locale for the current request locale, determined by the most specific locale resolver available, in effect, the configured LocaleResolver in a Servlet environment. java.io.InputStream / java.io.Reader for access to the request's content. This value is the raw InputStream/Reader as exposed by the Servlet API. java.io.OutputStream / java.io.Writer for generating the response's content. This value is the raw OutputStream/Writer as exposed by the Servlet API. java.security.Principal containing the currently authenticated user. @PathVariable annotated parameters for access to URI template variables. See the section called URI Template Patterns. @RequestParam annotated parameters for access to specific Servlet request parameters. Parameter values are converted to the declared method argument type. See the section called Binding request parameters to method parameters with @RequestParam. @RequestHeader annotated parameters for access to specific Servlet request HTTP headers. Parameter values are converted to the declared method argument type. @RequestBody annotated parameters for access to the HTTP request body. Parameter values are converted to the declared method argument type using HttpMessageConverters. See the section called Mapping the request body with the @RequestBody annotation. HttpEntity<?> parameters for access to the Servlet request HTTP headers and contents. The request stream will be converted to the entity body using HttpMessageConverters. See the section called Using HttpEntity<?>. java.util.Map / org.springframework.ui.Model / org.springframework.ui.ModelMap for enriching the implicit model that is exposed to the web view. Command or form objects to bind request parameters to bean properties (via setters) or directly to fields, with customizable type conversion, depending on @InitBinder methods and/or the HandlerAdapter configuration. See the webBindingInitializer property on RequestMappingHandlerAdapter. Such command objects along with their validation results will be exposed as model attributes by default, using the command class class name - e.g. model attribute "orderAddress" for a command object of type "some.package.OrderAddress". The ModelAttribute annotation can be used on a method argument to customize the model attribute name used. org.springframework.validation.Errors / org.springframework.validation.BindingResult validation results for a preceding 3.1 Reference Documentation 438
Spring Framework
command or form object (the immediately preceding method argument). org.springframework.web.bind.support.SessionStatus status handle for marking form processing as complete, which triggers the cleanup of session attributes that have been indicated by the @SessionAttributes annotation at the handler type level. The Errors or BindingResult parameters have to follow the model object that is being bound immediately as the method signature might have more that one model object and Spring will create a separate BindingResult instance for each of them so the following sample won't work:
@RequestMapping(method = RequestMethod.POST) public String processSubmit(@ModelAttribute("pet") Pet pet, Model model, BindingResult result) { }
Note, that there is a Model parameter in between Pet and BindingResult. To get this working you have to reorder the parameters as follows:
@RequestMapping(method = RequestMethod.POST) public String processSubmit(@ModelAttribute("pet") Pet pet, BindingResult result, Model model) { }
Example 16.1 Invalid ordering of BindingResult and @ModelAttribute Supported method return types The following are the supported return types: A ModelAndView object, with the model implicitly enriched with command objects and the results of @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods. A Model object, with the view name implicitly determined through a RequestToViewNameTranslator and the model implicitly enriched with command objects and the results of @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods. A Map object for exposing a model, with the view name implicitly determined through a RequestToViewNameTranslator and the model implicitly enriched with command objects and the results of @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods. A View object, with the model implicitly determined through command objects and @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods. The handler method may also programmatically enrich the model by declaring a Model argument (see above). A String value that is interpreted as the logical view name, with the model implicitly determined through command objects and @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods. The handler method may also programmatically enrich the model by declaring a Model argument (see above). void if the method handles the response itself (by writing the response content directly, declaring an 3.1 Reference Documentation 439
Spring Framework
argument of type ServletResponse / HttpServletResponse for that purpose) or if the view name is supposed to be implicitly determined through a RequestToViewNameTranslator (not declaring a response argument in the handler method signature). If the method is annotated with @ResponseBody, the return type is written to the response HTTP body. The return value will be converted to the declared method argument type using HttpMessageConverters. See the section called Mapping the response body with the @ResponseBody annotation. A HttpEntity<?> or ResponseEntity<?> object to provide access to the Servlet response HTTP headers and contents. The entity body will be converted to the response stream using HttpMessageConverters. See the section called Using HttpEntity<?>. Any other return type is considered to be a single model attribute to be exposed to the view, using the attribute name specified through @ModelAttribute at the method level (or the default attribute name based on the return type class name). The model is implicitly enriched with command objects and the results of @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods. Binding request parameters to method parameters with @RequestParam Use the @RequestParam annotation to bind request parameters to a method parameter in your controller. The following code snippet shows the usage:
@Controller @RequestMapping("/pets") @SessionAttributes("pet") public class EditPetForm { // ... @RequestMapping(method = RequestMethod.GET) public String setupForm(@RequestParam("petId") int petId, ModelMap model) { Pet pet = this.clinic.loadPet(petId); model.addAttribute("pet", pet); return "petForm"; } // ...
Parameters using this annotation are required by default, but you can specify that a parameter is optional by setting @RequestParam's required attribute to false (e.g., @RequestParam(value="id", required=false)). Type conversion is applied automatically if the target method parameter type is not String. See the section called Method Parameters And Type Conversion. Mapping the request body with the @RequestBody annotation
3.1
Reference Documentation
440
Spring Framework
The @RequestBody method parameter annotation indicates that a method parameter should be bound to the value of the HTTP request body. For example:
@RequestMapping(value = "/something", method = RequestMethod.PUT) public void handle(@RequestBody String body, Writer writer) throws IOException { writer.write(body); }
You convert the request body to the method argument by using an HttpMessageConverter. HttpMessageConverter is responsible for converting from the HTTP request message to an object and converting from an object to the HTTP response body. The RequestMappingHandlerAdapter supports the @RequestBody annotation with the following default HttpMessageConverters: ByteArrayHttpMessageConverter converts byte arrays. StringHttpMessageConverter converts strings. FormHttpMessageConverter converts form data to/from a MultiValueMap<String, String>. SourceHttpMessageConverter converts to/from a javax.xml.transform.Source. For more information on these converters, see Message Converters. Also note that if using the MVC namespace, a wider range of message converters are registered by default. See the section called mvc:annotation-driven for more information. If you intend to read and write XML, you will need to configure the MarshallingHttpMessageConverter with a specific Marshaller and an Unmarshaller implementation from the org.springframework.oxm package. For example:
<bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.mvc.method.annotation.RequestMappingHandlerAdapter"> <property name="messageConverters"> <util:list id="beanList"> <ref bean="stringHttpMessageConverter"/> <ref bean="marshallingHttpMessageConverter"/> </util:list> </property </bean> <bean id="stringHttpMessageConverter" class="org.springframework.http.converter.StringHttpMessageConverter"/> <bean id="marshallingHttpMessageConverter" class="org.springframework.http.converter.xml.MarshallingHttpMessageConverter"> <property name="marshaller" ref="castorMarshaller" /> <property name="unmarshaller" ref="castorMarshaller" /> </bean> <bean id="castorMarshaller" class="org.springframework.oxm.castor.CastorMarshaller"/>
An @RequestBody method parameter can be annotated with @Valid, in which case it will validated using the configured Validator instance. When using the MVC namespace a JSR-303 validator is configured automatically assuming a JSR-303 implementation is available on the classpath. If validation fails a RequestBodyNotValidException is raised. The exception is handled by the
3.1
Reference Documentation
441
Spring Framework
DefaultHandlerExceptionResolver and results in a 500 error send back to the client along with a message containing the validation errors.
Note
Also see the section called mvc:annotation-driven for information on configuring message converters and a validator through the MVC namespace.
Mapping the response body with the @ResponseBody annotation The @ResponseBody annotation is similar to @RequestBody. This annotation can be put on a method and indicates that the return type should be written straight to the HTTP response body (and not placed in a Model, or interpreted as a view name). For example:
@RequestMapping(value = "/something", method = RequestMethod.PUT) @ResponseBody public String helloWorld() { return "Hello World"; }
The above example will result in the text Hello World being written to the HTTP response stream. As with @RequestBody, Spring converts the returned object to a response body by using an HttpMessageConverter. For more information on these converters, see the previous section and Message Converters. Using HttpEntity<?> The HttpEntity is similar to @RequestBody and @ResponseBody. Besides getting access to the request and response body, HttpEntity (and the response-specific subclass ResponseEntity) also allows access to the request and response headers, like so:
@RequestMapping("/something") public ResponseEntity<String> handle(HttpEntity<byte[]> requestEntity) throws UnsupportedEncodingException { String requestHeader = requestEntity.getHeaders().getFirst("MyRequestHeader")); byte[] requestBody = requestEntity.getBody(); // do something with request header and body HttpHeaders responseHeaders = new HttpHeaders(); responseHeaders.set("MyResponseHeader", "MyValue"); return new ResponseEntity<String>("Hello World", responseHeaders, HttpStatus.CREATED); }
The above example gets the value of the MyRequestHeader request header, and reads the body as a byte array. It adds the MyResponseHeader to the response, writes Hello World to the response stream, and sets the response status code to 201 (Created). As with @RequestBody and @ResponseBody, Spring uses HttpMessageConverter to convert from and to the request and response streams. For more information on these converters, see the previous section and Message Converters.
3.1
Reference Documentation
442
Spring Framework
Command and Form Objects The @ModelAttribute annotation is central to working with command and form objects. It has a couple of usage scenarios described in this section. The main scenario is using @ModelAttribute on a method parameter in order to get access to data received from a form submission or from request parameters. For example an object of type Person with fields firstName and lastName will be populated accordingly assuming the presence of either form or query string parameters with matching names: e.g. firstName=Rod and lastName=Johnson. Below is an example of a @ModelAttribute-annotated method parameter.
@Controller @RequestMapping("/owners/{ownerId}/pets/{petId}/edit") @SessionAttributes("pet") public class EditPetForm { @RequestMapping(method = RequestMethod.POST) public String processSubmit( @ModelAttribute("pet") Pet pet, BindingResult result, SessionStatus status) { } }
Before invoking the method, Spring MVC will create a Pet instance, populate it using request parameters, and also add it to the model under the name pet. The Pet instance may have been created using the default constructor (if available), it may have been obtained from the HTTP session in conjunction with use of @SessionAttributes (see the next section), or it may have been created by another @ModelAttribute-annotated method in the same class. A @ModelAttribute-annotated method is the second scenario for using the annotation. When used at the method level a @ModelAttribute contributes one or more objects to the model. See the populatePetTypes() method in the following example:
@Controller @RequestMapping("/owners/{ownerId}/pets/{petId}/edit") @SessionAttributes("pet") public class EditPetForm { // ... @ModelAttribute("types") public Collection<PetType> populatePetTypes() { return this.clinic.getPetTypes(); } @RequestMapping(method = RequestMethod.POST) public String processSubmit( @ModelAttribute("pet") Pet pet, BindingResult result, SessionStatus status) { new PetValidator().validate(pet, result); if (result.hasErrors()) { return "petForm"; } else {
3.1
Reference Documentation
443
Spring Framework
@ModelAttribute methods are executed before the chosen @RequestMapping annotated handler method. They effectively pre-populate the model with specific attributes, often loaded from a database. Such an attribute can then be accessed through a @ModelAttribute-annotated @RequestMapping parameter. An @ModelAttribute method can contain the same method arguments as documented previously for @RequestMapping methods. Specifying attributes to store in a session with @SessionAttributes The type-level @SessionAttributes annotation declares session attributes used by a specific handler. This will typically list the names of model attributes or types of model attributes which should be transparently stored in the session or some conversational storage, serving as form-backing beans between subsequent requests. The following code snippet shows the usage of this annotation, specifying the model attribute name:
@Controller @RequestMapping("/editPet.do") @SessionAttributes("pet") public class EditPetForm { // ... }
Note
When using controller interfaces (e.g. for AOP proxying), make sure to consistently put all your mapping annotations - such as @RequestMapping and @SessionAttributes on the controller interface rather than on the implementation class.
Mapping cookie values with the @CookieValue annotation The @CookieValue annotation allows a method parameter to be bound to the value of an HTTP cookie. Let us consider that the following cookie has been received with an http request:
JSESSIONID=415A4AC178C59DACE0B2C9CA727CDD84
The following code sample demonstrates how to get the value of the JSESSIONID cookie:
@RequestMapping("/displayHeaderInfo.do") public void displayHeaderInfo(@CookieValue("JSESSIONID") String cookie) //... {
3.1
Reference Documentation
444
Spring Framework
Type conversion is applied automatically if the target method parameter type is not String. See the section called Method Parameters And Type Conversion. This annotation is supported for annotated handler methods in Servlet and Portlet environments. Mapping request header attributes with the @RequestHeader annotation The @RequestHeader annotation allows a method parameter to be bound to a request header. Here is a sample request header:
Host Accept Accept-Language Accept-Encoding Accept-Charset Keep-Alive localhost:8080 text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9 fr,en-gb;q=0.7,en;q=0.3 gzip,deflate ISO-8859-1,utf-8;q=0.7,*;q=0.7 300
The following code sample demonstrates how to get the value of the Accept-Encoding and Keep-Alive headers:
@RequestMapping("/displayHeaderInfo.do") public void displayHeaderInfo(@RequestHeader("Accept-Encoding") String encoding, @RequestHeader("Keep-Alive") long keepAlive) { //... }
Type conversion is applied automatically if the method parameter is not String. See the section called Method Parameters And Type Conversion.
Tip
Built-in support is available for converting a comma-separated string into an array/collection of strings or other types known to the type conversion system. For example a method parameter annotated with @RequestHeader("Accept") may be of type String but also String[] or List<String>. This annotation is supported for annotated handler methods in Servlet and Portlet environments. Method Parameters And Type Conversion String-based values extracted from the request including request parameters, path variables, request headers, and cookie values may need to be converted to the target type of the method parameter or field (e.g. binding a request parameter to a field in an @ModelAttribute parameter) they're bound to. If the
3.1
Reference Documentation
445
Spring Framework
target type is not String, Spring automatically converts to the appropriate type. All simple types such as int, long, Date, etc. are supported. You can further customize the conversion process through a WebDataBinder (see the section called Customizing WebDataBinder initialization) or by registering Formatters with the FormattingConversionService (see Section 6.6, Spring 3 Field Formatting). Customizing WebDataBinder initialization To customize request parameter binding with PropertyEditors through Spring's WebDataBinder, you can use either @InitBinder-annotated methods within your controller or externalize your configuration by providing a custom WebBindingInitializer.
Customizing data binding with @InitBinder
Annotating controller methods with @InitBinder allows you to configure web data binding directly within your controller class. @InitBinder identifies methods that initialize the WebDataBinder that will be used to populate command and form object arguments of annotated handler methods. Such init-binder methods support all arguments that @RequestMapping supports, except for command/form objects and corresponding validation result objects. Init-binder methods must not have a return value. Thus, they are usually declared as void. Typical arguments include WebDataBinder in combination with WebRequest or java.util.Locale, allowing code to register context-specific editors. The following example demonstrates the use of @InitBinder to configure a CustomDateEditor for all java.util.Date form properties.
@Controller public class MyFormController { @InitBinder public void initBinder(WebDataBinder binder) { SimpleDateFormat dateFormat = new SimpleDateFormat("yyyy-MM-dd"); dateFormat.setLenient(false); binder.registerCustomEditor(Date.class, new CustomDateEditor(dateFormat, false)); } // ... }
To externalize data binding initialization, you can provide a custom implementation of the WebBindingInitializer interface, which you then enable by supplying a custom bean configuration for an AnnotationMethodHandlerAdapter, thus overriding the default configuration. The following example from the PetClinic application shows a configuration using a custom implementation of the WebBindingInitializer interface, org.springframework.samples.petclinic.web.ClinicBindingInitializer, which
3.1
Reference Documentation
446
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
447
Spring Framework
package samples; public class TimeBasedAccessInterceptor extends HandlerInterceptorAdapter { private int openingTime; private int closingTime; public void setOpeningTime(int openingTime) { this.openingTime = openingTime; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
448
Spring Framework
public void setClosingTime(int closingTime) { this.closingTime = closingTime; } public boolean preHandle( HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response, Object handler) throws Exception { Calendar cal = Calendar.getInstance(); int hour = cal.get(HOUR_OF_DAY); if (openingTime <= hour < closingTime) { return true; } else { response.sendRedirect("http://host.com/outsideOfficeHours.html"); return false; } } }
Any request handled by this mapping is intercepted by the TimeBasedAccessInterceptor. If the current time is outside office hours, the user is redirected to a static HTML file that says, for example, you can only access the website during office hours.
Note
When using the RequestMappingHandlerMapping the actual handler is an instance of HandlerMethod which identifies the specific controller method that will be invoked. As you can see, the Spring adapter class HandlerInterceptorAdapter makes it easier to extend the HandlerInterceptor interface.
Tip
In the example above, the configured interceptor will apply to all requests handled with annotated controller methods. If you want to narrow down the URL paths to which an interceptor applies, you can use the MVC namespace to do that. See the section called mvc:annotation-driven.
3.1
Reference Documentation
449
Spring Framework
addresses the preparation of the request and hands the request over to one of the view technologies.
AbstractCachingViewResolver Abstract view resolver that caches views. Often views need preparation before they can be used; extending this view resolver provides caching. XmlViewResolver Implementation of ViewResolver that accepts a configuration file written in XML with the same DTD as Spring's XML bean factories. The default configuration file is /WEB-INF/views.xml.
ResourceBundleViewResolver Implementation of ViewResolver that uses bean definitions in a ResourceBundle, specified by the bundle base name. Typically you define the bundle in a properties file, located in the classpath. The default file name is views.properties. UrlBasedViewResolver Simple implementation of the ViewResolver interface that effects the direct resolution of logical view names to URLs, without an explicit mapping definition. This is appropriate if your logical names match the names of your view resources in a straightforward manner, without the need for arbitrary mappings.
InternalResourceViewResolver Convenient subclass of UrlBasedViewResolver that supports InternalResourceView (in effect, Servlets and JSPs) and subclasses such as JstlView and TilesView. You can specify the view class for all views generated by this resolver by using setViewClass(..). See the Javadocs for the UrlBasedViewResolver class for details. VelocityViewResolver / Convenient subclass of UrlBasedViewResolver that supports FreeMarkerViewResolver VelocityView (in effect, Velocity templates) or FreeMarkerView ,respectively, and custom subclasses of them. ContentNegotiatingViewResolver Implementation of the ViewResolver interface that resolves a view based on the request file name or Accept header. See the section called ContentNegotiatingViewResolver. 3.1 Reference Documentation 450
Spring Framework
As an example, with JSP as a view technology, you can use the UrlBasedViewResolver. This view resolver translates a view name to a URL and hands the request over to the RequestDispatcher to render the view.
<bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.UrlBasedViewResolver"> <property name="viewClass" value="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.JstlView"/> <property name="prefix" value="/WEB-INF/jsp/"/> <property name="suffix" value=".jsp"/> </bean>
When returning test as a logical view name, this view resolver forwards the request to the RequestDispatcher that will send the request to /WEB-INF/jsp/test.jsp. When you combine different view technologies in a web application, you can use the ResourceBundleViewResolver:
<bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.ResourceBundleViewResolver"> <property name="basename" value="views"/> <property name="defaultParentView" value="parentView"/> </bean>
The ResourceBundleViewResolver inspects the ResourceBundle identified by the basename, and for each view it is supposed to resolve, it uses the value of the property [viewname].(class) as the view class and the value of the property [viewname].url as the view url. Examples can be found in the next chapter which covers view technologies. As you can see, you can identify a parent view, from which all views in the properties file extend. This way you can specify a default view class, for example.
Note
Subclasses of AbstractCachingViewResolver cache view instances that they resolve. Caching improves performance of certain view technologies. It's possible to turn off the cache by setting the cache property to false. Furthermore, if you must refresh a certain view at runtime (for example when a Velocity template is modified), you can use the removeFromCache(String viewName, Locale loc) method.
Chaining ViewResolvers
Spring supports multiple view resolvers. Thus you can chain resolvers and, for example, override specific views in certain circumstances. You chain view resolvers by adding more than one resolver to your application context and, if necessary, by setting the order property to specify ordering. Remember, the higher the order property, the later the view resolver is positioned in the chain. In the following example, the chain of view resolvers consists of two resolvers, an InternalResourceViewResolver, which is always automatically positioned as the last resolver in
3.1
Reference Documentation
451
Spring Framework
the chain, and an XmlViewResolver for specifying Excel views. Excel views are not supported by the InternalResourceViewResolver.
<bean id="jspViewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.InternalResourceViewResolver"> <property name="viewClass" value="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.JstlView"/> <property name="prefix" value="/WEB-INF/jsp/"/> <property name="suffix" value=".jsp"/> </bean> <bean id="excelViewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.XmlViewResolver"> <property name="order" value="1"/> <property name="location" value="/WEB-INF/views.xml"/> </bean> <!-- in views.xml --> <beans> <bean name="report" class="org.springframework.example.ReportExcelView"/> </beans>
If a specific view resolver does not result in a view, Spring examines the context for other view resolvers. If additional view resolvers exist, Spring continues to inspect them until a view is resolved. If no view resolver returns a view, Spring throws a ServletException. The contract of a view resolver specifies that a view resolver can return null to indicate the view could not be found. Not all view resolvers do this, however, because in some cases, the resolver simply cannot detect whether or not the view exists. For example, the InternalResourceViewResolver uses the RequestDispatcher internally, and dispatching is the only way to figure out if a JSP exists, but this action can only execute once. The same holds for the VelocityViewResolver and some others. Check the Javadoc for the view resolver to see whether it reports non-existing views. Thus, putting an InternalResourceViewResolver in the chain in a place other than the last, results in the chain not being fully inspected, because the InternalResourceViewResolver will always return a view!
Redirecting to views
As mentioned previously, a controller typically returns a logical view name, which a view resolver resolves to a particular view technology. For view technologies such as JSPs that are processed through the Servlet or JSP engine, this resolution is usually handled through the combination of InternalResourceViewResolver and InternalResourceView, which issues an internal forward or include via the Servlet API's RequestDispatcher.forward(..) method or RequestDispatcher.include() method. For other view technologies, such as Velocity, XSLT, and so on, the view itself writes the content directly to the response stream. It is sometimes desirable to issue an HTTP redirect back to the client, before the view is rendered. This is desirable, for example, when one controller has been called with POSTed data, and the response is actually a delegation to another controller (for example on a successful form submission). In this case, a normal internal forward will mean that the other controller will also see the same POST data, which is potentially problematic if it can confuse it with other expected data. Another reason to perform a redirect before displaying the result is to eliminate the possibility of the user submitting the form data multiple
3.1
Reference Documentation
452
Spring Framework
times. In this scenario, the browser will first send an initial POST; it will then receive a response to redirect to a different URL; and finally the browser will perform a subsequent GET for the URL named in the redirect response. Thus, from the perspective of the browser, the current page does not reflect the result of a POST but rather of a GET. The end effect is that there is no way the user can accidentally re-POST the same data by performing a refresh. The refresh forces a GET of the result page, not a resend of the initial POST data. RedirectView One way to force a redirect as the result of a controller response is for the controller to create and return an instance of Spring's RedirectView. In this case, DispatcherServlet does not use the normal view resolution mechanism. Rather because it has been given the (redirect) view already, the DispatcherServlet simply instructs the view to do its work. The RedirectView issues an HttpServletResponse.sendRedirect() call that returns to the client browser as an HTTP redirect. All model attributes are considered to be exposed as either URI template variables first, assuming the URL is a URI template such as /account/{number}, or as HTTP query parameters second. By default String and primitive model attributes are eligible to be exposed this way. However, this behavior can be extended by sub-classing RedirectView. Also consider that @PathVariable-annotated method arguments are automatically added to the model, which is convenient when redirecting to the same URL using a different HTTP method. For example:
@RequestMapping(value = "/files/{path}", method = RequestMethod.POST) public String upload(@PathVariable String path, ...) { // ... return "redirect:files/{path}"; } @RequestMapping(value = "/files/{path}", method = RequestMethod.GET) public void get(@PathVariable String path, ...) { // ... }
If you use RedirectView and the view is created by the controller itself, it is recommended that you configure the redirect URL to be injected into the controller so that it is not baked into the controller but configured in the context along with the view names. The next section discusses this process. The redirect: prefix While the use of RedirectView works fine, if the controller itself creates the RedirectView, there is no avoiding the fact that the controller is aware that a redirection is happening. This is really suboptimal and couples things too tightly. The controller should not really care about how the response gets handled. In general it should operate only in terms of view names that have been injected into it. The special redirect: prefix allows you to accomplish this. If a view name is returned that has the prefix redirect:, the UrlBasedViewResolver (and all subclasses) will recognize this as a special indication that a redirect is needed. The rest of the view name will be treated as the redirect URL. The net effect is the same as if the controller had returned a RedirectView, but now the controller
3.1
Reference Documentation
453
Spring Framework
itself can simply operate in terms of logical view names. A logical view name such as redirect:/myapp/some/resource will redirect relative to the current servlet context, while a name such as redirect:http://myhost.com/some/arbitrary/path will redirect to an absolute URL. The forward: prefix It is also possible to use a special forward: prefix for view names that are ultimately resolved by UrlBasedViewResolver and subclasses. This creates an InternalResourceView (which ultimately does a RequestDispatcher.forward()) around the rest of the view name, which is considered a URL. Therefore, this prefix is not useful with InternalResourceViewResolver and InternalResourceView (for JSPs for example). But the prefix can be helpful when you are primarily using another view technology, but still want to force a forward of a resource to be handled by the Servlet/JSP engine. (Note that you may also chain multiple view resolvers, instead.) As with the redirect: prefix, if the view name with the forward: prefix is injected into the controller, the controller does not detect that anything special is happening in terms of handling the response.
ContentNegotiatingViewResolver
The ContentNegotiatingViewResolver does not resolve views itself but rather delegates to other view resolvers, selecting the view that resembles the representation requested by the client. Two strategies exist for a client to request a representation from the server: Use a distinct URI for each resource, typically by using a different file extension in the URI. For example, the URI http://www.example.com/users/fred.pdf requests a PDF representation of the user fred, and http://www.example.com/users/fred.xml requests an XML representation. Use the same URI for the client to locate the resource, but set the Accept HTTP request header to list the media types that it understands. For example, an HTTP request for http://www.example.com/users/fred with an Accept header set to application/pdf requests a PDF representation of the user fred, while http://www.example.com/users/fred with an Accept header set to text/xml requests an XML representation. This strategy is known as content negotiation.
Note
One issue with the Accept header is that it is impossible to set it in a web browser within HTML. For example, in Firefox, it is fixed to:
Accept: text/html,application/xhtml+xml,application/xml;q=0.9,*/*;q=0.8
For this reason it is common to see the use of a distinct URI for each representation when
3.1
Reference Documentation
454
Spring Framework
developing browser based web applications. To support multiple representations of a resource, Spring provides the ContentNegotiatingViewResolver to resolve a view based on the file extension or Accept header of the HTTP request. ContentNegotiatingViewResolver does not perform the view resolution itself but instead delegates to a list of view resolvers that you specify through the bean property ViewResolvers. The ContentNegotiatingViewResolver selects an appropriate View to handle the request by comparing the request media type(s) with the media type (also known as Content-Type) supported by the View associated with each of its ViewResolvers. The first View in the list that has a compatible Content-Type returns the representation to the client. If a compatible view cannot be supplied by the ViewResolver chain, then the list of views specified through the DefaultViews property will be consulted. This latter option is appropriate for singleton Views that can render an appropriate representation of the current resource regardless of the logical view name. The Accept header may include wildcards, for example text/*, in which case a View whose Content-Type was text/xml is a compatible match. To support the resolution of a view based on a file extension, use the ContentNegotiatingViewResolver bean property mediaTypes to specify a mapping of file extensions to media types. For more information on the algorithm used to determine the request media type, refer to the API documentation for ContentNegotiatingViewResolver. Here is an example configuration of a ContentNegotiatingViewResolver:
<bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.ContentNegotiatingViewResolver"> <property name="mediaTypes"> <map> <entry key="atom" value="application/atom+xml"/> <entry key="html" value="text/html"/> <entry key="json" value="application/json"/> </map> </property> <property name="viewResolvers"> <list> <bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.BeanNameViewResolver"/> <bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.InternalResourceViewResolver"> <property name="prefix" value="/WEB-INF/jsp/"/> <property name="suffix" value=".jsp"/> </bean> </list> </property> <property name="defaultViews"> <list> <bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.json.MappingJacksonJsonView" /> </list> </property> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
455
Spring Framework
The InternalResourceViewResolver handles the translation of view names and JSP pages, while the BeanNameViewResolver returns a view based on the name of a bean. (See "Resolving views with the ViewResolver interface" for more details on how Spring looks up and instantiates a view.) In this example, the content bean is a class that inherits from AbstractAtomFeedView, which returns an Atom RSS feed. For more information on creating an Atom Feed representation, see the section Atom Views. In the above configuration, if a request is made with an .html extension, the view resolver looks for a view that matches the text/html media type. The InternalResourceViewResolver provides the matching view for text/html. If the request is made with the file extension .atom, the view resolver looks for a view that matches the application/atom+xml media type. This view is provided by the BeanNameViewResolver that maps to the SampleContentAtomView if the view name returned is content. If the request is made with the file extension .json, the MappingJacksonJsonView instance from the DefaultViews list will be selected regardless of the view name. Alternatively, client requests can be made without a file extension but with the Accept header set to the preferred media-type, and the same resolution of request to views would occur.
Note
If ContentNegotiatingViewResolver's list of ViewResolvers is not configured explicitly, it automatically uses any ViewResolvers defined in the application context. The corresponding controller code that returns an Atom RSS feed for a URI of the form http://localhost/content.atom or http://localhost/content with an Accept header of application/atom+xml is shown below.
@Controller public class ContentController { private List<SampleContent> contentList = new ArrayList<SampleContent>(); @RequestMapping(value="/content", method=RequestMethod.GET) public ModelAndView getContent() { ModelAndView mav = new ModelAndView(); mav.setViewName("content"); mav.addObject("sampleContentList", contentList); return mav; } }
Spring Framework
tries to use it to set the locale. Using the RequestContext.getLocale() method, you can always retrieve the locale that was resolved by the locale resolver. In addition to automatic locale resolution, you can also attach an interceptor to the handler mapping (see the section called Intercepting requests with a HandlerInterceptor for more information on handler mapping interceptors) to change the locale under specific circumstances, for example, based on a parameter in the request. Locale resolvers and interceptors are defined in the org.springframework.web.servlet.i18n package and are configured in your application context in the normal way. Here is a selection of the locale resolvers included in Spring.
AcceptHeaderLocaleResolver
This locale resolver inspects the accept-language header in the request that was sent by the client (e.g., a web browser). Usually this header field contains the locale of the client's operating system.
CookieLocaleResolver
This locale resolver inspects a Cookie that might exist on the client to see if a locale is specified. If so, it uses the specified locale. Using the properties of this locale resolver, you can specify the name of the cookie as well as the maximum age. Find below an example of defining a CookieLocaleResolver.
<bean id="localeResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.i18n.CookieLocaleResolver"> <property name="cookieName" value="clientlanguage"/> <!-- in seconds. If set to -1, the cookie is not persisted (deleted when browser shuts down) --> <property name="cookieMaxAge" value="100000"> </bean>
Table 16.4. CookieLocaleResolver properties Property cookieName cookieMaxAge Default classname LOCALE Description + The name of the cookie
Integer.MAX_INT The maximum time a cookie will stay persistent on the client. If -1 is specified, the cookie will not be persisted; it will only be available until the client shuts down his or her browser. / Limits the visibility of the cookie to a certain part of your site. When cookiePath is specified, the cookie will only be visible to that path and the paths below it.
cookiePath
3.1
Reference Documentation
457
Spring Framework
SessionLocaleResolver
The SessionLocaleResolver allows you to retrieve locales from the session that might be associated with the user's request.
LocaleChangeInterceptor
You can enable changing of locales by adding the LocaleChangeInterceptor to one of the handler mappings (see Section 16.4, Handler mappings). It will detect a parameter in the request and change the locale. It calls setLocale() on the LocaleResolver that also exists in the context. The following example shows that calls to all *.view resources containing a parameter named siteLanguage will now change the locale. So, for example, a request for the following URL, http://www.sf.net/home.view?siteLanguage=nl will change the site language to Dutch.
<bean id="localeChangeInterceptor" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.i18n.LocaleChangeInterceptor"> <property name="paramName" value="siteLanguage"/> </bean> <bean id="localeResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.i18n.CookieLocaleResolver"/> <bean id="urlMapping" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.handler.SimpleUrlHandlerMapping"> <property name="interceptors"> <list> <ref bean="localeChangeInterceptor"/> </list> </property> <property name="mappings"> <value>/**/*.view=someController</value> </property> </bean>
Defining themes
To use themes in your web application, you must set up an implementation of the org.springframework.ui.context.ThemeSource interface. The WebApplicationContext interface extends ThemeSource but delegates its responsibilities to a dedicated implementation. By default the delegate will be an 3.1 Reference Documentation 458
Spring Framework
org.springframework.ui.context.support.ResourceBundleThemeSource implementation that loads properties files from the root of the classpath. To use a custom ThemeSource implementation or to configure the base name prefix of the ResourceBundleThemeSource, you can register a bean in the application context with the reserved name themeSource. The web application context automatically detects a bean with that name and uses it. When using the ResourceBundleThemeSource, a theme is defined in a simple properties file. The properties file lists the resources that make up the theme. Here is an example:
styleSheet=/themes/cool/style.css background=/themes/cool/img/coolBg.jpg
The keys of the properties are the names that refer to the themed elements from view code. For a JSP, you typically do this using the spring:theme custom tag, which is very similar to the spring:message tag. The following JSP fragment uses the theme defined in the previous example to customize the look and feel:
<%@ taglib prefix="spring" uri="http://www.springframework.org/tags"%> <html> <head> <link rel="stylesheet" href="<spring:theme code='styleSheet'/>" type="text/css"/> </head> <body style="background=<spring:theme code='background'/>"> ... </body> </html>
By default, the ResourceBundleThemeSource uses an empty base name prefix. As a result, the properties files are loaded from the root of the classpath. Thus you would put the cool.properties theme definition in a directory at the root of the classpath, for example, in /WEB-INF/classes. The ResourceBundleThemeSource uses the standard Java resource bundle loading mechanism, allowing for full internationalization of themes. For example, we could have a /WEB-INF/classes/cool_nl.properties that references a special background image with Dutch text on it.
Theme resolvers
After you define themes, as in the preceding section, you decide which theme to use. The DispatcherServlet will look for a bean named themeResolver to find out which ThemeResolver implementation to use. A theme resolver works in much the same way as a LocaleResolver. It detects the theme to use for a particular request and can also alter the request's theme. The following theme resolvers are provided by Spring: Table 16.5. ThemeResolver implementations Class Description
FixedThemeResolverSelects a fixed theme, set using the defaultThemeName property. SessionThemeResolver theme is maintained in the user's HTTP session. It only needs to be set The 3.1 Reference Documentation 459
Spring Framework
Class
Description once for each session, but is not persisted between sessions.
Spring also provides a ThemeChangeInterceptor that allows theme changes on every request with a simple request parameter.
Of course you also need to put the appropriate jars in your classpath for the multipart resolver to work. In the case of the CommonsMultipartResolver, you need to use commons-fileupload.jar. When the Spring DispatcherServlet detects a multi-part request, it activates the resolver that has been declared in your context and hands over the request. The resolver then wraps the current HttpServletRequest into a MultipartHttpServletRequest that supports multipart file uploads. Using the MultipartHttpServletRequest, you can get information about the multiparts contained by this request and actually get access to the multipart files themselves in your controllers.
3.1
Reference Documentation
460
Spring Framework
The next step is to create a controller that handles the file upload. This controller is very similar to a normal annotated @Controller, except that we use MultipartHttpServletRequest or MultipartFile in the method parameters:
@Controller public class FileUpoadController { @RequestMapping(value = "/form", method = RequestMethod.POST) public String handleFormUpload(@RequestParam("name") String name, @RequestParam("file") MultipartFile file) { if (!file.isEmpty()) { byte[] bytes = file.getBytes(); // store the bytes somewhere return "redirect:uploadSuccess"; } else { return "redirect:uploadFailure"; } } }
Note how the @RequestParam method parameters map to the input elements declared in the form. In this example, nothing is done with the byte[], but in practice you can save it in a database, store it on the file system, and so on. Finally, you will have to declare the controller and the resolver in the application context:
<beans> <bean id="multipartResolver" class="org.springframework.web.multipart.commons.CommonsMultipartResolver"/> <!-- Declare explicitly, or use <context:annotation-config/> --> <bean id="fileUploadController" class="examples.FileUploadController"/> </beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
461
Spring Framework
HttpMediaTypeNotAcceptableException 406 (Not Acceptable) HttpMediaTypeNotSupportedException 415 (Unsupported Media Type) HttpMessageNotReadableException HttpMessageNotWritableException 400 (Bad Request) 500 (Internal Server Error)
HttpRequestMethodNotSupportedException (Method Not Allowed) 405 MissingServletRequestParameterException 400 (Bad Request) NoSuchRequestHandlingMethodException (Not Found) 404 TypeMismatchException 400 (Bad Request)
@ExceptionHandler
An alternative to the HandlerExceptionResolver interface is the @ExceptionHandler annotation. You use the @ExceptionHandler method annotation within a controller to specify which 3.1 Reference Documentation 462
Spring Framework
method is invoked when an exception of a specific type is thrown during the execution of controller methods. For example:
@Controller public class SimpleController { // other controller method omitted @ExceptionHandler(IOException.class) public String handleIOException(IOException ex, HttpServletRequest request) { return ClassUtils.getShortName(ex.getClass()); } }
will invoke the 'handlerIOException' method when a java.io.IOException is thrown. The @ExceptionHandler value can be set to an array of Exception types. If an exception is thrown matches one of the types in the list, then the method annotated with the matching @ExceptionHandler will be invoked. If the annotation value is not set then the exception types listed as method arguments are used. Much like standard controller methods annotated with a @RequestMapping annotation, the method arguments and return values of @ExceptionHandler methods are very flexible. For example, the HttpServletRequest can be accessed in Servlet environments and the PortletRequest in Portlet environments. The return type can be a String, which is interpreted as a view name or a ModelAndView object. Refer to the API documentation for more details.
Spring Framework
public class ViewShoppingCartController implements Controller { public ModelAndView handleRequest(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) { // the implementation is not hugely important for this example... } }
Here is a snippet from the attendent Spring Web MVC configuration file...
<bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.mvc.support.ControllerClassNameHandlerMapping"/> <bean id="viewShoppingCart" class="x.y.z.ViewShoppingCartController"> <!-- inject dependencies as required... --> </bean>
The ControllerClassNameHandlerMapping finds all of the various handler (or Controller) beans defined in its application context and strips Controller off the name to define its handler mappings. Thus, ViewShoppingCartController maps to the /viewshoppingcart* request URL. Let's look at some more examples so that the central idea becomes immediately familiar. (Notice all lowercase in the URLs, in contrast to camel-cased Controller class names.) WelcomeController maps to the /welcome* request URL HomeController maps to the /home* request URL IndexController maps to the /index* request URL RegisterController maps to the /register* request URL In the case of MultiActionController handler classes, the mappings generated are slightly more complex. The Controller names in the following examples are assumed to be MultiActionController implementations: AdminController maps to the /admin/* request URL CatalogController maps to the /catalog/* request URL If you follow the convention of naming your Controller implementations as xxxController, the ControllerClassNameHandlerMapping saves you the tedium of defining and maintaining a potentially looooong SimpleUrlHandlerMapping (or suchlike). The ControllerClassNameHandlerMapping class extends the AbstractHandlerMapping base class so you can define HandlerInterceptor instances and everything else just as you would with many other HandlerMapping implementations.
3.1
Reference Documentation
464
Spring Framework
The ModelMap class is essentially a glorified Map that can make adding objects that are to be displayed in (or on) a View adhere to a common naming convention. Consider the following Controller implementation; notice that objects are added to the ModelAndView without any associated name specified.
public class DisplayShoppingCartController implements Controller { public ModelAndView handleRequest(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) { List cartItems = // get a List of CartItem objects User user = // get the User doing the shopping ModelAndView mav = new ModelAndView("displayShoppingCart"); <-- the logical view name mav.addObject(cartItems); <-- look ma, no name, just the object mav.addObject(user); <-- and again ma! return mav; } }
The ModelAndView class uses a ModelMap class that is a custom Map implementation that automatically generates a key for an object when an object is added to it. The strategy for determining the name for an added object is, in the case of a scalar object such as User, to use the short class name of the object's class. The following examples are names that are generated for scalar objects put into a ModelMap instance. An x.y.User instance added will have the name user generated. An x.y.Registration instance added will have the name registration generated. An x.y.Foo instance added will have the name foo generated. A java.util.HashMap instance added will have the name hashMap generated. You probably want to be explicit about the name in this case because hashMap is less than intuitive. Adding null will result in an IllegalArgumentException being thrown. If the object (or objects) that you are adding could be null, then you will also want to be explicit about the name. What, no automatic pluralization? Spring Web MVC's convention-over-configuration support does not support automatic pluralization. That is, you cannot add a List of Person objects to a ModelAndView and have the generated name be people. This decision was made after some debate, with the Principle of Least Surprise winning out in the end.
The strategy for generating a name after adding a Set or a List is to peek into the collection, take the
3.1
Reference Documentation
465
Spring Framework
short class name of the first object in the collection, and use that with List appended to the name. The same applies to arrays although with arrays it is not necessary to peek into the array contents. A few examples will make the semantics of name generation for collections clearer: An x.y.User[] array with zero or more x.y.User elements added will have the name userList generated. An x.y.Foo[] array with zero or more x.y.User elements added will have the name fooList generated. A java.util.ArrayList with one or more x.y.User elements added will have the name userList generated. A java.util.HashSet with one or more x.y.Foo elements added will have the name fooList generated. An empty java.util.ArrayList will not be added at all (in effect, the addObject(..) call will essentially be a no-op).
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!DOCTYPE beans PUBLIC "-//SPRING//DTD BEAN 2.0//EN" "http://www.springframework.org/dtd/spring-beans-2.0.dtd"> <beans>
<!-- this bean with the well known name generates view names for us --> <bean id="viewNameTranslator" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.DefaultRequestToViewNameTranslato <bean class="x.y.RegistrationController"> <!-- inject dependencies as necessary --> </bean> <!-- maps request URLs to Controller names --> <bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.mvc.support.ControllerClassNameHandlerMapping"/> <bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.InternalResourceViewResolver">
3.1
Reference Documentation
466
Spring Framework
Notice how in the implementation of the handleRequest(..) method no View or logical view name is ever set on the ModelAndView that is returned. The DefaultRequestToViewNameTranslator is tasked with generating a logical view name from the URL of the request. In the case of the above RegistrationController, which is used in conjunction with the ControllerClassNameHandlerMapping, a request URL of http://localhost/registration.html results in a logical view name of registration being generated by the DefaultRequestToViewNameTranslator. This logical view name is then resolved into the /WEB-INF/jsp/registration.jsp view by the InternalResourceViewResolver bean.
Tip
You do not need to define a DefaultRequestToViewNameTranslator bean explicitly. If you like the default settings of the DefaultRequestToViewNameTranslator, you can rely on the Spring Web MVC DispatcherServlet to instantiate an instance of this class if one is not explicitly configured. Of course, if you need to change the default settings, then you do need to configure your own DefaultRequestToViewNameTranslator bean explicitly. Consult the comprehensive Javadoc for the DefaultRequestToViewNameTranslator class for details of the various properties that can be configured.
3.1
Reference Documentation
467
Spring Framework
rendered response is not sent back over the wire. You configure the ShallowEtagHeaderFilter in web.xml:
<filter> <filter-name>etagFilter</filter-name> <filter-class>org.springframework.web.filter.ShallowEtagHeaderFilter</filter-class> </filter> <filter-mapping> <filter-name>etagFilter</filter-name> <servlet-name>petclinic</servlet-name> </filter-mapping>
mvc:annotation-driven
This tag registers the RequestMappingHandlerMapping and RequestMappingHandlerAdapter beans that are required for Spring MVC to dispatch requests to @Controllers. The tag configures those two beans with sensible defaults based on what is present in your classpath. The defaults are: 1. Support for Spring 3's Type ConversionService in addition to JavaBeans PropertyEditors during Data Binding. A ConversionService instance produced by the org.springframework.format.support.FormattingConversionServiceFactoryBean is used by default. This can be overridden by setting the conversion-service attribute. 2. Support for formatting Number fields using the @NumberFormat annotation 3. Support for formatting Date, Calendar, Long, and Joda Time fields using the @DateTimeFormat annotation, if Joda Time 1.3 or higher is present on the classpath. 4. Support for validating @Controller inputs with @Valid, if a JSR-303 Provider is present on the classpath. The validation system can be explicitly configured by setting the validator attribute. 5. HttpMessageConverter support for @RequestBody method parameters and @ResponseBody method return values. This is the complete list of HttpMessageConverters set up by mvc:annotation-driven:
3.1
Reference Documentation
468
Spring Framework
ByteArrayHttpMessageConverter converts byte arrays. StringHttpMessageConverter converts strings. ResourceHttpMessageConverter converts org.springframework.core.io.Resource for all media types. to/from
SourceHttpMessageConverter converts to/from a javax.xml.transform.Source. FormHttpMessageConverter converts form data to/from a MultiValueMap<String, String>. Jaxb2RootElementHttpMessageConverter converts Java objects to/from XML -- added if JAXB2 is present on the classpath. MappingJacksonHttpMessageConverter converts to/from JSON -- added if Jackson is present on the classpath. AtomFeedHttpMessageConverter converts Atom feeds -- added if Rome is present on the classpath. RssChannelHttpMessageConverter converts RSS feeds -- added if Rome is present on the classpath.
Note
You can provide your own HttpMessageConverters through the mvc:message-converters sub-element of mvc:annotation-driven. Message converters you provide will take precedence over the ones registered by default. A typical usage is shown below:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:mvc="http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc http://www.springframework.org/schema/mvc/spring-mvc-3.0.xsd"> <!-- JSR-303 support will be detected on classpath and enabled automatically --> <mvc:annotation-driven/> </beans>
mvc:interceptors
3.1 Reference Documentation 469
Spring Framework
This tag allows you to register custom HandlerInterceptors or WebRequestInterceptors that should be applied to all HandlerMapping beans. You can also restrict the URL paths that specific interceptors apply to. An example of registering an interceptor applied to all URL paths:
<mvc:interceptors> <bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.i18n.LocaleChangeInterceptor" /> </mvc:interceptors>
mvc:view-controller
This tag is a shortcut for defining a ParameterizableViewController that immediately forwards to a view when invoked. Use it in static cases when there is no Java Controller logic to execute before the view generates the response. An example of view-controller that forwards to a home page is shown below:
<mvc:view-controller path="/" view-name="home"/>
mvc:resources
This tag allows static resource requests following a particular URL pattern to be served by a ResourceHttpRequestHandler from any of a list of Resource locations. This provides a convenient way to serve static resources from locations other than the web application root, including locations on the classpath. The cache-period property may be used to set far future expiration headers (1 year is the recommendation of optimization tools such as Page Speed and YSlow) so that they will be more efficiently utilized by the client. The handler also properly evaluates the Last-Modified header (if present) so that a 304 status code will be returned as appropriate, avoiding unnecessary overhead for resources that are already cached by the client. For example, to serve resource requests with a URL pattern of /resources/** from a public-resources directory within the web application root, the tag would be used as follows:
<mvc:resources mapping="/resources/**" location="/public-resources/"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
470
Spring Framework
To serve these resources with a 1-year future expiration to ensure maximum use of the browser cache and a reduction in HTTP requests made by the browser:
<mvc:resources mapping="/resources/**" location="/public-resources/" cache-period="31556926"/>
The mapping attribute must be an Ant pattern that can be used by SimpleUrlHandlerMapping, and the location attribute must specify one or more valid resource directory locations. Multiple resource locations may be specified using a comma-separated list of values. The locations specified will be checked in the specified order for the presence of the resource for any given request. For example, to enable the serving of resources from both the web application root and from a known path of /META-INF/public-web-resources/ in any jar on the classpath, the tag would be specified as:
<mvc:resources mapping="/resources/**" location="/, classpath:/META-INF/public-web-resources/"/>
When serving resources that may change when a new version of the application is deployed, it is recommended that you incorporate a version string into the mapping pattern used to request the resources, so that you may force clients to request the newly deployed version of your application's resources. Such a version string can be parameterized and accessed using SpEL so that it may be easily managed in a single place when deploying new versions. As an example, let's consider an application that uses a performance-optimized custom build (as recommended) of the Dojo JavaScript library in production, and that the build is generally deployed within the web application at a path of /public-resources/dojo/dojo.js. Since different parts of Dojo may be incorporated into the custom build for each new version of the application, the client web browsers need to be forced to re-download that custom-built dojo.js resource any time a new version of the application is deployed. A simple way to achieve this would be to manage the version of the application in a properties file, such as:
application.version=1.0.0
and then to make the properties file's values accessible to SpEL as a bean using the util:properties tag:
<util:properties id="applicationProps" location="/WEB-INF/spring/application.properties"/>
With the application version now accessible via SpEL, we can incorporate this into the use of the resources tag:
3.1
Reference Documentation
471
Spring Framework
and finally, to request the resource with the proper URL, we can take advantage of the Spring JSP tags:
<spring:eval expression="@applicationProps['application.version']" var="applicationVersion"/> <spring:url value="/resources-{applicationVersion}" var="resourceUrl"> <spring:param name="applicationVersion" value="${applicationVersion}"/> </spring:url> <script src="${resourceUrl}/dojo/dojo.js" type="text/javascript"> </script>
mvc:default-servlet-handler
This tag allows for mapping the DispatcherServlet to "/" (thus overriding the mapping of the container's default Servlet), while still allowing static resource requests to be handled by the container's default Servlet. It configures a DefaultServletHttpRequestHandler with a URL mapping of "/**" and the lowest priority relative to other URL mappings. This handler will forward all requests to the default Servlet. Therefore it is important that it remains last in the order of all other URL HandlerMappings. That will be the case if you use <mvc:annotation-driven> or alternatively if you are setting up your own customized HandlerMapping instance be sure to set its order property to a value lower than that of the DefaultServletHttpRequestHandler, which is Integer.MAX_VALUE. To enable the feature using the default setup, simply include the tag in the form:
<mvc:default-servlet-handler/>
The caveat to overriding the "/" Servlet mapping is that the RequestDispatcher for the default Servlet must be retrieved by name rather than by path. The DefaultServletHttpRequestHandler will attempt to auto-detect the default Servlet for the container at startup time, using a list of known names for most of the major Servlet containers (including Tomcat, Jetty, Glassfish, JBoss, Resin, WebLogic, and WebSphere). If the default Servlet has been custom configured with a different name, or if a different Servlet container is being used where the default Servlet name is unknown, then the default Servlet's name must be explicitly provided as in the following example:
<mvc:default-servlet-handler default-servlet-name="myCustomDefaultServlet"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
472
Spring Framework
There are many excellent articles and tutorials that show how to build web applications with Spring MVC. Read them at the Spring Documentation page. Expert Spring Web MVC and Web Flow by Seth Ladd and others (published by Apress) is an excellent hard copy source of Spring Web MVC goodness.
3.1
Reference Documentation
473
Spring Framework
Note
Setting up your application to use JSTL is a common source of error, mainly caused by confusion over the different servlet spec., JSP and JSTL version numbers, what they mean and how to declare the taglibs correctly. The article How to Reference and Use JSTL in your Web Application provides a useful guide to the common pitfalls and how to avoid them. Note that as of Spring 3.0, the minimum supported servlet version is 2.4 (JSP 2.0 and JSTL 1.1), which reduces the scope for confusion somewhat.
View resolvers
Just as with any other view technology you're integrating with Spring, for JSPs you'll need a view resolver that will resolve your views. The most commonly used view resolvers when developing with JSPs are the InternalResourceViewResolver and the ResourceBundleViewResolver. Both are declared in the WebApplicationContext:
<!-- the ResourceBundleViewResolver --> <bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.ResourceBundleViewResolver"> <property name="basename" value="views"/> </bean> # And a sample properties file is uses (views.properties in WEB-INF/classes): welcome.(class)=org.springframework.web.servlet.view.JstlView welcome.url=/WEB-INF/jsp/welcome.jsp productList.(class)=org.springframework.web.servlet.view.JstlView productList.url=/WEB-INF/jsp/productlist.jsp
3.1
Reference Documentation
474
Spring Framework
As you can see, the ResourceBundleViewResolver needs a properties file defining the view names mapped to 1) a class and 2) a URL. With a ResourceBundleViewResolver you can mix different types of views using only one resolver.
<bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.InternalResourceViewResolver"> <property name="viewClass" value="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.JstlView"/> <property name="prefix" value="/WEB-INF/jsp/"/> <property name="suffix" value=".jsp"/> </bean>
The InternalResourceBundleViewResolver can be configured for using JSPs as described above. As a best practice, we strongly encourage placing your JSP files in a directory under the 'WEB-INF' directory, so there can be no direct access by clients.
3.1
Reference Documentation
475
Spring Framework
The form tag library comes bundled in spring-webmvc.jar. The library descriptor is called spring-form.tld. To use the tags from this library, add the following directive to the top of your JSP page:
<%@ taglib prefix="form" uri="http://www.springframework.org/tags/form" %>
... where form is the tag name prefix you want to use for the tags from this library. The form tag This tag renders an HTML 'form' tag and exposes a binding path to inner tags for binding. It puts the command object in the PageContext so that the command object can be accessed by inner tags. All the other tags in this library are nested tags of the form tag. Let's assume we have a domain object called User. It is a JavaBean with properties such as firstName and lastName. We will use it as the form backing object of our form controller which returns form.jsp. Below is an example of what form.jsp would look like:
<form:form> <table> <tr> <td>First Name:</td> <td><form:input path="firstName" /></td> </tr> <tr> <td>Last Name:</td> <td><form:input path="lastName" /></td> </tr> <tr> <td colspan="2"> <input type="submit" value="Save Changes" /> </td> </tr> </table> </form:form>
The firstName and lastName values are retrieved from the command object placed in the PageContext by the page controller. Keep reading to see more complex examples of how inner tags are used with the form tag. The generated HTML looks like a standard form:
<form method="POST"> <table> <tr> <td>First Name:</td> <td><input name="firstName" type="text" value="Harry"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td>Last Name:</td> <td><input name="lastName" type="text" value="Potter"/></td> </tr> <tr> <td colspan="2"> <input type="submit" value="Save Changes" />
3.1
Reference Documentation
476
Spring Framework
The preceding JSP assumes that the variable name of the form backing object is 'command'. If you have put the form backing object into the model under another name (definitely a best practice), then you can bind the form to the named variable like so:
<form:form commandName="user"> <table> <tr> <td>First Name:</td> <td><form:input path="firstName" /></td> </tr> <tr> <td>Last Name:</td> <td><form:input path="lastName" /></td> </tr> <tr> <td colspan="2"> <input type="submit" value="Save Changes" /> </td> </tr> </table> </form:form>
The input tag This tag renders an HTML 'input' tag with type 'text' using the bound value. For an example of this tag, see the section called The form tag. The checkbox tag This tag renders an HTML 'input' tag with type 'checkbox'. Let's assume our User has preferences such as newsletter subscription and a list of hobbies. Below is an example of the Preferences class:
public class Preferences { private boolean receiveNewsletter; private String[] interests; private String favouriteWord; public boolean isReceiveNewsletter() { return receiveNewsletter; } public void setReceiveNewsletter(boolean receiveNewsletter) { this.receiveNewsletter = receiveNewsletter; } public String[] getInterests() { return interests; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
477
Spring Framework
public void setInterests(String[] interests) { this.interests = interests; } public String getFavouriteWord() { return favouriteWord; } public void setFavouriteWord(String favouriteWord) { this.favouriteWord = favouriteWord; } }
There are 3 approaches to the checkbox tag which should meet all your checkbox needs. Approach One - When the bound value is of type java.lang.Boolean, the input(checkbox) is marked as 'checked' if the bound value is true. The value attribute corresponds to the resolved value of the setValue(Object) value property. Approach Two - When the bound value is of type array or java.util.Collection, the input(checkbox) is marked as 'checked' if the configured setValue(Object) value is present in the bound Collection. Approach Three - For any other bound value type, the input(checkbox) is marked as 'checked' if the configured setValue(Object) is equal to the bound value. Note that regardless of the approach, the same HTML structure is generated. Below is an HTML snippet of some checkboxes:
3.1
Reference Documentation
478
Spring Framework
<tr> <td>Interests:</td> <td> Quidditch: <input name="preferences.interests" type="checkbox" value="Quidditch"/> <input type="hidden" value="1" name="_preferences.interests"/> Herbology: <input name="preferences.interests" type="checkbox" value="Herbology"/> <input type="hidden" value="1" name="_preferences.interests"/> Defence Against the Dark Arts: <input name="preferences.interests" type="checkbox" value="Defence Against the Dark Arts"/> <input type="hidden" value="1" name="_preferences.interests"/> </td> </tr>
What you might not expect to see is the additional hidden field after each checkbox. When a checkbox in an HTML page is not checked, its value will not be sent to the server as part of the HTTP request parameters once the form is submitted, so we need a workaround for this quirk in HTML in order for Spring form data binding to work. The checkbox tag follows the existing Spring convention of including a hidden parameter prefixed by an underscore ("_") for each checkbox. By doing this, you are effectively telling Spring that the checkbox was visible in the form and I want my object to which the form data will be bound to reflect the state of the checkbox no matter what . The checkboxes tag This tag renders multiple HTML 'input' tags with type 'checkbox'. Building on the example from the previous checkbox tag section. Sometimes you prefer not to have to list all the possible hobbies in your JSP page. You would rather provide a list at runtime of the available options and pass that in to the tag. That is the purpose of the checkboxes tag. You pass in an Array, a List or a Map containing the available options in the "items" property. Typically the bound property is a collection so it can hold multiple values selected by the user. Below is an example of the JSP using this tag:
<form:form> <table> <tr> <td>Interests:</td> <td> <%-- Property is of an array or of type java.util.Collection --%> <form:checkboxes path="preferences.interests" items="${interestList}"/> </td> </tr> </table> </form:form>
This example assumes that the "interestList" is a List available as a model attribute containing strings of the values to be selected from. In the case where you use a Map, the map entry key will be used as the value and the map entry's value will be used as the label to be displayed. You can also use a custom object where you can provide the property names for the value using "itemValue" and the label using "itemLabel". The radiobutton tag
3.1
Reference Documentation
479
Spring Framework
This tag renders an HTML 'input' tag with type 'radio'. A typical usage pattern will involve multiple tag instances bound to the same property but with different values.
<tr> <td>Sex:</td> <td>Male: <form:radiobutton path="sex" value="M"/> <br/> Female: <form:radiobutton path="sex" value="F"/> </td> </tr>
The radiobuttons tag This tag renders multiple HTML 'input' tags with type 'radio'. Just like the checkboxes tag above, you might want to pass in the available options as a runtime variable. For this usage you would use the radiobuttons tag. You pass in an Array, a List or a Map containing the available options in the "items" property. In the case where you use a Map, the map entry key will be used as the value and the map entry's value will be used as the label to be displayed. You can also use a custom object where you can provide the property names for the value using "itemValue" and the label using "itemLabel".
<tr> <td>Sex:</td> <td><form:radiobuttons path="sex" items="${sexOptions}"/></td> </tr>
The password tag This tag renders an HTML 'input' tag with type 'password' using the bound value.
<tr> <td>Password:</td> <td> <form:password path="password" /> </td> </tr>
Please note that by default, the password value is not shown. If you do want the password value to be shown, then set the value of the 'showPassword' attribute to true, like so.
<tr> <td>Password:</td> <td> <form:password path="password" value="^76525bvHGq" showPassword="true" /> </td> </tr>
The select tag This tag renders an HTML 'select' element. It supports data binding to the selected option as well as the
3.1
Reference Documentation
480
Spring Framework
use of nested option and options tags. Let's assume a User has a list of skills.
<tr> <td>Skills:</td> <td><form:select path="skills" items="${skills}"/></td> </tr>
If the User's skill were in Herbology, the HTML source of the 'Skills' row would look like:
<tr> <td>Skills:</td> <td><select name="skills" multiple="true"> <option value="Potions">Potions</option> <option value="Herbology" selected="selected">Herbology</option> <option value="Quidditch">Quidditch</option></select> </td> </tr>
The option tag This tag renders an HTML 'option'. It sets 'selected' as appropriate based on the bound value.
<tr> <td>House:</td> <td> <form:select path="house"> <form:option value="Gryffindor"/> <form:option value="Hufflepuff"/> <form:option value="Ravenclaw"/> <form:option value="Slytherin"/> </form:select> </td> </tr>
If the User's house was in Gryffindor, the HTML source of the 'House' row would look like:
<tr> <td>House:</td> <td> <select name="house"> <option value="Gryffindor" selected="selected">Gryffindor</option> <option value="Hufflepuff">Hufflepuff</option> <option value="Ravenclaw">Ravenclaw</option> <option value="Slytherin">Slytherin</option> </select> </td> </tr>
The options tag This tag renders a list of HTML 'option' tags. It sets the 'selected' attribute as appropriate based on the bound value.
<tr> <td>Country:</td>
3.1
Reference Documentation
481
Spring Framework
<td> <form:select path="country"> <form:option value="-" label="--Please Select"/> <form:options items="${countryList}" itemValue="code" itemLabel="name"/> </form:select> </td> </tr>
If the User lived in the UK, the HTML source of the 'Country' row would look like:
<tr> <td>Country:</td> <td> <select name="country"> <option value="-">--Please Select</option> <option value="AT">Austria</option> <option value="UK" selected="selected">United Kingdom</option> <option value="US">United States</option> </select> </td> </tr>
As the example shows, the combined usage of an option tag with the options tag generates the same standard HTML, but allows you to explicitly specify a value in the JSP that is for display only (where it belongs) such as the default string in the example: "-- Please Select". The items attribute is typically populated with a collection or array of item objects. itemValue and itemLabel simply refer to bean properties of those item objects, if specified; otherwise, the item objects themselves will be stringified. Alternatively, you may specify a Map of items, in which case the map keys are interpreted as option values and the map values correspond to option labels. If itemValue and/or itemLabel happen to be specified as well, the item value property will apply to the map key and the item label property will apply to the map value. The textarea tag This tag renders an HTML 'textarea'.
<tr> <td>Notes:</td> <td><form:textarea path="notes" rows="3" cols="20" /></td> <td><form:errors path="notes" /></td> </tr>
The hidden tag This tag renders an HTML 'input' tag with type 'hidden' using the bound value. To submit an unbound hidden value, use the HTML input tag with type 'hidden'.
<form:hidden path="house" />
If we choose to submit the 'house' value as a hidden one, the HTML would look like:
<input name="house" type="hidden" value="Gryffindor"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
482
Spring Framework
The errors tag This tag renders field errors in an HTML 'span' tag. It provides access to the errors created in your controller or those that were created by any validators associated with your controller. Let's assume we want to display all error messages for the firstName and lastName fields once we submit the form. We have a validator for instances of the User class called UserValidator.
public class UserValidator implements Validator { public boolean supports(Class candidate) { return User.class.isAssignableFrom(candidate); } public void validate(Object obj, Errors errors) { ValidationUtils.rejectIfEmptyOrWhitespace(errors, "firstName", "required", "Field is required."); ValidationUtils.rejectIfEmptyOrWhitespace(errors, "lastName", "required", "Field is required."); } }
If we submit a form with empty values in the firstName and lastName fields, this is what the HTML would look like:
<form method="POST"> <table> <tr> <td>First Name:</td> <td><input name="firstName" type="text" value=""/></td> <%-- Associated errors to firstName field displayed --%> <td><span name="firstName.errors">Field is required.</span></td> </tr> <tr>
3.1
Reference Documentation
483
Spring Framework
<td>Last Name:</td> <td><input name="lastName" type="text" value=""/></td> <%-- Associated errors to lastName field displayed --%> <td><span name="lastName.errors">Field is required.</span></td> </tr> <tr> <td colspan="3"> <input type="submit" value="Save Changes" /> </td> </tr> </table> </form>
What if we want to display the entire list of errors for a given page? The example below shows that the errors tag also supports some basic wildcarding functionality. path="*" - displays all errors path="lastName" - displays all errors associated with the lastName field The example below will display a list of errors at the top of the page, followed by field-specific errors next to the fields:
<form:form> <form:errors path="*" cssClass="errorBox" /> <table> <tr> <td>First Name:</td> <td><form:input path="firstName" /></td> <td><form:errors path="firstName" /></td> </tr> <tr> <td>Last Name:</td> <td><form:input path="lastName" /></td> <td><form:errors path="lastName" /></td> </tr> <tr> <td colspan="3"> <input type="submit" value="Save Changes" /> </td> </tr> </table> </form:form>
3.1
Reference Documentation
484
Spring Framework
HTTP Method Conversion A key principle of REST is the use of the Uniform Interface. This means that all resources (URLs) can be manipulated using the same four HTTP methods: GET, PUT, POST, and DELETE. For each method, the HTTP specification defines the exact semantics. For instance, a GET should always be a safe operation, meaning that is has no side effects, and a PUT or DELETE should be idempotent, meaning that you can repeat these operations over and over again, but the end result should be the same. While HTTP defines these four methods, HTML only supports two: GET and POST. Fortunately, there are two possible workarounds: you can either use JavaScript to do your PUT or DELETE, or simply do a POST with the 'real' method as an additional parameter (modeled as a hidden input field in an HTML form). This latter trick is what Spring's HiddenHttpMethodFilter does. This filter is a plain Servlet Filter and therefore it can be used in combination with any web framework (not just Spring MVC). Simply add this filter to your web.xml, and a POST with a hidden _method parameter will be converted into the corresponding HTTP method request. To support HTTP method conversion the Spring MVC form tag was updated to support setting the HTTP method. For example, the following snippet taken from the updated Petclinic sample
<form:form method="delete"> <p class="submit"><input type="submit" value="Delete Pet"/></p> </form:form>
This will actually perform an HTTP POST, with the 'real' DELETE method hidden behind a request parameter, to be picked up by the HiddenHttpMethodFilter, as defined in web.xml:
<filter> <filter-name>httpMethodFilter</filter-name> <filter-class>org.springframework.web.filter.HiddenHttpMethodFilter</filter-class> </filter> <filter-mapping> <filter-name>httpMethodFilter</filter-name> <servlet-name>petclinic</servlet-name> </filter-mapping>
17.3 Tiles
3.1
Reference Documentation
485
Spring Framework
It is possible to integrate Tiles - just as any other view technology - in web applications using Spring. The following describes in a broad way how to do this. NOTE: This section focuses on Spring's support for Tiles 2 (the standalone version of Tiles, requiring Java 5+) in the org.springframework.web.servlet.view.tiles2 package. Spring also continues to support Tiles 1.x (a.k.a. "Struts Tiles", as shipped with Struts 1.1+; compatible with Java 1.4) in the original org.springframework.web.servlet.view.tiles package.
Dependencies
To be able to use Tiles you have to have a couple of additional dependencies included in your project. The following is the list of dependencies you need. Tiles version 2.1.2 or higher Commons BeanUtils Commons Digester Commons Logging
As you can see, there are five files containing definitions, which are all located in the 'WEB-INF/defs' directory. At initialization of the WebApplicationContext, the files will be loaded and the definitions factory will be initialized. After that has been done, the Tiles includes in the definition files can be used as views within your Spring web application. To be able to use the views you have to have a ViewResolver just as with any other view technology used with Spring. Below you can find two possibilities, the UrlBasedViewResolver and the ResourceBundleViewResolver. UrlBasedViewResolver The UrlBasedViewResolver instantiates the given viewClass for each view it has to resolve.
<bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.UrlBasedViewResolver">
3.1
Reference Documentation
486
Spring Framework
ResourceBundleViewResolver The ResourceBundleViewResolver has to be provided with a property file containing viewnames and viewclasses the resolver can use:
<bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.ResourceBundleViewResolver"> <property name="basename" value="views"/> </bean>
... welcomeView.(class)=org.springframework.web.servlet.view.tiles2.TilesView welcomeView.url=welcome (this is the name of a Tiles definition) vetsView.(class)=org.springframework.web.servlet.view.tiles2.TilesView vetsView.url=vetsView (again, this is the name of a Tiles definition) findOwnersForm.(class)=org.springframework.web.servlet.view.JstlView findOwnersForm.url=/WEB-INF/jsp/findOwners.jsp ...
As you can see, when using the ResourceBundleViewResolver, you can easily mix different view technologies. Note that the TilesView class for Tiles 2 supports JSTL (the JSP Standard Tag Library) out of the box, whereas there is a separate TilesJstlView subclass in the Tiles 1.x support. SimpleSpringPreparerFactory and SpringBeanPreparerFactory As an advanced feature, Spring also supports two special Tiles 2 PreparerFactory implementations. Check out the Tiles documentation for details on how to use ViewPreparer references in your Tiles definition files. Specify SimpleSpringPreparerFactory to autowire ViewPreparer instances based on specified preparer classes, applying Spring's container callbacks as well as applying configured Spring BeanPostProcessors. If Spring's context-wide annotation-config has been activated, annotations in ViewPreparer classes will be automatically detected and applied. Note that this expects preparer classes in the Tiles definition files, just like the default PreparerFactory does. Specify SpringBeanPreparerFactory to operate on specified preparer names instead of classes, obtaining the corresponding Spring bean from the DispatcherServlet's application context. The full bean creation process will be in the control of the Spring application context in this case, allowing for the use of explicit dependency injection configuration, scoped beans etc. Note that you need to define one Spring bean definition per preparer name (as used in your Tiles definitions).
<bean id="tilesConfigurer" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.tiles2.TilesConfigurer"> <property name="definitions"> <list> <value>/WEB-INF/defs/general.xml</value> <value>/WEB-INF/defs/widgets.xml</value>
3.1
Reference Documentation
487
Spring Framework
<value>/WEB-INF/defs/administrator.xml</value> <value>/WEB-INF/defs/customer.xml</value> <value>/WEB-INF/defs/templates.xml</value> </list> </property> <!-- resolving preparer names as Spring bean definition names --> <property name="preparerFactoryClass" value="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.tiles2.SpringBeanPreparerFactory"/> </bean>
Dependencies
Your web application will need to include velocity-1.x.x.jar or freemarker-2.x.jar in order to work with Velocity or FreeMarker respectively and commons-collections.jar is required for Velocity. Typically they are included in the WEB-INF/lib folder where they are guaranteed to be found by a Java EE server and added to the classpath for your application. It is of course assumed that you already have the spring-webmvc.jar in your 'WEB-INF/lib' directory too! If you make use of Spring's 'dateToolAttribute' or 'numberToolAttribute' in your Velocity views, you will also need to include the velocity-tools-generic-1.x.jar
Context configuration
A suitable configuration is initialized by adding the relevant configurer bean definition to your '*-servlet.xml' as shown below:
<!-This bean sets up the Velocity environment for us based on a root path for templates. Optionally, a properties file can be specified for more control over the Velocity environment, but the defaults are pretty sane for file based template loading. --> <bean id="velocityConfig" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.velocity.VelocityConfigurer"> <property name="resourceLoaderPath" value="/WEB-INF/velocity/"/> </bean> <!-View resolvers can also be configured with ResourceBundles or XML files. If you need different view resolving based on Locale, you have to use the resource bundle resolver. --> <bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.velocity.VelocityViewResolver"> <property name="cache" value="true"/> <property name="prefix" value=""/> <property name="suffix" value=".vm"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
488
Spring Framework
</bean>
<!-- freemarker config --> <bean id="freemarkerConfig" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.freemarker.FreeMarkerConfigurer"> <property name="templateLoaderPath" value="/WEB-INF/freemarker/"/> </bean> <!-View resolvers can also be configured with ResourceBundles or XML files. If you need different view resolving based on Locale, you have to use the resource bundle resolver. --> <bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.freemarker.FreeMarkerViewResolver"> <property name="cache" value="true"/> <property name="prefix" value=""/> <property name="suffix" value=".ftl"/> </bean>
Note
For non web-apps add a VelocityConfigurationFactoryBean or a FreeMarkerConfigurationFactoryBean to your application context definition file.
Creating templates
Your templates need to be stored in the directory specified by the *Configurer bean shown above. This document does not cover details of creating templates for the two languages - please see their relevant websites for information. If you use the view resolvers highlighted, then the logical view names relate to the template file names in similar fashion to InternalResourceViewResolver for JSP's. So if your controller returns a ModelAndView object containing a view name of "welcome" then the resolvers will look for the /WEB-INF/freemarker/welcome.ftl or /WEB-INF/velocity/welcome.vm template as appropriate.
Advanced configuration
The basic configurations highlighted above will be suitable for most application requirements, however additional configuration options are available for when unusual or advanced requirements dictate. velocity.properties This file is completely optional, but if specified, contains the values that are passed to the Velocity runtime in order to configure velocity itself. Only required for advanced configurations, if you need this file, specify its location on the VelocityConfigurer bean definition above.
<bean id="velocityConfig" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.velocity.VelocityConfigurer"> <property name="configLocation" value="/WEB-INF/velocity.properties"/> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
489
Spring Framework
Alternatively, you can specify velocity properties directly in the bean definition for the Velocity config bean by replacing the "configLocation" property with the following inline properties.
<bean id="velocityConfig" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.velocity.VelocityConfigurer"> <property name="velocityProperties"> <props> <prop key="resource.loader">file</prop> <prop key="file.resource.loader.class"> org.apache.velocity.runtime.resource.loader.FileResourceLoader </prop> <prop key="file.resource.loader.path">${webapp.root}/WEB-INF/velocity</prop> <prop key="file.resource.loader.cache">false</prop> </props> </property> </bean>
Refer to the API documentation for Spring configuration of Velocity, or the Velocity documentation for examples and definitions of the 'velocity.properties' file itself. FreeMarker FreeMarker 'Settings' and 'SharedVariables' can be passed directly to the FreeMarker Configuration object managed by Spring by setting the appropriate bean properties on the FreeMarkerConfigurer bean. The freemarkerSettings property requires a java.util.Properties object and the freemarkerVariables property requires a java.util.Map.
<bean id="freemarkerConfig" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.freemarker.FreeMarkerConfigurer"> <property name="templateLoaderPath" value="/WEB-INF/freemarker/"/> <property name="freemarkerVariables"> <map> <entry key="xml_escape" value-ref="fmXmlEscape"/> </map> </property> </bean> <bean id="fmXmlEscape" class="freemarker.template.utility.XmlEscape"/>
See the FreeMarker documentation for details of settings and variables as they apply to the Configuration object.
3.1
Reference Documentation
490
Spring Framework
they are always available to a suitably configured application. Some of the macros defined in the Spring libraries are considered internal (private) but no such scoping exists in the macro definitions making all macros visible to calling code and user templates. The following sections concentrate only on the macros you need to be directly calling from within your templates. If you wish to view the macro code directly, the files are called spring.vm / spring.ftl and are in the packages org.springframework.web.servlet.view.velocity or org.springframework.web.servlet.view.freemarker respectively. Simple binding In your html forms (vm / ftl templates) that act as the 'formView' for a Spring form controller, you can use code similar to the following to bind to field values and display error messages for each input field in similar fashion to the JSP equivalent. Note that the name of the command object is "command" by default, but can be overridden in your MVC configuration by setting the 'commandName' bean property on your form controller. Example code is shown below for the personFormV and personFormF views configured earlier;
<!-- velocity macros are automatically available --> <html> ... <form action="" method="POST"> Name: #springBind( "command.name" ) <input type="text" name="${status.expression}" value="$!status.value" /><br> #foreach($error in $status.errorMessages) <b>$error</b> <br> #end <br> ... <input type="submit" value="submit"/> </form> ... </html>
<!-- freemarker macros have to be imported into a namespace. We strongly recommend sticking to 'spring' --> <#import "spring.ftl" as spring /> <html> ... <form action="" method="POST"> Name: <@spring.bind "command.name" /> <input type="text" name="${spring.status.expression}" value="${spring.status.value?default("")}" /><br> <#list spring.status.errorMessages as error> <b>${error}</b> <br> </#list> <br> ... <input type="submit" value="submit"/> </form> ... </html>
#springBind / <@spring.bind> requires a 'path' argument which consists of the name of your command object (it will be 'command' unless you changed it in your FormController properties) followed
3.1
Reference Documentation
491
Spring Framework
by a period and the name of the field on the command object you wish to bind to. Nested fields can be used too such as "command.address.street". The bind macro assumes the default HTML escaping behavior specified by the ServletContext parameter defaultHtmlEscape in web.xml The optional form of the macro called #springBindEscaped / <@spring.bindEscaped> takes a second argument and explicitly specifies whether HTML escaping should be used in the status error messages or values. Set to true or false as required. Additional form handling macros simplify the use of HTML escaping and these macros should be used wherever possible. They are explained in the next section. Form input generation macros Additional convenience macros for both languages simplify both binding and form generation (including validation error display). It is never necessary to use these macros to generate form input fields, and they can be mixed and matched with simple HTML or calls direct to the spring bind macros highlighted previously. The following table of available macros show the VTL and FTL definitions and the parameter list that each takes. Table 17.1. Table of macro definitions macro message (output a string from a resource bundle based on the code parameter) messageText (output a string from a resource bundle based on the code parameter, falling back to the value of the default parameter) url (prefix a relative URL with the application's context root) formInput (standard input field for gathering user input) formHiddenInput * (hidden input field for submitting non-user input) VTL definition #springMessage($code) FTL definition <@spring.message code/>
#springUrl($relativeUrl) <@spring.url relativeUrl/> #springFormInput($path <@spring.formInput $attributes) path, attributes, fieldType/> #springFormHiddenInput($path <@spring.formHiddenInput $attributes) path, attributes/>
formPasswordInput * (standard #springFormPasswordInput($path <@spring.formPasswordInput input field for gathering $attributes) path, attributes/> passwords. Note that no value will ever be populated in fields 3.1 Reference Documentation 492
Spring Framework
macro of this type) formTextarea (large text field for gathering long, freeform text input) formSingleSelect (drop down box of options allowing a single required value to be selected) formMultiSelect (a list box of options allowing the user to select 0 or more values) formRadioButtons (a set of radio buttons allowing a single selection to be made from the available choices) formCheckboxes (a set of checkboxes allowing 0 or more values to be selected) formCheckbox (a single checkbox)
VTL definition
FTL definition
#springFormSingleSelect( <@spring.formSingleSelect $path $options path, options, $attributes) attributes/> #springFormMultiSelect($path <@spring.formMultiSelect $options $attributes) path, options, attributes/> #springFormRadioButtons($path <@spring.formRadioButtons $options $separator path, options $attributes) separator, attributes/> #springFormCheckboxes($path <@spring.formCheckboxes $options $separator path, options, $attributes) separator, attributes/> #springFormCheckbox($path <@spring.formCheckbox $attributes) path, attributes/>
showErrors (simplify display of #springShowErrors($separator <@spring.showErrors validation errors for the bound $classOrStyle) separator, field) classOrStyle/>
* In FTL (FreeMarker), these two macros are not actually required as you can use the normal formInput macro, specifying 'hidden' or 'password' as the value for the fieldType parameter. The parameters to any of the above macros have consistent meanings: path: the name of the field to bind to (ie "command.name") options: a Map of all the available values that can be selected from in the input field. The keys to the map represent the values that will be POSTed back from the form and bound to the command object. Map objects stored against the keys are the labels displayed on the form to the user and may be different from the corresponding values posted back by the form. Usually such a map is supplied as reference data by the controller. Any Map implementation can be used depending on required behavior. For strictly sorted maps, a SortedMap such as a TreeMap with a suitable Comparator may be used and for arbitrary Maps that should return values in insertion order, use a LinkedHashMap or a LinkedMap from commons-collections. 3.1 Reference Documentation 493
Spring Framework
separator: where multiple options are available as discreet elements (radio buttons or checkboxes), the sequence of characters used to separate each one in the list (ie "<br>"). attributes: an additional string of arbitrary tags or text to be included within the HTML tag itself. This string is echoed literally by the macro. For example, in a textarea field you may supply attributes as 'rows="5" cols="60"' or you could pass style information such as 'style="border:1px solid silver"'. classOrStyle: for the showErrors macro, the name of the CSS class that the span tag wrapping each error will use. If no information is supplied (or the value is empty) then the errors will be wrapped in <b></b> tags. Examples of the macros are outlined below some in FTL and some in VTL. Where usage differences exist between the two languages, they are explained in the notes.
Input Fields
<!-- the Name field example from above using form macros in VTL --> ... Name: #springFormInput("command.name" "")<br> #springShowErrors("<br>" "")<br>
The formInput macro takes the path parameter (command.name) and an additional attributes parameter which is empty in the example above. The macro, along with all other form generation macros, performs an implicit spring bind on the path parameter. The binding remains valid until a new bind occurs so the showErrors macro doesn't need to pass the path parameter again - it simply operates on whichever field a bind was last created for. The showErrors macro takes a separator parameter (the characters that will be used to separate multiple errors on a given field) and also accepts a second parameter, this time a class name or style attribute. Note that FreeMarker is able to specify default values for the attributes parameter, unlike Velocity, and the two macro calls above could be expressed as follows in FTL:
<@spring.formInput "command.name"/> <@spring.showErrors "<br>"/>
Output is shown below of the form fragment generating the name field, and displaying a validation error after the form was submitted with no value in the field. Validation occurs through Spring's Validation framework. The generated HTML looks like this:
Name: <input type="text" name="name" value="" > <br> <b>required</b> <br> <br>
3.1
Reference Documentation
494
Spring Framework
The formTextarea macro works the same way as the formInput macro and accepts the same parameter list. Commonly, the second parameter (attributes) will be used to pass style information or rows and cols attributes for the textarea.
Selection Fields
Four selection field macros can be used to generate common UI value selection inputs in your HTML forms. formSingleSelect formMultiSelect formRadioButtons formCheckboxes Each of the four macros accepts a Map of options containing the value for the form field, and the label corresponding to that value. The value and the label can be the same. An example of radio buttons in FTL is below. The form backing object specifies a default value of 'London' for this field and so no validation is necessary. When the form is rendered, the entire list of cities to choose from is supplied as reference data in the model under the name 'cityMap'.
... Town: <@spring.formRadioButtons "command.address.town", cityMap, "" /><br><br>
This renders a line of radio buttons, one for each value in cityMap using the separator "". No additional attributes are supplied (the last parameter to the macro is missing). The cityMap uses the same String for each key-value pair in the map. The map's keys are what the form actually submits as POSTed request parameters, map values are the labels that the user sees. In the example above, given a list of three well known cities and a default value in the form backing object, the HTML would be
Town: <input type="radio" name="address.town" value="London" > London <input type="radio" name="address.town" value="Paris" checked="checked" > Paris <input type="radio" name="address.town" value="New York" > New York
If your application expects to handle cities by internal codes for example, the map of codes would be created with suitable keys like the example below.
protected Map referenceData(HttpServletRequest request) throws Exception {
3.1
Reference Documentation
495
Spring Framework
Map cityMap = new LinkedHashMap(); cityMap.put("LDN", "London"); cityMap.put("PRS", "Paris"); cityMap.put("NYC", "New York"); Map m = new HashMap(); m.put("cityMap", cityMap); return m; }
The code would now produce output where the radio values are the relevant codes but the user still sees the more user friendly city names.
Town: <input type="radio" name="address.town" value="LDN" > London <input type="radio" name="address.town" value="PRS" checked="checked" > Paris <input type="radio" name="address.town" value="NYC" > New York
HTML escaping and XHTML compliance Default usage of the form macros above will result in HTML tags that are HTML 4.01 compliant and that use the default value for HTML escaping defined in your web.xml as used by Spring's bind support. In order to make the tags XHTML compliant or to override the default HTML escaping value, you can specify two variables in your template (or in your model where they will be visible to your templates). The advantage of specifying them in the templates is that they can be changed to different values later in the template processing to provide different behavior for different fields in your form. To switch to XHTML compliance for your tags, specify a value of 'true' for a model/context variable named xhtmlCompliant:
## for Velocity.. #set($springXhtmlCompliant = true) <#-- for FreeMarker --> <#assign xhtmlCompliant = true in spring>
Any tags generated by the Spring macros will now be XHTML compliant after processing this directive. In similar fashion, HTML escaping can be specified per field:
<#-- until this point, default HTML escaping is used --> <#assign htmlEscape = true in spring> <#-- next field will use HTML escaping --> <@spring.formInput "command.name" /> <#assign htmlEscape = false in spring> <#-- all future fields will be bound with HTML escaping off -->
3.1
Reference Documentation
496
Spring Framework
17.5 XSLT
XSLT is a transformation language for XML and is popular as a view technology within web applications. XSLT can be a good choice as a view technology if your application naturally deals with XML, or if your model can easily be converted to XML. The following section shows how to produce an XML document as model data and have it transformed with XSLT in a Spring Web MVC application.
My First Words
This example is a trivial Spring application that creates a list of words in the Controller and adds them to the model map. The map is returned along with the view name of our XSLT view. See Section 16.3, Implementing Controllers for details of Spring Web MVC's Controller interface. The XSLT view will turn the list of words into a simple XML document ready for transformation. Bean definitions Configuration is standard for a simple Spring application. The dispatcher servlet config file contains a reference to a ViewResolver, URL mappings and a single controller bean...
<bean id="homeController"class="xslt.HomeController"/>
... that encapsulates our word generation logic. Standard MVC controller code The controller logic is encapsulated in a subclass of AbstractController, with the handler method being defined like so...
protected ModelAndView handleRequestInternal( HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) throws Exception { Map map = new HashMap(); List wordList = new ArrayList(); wordList.add("hello"); wordList.add("world"); map.put("wordList", wordList); return new ModelAndView("home", map); }
So far we've done nothing that's XSLT specific. The model data has been created in the same way as you would for any other Spring MVC application. Depending on the configuration of the application now, that list of words could be rendered by JSP/JSTL by having them added as request attributes, or they could be handled by Velocity by adding the object to the VelocityContext. In order to have XSLT render them, they of course have to be converted into an XML document somehow. There are software packages
3.1
Reference Documentation
497
Spring Framework
available that will automatically 'domify' an object graph, but within Spring, you have complete flexibility to create the DOM from your model in any way you choose. This prevents the transformation of XML playing too great a part in the structure of your model data which is a danger when using tools to manage the domification process. Convert the model data to XML In order to create a DOM document from our list of words or any other model data, we must subclass the (provided) org.springframework.web.servlet.view.xslt.AbstractXsltView class. In doing so, we must also typically implement the abstract method createXsltSource(..) method. The first parameter passed to this method is our model map. Here's the complete listing of the HomePage class in our trivial word application:
package xslt; // imports omitted for brevity public class HomePage extends AbstractXsltView { protected Source createXsltSource(Map model, String rootName, HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) throws Exception { Document document = DocumentBuilderFactory.newInstance().newDocumentBuilder().newDocument(); Element root = document.createElement(rootName); List words = (List) model.get("wordList"); for (Iterator it = words.iterator(); it.hasNext();) { String nextWord = (String) it.next(); Element wordNode = document.createElement("word"); Text textNode = document.createTextNode(nextWord); wordNode.appendChild(textNode); root.appendChild(wordNode); } return new DOMSource(root); } }
A series of parameter name/value pairs can optionally be defined by your subclass which will be added to the transformation object. The parameter names must match those defined in your XSLT template declared with <xsl:param name="myParam">defaultValue</xsl:param>. To specify the parameters, override the getParameters() method of the AbstractXsltView class and return a Map of the name/value pairs. If your parameters need to derive information from the current request, you can override the getParameters(HttpServletRequest request) method instead. Defining the view properties The views.properties file (or equivalent xml definition if you're using an XML based view resolver as we did in the Velocity examples above) looks like this for the one-view application that is 'My First Words':
home.(class)=xslt.HomePage home.stylesheetLocation=/WEB-INF/xsl/home.xslt home.root=words
3.1
Reference Documentation
498
Spring Framework
Here, you can see how the view is tied in with the HomePage class just written which handles the model domification in the first property '.(class)'. The 'stylesheetLocation' property points to the XSLT file which will handle the XML transformation into HTML for us and the final property '.root' is the name that will be used as the root of the XML document. This gets passed to the HomePage class above in the second parameter to the createXsltSource(..) method(s). Document transformation Finally, we have the XSLT code used for transforming the above document. As shown in the above 'views.properties' file, the stylesheet is called 'home.xslt' and it lives in the war file in the 'WEB-INF/xsl' directory.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"> <xsl:output method="html" omit-xml-declaration="yes"/> <xsl:template match="/"> <html> <head><title>Hello!</title></head> <body> <h1>My First Words</h1> <xsl:apply-templates/> </body> </html> </xsl:template> <xsl:template match="word"> <xsl:value-of select="."/><br/> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet>
Summary
A summary of the files discussed and their location in the WAR file is shown in the simplified WAR structure below.
ProjectRoot | +- WebContent | +- WEB-INF | +- classes | | | +- xslt | | | | | +- HomePageController.class | | +- HomePage.class | | | +- views.properties | +- lib | | | +- spring-*.jar |
3.1
Reference Documentation
499
Spring Framework
You will also need to ensure that an XML parser and an XSLT engine are available on the classpath. JDK 1.4 provides them by default, and most Java EE containers will also make them available by default, but it's a possible source of errors to be aware of.
If you want to start with a template spreadsheet or a fillable PDF form to add your model data to, specify the location as the 'url' property in the view definition Controller code 3.1 Reference Documentation 500
Spring Framework
The controller code we'll use remains exactly the same from the XSLT example earlier other than to change the name of the view to use. Of course, you could be clever and have this selected based on a URL parameter or some other logic - proof that Spring really is very good at decoupling the views from the controllers! Subclassing for Excel views Exactly as we did for the XSLT example, we'll subclass suitable abstract classes in order to implement custom behavior in generating our output documents. For Excel, this involves writing a subclass of org.springframework.web.servlet.view.document.AbstractExcelView (for Excel files generated by POI) or org.springframework.web.servlet.view.document.AbstractJExcelView (for JExcelApi-generated Excel files) and implementing the buildExcelDocument() method. Here's the complete listing for our POI Excel view which displays the word list from the model map in consecutive rows of the first column of a new spreadsheet:
package excel; // imports omitted for brevity public class HomePage extends AbstractExcelView { protected void buildExcelDocument( Map model, HSSFWorkbook wb, HttpServletRequest req, HttpServletResponse resp) throws Exception { HSSFSheet sheet; HSSFRow sheetRow; HSSFCell cell; // Go to the first sheet // getSheetAt: only if wb is created from an existing document // sheet = wb.getSheetAt(0); sheet = wb.createSheet("Spring"); sheet.setDefaultColumnWidth((short) 12); // write a text at A1 cell = getCell(sheet, 0, 0); setText(cell, "Spring-Excel test"); List words = (List) model.get("wordList"); for (int i=0; i < words.size(); i++) { cell = getCell(sheet, 2+i, 0); setText(cell, (String) words.get(i)); } } }
And the following is a view generating the same Excel file, now using JExcelApi:
package excel; // imports omitted for brevity
3.1
Reference Documentation
501
Spring Framework
public class HomePage extends AbstractJExcelView { protected void buildExcelDocument(Map model, WritableWorkbook wb, HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) throws Exception { WritableSheet sheet = wb.createSheet("Spring", 0); sheet.addCell(new Label(0, 0, "Spring-Excel test")); List words = (List) model.get("wordList"); for (int i = 0; i < words.size(); i++) { sheet.addCell(new Label(2+i, 0, (String) words.get(i))); } } }
Note the differences between the APIs. We've found that the JExcelApi is somewhat more intuitive, and furthermore, JExcelApi has slightly better image-handling capabilities. There have been memory problems with large Excel files when using JExcelApi however. If you now amend the controller such that it returns xl as the name of the view (return new ModelAndView("xl", map);) and run your application again, you should find that the Excel spreadsheet is created and downloaded automatically when you request the same page as before. Subclassing for PDF views The PDF version of the word list is even simpler. This time, the class org.springframework.web.servlet.view.document.AbstractPdfView implements the buildPdfDocument() method as follows:
package pdf; // imports omitted for brevity public class PDFPage extends AbstractPdfView { protected void buildPdfDocument( Map model, Document doc, PdfWriter writer, HttpServletRequest req, HttpServletResponse resp) throws Exception { List words = (List) model.get("wordList"); for (int i=0; i<words.size(); i++) doc.add( new Paragraph((String) words.get(i))); } }
extends and
Once again, amend the controller to return the pdf view with return new ModelAndView("pdf", map);, and reload the URL in your application. This time a PDF document
3.1
Reference Documentation
502
Spring Framework
17.7 JasperReports
JasperReports (http://jasperreports.sourceforge.net) is a powerful open-source reporting engine that supports the creation of report designs using an easily understood XML file format. JasperReports is capable of rendering reports in four different formats: CSV, Excel, HTML and PDF.
Dependencies
Your application will need to include the latest release of JasperReports, which at the time of writing was 0.6.1. JasperReports itself depends on the following projects: BeanShell Commons BeanUtils Commons Collections Commons Digester Commons Logging iText POI JasperReports also requires a JAXP compliant XML parser.
Configuration
To configure JasperReports views in your Spring container configuration you need to define a ViewResolver to map view names to the appropriate view class depending on which format you want your report rendered in. Configuring the ViewResolver Typically, you will use the ResourceBundleViewResolver to map view names to view classes and files in a properties file.
<bean id="viewResolver" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.ResourceBundleViewResolver"> <property name="basename" value="views"/> </bean>
Here we've configured an instance of the ResourceBundleViewResolver class that will look for view mappings in the resource bundle with base name views. (The content of this file is described in the 3.1 Reference Documentation 503
Spring Framework
next section.) Configuring the Views The Spring Framework contains five different View implementations for JasperReports, four of which correspond to one of the four output formats supported by JasperReports, and one that allows for the format to be determined at runtime: Table 17.2. JasperReports View classes Class Name JasperReportsCsvView JasperReportsHtmlView JasperReportsPdfView JasperReportsXlsView JasperReportsMultiFormatView Render Format CSV HTML PDF Microsoft Excel The view is decided upon at runtime
Mapping one of these classes to a view name and a report file is a matter of adding the appropriate entries in the resource bundle configured in the previous section as shown here:
simpleReport.(class)=org.springframework.web.servlet.view.jasperreports.JasperReportsPdfView simpleReport.url=/WEB-INF/reports/DataSourceReport.jasper
Here you can see that the view with name simpleReport is mapped to the JasperReportsPdfView class, causing the output of this report to be rendered in PDF format. The url property of the view is set to the location of the underlying report file. About Report Files JasperReports has two distinct types of report file: the design file, which has a .jrxml extension, and the compiled report file, which has a .jasper extension. Typically, you use the JasperReports Ant task to compile your .jrxml design file into a .jasper file before deploying it into your application. With the Spring Framework you can map either of these files to your report file and the framework will take care of compiling the .jrxml file on the fly for you. You should note that after a .jrxml file is compiled by the Spring Framework, the compiled report is cached for the lifetime of the application. Thus, to make changes to the file you will need to restart your application. Using JasperReportsMultiFormatView The JasperReportsMultiFormatView allows for the report format to be specified at runtime. The actual rendering of the report is delegated to one of the other JasperReports view classes - the JasperReportsMultiFormatView class simply adds a wrapper layer that allows for the exact implementation to be specified at runtime. 3.1 Reference Documentation 504
Spring Framework
The JasperReportsMultiFormatView class introduces two concepts: the format key and the discriminator key. The JasperReportsMultiFormatView class uses the mapping key to look up the actual view implementation class, and it uses the format key to lookup up the mapping key. From a coding perspective you add an entry to your model with the format key as the key and the mapping key as the value, for example:
public ModelAndView handleSimpleReportMulti(HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) throws Exception { String uri = request.getRequestURI(); String format = uri.substring(uri.lastIndexOf(".") + 1); Map model = getModel(); model.put("format", format); return new ModelAndView("simpleReportMulti", model); }
In this example, the mapping key is determined from the extension of the request URI and is added to the model under the default format key: format. If you wish to use a different format key then you can configure this using the formatKey property of the JasperReportsMultiFormatView class. By default the following mapping JasperReportsMultiFormatView: key mappings are configured in
Table 17.3. JasperReportsMultiFormatView Default Mapping Key Mappings Mapping Key csv html pdf xls View Class JasperReportsCsvView JasperReportsHtmlView JasperReportsPdfView JasperReportsXlsView
So in the example above a request to URI /foo/myReport.pdf would be mapped to the JasperReportsPdfView class. You can override the mapping key to view class mappings using the formatMappings property of JasperReportsMultiFormatView.
3.1
Reference Documentation
505
Spring Framework
to add an instance of JRDataSource or a Collection type to the model Map under any arbitrary key. Spring will then locate this object in the model and treat it as the report datasource. For example, you may populate your model like so:
private Map getModel() { Map model = new HashMap(); Collection beanData = getBeanData(); model.put("myBeanData", beanData); return model; }
The second approach is to add the instance of JRDataSource or Collection under a specific key and then configure this key using the reportDataKey property of the view class. In both cases Spring will wrap instances of Collection in a JRBeanCollectionDataSource instance. For example:
private Map getModel() { Map model = new HashMap(); Collection beanData = getBeanData(); Collection someData = getSomeData(); model.put("myBeanData", beanData); model.put("someData", someData); return model; }
Here you can see that two Collection instances are being added to the model. To ensure that the correct one is used, we simply modify our view configuration as appropriate:
simpleReport.(class)=org.springframework.web.servlet.view.jasperreports.JasperReportsPdfView simpleReport.url=/WEB-INF/reports/DataSourceReport.jasper simpleReport.reportDataKey=myBeanData
Be aware that when using the first approach, Spring will use the first instance of JRDataSource or Collection that it encounters. If you need to place multiple instances of JRDataSource or Collection into the model you need to use the second approach.
3.1
Reference Documentation
506
Spring Framework
This defines a master report file that expects the sub-report to be passed in as an instance of net.sf.jasperreports.engine.JasperReports under the parameter ProductsSubReport. When configuring your Jasper view class, you can instruct Spring to load a report file and pass it into the JasperReports engine as a sub-report using the subReportUrls property:
<property name="subReportUrls"> <map> <entry key="ProductsSubReport" value="/WEB-INF/reports/subReportChild.jrxml"/> </map> </property>
Here, the key of the Map corresponds to the name of the sub-report parameter in the report design file, and the entry is the URL of the report file. Spring will load this report file, compiling it if necessary, and pass it into the JasperReports engine under the given key. Configuring Sub-Report Data Sources This step is entirely optional when using Spring to configure your sub-reports. If you wish, you can still configure the data source for your sub-reports using static queries. However, if you want Spring to convert data returned in your ModelAndView into instances of JRDataSource then you need to specify which of the parameters in your ModelAndView Spring should convert. To do this, configure the list of parameter names using the subReportDataKeys property of your chosen view class:
<property name="subReportDataKeys" value="SubReportData"/>
Here, the key you supply must correspond to both the key used in your ModelAndView and the key used in your report design file.
3.1
Reference Documentation
507
Spring Framework
be the fully-qualified name of a static field that contains the exporter parameter definition, and the value of an entry should be the value you want to assign to the parameter. An example of this is shown below:
<bean id="htmlReport" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.view.jasperreports.JasperReportsHtmlView"> <property name="url" value="/WEB-INF/reports/simpleReport.jrxml"/> <property name="exporterParameters"> <map> <entry key="net.sf.jasperreports.engine.export.JRHtmlExporterParameter.HTML_FOOTER"> <value>Footer by Spring! </td><td width="50%">&nbsp; </td></tr> </table></body></html> </value> </entry> </map> </property> </bean>
Here you can see that the JasperReportsHtmlView is configured with an exporter parameter for net.sf.jasperreports.engine.export.JRHtmlExporterParameter.HTML_FOOTER which will output a footer in the resulting HTML.
3.1
Reference Documentation
508
Spring Framework
// implementation omitted } @Override protected List<Item> buildFeedItems(Map<String, Object> model, HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) throws Exception { // implementation omitted } }
The buildFeedItems() and buildFeedEntires() methods pass in the HTTP request in case you need to access the Locale. The HTTP response is passed in only for the setting of cookies or other HTTP headers. The feed will automatically be written to the response object after the method returns. For an example of creating an Atom view please refer to Alef Arendsen's SpringSource Team Blog entry.
3.1
Reference Documentation
509
Spring Framework
One of the core value propositions of the Spring Framework is that of enabling choice. In a general sense, Spring does not force one to use or buy into any particular architecture, technology, or methodology (although it certainly recommends some over others). This freedom to pick and choose the architecture, technology, or methodology that is most relevant to a developer and his or her development team is arguably most evident in the web area, where Spring provides its own web framework (Spring MVC), while at the same time providing integration with a number of popular third party web frameworks. This allows one to continue to leverage any and all of the skills one may have acquired in a particular web framework such as Struts, while at the same time being able to enjoy the benefits afforded by Spring in other areas such as data access, declarative transaction management, and flexible configuration and application assembly. Having dispensed with the woolly sales patter (c.f. the previous paragraph), the remainder of this chapter will concentrate upon the meaty details of integrating your favorite web framework with Spring. One thing that is often commented upon by developers coming to Java from other languages is the seeming super-abundance of web frameworks available in Java. There are indeed a great number of web frameworks in the Java space; in fact there are far too many to cover with any semblance of detail in a single chapter. This chapter thus picks four of the more popular web frameworks in Java, starting with the Spring configuration that is common to all of the supported web frameworks, and then detailing the specific integration options for each supported web framework.
3.1
Reference Documentation
510
Spring Framework
Note
Please note that this chapter does not attempt to explain how to use any of the supported web frameworks. For example, if you want to use Struts for the presentation layer of your web application, the assumption is that you are already familiar with Struts. If you need further details about any of the supported web frameworks themselves, please do consult Section 18.7, Further Resources at the end of this chapter.
If you don't specify the contextConfigLocation context parameter, the ContextLoaderListener will look for a file called /WEB-INF/applicationContext.xml to load. Once the context files are loaded, Spring creates a WebApplicationContext object based
3.1
Reference Documentation
511
Spring Framework
on the bean definitions and stores it in the ServletContext of the web application. All Java web frameworks are built on top of the Servlet API, and so one can use the following code snippet to get access to this 'business context' ApplicationContext created by the ContextLoaderListener.
WebApplicationContext ctx = WebApplicationContextUtils.getWebApplicationContext(servletContext);
The WebApplicationContextUtils class is for convenience, so you don't have to remember the name of the ServletContext attribute. Its getWebApplicationContext() method will return null if an object doesn't exist under the WebApplicationContext.ROOT_WEB_APPLICATION_CONTEXT_ATTRIBUTE key. Rather than risk getting NullPointerExceptions in your application, it's better to use the getRequiredWebApplicationContext() method. This method throws an exception when the ApplicationContext is missing. Once you have a reference to the WebApplicationContext, you can retrieve beans by their name or type. Most developers retrieve beans by name and then cast them to one of their implemented interfaces. Fortunately, most of the frameworks in this section have simpler ways of looking up beans. Not only do they make it easy to get beans from a Spring container, but they also allow you to use dependency injection on their controllers. Each web framework section has more detail on its specific integration strategies.
Note
Spring Web Flow 2.0 provides rich JSF support through its newly established Spring Faces module, both for JSF-centric usage (as described in this section) and for Spring-centric usage (using JSF views within a Spring MVC dispatcher). Check out the Spring Web Flow website for details! The key element in Spring's JSF integration is the JSF 1.1 VariableResolver mechanism. On JSF 1.2, Spring supports the ELResolver mechanism as a next-generation version of JSF EL integration.
Spring Framework
The easiest way to integrate one's Spring middle-tier with one's JSF web layer is to use the DelegatingVariableResolver class. To configure this variable resolver in one's application, one will need to edit one's faces-context.xml file. After the opening <faces-config/> element, add an <application/> element and a <variable-resolver/> element within it. The value of the variable resolver should reference Spring's DelegatingVariableResolver; for example:
<faces-config> <application> <variable-resolver>org.springframework.web.jsf.DelegatingVariableResolver</variable-resolver> <locale-config> <default-locale>en</default-locale> <supported-locale>en</supported-locale> <supported-locale>es</supported-locale> </locale-config> <message-bundle>messages</message-bundle> </application> </faces-config>
The DelegatingVariableResolver will first delegate value lookups to the default resolver of the underlying JSF implementation and then to Spring's 'business context' WebApplicationContext. This allows one to easily inject dependencies into one's JSF-managed beans. Managed beans are defined in one's faces-config.xml file. Find below an example where #{userManager} is a bean that is retrieved from the Spring 'business context'.
<managed-bean> <managed-bean-name>userList</managed-bean-name> <managed-bean-class>com.whatever.jsf.UserList</managed-bean-class> <managed-bean-scope>request</managed-bean-scope> <managed-property> <property-name>userManager</property-name> <value>#{userManager}</value> </managed-property> </managed-bean>
Spring Framework
SpringBeanFacesELResolver is a JSF 1.2 compliant ELResolver implementation, integrating with the standard Unified EL as used by JSF 1.2 and JSP 2.1. Like SpringBeanVariableResolver, it delegates to the Spring's 'business context' WebApplicationContext first, then to the default resolver of the underlying JSF implementation. Configuration-wise, simply faces-context.xml file: define SpringBeanFacesELResolver in your JSF 1.2
FacesContextUtils
A custom VariableResolver works well when mapping one's properties to beans in faces-config.xml, but at times one may need to grab a bean explicitly. The FacesContextUtils class makes this easy. It is similar to WebApplicationContextUtils, except that it takes a FacesContext parameter rather than a ServletContext parameter.
ApplicationContext ctx = FacesContextUtils.getWebApplicationContext(FacesContext.getCurrentInstance());
Note
The following section discusses Struts 1 a.k.a. "Struts Classic". Struts 2 is effectively a different product - a successor of WebWork 2.2 (as discussed in Section 18.5, WebWork 2.x), carrying the Struts brand now. Check out the Struts 2 Spring Plugin for the built-in Spring integration shipped with Struts 2. In general, Struts 2 is closer to WebWork 2.2 than to Struts 1 in terms of its Spring integration implications. To integrate your Struts 1.x application with Spring, you have two options:
3.1
Reference Documentation
514
Spring Framework
Configure Spring to manage your Actions as beans, using the ContextLoaderPlugin, and set their dependencies in a Spring context file. Subclass Spring's ActionSupport classes and grab your Spring-managed beans explicitly using a getWebApplicationContext() method.
ContextLoaderPlugin
The ContextLoaderPlugin is a Struts 1.1+ plug-in that loads a Spring context file for the Struts ActionServlet. This context refers to the root WebApplicationContext (loaded by the ContextLoaderListener) as its parent. The default name of the context file is the name of the mapped servlet, plus -servlet.xml. If ActionServlet is defined in web.xml as <servlet-name>action</servlet-name>, the default is /WEB-INF/action-servlet.xml. To configure this plug-in, add the following XML to the plug-ins section near the bottom of your struts-config.xml file:
<plug-in className="org.springframework.web.struts.ContextLoaderPlugIn"/>
files
can
be
customized
using
the
It is possible to use this plugin to load all your context files, which can be useful when using testing tools like StrutsTestCase. StrutsTestCase's MockStrutsTestCase won't initialize Listeners on startup so putting all your context files in the plugin is a workaround. (A bug has been filed for this issue, but has been closed as 'Wont Fix'). After configuring this plug-in in struts-config.xml, you can configure your Action to be managed by Spring. Spring (1.1.3+) provides two ways to do this: Override Struts' default RequestProcessor with Spring's DelegatingRequestProcessor. Use the DelegatingActionProxy class in the type attribute of your <action-mapping>. Both of these methods allow you to manage your Actions and their dependencies in the action-servlet.xml file. The bridge between the Action in struts-config.xml and action-servlet.xml is built with the action-mapping's "path" and the bean's "name". If you have the following in your struts-config.xml file:
<action path="/users" .../>
You must define that Action's bean with the "/users" name in action-servlet.xml:
<bean name="/users" .../>
3.1
Reference Documentation
515
Spring Framework
DelegatingRequestProcessor To configure the DelegatingRequestProcessor in your struts-config.xml file, override the "processorClass" property in the <controller> element. These lines follow the <action-mapping> element.
<controller> <set-property property="processorClass" value="org.springframework.web.struts.DelegatingRequestProcessor"/> </controller>
After adding this setting, your Action will automatically be looked up in Spring's context file, no matter what the type. In fact, you don't even need to specify a type. Both of the following snippets will work:
<action path="/user" type="com.whatever.struts.UserAction"/> <action path="/user"/>
If you're using Struts' modules feature, your bean names must contain the module prefix. For example, an action defined as <action path="/user"/> with module prefix "admin" requires a bean name with <bean name="/admin/user"/>.
Note
If you are using Tiles in your Struts application, you must configure your <controller> with the DelegatingTilesRequestProcessor instead.
DelegatingActionProxy If you have a custom RequestProcessor and can't use the DelegatingRequestProcessor or DelegatingTilesRequestProcessor approaches, you can use the DelegatingActionProxy as the type in your action-mapping.
<action path="/user" type="org.springframework.web.struts.DelegatingActionProxy" name="userForm" scope="request" validate="false" parameter="method"> <forward name="list" path="/userList.jsp"/> <forward name="edit" path="/userForm.jsp"/> </action>
The bean definition in action-servlet.xml remains the same, whether you use a custom RequestProcessor or the DelegatingActionProxy. If you define your Action in a context file, the full feature set of Spring's bean container will be available for it: dependency injection as well as the option to instantiate a new Action instance for each request. To activate the latter, add scope="prototype" to your Action's bean definition.
<bean name="/user" scope="prototype" autowire="byName" class="org.example.web.UserAction"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
516
Spring Framework
ActionSupport Classes
As previously mentioned, you can retrieve the WebApplicationContext from the ServletContext using the WebApplicationContextUtils class. An easier way is to extend Spring's Action classes for Struts. For example, instead of subclassing Struts' Action class, you can subclass Spring's ActionSupport class. The ActionSupport class provides additional convenience methods, getWebApplicationContext(). Below is an example of how you might use this in an Action:
public class UserAction extends DispatchActionSupport { public ActionForward execute(ActionMapping mapping, ActionForm form, HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse response) throws Exception { if (log.isDebugEnabled()) { log.debug("entering 'delete' method..."); } WebApplicationContext ctx = getWebApplicationContext(); UserManager mgr = (UserManager) ctx.getBean("userManager"); // talk to manager for business logic return mapping.findForward("success"); } }
like
Spring includes subclasses for all of the standard Struts Actions - the Spring versions merely have Support appended to the name: ActionSupport, DispatchActionSupport, LookupDispatchActionSupport and MappingDispatchActionSupport. The recommended strategy is to use the approach that best suits your project. Subclassing makes your code more readable, and you know exactly how your dependencies are resolved. In contrast, using the ContextLoaderPlugin allows you to easily add new dependencies in your context XML file. Either way, Spring provides some nice options for integrating with Struts.
Spring Framework
One of the key enablers in WebWork's technology stack is an IoC container to manage Webwork Actions, handle the "wiring" of business objects, etc. Prior to WebWork version 2.2, WebWork used its own proprietary IoC container (and provided integration points so that one could integrate an IoC container such as Spring's into the mix). However, as of WebWork version 2.2, the default IoC container that is used within WebWork is Spring. This is obviously great news if one is a Spring developer, because it means that one is immediately familiar with the basics of IoC configuration, idioms, and suchlike within WebWork. Now in the interests of adhering to the DRY (Don't Repeat Yourself) principle, it would be foolish to document the Spring-WebWork integration in light of the fact that the WebWork team have already written such a writeup. Please consult the Spring-WebWork integration page on the WebWork wiki for the full lowdown. Note that the Spring-WebWork integration code was developed (and continues to be maintained and improved) by the WebWork developers themselves. So please refer first to the WebWork site and forums if you are having issues with the integration. But feel free to post comments and queries regarding the Spring-WebWork integration on the Spring support forums, too.
Spring Framework
dependency injection of Spring-managed beans a cinch. (Another nice thing is that this Spring-Tapestry integration code was written - and continues to be maintained - by the Tapestry creator Howard M. Lewis Ship, so hats off to him for what is really some silky smooth integration).
3.1
Reference Documentation
519
Spring Framework
Inside the Tapestry application, the above bean definitions need to be loaded into a Spring container, and any relevant Tapestry pages need to be supplied (injected) with the authenticationService and userService beans, which implement the AuthenticationService and UserService interfaces, respectively. At this point, the application context is available to a web application by calling Spring's static utility function WebApplicationContextUtils.getApplicationContext(servletContext), where servletContext is the standard ServletContext from the Java EE Servlet specification. As such, one simple mechanism for a page to get an instance of the UserService, for example, would be with code such as:
WebApplicationContext appContext = WebApplicationContextUtils.getApplicationContext( getRequestCycle().getRequestContext().getServlet().getServletContext()); UserService userService = (UserService) appContext.getBean("userService"); // ... some code which uses UserService
This mechanism does work. Having said that, it can be made a lot less verbose by encapsulating most of the functionality in a method in the base class for the page or component. However, in some respects it goes against the IoC principle; ideally you would like the page to not have to ask the context for a specific bean by name, and in fact, the page would ideally not know about the context at all. Luckily, there is a mechanism to allow this. We rely upon the fact that Tapestry already has a mechanism to declaratively add properties to a page, and it is in fact the preferred approach to manage all properties on a page in this declarative fashion, so that Tapestry can properly manage their lifecycle as part of the page and component lifecycle.
Note
This next section is applicable to Tapestry 3.x. If you are using Tapestry version 4.x, please consult the section entitled the section called Dependency Injecting Spring Beans into Tapestry pages - Tapestry 4.x style.
Dependency Injecting Spring Beans into Tapestry pages First we need to make the ApplicationContext available to the Tapestry page or Component without having to have the ServletContext; this is because at the stage in the page's/component's lifecycle when we need to access the ApplicationContext, the ServletContext won't be easily available to the page, so we can't use WebApplicationContextUtils.getApplicationContext(servletContext) directly. One way is by defining a custom version of the Tapestry IEngine which exposes this for us:
package com.whatever.web.xportal; // import ...
3.1
Reference Documentation
520
Spring Framework
public class MyEngine extends org.apache.tapestry.engine.BaseEngine { public static final String APPLICATION_CONTEXT_KEY = "appContext";
/** * @see org.apache.tapestry.engine.AbstractEngine#setupForRequest(org.apache.tapestry.request.RequestContex */ protected void setupForRequest(RequestContext context) { super.setupForRequest(context); // insert ApplicationContext in global, if not there Map global = (Map) getGlobal(); ApplicationContext ac = (ApplicationContext) global.get(APPLICATION_CONTEXT_KEY); if (ac == null) { ac = WebApplicationContextUtils.getWebApplicationContext( context.getServlet().getServletContext() ); global.put(APPLICATION_CONTEXT_KEY, ac); } } }
This engine class places the Spring Application Context as an attribute called "appContext" in this Tapestry app's 'Global' object. Make sure to register the fact that this special IEngine instance should be used for this Tapestry application, with an entry in the Tapestry application definition file. For example:
file: xportal.application: <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!DOCTYPE application PUBLIC "-//Apache Software Foundation//Tapestry Specification 3.0//EN" "http://jakarta.apache.org/tapestry/dtd/Tapestry_3_0.dtd"> <application name="Whatever xPortal" engine-class="com.whatever.web.xportal.MyEngine"> </application>
Component definition files Now in our page or component definition file (*.page or *.jwc), we simply add property-specification elements to grab the beans we need out of the ApplicationContext, and create page or component properties for them. For example:
<property-specification name="userService" type="com.whatever.services.service.user.UserService"> global.appContext.getBean("userService") </property-specification> <property-specification name="authenticationService" type="com.whatever.services.service.user.AuthenticationService"> global.appContext.getBean("authenticationService") </property-specification>
The OGNL expression inside the property-specification specifies the initial value for the property, as a bean obtained from the context. The entire page definition might look like this:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!DOCTYPE page-specification PUBLIC "-//Apache Software Foundation//Tapestry Specification 3.0//EN" "http://jakarta.apache.org/tapestry/dtd/Tapestry_3_0.dtd">
3.1
Reference Documentation
521
Spring Framework
<page-specification class="com.whatever.web.xportal.pages.Login"> <property-specification <property-specification <property-specification <property-specification <property-specification name="username" type="java.lang.String"/> name="password" type="java.lang.String"/> name="error" type="java.lang.String"/> name="callback" type="org.apache.tapestry.callback.ICallback" persistent="yes"/> name="userService" type="com.whatever.services.service.user.UserService"> global.appContext.getBean("userService") </property-specification> <property-specification name="authenticationService" type="com.whatever.services.service.user.AuthenticationService"> global.appContext.getBean("authenticationService") </property-specification> <bean name="delegate" class="com.whatever.web.xportal.PortalValidationDelegate"/> <bean name="validator" class="org.apache.tapestry.valid.StringValidator" lifecycle="page"> <set-property name="required" expression="true"/> <set-property name="clientScriptingEnabled" expression="true"/> </bean> <component id="inputUsername" type="ValidField"> <static-binding name="displayName" value="Username"/> <binding name="value" expression="username"/> <binding name="validator" expression="beans.validator"/> </component> <component id="inputPassword" type="ValidField"> <binding name="value" expression="password"/> <binding name="validator" expression="beans.validator"/> <static-binding name="displayName" value="Password"/> <binding name="hidden" expression="true"/> </component> </page-specification>
Adding abstract accessors Now in the Java class definition for the page or component itself, all we need to do is add an abstract getter method for the properties we have defined (in order to be able to access the properties).
// our public // our public UserService implementation; will come from page definition abstract UserService getUserService(); AuthenticationService implementation; will come from page definition abstract AuthenticationService getAuthenticationService();
For the sake of completeness, the entire Java class, for a login page in this example, might look like this:
package com.whatever.web.xportal.pages; /** * Allows the user to login, by providing username and password. * After successfully logging in, a cookie is placed on the client browser * that provides the default username for future logins (the cookie * persists for a week). */ public abstract class Login extends BasePage implements ErrorProperty, PageRenderListener { /** the key under which the authenticated user object is stored in the visit as */ public static final String USER_KEY = "user"; /** The name of the cookie that identifies a user **/
3.1
Reference Documentation
522
Spring Framework
private static final String COOKIE_NAME = Login.class.getName() + ".username"; private final static int ONE_WEEK = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60; public abstract String getUsername(); public abstract void setUsername(String username); public abstract String getPassword(); public abstract void setPassword(String password); public abstract ICallback getCallback(); public abstract void setCallback(ICallback value); public abstract UserService getUserService(); public abstract AuthenticationService getAuthenticationService(); protected IValidationDelegate getValidationDelegate() { return (IValidationDelegate) getBeans().getBean("delegate"); } protected void setErrorField(String componentId, String message) { IFormComponent field = (IFormComponent) getComponent(componentId); IValidationDelegate delegate = getValidationDelegate(); delegate.setFormComponent(field); delegate.record(new ValidatorException(message)); } /** * Attempts to login. * <p> * If the user name is not known, or the password is invalid, then an error * message is displayed. **/ public void attemptLogin(IRequestCycle cycle) { String password = getPassword(); // Do a little extra work to clear out the password. setPassword(null); IValidationDelegate delegate = getValidationDelegate(); delegate.setFormComponent((IFormComponent) getComponent("inputPassword")); delegate.recordFieldInputValue(null); // An error, from a validation field, may already have occurred. if (delegate.getHasErrors()) { return; } try { User user = getAuthenticationService().login(getUsername(), getPassword()); loginUser(user, cycle); } catch (FailedLoginException ex) { this.setError("Login failed: " + ex.getMessage()); return; } } /** * Sets up the {@link User} as the logged in user, creates * a cookie for their username (for subsequent logins), * and redirects to the appropriate page, or * a specified page). **/ public void loginUser(User user, IRequestCycle cycle) { String username = user.getUsername();
3.1
Reference Documentation
523
Spring Framework
// Get the visit object; this will likely force the // creation of the visit object and an HttpSession Map visit = (Map) getVisit(); visit.put(USER_KEY, user); // After logging in, go to the MyLibrary page, unless otherwise specified ICallback callback = getCallback(); if (callback == null) { cycle.activate("Home"); } else { callback.performCallback(cycle); } IEngine engine = getEngine(); Cookie cookie = new Cookie(COOKIE_NAME, username); cookie.setPath(engine.getServletPath()); cookie.setMaxAge(ONE_WEEK); // Record the user's username in a cookie cycle.getRequestContext().addCookie(cookie); engine.forgetPage(getPageName()); } public void pageBeginRender(PageEvent event) { if (getUsername() == null) { setUsername(getRequestCycle().getRequestContext().getCookieValue(COOKIE_NAME)); } } }
Dependency Injecting Spring Beans into Tapestry pages - Tapestry 4.x style Effecting the dependency injection of Spring-managed beans into Tapestry pages in Tapestry version 4.x is so much simpler. All that is needed is a single add-on library, and some (small) amount of (essentially boilerplate) configuration. Simply package and deploy this library with the (any of the) other libraries required by your web application (typically in WEB-INF/lib). You will then need to create and expose the Spring container using the method detailed previously. You can then inject Spring-managed beans into Tapestry very easily; if we are using Java 5, consider the Login page from above: we simply need to annotate the appropriate getter methods in order to dependency inject the Spring-managed userService and authenticationService objects (lots of the class definition has been elided for clarity).
package com.whatever.web.xportal.pages; public abstract class Login extends BasePage implements ErrorProperty, PageRenderListener { @InjectObject("spring:userService") public abstract UserService getUserService(); @InjectObject("spring:authenticationService") public abstract AuthenticationService getAuthenticationService(); }
We are almost done. All that remains is the HiveMind configuration that exposes the Spring container stored in the ServletContext as a HiveMind service; for example: 3.1 Reference Documentation 524
Spring Framework
<?xml version="1.0"?> <module id="com.javaforge.tapestry.spring" version="0.1.1"> <service-point id="SpringApplicationInitializer" interface="org.apache.tapestry.services.ApplicationInitializer" visibility="private"> <invoke-factory> <construct class="com.javaforge.tapestry.spring.SpringApplicationInitializer"> <set-object property="beanFactoryHolder" value="service:hivemind.lib.DefaultSpringBeanFactoryHolder" /> </construct> </invoke-factory> </service-point> <!-- Hook the Spring setup into the overall application initialization. --> <contribution configuration-id="tapestry.init.ApplicationInitializers"> <command id="spring-context" object="service:SpringApplicationInitializer" /> </contribution> </module>
If you are using Java 5 (and thus have access to annotations), then that really is it. If you are not using Java 5, then one obviously doesn't annotate one's Tapestry page classes with annotations; instead, one simply uses good old fashioned XML to declare the dependency injection; for example, inside the .page or .jwc file for the Login page (or component):
<inject property="userService" object="spring:userService"/> <inject property="authenticationService" object="spring:authenticationService"/>
In this example, we've managed to allow service beans defined in a Spring container to be provided to the Tapestry page in a declarative fashion. The page class does not know where the service implementations are coming from, and in fact it is easy to slip in another implementation, for example, during testing. This inversion of control is one of the prime goals and benefits of the Spring Framework, and we have managed to extend it throughout the stack in this Tapestry application.
3.1
Reference Documentation
525
Spring Framework
In addition to supporting conventional (servlet-based) Web development, Spring also supports JSR-168 Portlet development. As much as possible, the Portlet MVC framework is a mirror image of the Web MVC framework, and also uses the same underlying view abstractions and integration technology. So, be sure to review the chapters entitled Chapter 16, Web MVC framework and Chapter 17, View technologies before continuing with this chapter.
Note
Bear in mind that while the concepts of Spring MVC are the same in Spring Portlet MVC, there are some notable differences created by the unique workflow of JSR-168 portlets. The main way in which portlet workflow differs from servlet workflow is that the request to the portlet can have two distinct phases: the action phase and the render phase. The action phase is executed only once and is where any 'backend' changes or actions occur, such as making changes in a database. The render phase then produces what is displayed to the user each time the display is refreshed. The critical point here is that for a single overall request, the action phase is executed only once, but the render phase may be executed multiple times. This provides (and requires) a clean separation between the activities that modify the persistent state of your system and the activities that generate what is displayed to the user. Spring Web Flow Spring Web Flow (SWF) aims to be the best solution for the management of web application page flow. SWF integrates with existing frameworks like Spring MVC, Struts, and JSF, in both servlet and portlet environments. If you have a business process (or processes) that would benefit from a conversational model as opposed to a purely request model, then SWF may be the solution. SWF allows you to capture logical page flows as self-contained modules that are reusable in different situations, and as such is ideal for building web application modules that guide the user
3.1
Reference Documentation
526
Spring Framework
through controlled navigations that drive business processes. For more information about SWF, consult the Spring Web Flow website.
The dual phases of portlet requests are one of the real strengths of the JSR-168 specification. For example, dynamic search results can be updated routinely on the display without the user explicitly rerunning the search. Most other portlet MVC frameworks attempt to completely hide the two phases from the developer and make it look as much like traditional servlet development as possible - we think this approach removes one of the main benefits of using portlets. So, the separation of the two phases is preserved throughout the Spring Portlet MVC framework. The primary manifestation of this approach is that where the servlet version of the MVC classes will have one method that deals with the request, the portlet version of the MVC classes will have two methods that deal with the request: one for the action phase and one for the render phase. For example, where the servlet version of AbstractController has the handleRequestInternal(..) method, the portlet version of AbstractController has handleActionRequestInternal(..) and handleRenderRequestInternal(..) methods. The framework is designed around a DispatcherPortlet that dispatches requests to handlers, with configurable handler mappings and view resolution, just as the DispatcherServlet in the web framework does. File upload is also supported in the same way. Locale resolution and theme resolution are not supported in Portlet MVC - these areas are in the purview of the portal/portlet container and are not appropriate at the Spring level. However, all mechanisms in Spring that depend on the locale (such as internationalization of messages) will still function properly because DispatcherPortlet exposes the current locale in the same way as DispatcherServlet.
Spring Framework
request and the view can be rendered using the entire normal servlet infrastructure. This means all the existing renderers, such as JSP, Velocity, etc., can still be used within the portlet.
Web-scoped beans
Spring Portlet MVC supports beans whose lifecycle is scoped to the current HTTP request or HTTP Session (both normal and global). This is not a specific feature of Spring Portlet MVC itself, but rather of the WebApplicationContext container(s) that Spring Portlet MVC uses. These bean scopes are described in detail in the section called Request, session, and global session scopes
The DispatcherPortlet now needs to be configured. In the Portlet MVC framework, each DispatcherPortlet has its own WebApplicationContext, which inherits all the beans already defined in the Root WebApplicationContext. These inherited beans can be overridden in the portlet-specific scope, and new scope-specific beans can be defined local to a given portlet instance. The framework will, on initialization of a DispatcherPortlet, look for a file named [portlet-name]-portlet.xml in the WEB-INF directory of your web application and create the beans defined there (overriding the definitions of any beans defined with the same name in the global scope). The config location used by the DispatcherPortlet can be modified through a portlet initialization parameter (see below for details). The Spring DispatcherPortlet has a few special beans it uses, in order to be able to process
3.1
Reference Documentation
528
Spring Framework
requests and render the appropriate views. These beans are included in the Spring framework and can be configured in the WebApplicationContext, just as any other bean would be configured. Each of those beans is described in more detail below. Right now, we'll just mention them, just to let you know they exist and to enable us to go on talking about the DispatcherPortlet. For most of the beans, defaults are provided so you don't have to worry about configuring them. Table 19.1. Special beans in the WebApplicationContext Expression handler mapping(s) Explanation (Section 19.5, Handler mappings) a list of pre- and post-processors and controllers that will be executed if they match certain criteria (for instance a matching portlet mode specified with the controller) (Section 19.4, Controllers) the beans providing the actual functionality (or at least, access to the functionality) as part of the MVC triad (Section 19.6, Views and resolving them) capable of resolving view names to view definitions (Section 19.7, Multipart (file upload) support) offers functionality to process file uploads from HTML forms (Section 19.8, Handling exceptions) offers functionality to map exceptions to views or implement other more complex exception handling code
When a DispatcherPortlet is setup for use and a request comes in for that specific DispatcherPortlet, it starts processing the request. The list below describes the complete process a request goes through if handled by a DispatcherPortlet: 1. The locale returned by PortletRequest.getLocale() is bound to the request to let elements in the process resolve the locale to use when processing the request (rendering the view, preparing data, etc.). 2. If a multipart resolver is specified and this is an ActionRequest, the request is inspected for multiparts and if they are found, it is wrapped in a MultipartActionRequest for further processing by other elements in the process. (See Section 19.7, Multipart (file upload) support for further information about multipart handling). 3. An appropriate handler is searched for. If a handler is found, the execution chain associated with the handler (pre-processors, post-processors, controllers) will be executed in order to prepare a model. 4. If a model is returned, the view is rendered, using the view resolver that has been configured with the WebApplicationContext. If no model is returned (which could be due to a pre- or post-processor intercepting the request, for example, for security reasons), no view is rendered, since the request could already have been fulfilled. Exceptions that are thrown during processing of the request get picked up by any of the handler exception 3.1 Reference Documentation 529
Spring Framework
resolvers that are declared in the WebApplicationContext. Using these exception resolvers you can define custom behavior in case such exceptions get thrown. You can customize Spring's DispatcherPortlet by adding context parameters in the portlet.xml file or portlet init-parameters. The possibilities are listed below. Table 19.2. DispatcherPortlet initialization parameters Parameter contextClass Explanation Class that implements WebApplicationContext, which will be used to instantiate the context used by this portlet. If this parameter isn't specified, the XmlPortletApplicationContext will be used.
contextConfigLocation String which is passed to the context instance (specified by contextClass) to indicate where context(s) can be found. The String is potentially split up into multiple Strings (using a comma as a delimiter) to support multiple contexts (in case of multiple context locations, for beans that are defined twice, the latest takes precedence). namespace The namespace of the WebApplicationContext. [portlet-name]-portlet. Defaults to
viewRendererUrl
The URL at which DispatcherPortlet can access an instance of ViewRendererServlet (see Section 19.3, The ViewRendererServlet).
To perform the actual rendering, DispatcherPortlet does the following: 3.1 Reference Documentation 530
Spring Framework
1. Binds the WebApplicationContext to the request as an attribute under the same WEB_APPLICATION_CONTEXT_ATTRIBUTE key that DispatcherServlet uses. 2. Binds the Model and View objects to the request to make them available to the ViewRendererServlet. 3. Constructs a PortletRequestDispatcher and performs an include using the /WEBINF/servlet/view URL that is mapped to the ViewRendererServlet. The ViewRendererServlet is then able to call the render method on the View with the appropriate arguments. The actual URL for the ViewRendererServlet can be changed using DispatcherPortlets viewRendererUrl configuration parameter.
19.4 Controllers
The controllers in Portlet MVC are very similar to the Web MVC Controllers, and porting code from one to the other should be simple. The basis for the Portlet MVC controller architecture is the org.springframework.web.portlet.mvc.Controller interface, which is listed below.
public interface Controller { /** * Process the render request and return a ModelAndView object which the * DispatcherPortlet will render. */ ModelAndView handleRenderRequest(RenderRequest request, RenderResponse response) throws Exception; /** * Process the action request. There is nothing to return. */ void handleActionRequest(ActionRequest request, ActionResponse response) throws Exception; }
As you can see, the Portlet Controller interface requires two methods that handle the two phases of a portlet request: the action request and the render request. The action phase should be capable of handling an action request, and the render phase should be capable of handling a render request and returning an appropriate model and view. While the Controller interface is quite abstract, Spring Portlet MVC offers several controllers that already contain a lot of the functionality you might need; most of these are very similar to controllers from Spring Web MVC. The Controller interface just defines the most common functionality required of every controller: handling an action request, handling a render request, and returning a model and a view.
Spring Framework
Of course, just a Controller interface isn't enough. To provide a basic infrastructure, all of Spring Portlet MVC's Controllers inherit from AbstractController, a class offering access to Spring's ApplicationContext and control over caching. Table 19.3. Features offered by the AbstractController Parameter requireSession Explanation Indicates whether or not this Controller requires a session to do its work. This feature is offered to all controllers. If a session is not present when such a controller receives a request, the user is informed using a SessionRequiredException.
synchronizeSessionUse this if you want handling by this controller to be synchronized on the user's session. To be more specific, the extending controller will override the handleRenderRequestInternal(..) and handleActionRequestInternal(..) methods, which will be synchronized on the users session if you specify this variable. renderWhenMinimized you want your controller to actually render the view when the portlet is in a If minimized state, set this to true. By default, this is set to false so that portlets that are in a minimized state dont display any content. cacheSeconds When you want a controller to override the default cache expiration defined for the portlet, specify a positive integer here. By default it is set to -1, which does not change the default caching. Setting it to 0 will ensure the result is never cached.
The requireSession and cacheSeconds properties are declared on the PortletContentGenerator class, which is the superclass of AbstractController) but are included here for completeness. When using the AbstractController as a baseclass for your controllers (which is not recommended since there are a lot of other controllers that might already do the job for you) you only have to override either the handleActionRequestInternal(ActionRequest, ActionResponse) method or the handleRenderRequestInternal(RenderRequest, RenderResponse) method (or both), implement your logic, and return a ModelAndView object (in the case of handleRenderRequestInternal). The default implementations of both handleActionRequestInternal(..) and handleRenderRequestInternal(..) throw a PortletException. This is consistent with the behavior of GenericPortlet from the JSR- 168 Specification API. So you only need to override the method that your controller is intended to handle. Here is short example consisting of a class and a declaration in the web application context.
package samples;
3.1
Reference Documentation
532
Spring Framework
import javax.portlet.RenderRequest; import javax.portlet.RenderResponse; import org.springframework.web.portlet.mvc.AbstractController; import org.springframework.web.portlet.ModelAndView; public class SampleController extends AbstractController { public ModelAndView handleRenderRequestInternal(RenderRequest request, RenderResponse response) { ModelAndView mav = new ModelAndView("foo"); mav.addObject("message", "Hello World!"); return mav; } } <bean id="sampleController" class="samples.SampleController"> <property name="cacheSeconds" value="120"/> </bean>
The class above and the declaration in the web application context is all you need besides setting up a handler mapping (see Section 19.5, Handler mappings) to get this very simple controller working.
Command Controllers
Spring Portlet MVC has the exact same hierarchy of command controllers as Spring Web MVC. They provide a way to interact with data objects and dynamically bind parameters from the PortletRequest to the data object specified. Your data objects don't have to implement a framework-specific interface, so you can directly manipulate your persistent objects if you desire. Let's examine what command controllers are available, to get an overview of what you can do with them: AbstractCommandController - a command controller you can use to create your own command controller, capable of binding request parameters to a data object you specify. This class does not offer form functionality, it does however offer validation features and lets you specify in the controller itself what to do with the command object that has been filled with the parameters from the request. AbstractFormController - an abstract controller offering form submission support. Using this controller you can model forms and populate them using a command object you retrieve in the controller. After a user has filled the form, AbstractFormController binds the fields, validates, 3.1 Reference Documentation 533
Spring Framework
and hands the object back to the controller to take appropriate action. Supported features are: invalid form submission (resubmission), validation, and normal form workflow. You implement methods to determine which views are used for form presentation and success. Use this controller if you need forms, but don't want to specify what views you're going to show the user in the application context. SimpleFormController - a concrete AbstractFormController that provides even more support when creating a form with a corresponding command object. The SimpleFormController lets you specify a command object, a viewname for the form, a viewname for the page you want to show the user when form submission has succeeded, and more. AbstractWizardFormController a concrete AbstractFormController that provides a wizard-style interface for editing the contents of a command object across multiple display pages. Supports multiple user actions: finish, cancel, or page change, all of which are easily specified in request parameters from the view. These command controllers are quite powerful, but they do require a detailed understanding of how they operate in order to use them efficiently. Carefully review the Javadocs for this entire hierarchy and then look at some sample implementations before you start using them.
PortletWrappingController
Instead of developing new controllers, it is possible to use existing portlets and map requests to them from a DispatcherPortlet. Using the PortletWrappingController, you can instantiate an existing Portlet as a Controller as follows:
<bean id="myPortlet" class="org.springframework.web.portlet.mvc.PortletWrappingController"> <property name="portletClass" value="sample.MyPortlet"/> <property name="portletName" value="my-portlet"/> <property name="initParameters"> <value>config=/WEB-INF/my-portlet-config.xml</value> </property> </bean>
This can be very valuable since you can then use interceptors to pre-process and post-process requests going to these portlets. Since JSR-168 does not support any kind of filter mechanism, this is quite handy. For example, this can be used to wrap the Hibernate OpenSessionInViewInterceptor around a MyFaces JSF Portlet.
Spring Framework
Portlet MVCs own Controllers. A Handler is any Object that can handle portlet requests. Controllers are an example of Handlers, and they are of course the default. To use some other framework with DispatcherPortlet, a corresponding implementation of HandlerAdapter is all that is needed. The functionality a basic HandlerMapping provides is the delivering of a HandlerExecutionChain, which must contain the handler that matches the incoming request, and may also contain a list of handler interceptors that are applied to the request. When a request comes in, the DispatcherPortlet will hand it over to the handler mapping to let it inspect the request and come up with an appropriate HandlerExecutionChain. Then the DispatcherPortlet will execute the handler and interceptors in the chain (if any). These concepts are all exactly the same as in Spring Web MVC. The concept of configurable handler mappings that can optionally contain interceptors (executed before or after the actual handler was executed, or both) is extremely powerful. A lot of supporting functionality can be built into a custom HandlerMapping. Think of a custom handler mapping that chooses a handler not only based on the portlet mode of the request coming in, but also on a specific state of the session associated with the request. In Spring Web MVC, handler mappings are commonly based on URLs. Since there is really no such thing as a URL within a Portlet, we must use other mechanisms to control mappings. The two most common are the portlet mode and a request parameter, but anything available to the portlet request can be used in a custom handler mapping. The rest of this section describes three of Spring Portlet MVC's most commonly used handler mappings. They all extend AbstractHandlerMapping and share the following properties: interceptors: The list of interceptors to use. HandlerInterceptors are discussed in the section called Adding HandlerInterceptors. defaultHandler: The default handler to use, when this handler mapping does not result in a matching handler. order: Based on the value of the order property (see the org.springframework.core.Ordered interface), Spring will sort all handler mappings available in the context and apply the first matching handler. lazyInitHandlers: Allows for lazy initialization of singleton handlers (prototype handlers are always lazily initialized). Default value is false. This property is directly implemented in the three concrete Handlers.
PortletModeHandlerMapping
This is a simple handler mapping that maps incoming requests based on the current mode of the portlet (e.g. view, edit, help). An example:
<bean class="org.springframework.web.portlet.handler.PortletModeHandlerMapping"> <property name="portletModeMap"> <map>
3.1
Reference Documentation
535
Spring Framework
<entry key="view" value-ref="viewHandler"/> <entry key="edit" value-ref="editHandler"/> <entry key="help" value-ref="helpHandler"/> </map> </property> </bean>
ParameterHandlerMapping
If we need to navigate around to multiple controllers without changing portlet mode, the simplest way to do this is with a request parameter that is used as the key to control the mapping. ParameterHandlerMapping uses the value of a specific request parameter to control the mapping. The default name of the parameter is 'action', but can be changed using the 'parameterName' property. The bean configuration for this mapping will look something like this:
<bean class="org.springframework.web.portlet.handler.ParameterHandlerMapping> <property name="parameterMap"> <map> <entry key="add" value-ref="addItemHandler"/> <entry key="edit" value-ref="editItemHandler"/> <entry key="delete" value-ref="deleteItemHandler"/> </map> </property> </bean>
PortletModeParameterHandlerMapping
The most powerful built-in handler mapping, PortletModeParameterHandlerMapping combines the capabilities of the two previous ones to allow different navigation within each portlet mode. Again the default name of the parameter is "action", but can be changed using the parameterName property. By default, the same parameter value may not be used in two different portlet modes. This is so that if the portal itself changes the portlet mode, the request will no longer be valid in the mapping. This behavior can be changed by setting the allowDupParameters property to true. However, this is not recommended. The bean configuration for this mapping will look something like this:
<bean class="org.springframework.web.portlet.handler.PortletModeParameterHandlerMapping"> <property name="portletModeParameterMap"> <map> <entry key="view"> <!-- 'view' portlet mode --> <map> <entry key="add" value-ref="addItemHandler"/> <entry key="edit" value-ref="editItemHandler"/> <entry key="delete" value-ref="deleteItemHandler"/> </map> </entry>
3.1
Reference Documentation
536
Spring Framework
<entry key="edit"> <!-- 'edit' portlet mode --> <map> <entry key="prefs" value-ref="prefsHandler"/> <entry key="resetPrefs" value-ref="resetPrefsHandler"/> </map> </entry> </map> </property> </bean>
This mapping can be chained ahead of a PortletModeHandlerMapping, which can then provide defaults for each mode and an overall default as well.
Adding HandlerInterceptors
Spring's handler mapping mechanism has a notion of handler interceptors, which can be extremely useful when you want to apply specific functionality to certain requests, for example, checking for a principal. Again Spring Portlet MVC implements these concepts in the same way as Web MVC. Interceptors located in the handler mapping must implement HandlerInterceptor from the org.springframework.web.portlet package. Just like the servlet version, this interface defines three methods: one that will be called before the actual handler will be executed (preHandle), one that will be called after the handler is executed (postHandle), and one that is called after the complete request has finished (afterCompletion). These three methods should provide enough flexibility to do all kinds of pre- and post- processing. The preHandle method returns a boolean value. You can use this method to break or continue the processing of the execution chain. When this method returns true, the handler execution chain will continue. When it returns false, the DispatcherPortlet assumes the interceptor itself has taken care of requests (and, for example, rendered an appropriate view) and does not continue executing the other interceptors and the actual handler in the execution chain. The postHandle method is only called on a RenderRequest. The preHandle and afterCompletion methods are called on both an ActionRequest and a RenderRequest. If you need to execute logic in these methods for just one type of request, be sure to check what kind of request it is before processing it.
HandlerInterceptorAdapter
As with the servlet package, the portlet package has a concrete implementation of HandlerInterceptor called HandlerInterceptorAdapter. This class has empty versions of all the methods so that you can inherit from this class and implement just one or two methods when that is all you need.
ParameterMappingInterceptor
The portlet package also has a concrete interceptor named ParameterMappingInterceptor that is 3.1 Reference Documentation 537
Spring Framework
meant to be used directly with ParameterHandlerMapping and PortletModeParameterHandlerMapping. This interceptor will cause the parameter that is being used to control the mapping to be forwarded from an ActionRequest to the subsequent RenderRequest. This will help ensure that the RenderRequest is mapped to the same Handler as the ActionRequest. This is done in the preHandle method of the interceptor, so you can still modify the parameter value in your handler to change where the RenderRequest will be mapped. Be aware that this interceptor is calling setRenderParameter on the ActionResponse, which means that you cannot call sendRedirect in your handler when using this interceptor. If you need to do external redirects then you will either need to forward the mapping parameter manually or write a different interceptor to handle this for you.
Spring Framework
will be described in the rest of this section. By default, no multipart handling will be done by Spring Portlet MVC, as some developers will want to handle multiparts themselves. You will have to enable it yourself by adding a multipart resolver to the web application's context. After you have done that, DispatcherPortlet will inspect each request to see if it contains a multipart. If no multipart is found, the request will continue as expected. However, if a multipart is found in the request, the PortletMultipartResolver that has been declared in your context will be used. After that, the multipart attribute in your request will be treated like any other attribute.
Note
Any configured PortletMultipartResolver bean must have the following id (or name): "portletMultipartResolver". If you have defined your PortletMultipartResolver with any other name, then the DispatcherPortlet will not find your PortletMultipartResolver, and consequently no multipart support will be in effect.
Of course you also need to put the appropriate jars in your classpath for the multipart resolver to work. In the case of the CommonsMultipartResolver, you need to use commons-fileupload.jar. Be sure to use at least version 1.1 of Commons FileUpload as previous versions do not support JSR-168 Portlet applications. Now that you have seen how to set Portlet MVC up to handle multipart requests, let's talk about how to actually use it. When DispatcherPortlet detects a multipart request, it activates the resolver that has been declared in your context and hands over the request. What the resolver then does is wrap the current ActionRequest in a MultipartActionRequest that has support for multipart file uploads. Using the MultipartActionRequest you can get information about the multiparts contained by this request and actually get access to the multipart files themselves in your controllers. Note that you can only receive multipart file uploads as part of an ActionRequest, not as part of a RenderRequest.
3.1
Reference Documentation
539
Spring Framework
After the PortletMultipartResolver has finished doing its job, the request will be processed like any other. To use the PortletMultipartResolver, create a form with an upload field (see example below), then let Spring bind the file onto your form (backing object). To actually let the user upload a file, we have to create a (JSP/HTML) form:
<h1>Please upload a file</h1> <form method="post" action="<portlet:actionURL/>" enctype="multipart/form-data"> <input type="file" name="file"/> <input type="submit"/> </form>
As you can see, we've created a field named file that matches the property of the bean that holds the byte[] array. Furthermore we've added the encoding attribute (enctype="multipart/form-data"), which is necessary to let the browser know how to encode the multipart fields (do not forget this!). Just as with any other property that's not automagically convertible to a string or primitive type, to be able to put binary data in your objects you have to register a custom editor with the PortletRequestDataBinder. There are a couple of editors available for handling files and setting the results on an object. There's a StringMultipartFileEditor capable of converting files to Strings (using a user-defined character set), and there is a ByteArrayMultipartFileEditor which converts files to byte arrays. They function analogous to the CustomDateEditor. So, to be able to upload files using a form, declare the resolver, a mapping to a controller that will process the bean, and the controller itself.
<bean id="portletMultipartResolver" class="org.springframework.web.portlet.multipart.CommonsPortletMultipartResolver"/> <bean class="org.springframework.web.portlet.handler.PortletModeHandlerMapping"> <property name="portletModeMap"> <map> <entry key="view" value-ref="fileUploadController"/> </map> </property> </bean> <bean id="fileUploadController" class="examples.FileUploadController"> <property name="commandClass" value="examples.FileUploadBean"/> <property name="formView" value="fileuploadform"/> <property name="successView" value="confirmation"/> </bean>
After that, create the controller and the actual class to hold the file property.
public class FileUploadController extends SimpleFormController { public void onSubmitAction(ActionRequest request, ActionResponse response, Object command, BindException errors) throws Exception { // cast the bean FileUploadBean bean = (FileUploadBean) command; // let's see if there's content there byte[] file = bean.getFile(); if (file == null) {
3.1
Reference Documentation
540
Spring Framework
// hmm, that's strange, the user did not upload anything } // do something with the file here } protected void initBinder( PortletRequest request, PortletRequestDataBinder binder) throws Exception { // to actually be able to convert Multipart instance to byte[] // we have to register a custom editor binder.registerCustomEditor(byte[].class, new ByteArrayMultipartFileEditor()); // now Spring knows how to handle multipart object and convert } } public class FileUploadBean { private byte[] file; public void setFile(byte[] file) { this.file = file; } public byte[] getFile() { return file; } }
As you can see, the FileUploadBean has a property of type byte[] that holds the file. The controller registers a custom editor to let Spring know how to actually convert the multipart objects the resolver has found to properties specified by the bean. In this example, nothing is done with the byte[] property of the bean itself, but in practice you can do whatever you want (save it in a database, mail it to somebody, etc). An equivalent example in which a file is bound straight to a String-typed property on a form backing object might look like this:
public class FileUploadController extends SimpleFormController { public void onSubmitAction(ActionRequest request, ActionResponse response, Object command, BindException errors) throws Exception { // cast the bean FileUploadBean bean = (FileUploadBean) command; // let's see if there's content there String file = bean.getFile(); if (file == null) { // hmm, that's strange, the user did not upload anything } // do something with the file here } protected void initBinder( PortletRequest request, PortletRequestDataBinder binder) throws Exception { // to actually be able to convert Multipart instance to a String // we have to register a custom editor binder.registerCustomEditor(String.class, new StringMultipartFileEditor()); // now Spring knows how to handle multipart objects and convert }
3.1
Reference Documentation
541
Spring Framework
} public class FileUploadBean { private String file; public void setFile(String file) { this.file = file; } public String getFile() { return file; } }
Of course, this last example only makes (logical) sense in the context of uploading a plain text file (it wouldn't work so well in the case of uploading an image file). The third (and final) option is where one binds directly to a MultipartFile property declared on the (form backing) object's class. In this case one does not need to register any custom property editor because there is no type conversion to be performed.
public class FileUploadController extends SimpleFormController { public void onSubmitAction(ActionRequest request, ActionResponse response, Object command, BindException errors) throws Exception { // cast the bean FileUploadBean bean = (FileUploadBean) command; // let's see if there's content there MultipartFile file = bean.getFile(); if (file == null) { // hmm, that's strange, the user did not upload anything } // do something with the file here } } public class FileUploadBean { private MultipartFile file; public void setFile(MultipartFile file) { this.file = file; } public MultipartFile getFile() { return file; } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
542
Spring Framework
SimpleMappingExceptionResolver that enables you to take the class name of any exception that might be thrown and map it to a view name.
Defining a DefaultAnnotationHandlerMapping and/or AnnotationMethodHandlerAdapter explicitly also makes sense if you would like to customize the mapping strategy, e.g. specifying a custom WebBindingInitializer (see below).
Spring Framework
reference Portlet-specific features if you need to. The basic purpose of the @Controller annotation is to act as a stereotype for the annotated class, indicating its role. The dispatcher will scan such annotated classes for mapped methods, detecting @RequestMapping annotations (see the next section). Annotated controller beans may be defined explicitly, using a standard Spring bean definition in the dispatcher's context. However, the @Controller stereotype also allows for autodetection, aligned with Spring 2.5's general support for detecting component classes in the classpath and auto-registering bean definitions for them. To enable autodetection of such annotated controllers, you have to add component scanning to your configuration. This is easily achieved by using the spring-context schema as shown in the following XML snippet:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:p="http://www.springframework.org/schema/p" xmlns:context="http://www.springframework.org/schema/context" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/context http://www.springframework.org/schema/context/spring-context-3.0.xsd"> <context:component-scan base-package="org.springframework.samples.petportal.portlet"/> // ... </beans>
Tip
@RequestMapping at the type level may be used for plain implementations of the Controller interface as well. In this case, the request processing code would follow the traditional handle(Action|Render)Request signature, while the controller's mapping would be expressed through an @RequestMapping annotation. This works for pre-built Controller base classes, such as SimpleFormController, too. In the following discussion, we'll focus on controllers that are based on annotated handler methods.
3.1
Reference Documentation
544
Spring Framework
The following is an example of a form controller from the PetPortal sample application using this annotation:
@Controller @RequestMapping("EDIT") @SessionAttributes("site") public class PetSitesEditController { private Properties petSites; public void setPetSites(Properties petSites) { this.petSites = petSites; } @ModelAttribute("petSites") public Properties getPetSites() { return this.petSites; } @RequestMapping // default (action=list) public String showPetSites() { return "petSitesEdit"; } @RequestMapping(params = "action=add") // render phase public String showSiteForm(Model model) { // Used for the initial form as well as for redisplaying with errors. if (!model.containsAttribute("site")) { model.addAttribute("site", new PetSite()); } return "petSitesAdd"; } @RequestMapping(params = "action=add") // action phase public void populateSite( @ModelAttribute("site") PetSite petSite, BindingResult result, SessionStatus status, ActionResponse response) { new PetSiteValidator().validate(petSite, result); if (!result.hasErrors()) { this.petSites.put(petSite.getName(), petSite.getUrl()); status.setComplete(); response.setRenderParameter("action", "list"); } } @RequestMapping(params = "action=delete") public void removeSite(@RequestParam("site") String site, ActionResponse response) { this.petSites.remove(site); response.setRenderParameter("action", "list"); } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
545
Spring Framework
PortletRequest / ActionRequest / RenderRequest. An explicitly declared action/render argument is also used for mapping specific request types onto a handler method (in case of no other information given that differentiates between action and render requests). Session object (Portlet API): of type PortletSession. An argument of this type will enforce the presence of a corresponding session. As a consequence, such an argument will never be null. org.springframework.web.context.request.WebRequest or org.springframework.web.context.request.NativeWebRequest. Allows for generic request parameter access as well as request/session attribute access, without ties to the native Servlet/Portlet API. java.util.Locale for the current request locale (the portal locale in a Portlet environment). java.io.InputStream / java.io.Reader for access to the request's content. This will be the raw InputStream/Reader as exposed by the Portlet API. java.io.OutputStream / java.io.Writer for generating the response's content. This will be the raw OutputStream/Writer as exposed by the Portlet API. @RequestParam annotated parameters for access to specific Portlet request parameters. Parameter values will be converted to the declared method argument type. java.util.Map / org.springframework.ui.Model / org.springframework.ui.ModelMap for enriching the implicit model that will be exposed to the web view. Command/form objects to bind parameters to: as bean properties or fields, with customizable type conversion, depending on @InitBinder methods and/or the HandlerAdapter configuration - see the "webBindingInitializer" property on AnnotationMethodHandlerAdapter. Such command objects along with their validation results will be exposed as model attributes, by default using the non-qualified command class name in property notation (e.g. "orderAddress" for type "mypackage.OrderAddress"). Specify a parameter-level ModelAttribute annotation for declaring a specific model attribute name. org.springframework.validation.Errors / org.springframework.validation.BindingResult validation results for a preceding command/form object (the immediate preceding argument). org.springframework.web.bind.support.SessionStatus status handle for marking form processing as complete (triggering the cleanup of session attributes that have been indicated by the @SessionAttributes annotation at the handler type level). The following return types are supported for handler methods: A ModelAndView object, with the model implicitly enriched with command objects and the results of @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods. 3.1 Reference Documentation 546
Spring Framework
A Model object, with the view name implicitly determined through a RequestToViewNameTranslator and the model implicitly enriched with command objects and the results of @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods. A Map object for exposing a model, with the view name implicitly determined through a RequestToViewNameTranslator and the model implicitly enriched with command objects and the results of @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods. A View object, with the model implicitly determined through command objects and @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods. The handler method may also programmatically enrich the model by declaring a Model argument (see above). A String value which is interpreted as view name, with the model implicitly determined through command objects and @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods. The handler method may also programmatically enrich the model by declaring a Model argument (see above). void if the method handles the response itself (e.g. by writing the response content directly). Any other return type will be considered a single model attribute to be exposed to the view, using the attribute name specified through @ModelAttribute at the method level (or the default attribute name based on the return type's class name otherwise). The model will be implicitly enriched with command objects and the results of @ModelAttribute annotated reference data accessor methods.
Parameters using this annotation are required by default, but you can specify that a parameter is optional by setting @RequestParam's required attribute to false (e.g., @RequestParam(value="id", required=false)).
3.1
Reference Documentation
547
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
548
Spring Framework
for
configuring
Configuring a custom WebBindingInitializer To externalize data binding initialization, you can provide a custom implementation of the WebBindingInitializer interface, which you then enable by supplying a custom bean configuration for an AnnotationMethodHandlerAdapter, thus overriding the default configuration.
3.1
Reference Documentation
549
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
550
Spring Framework
While discussing the remoting capabilities of Spring, we'll use the following domain model and corresponding services:
public class Account implements Serializable{ private String name; public String getName(){ return name; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
552
Spring Framework
public interface AccountService { public void insertAccount(Account account); public List<Account> getAccounts(String name); }
public interface RemoteAccountService extends Remote { public void insertAccount(Account account) throws RemoteException; public List<Account> getAccounts(String name) throws RemoteException; }
// the implementation doing nothing at the moment public class AccountServiceImpl implements AccountService { public void insertAccount(Account acc) { // do something... } public List<Account> getAccounts(String name) { // do something... } }
We will start exposing the service to a remote client by using RMI and talk a bit about the drawbacks of using RMI. We'll then continue to show an example using Hessian as the protocol.
3.1
Reference Documentation
553
Spring Framework
<bean class="org.springframework.remoting.rmi.RmiServiceExporter"> <!-- does not necessarily have to be the same name as the bean to be exported --> <property name="serviceName" value="AccountService"/> <property name="service" ref="accountService"/> <property name="serviceInterface" value="example.AccountService"/> <!-- defaults to 1099 --> <property name="registryPort" value="1199"/> </bean>
As you can see, we're overriding the port for the RMI registry. Often, your application server also maintains an RMI registry and it is wise to not interfere with that one. Furthermore, the service name is used to bind the service under. So right now, the service will be bound at 'rmi://HOST:1199/AccountService'. We'll use the URL later on to link in the service at the client side.
Note
The servicePort property has been omitted (it defaults to 0). This means that an anonymous port will be used to communicate with the service.
To link in the service on the client, we'll create a separate Spring container, containing the simple object and the service linking configuration bits:
<bean class="example.SimpleObject"> <property name="accountService" ref="accountService"/> </bean> <bean id="accountService" class="org.springframework.remoting.rmi.RmiProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="serviceUrl" value="rmi://HOST:1199/AccountService"/> <property name="serviceInterface" value="example.AccountService"/> </bean>
That's all we need to do to support the remote account service on the client. Spring will transparently create an invoker and remotely enable the account service through the RmiServiceExporter. At the client we're linking it in using the RmiProxyFactoryBean.
3.1
Reference Documentation
554
Spring Framework
You're probably familiar with Spring's DispatcherServlet principles and if so, you know that now you'll have to create a Spring container configuration resource named 'remoting-servlet.xml' (after the name of your servlet) in the 'WEB-INF' directory. The application context will be used in the next section. Alternatively, consider the use of Spring's simpler HttpRequestHandlerServlet. This allows you to embed the remote exporter definitions in your root application context (by default in 'WEB-INF/applicationContext.xml'), with individual servlet definitions pointing to specific exporter beans. Each servlet name needs to match the bean name of its target exporter in this case.
3.1
Reference Documentation
555
Spring Framework
Now we're ready to link in the service at the client. No explicit handler mapping is specified, mapping request URLs onto services, so BeanNameUrlHandlerMapping will be used: Hence, the service will be exported at the URL indicated through its bean name within the containing DispatcherServlet's mapping (as defined above): 'http://HOST:8080/remoting/AccountService'. Alternatively, create a HessianServiceExporter in your root application context (e.g. in 'WEB-INF/applicationContext.xml'):
<bean name="accountExporter" class="org.springframework.remoting.caucho.HessianServiceExporter"> <property name="service" ref="accountService"/> <property name="serviceInterface" value="example.AccountService"/> </bean>
In the latter case, define a corresponding servlet for this exporter in 'web.xml', with the same end result: The exporter getting mapped to the request path /remoting/AccountService. Note that the servlet name needs to match the bean name of the target exporter.
<servlet> <servlet-name>accountExporter</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.context.support.HttpRequestHandlerServlet</servlet-class> </servlet> <servlet-mapping> <servlet-name>accountExporter</servlet-name> <url-pattern>/remoting/AccountService</url-pattern> </servlet-mapping>
Using Burlap
We won't discuss Burlap, the XML-based equivalent of Hessian, in detail here, since it is configured and set up in exactly the same way as the Hessian variant explained above. Just replace the word Hessian with Burlap and you're all set to go.
3.1
Reference Documentation
556
Spring Framework
Hessian or Burlap
One of the advantages of Hessian and Burlap is that we can easily apply HTTP basic authentication, because both protocols are HTTP-based. Your normal HTTP server security mechanism can easily be applied through using the web.xml security features, for example. Usually, you don't use per-user security credentials here, but rather shared credentials defined at the Hessian/BurlapProxyFactoryBean level (similar to a JDBC DataSource).
<bean class="org.springframework.web.servlet.handler.BeanNameUrlHandlerMapping"> <property name="interceptors" ref="authorizationInterceptor"/> </bean> <bean id="authorizationInterceptor" class="org.springframework.web.servlet.handler.UserRoleAuthorizationInterceptor"> <property name="authorizedRoles" value="administrator,operator"/> </bean>
This is an example where we explicitly mention the BeanNameUrlHandlerMapping and set an interceptor allowing only administrators and operators to call the beans mentioned in this application context.
Note
Of course, this example doesn't show a flexible kind of security infrastructure. For more options as far as security is concerned, have a look at the Spring Security project at http://static.springsource.org/spring-security/site/.
3.1
Reference Documentation
557
Spring Framework
To expose the AccountService (mentioned above) within a Spring Web MVC DispatcherServlet, the following configuration needs to be in place in the dispatcher's application context:
<bean name="/AccountService" class="org.springframework.remoting.httpinvoker.HttpInvokerServiceExporter"> <property name="service" ref="accountService"/> <property name="serviceInterface" value="example.AccountService"/> </bean>
Such an exporter definition will be exposed through the DispatcherServlet's standard mapping facilities, as explained in the section on Hessian. Alternatively, create an HttpInvokerServiceExporter in your root application context (e.g. in 'WEB-INF/applicationContext.xml'):
<bean name="accountExporter" class="org.springframework.remoting.httpinvoker.HttpInvokerServiceExporter"> <property name="service" ref="accountService"/> <property name="serviceInterface" value="example.AccountService"/> </bean>
In addition, define a corresponding servlet for this exporter in 'web.xml', with the servlet name matching the bean name of the target exporter:
<servlet> <servlet-name>accountExporter</servlet-name> <servlet-class>org.springframework.web.context.support.HttpRequestHandlerServlet</servlet-class> </servlet> <servlet-mapping> <servlet-name>accountExporter</servlet-name> <url-pattern>/remoting/AccountService</url-pattern> </servlet-mapping>
If you are running outside of a servlet container and are using Sun's Java 6, then you can use the built-in HTTP server implementation. You can configure the SimpleHttpServerFactoryBean together with a SimpleHttpInvokerServiceExporter as is shown in this example:
<bean name="accountExporter" class="org.springframework.remoting.httpinvoker.SimpleHttpInvokerServiceExporter"> <property name="service" ref="accountService"/> <property name="serviceInterface" value="example.AccountService"/> </bean> <bean id="httpServer" class="org.springframework.remoting.support.SimpleHttpServerFactoryBean"> <property name="contexts"> <util:map> <entry key="/remoting/AccountService" value-ref="accountExporter"/> </util:map> </property> <property name="port" value="8080" /> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
558
Spring Framework
Again, linking in the service from the client much resembles the way you would do it when using Hessian or Burlap. Using a proxy, Spring will be able to translate your calls to HTTP POST requests to the URL pointing to the exported service.
<bean id="httpInvokerProxy" class="org.springframework.remoting.httpinvoker.HttpInvokerProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="serviceUrl" value="http://remotehost:8080/remoting/AccountService"/> <property name="serviceInterface" value="example.AccountService"/> </bean>
As mentioned before, you can choose what HTTP client you want to use. By default, the HttpInvokerProxy uses the J2SE HTTP functionality, but you can also use the Commons HttpClient by setting the httpInvokerRequestExecutor property:
<property name="httpInvokerRequestExecutor"> <bean class="org.springframework.remoting.httpinvoker.CommonsHttpInvokerRequestExecutor"/> </property>
Note
Why two standard Java web services APIs? JAX-RPC 1.1 is the standard web service API in J2EE 1.4. As its name indicates, it focuses on on RPC bindings, which became less and less popular in the past couple of years. As a consequence, it has been superseded by JAX-WS 2.0 in Java EE 5, being more flexible in terms of bindings but also being heavily annotation-based. JAX-WS 2.1 is also included in Java 6 (or more specifically, in Sun's JDK 1.6.0_04 and above; previous Sun JDK 1.6.0 releases included JAX-WS 2.0), integrated with the JDK's built-in HTTP server. Spring can work with both standard Java web services APIs. On Java EE 5 / Java 6, the obvious choice is JAX-WS. On J2EE 1.4 environments that run on Java 5, you might have the option to plug in a JAX-WS provider; check your Java EE server's documentation. In addition to stock support for JAX-RPC and JAX-WS in Spring Core, the Spring portfolio also features Spring Web Services, a solution for contract-first, document-driven web services - highly recommended
3.1
Reference Documentation
559
Spring Framework
Our AccountServletEndpoint needs to run in the same web application as the Spring context to allow for access to Spring's facilities. In case of Axis, copy the AxisServlet definition into your 'web.xml', and set up the endpoint in 'server-config.wsdd' (or use the deploy tool). See the sample application JPetStore where the OrderService is exposed as a web service using Axis.
3.1
Reference Documentation
560
Spring Framework
Where serviceInterface is our remote business interface the clients will use. wsdlDocumentUrl is the URL for the WSDL file. Spring needs this at startup time to create the JAX-RPC Service. namespaceUri corresponds to the targetNamespace in the .wsdl file. serviceName corresponds to the service name in the .wsdl file. portName corresponds to the port name in the .wsdl file. Accessing the web service is now very easy as we have a bean factory for it that will expose it as RemoteAccountService interface. We can wire this up in Spring:
<bean id="client" class="example.AccountClientImpl"> ... <property name="service" ref="accountWebService"/> </bean>
From the client code we can access the web service just as if it was a normal class, except that it throws RemoteException.
public class AccountClientImpl { private RemoteAccountService service; public void setService(RemoteAccountService service) { this.service = service; } public void foo() { try { service.insertAccount(...); } catch (RemoteException ex) { // ouch } } }
We can get rid of the checked RemoteException since Spring supports automatic conversion to its corresponding unchecked RemoteException. This requires that we provide a non-RMI interface also. Our configuration is now:
<bean id="accountWebService" class="org.springframework.remoting.jaxrpc.JaxRpcPortProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="serviceInterface" value="example.AccountService"/> <property name="portInterface" value="example.RemoteAccountService"/> ... </bean>
Where serviceInterface is changed to our non RMI interface. Our RMI interface is now defined
3.1
Reference Documentation
561
Spring Framework
Our
client
code
can
now
avoid
handling
public void setService(AccountService service) { this.service = service; } public void foo() { service.insertAccount(...); } }
Note that you can also drop the "portInterface" part and specify a plain business interface as "serviceInterface". In this case, JaxRpcPortProxyFactoryBean will automatically switch to the JAX-RPC "Dynamic Invocation Interface", performing dynamic invocations without a fixed port stub. The advantage is that you don't even need to have an RMI-compliant Java port interface around (e.g. in case of a non-Java target web service); all you need is a matching business interface. Check out JaxRpcPortProxyFactoryBean's javadoc for details on the runtime implications.
Note
On the server side using Axis registering bean mappings is usually done in the 'server-config.wsdd' file. We will use Axis to register bean mappings on the client side. To do this we need to register the bean mappings programmatically:
public class AxisPortProxyFactoryBean extends JaxRpcPortProxyFactoryBean { protected void postProcessJaxRpcService(Service service) { TypeMappingRegistry registry = service.getTypeMappingRegistry(); TypeMapping mapping = registry.createTypeMapping(); registerBeanMapping(mapping, Account.class, "Account"); registry.register("http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/", mapping); } protected void registerBeanMapping(TypeMapping mapping, Class type, String name) { QName qName = new QName("http://localhost:8080/account/services/accountService", name); mapping.register(type, qName, new BeanSerializerFactory(type, qName), new BeanDeserializerFactory(type, qName)); } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
562
Spring Framework
What we need to do now is to register our AccountHandler to JAX-RPC Service so it would invoke handleRequest(..) before the message is sent over the wire. Spring has at this time of writing no declarative support for registering handlers, so we must use the programmatic approach. However Spring has made it very easy for us to do this as we can override the postProcessJaxRpcService(..) method that is designed for this:
public class AccountHandlerJaxRpcPortProxyFactoryBean extends JaxRpcPortProxyFactoryBean { protected void postProcessJaxRpcService(Service service) { QName port = new QName(this.getNamespaceUri(), this.getPortName()); List list = service.getHandlerRegistry().getHandlerChain(port); list.add(new HandlerInfo(AccountHandler.class, null, null)); logger.info("Registered JAX-RPC AccountHandler on port " + port); } }
The last thing we must remember to do is to change the Spring configuration to use our factory bean:
<bean id="accountWebService" class="example.AccountHandlerJaxRpcPortProxyFactoryBean"> ... </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
563
Spring Framework
SpringBeanAutowiringSupport class and implement our business logic here, usually delegating the call to the business layer. We'll simply use Spring 2.5's @Autowired annotation for expressing such dependencies on Spring-managed beans.
/** * JAX-WS compliant AccountService implementation that simply delegates * to the AccountService implementation in the root web application context. * * This wrapper class is necessary because JAX-WS requires working with dedicated * endpoint classes. If an existing service needs to be exported, a wrapper that * extends SpringBeanAutowiringSupport for simple Spring bean autowiring (through * the @Autowired annotation) is the simplest JAX-WS compliant way. * * This is the class registered with the server-side JAX-WS implementation. * In the case of a Java EE 5 server, this would simply be defined as a servlet * in web.xml, with the server detecting that this is a JAX-WS endpoint and reacting * accordingly. The servlet name usually needs to match the specified WS service name. * * The web service engine manages the lifecycle of instances of this class. * Spring bean references will just be wired in here. */ import org.springframework.web.context.support.SpringBeanAutowiringSupport; @WebService(serviceName="AccountService") public class AccountServiceEndpoint extends SpringBeanAutowiringSupport { @Autowired private AccountService biz; @WebMethod public void insertAccount(Account acc) { biz.insertAccount(acc); } @WebMethod public Account[] getAccounts(String name) { return biz.getAccounts(name); } }
Our AccountServletEndpoint needs to run in the same web application as the Spring context to allow for access to Spring's facilities. This is the case by default in Java EE 5 environments, using the standard contract for JAX-WS servlet endpoint deployment. See Java EE 5 web service tutorials for details.
3.1
Reference Documentation
564
Spring Framework
<bean class="org.springframework.remoting.jaxws.SimpleJaxWsServiceExporter"> <property name="baseAddress" value="http://localhost:8080/"/> </bean> <bean id="accountServiceEndpoint" class="example.AccountServiceEndpoint"> ... </bean> ...
The AccountServiceEndpoint may derive from Spring's SpringBeanAutowiringSupport but doesn't have to since the endpoint is a fully Spring-managed bean here. This means that the endpoint implementation may look like as follows, without any superclass declared - and Spring's @Autowired configuration annotation still being honored:
@WebService(serviceName="AccountService") public class AccountServiceEndpoint { @Autowired private AccountService biz; @WebMethod public void insertAccount(Account acc) { biz.insertAccount(acc); } @WebMethod public List<Account> getAccounts(String name) { return biz.getAccounts(name); } }
Spring Framework
former can only return a JAX-WS service class for us to work with. The latter is the full-fledged version that can return a proxy that implements our business service interface. In this example we use the latter to create a proxy for the AccountService endpoint (again):
<bean id="accountWebService" class="org.springframework.remoting.jaxws.JaxWsPortProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="serviceInterface" value="example.AccountService"/> <property name="wsdlDocumentUrl" value="http://localhost:8888/AccountServiceEndpoint?WSDL"/> <property name="namespaceUri" value="http://example/"/> <property name="serviceName" value="AccountService"/> <property name="portName" value="AccountServiceEndpointPort"/> </bean>
Where serviceInterface is our business interface the clients will use. wsdlDocumentUrl is the URL for the WSDL file. Spring needs this a startup time to create the JAX-WS Service. namespaceUri corresponds to the targetNamespace in the .wsdl file. serviceName corresponds to the service name in the .wsdl file. portName corresponds to the port name in the .wsdl file. Accessing the web service is now very easy as we have a bean factory for it that will expose it as AccountService interface. We can wire this up in Spring:
<bean id="client" class="example.AccountClientImpl"> ... <property name="service" ref="accountWebService"/> </bean>
From the client code we can access the web service just as if it was a normal class:
public class AccountClientImpl { private AccountService service; public void setService(AccountService service) { this.service = service; } public void foo() { service.insertAccount(...); } }
NOTE: The above is slightly simplified in that JAX-WS requires endpoint interfaces and implementation classes to be annotated with @WebService, @SOAPBinding etc annotations. This means that you cannot (easily) use plain Java interfaces and implementation classes as JAX-WS endpoint artifacts; you need to annotate them accordingly first. Check the JAX-WS documentation for details on those requirements.
20.6 JMS
It is also possible to expose services transparently using JMS as the underlying communication protocol. The JMS remoting support in the Spring Framework is pretty basic - it sends and receives on the same thread and in the same non-transactional Session, and as such throughput will be very implementation dependent. Note that these single-threaded and non-transactional constraints apply only 3.1 Reference Documentation 566
Spring Framework
to Spring's JMS remoting support. See Chapter 22, JMS (Java Message Service) for information on Spring's rich support for JMS-based messaging. The following interface is used on both the server and the client side.
package com.foo; public interface CheckingAccountService { public void cancelAccount(Long accountId); }
The following simple implementation of the above interface is used on the server-side.
package com.foo; public class SimpleCheckingAccountService implements CheckingAccountService { public void cancelAccount(Long accountId) { System.out.println("Cancelling account [" + accountId + "]"); } }
This configuration file contains the JMS-infrastructure beans that are shared on both the client and server.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="connectionFactory" class="org.apache.activemq.ActiveMQConnectionFactory"> <property name="brokerURL" value="tcp://ep-t43:61616"/> </bean> <bean id="queue" class="org.apache.activemq.command.ActiveMQQueue"> <constructor-arg value="mmm"/> </bean> </beans>
Server-side configuration
On the server, you just need to expose the service object using the JmsInvokerServiceExporter.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="checkingAccountService" class="org.springframework.jms.remoting.JmsInvokerServiceExporter"> <property name="serviceInterface" value="com.foo.CheckingAccountService"/> <property name="service"> <bean class="com.foo.SimpleCheckingAccountService"/> </property> </bean> <bean class="org.springframework.jms.listener.SimpleMessageListenerContainer">
3.1
Reference Documentation
567
Spring Framework
package com.foo; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; public class Server { public static void main(String[] args) throws Exception { new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext(new String[]{"com/foo/server.xml", "com/foo/jms.xml"}); } }
Client-side configuration
The client merely needs to create a client-side proxy that will implement the agreed upon interface (CheckingAccountService). The resulting object created off the back of the following bean definition can be injected into other client side objects, and the proxy will take care of forwarding the call to the server-side object via JMS.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="checkingAccountService" class="org.springframework.jms.remoting.JmsInvokerProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="serviceInterface" value="com.foo.CheckingAccountService"/> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="connectionFactory"/> <property name="queue" ref="queue"/> </bean> </beans>
package com.foo; import org.springframework.context.ApplicationContext; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; public class Client { public static void main(String[] args) throws Exception { ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext( new String[] {"com/foo/client.xml", "com/foo/jms.xml"}); CheckingAccountService service = (CheckingAccountService) ctx.getBean("checkingAccountService"); service.cancelAccount(new Long(10)); } }
You may also wish to investigate the support provided by the Lingo project, which (to quote the homepage blurb) ... is a lightweight POJO based remoting and messaging library based on the Spring Framework's remoting libraries which extends it to support JMS. 3.1 Reference Documentation 568
Spring Framework
Spring Framework
and authorization and remote transaction propagation. It is possible to get RMI invokers or HTTP invokers to support security context propagation as well, although this is not provided by core Spring: There are just appropriate hooks for plugging in third-party or custom solutions here.
RestTemplate
Invoking RESTful services in Java is typically done using a helper class such as Jakarta Commons HttpClient. For common REST operations this approach is too low level as shown below.
String uri = "http://example.com/hotels/1/bookings"; PostMethod post = new PostMethod(uri); String request = // create booking request content post.setRequestEntity(new StringRequestEntity(request)); httpClient.executeMethod(post); if (HttpStatus.SC_CREATED == post.getStatusCode()) { Header location = post.getRequestHeader("Location"); if (location != null) { System.out.println("Created new booking at :" + location.getValue()); } }
RestTemplate provides higher level methods that correspond to each of the six main HTTP methods that make invoking many RESTful services a one-liner and enforce REST best practices. Table 20.1. Overview of RestTemplate methods HTTP Method DELETE GET RestTemplate Method delete getForObject getForEntity 3.1 Reference Documentation 570
Spring Framework
headForHeaders(String url, String urlVariables) optionsForAllow(String url, String urlVariables) postForLocation(String String urlVariables) url, Object request,
postForObject(String url, Object request, Class<T> responseType, String uriVariables) PUT put(String url, StringurlVariables) Object request,
The names of RestTemplate methods follow a naming convention, the first part indicates what HTTP method is being invoked and the second part indicates what is returned. For example, the method getForObject() will perform a GET, convert the HTTP response into an object type of your choice and return that object. The method postForLocation() will do a POST, converting the given object into a HTTP request and return the response HTTP Location header where the newly created object can be found. In case of an exception processing the HTTP request, an exception of the type RestClientException will be thrown; this behavior can be changed by plugging in another ResponseErrorHandler implementation into the RestTemplate. Objects passed to and returned from these methods are converted to and from HTTP messages by HttpMessageConverter instances. Converters for the main mime types are registered by default, but you can also write your own converter and register it via the messageConverters() bean property. The default converter instances registered with the template are ByteArrayHttpMessageConverter, StringHttpMessageConverter, FormHttpMessageConverter and SourceHttpMessageConverter. You can override these defaults using the messageConverters() bean property as would be required if using the MarshallingHttpMessageConverter or MappingJacksonHttpMessageConverter. Each method takes URI template arguments in two forms, either as a String variable length argument or a Map<String,String>. For example,
String result = restTemplate.getForObject("http://example.com/hotels/{hotel}/bookings/{booking}", String.class,"42", "21");
using a Map<String,String>. To create an instance of RestTemplate you can simply call the default no-arg constructor. This will use standard Java classes from the java.net package as the underlying implementation to create HTTP requests. This can be overridden by specifying an implementation of ClientHttpRequestFactory.
3.1
Reference Documentation
571
Spring Framework
Spring provides the implementation CommonsClientHttpRequestFactory that uses the Jakarta Commons HttpClient to create requests. CommonsClientHttpRequestFactory is configured using an instance of org.apache.commons.httpclient.HttpClient which can in turn be configured with credentials information or connection pooling functionality. The previous example using Jakarta Commons HttpClient directly rewritten to use the RestTemplate is shown below
uri = "http://example.com/hotels/{id}/bookings"; RestTemplate template = new RestTemplate(); Booking booking = // create booking object URI location = template.postForLocation(uri, booking, "1");
The general callback interface is RequestCallback and is called when the execute method is invoked.
public <T> T execute(String url, HttpMethod method, RequestCallback requestCallback, ResponseExtractor<T> responseExtractor, String... urlVariables)
and allows you to manipulate the request headers and write to the request body. When using the execute method you do not have to worry about any resource management, the template will always close the request and handle any errors. Refer to the API documentation for more information on using the execute method and the meaning of its other method arguments. Dealing with request and response headers Besides the methods described above, the RestTemplate also has the exchange() method, which can be used for arbitrary HTTP method execution based on the HttpEntity class. Perhaps most importantly, the exchange() method can be used to add request headers and read response headers. For example:
HttpHeaders requestHeaders = new HttpHeaders(); requestHeaders.set("MyRequestHeader", "MyValue"); HttpEntity<?> requestEntity = new HttpEntity(requestHeaders); HttpEntity<String> response = template.exchange("http://example.com/hotels/{hotel}", HttpMethod.GET, requestEntity, String.class, "42"); String responseHeader = response.getHeaders().getFirst("MyResponseHeader"); String body = response.getBody();
3.1
Reference Documentation
572
Spring Framework
In the above example, we first prepare a request entity that contains the MyRequestHeader header. We then retrieve the response, and read the MyResponseHeader and body.
Concrete implementations for the main media (mime) types are provided in the framework and are registered by default with the RestTemplate on the client-side and with AnnotationMethodHandlerAdapter on the server-side. The implementations of HttpMessageConverters are described in the following sections. For all converters a default media type is used but can be overridden by setting the supportedMediaTypes bean property StringHttpMessageConverter An HttpMessageConverter implementation that can read and write Strings from the HTTP request and response. By default, this converter supports all text media types (text/*), and writes with a Content-Type of text/plain. FormHttpMessageConverter An HttpMessageConverter implementation that can read and write form data from the HTTP request and response. By default, this converter reads and writes the media type application/x-www-form-urlencoded. Form data is read from and written into a MultiValueMap<String, String>.
3.1
Reference Documentation
573
Spring Framework
ByteArrayMessageConverter An HttpMessageConverter implementation that can read and write byte arrays from the HTTP request and response. By default, this converter supports all media types (*/*), and writes with a Content-Type of application/octet-stream. This can be overridden by setting the supportedMediaTypes property, and overriding getContentType(byte[]). MarshallingHttpMessageConverter An HttpMessageConverter implementation that can read and write XML using Spring's Marshaller and Unmarshaller abstractions from the org.springframework.oxm package. This converter requires a Marshaller and Unmarshaller before it can be used. These can be injected via constructor or bean properties. By default this converter supports (text/xml) and (application/xml). MappingJacksonHttpMessageConverter An HttpMessageConverter implementation that can read and write JSON using Jackson's ObjectMapper. JSON mapping can be customized as needed through the use of Jackson's provided annotations. When further control is needed, a custom ObjectMapper can be injected through the ObjectMapper property for cases where custom JSON serializers/deserializers need to be provided for specific types. By default this converter supports (application/json). SourceHttpMessageConverter An HttpMessageConverter implementation that can read and write javax.xml.transform.Source from the HTTP request and response. Only DOMSource, SAXSource, and StreamSource are supported. By default, this converter supports (text/xml) and (application/xml). BufferedImageHttpMessageConverter An HttpMessageConverter implementation that can read and write java.awt.image.BufferedImage from the HTTP request and response. This converter reads and writes the media type supported by the Java I/O API.
3.1
Reference Documentation
574
Spring Framework
Spring Framework
Spring container, which act as codeless business delegates. You do not need to write another Service Locator, another JNDI lookup, or duplicate methods in a hand-coded Business Delegate unless you are actually adding real value in such code.
One of the main reasons to use the Business Methods Interface pattern is to ensure that synchronization between method signatures in local interface and bean implementation class is automatic. Another reason is that it later makes it much easier for us to switch to a POJO (plain old Java object) implementation of the service if it makes sense to do so. Of course well also need to implement the local home interface and provide an implementation class that implements SessionBean and the MyComponent business methods interface. Now the only Java coding well need to do to hook up our web tier controller to the EJB implementation is to expose a setter method of type MyComponent on the controller. This will save the reference as an instance variable in the controller:
private MyComponent myComponent; public void setMyComponent(MyComponent myComponent) { this.myComponent = myComponent; }
We can subsequently use this instance variable in any business method in the controller. Now assuming we are obtaining our controller object out of a Spring container, we can (in the same context) configure a LocalStatelessSessionProxyFactoryBean instance, which will be the EJB proxy object. The configuration of the proxy, and setting of the myComponent property of the controller is done with a configuration entry such as:
<bean id="myComponent" class="org.springframework.ejb.access.LocalStatelessSessionProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="jndiName" value="ejb/myBean"/> <property name="businessInterface" value="com.mycom.MyComponent"/> </bean> <bean id="myController" class="com.mycom.myController"> <property name="myComponent" ref="myComponent"/> </bean>
Theres a lot of work happening behind the scenes, courtesy of the Spring AOP framework, although you arent forced to work with AOP concepts to enjoy the results. The myComponent bean definition creates a proxy for the EJB, which implements the business method interface. The EJB local home is cached on startup, so theres only a single JNDI lookup. Each time the EJB is invoked, the proxy invokes the
3.1
Reference Documentation
576
Spring Framework
classname method on the local EJB and invokes the corresponding business method on the EJB. The myController bean definition sets the myComponent property of the controller class to the EJB proxy. Alternatively (and preferably in case of many such proxy definitions), consider using the <jee:local-slsb> configuration element in Spring's "jee" namespace:
<jee:local-slsb id="myComponent" jndi-name="ejb/myBean" business-interface="com.mycom.MyComponent"/> <bean id="myController" class="com.mycom.myController"> <property name="myComponent" ref="myComponent"/> </bean>
This EJB access mechanism delivers huge simplification of application code: the web tier code (or other EJB client code) has no dependence on the use of EJB. If we want to replace this EJB reference with a POJO or a mock object or other test stub, we could simply change the myComponent bean definition without changing a line of Java code. Additionally, we havent had to write a single line of JNDI lookup or other EJB plumbing code as part of our application. Benchmarks and experience in real applications indicate that the performance overhead of this approach (which involves reflective invocation of the target EJB) is minimal, and is typically undetectable in typical use. Remember that we dont want to make fine-grained calls to EJBs anyway, as theres a cost associated with the EJB infrastructure in the application server. There is one caveat with regards to the JNDI lookup. In a bean container, this class is normally best used as a singleton (there simply is no reason to make it a prototype). However, if that bean container pre-instantiates singletons (as do the various XML ApplicationContext variants) you may have a problem if the bean container is loaded before the EJB container loads the target EJB. That is because the JNDI lookup will be performed in the init() method of this class and then cached, but the EJB will not have been bound at the target location yet. The solution is to not pre-instantiate this factory object, but allow it to be created on first use. In the XML containers, this is controlled via the lazy-init attribute. Although this will not be of interest to the majority of Spring users, those doing programmatic AOP work with EJBs may want to look at LocalSlsbInvokerInterceptor.
Spring Framework
RemoteException, and client code must deal with this, while the local interface methods don't. Client code written for local EJBs which needs to be moved to remote EJBs typically has to be modified to add handling for the remote exceptions, and client code written for remote EJBs which needs to be moved to local EJBs, can either stay the same but do a lot of unnecessary handling of remote exceptions, or needs to be modified to remove that code. With the Spring remote EJB proxy, you can instead not declare any thrown RemoteException in your Business Method Interface and implementing EJB code, have a remote interface which is identical except that it does throw RemoteException, and rely on the proxy to dynamically treat the two interfaces as if they were the same. That is, client code does not have to deal with the checked RemoteException class. Any actual RemoteException that is thrown during the EJB invocation will be re-thrown as the non-checked RemoteAccessException class, which is a subclass of RuntimeException. The target service can then be switched at will between a local EJB or remote EJB (or even plain Java object) implementation, without the client code knowing or caring. Of course, this is optional; there is nothing stopping you from declaring RemoteExceptions in your business interface.
3.1
Reference Documentation
578
Spring Framework
The Spring EJB support base classes will by default create and load a Spring IoC container as part of their lifecycle, which is then available to the EJB (for example, as used in the code above to obtain the POJO service object). The loading is done via a strategy object which is a subclass of BeanFactoryLocator. The actual implementation of BeanFactoryLocator used by default is ContextJndiBeanFactoryLocator, which creates the ApplicationContext from a resource locations specified as a JNDI environment variable (in the case of the EJB classes, at java:comp/env/ejb/BeanFactoryPath). If there is a need to change the BeanFactory/ApplicationContext loading strategy, the default BeanFactoryLocator implementation used may be overridden by calling the setBeanFactoryLocator() method, either in setSessionContext(), or in the actual constructor of the EJB. Please see the Javadocs for more details. As described in the Javadocs, Stateful Session beans expecting to be passivated and reactivated as part of their lifecycle, and which use a non-serializable container instance (which is the normal case) will have to manually call unloadBeanFactory() and loadBeanFactory() from ejbPassivate() and ejbActivate(), respectively, to unload and reload the BeanFactory on passivation and activation, since it can not be saved by the EJB container. The default behavior of the ContextJndiBeanFactoryLocator class is to load an 3.1 Reference Documentation 579
Spring Framework
ApplicationContext for use by an EJB, and is adequate for some situations. However, it is problematic when the ApplicationContext is loading a number of beans, or the initialization of those beans is time consuming or memory intensive (such as a Hibernate SessionFactory initialization, for example), since every EJB will have their own copy. In this case, the user may want to override the default ContextJndiBeanFactoryLocator usage and use another BeanFactoryLocator variant, such as the ContextSingletonBeanFactoryLocator which can load and use a shared container to be used by multiple EJBs or other clients. Doing this is relatively simple, by adding code similar to this to the EJB:
/** * Override default BeanFactoryLocator implementation * @see javax.ejb.SessionBean#setSessionContext(javax.ejb.SessionContext) */ public void setSessionContext(SessionContext sessionContext) { super.setSessionContext(sessionContext); setBeanFactoryLocator(ContextSingletonBeanFactoryLocator.getInstance()); setBeanFactoryLocatorKey(ServicesConstants.PRIMARY_CONTEXT_ID); }
You would then need to create a bean definition file named beanRefContext.xml. This file defines all bean factories (usually in the form of application contexts) that may be used in the EJB. In many cases, this file will only contain a single bean definition such as this (where businessApplicationContext.xml contains the bean definitions for all business service POJOs):
<beans> <bean id="businessBeanFactory" class="org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext"> <constructor-arg value="businessApplicationContext.xml" /> </bean> </beans>
Please see the respective Javadocs for the BeanFactoryLocator ContextSingletonBeanFactoryLocator classes for more information on their usage.
and
3.1
Reference Documentation
580
Spring Framework
@Autowired private MyComponent myComp; // for business method, delegate to POJO service impl. public String myFacadeMethod(...) { return myComp.myMethod(...); } ... }
SpringBeanAutowiringInterceptor by default obtains target beans from a ContextSingletonBeanFactoryLocator, with the context defined in a bean definition file named beanRefContext.xml. By default, a single context definition is expected, which is obtained by type rather than by name. However, if you need to choose between multiple context definitions, a specific locator key is required. The locator key (i.e. the name of the context definition in beanRefContext.xml) can be explicitly specified either through overriding the getBeanFactoryLocatorKey method in a custom SpringBeanAutowiringInterceptor subclass. Alternatively, consider overriding SpringBeanAutowiringInterceptor's getBeanFactory method, e.g. obtaining a shared ApplicationContext from a custom holder class.
3.1
Reference Documentation
581
Spring Framework
The package org.springframework.jms.support.destination provides various strategies for managing JMS destinations, such as providing a service locator for destinations stored in JNDI. Finally, the package org.springframework.jms.connection provides an implementation of the ConnectionFactory suitable for use in standalone applications. It also contains an implementation of Spring's PlatformTransactionManager for JMS (the cunningly named JmsTransactionManager). This allows for seamless integration of JMS as a transactional resource into Spring's transaction management mechanisms.
Spring Framework
The JmsTemplate class is the central class in the JMS core package. It simplifies the use of JMS since it handles the creation and release of resources when sending or synchronously receiving messages. Code that uses the JmsTemplate only needs to implement callback interfaces giving them a clearly defined high level contract. The MessageCreator callback interface creates a message given a Session provided by the calling code in JmsTemplate. In order to allow for more complex usage of the JMS API, the callback SessionCallback provides the user with the JMS session and the callback ProducerCallback exposes a Session and MessageProducer pair. The JMS API exposes two types of send methods, one that takes delivery mode, priority, and time-to-live as Quality of Service (QOS) parameters and one that takes no QOS parameters which uses default values. Since there are many send methods in JmsTemplate, the setting of the QOS parameters have been exposed as bean properties to avoid duplication in the number of send methods. Similarly, the timeout value for synchronous receive calls is set using the property setReceiveTimeout. Some JMS providers allow the setting of default QOS values administratively through the configuration of the ConnectionFactory. This has the effect that a call to MessageProducer's send method send(Destination destination, Message message) will use different QOS default values than those specified in the JMS specification. In order to provide consistent management of QOS values, the JmsTemplate must therefore be specifically enabled to use its own QOS values by setting the boolean property isExplicitQosEnabled to true.
Note
Instances of the JmsTemplate class are thread-safe once configured. This is important because it means that you can configure a single instance of a JmsTemplate and then safely inject this shared reference into multiple collaborators. To be clear, the JmsTemplate is stateful, in that it maintains a reference to a ConnectionFactory, but this state is not conversational state.
Connections
The JmsTemplate requires a reference to a ConnectionFactory. The ConnectionFactory is part of the JMS specification and serves as the entry point for working with JMS. It is used by the client application as a factory to create connections with the JMS provider and encapsulates various configuration parameters, many of which are vendor specific such as SSL configuration options. When using JMS inside an EJB, the vendor provides implementations of the JMS interfaces so that they can participate in declarative transaction management and perform pooling of connections and sessions. In order to use this implementation, Java EE containers typically require that you declare a JMS connection factory as a resource-ref inside the EJB or servlet deployment descriptors. To ensure the use of these features with the JmsTemplate inside an EJB, the client application should ensure that it references the managed implementation of the ConnectionFactory.
3.1
Reference Documentation
583
Spring Framework
Caching Messaging Resources The standard API involves creating many intermediate objects. To send a message the following 'API' walk is performed
ConnectionFactory->Connection->Session->MessageProducer->send
Between the ConnectionFactory and the Send operation there are three intermediate objects that are created and destroyed. To optimise the resource usage and increase performance two implementations of IConnectionFactory are provided. SingleConnectionFactory Spring provides an implementation of the ConnectionFactory interface, SingleConnectionFactory, that will return the same Connection on all createConnection() calls and ignore calls to close(). This is useful for testing and standalone environments so that the same connection can be used for multiple JmsTemplate calls that may span any number of transactions. SingleConnectionFactory takes a reference to a standard ConnectionFactory that would typically come from JNDI. CachingConnectionFactory The CachingConnectionFactory extends the functionality of SingleConnectionFactory and adds the caching of Sessions, MessageProducers, and MessageConsumers. The initial cache size is set to 1, use the property SessionCacheSize to increase the number of cached sessions. Note that the number of actual cached sessions will be more than that number as sessions are cached based on their acknowledgment mode, so there can be up to 4 cached session instances when SessionCacheSize is set to one, one for each AcknowledgementMode. MessageProducers and MessageConsumers are cached within their owning session and also take into account the unique properties of the producers and consumers when caching. MessageProducers are cached based on their destination. MessageConsumers are cached based on a key composed of the destination, selector, noLocal delivery flag, and the durable subscription name (if creating durable consumers).
Destination Management
Destinations, like ConnectionFactories, are JMS administered objects that can be stored and retrieved in JNDI. When configuring a Spring application context you can use the JNDI factory class JndiObjectFactoryBean / <jee:jndi-lookup> to perform dependency injection on your object's references to JMS destinations. However, often this strategy is cumbersome if there are a large number of destinations in the application or if there are advanced destination management features unique to the JMS provider. Examples of such advanced destination management would be the creation of dynamic destinations or support for a hierarchical namespace of destinations. The JmsTemplate delegates the resolution of a destination name to a JMS destination object to an implementation of the interface DestinationResolver. DynamicDestinationResolver is the default 3.1 Reference Documentation 584
Spring Framework
implementation used by JmsTemplate and accommodates resolving dynamic destinations. A JndiDestinationResolver is also provided that acts as a service locator for destinations contained in JNDI and optionally falls back to the behavior contained in DynamicDestinationResolver. Quite often the destinations used in a JMS application are only known at runtime and therefore cannot be administratively created when the application is deployed. This is often because there is shared application logic between interacting system components that create destinations at runtime according to a well-known naming convention. Even though the creation of dynamic destinations is not part of the JMS specification, most vendors have provided this functionality. Dynamic destinations are created with a name defined by the user which differentiates them from temporary destinations and are often not registered in JNDI. The API used to create dynamic destinations varies from provider to provider since the properties associated with the destination are vendor specific. However, a simple implementation choice that is sometimes made by vendors is to disregard the warnings in the JMS specification and to use the TopicSession method createTopic(String topicName) or the QueueSession method createQueue(String queueName) to create a new destination with default destination properties. Depending on the vendor implementation, DynamicDestinationResolver may then also create a physical destination instead of only resolving one. The boolean property pubSubDomain is used to configure the JmsTemplate with knowledge of what JMS domain is being used. By default the value of this property is false, indicating that the point-to-point domain, Queues, will be used. This property used by JmsTemplate determines the behavior of dynamic destination resolution via implementations of the DestinationResolver interface. You can also configure the JmsTemplate with a default destination via the property defaultDestination. The default destination will be used with send and receive operations that do not refer to a specific destination.
3.1
Reference Documentation
585
Spring Framework
SimpleMessageListenerContainer This message listener container is the simpler of the two standard flavors. It creates a fixed number of JMS sessions and consumers at startup, registers the listener using the standard JMS MessageConsumer.setMessageListener() method, and leaves it up the JMS provider to perform listener callbacks. This variant does not allow for dynamic adaption to runtime demands or for participation in externally managed transactions. Compatibility-wise, it stays very close to the spirit of the standalone JMS specification - but is generally not compatible with Java EE's JMS restrictions. DefaultMessageListenerContainer This message listener container is the one used in most cases. In contrast to SimpleMessageListenerContainer, this container variant does allow for dynamic adaption to runtime demands and is able to participate in externally managed transactions. Each received message is registered with an XA transaction when configured with a JtaTransactionManager; so processing may take advantage of XA transaction semantics. This listener container strikes a good balance between low requirements on the JMS provider, advanced functionality such as transaction participation, and compatibility with Java EE environments.
Transaction management
Spring provides a JmsTransactionManager that manages transactions for a single JMS ConnectionFactory. This allows JMS applications to leverage the managed transaction features of Spring as described in Chapter 11, Transaction Management. The JmsTransactionManager performs local resource transactions, binding a JMS Connection/Session pair from the specified ConnectionFactory to the thread. JmsTemplate automatically detects such transactional resources and operates on them accordingly. In a Java EE environment, the ConnectionFactory will pool Connections and Sessions, so those resources are efficiently reused across transactions. In a standalone environment, using Spring's SingleConnectionFactory will result in a shared JMS Connection, with each transaction having its own independent Session. Alternatively, consider the use of a provider-specific pooling adapter such as ActiveMQ's PooledConnectionFactory class. JmsTemplate can also be used with the JtaTransactionManager and an XA-capable JMS ConnectionFactory for performing distributed transactions. Note that this requires the use of a JTA transaction manager as well as a properly XA-configured ConnectionFactory! (Check your Java EE server's / JMS provider's documentation.) Reusing code across a managed and unmanaged transactional environment can be confusing when using the JMS API to create a Session from a Connection. This is because the JMS API has only one factory method to create a Session and it requires values for the transaction and acknowledgement modes. In a managed environment, setting these values is the responsibility of the environment's transactional infrastructure, so these values are ignored by the vendor's wrapper to the JMS Connection.
3.1
Reference Documentation
586
Spring Framework
When using the JmsTemplate in an unmanaged environment you can specify these values through the use of the properties sessionTransacted and sessionAcknowledgeMode. When using a PlatformTransactionManager with JmsTemplate, the template will always be given a transactional JMS Session.
import org.springframework.jms.core.MessageCreator; import org.springframework.jms.core.JmsTemplate; public class JmsQueueSender { private JmsTemplate jmsTemplate; private Queue queue; public void setConnectionFactory(ConnectionFactory cf) { this.jmsTemplate = new JmsTemplate(cf); } public void setQueue(Queue queue) { this.queue = queue; } public void simpleSend() { this.jmsTemplate.send(this.queue, new MessageCreator() { public Message createMessage(Session session) throws JMSException { return session.createTextMessage("hello queue world"); } }); } }
This example uses the MessageCreator callback to create a text message from the supplied Session object. The JmsTemplate is constructed by passing a reference to a ConnectionFactory. As an alternative, a zero argument constructor and connectionFactory is provided and can be used for constructing the instance in JavaBean style (using a BeanFactory or plain Java code). Alternatively, consider deriving from Spring's JmsGatewaySupport convenience base class, which provides pre-built bean properties for JMS configuration. The method send(String destinationName, MessageCreator creator) lets you send a message using the string name of the destination. If these names are registered in JNDI, you should set the destinationResolver property of the template to an instance of JndiDestinationResolver.
3.1
Reference Documentation
587
Spring Framework
If you created the JmsTemplate and specified a default destination, the send(MessageCreator c) sends a message to that destination.
3.1
Reference Documentation
588
Spring Framework
public class ExampleListener implements MessageListener { public void onMessage(Message message) { if (message instanceof TextMessage) { try { System.out.println(((TextMessage) message).getText()); } catch (JMSException ex) { throw new RuntimeException(ex); } } else { throw new IllegalArgumentException("Message must be of type TextMessage"); } } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
589
Spring Framework
Once you've implemented your MessageListener, it's time to create a message listener container. Find below an example of how to define and configure one of the message listener containers that ships with Spring (in this case the DefaultMessageListenerContainer).
<!-- this is the Message Driven POJO (MDP) --> <bean id="messageListener" class="jmsexample.ExampleListener" /> <!-- and this is the message listener container --> <bean id="jmsContainer" class="org.springframework.jms.listener.DefaultMessageListenerContainer"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="connectionFactory"/> <property name="destination" ref="destination"/> <property name="messageListener" ref="messageListener" /> </bean>
Please refer to the Spring Javadoc of the various message listener containers for a full description of the features supported by each implementation.
You can choose to have your MDPs implement this interface (in preference to the standard JMS MessageListener interface) if you want your MDPs to be able to respond to any received messages (using the Session supplied in the onMessage(Message, Session) method). All of the message listener container implementations that ship with Spring have support for MDPs that implement either the MessageListener or SessionAwareMessageListener interface. Classes that implement the SessionAwareMessageListener come with the caveat that they are then tied to Spring through the interface. The choice of whether or not to use it is left entirely up to you as an application developer or architect. Please note that the 'onMessage(..)' method of the SessionAwareMessageListener interface throws JMSException. In contrast to the standard JMS MessageListener interface, when using the SessionAwareMessageListener interface, it is the responsibility of the client code to handle any exceptions thrown.
The MessageListenerAdapter
The MessageListenerAdapter class is the final component in Spring's asynchronous messaging support: in a nutshell, it allows you to expose almost any class as a MDP (there are of course some 3.1 Reference Documentation 590
Spring Framework
constraints). Consider the following interface definition. Notice that although the interface extends neither the MessageListener nor SessionAwareMessageListener interfaces, it can still be used as a MDP via the use of the MessageListenerAdapter class. Notice also how the various message handling methods are strongly typed according to the contents of the various Message types that they can receive and handle.
public interface MessageDelegate { void handleMessage(String message); void handleMessage(Map message); void handleMessage(byte[] message); void handleMessage(Serializable message); }
In particular, note how the above implementation of the MessageDelegate interface (the above DefaultMessageDelegate class) has no JMS dependencies at all. It truly is a POJO that we will make into an MDP via the following configuration.
<!-- this is the Message Driven POJO (MDP) --> <bean id="messageListener" class="org.springframework.jms.listener.adapter.MessageListenerAdapter"> <constructor-arg> <bean class="jmsexample.DefaultMessageDelegate"/> </constructor-arg> </bean> <!-- and this is the message listener container... --> <bean id="jmsContainer" class="org.springframework.jms.listener.DefaultMessageListenerContainer"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="connectionFactory"/> <property name="destination" ref="destination"/> <property name="messageListener" ref="messageListener" /> </bean>
Below is an example of another MDP that can only handle the receiving of JMS TextMessage messages. Notice how the message handling method is actually called 'receive' (the name of the message handling method in a MessageListenerAdapter defaults to 'handleMessage'), but it is configurable (as you will see below). Notice also how the 'receive(..)' method is strongly typed to receive and respond only to JMS TextMessage messages.
public interface TextMessageDelegate { void receive(TextMessage message); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
591
Spring Framework
Please note that if the above 'messageListener' receives a JMS Message of a type other than TextMessage, an IllegalStateException will be thrown (and subsequently swallowed). Another of the capabilities of the MessageListenerAdapter class is the ability to automatically send back a response Message if a handler method returns a non-void value. Consider the interface and class:
public interface ResponsiveTextMessageDelegate { // notice the return type... String receive(TextMessage message); }
If the above DefaultResponsiveTextMessageDelegate is used in conjunction with a MessageListenerAdapter then any non-null value that is returned from the execution of the 'receive(..)' method will (in the default configuration) be converted into a TextMessage. The resulting TextMessage will then be sent to the Destination (if one exists) defined in the JMS Reply-To property of the original Message, or the default Destination set on the MessageListenerAdapter (if one has been configured); if no Destination is found then an InvalidDestinationException will be thrown (and please note that this exception will not be swallowed and will propagate up the call stack).
3.1
Reference Documentation
592
Spring Framework
For participating in an externally managed transaction, you will need to configure a transaction manager and use a listener container which supports externally managed transactions: typically DefaultMessageListenerContainer. To configure a message listener container for XA transaction participation, you'll want to configure a JtaTransactionManager (which, by default, delegates to the Java EE server's transaction subsystem). Note that the underlying JMS ConnectionFactory needs to be XA-capable and properly registered with your JTA transaction coordinator! (Check your Java EE server's configuration of JNDI resources.) This allows message reception as well as e.g. database access to be part of the same transaction (with unified commit semantics, at the expense of XA transaction log overhead).
<bean id="transactionManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager"/>
Then you just need to add it to our earlier container configuration. The container will take care of the rest.
<bean id="jmsContainer" class="org.springframework.jms.listener.DefaultMessageListenerContainer"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="connectionFactory"/> <property name="destination" ref="destination"/> <property name="messageListener" ref="messageListener"/> <property name="transactionManager" ref="transactionManager"/> </bean>
Alternatively, you may set up a JmsMessageEndpointManager with a given ActivationSpec object. The ActivationSpec object may also come from a JNDI lookup (using <jee:jndi-lookup>).
<bean class="org.springframework.jms.listener.endpoint.JmsMessageEndpointManager"> <property name="resourceAdapter" ref="resourceAdapter"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
593
Spring Framework
<property name="activationSpec"> <bean class="org.apache.activemq.ra.ActiveMQActivationSpec"> <property name="destination" value="myQueue"/> <property name="destinationType" value="javax.jms.Queue"/> </bean> </property> <property name="messageListener" ref="myMessageListener"/> </bean>
Using Spring's ResourceAdapterFactoryBean, the target ResourceAdapter may be configured locally as depicted in the following example.
<bean id="resourceAdapter" class="org.springframework.jca.support.ResourceAdapterFactoryBean"> <property name="resourceAdapter"> <bean class="org.apache.activemq.ra.ActiveMQResourceAdapter"> <property name="serverUrl" value="tcp://localhost:61616"/> </bean> </property> <property name="workManager"> <bean class="org.springframework.jca.work.SimpleTaskWorkManager"/> </property> </bean>
The specified WorkManager may also point to an environment-specific thread pool - typically through SimpleTaskWorkManager's "asyncTaskExecutor" property. Consider defining a shared thread pool for all your ResourceAdapter instances if you happen to use multiple adapters. In some environments (e.g. WebLogic 9 or above), the entire ResourceAdapter object may be obtained from JNDI instead (using <jee:jndi-lookup>). The Spring-based message listeners can then interact with the server-hosted ResourceAdapter, also using the server's built-in WorkManager. Please consult the JavaDoc for JmsMessageEndpointManager, JmsActivationSpecConfig, and ResourceAdapterFactoryBean for more details. Spring also provides a generic JCA message endpoint manager which is not tied to JMS: org.springframework.jca.endpoint.GenericMessageEndpointManager. This component allows for using any message listener type (e.g. a CCI MessageListener) and any provider-specific ActivationSpec object. Check out your JCA provider's documentation to find out about the actual capabilities of your connector, and consult GenericMessageEndpointManager's JavaDoc for the Spring-specific configuration details.
Note
JCA-based message endpoint management is very analogous to EJB 2.1 Message-Driven Beans; it uses the same underlying resource provider contract. Like with EJB 2.1 MDBs, any message listener interface supported by your JCA provider can be used in the Spring context as well. Spring nevertheless provides explicit 'convenience' support for JMS, simply because JMS is the most common endpoint API used with the JCA endpoint management contract.
3.1
Reference Documentation
594
Spring Framework
The namespace consists of two top-level elements: <listener-container/> and <jca-listener-container/> both of which may contain one or more <listener/> child elements. Here is an example of a basic configuration for two listeners.
<jms:listener-container> <jms:listener destination="queue.orders" ref="orderService" method="placeOrder"/> <jms:listener destination="queue.confirmations" ref="confirmationLogger" method="log"/> </jms:listener-container>
The example above is equivalent to creating two distinct listener container bean definitions and two distinct MessageListenerAdapter bean definitions as demonstrated in the section called The MessageListenerAdapter. In addition to the attributes shown above, the listener element may contain several optional ones. The following table describes all available attributes: Table 22.1. Attributes of the JMS <listener> element Attribute id A bean name for the hosting listener container. If not specified, a bean name will be automatically generated. destination (required) The destination name for this listener, resolved through the DestinationResolver strategy. ref (required) The bean name of the handler object. method The name of the handler method to invoke. If the ref points to a MessageListener or Spring SessionAwareMessageListener, this attribute may be 3.1 Reference Documentation 595 Description
Spring Framework
Attribute
Description omitted.
response-destination The name of the default response destination to send response messages to. This will be applied in case of a request message that does not carry a "JMSReplyTo" field. The type of this destination will be determined by the listener-container's "destination-type" attribute. Note: This only applies to a listener method with a return value, for which each result object will be converted into a response message. subscription The name of the durable subscription, if any. selector An optional message selector for this listener.
The <listener-container/> element also accepts several optional attributes. This allows for customization of the various strategies (for example, taskExecutor and destinationResolver) as well as basic JMS settings and resource references. Using these attributes, it is possible to define highly-customized listener containers while still benefiting from the convenience of the namespace.
<jms:listener-container connection-factory="myConnectionFactory" task-executor="myTaskExecutor" destination-resolver="myDestinationResolver" transaction-manager="myTransactionManager" concurrency="10"> <jms:listener destination="queue.orders" ref="orderService" method="placeOrder"/> <jms:listener destination="queue.confirmations" ref="confirmationLogger" method="log"/> </jms:listener-container>
The following table describes all available attributes. Consult the class-level Javadoc of the AbstractMessageListenerContainer and its concrete subclasses for more details on the individual properties. The Javadoc also provides a discussion of transaction choices and message redelivery scenarios. Table 22.2. Attributes of the JMS <listener-container> element Attribute container-type The type of this listener container. Available options are: default, simple, default102, or simple102 (the default value is 'default'). connection-factory A reference to the JMS ConnectionFactory bean (the default 3.1 Reference Documentation 596 Description
Spring Framework
Attribute
task-executor A reference to the Spring TaskExecutor for the JMS listener invokers. destination-resolver A reference to the DestinationResolver strategy for resolving JMS Destinations. message-converter A reference to the MessageConverter strategy for converting JMS Messages to listener method arguments. Default is a SimpleMessageConverter. destination-type The JMS destination type for this listener: queue, topic or durableTopic. The default is queue. client-id The JMS client id for this listener container. Needs to be specified when using durable subscriptions. cache The cache level for JMS resources: none, connection, session, consumer or auto. By default (auto), the cache level will effectively be "consumer", unless an external transaction manager has been specified - in which case the effective default will be none (assuming Java EE-style transaction management where the given ConnectionFactory is an XA-aware pool). acknowledge The native JMS acknowledge mode: auto, client, dups-ok or transacted. A value of transacted activates a locally transacted Session. As an alternative, specify the transaction-manager attribute described below. Default is auto. transaction-manager A reference to an external PlatformTransactionManager (typically an XA-based transaction coordinator, e.g. Spring's JtaTransactionManager). If not specified, native acknowledging will be used (see "acknowledge" attribute). concurrency The number of concurrent sessions/consumers to start for each listener. Can either be a simple number indicating the maximum number (e.g. "5") or a range indicating the lower as well as the upper limit (e.g. "3-5"). Note that a specified minimum is just a hint and
3.1
Reference Documentation
597
Spring Framework
Attribute
Description might be ignored at runtime. Default is 1; keep concurrency limited to 1 in case of a topic listener or if queue ordering is important; consider raising it for general queues.
prefetch The maximum number of messages to load into a single session. Note that raising this number might lead to starvation of concurrent consumers!
Configuring a JCA-based listener container with the "jms" schema support is very similar.
<jms:jca-listener-container resource-adapter="myResourceAdapter" destination-resolver="myDestinationResolver" transaction-manager="myTransactionManager" concurrency="10"> <jms:listener destination="queue.orders" ref="myMessageListener"/> </jms:jca-listener-container>
The available configuration options for the JCA variant are described in the following table: Table 22.3. Attributes of the JMS <jca-listener-container/> element Attribute resource-adapter A reference to the JCA ResourceAdapter bean (the default bean name is 'resourceAdapter'). activation-spec-factory A reference to the JmsActivationSpecFactory. The default is to autodetect the JMS provider and its ActivationSpec class (see DefaultJmsActivationSpecFactory) destination-resolver A reference to the DestinationResolver strategy for resolving JMS Destinations. message-converter A reference to the MessageConverter strategy for converting JMS Messages to listener method arguments. Default is a SimpleMessageConverter. destination-type The JMS destination type for this listener: queue, topic or durableTopic. The default is queue. client-id The JMS client id for this listener container. Needs to be specified 3.1 Reference Documentation 598 Description
Spring Framework
Attribute
acknowledge The native JMS acknowledge mode: auto, client, dups-ok or transacted. A value of transacted activates a locally transacted Session. As an alternative, specify the transaction-manager attribute described below. Default is auto. transaction-manager A reference to a Spring JtaTransactionManager or a javax.transaction.TransactionManager for kicking off an XA transaction for each incoming message. If not specified, native acknowledging will be used (see the "acknowledge" attribute). concurrency The number of concurrent sessions/consumers to start for each listener. Can either be a simple number indicating the maximum number (e.g. "5") or a range indicating the lower as well as the upper limit (e.g. "3-5"). Note that a specified minimum is just a hint and will typically be ignored at runtime when using a JCA listener container. Default is 1. prefetch The maximum number of messages to load into a single session. Note that raising this number might lead to starvation of concurrent consumers!
3.1
Reference Documentation
599
Spring Framework
23. JMX
23.1 Introduction
The JMX support in Spring provides you with the features to easily and transparently integrate your Spring application into a JMX infrastructure. JMX? This chapter is not an introduction to JMX... it doesn't try to explain the motivations of why one might want to use JMX (or indeed what the letters JMX actually stand for). If you are new to JMX, check out Section 23.8, Further Resources at the end of this chapter.
Specifically, Spring's JMX support provides four core features: The automatic registration of any Spring bean as a JMX MBean A flexible mechanism for controlling the management interface of your beans The declarative exposure of MBeans over remote, JSR-160 connectors The simple proxying of both local and remote MBean resources These features are designed to work without coupling your application components to either Spring or JMX interfaces and classes. Indeed, for the most part your application classes need not be aware of either Spring or JMX in order to take advantage of the Spring JMX features.
3.1
Reference Documentation
600
Spring Framework
this.age = age; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } public String getName() { return name; } public int add(int x, int y) { return x + y; } public void dontExposeMe() { throw new RuntimeException(); } }
To expose the properties and methods of this bean as attributes and operations of an MBean you simply configure an instance of the MBeanExporter class in your configuration file and pass in the bean as shown below:
<beans> <!-- this bean must not be lazily initialized if the exporting is to happen --> <bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter" lazy-init="false"> <property name="beans"> <map> <entry key="bean:name=testBean1" value-ref="testBean"/> </map> </property> </bean> <bean id="testBean" class="org.springframework.jmx.JmxTestBean"> <property name="name" value="TEST"/> <property name="age" value="100"/> </bean> </beans>
The pertinent bean definition from the above configuration snippet is the exporter bean. The beans property tells the MBeanExporter exactly which of your beans must be exported to the JMX MBeanServer. In the default configuration, the key of each entry in the beans Map is used as the ObjectName for the bean referenced by the corresponding entry value. This behavior can be changed as described in Section 23.4, Controlling the ObjectNames for your beans. With this configuration the testBean bean is exposed as an MBean under the ObjectName bean:name=testBean1. By default, all public properties of the bean are exposed as attributes and all public methods (bar those inherited from the Object class) are exposed as operations.
Creating an MBeanServer
The above configuration assumes that the application is running in an environment that has one (and only one) MBeanServer already running. In this case, Spring will attempt to locate the running
3.1
Reference Documentation
601
Spring Framework
MBeanServer and register your beans with that server (if any). This behavior is useful when your application is running inside a container such as Tomcat or IBM WebSphere that has its own MBeanServer. However, this approach is of no use in a standalone environment, or when running inside a container that does not provide an MBeanServer. To address this you can create an MBeanServer instance declaratively by adding an instance of the org.springframework.jmx.support.MBeanServerFactoryBean class to your configuration. You can also ensure that a specific MBeanServer is used by setting the value of the MBeanExporter's server property to the MBeanServer value returned by an MBeanServerFactoryBean; for example:
<beans> <bean id="mbeanServer" class="org.springframework.jmx.support.MBeanServerFactoryBean"/> <!-this bean needs to be eagerly pre-instantiated in order for the exporting to occur; this means that it must not be marked as lazily initialized --> <bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter"> <property name="beans"> <map> <entry key="bean:name=testBean1" value-ref="testBean"/> </map> </property> <property name="server" ref="mbeanServer"/> </bean> <bean id="testBean" class="org.springframework.jmx.JmxTestBean"> <property name="name" value="TEST"/> <property name="age" value="100"/> </bean> </beans>
Here an instance of MBeanServer is created by the MBeanServerFactoryBean and is supplied to the MBeanExporter via the server property. When you supply your own MBeanServer instance, the MBeanExporter will not attempt to locate a running MBeanServer and will use the supplied MBeanServer instance. For this to work correctly, you must (of course) have a JMX implementation on your classpath.
3.1
Reference Documentation
602
Spring Framework
</bean> <bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter"> <property name="server" ref="mbeanServer"/> ... </bean> </beans>
For platforms/cases where the existing MBeanServer has a dynamic (or unknown) agentId which is retrieved through lookup methods, one should use factory-method:
<beans> <bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter"> <property name="server"> <!-- Custom MBeanServerLocator --> <bean class="platform.package.MBeanServerLocator" factory-method="locateMBeanServer"/> </property> <!-- other beans here --> </bean> </beans>
Lazy-initialized MBeans
If you configure a bean with the MBeanExporter that is also configured for lazy initialization, then the MBeanExporter will not break this contract and will avoid instantiating the bean. Instead, it will register a proxy with the MBeanServer and will defer obtaining the bean from the container until the first invocation on the proxy occurs.
Here, the bean called spring:mbean=true is already a valid JMX MBean and will be automatically registered by Spring. By default, beans that are autodetected for JMX registration have their bean name used as the ObjectName. This behavior can be overridden as detailed in Section 23.4, Controlling the ObjectNames for your beans.
Spring Framework
already been registered under that same ObjectName, the default behavior is to fail (and throw an InstanceAlreadyExistsException). It is possible to control the behavior of exactly what happens when an MBean is registered with an MBeanServer. Spring's JMX support allows for three different registration behaviors to control the registration behavior when the registration process finds that an MBean has already been registered under the same ObjectName; these registration behaviors are summarized on the following table: Table 23.1. Registration Behaviors Registration behavior REGISTRATION_FAIL_ON_EXISTING Explanation This is the default registration behavior. If an MBean instance has already been registered under the same ObjectName, the MBean that is being registered will not be registered and an InstanceAlreadyExistsException will be thrown. The existing MBean is unaffected. If an MBean instance has already been registered under the same ObjectName, the MBean that is being registered will not be registered. The existing MBean is unaffected, and no Exception will be thrown. This is useful in settings where multiple applications want to share a common MBean in a shared MBeanServer. REGISTRATION_REPLACE_EXISTING If an MBean instance has already been registered under the same ObjectName, the existing MBean that was previously registered will be unregistered and the new MBean will be registered in its place (the new MBean effectively replaces the previous instance).
REGISTRATION_IGNORE_EXISTING
The above values are defined as constants on the MBeanRegistrationSupport class (the MBeanExporter class derives from this superclass). If you want to change the default registration behavior, you simply need to set the value of the registrationBehaviorName property on your MBeanExporter definition to one of those values. The following example illustrates how to effect a change from the default registration behavior to the REGISTRATION_REPLACE_EXISTING behavior:
<beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
604
Spring Framework
<bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter"> <property name="beans"> <map> <entry key="bean:name=testBean1" value-ref="testBean"/> </map> </property> <property name="registrationBehaviorName" value="REGISTRATION_REPLACE_EXISTING"/> </bean> <bean id="testBean" class="org.springframework.jmx.JmxTestBean"> <property name="name" value="TEST"/> <property name="age" value="100"/> </bean> </beans>
Spring Framework
annotation. Each method you wish to expose as an operation must be marked with the ManagedOperation annotation and each property you wish to expose must be marked with the ManagedAttribute annotation. When marking properties you can omit either the annotation of the getter or the setter to create a write-only or read-only attribute respectively. The example below shows the annotated version of the JmxTestBean class that you saw earlier:
package org.springframework.jmx; import org.springframework.jmx.export.annotation.ManagedResource; import org.springframework.jmx.export.annotation.ManagedOperation; import org.springframework.jmx.export.annotation.ManagedAttribute; @ManagedResource(objectName="bean:name=testBean4", description="My Managed Bean", log=true, logFile="jmx.log", currencyTimeLimit=15, persistPolicy="OnUpdate", persistPeriod=200, persistLocation="foo", persistName="bar") public class AnnotationTestBean implements IJmxTestBean { private String name; private int age; @ManagedAttribute(description="The Age Attribute", currencyTimeLimit=15) public int getAge() { return age; } public void setAge(int age) { this.age = age; } @ManagedAttribute(description="The Name Attribute", currencyTimeLimit=20, defaultValue="bar", persistPolicy="OnUpdate") public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } @ManagedAttribute(defaultValue="foo", persistPeriod=300) public String getName() { return name; } @ManagedOperation(description="Add two numbers") @ManagedOperationParameters({ @ManagedOperationParameter(name = "x", description = "The first number"), @ManagedOperationParameter(name = "y", description = "The second number")}) public int add(int x, int y) { return x + y; } public void dontExposeMe() { throw new RuntimeException(); } }
Here you can see that the JmxTestBean class is marked with the ManagedResource annotation and that this ManagedResource annotation is configured with a set of properties. These properties can be used to configure various aspects of the MBean that is generated by the MBeanExporter, and are explained in greater detail later in section entitled the section called Source-Level Metadata Types. You will also notice that both the age and name properties are annotated with the 3.1 Reference Documentation 606
Spring Framework
ManagedAttribute annotation, but in the case of the age property, only the getter is marked. This will cause both of these properties to be included in the management interface as attributes, but the age attribute will be read-only. Finally, you will notice that the add(int, int) method is marked with the ManagedOperation attribute whereas the dontExposeMe() method is not. This will cause the management interface to contain only one operation, add(int, int), when using the MetadataMBeanInfoAssembler. The configuration below shows how MetadataMBeanInfoAssembler: you configure the MBeanExporter to use the
<beans> <bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter"> <property name="assembler" ref="assembler"/> <property name="namingStrategy" ref="namingStrategy"/> <property name="autodetect" value="true"/> </bean> <bean id="jmxAttributeSource" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.annotation.AnnotationJmxAttributeSource"/> <!-- will create management interface using annotation metadata --> <bean id="assembler" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.assembler.MetadataMBeanInfoAssembler"> <property name="attributeSource" ref="jmxAttributeSource"/> </bean> <!-- will pick up the ObjectName from the annotation --> <bean id="namingStrategy" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.naming.MetadataNamingStrategy"> <property name="attributeSource" ref="jmxAttributeSource"/> </bean> <bean id="testBean" class="org.springframework.jmx.AnnotationTestBean"> <property name="name" value="TEST"/> <property name="age" value="100"/> </bean> </beans>
Here you can see that an MetadataMBeanInfoAssembler bean has been configured with an instance of the AnnotationJmxAttributeSource class and passed to the MBeanExporter through the assembler property. This is all that is required to take advantage of metadata-driven management interfaces for your Spring-exposed MBeans.
3.1
Reference Documentation
607
Spring Framework
Purpose Mark a method as a JMX operation Mark a getter or setter as one half of a JMX attribute
Annotation @ManagedOperation
@ManagedAttribute
The following configuration parameters are available for use on these source-level metadata types: Table 23.3. Source-Level Metadata Parameters Parameter ObjectName Description Applies to
Used by ManagedResource MetadataNamingStrategy to determine the ObjectName of a managed resource Sets the friendly description of ManagedResource, the resource, attribute or ManagedAttribute, operation ManagedOperation, ManagedOperationParameter Sets the value of currencyTimeLimit descriptor field Sets the value defaultValue field the ManagedResource, ManagedAttribute
description
currencyTimeLimit
defaultValue
log
Sets the value of the log ManagedResource descriptor field Sets the value of the logFile ManagedResource descriptor field Sets the value persistPolicy field Sets the value persistPeriod of the ManagedResource descriptor of the ManagedResource descriptor 608
logFile
persistPolicy
persistPeriod
3.1
Reference Documentation
Spring Framework
Description
Applies to
Sets the value of the ManagedResource persistLocation descriptor field Sets the value of the ManagedResource persistName descriptor field Sets the display name of an ManagedOperationParameter operation parameter Sets the index of an operation ManagedOperationParameter parameter
persistName
name
index
Notice that in this configuration no beans are passed to the MBeanExporter; however, the 3.1 Reference Documentation 609
Spring Framework
JmxTestBean will still be registered since it is marked with the ManagedResource attribute and the MetadataMBeanInfoAssembler detects this and votes to include it. The only problem with this approach is that the name of the JmxTestBean now has business meaning. You can address this issue by changing the default behavior for ObjectName creation as defined in Section 23.4, Controlling the ObjectNames for your beans.
This interface defines the methods and properties that will be exposed as operations and attributes on the JMX MBean. The code below shows how to configure Spring JMX to use this interface as the definition for the management interface:
<beans> <bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter"> <property name="beans"> <map> <entry key="bean:name=testBean5" value-ref="testBean"/> </map> </property> <property name="assembler"> <bean class="org.springframework.jmx.export.assembler.InterfaceBasedMBeanInfoAssembler"> <property name="managedInterfaces"> <value>org.springframework.jmx.IJmxTestBean</value> </property> </bean> </property> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
610
Spring Framework
<bean id="testBean" class="org.springframework.jmx.JmxTestBean"> <property name="name" value="TEST"/> <property name="age" value="100"/> </bean> </beans>
Here you can see that the InterfaceBasedMBeanInfoAssembler is configured to use the IJmxTestBean interface when constructing the management interface for any bean. It is important to understand that beans processed by the InterfaceBasedMBeanInfoAssembler are not required to implement the interface used to generate the JMX management interface. In the case above, the IJmxTestBean interface is used to construct all management interfaces for all beans. In many cases this is not the desired behavior and you may want to use different interfaces for different beans. In this case, you can pass InterfaceBasedMBeanInfoAssembler a Properties instance via the interfaceMappings property, where the key of each entry is the bean name and the value of each entry is a comma-separated list of interface names to use for that bean. If no management interface is specified through either the managedInterfaces or interfaceMappings properties, then the InterfaceBasedMBeanInfoAssembler will reflect on the bean and use all of the interfaces implemented by that bean to create the management interface.
Using MethodNameBasedMBeanInfoAssembler
The MethodNameBasedMBeanInfoAssembler allows you to specify a list of method names that will be exposed to JMX as attributes and operations. The code below shows a sample configuration for this:
<bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter"> <property name="beans"> <map> <entry key="bean:name=testBean5" value-ref="testBean"/> </map> </property> <property name="assembler"> <bean class="org.springframework.jmx.export.assembler.MethodNameBasedMBeanInfoAssembler"> <property name="managedMethods"> <value>add,myOperation,getName,setName,getAge</value> </property> </bean> </property> </bean>
Here you can see that the methods add and myOperation will be exposed as JMX operations and getName(), setName(String) and getAge() will be exposed as the appropriate half of a JMX attribute. In the code above, the method mappings apply to beans that are exposed to JMX. To control method exposure on a bean-by-bean basis, use the methodMappings property of MethodNameMBeanInfoAssembler to map bean names to lists of method names.
Spring Framework
Behind the scenes, the MBeanExporter delegates to an implementation of the ObjectNamingStrategy to obtain ObjectNames for each of the beans it is registering. The default implementation, KeyNamingStrategy, will, by default, use the key of the beans Map as the ObjectName. In addition, the KeyNamingStrategy can map the key of the beans Map to an entry in a Properties file (or files) to resolve the ObjectName. In addition to the KeyNamingStrategy, Spring provides two additional ObjectNamingStrategy implementations: the IdentityNamingStrategy that builds an ObjectName based on the JVM identity of the bean and the MetadataNamingStrategy that uses source level metadata to obtain the ObjectName.
Here an instance of KeyNamingStrategy is configured with a Properties instance that is merged from the Properties instance defined by the mapping property and the properties files located in the paths defined by the mappings property. In this configuration, the testBean bean will be given the ObjectName bean:name=testBean1 since this is the entry in the Properties instance that has a key corresponding to the bean key. If no entry in the Properties instance can be found then the bean key name is used as the 3.1 Reference Documentation 612
Spring Framework
ObjectName.
If no objectName has been provided for the ManagedResource attribute, then an ObjectName will be created with the following format: [fully-qualified-package-name]:type=[short-classname],name=[bean-name]. For example, the generated ObjectName for the following bean would be: com.foo:type=MyClass,name=myBean.
<bean id="myBean" class="com.foo.MyClass"/>
You can provide a reference to a particular MBean server if necessary, and the defaultDomain attribute (a property of AnnotationMBeanExporter) accepts an alternate value for the generated 3.1 Reference Documentation 613
Spring Framework
MBean ObjectNames' domains. This would be used in place of the fully qualified package name as described in the previous section on MetadataNamingStrategy.
<context:mbean-export server="myMBeanServer" default-domain="myDomain"/>
Note
Do not use interface-based AOP proxies in combination with autodetection of JMX annotations in your bean classes. Interface-based proxies 'hide' the target class, which also hides the JMX managed resource annotations. Hence, use target-class proxies in that case: through setting the 'proxy-target-class' flag on <aop:config/>, <tx:annotation-driven/>, etc. Otherwise, your JMX beans might be silently ignored at startup...
Server-side Connectors
To have Spring JMX create, start and expose a JSR-160 JMXConnectorServer use the following configuration:
<bean id="serverConnector" class="org.springframework.jmx.support.ConnectorServerFactoryBean"/>
By default ConnectorServerFactoryBean creates a JMXConnectorServer bound to "service:jmx:jmxmp://localhost:9875". The serverConnector bean thus exposes the local MBeanServer to clients through the JMXMP protocol on localhost, port 9875. Note that the JMXMP protocol is marked as optional by the JSR 160 specification: currently, the main open-source JMX implementation, MX4J, and the one provided with J2SE 5.0 do not support JMXMP. To specify another URL and register the JMXConnectorServer itself with the MBeanServer use the serviceUrl and ObjectName properties respectively:
<bean id="serverConnector" class="org.springframework.jmx.support.ConnectorServerFactoryBean"> <property name="objectName" value="connector:name=rmi"/> <property name="serviceUrl" value="service:jmx:rmi://localhost/jndi/rmi://localhost:1099/myconnector"/> </bean>
If the ObjectName property is set Spring will automatically register your connector with the MBeanServer under that ObjectName. The example below shows the full set of parameters which 3.1 Reference Documentation 614
Spring Framework
Note that when using a RMI-based connector you need the lookup service (tnameserv or rmiregistry) to be started in order for the name registration to complete. If you are using Spring to export remote services for you via RMI, then Spring will already have constructed an RMI registry. If not, you can easily start a registry using the following snippet of configuration:
<bean id="registry" class="org.springframework.remoting.rmi.RmiRegistryFactoryBean"> <property name="port" value="1099"/> </bean>
Client-side Connectors
To create an MBeanServerConnection to a remote JSR-160 enabled MBeanServer use the MBeanServerConnectionFactoryBean as shown below:
<bean id="clientConnector" class="org.springframework.jmx.support.MBeanServerConnectionFactoryBean"> <property name="serviceUrl" value="service:jmx:rmi://localhost/jndi/rmi://localhost:1099/jmxrmi"/> </bean>
In the case of the above example, MX4J 3.0.0 was used; see the official MX4J documentation for more information.
3.1
Reference Documentation
615
Spring Framework
Here you can see that a proxy is created for the MBean registered under the ObjectName: bean:name=testBean. The set of interfaces that the proxy will implement is controlled by the proxyInterfaces property and the rules for mapping methods and properties on these interfaces to operations and attributes on the MBean are the same rules used by the InterfaceBasedMBeanInfoAssembler. The MBeanProxyFactoryBean can create a proxy to any MBean that is accessible via an MBeanServerConnection. By default, the local MBeanServer is located and used, but you can override this and provide an MBeanServerConnection pointing to a remote MBeanServer to cater for proxies pointing to remote MBeans:
<bean id="clientConnector" class="org.springframework.jmx.support.MBeanServerConnectionFactoryBean"> <property name="serviceUrl" value="service:jmx:rmi://remotehost:9875"/> </bean> <bean id="proxy" class="org.springframework.jmx.access.MBeanProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="objectName" value="bean:name=testBean"/> <property name="proxyInterface" value="org.springframework.jmx.IJmxTestBean"/> <property name="server" ref="clientConnector"/> </bean>
Here you can see that we create an MBeanServerConnection pointing to a remote machine using the MBeanServerConnectionFactoryBean. This MBeanServerConnection is then passed to the MBeanProxyFactoryBean via the server property. The proxy that is created will forward all invocations to the MBeanServer via this MBeanServerConnection.
23.7 Notifications
Spring's JMX offering includes comprehensive support for JMX notifications.
3.1
Reference Documentation
616
Spring Framework
registered via some other mechanism). By way of an example, consider the scenario where one would like to be informed (via a Notification) each and every time an attribute of a target MBean changes.
package com.example; import import import import javax.management.AttributeChangeNotification; javax.management.Notification; javax.management.NotificationFilter; javax.management.NotificationListener;
public class ConsoleLoggingNotificationListener implements NotificationListener, NotificationFilter { public void handleNotification(Notification notification, Object handback) { System.out.println(notification); System.out.println(handback); } public boolean isNotificationEnabled(Notification notification) { return AttributeChangeNotification.class.isAssignableFrom(notification.getClass()); } }
<beans> <bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter"> <property name="beans"> <map> <entry key="bean:name=testBean1" value-ref="testBean"/> </map> </property> <property name="notificationListenerMappings"> <map> <entry key="bean:name=testBean1"> <bean class="com.example.ConsoleLoggingNotificationListener"/> </entry> </map> </property> </bean> <bean id="testBean" class="org.springframework.jmx.JmxTestBean"> <property name="name" value="TEST"/> <property name="age" value="100"/> </bean> </beans>
With the above configuration in place, every time a JMX Notification is broadcast from the target MBean (bean:name=testBean1), the ConsoleLoggingNotificationListener bean that was registered as a listener via the notificationListenerMappings property will be notified. The ConsoleLoggingNotificationListener bean can then take whatever action it deems appropriate in response to the Notification. You can also use straight bean names as the link between exported beans and listeners:
<beans> <bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter"> <property name="beans"> <map> <entry key="bean:name=testBean1" value-ref="testBean"/> </map>
3.1
Reference Documentation
617
Spring Framework
</property> <property name="notificationListenerMappings"> <map> <entry key="testBean"> <bean class="com.example.ConsoleLoggingNotificationListener"/> </entry> </map> </property> </bean> <bean id="testBean" class="org.springframework.jmx.JmxTestBean"> <property name="name" value="TEST"/> <property name="age" value="100"/> </bean> </beans>
If one wants to register a single NotificationListener instance for all of the beans that the enclosing MBeanExporter is exporting, one can use the special wildcard '*' (sans quotes) as the key for an entry in the notificationListenerMappings property map; for example:
<property name="notificationListenerMappings"> <map> <entry key="*"> <bean class="com.example.ConsoleLoggingNotificationListener"/> </entry> </map> </property>
If one needs to do the inverse (that is, register a number of distinct listeners against an MBean), then one has to use the notificationListeners list property instead (and in preference to the notificationListenerMappings property). This time, instead of configuring simply a NotificationListener for a single MBean, one configures NotificationListenerBean instances... a NotificationListenerBean encapsulates a NotificationListener and the ObjectName (or ObjectNames) that it is to be registered against in an MBeanServer. The NotificationListenerBean also encapsulates a number of other properties such as a NotificationFilter and an arbitrary handback object that can be used in advanced JMX notification scenarios. The configuration when using NotificationListenerBean instances is not wildly different to what was presented previously:
<beans> <bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter"> <property name="beans"> <map> <entry key="bean:name=testBean1" value-ref="testBean"/> </map> </property> <property name="notificationListeners"> <list> <bean class="org.springframework.jmx.export.NotificationListenerBean"> <constructor-arg> <bean class="com.example.ConsoleLoggingNotificationListener"/> </constructor-arg> <property name="mappedObjectNames"> <list> <value>bean:name=testBean1</value>
3.1
Reference Documentation
618
Spring Framework
</list> </property> </bean> </list> </property> </bean> <bean id="testBean" class="org.springframework.jmx.JmxTestBean"> <property name="name" value="TEST"/> <property name="age" value="100"/> </bean> </beans>
The above example is equivalent to the first notification example. Lets assume then that we want to be given a handback object every time a Notification is raised, and that additionally we want to filter out extraneous Notifications by supplying a NotificationFilter. (For a full discussion of just what a handback object is, and indeed what a NotificationFilter is, please do consult that section of the JMX specification (1.2) entitled 'The JMX Notification Model'.)
<beans> <bean id="exporter" class="org.springframework.jmx.export.MBeanExporter"> <property name="beans"> <map> <entry key="bean:name=testBean1" value-ref="testBean1"/> <entry key="bean:name=testBean2" value-ref="testBean2"/> </map> </property> <property name="notificationListeners"> <list> <bean class="org.springframework.jmx.export.NotificationListenerBean"> <constructor-arg ref="customerNotificationListener"/> <property name="mappedObjectNames"> <list> <!-- handles notifications from two distinct MBeans --> <value>bean:name=testBean1</value> <value>bean:name=testBean2</value> </list> </property> <property name="handback"> <bean class="java.lang.String"> <constructor-arg value="This could be anything..."/> </bean> </property> <property name="notificationFilter" ref="customerNotificationListener"/> </bean> </list> </property> </bean> <!-- implements both the NotificationListener and NotificationFilter interfaces --> <bean id="customerNotificationListener" class="com.example.ConsoleLoggingNotificationListener"/> <bean id="testBean1" class="org.springframework.jmx.JmxTestBean"> <property name="name" value="TEST"/> <property name="age" value="100"/> </bean> <bean id="testBean2" class="org.springframework.jmx.JmxTestBean"> <property name="name" value="ANOTHER TEST"/> <property name="age" value="200"/> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
619
Spring Framework
</beans>
Publishing Notifications
Spring provides support not just for registering to receive Notifications, but also for publishing Notifications.
Note
Please note that this section is really only relevant to Spring managed beans that have been exposed as MBeans via an MBeanExporter; any existing, user-defined MBeans should use the standard JMX APIs for notification publication. The key interface in Spring's JMX notification publication support is the NotificationPublisher interface (defined in the org.springframework.jmx.export.notification package). Any bean that is going to be exported as an MBean via an MBeanExporter instance can implement the related NotificationPublisherAware interface to gain access to a NotificationPublisher instance. The NotificationPublisherAware interface simply supplies an instance of a NotificationPublisher to the implementing bean via a simple setter method, which the bean can then use to publish Notifications. As stated in the Javadoc for the NotificationPublisher class, managed beans that are publishing events via the NotificationPublisher mechanism are not responsible for the state management of any notification listeners and the like ... Spring's JMX support will take care of handling all the JMX infrastructure issues. All one need do as an application developer is implement the NotificationPublisherAware interface and start publishing events using the supplied NotificationPublisher instance. Note that the NotificationPublisher will be set after the managed bean has been registered with an MBeanServer. Using a NotificationPublisher instance is quite straightforward... one simply creates a JMX Notification instance (or an instance of an appropriate Notification subclass), populates the notification with the data pertinent to the event that is to be published, and one then invokes the sendNotification(Notification) on the NotificationPublisher instance, passing in the Notification. Find below a simple example... in this scenario, exported instances of the JmxTestBean are going to publish a NotificationEvent every time the add(int, int) operation is invoked.
package org.springframework.jmx; import org.springframework.jmx.export.notification.NotificationPublisherAware; import org.springframework.jmx.export.notification.NotificationPublisher; import javax.management.Notification; public class JmxTestBean implements IJmxTestBean, NotificationPublisherAware { private String name; private int age; private boolean isSuperman;
3.1
Reference Documentation
620
Spring Framework
private NotificationPublisher publisher; // other getters and setters omitted for clarity public int add(int x, int y) { int answer = x + y; this.publisher.sendNotification(new Notification("add", this, 0)); return answer; } public void dontExposeMe() { throw new RuntimeException(); } public void setNotificationPublisher(NotificationPublisher notificationPublisher) { this.publisher = notificationPublisher; } }
The NotificationPublisher interface and the machinery to get it all working is one of the nicer features of Spring's JMX support. It does however come with the price tag of coupling your classes to both Spring and JMX; as always, the advice here is to be pragmatic... if you need the functionality offered by the NotificationPublisher and you can accept the coupling to both Spring and JMX, then do so.
3.1
Reference Documentation
621
Spring Framework
Note
The client side of connectors doesn't alway use CCI. Some connectors expose their own APIs, only providing JCA resource adapter to use the system contracts of a Java EE container (connection pooling, global transactions, security). Spring does not offer special support for such connector-specific APIs.
3.1
Reference Documentation
622
Spring Framework
Another way to use a connector is to embed it in your application (non-managed mode), not using an application server to deploy and configure it. Spring offers the possibility to configure a connector as a bean, through a provided FactoryBean (LocalConnectionFactoryBean). In this manner, you only need the connector library in the classpath (no RAR file and no ra.xml descriptor needed). The library must be extracted from the connector's RAR file, if necessary. Once you have got access to your ConnectionFactory instance, you can inject it into your components. These components can either be coded against the plain CCI API or leverage Spring's support classes for CCI access (e.g. CciTemplate).
Note
When you use a connector in non-managed mode, you can't use global transactions because the resource is never enlisted / delisted in the current global transaction of the current thread. The resource is simply not aware of any global Java EE transactions that might be running.
In non-managed mode, you must configure the ConnectionFactory you want to use in the configuration of Spring as a JavaBean. The LocalConnectionFactoryBean class offers this setup style, passing in the ManagedConnectionFactory implementation of your connector, exposing the application-level CCI ConnectionFactory.
<bean id="eciManagedConnectionFactory" class="com.ibm.connector2.cics.ECIManagedConnectionFactory"> <property name="serverName" value="TXSERIES"/> <property name="connectionURL" value="tcp://localhost/"/> <property name="portNumber" value="2006"/> </bean> <bean id="eciConnectionFactory" class="org.springframework.jca.support.LocalConnectionFactoryBean"> <property name="managedConnectionFactory" ref="eciManagedConnectionFactory"/> </bean>
Note
You can't directly instantiate a specific ConnectionFactory. You need to go through the corresponding implementation of the ManagedConnectionFactory interface for your connector. This interface is part of the JCA SPI specification. 3.1 Reference Documentation 623
Spring Framework
Spring provides a ConnectionSpecConnectionFactoryAdapter that allows for specifying a ConnectionSpec instance to use for all operations on a given factory. If the adapter's connectionSpec property is specified, the adapter uses the getConnection variant without argument, else the one with the ConnectionSpec argument.
<bean id="managedConnectionFactory" class="com.sun.connector.cciblackbox.CciLocalTxManagedConnectionFactory"> <property name="connectionURL" value="jdbc:hsqldb:hsql://localhost:9001"/> <property name="driverName" value="org.hsqldb.jdbcDriver"/> </bean> <bean id="targetConnectionFactory" class="org.springframework.jca.support.LocalConnectionFactoryBean"> <property name="managedConnectionFactory" ref="managedConnectionFactory"/> </bean> <bean id="connectionFactory" class="org.springframework.jca.cci.connection.ConnectionSpecConnectionFactoryAdapter"> <property name="targetConnectionFactory" ref="targetConnectionFactory"/> <property name="connectionSpec"> <bean class="com.sun.connector.cciblackbox.CciConnectionSpec"> <property name="user" value="sa"/> <property name="password" value=""/> </bean> </property> </bean>
Spring Framework
<bean id="eciManagedConnectionFactory" class="com.ibm.connector2.cics.ECIManagedConnectionFactory"> <property name="serverName" value="TEST"/> <property name="connectionURL" value="tcp://localhost/"/> <property name="portNumber" value="2006"/> </bean> <bean id="targetEciConnectionFactory" class="org.springframework.jca.support.LocalConnectionFactoryBean"> <property name="managedConnectionFactory" ref="eciManagedConnectionFactory"/> </bean> <bean id="eciConnectionFactory" class="org.springframework.jca.cci.connection.SingleConnectionFactory"> <property name="targetConnectionFactory" ref="targetEciConnectionFactory"/> </bean>
Note
This ConnectionFactory adapter cannot directly be configured with a ConnectionSpec. Use an intermediary ConnectionSpecConnectionFactoryAdapter that the SingleConnectionFactory talks to if you require a single connection for a specific ConnectionSpec.
As you can see, the createRecord(..) method receives a RecordFactory instance as parameter, which corresponds to the RecordFactory of the ConnectionFactory used. This reference can be used to create IndexedRecord or MappedRecord instances. The following sample shows how to use the RecordCreator interface and indexed/mapped records.
public class MyRecordCreator implements RecordCreator { public Record createRecord(RecordFactory recordFactory) throws ResourceException {
3.1
Reference Documentation
625
Spring Framework
An output Record can be used to receive data back from the EIS. Hence, a specific implementation of the RecordExtractor interface can be passed to Spring's CciTemplate for extracting data from the output Record.
public interface RecordExtractor { Object extractData(Record record) throws ResourceException, SQLException, DataAccessException; }
The CciTemplate
The CciTemplate is the central class of the core CCI support package (org.springframework.jca.cci.core). It simplifies the use of CCI since it handles the creation and release of resources. This helps to avoid common errors like forgetting to always close the connection. It cares for the lifecycle of connection and interaction objects, letting application code focus on generating input records from application data and extracting application data from output records. The JCA CCI specification defines two distinct methods to call operations on an EIS. The CCI Interaction interface provides two execute method signatures:
public interface javax.resource.cci.Interaction { ... boolean execute(InteractionSpec spec, Record input, Record output) throws ResourceException; Record execute(InteractionSpec spec, Record input) throws ResourceException; ... }
Depending on the template method called, CciTemplate will know which execute method to call on the interaction. In any case, a correctly initialized InteractionSpec instance is mandatory. CciTemplate.execute(..) can be used in two ways: With direct Record arguments. In this case, you simply need to pass the CCI input record in, and the
3.1
Reference Documentation
626
Spring Framework
returned object be the corresponding CCI output record. With application objects, using record mapping. In this case, you need to provide corresponding RecordCreator and RecordExtractor instances. With the first approach, the following methods of the template will be used. These methods directly correspond to those on the Interaction interface.
public class CciTemplate implements CciOperations { public Record execute(InteractionSpec spec, Record inputRecord) throws DataAccessException { ... } public void execute(InteractionSpec spec, Record inputRecord, Record outputRecord) throws DataAccessException { ... } }
With the second approach, we need to specify the record creation and record extraction strategies as arguments. The interfaces used are those describe in the previous section on record conversion. The corresponding CciTemplate methods are the following:
public class CciTemplate implements CciOperations { public Record execute(InteractionSpec spec, RecordCreator inputCreator) throws DataAccessException { ... } public Object execute(InteractionSpec spec, Record inputRecord, RecordExtractor outputExtractor) throws DataAccessException { ... } public Object execute(InteractionSpec spec, RecordCreator creator, RecordExtractor extractor) throws DataAccessException { ... } }
Unless the outputRecordCreator property is set on the template (see the following section), every method will call the corresponding execute method of the CCI Interaction with two parameters: InteractionSpec and input Record, receiving an output Record as return value. CciTemplate also provides methods to create IndexRecord and MappedRecord outside a RecordCreator implementation, through its createIndexRecord(..) and createMappedRecord(..) methods. This can be used within DAO implementations to create Record instances to pass into corresponding CciTemplate.execute(..) methods.
public class CciTemplate implements CciOperations { public IndexedRecord createIndexedRecord(String name) throws DataAccessException { ... } public MappedRecord createMappedRecord(String name) throws DataAccessException { ... } }
DAO support
3.1
Reference Documentation
627
Spring Framework
Spring's CCI support provides a abstract class for DAOs, supporting injection of a ConnectionFactory or a CciTemplate instances. The name of the class is CciDaoSupport: It provides simple setConnectionFactory and setCciTemplate methods. Internally, this class will create a CciTemplate instance for a passed-in ConnectionFactory, exposing it to concrete data access implementations in subclasses.
public abstract class CciDaoSupport { public void setConnectionFactory(ConnectionFactory connectionFactory) { ... } public ConnectionFactory getConnectionFactory() { ... } public void setCciTemplate(CciTemplate cciTemplate) { ... } public CciTemplate getCciTemplate() { ... } }
Or (recommended) in the Spring configuration, if the CciTemplate is configured as a dedicated bean instance:
<bean id="eciOutputRecordCreator" class="eci.EciOutputRecordCreator"/> <bean id="cciTemplate" class="org.springframework.jca.cci.core.CciTemplate"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="eciConnectionFactory"/> <property name="outputRecordCreator" ref="eciOutputRecordCreator"/> </bean>
Note
As the CciTemplate class is thread-safe, it will usually be configured as a shared instance.
Summary
The following table summarizes the mechanisms of the CciTemplate class and the corresponding 3.1 Reference Documentation 628
Spring Framework
methods called on the CCI Interaction interface: Table 24.1. Usage of Interaction execute methods CciTemplate method signature Record execute(InteractionSpec, Record) Record execute(InteractionSpec, Record) void execute(InteractionSpec, Record, Record) void execute(InteractionSpec, Record, Record) Record execute(InteractionSpec, RecordCreator) Record execute(InteractionSpec, RecordCreator) Record execute(InteractionSpec, Record, RecordExtractor) Record execute(InteractionSpec, Record, RecordExtractor) Record execute(InteractionSpec, RecordCreator, RecordExtractor) Record execute(InteractionSpec, RecordCreator, RecordExtractor) CciTemplate outputRecordCreator property not set set not set set not set set not set set not set set execute method called on the CCI Interaction Record execute(InteractionSpec, Record) boolean execute(InteractionSpec, Record, Record) void execute(InteractionSpec, Record, Record) void execute(InteractionSpec, Record, Record) Record execute(InteractionSpec, Record) void execute(InteractionSpec, Record, Record) Record execute(InteractionSpec, Record) void execute(InteractionSpec, Record, Record) Record execute(InteractionSpec, Record) void execute(InteractionSpec, Record, Record)
3.1
Reference Documentation
629
Spring Framework
The interface InteractionCallback provides the CCI Interaction, in order to perform custom operations on it, plus the corresponding CCI ConnectionFactory.
public interface InteractionCallback { Object doInInteraction(Interaction interaction, ConnectionFactory connectionFactory) throws ResourceException, SQLException, DataAccessException; }
Note
InteractionSpec objects can either be shared across multiple template calls or newly created inside every callback method. This is completely up to the DAO implementation.
Then the program can use CCI via Spring's template and specify mappings between custom objects and CCI Records.
public class MyDaoImpl extends CciDaoSupport implements MyDao { public OutputObject getData(InputObject input) { ECIInteractionSpec interactionSpec = ...; OutputObject output = (ObjectOutput) getCciTemplate().execute(interactionSpec, new RecordCreator() { public Record createRecord(RecordFactory recordFactory) throws ResourceException { return new CommAreaRecord(input.toString().getBytes()); } }, new RecordExtractor() { public Object extractData(Record record) throws ResourceException { CommAreaRecord commAreaRecord = (CommAreaRecord)record; String str = new String(commAreaRecord.toByteArray()); String field1 = string.substring(0,6); String field2 = string.substring(6,1); return new OutputObject(Long.parseLong(field1), field2); } });
3.1
Reference Documentation
630
Spring Framework
return output; } }
As discussed previously, callbacks can be used to work directly on CCI connections or interactions.
public class MyDaoImpl extends CciDaoSupport implements MyDao { public OutputObject getData(InputObject input) { ObjectOutput output = (ObjectOutput) getCciTemplate().execute( new ConnectionCallback() { public Object doInConnection(Connection connection, ConnectionFactory factory) throws ResourceException { // do something... } }); } return output; } }
Note
With a ConnectionCallback, the Connection used will be managed and closed by the CciTemplate, but any interactions created on the connection must be managed by the callback implementation. For a more specific callback, you can implement an InteractionCallback. The passed-in Interaction will be managed and closed by the CciTemplate in this case.
public class MyDaoImpl extends CciDaoSupport implements MyDao { public String getData(String input) { ECIInteractionSpec interactionSpec = ...; String output = (String) getCciTemplate().execute(interactionSpec, new InteractionCallback() { public Object doInInteraction(Interaction interaction, ConnectionFactory factory) throws ResourceException { Record input = new CommAreaRecord(inputString.getBytes()); Record output = new CommAreaRecord(); interaction.execute(holder.getInteractionSpec(), input, output); return new String(output.toByteArray()); } }); return output; } }
For the examples above, the corresponding configuration of the involved Spring beans could look like this in non-managed mode:
<bean id="managedConnectionFactory" class="com.ibm.connector2.cics.ECIManagedConnectionFactory"> <property name="serverName" value="TXSERIES"/> <property name="connectionURL" value="local:"/> <property name="userName" value="CICSUSER"/> <property name="password" value="CICS"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
631
Spring Framework
</bean> <bean id="connectionFactory" class="org.springframework.jca.support.LocalConnectionFactoryBean"> <property name="managedConnectionFactory" ref="managedConnectionFactory"/> </bean> <bean id="component" class="mypackage.MyDaoImpl"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="connectionFactory"/> </bean>
In managed mode (that is, in a Java EE environment), the configuration could look as follows:
<jee:jndi-lookup id="connectionFactory" jndi-name="eis/cicseci"/> <bean id="component" class="MyDaoImpl"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="connectionFactory"/> </bean>
MappingRecordOperation
MappingRecordOperation essentially performs the same work as CciTemplate, but represents a specific, pre-configured operation as an object. It provides two template methods to specify how to convert an input object to a input record, and how to convert an output record to an output object (record mapping): createInputRecord(..) to specify how to convert an input object to an input Record extractOutputData(..) to specify how to extract an output object from an output Record Here are the signatures of these methods:
public abstract class MappingRecordOperation extends EisOperation { ... protected abstract Record createInputRecord(RecordFactory recordFactory, Object inputObject) throws ResourceException, DataAccessException { ... } protected abstract Object extractOutputData(Record outputRecord) throws ResourceException, SQLException, DataAccessException { ... } ... }
3.1
Reference Documentation
632
Spring Framework
Thereafter, in order to execute an EIS operation, you need to use a single execute method, passing in an application-level input object and receiving an application-level output object as result:
public abstract class MappingRecordOperation extends EisOperation { ... public Object execute(Object inputObject) throws DataAccessException { ... }
As you can see, contrary to the CciTemplate class, this execute(..) method does not have an InteractionSpec as argument. Instead, the InteractionSpec is global to the operation. The following constructor must be used to instantiate an operation object with a specific InteractionSpec:
InteractionSpec spec = ...; MyMappingRecordOperation eisOperation = new MyMappingRecordOperation(getConnectionFactory(), spec); ...
MappingCommAreaOperation
Some connectors use records based on a COMMAREA which represents an array of bytes containing parameters to send to the EIS and data returned by it. Spring provides a special operation class for working directly on COMMAREA rather than on records. The MappingCommAreaOperation class extends the MappingRecordOperation class to provide such special COMMAREA support. It implicitly uses the CommAreaRecord class as input and output record type, and provides two new methods to convert an input object into an input COMMAREA and the output COMMAREA into an output object.
public abstract class MappingCommAreaOperation extends MappingRecordOperation { ... protected abstract byte[] objectToBytes(Object inObject) throws IOException, DataAccessException; protected abstract Object bytesToObject(byte[] bytes) throws IOException, DataAccessException; ... }
Summary
The operation object approach uses records in the same manner as the CciTemplate class.
3.1
Reference Documentation
633
Spring Framework
Table 24.2. Usage of Interaction execute methods MappingRecordOperation MappingRecordOperation method signature outputRecordCreator property Object execute(Object) Object execute(Object) not set set execute method called on the CCI Interaction Record execute(InteractionSpec, Record) boolean execute(InteractionSpec, Record, Record)
Note
The original version of this connector is provided by the Java EE SDK (version 1.3), available from Sun. Firstly, some initializations on the CCI InteractionSpec must be done to specify which SQL request to execute. In this sample, we directly define the way to convert the parameters of the request to a CCI record and the way to convert the CCI result record to an instance of the Person class.
public class PersonMappingOperation extends MappingRecordOperation { public PersonMappingOperation(ConnectionFactory connectionFactory) { setConnectionFactory(connectionFactory); CciInteractionSpec interactionSpec = new CciConnectionSpec(); interactionSpec.setSql("select * from person where person_id=?"); setInteractionSpec(interactionSpec); } protected Record createInputRecord(RecordFactory recordFactory, Object inputObject) throws ResourceException { Integer id = (Integer) inputObject; IndexedRecord input = recordFactory.createIndexedRecord("input"); input.add(new Integer(id)); return input; } protected Object extractOutputData(Record outputRecord) throws ResourceException, SQLException { ResultSet rs = (ResultSet) outputRecord; Person person = null; if (rs.next()) { Person person = new Person(); person.setId(rs.getInt("person_id")); person.setLastName(rs.getString("person_last_name")); person.setFirstName(rs.getString("person_first_name")); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
634
Spring Framework
return person; } }
Then the application can execute the operation object, with the person identifier as argument. Note that operation object could be set up as shared instance, as it is thread-safe.
public class MyDaoImpl extends CciDaoSupport implements MyDao { public Person getPerson(int id) { PersonMappingOperation query = new PersonMappingOperation(getConnectionFactory()); Person person = (Person) query.execute(new Integer(id)); return person; } }
The corresponding configuration of Spring beans could look as follows in non-managed mode:
<bean id="managedConnectionFactory" class="com.sun.connector.cciblackbox.CciLocalTxManagedConnectionFactory"> <property name="connectionURL" value="jdbc:hsqldb:hsql://localhost:9001"/> <property name="driverName" value="org.hsqldb.jdbcDriver"/> </bean> <bean id="targetConnectionFactory" class="org.springframework.jca.support.LocalConnectionFactoryBean"> <property name="managedConnectionFactory" ref="managedConnectionFactory"/> </bean> <bean id="connectionFactory" class="org.springframework.jca.cci.connection.ConnectionSpecConnectionFactoryAdapter"> <property name="targetConnectionFactory" ref="targetConnectionFactory"/> <property name="connectionSpec"> <bean class="com.sun.connector.cciblackbox.CciConnectionSpec"> <property name="user" value="sa"/> <property name="password" value=""/> </bean> </property> </bean> <bean id="component" class="MyDaoImpl"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="connectionFactory"/> </bean>
In managed mode (that is, in a Java EE environment), the configuration could look as follows:
<jee:jndi-lookup id="targetConnectionFactory" jndi-name="eis/blackbox"/> <bean id="connectionFactory" class="org.springframework.jca.cci.connection.ConnectionSpecConnectionFactoryAdapter"> <property name="targetConnectionFactory" ref="targetConnectionFactory"/> <property name="connectionSpec"> <bean class="com.sun.connector.cciblackbox.CciConnectionSpec"> <property name="user" value="sa"/> <property name="password" value=""/> </bean> </property> </bean> <bean id="component" class="MyDaoImpl"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="connectionFactory"/> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
635
Spring Framework
The abstract EciMappingOperation class can then be subclassed to specify mappings between custom objects and Records.
public class MyDaoImpl extends CciDaoSupport implements MyDao { public OutputObject getData(Integer id) { EciMappingOperation query = new EciMappingOperation(getConnectionFactory(), "MYPROG") { protected abstract byte[] objectToBytes(Object inObject) throws IOException { Integer id = (Integer) inObject; return String.valueOf(id); } protected abstract Object bytesToObject(byte[] bytes) throws IOException; String str = new String(bytes); String field1 = str.substring(0,6); String field2 = str.substring(6,1); String field3 = str.substring(7,1); return new OutputObject(field1, field2, field3); } }); return (OutputObject) query.execute(new Integer(id)); } }
The corresponding configuration of Spring beans could look as follows in non-managed mode:
<bean id="managedConnectionFactory" class="com.ibm.connector2.cics.ECIManagedConnectionFactory"> <property name="serverName" value="TXSERIES"/> <property name="connectionURL" value="local:"/> <property name="userName" value="CICSUSER"/> <property name="password" value="CICS"/> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
636
Spring Framework
<bean id="connectionFactory" class="org.springframework.jca.support.LocalConnectionFactoryBean"> <property name="managedConnectionFactory" ref="managedConnectionFactory"/> </bean> <bean id="component" class="MyDaoImpl"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="connectionFactory"/> </bean>
In managed mode (that is, in a Java EE environment), the configuration could look as follows:
<jee:jndi-lookup id="connectionFactory" jndi-name="eis/cicseci"/> <bean id="component" class="MyDaoImpl"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="connectionFactory"/> </bean>
24.5 Transactions
JCA specifies several levels of transaction support for resource adapters. The kind of transactions that your resource adapter supports is specified in its ra.xml file. There are essentially three options: none (for example with CICS EPI connector), local transactions (for example with a CICS ECI connector), global transactions (for example with an IMS connector).
<connector> <resourceadapter> <!-- <transaction-support>NoTransaction</transaction-support> --> <!-- <transaction-support>LocalTransaction</transaction-support> --> <transaction-support>XATransaction</transaction-support> <resourceadapter> <connector>
For global transactions, you can use Spring's generic transaction infrastructure to demarcate transactions, with JtaTransactionManager as backend (delegating to the Java EE server's distributed transaction coordinator underneath). For local transactions on a single CCI ConnectionFactory, Spring provides a specific transaction management strategy for CCI, analogous to the DataSourceTransactionManager for JDBC. The CCI API defines a local transaction object and corresponding local transaction demarcation methods. Spring's CciLocalTransactionManager executes such local CCI transactions, fully compliant with Spring's generic PlatformTransactionManager abstraction.
<jee:jndi-lookup id="eciConnectionFactory" jndi-name="eis/cicseci"/> <bean id="eciTransactionManager" class="org.springframework.jca.cci.connection.CciLocalTransactionManager"> <property name="connectionFactory" ref="eciConnectionFactory"/> </bean>
Both transaction strategies can be used with any of Spring's transaction demarcation facilities, be it
3.1
Reference Documentation
637
Spring Framework
declarative or programmatic. This is a consequence of Spring's generic PlatformTransactionManager abstraction, which decouples transaction demarcation from the actual execution strategy. Simply switch between JtaTransactionManager and CciLocalTransactionManager as needed, keeping your transaction demarcation as-is. For more information on Spring's transaction facilities, see the chapter entitled Chapter 11, Transaction Management.
3.1
Reference Documentation
638
Spring Framework
25. Email
25.1 Introduction
Library dependencies The following additional jars to be on the classpath of your application in order to be able to use the Spring Framework's email library. The JavaMail mail.jar library The JAF activation.jar library All of these libraries are freely available on the web.
The Spring Framework provides a helpful utility library for sending email that shields the user from the specifics of the underlying mailing system and is responsible for low level resource handling on behalf of the client. The org.springframework.mail package is the root level package for the Spring Framework's email support. The central interface for sending emails is the MailSender interface; a simple value object encapsulating the properties of a simple mail such as from and to (plus many others) is the SimpleMailMessage class. This package also contains a hierarchy of checked exceptions which provide a higher level of abstraction over the lower level mail system exceptions with the root exception being MailException. Please refer to the JavaDocs for more information on the rich mail exception hierarchy. The org.springframework.mail.javamail.JavaMailSender interface adds specialized JavaMail features such as MIME message support to the MailSender interface (from which it inherits). JavaMailSender also provides a callback interface for preparation of JavaMail MIME messages, called org.springframework.mail.javamail.MimeMessagePreparator
25.2 Usage
Let's assume there is a business interface called OrderManager:
public interface OrderManager { void placeOrder(Order order); }
Let us also assume that there is a requirement stating that an email message with an order number needs
3.1
Reference Documentation
639
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
640
Spring Framework
public class SimpleOrderManager implements OrderManager { private JavaMailSender mailSender; public void setMailSender(JavaMailSender mailSender) { this.mailSender = mailSender; } public void placeOrder(final Order order) { // Do the business calculations... // Call the collaborators to persist the order... MimeMessagePreparator preparator = new MimeMessagePreparator() { public void prepare(MimeMessage mimeMessage) throws Exception { mimeMessage.setRecipient(Message.RecipientType.TO, new InternetAddress(order.getCustomer().getEmailAddress())); mimeMessage.setFrom(new InternetAddress("mail@mycompany.com")); mimeMessage.setText( "Dear " + order.getCustomer().getFirstName() + " " + order.getCustomer().getLastName() + ", thank you for placing order. Your order number is " + order.getOrderNumber()); } }; try { this.mailSender.send(preparator); } catch (MailException ex) { // simply log it and go on... System.err.println(ex.getMessage()); } } }
Note
The mail code is a crosscutting concern and could well be a candidate for refactoring into a custom Spring AOP aspect, which then could be executed at appropriate joinpoints on the OrderManager target.
3.1
Reference Documentation
641
Spring Framework
The Spring Framework's mail support ships with the standard JavaMail implementation. Please refer to the relevant JavaDocs for more information.
Inline resources
3.1
Reference Documentation
642
Spring Framework
The following example shows you how to use the MimeMessageHelper to send an email along with an inline image.
JavaMailSenderImpl sender = new JavaMailSenderImpl(); sender.setHost("mail.host.com"); MimeMessage message = sender.createMimeMessage(); // use the true flag to indicate you need a multipart message MimeMessageHelper helper = new MimeMessageHelper(message, true); helper.setTo("test@host.com"); // use the true flag to indicate the text included is HTML helper.setText("<html><body><img src='cid:identifier1234'></body></html>", true); // let's include the infamous windows Sample file (this time copied to c:/) FileSystemResource res = new FileSystemResource(new File("c:/Sample.jpg")); helper.addInline("identifier1234", res); sender.send(message);
Warning
Inline resources are added to the mime message using the specified Content-ID (identifier1234 in the above example). The order in which you are adding the text and the resource are very important. Be sure to first add the text and after that the resources. If you are doing it the other way around, it won't work!
Spring Framework
the Velocity template library to create email content. A Velocity-based example To use Velocity to create your email template(s), you will need to have the Velocity libraries available on your classpath. You will also need to create one or more Velocity templates for the email content that your application needs. Find below the Velocity template that this example will be using. As you can see it is HTML-based, and since it is plain text it can be created using your favorite HTML or text editor.
# in the com/foo/package <html> <body> <h3>Hi ${user.userName}, welcome to the Chipping Sodbury On-the-Hill message boards!</h3> <div> Your email address is <a href="mailto:${user.emailAddress}">${user.emailAddress}</a>. </div> </body> </html>
Find below some simple code and Spring XML configuration that makes use of the above Velocity template to create email content and send email(s).
package com.foo; import import import import import org.apache.velocity.app.VelocityEngine; org.springframework.mail.javamail.JavaMailSender; org.springframework.mail.javamail.MimeMessageHelper; org.springframework.mail.javamail.MimeMessagePreparator; org.springframework.ui.velocity.VelocityEngineUtils;
import javax.mail.internet.MimeMessage; import java.util.HashMap; import java.util.Map; public class SimpleRegistrationService implements RegistrationService { private JavaMailSender mailSender; private VelocityEngine velocityEngine; public void setMailSender(JavaMailSender mailSender) { this.mailSender = mailSender; } public void setVelocityEngine(VelocityEngine velocityEngine) { this.velocityEngine = velocityEngine; } public void register(User user) { // Do the registration logic... sendConfirmationEmail(user); } private void sendConfirmationEmail(final User user) { MimeMessagePreparator preparator = new MimeMessagePreparator() { public void prepare(MimeMessage mimeMessage) throws Exception { MimeMessageHelper message = new MimeMessageHelper(mimeMessage); message.setTo(user.getEmailAddress());
3.1
Reference Documentation
644
Spring Framework
message.setFrom("webmaster@csonth.gov.uk"); // could be parameterized... Map model = new HashMap(); model.put("user", user); String text = VelocityEngineUtils.mergeTemplateIntoString( velocityEngine, "com/dns/registration-confirmation.vm", model); message.setText(text, true); } }; this.mailSender.send(preparator); } }
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd"> <bean id="mailSender" class="org.springframework.mail.javamail.JavaMailSenderImpl"> <property name="host" value="mail.csonth.gov.uk"/> </bean> <bean id="registrationService" class="com.foo.SimpleRegistrationService"> <property name="mailSender" ref="mailSender"/> <property name="velocityEngine" ref="velocityEngine"/> </bean> <bean id="velocityEngine" class="org.springframework.ui.velocity.VelocityEngineFactoryBean"> <property name="velocityProperties"> <value> resource.loader=class class.resource.loader.class=org.apache.velocity.runtime.resource.loader.ClasspathResourceLoader </value> </property> </bean> </beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
645
Spring Framework
TaskExecutor types
There are a number of pre-built implementations of TaskExecutor included with the Spring distribution. In all likelihood, you shouldn't ever need to implement your own.
3.1
Reference Documentation
646
Spring Framework
SimpleAsyncTaskExecutor This implementation does not reuse any threads, rather it starts up a new thread for each invocation. However, it does support a concurrency limit which will block any invocations that are over the limit until a slot has been freed up. If you're looking for true pooling, keep scrolling further down the page. SyncTaskExecutor This implementation doesn't execute invocations asynchronously. Instead, each invocation takes place in the calling thread. It is primarily used in situations where multithreading isn't necessary such as simple test cases. ConcurrentTaskExecutor This implementation is a wrapper for a Java 5 java.util.concurrent.Executor. There is an alternative, ThreadPoolTaskExecutor, that exposes the Executor configuration parameters as bean properties. It is rare to need to use the ConcurrentTaskExecutor but if the ThreadPoolTaskExecutor isn't robust enough for your needs, the ConcurrentTaskExecutor is an alternative. SimpleThreadPoolTaskExecutor This implementation is actually a subclass of Quartz's SimpleThreadPool which listens to Spring's lifecycle callbacks. This is typically used when you have a thread pool that may need to be shared by both Quartz and non-Quartz components. ThreadPoolTaskExecutor
It is not possible to use any backport or alternate versions of the java.util.concurrent package with this implementation. Both Doug Lea's and Dawid Kurzyniec's implementations use different package structures which will prevent them from working correctly.
This implementation can only be used in a Java 5 environment but is also the most commonly used one in that environment. It exposes bean properties for configuring a java.util.concurrent.ThreadPoolExecutor and wraps it in a TaskExecutor. If you need something advanced such as a ScheduledThreadPoolExecutor, it is recommended that you use a ConcurrentTaskExecutor instead. TimerTaskExecutor This implementation uses a single TimerTask as its backing implementation. It's different from the SyncTaskExecutor in that the method invocations are executed in a separate thread, although they are synchronous in that thread. WorkManagerTaskExecutor 3.1 Reference Documentation 647
Spring Framework
CommonJ is a set of specifications jointly developed between BEA and IBM. These specifications are not Java EE standards, but are standard across BEA's and IBM's Application Server implementations.
This implementation uses the CommonJ WorkManager as its backing implementation and is the central convenience class for setting up a CommonJ WorkManager reference in a Spring context. Similar to the SimpleThreadPoolTaskExecutor, this class implements the WorkManager interface and therefore can be used directly as a WorkManager as well.
Using a TaskExecutor
Spring's TaskExecutor implementations are used as simple JavaBeans. In the example below, we define a bean that uses the ThreadPoolTaskExecutor to asynchronously print out a set of messages.
import org.springframework.core.task.TaskExecutor; public class TaskExecutorExample { private class MessagePrinterTask implements Runnable { private String message; public MessagePrinterTask(String message) { this.message = message; } public void run() { System.out.println(message); } } private TaskExecutor taskExecutor; public TaskExecutorExample(TaskExecutor taskExecutor) { this.taskExecutor = taskExecutor; } public void printMessages() { for(int i = 0; i < 25; i++) { taskExecutor.execute(new MessagePrinterTask("Message" + i)); } } }
As you can see, rather than retrieving a thread from the pool and executing yourself, you add your Runnable to the queue and the TaskExecutor uses its internal rules to decide when the task gets executed. To configure the rules that the TaskExecutor will use, simple bean properties have been exposed.
3.1
Reference Documentation
648
Spring Framework
<bean id="taskExecutor" class="org.springframework.scheduling.concurrent.ThreadPoolTaskExecutor"> <property name="corePoolSize" value="5" /> <property name="maxPoolSize" value="10" /> <property name="queueCapacity" value="25" /> </bean> <bean id="taskExecutorExample" class="TaskExecutorExample"> <constructor-arg ref="taskExecutor" /> </bean>
The simplest method is the one named 'schedule' that takes a Runnable and Date only. That will cause the task to run once after the specified time. All of the other methods are capable of scheduling tasks to run repeatedly. The fixed-rate and fixed-delay methods are for simple, periodic execution, but the method that accepts a Trigger is much more flexible.
As you can see, the TriggerContext is the most important part. It encapsulates all of the relevant data, and is open for extension in the future if necessary. The TriggerContext is an interface (a 3.1 Reference Documentation 649
Spring Framework
SimpleTriggerContext implementation is used by default). Here you can see what methods are available for Trigger implementations.
public interface TriggerContext { Date lastScheduledExecutionTime(); Date lastActualExecutionTime(); Date lastCompletionTime(); }
Trigger implementations
Spring provides two implementations of the Trigger interface. The most interesting one is the CronTrigger. It enables the scheduling of tasks based on cron expressions. For example the following task is being scheduled to run 15 minutes past each hour but only during the 9-to-5 "business hours" on weekdays.
scheduler.schedule(task, new CronTrigger("* 15 9-17 * * MON-FRI"));
The other out-of-the-box implementation is a PeriodicTrigger that accepts a fixed period, an optional initial delay value, and a boolean to indicate whether the period should be interpreted as a fixed-rate or a fixed-delay. Since the TaskScheduler interface already defines methods for scheduling tasks at a fixed-rate or with a fixed-delay, those methods should be used directly whenever possible. The value of the PeriodicTrigger implementation is that it can be used within components that rely on the Trigger abstraction. For example, it may be convenient to allow periodic triggers, cron-based triggers, and even custom trigger implementations to be used interchangeably. Such a component could take advantage of dependency injection so that such Triggers could be configured externally.
TaskScheduler implementations
As with Spring's TaskExecutor abstraction, the primary benefit of the TaskScheduler is that code relying on scheduling behavior need not be coupled to a particular scheduler implementation. The flexibility this provides is particularly relevant when running within Application Server environments where threads should not be created directly by the application itself. For such cases, Spring provides a TimerManagerTaskScheduler that delegates to a CommonJ TimerManager instance, typically configured with a JNDI-lookup. A simpler alternative, the ThreadPoolTaskScheduler, can be used whenever external thread management is not a requirement. Internally, it delegates to a ScheduledExecutorService instance. ThreadPoolTaskScheduler actually implements Spring's TaskExecutor interface as well, so that a single instance can be used for asynchronous execution as soon as possible as well as scheduled, and potentially recurring, executions.
3.1
Reference Documentation
650
Spring Framework
The value provided for the 'id' attribute will be used as the prefix for thread names within the pool. The 'scheduler' element is relatively straightforward. If you do not provide a 'pool-size' attribute, the default thread pool will only have a single thread. There are no other configuration options for the scheduler.
As with the scheduler above, the value provided for the 'id' attribute will be used as the prefix for thread names within the pool. As far as the pool size is concerned, the 'executor' element supports more configuration options than the 'scheduler' element. For one thing, the thread pool for a ThreadPoolTaskExecutor is itself more configurable. Rather than just a single size, an executor's thread pool may have different values for the core and the max size. If a single value is provided then the executor will have a fixed-size thread pool (the core and max sizes are the same). However, the 'executor' element's 'pool-size' attribute also accepts a range in the form of "min-max".
<task:executor id="executorWithPoolSizeRange" pool-size="5-25" queue-capacity="100"/>
As you can see from that configuration, a 'queue-capacity' value has also been provided. The configuration of the thread pool should also be considered in light of the executor's queue capacity. For the full description of the relationship between pool size and queue capacity, consult the documentation for ThreadPoolExecutor. The main idea is that when a task is submitted, the executor will first try to use a free thread if the number of active threads is currently less than the core size. If the core size has been reached, then the task will be added to the queue as long as its capacity has not yet been reached. Only then, if the queue's capacity has been reached, will the executor create a new thread beyond the core size. If the max size has also been reached, then the executor will reject the task. By default, the queue is unbounded, but this is rarely the desired configuration, because it can lead to 3.1 Reference Documentation 651
Spring Framework
OutOfMemoryErrors if enough tasks are added to that queue while all pool threads are busy. Furthermore, if the queue is unbounded, then the max size has no effect at all. Since the executor will always try the queue before creating a new thread beyond the core size, a queue must have a finite capacity for the thread pool to grow beyond the core size (this is why a fixed size pool is the only sensible case when using an unbounded queue). In a moment, we will review the effects of the keep-alive setting which adds yet another factor to consider when providing a pool size configuration. First, let's consider the case, as mentioned above, when a task is rejected. By default, when a task is rejected, a thread pool executor will throw a TaskRejectedException. However, the rejection policy is actually configurable. The exception is thrown when using the default rejection policy which is the AbortPolicy implementation. For applications where some tasks can be skipped under heavy load, either the DiscardPolicy or DiscardOldestPolicy may be configured instead. Another option that works well for applications that need to throttle the submitted tasks under heavy load is the CallerRunsPolicy. Instead of throwing an exception or discarding tasks, that policy will simply force the thread that is calling the submit method to run the task itself. The idea is that such a caller will be busy while running that task and not able to submit other tasks immediately. Therefore it provides a simple way to throttle the incoming load while maintaining the limits of the thread pool and queue. Typically this allows the executor to "catch up" on the tasks it is handling and thereby frees up some capacity on the queue, in the pool, or both. Any of these options can be chosen from an enumeration of values available for the 'rejection-policy' attribute on the 'executor' element.
<task:executor id="executorWithCallerRunsPolicy" pool-size="5-25" queue-capacity="100" rejection-policy="CALLER_RUNS"/>
As you can see, the scheduler is referenced by the outer element, and each individual task includes the configuration of its trigger metadata. In the preceding example, that metadata defines a periodic trigger with a fixed delay. It could also be configured with a "fixed-rate", or for more control, a "cron" attribute could be provided instead. Here's an example featuring these other options.
<task:scheduled-tasks scheduler="myScheduler"> <task:scheduled ref="someObject" method="someMethod" fixed-rate="5000"/> <task:scheduled ref="anotherObject" method="anotherMethod" cron="*/5 * * * * MON-FRI"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
652
Spring Framework
If a fixed rate execution is desired, simply change the property name specified within the annotation. The following would be executed every 5 seconds measured between the successive start times of each invocation.
@Scheduled(fixedRate=5000) public void doSomething() { // something that should execute periodically }
If simple periodic scheduling is not expressive enough, then a cron expression may be provided. For example, the following will only execute on weekdays.
@Scheduled(cron="*/5 * * * * MON-FRI") public void doSomething() { // something that should execute on weekdays only }
Notice that the methods to be scheduled must have void returns and must not expect any arguments. If the method needs to interact with other objects from the Application Context, then those would typically have been provided through dependency injection.
Note
Make sure that you are not initializing multiple instances of the same @Scheduled annotation class at runtime, unless you do want to schedule callbacks to each such instance. Related to this, make sure that you do not use @Configurable on bean classes which are annotated with @Scheduled and registered as regular Spring beans with the container: You would get double initialization otherwise, once through the container and once through the @Configurable 3.1 Reference Documentation 653
Spring Framework
aspect, with the consequence of each @Scheduled method being invoked twice.
Unlike the methods annotated with the @Scheduled annotation, these methods can expect arguments, because they will be invoked in the "normal" way by callers at runtime rather than from a scheduled task being managed by the container. For example, the following is a legitimate application of the @Async annotation.
@Async void doSomething(String s) { // this will be executed asynchronously }
Even methods that return a value can be invoked asynchronously. However, such methods are required to have a Future typed return value. This still provides the benefit of asynchronous execution so that the caller can perform other tasks prior to calling get() on that Future.
@Async Future<String> returnSomething(int i) { // this will be executed asynchronously }
@Async can not be used in conjunction with lifecycle callbacks such as @PostConstruct. To asynchonously initialize Spring beans you currently have to use a separate initializing Spring bean that invokes the @Async annotated method on the target then.
public class SampleBeanImpl implements SampleBean { @Async void doSomething() { } }
public class SampleBeanInititalizer { private final SampleBean bean; public SampleBeanInitializer(SampleBean bean) { this.bean = bean; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
654
Spring Framework
Notice that an executor reference is provided for handling those tasks that correspond to methods with the @Async annotation, and the scheduler reference is provided for managing those methods annotated with @Scheduled.
The job detail bean has all information it needs to run the job (ExampleJob). The timeout is specified in the job data map. The job data map is available through the JobExecutionContext (passed to you at execution time), but the JobDetailBean also maps the properties from the job data map to properties of the actual job. So in this case, if the ExampleJob contains a property named timeout, the JobDetailBean will automatically apply it: 3.1 Reference Documentation 655
Spring Framework
package example; public class ExampleJob extends QuartzJobBean { private int timeout; /** * Setter called after the ExampleJob is instantiated * with the value from the JobDetailBean (5) */ public void setTimeout(int timeout) { this.timeout = timeout; } protected void executeInternal(JobExecutionContext ctx) throws JobExecutionException { // do the actual work } }
All additional settings from the job detail bean are of course available to you as well. Note: Using the name and group properties, you can modify the name and the group of the job, respectively. By default, the name of the job matches the bean name of the job detail bean (in the example above, this is exampleJob).
<bean id="jobDetail" class="org.springframework.scheduling.quartz.MethodInvokingJobDetailFactoryBean"> <property name="targetObject" ref="exampleBusinessObject" /> <property name="targetMethod" value="doIt" /> </bean>
The above example will result in the doIt method being called on the exampleBusinessObject method (see below):
public class ExampleBusinessObject { // properties and collaborators public void doIt() { // do the actual work } }
Using the MethodInvokingJobDetailFactoryBean, you don't need to create one-line jobs that just invoke a method, and you only need to create the actual business object and wire up the detail object. By default, Quartz Jobs are stateless, resulting in the possibility of jobs interfering with each other. If you specify two triggers for the same JobDetail, it might be possible that before the first job has finished, 3.1 Reference Documentation 656
Spring Framework
the second one will start. If JobDetail classes implement the Stateful interface, this won't happen. The second job will not start before the first one has finished. To make jobs resulting from the MethodInvokingJobDetailFactoryBean non-concurrent, set the concurrent flag to false.
<bean id="jobDetail" class="org.springframework.scheduling.quartz.MethodInvokingJobDetailFactoryBean"> <property name="targetObject" ref="exampleBusinessObject" /> <property name="targetMethod" value="doIt" /> <property name="concurrent" value="false" /> </bean>
Note
By default, jobs will run in a concurrent fashion.
Now we've set up two triggers, one running every 50 seconds with a starting delay of 10 seconds and one every morning at 6 AM. To finalize everything, we need to set up the SchedulerFactoryBean:
<bean class="org.springframework.scheduling.quartz.SchedulerFactoryBean"> <property name="triggers"> <list> <ref bean="cronTrigger" /> <ref bean="simpleTrigger" /> </list> </property> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
657
Spring Framework
More properties are available for the SchedulerFactoryBean for you to set, such as the calendars used by the job details, properties to customize Quartz with, etc. Have a look at the SchedulerFactoryBean Javadoc for more information.
Wiring it up is simple:
<bean id="checkEmail" class="examples.CheckEmailAddress"> <property name="emailAddresses"> <list> <value>test@springframework.org</value> <value>foo@bar.com</value> <value>john@doe.net</value> </list> </property> </bean> <bean id="scheduledTask" class="org.springframework.scheduling.timer.ScheduledTimerTask"> <!-- wait 10 seconds before starting repeated execution --> <property name="delay" value="10000" /> <!-- run every 50 seconds --> <property name="period" value="50000" /> <property name="timerTask" ref="checkEmail" /> </bean>
Note that letting the task only run once can be done by changing the period property to 0 (or a negative value).
Spring Framework
The above example will result in the doIt method being called on the exampleBusinessObject (see below):
public class BusinessObject { // properties and collaborators public void doIt() { // do the actual work } }
Changing the timerTask reference of the ScheduledTimerTask example to the bean doIt will result in the doIt method being executed on a fixed schedule.
3.1
Reference Documentation
659
Spring Framework
Spring 2.0 introduces comprehensive support for using classes and objects that have been defined using a dynamic language (such as JRuby) with Spring. This support allows you to write any number of classes in a supported dynamic language, and have the Spring container transparently instantiate, configure and dependency inject the resulting objects. The dynamic languages currently supported are: JRuby 0.9 / 1.0 Groovy 1.0 / 1.5 BeanShell 2.0 Fully working examples of where this dynamic language support can be immediately useful are described in Section 27.4, Scenarios. Note: Only the specific versions as listed above are supported in Spring 2.5. In particular, JRuby 1.1 (which introduced many incompatible API changes) is not supported at this point of time.
3.1
Reference Documentation
660
Spring Framework
Find below the Messenger interface that the Groovy bean is going to be implementing, and note that this interface is defined in plain Java. Dependent objects that are injected with a reference to the Messenger won't know that the underlying implementation is a Groovy script.
package org.springframework.scripting; public interface Messenger { String getMessage(); }
Here is the definition of a class that has a dependency on the Messenger interface.
package org.springframework.scripting; public class DefaultBookingService implements BookingService { private Messenger messenger; public void setMessenger(Messenger messenger) { this.messenger = messenger; } public void processBooking() { // use the injected Messenger object... } }
Finally, here are the bean definitions that will effect the injection of the Groovy-defined Messenger implementation into an instance of the DefaultBookingService class.
Note
To use the custom dynamic language tags to define dynamic-language-backed beans, you need to have the XML Schema preamble at the top of your Spring XML configuration file. You also need to be using a Spring ApplicationContext implementation as your IoC container. Using the dynamic-language-backed beans with a plain BeanFactory implementation is supported, but you have to manage the plumbing of the Spring internals to do so. For more information on schema-based configuration, see Appendix C, XML Schema-based
3.1
Reference Documentation
661
Spring Framework
configuration.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance xmlns:lang="http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang/spring-lang-3.0.xsd"> <!-- this is the bean definition for the Groovy-backed Messenger implementation --> <lang:groovy id="messenger" script-source="classpath:Messenger.groovy"> <lang:property name="message" value="I Can Do The Frug" /> </lang:groovy> <!-- an otherwise normal bean that will be injected by the Groovy-backed Messenger --> <bean id="bookingService" class="x.y.DefaultBookingService"> <property name="messenger" ref="messenger" /> </bean> </beans>
The bookingService bean (a DefaultBookingService) can now use its private messenger member variable as normal because the Messenger instance that was injected into it is a Messenger instance. There is nothing special going on here, just plain Java and plain Groovy. Hopefully the above XML snippet is self-explanatory, but don't worry unduly if it isn't. Keep reading for the in-depth detail on the whys and wherefores of the above configuration.
Common concepts
The steps involved in using dynamic-language-backed beans are as follows: 1. Write the test for the dynamic language source code (naturally) 2. Then write the dynamic language source code itself :) 3. Define your dynamic-language-backed beans using the appropriate <lang:language/> element in the XML configuration (you can of course define such beans programmatically using the Spring API although you will have to consult the source code for directions on how to do this as this type of 3.1 Reference Documentation 662
Spring Framework
advanced configuration is not covered in this chapter). Note this is an iterative step. You will need at least one bean definition per dynamic language source file (although the same dynamic language source file can of course be referenced by multiple bean definitions). The first two steps (testing and writing your dynamic language source files) are beyond the scope of this chapter. Refer to the language specification and / or reference manual for your chosen dynamic language and crack on with developing your dynamic language source files. You will first want to read the rest of this chapter though, as Spring's dynamic language support does make some (small) assumptions about the contents of your dynamic language source files. The <lang:language/> element XML Schema All of the configuration examples in this chapter make use of the new XML Schema support that was added in Spring 2.0. It is possible to forego the use of XML Schema and stick with the old-style DTD based validation of your Spring XML files, but then you lose out on the convenience offered by the <lang:language/> element. See the Spring test suite for examples of the older style configuration that doesn't require XML Schema-based validation (it is quite verbose and doesn't hide any of the underlying Spring implementation from you).
The final step involves defining dynamic-language-backed bean definitions, one for each bean that you want to configure (this is no different from normal JavaBean configuration). However, instead of specifying the fully qualified classname of the class that is to be instantiated and configured by the container, you use the <lang:language/> element to define the dynamic language-backed bean. Each of the supported languages has a corresponding <lang:language/> element: <lang:jruby/> (JRuby) <lang:groovy/> (Groovy) <lang:bsh/> (BeanShell) The exact attributes and child elements that are available for configuration depends on exactly which language the bean has been defined in (the language-specific sections below provide the full lowdown on this). Refreshable beans One of the (if not the) most compelling value adds of the dynamic language support in Spring is the 'refreshable bean' feature.
3.1
Reference Documentation
663
Spring Framework
A refreshable bean is a dynamic-language-backed bean that with a small amount of configuration, a dynamic-language-backed bean can monitor changes in its underlying source file resource, and then reload itself when the dynamic language source file is changed (for example when a developer edits and saves changes to the file on the filesystem). This allows a developer to deploy any number of dynamic language source files as part of an application, configure the Spring container to create beans backed by dynamic language source files (using the mechanisms described in this chapter), and then later, as requirements change or some other external factor comes into play, simply edit a dynamic language source file and have any change they make reflected in the bean that is backed by the changed dynamic language source file. There is no need to shut down a running application (or redeploy in the case of a web application). The dynamic-language-backed bean so amended will pick up the new state and logic from the changed dynamic language source file.
Note
Please note that this feature is off by default. Let's take a look at an example to see just how easy it is to start using refreshable beans. To turn on the refreshable beans feature, you simply have to specify exactly one additional attribute on the <lang:language/> element of your bean definition. So if we stick with the example from earlier in this chapter, here's what we would change in the Spring XML configuration to effect refreshable beans:
<beans> <!-- this bean is now 'refreshable' due to the presence of the 'refresh-check-delay' attribute --> <lang:groovy id="messenger" refresh-check-delay="5000" <!-- switches refreshing on with 5 seconds between checks --> script-source="classpath:Messenger.groovy"> <lang:property name="message" value="I Can Do The Frug" /> </lang:groovy> <bean id="bookingService" class="x.y.DefaultBookingService"> <property name="messenger" ref="messenger" /> </bean> </beans>
That really is all you have to do. The 'refresh-check-delay' attribute defined on the 'messenger' bean definition is the number of milliseconds after which the bean will be refreshed with any changes made to the underlying dynamic language source file. You can turn off the refresh behavior by assigning a negative value to the 'refresh-check-delay' attribute. Remember that, by default, the refresh behavior is disabled. If you don't want the refresh behavior, then simply don't define the attribute. If we then run the following application we can exercise the refreshable feature; please do excuse the 'jumping-through-hoops-to-pause-the-execution' shenanigans in this next slice of code. The System.in.read() call is only there so that the execution of the program pauses while I (the author) go off and edit the underlying dynamic language source file so that the refresh will trigger on the dynamic-language-backed bean when the program resumes execution.
3.1
Reference Documentation
664
Spring Framework
import org.springframework.context.ApplicationContext; import org.springframework.context.support.ClassPathXmlApplicationContext; import org.springframework.scripting.Messenger; public final class Boot { public static void main(final String[] args) throws Exception { ApplicationContext ctx = new ClassPathXmlApplicationContext("beans.xml"); Messenger messenger = (Messenger) ctx.getBean("messenger"); System.out.println(messenger.getMessage()); // pause execution while I go off and make changes to the source file... System.in.read(); System.out.println(messenger.getMessage()); } }
Let's assume then, for the purposes of this example, that all calls to the getMessage() method of Messenger implementations have to be changed such that the message is surrounded by quotes. Below are the changes that I (the author) make to the Messenger.groovy source file when the execution of the program is paused.
package org.springframework.scripting class GroovyMessenger implements Messenger { private String message = "Bingo" public String getMessage() { // change the implementation to surround the message in quotes return "'" + this.message + "'" } public void setMessage(String message) { this.message = message } }
When the program executes, the output before the input pause will be I Can Do The Frug. After the change to the source file is made and saved, and the program resumes execution, the result of calling the getMessage() method on the dynamic-language-backed Messenger implementation will be 'I Can Do The Frug' (notice the inclusion of the additional quotes). It is important to understand that changes to a script will not trigger a refresh if the changes occur within the window of the 'refresh-check-delay' value. It is equally important to understand that changes to the script are not actually 'picked up' until a method is called on the dynamic-language-backed bean. It is only when a method is called on a dynamic-language-backed bean that it checks to see if its underlying script source has changed. Any exceptions relating to refreshing the script (such as encountering a compilation error, or finding that the script file has been deleted) will result in a fatal exception being propagated to the calling code. The refreshable bean behavior described above does not apply to dynamic language source files defined using the <lang:inline-script/> element notation (see the section called Inline dynamic language source files). Additionally, it only applies to beans where changes to the underlying source file can actually be detected; for example, by code that checks the last modified date of a dynamic language 3.1 Reference Documentation 665
Spring Framework
source file that exists on the filesystem. Inline dynamic language source files The dynamic language support can also cater for dynamic language source files that are embedded directly in Spring bean definitions. More specifically, the <lang:inline-script/> element allows you to define dynamic language source immediately inside a Spring configuration file. An example will perhaps make the inline script feature crystal clear:
<lang:groovy id="messenger"> <lang:inline-script> package org.springframework.scripting.groovy; import org.springframework.scripting.Messenger class GroovyMessenger implements Messenger { String message } </lang:inline-script> <lang:property name="message" value="I Can Do The Frug" /> </lang:groovy>
If we put to one side the issues surrounding whether it is good practice to define dynamic language source inside a Spring configuration file, the <lang:inline-script/> element can be useful in some scenarios. For instance, we might want to quickly add a Spring Validator implementation to a Spring MVC Controller. This is but a moment's work using inline source. (See the section called Scripted Validators for such an example.) Find below an example of defining the source for a JRuby-based bean directly in a Spring XML configuration file using the inline: notation. (Notice the use of the < characters to denote a '<' character. In such a case surrounding the inline source in a <![CDATA[]]> region might be better.)
<lang:jruby id="messenger" script-interfaces="org.springframework.scripting.Messenger"> <lang:inline-script> require 'java' include_class 'org.springframework.scripting.Messenger' class RubyMessenger < Messenger def setMessage(message) @@message = message end def getMessage @@message end end </lang:inline-script> <lang:property name="message" value="Hello World!" /> </lang:jruby>
3.1
Reference Documentation
666
Spring Framework
There is one very important thing to be aware of with regard to Spring's dynamic language support. Namely, it is not (currently) possible to supply constructor arguments to dynamic-language-backed beans (and hence constructor-injection is not available for dynamic-language-backed beans). In the interests of making this special handling of constructors and properties 100% clear, the following mixture of code and configuration will not work.
// from the file 'Messenger.groovy' package org.springframework.scripting.groovy; import org.springframework.scripting.Messenger class GroovyMessenger implements Messenger { GroovyMessenger() {} // this constructor is not available for Constructor Injection GroovyMessenger(String message) { this.message = message; } String message String anotherMessage }
<lang:groovy id="badMessenger" script-source="classpath:Messenger.groovy"> <!-- this next constructor argument will *not* be injected into the GroovyMessenger --> <!-in fact, this isn't even allowed according to the schema --> <constructor-arg value="This will *not* work" /> <!-- only property values are injected into the dynamic-language-backed object --> <lang:property name="anotherMessage" value="Passed straight through to the dynamic-language-backed object" </lang>
In practice this limitation is not as significant as it first appears since setter injection is the injection style favored by the overwhelming majority of developers anyway (let's leave the discussion as to whether that is a good thing to another day).
JRuby beans
The JRuby library dependencies The JRuby scripting support in Spring requires the following libraries to be on the classpath of your application. (The versions listed just happen to be the versions that the Spring team used in the development of the JRuby scripting support; you may well be able to use another version of a specific library.) jruby.jar cglib-nodep-2.1_3.jar
3.1
Reference Documentation
667
Spring Framework
From the JRuby homepage... JRuby is an 100% pure-Java implementation of the Ruby programming language. In keeping with the Spring philosophy of offering choice, Spring's dynamic language support also supports beans defined in the JRuby language. The JRuby language is based on the quite intuitive Ruby language, and has support for inline regular expressions, blocks (closures), and a whole host of other features that do make solutions for some domain problems a whole lot easier to develop. The implementation of the JRuby dynamic language support in Spring is interesting in that what happens is this: Spring creates a JDK dynamic proxy implementing all of the interfaces that are specified in the 'script-interfaces' attribute value of the <lang:ruby> element (this is why you must supply at least one interface in the value of the attribute, and (accordingly) program to interfaces when using JRuby-backed beans). Let us look at a fully working example of using a JRuby-based bean. Here is the JRuby implementation of the Messenger interface that was defined earlier in this chapter (for your convenience it is repeated below).
package org.springframework.scripting; public interface Messenger { String getMessage(); }
require 'java' class RubyMessenger include org.springframework.scripting.Messenger def setMessage(message) @@message = message end def getMessage @@message end end # this last line is not essential (but see below) RubyMessenger.new
And here is the Spring XML that defines an instance of the RubyMessenger JRuby bean.
<lang:jruby id="messageService" script-interfaces="org.springframework.scripting.Messenger" script-source="classpath:RubyMessenger.rb"> <lang:property name="message" value="Hello World!" /> </lang:jruby>
Take note of the last line of that JRuby source ('RubyMessenger.new'). When using JRuby in the context of Spring's dynamic language support, you are encouraged to instantiate and return a new instance
3.1
Reference Documentation
668
Spring Framework
of the JRuby class that you want to use as a dynamic-language-backed bean as the result of the execution of your JRuby source. You can achieve this by simply instantiating a new instance of your JRuby class on the last line of the source file like so:
require 'java' include_class 'org.springframework.scripting.Messenger' # class definition same as above... # instantiate and return a new instance of the RubyMessenger class RubyMessenger.new
If you forget to do this, it is not the end of the world; this will however result in Spring having to trawl (reflectively) through the type representation of your JRuby class looking for a class to instantiate. In the grand scheme of things this will be so fast that you'll never notice it, but it is something that can be avoided by simply having a line such as the one above as the last line of your JRuby script. If you don't supply such a line, or if Spring cannot find a JRuby class in your script to instantiate then an opaque ScriptCompilationException will be thrown immediately after the source is executed by the JRuby interpreter. The key text that identifies this as the root cause of an exception can be found immediately below (so if your Spring container throws the following exception when creating your dynamic-language-backed bean and the following text is there in the corresponding stacktrace, this will hopefully allow you to identify and then easily rectify the issue): org.springframework.scripting.ScriptCompilationException: Compilation of JRuby script returned '' To rectify this, simply instantiate a new instance of whichever class you want to expose as a JRuby-dynamic-language-backed bean (as shown above). Please also note that you can actually define as many classes and objects as you want in your JRuby script; what is important is that the source file as a whole must return an object (for Spring to configure). See Section 27.4, Scenarios for some scenarios where you might want to use JRuby-based beans.
Groovy beans
The Groovy library dependencies The Groovy scripting support in Spring requires the following libraries to be on the classpath of your application. groovy-1.5.5.jar asm-2.2.2.jar antlr-2.7.6.jar
Spring Framework
Groovy is an agile dynamic language for the Java 2 Platform that has many of the features that people like so much in languages like Python, Ruby and Smalltalk, making them available to Java developers using a Java-like syntax. If you have read this chapter straight from the top, you will already have seen an example of a Groovy-dynamic-language-backed bean. Let's look at another example (again using an example from the Spring test suite).
package org.springframework.scripting; public interface Calculator { int add(int x, int y); }
<-- from the file 'beans.xml' --> <beans> <lang:groovy id="calculator" script-source="classpath:calculator.groovy"/> </beans>
The resulting output from running the above program will be (unsurprisingly) 10. (Exciting example, huh? Remember that the intent is to illustrate the concept. Please consult the dynamic language showcase project for a more complex example, or indeed Section 27.4, Scenarios later in this chapter). It is important that you do not define more than one class per Groovy source file. While this is perfectly legal in Groovy, it is (arguably) a bad practice: in the interests of a consistent approach, you should (in the opinion of this author) respect the standard Java conventions of one (public) class per source file.
3.1
Reference Documentation
670
Spring Framework
Customising Groovy objects via a callback The GroovyObjectCustomizer interface is a callback that allows you to hook additional creation logic into the process of creating a Groovy-backed bean. For example, implementations of this interface could invoke any required initialization method(s), or set some default property values, or specify a custom MetaClass.
public interface GroovyObjectCustomizer { void customize(GroovyObject goo); }
The Spring Framework will instantiate an instance of your Groovy-backed bean, and will then pass the created GroovyObject to the specified GroovyObjectCustomizer if one has been defined. You can do whatever you like with the supplied GroovyObject reference: it is expected that the setting of a custom MetaClass is what most folks will want to do with this callback, and you can see an example of doing that below.
public final class SimpleMethodTracingCustomizer implements GroovyObjectCustomizer { public void customize(GroovyObject goo) { DelegatingMetaClass metaClass = new DelegatingMetaClass(goo.getMetaClass()) { public Object invokeMethod(Object object, String methodName, Object[] arguments) { System.out.println("Invoking '" + methodName + "'."); return super.invokeMethod(object, methodName, arguments); } }; metaClass.initialize(); goo.setMetaClass(metaClass); } }
A full discussion of meta-programming in Groovy is beyond the scope of the Spring reference manual. Consult the relevant section of the Groovy reference manual, or do a search online: there are plenty of articles concerning this topic. Actually making use of a GroovyObjectCustomizer is easy if you are using the Spring 2.0 namespace support.
<!-- define the GroovyObjectCustomizer just like any other bean --> <bean id="tracingCustomizer" class="example.SimpleMethodTracingCustomizer" /> <!-- ... and plug it into the desired Groovy bean via the 'customizer-ref' attribute --> <lang:groovy id="calculator" script-source="classpath:org/springframework/scripting/groovy/Calculator.groovy" customizer-ref="tracingCustomizer" />
namespace
support,
you
can
still
use
the
<bean id="calculator" class="org.springframework.scripting.groovy.GroovyScriptFactory"> <constructor-arg value="classpath:org/springframework/scripting/groovy/Calculator.groovy"/> <!-- define the GroovyObjectCustomizer (as an inner bean) --> <constructor-arg> <bean id="tracingCustomizer" class="example.SimpleMethodTracingCustomizer" /> </constructor-arg>
3.1
Reference Documentation
671
Spring Framework
BeanShell beans
The BeanShell library dependencies The BeanShell scripting support in Spring requires the following libraries to be on the classpath of your application. bsh-2.0b4.jar cglib-nodep-2.1_3.jar All of these libraries are available in the Spring-with-dependencies distribution of Spring (in addition to also being freely available on the web).
From the BeanShell homepage... BeanShell is a small, free, embeddable Java source interpreter with dynamic language features, written in Java. BeanShell dynamically executes standard Java syntax and extends it with common scripting conveniences such as loose types, commands, and method closures like those in Perl and JavaScript. In contrast to Groovy, BeanShell-backed bean definitions require some (small) additional configuration. The implementation of the BeanShell dynamic language support in Spring is interesting in that what happens is this: Spring creates a JDK dynamic proxy implementing all of the interfaces that are specified in the 'script-interfaces' attribute value of the <lang:bsh> element (this is why you must supply at least one interface in the value of the attribute, and (accordingly) program to interfaces when using BeanShell-backed beans). This means that every method call on a BeanShell-backed object is going through the JDK dynamic proxy invocation mechanism. Let's look at a fully working example of using a BeanShell-based bean that implements the Messenger interface that was defined earlier in this chapter (repeated below for your convenience).
package org.springframework.scripting; public interface Messenger { String getMessage(); }
Here is the BeanShell 'implementation' (the term is used loosely here) of the Messenger interface.
String message; String getMessage() { return message; }
3.1
Reference Documentation
672
Spring Framework
And here is the Spring XML that defines an 'instance' of the above 'class' (again, the term is used very loosely here).
<lang:bsh id="messageService" script-source="classpath:BshMessenger.bsh" script-interfaces="org.springframework.scripting.Messenger"> <lang:property name="message" value="Hello World!" /> </lang:bsh>
See Section 27.4, Scenarios for some scenarios where you might want to use BeanShell-based beans.
27.4 Scenarios
The possible scenarios where defining Spring managed beans in a scripting language would be beneficial are, of course, many and varied. This section describes two possible use cases for the dynamic language support in Spring.
Note
In order to effect this automatic 'pickup' of any changes to dynamic-language-backed beans, you will have had to enable the 'refreshable beans' functionality. See the section called Refreshable beans for a full treatment of this feature. Find below an example of an org.springframework.web.servlet.mvc.Controller
3.1
Reference Documentation
673
Spring Framework
import javax.servlet.http.HttpServletRequest import javax.servlet.http.HttpServletResponse class FortuneController implements Controller { @Property FortuneService fortuneService ModelAndView handleRequest( HttpServletRequest request, HttpServletResponse httpServletResponse) { return new ModelAndView("tell", "fortune", this.fortuneService.tellFortune()) } }
Scripted Validators
Another area of application development with Spring that may benefit from the flexibility afforded by dynamic-language-backed beans is that of validation. It may be easier to express complex validation logic using a loosely typed dynamic language (that may also have support for inline regular expressions) as opposed to regular Java. Again, developing validators as dynamic-language-backed beans allows you to change validation logic by simply editing and saving a simple text file; any such changes will (depending on the configuration) automatically be reflected in the execution of a running application and would not require the restart of an application.
Note
Please note that in order to effect the automatic 'pickup' of any changes to dynamic-language-backed beans, you will have had to enable the 'refreshable beans' feature. See the section called Refreshable beans for a full and detailed treatment of this feature. Find below an example of a Spring org.springframework.validation.Validator implemented using the Groovy dynamic language. (See Section 6.2, Validation using Spring's Validator interface for a discussion of the Validator interface.)
import org.springframework.validation.Validator import org.springframework.validation.Errors
3.1
Reference Documentation
674
Spring Framework
import org.springframework.beans.TestBean class TestBeanValidator implements Validator { boolean supports(Class clazz) { return TestBean.class.isAssignableFrom(clazz) } void validate(Object bean, Errors errors) { if(bean.name?.trim()?.size() > 0) { return } errors.reject("whitespace", "Cannot be composed wholly of whitespace.") } }
Scoping
In case it is not immediately obvious, scripted beans can of course be scoped just like any other bean. The scope attribute on the various <lang:language/> elements allows you to control the scope of the underlying scripted bean, just as it does with a regular bean. (The default scope is singleton, just as it is with 'regular' beans.) Find below an example of using the scope attribute to define a Groovy bean scoped as a prototype.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance xmlns:lang="http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang/spring-lang-3.0.xsd"> <lang:groovy id="messenger" script-source="classpath:Messenger.groovy" scope="prototype"> <lang:property name="message" value="I Can Do The RoboCop" /> </lang:groovy>
3.1
Reference Documentation
675
Spring Framework
See Section 4.5, Bean scopes in Chapter 4, The IoC container for a fuller discussion of the scoping support in the Spring Framework.
3.1
Reference Documentation
676
Spring Framework
At its core, the abstraction applies caching to Java methods, reducing thus the number of executions based on the information available in the cache. That is, each time a targeted method is invoked, the abstraction will apply a caching behaviour checking whether the method has been already executed for the given arguments. If it has, then the cached result is returned without having to execute the actual method; if it has not, then method is executed, the result cached and returned to the user so that, the next time the method is invoked, the cached result is returned. This way, expensive methods (whether CPU or IO bound) can be executed only once for a given set of parameters and the result reused without having to actually execute the method again. The caching logic is applied transparently without any interference to the invoker.
Important
Obviously this approach works only for methods that are guaranteed to return the same output (result) for a given input (or arguments) no matter how many times it is being executed.
3.1
Reference Documentation
677
Spring Framework
To use the cache abstraction, the developer needs to take care of two aspects: caching declaration - identify the methods that need to be cached and their policy cache configuration - the backing cache where the data is stored and read from Note that just like other services in Spring Framework, the caching service is an abstraction (not a cache implementation) and requires the use of an actual storage to store the cache data - that is, the abstraction frees the developer from having to write the caching logic but does not provide the actual stores. There are two integrations available out of the box, for JDK java.util.concurrent.ConcurrentMap and Ehcache - see Section 28.5, Plugging-in different back-end caches for more information on plugging in other cache stores/providers.
@Cacheable annotation
As the name implies, @Cacheable is used to demarcate methods that are cacheable - that is, methods for whom the result is stored into the cache so on subsequent invocations (with the same arguments), the value in the cache is returned without having to actually execute the method. In its simplest form, the annotation declaration requires the name of the cache associated with the annotated method:
@Cacheable("books") public Book findBook(ISBN isbn) {...}
In the snippet above, the method findBook is associated with the cache named books. Each time the method is called, the cache is checked to see whether the invocation has been already executed and does not have to be repeated. While in most cases, only one cache is declared, the annotation allows multiple names to be specified so that more then one cache are being used. In this case, each of the caches will be checked before executing the method - if at least one cache is hit, then the associated value will be returned:
Note
All the other caches that do not contain the method will be updated as well event though the cached method was not actually executed.
@Cacheable({ "books", "isbns" }) public Book findBook(ISBN isbn) {...}
3.1
Reference Documentation
678
Spring Framework
Default Key Generation Since caches are essentially key-value stores, each invocation of a cached method needs to be translated into a suitable key for cache access. Out of the box, the caching abstraction uses a simple KeyGenerator based on the following algorithm: If no params are given, return 0. If only one param is given, return that instance. If more the one param is given, return a key computed from the hashes of all parameters. This approach works well for objects with natural keys as long as the hashCode() reflects that. If that is not the case then for distributed or persistent environments, the strategy needs to be changed as the objects hashCode is not preserved. In fact, depending on the JVM implementation or running conditions, the same hashCode can be reused for different objects, in the same VM instance. To provide a different default key generator, one needs to implement the org.springframework.cache.KeyGenerator interface. Once configured, the generator will be used for each declaration that doesn not specify its own key generation strategy (see below). Custom Key Generation Declaration Since caching is generic, it is quite likely the target methods have various signatures that cannot be simply mapped on top of the cache structure. This tends to become obvious when the target method has multiple arguments out of which only some are suitable for caching (while the rest are used only by the method logic). For example:
@Cacheable("books") public Book findBook(ISBN isbn, boolean checkWarehouse, boolean includeUsed
At first glance, while the two boolean arguments influence the way the book is found, they are no use for the cache. Further more what if only one of the two is important while the other is not? For such cases, the @Cacheable annotation allows the user to specify how the key is generated through its key attribute. The developer can use SpEL to pick the arguments of interest (or their nested properties), perform operations or even invoke arbitrary methods without having to write any code or implement any interface. This is the recommended approach over the default generator since methods tend to be quite different in signatures as the code base grows; while the default strategy might work for some methods, it rarely does for all methods. Below are some examples of various SpEL declarations - if you are not familiar with it, do yourself a favour and read Chapter 7, Spring Expression Language (SpEL):
@Cacheable(value="book", key="#isbn" public Book findBook(ISBN isbn, boolean checkWarehouse, boolean includeUsed)
3.1
Reference Documentation
679
Spring Framework
@Cacheable(value="book", key="#isbn.rawNumber") public Book findBook(ISBN isbn, boolean checkWarehouse, boolean includeUsed)
@Cacheable(value="book", key="T(someType).hash(#isbn)") public Book findBook(ISBN isbn, boolean checkWarehouse, boolean includeUsed)
The snippets above, show how easy it is to select a certain argument, one of its properties or even an arbitrary (static) method. Conditional caching Sometimes, a method might not be suitable for caching all the time (for example, it might depend on the given arguments). The cache annotations support such functionality through the conditional parameter which takes a SpEL expression that is evaluated to either true or false. If true, the method is cached - if not, it behaves as if the method is not cached, that is executed every since time no matter what values are in the cache or what arguments are used. A quick example - the following method will be cached, only if the argument name has a length shorter then 32:
@Cacheable(value="book", condition="#name.length < 32") public Book findBook(String name)
Available caching SpEL evaluation context Each SpEL expression evaluates again a dedicated context. In addition to the build in parameters, the framework provides dedicated caching related metadata such as the argument names. The next table lists the items made available to the context so one can use them for key and conditional(see next section) computations: Table 28.1. Cache SpEL available metadata Name methodName method target targetClass params Location root object root object root object root object root object Description The name of the method being invoked The method invoked being
#root.method.name
Example
#root.methodName
The target object being invoked The class of the target being invoked The arguments (as array) used for invoking the target Collection Reference Documentation of caches
#root.target
#root.targetClass
#root.params[0]
caches 3.1
root object
#root.caches[0].name
680
Spring Framework
Name
Location
Example
parameter name
evaluation context
Name of any of the method parameter. If for iban some reason the names or are not available (ex: no p0 debug information), the parameter names are also available under the p<#arg> where #arg stands for the parameter index (starting from 0).
@CacheEvict annotation
The cache abstraction allows not just population of a cache store but also eviction. This process is useful for removing stale or unused data from the cache. Opposed to @Cacheable, annotation @CacheEvict demarcates methods that perform cache eviction, that is methods that act as triggers for removing data from the cache. Just like its sibling, @CacheEvict requires one to specify one (or multiple) caches that are affected by the action, allows a key or a condition to be specified but in addition, features an extra parameter allEntries which indicates whether a cache-wide eviction needs to be performed rather then just an entry one (based on the key):
@CacheEvict(value = "books", allEntries=true) public void loadBooks(InputStream batch)
This option comes in handy when an entire cache region needs to be cleared out - rather then evicting each entry (which would take a long time since it is inefficient), all the entires are removed in one operation as shown above. Note that the framework will ignore any key specified in this scenario as it does not apply (the entire cache is evicted not just one entry). It is important to note that void methods can be used with @CacheEvict - as the methods act as triggers, the return values are ignored (as they don't interact with the cache) - this is not the case with @Cacheable which adds/update data into the cache and thus requires a result.
3.1
Reference Documentation
681
Spring Framework
all the annotations in your code). In practice, this translates to one line that informs Spring that it should process the cache annotations, namely:
<beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance xmlns:cache="http://www.springframework.org/schema/cache" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/s http://www.springframework.org/schema/cache http://www.springframework.org/schema/cache/spring-cache.xsd" <cache:annotation-driven /> </beans>
The namespace allows various options to be specified that influence the way the caching behaviour is added to the application through AOP. The configuration is similar (on purpose) with that of tx:annotation-driven:
Table 28.2. <cache:annotation-driven/> settings Attribute cache-manager Default cacheManager Name of cache manager to use. Only required if the name of the cache manager is not cacheManager, as in the example above. mode proxy The default mode "proxy" processes annotated beans to be proxied using Spring's AOP framework (following proxy semantics, as discussed above, applying to method calls coming in through the proxy only). The alternative mode "aspectj" instead weaves the affected classes with Spring's AspectJ caching aspect, modifying the target class byte code to apply to any kind of method call. AspectJ weaving requires spring-aspects.jar in the classpath as well as load-time weaving (or compile-time weaving) enabled. (See the section called Spring configuration for details on how to set up load-time weaving.) Description
3.1
Reference Documentation
682
Spring Framework
Attribute proxy-target-class
Default false
Description Applies to proxy mode only. Controls what type of caching proxies are created for classes annotated with the @Cacheable or @CacheEvict annotations. If the proxy-target-class attribute is set to true, then class-based proxies are created. If proxy-target-class is false or if the attribute is omitted, then standard JDK interface-based proxies are created. (See Section 8.6, Proxying mechanisms for a detailed examination of the different proxy types.)
order
Ordered.LOWEST_PRECEDENCE Defines the order of the cache advice that is applied to beans annotated with @Cacheable or @CacheEvict. (For more information about the rules related to ordering of AOP advice, see the section called Advice ordering.) No specified ordering means that the AOP subsystem determines the order of the advice.
Note
<cache:annotation-driven/> only looks for @Cacheable/@CacheEvict on beans in the same application context it is defined in. This means that, if you put <cache:annotation-driven/> in a WebApplicationContext for a DispatcherServlet, it only checks for @Cacheable/@CacheEvict beans in your controllers, and not your services. See Section 16.2, The DispatcherServlet for more information.
3.1
Reference Documentation
683
Spring Framework
Above, we have defined our own SlowService annotation which itself is annotated with @Cacheable - now we can replace the following code:
@Cacheable(value="books", key="#isbn") public Book findBook(ISBN isbn, boolean checkWarehouse, boolean includeUsed)
with:
@SlowService public Book findBook(ISBN isbn, boolean checkWarehouse, boolean includeUsed)
Even though @SlowService is not a Spring annotation, the container automatically picks up its declaration at runtime and understands its meaning. Note that as mentined above, the annotation-driven behaviour needs to be enabled.
<!-- generic cache manager --> <bean id="cacheManager" class="org.springframework.cache.support.SimpleCacheManager"> <property name="caches">
3.1
Reference Documentation
684
Spring Framework
<set> <bean class="org.springframework.cache.concurrent.ConcurrentMapCacheFactoryBean" p:name="default"/> <bean class="org.springframework.cache.concurrent.ConcurrentMapCacheFactoryBean" p:name="books"/> </set> </property> </bean>
The snippet above uses the SimpleCacheManager to create a CacheManager for the two, nested Concurrent Cache implementations named default and books. Note that the names are configured directly for each cache. As the cache is created by the application, it is bound to its lifecycle, making it suitable for basic use cases, tests or simple applications. The cache scales well and is very fast but it does not provide any management or persistence capabilities nor eviction contracts.
Ehcache-based Cache
The Ehcache implementation is located under org.springframework.cache.ehcache package. Again, to use it, one simply needs to declare the appropriate CacheManager:
This setup bootstraps ehcache library inside Spring IoC (through bean ehcache) which is then wired into the dedicated CacheManager implementation. Note the entire ehcache-specific configuration is read from the resource ehcache.xml.
3.1
Reference Documentation
685
Spring Framework
Hibernate
For the currently recommended usage patterns for Hibernate see Section 14.3, Hibernate The HibernateTemplate The basic programming model for templating looks as follows, for methods that can be part of any custom data access object or business service. There are no restrictions on the implementation of the surrounding object at all, it just needs to provide a Hibernate SessionFactory. It can get the latter from anywhere, but preferably as bean reference from a Spring IoC container - via a simple setSessionFactory(..) bean property setter. The following snippets show a DAO definition in a Spring container, referencing the above defined SessionFactory, and an example for a DAO method implementation.
<beans> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="sessionFactory" ref="mySessionFactory"/> </bean> </beans>
public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { private HibernateTemplate hibernateTemplate; public void setSessionFactory(SessionFactory sessionFactory) { this.hibernateTemplate = new HibernateTemplate(sessionFactory); }
public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) throws DataAccessException { return this.hibernateTemplate.find("from test.Product product where product.category=?", category); } }
The HibernateTemplate class provides many methods that mirror the methods exposed on the 3.1 Reference Documentation 687
Spring Framework
Hibernate Session interface, in addition to a number of convenience methods such as the one shown above. If you need access to the Session to invoke methods that are not exposed on the HibernateTemplate, you can always drop down to a callback-based approach like so.
public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { private HibernateTemplate hibernateTemplate; public void setSessionFactory(SessionFactory sessionFactory) { this.hibernateTemplate = new HibernateTemplate(sessionFactory); } public Collection loadProductsByCategory(final String category) throws DataAccessException { return this.hibernateTemplate.execute(new HibernateCallback() { public Object doInHibernate(Session session) { Criteria criteria = session.createCriteria(Product.class); criteria.add(Expression.eq("category", category)); criteria.setMaxResults(6); return criteria.list(); } }; } }
A callback implementation effectively can be used for any Hibernate data access. HibernateTemplate will ensure that Session instances are properly opened and closed, and automatically participate in transactions. The template instances are thread-safe and reusable, they can thus be kept as instance variables of the surrounding class. For simple single step actions like a single find, load, saveOrUpdate, or delete call, HibernateTemplate offers alternative convenience methods that can replace such one line callback implementations. Furthermore, Spring provides a convenient HibernateDaoSupport base class that provides a setSessionFactory(..) method for receiving a SessionFactory, and getSessionFactory() and getHibernateTemplate()for use by subclasses. In combination, this allows for very simple DAO implementations for typical requirements:
public class ProductDaoImpl extends HibernateDaoSupport implements ProductDao { public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) throws DataAccessException { return this.getHibernateTemplate().find( "from test.Product product where product.category=?", category); } }
Implementing Spring-based DAOs without callbacks As alternative to using Spring's HibernateTemplate to implement DAOs, data access code can also be written in a more traditional fashion, without wrapping the Hibernate access code in a callback, while still respecting and participating in Spring's generic DataAccessException hierarchy. The HibernateDaoSupport base class offers methods to access the current transactional Session and to convert exceptions in such a scenario; similar methods are also available as static helpers on the SessionFactoryUtils class. Note that such code will usually pass 'false' as the value of the getSession(..) methods 'allowCreate' argument, to enforce running within a transaction (which avoids the need to close the returned Session, as its lifecycle is managed by the transaction). 3.1 Reference Documentation 688
Spring Framework
public class HibernateProductDao extends HibernateDaoSupport implements ProductDao { public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) throws DataAccessException, MyException { Session session = getSession(false); try { Query query = session.createQuery("from test.Product product where product.category=?"); query.setString(0, category); List result = query.list(); if (result == null) { throw new MyException("No search results."); } return result; } catch (HibernateException ex) { throw convertHibernateAccessException(ex); } } }
The advantage of such direct Hibernate access code is that it allows any checked application exception to be thrown within the data access code; contrast this to the HibernateTemplate class which is restricted to throwing only unchecked exceptions within the callback. Note that you can often defer the corresponding checks and the throwing of application exceptions to after the callback, which still allows working with HibernateTemplate. In general, the HibernateTemplate class' convenience methods are simpler and more convenient for many scenarios.
JDO
For the currently recommended usage patterns for JDO see Section 14.4, JDO JdoTemplate and JdoDaoSupport Each JDO-based DAO will then receive the PersistenceManagerFactory through dependency injection. Such a DAO could be coded against plain JDO API, working with the given PersistenceManagerFactory, but will usually rather be used with the Spring Framework's JdoTemplate:
<beans> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="persistenceManagerFactory" ref="myPmf"/> </bean> </beans>
public class ProductDaoImpl implements ProductDao { private JdoTemplate jdoTemplate; public void setPersistenceManagerFactory(PersistenceManagerFactory pmf) { this.jdoTemplate = new JdoTemplate(pmf); } public Collection loadProductsByCategory(final String category) throws DataAccessException { return (Collection) this.jdoTemplate.execute(new JdoCallback() { public Object doInJdo(PersistenceManager pm) throws JDOException {
3.1
Reference Documentation
689
Spring Framework
Query query = pm.newQuery(Product.class, "category = pCategory"); query.declareParameters("String pCategory"); List result = query.execute(category); // do some further stuff with the result list return result; } }); } }
A callback implementation can effectively be used for any JDO data access. JdoTemplate will ensure that PersistenceManagers are properly opened and closed, and automatically participate in transactions. The template instances are thread-safe and reusable, they can thus be kept as instance variables of the surrounding class. For simple single-step actions such as a single find, load, makePersistent, or delete call, JdoTemplate offers alternative convenience methods that can replace such one line callback implementations. Furthermore, Spring provides a convenient JdoDaoSupport base class that provides a setPersistenceManagerFactory(..) method for receiving a PersistenceManagerFactory, and getPersistenceManagerFactory() and getJdoTemplate() for use by subclasses. In combination, this allows for very simple DAO implementations for typical requirements:
public class ProductDaoImpl extends JdoDaoSupport implements ProductDao { public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) throws DataAccessException { return getJdoTemplate().find( Product.class, "category = pCategory", "String category", new Object[] {category}); } }
As alternative to working with Spring's JdoTemplate, you can also code Spring-based DAOs at the JDO API level, explicitly opening and closing a PersistenceManager. As elaborated in the corresponding Hibernate section, the main advantage of this approach is that your data access code is able to throw checked exceptions. JdoDaoSupport offers a variety of support methods for this scenario, for fetching and releasing a transactional PersistenceManager as well as for converting exceptions.
JPA
For the currently recommended usage patterns for JPA see Section 14.5, JPA JpaTemplate and JpaDaoSupport Each JPA-based DAO will then receive a EntityManagerFactory via dependency injection. Such a DAO can be coded against plain JPA and work with the given EntityManagerFactory or through Spring's JpaTemplate:
<beans> <bean id="myProductDao" class="product.ProductDaoImpl"> <property name="entityManagerFactory" ref="myEmf"/> </bean> </beans>
3.1
Reference Documentation
690
Spring Framework
public class JpaProductDao implements ProductDao { private JpaTemplate jpaTemplate; public void setEntityManagerFactory(EntityManagerFactory emf) { this.jpaTemplate = new JpaTemplate(emf); } public Collection loadProductsByCategory(final String category) throws DataAccessException { return (Collection) this.jpaTemplate.execute(new JpaCallback() { public Object doInJpa(EntityManager em) throws PersistenceException { Query query = em.createQuery("from Product as p where p.category = :category"); query.setParameter("category", category); List result = query.getResultList(); // do some further processing with the result list return result; } }); } }
The JpaCallback implementation allows any type of JPA data access. The JpaTemplate will ensure that EntityManagers are properly opened and closed and automatically participate in transactions. Moreover, the JpaTemplate properly handles exceptions, making sure resources are cleaned up and the appropriate transactions rolled back. The template instances are thread-safe and reusable and they can be kept as instance variable of the enclosing class. Note that JpaTemplate offers single-step actions such as find, load, merge, etc along with alternative convenience methods that can replace one line callback implementations. Furthermore, Spring provides a convenient JpaDaoSupport base class that provides the get/setEntityManagerFactory and getJpaTemplate() to be used by subclasses:
public class ProductDaoImpl extends JpaDaoSupport implements ProductDao { public Collection loadProductsByCategory(String category) throws DataAccessException { Map<String, String> params = new HashMap<String, String>(); params.put("category", category); return getJpaTemplate().findByNamedParams("from Product as p where p.category = :category", params); } }
Besides working with Spring's JpaTemplate, one can also code Spring-based DAOs against the JPA, doing one's own explicit EntityManager handling. As also elaborated in the corresponding Hibernate section, the main advantage of this approach is that your data access code is able to throw checked exceptions. JpaDaoSupport offers a variety of support methods for this scenario, for retrieving and releasing a transaction EntityManager, as well as for converting exceptions. JpaTemplate mainly exists as a sibling of JdoTemplate and HibernateTemplate, offering the same style for people used to it.
Spring Framework
Note
The JMS 1.1 specification was released in April 2002 and incorporated as part of J2EE 1.4 in November 2003. As a result, common J2EE 1.3 application servers which are still in widespread use (such as BEA WebLogic 8.1 and IBM WebSphere 5.1) are based on JMS 1.0.2.
JmsTemplate
Located in the package org.springframework.jms.core the class JmsTemplate102 provides all of the features of the JmsTemplate described the JMS chapter, but is based on the JMS 1.0.2 API instead of the JMS 1.1 API. As a consequence, if you are using JmsTemplate102 you need to set the boolean property pubSubDomain to configure the JmsTemplate with knowledge of what JMS domain is being used. By default the value of this property is false, indicating that the point-to-point domain, Queues, will be used.
Spring Framework
MessageListenerAdapter102, SimpleMessageListenerContainer102, and DefaultMessageListenerContainer102. These classes provide the same functionality as the JMS 1.1 based counterparts but rely only on the JMS 1.0.2 API.
Connections
The ConnectionFactory interface is part of the JMS specification and serves as the entry point for working with JMS. Spring provides an implementation of the ConnectionFactory interface, SingleConnectionFactory102, based on the JMS 1.0.2 API that will return the same Connection on all createConnection() calls and ignore calls to close(). You will need to set the boolean property pubSubDomain to indicate which messaging domain is used as SingleConnectionFactory102 will always explicitly differentiate between a javax.jms.QueueConnection and a javax.jmsTopicConnection.
Transaction Management
In a JMS 1.0.2 environment the class JmsTransactionManager102 provides support for managing JMS transactions for a single Connection Factory. Please refer to the reference documentation on JMS Transaction Management for more information on this functionality.
3.1
Reference Documentation
693
Spring Framework
Concepts
Spring's pointcut model enables pointcut reuse independent of advice types. It's possible to target different advice using the same pointcut. The org.springframework.aop.Pointcut interface is the central interface, used to target advices to particular classes and methods. The complete interface is shown below:
public interface Pointcut { ClassFilter getClassFilter(); MethodMatcher getMethodMatcher(); }
Splitting the Pointcut interface into two parts allows reuse of class and method matching parts, and fine-grained composition operations (such as performing a "union" with another method matcher). The ClassFilter interface is used to restrict the pointcut to a given set of target classes. If the matches() method always returns true, all target classes will be matched:
public interface ClassFilter { boolean matches(Class clazz); }
The MethodMatcher interface is normally more important. The complete interface is shown below:
public interface MethodMatcher { boolean matches(Method m, Class targetClass); boolean isRuntime(); boolean matches(Method m, Class targetClass, Object[] args); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
694
Spring Framework
The matches(Method, Class) method is used to test whether this pointcut will ever match a given method on a target class. This evaluation can be performed when an AOP proxy is created, to avoid the need for a test on every method invocation. If the 2-argument matches method returns true for a given method, and the isRuntime() method for the MethodMatcher returns true, the 3-argument matches method will be invoked on every method invocation. This enables a pointcut to look at the arguments passed to the method invocation immediately before the target advice is to execute. Most MethodMatchers are static, meaning that their isRuntime() method returns false. In this case, the 3-argument matches method will never be invoked.
Tip
If possible, try to make pointcuts static, allowing the AOP framework to cache the results of pointcut evaluation when an AOP proxy is created.
Operations on pointcuts
Spring supports operations on pointcuts: notably, union and intersection. Union means the methods that either pointcut matches. Intersection means the methods that both pointcuts match. Union is usually more useful. Pointcuts can be composed using the static methods in the org.springframework.aop.support.Pointcuts class, or using the ComposablePointcut class in the same package. However, using AspectJ pointcut expressions is usually a simpler approach.
3.1
Reference Documentation
695
Spring Framework
Static pointcuts are based on method and target class, and cannot take into account the method's arguments. Static pointcuts are sufficient - and best - for most usages. It's possible for Spring to evaluate a static pointcut only once, when a method is first invoked: after that, there is no need to evaluate the pointcut again with each method invocation. Let's consider some static pointcut implementations included with Spring.
Regular expression pointcuts
One obvious way to specify static pointcuts is regular expressions. Several AOP frameworks besides Spring make this possible. org.springframework.aop.support.Perl5RegexpMethodPointcut is a generic regular expression pointcut, using Perl 5 regular expression syntax. The Perl5RegexpMethodPointcut class depends on Jakarta ORO for regular expression matching. Spring also provides the JdkRegexpMethodPointcut class that uses the regular expression support in JDK 1.4+. Using the Perl5RegexpMethodPointcut class, you can provide a list of pattern Strings. If any of these is a match, the pointcut will evaluate to true. (So the result is effectively the union of these pointcuts.) The usage is shown below:
<bean id="settersAndAbsquatulatePointcut" class="org.springframework.aop.support.Perl5RegexpMethodPointcut"> <property name="patterns"> <list> <value>.*set.*</value> <value>.*absquatulate</value> </list> </property> </bean>
Spring provides a convenience class, RegexpMethodPointcutAdvisor, that allows us to also reference an Advice (remember that an Advice can be an interceptor, before advice, throws advice etc.). Behind the scenes, Spring will use a JdkRegexpMethodPointcut. Using RegexpMethodPointcutAdvisor simplifies wiring, as the one bean encapsulates both pointcut and advice, as shown below:
<bean id="settersAndAbsquatulateAdvisor" class="org.springframework.aop.support.RegexpMethodPointcutAdvisor"> <property name="advice"> <ref local="beanNameOfAopAllianceInterceptor"/> </property> <property name="patterns"> <list> <value>.*set.*</value> <value>.*absquatulate</value> </list> </property> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
696
Spring Framework
An important type of static pointcut is a metadata-driven pointcut. This uses the values of metadata attributes: typically, source-level metadata. Dynamic pointcuts Dynamic pointcuts are costlier to evaluate than static pointcuts. They take into account method arguments, as well as static information. This means that they must be evaluated with every method invocation; the result cannot be cached, as arguments will vary. The main example is the control flow pointcut.
Control flow pointcuts
Spring control flow pointcuts are conceptually similar to AspectJ cflow pointcuts, although less powerful. (There is currently no way to specify that a pointcut executes below a join point matched by another pointcut.) A control flow pointcut matches the current call stack. For example, it might fire if the join point was invoked by a method in the com.mycompany.web package, or by the SomeCaller class. Control flow pointcuts are specified using the org.springframework.aop.support.ControlFlowPointcut class.
Note
Control flow pointcuts are significantly more expensive to evaluate at runtime than even other dynamic pointcuts. In Java 1.4, the cost is about 5 times that of other dynamic pointcuts.
Pointcut superclasses
Spring provides useful pointcut superclasses to help you to implement your own pointcuts. Because static pointcuts are most useful, you'll probably subclass StaticMethodMatcherPointcut, as shown below. This requires implementing just one abstract method (although it's possible to override other methods to customize behavior):
class TestStaticPointcut extends StaticMethodMatcherPointcut { public boolean matches(Method m, Class targetClass) { // return true if custom criteria match } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
697
Spring Framework
You can use custom pointcuts with any advice type in Spring 1.0 RC2 and above.
Custom pointcuts
Because pointcuts in Spring AOP are Java classes, rather than language features (as in AspectJ) it's possible to declare custom pointcuts, whether static or dynamic. Custom pointcuts in Spring can be arbitrarily complex. However, using the AspectJ pointcut expression language is recommended if possible.
Note
Later versions of Spring may offer support for "semantic pointcuts" as offered by JAC: for example, "all methods that change instance variables in the target object."
Advice lifecycles
Each advice is a Spring bean. An advice instance can be shared across all advised objects, or unique to each advised object. This corresponds to per-class or per-instance advice. Per-class advice is used most often. It is appropriate for generic advice such as transaction advisors. These do not depend on the state of the proxied object or add new state; they merely act on the method and arguments. Per-instance advice is appropriate for introductions, to support mixins. In this case, the advice adds state to the proxied object. It's possible to use a mix of shared and per-instance advice in the same AOP proxy.
3.1
Reference Documentation
698
Spring Framework
The MethodInvocation argument to the invoke() method exposes the method being invoked; the target join point; the AOP proxy; and the arguments to the method. The invoke() method should return the invocation's result: the return value of the join point. A simple MethodInterceptor implementation looks as follows:
public class DebugInterceptor implements MethodInterceptor { public Object invoke(MethodInvocation invocation) throws Throwable { System.out.println("Before: invocation=[" + invocation + "]"); Object rval = invocation.proceed(); System.out.println("Invocation returned"); return rval; } }
Note the call to the MethodInvocation's proceed() method. This proceeds down the interceptor chain towards the join point. Most interceptors will invoke this method, and return its return value. However, a MethodInterceptor, like any around advice, can return a different value or throw an exception rather than invoke the proceed method. However, you don't want to do this without good reason!
Note
MethodInterceptors offer interoperability with other AOP Alliance-compliant AOP implementations. The other advice types discussed in the remainder of this section implement common AOP concepts, but in a Spring-specific way. While there is an advantage in using the most specific advice type, stick with MethodInterceptor around advice if you are likely to want to run the aspect in another AOP framework. Note that pointcuts are not currently interoperable between frameworks, and the AOP Alliance does not currently define pointcut interfaces.
Before advice A simpler advice type is a before advice. This does not need a MethodInvocation object, since it will only be called before entering the method. The main advantage of a before advice is that there is no need to invoke the proceed() method, and therefore no possibility of inadvertently failing to proceed down the interceptor chain. The MethodBeforeAdvice interface is shown below. (Spring's API design would allow for field before advice, although the usual objects apply to field interception and it's unlikely that Spring will ever implement it). 3.1 Reference Documentation 699
Spring Framework
public interface MethodBeforeAdvice extends BeforeAdvice { void before(Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable; }
Note the return type is void. Before advice can insert custom behavior before the join point executes, but cannot change the return value. If a before advice throws an exception, this will abort further execution of the interceptor chain. The exception will propagate back up the interceptor chain. If it is unchecked, or on the signature of the invoked method, it will be passed directly to the client; otherwise it will be wrapped in an unchecked exception by the AOP proxy. An example of a before advice in Spring, which counts all method invocations:
public class CountingBeforeAdvice implements MethodBeforeAdvice { private int count; public void before(Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable { ++count; } public int getCount() { return count; } }
Tip
Before advice can be used with any pointcut.
Throws advice Throws advice is invoked after the return of the join point if the join point threw an exception. Spring offers typed throws advice. Note that this means that the org.springframework.aop.ThrowsAdvice interface does not contain any methods: It is a tag interface identifying that the given object implements one or more typed throws advice methods. These should be in the form of:
afterThrowing([Method, args, target], subclassOfThrowable)
Only the last argument is required. The method signatures may have either one or four arguments, depending on whether the advice method is interested in the method and arguments. The following classes are examples of throws advice. The advice below is invoked if a RemoteException is thrown (including subclasses):
public class RemoteThrowsAdvice implements ThrowsAdvice { public void afterThrowing(RemoteException ex) throws Throwable { // Do something with remote exception } }
3.1
Reference Documentation
700
Spring Framework
The following advice is invoked if a ServletException is thrown. Unlike the above advice, it declares 4 arguments, so that it has access to the invoked method, method arguments and target object:
public class ServletThrowsAdviceWithArguments implements ThrowsAdvice { public void afterThrowing(Method m, Object[] args, Object target, ServletException ex) { // Do something with all arguments } }
The final example illustrates how these two methods could be used in a single class, which handles both RemoteException and ServletException. Any number of throws advice methods can be combined in a single class.
public static class CombinedThrowsAdvice implements ThrowsAdvice { public void afterThrowing(RemoteException ex) throws Throwable { // Do something with remote exception } public void afterThrowing(Method m, Object[] args, Object target, ServletException ex) { // Do something with all arguments } }
Note: If a throws-advice method throws an exception itself, it will override the original exception (i.e. change the exception thrown to the user). The overriding exception will typically be a RuntimeException; this is compatible with any method signature. However, if a throws-advice method throws a checked exception, it will have to match the declared exceptions of the target method and is hence to some degree coupled to specific target method signatures. Do not throw an undeclared checked exception that is incompatible with the target method's signature!
Tip
Throws advice can be used with any pointcut.
After Returning advice An after returning advice in Spring must implement the org.springframework.aop.AfterReturningAdvice interface, shown below:
public interface AfterReturningAdvice extends Advice { void afterReturning(Object returnValue, Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable; }
An after returning advice has access to the return value (which it cannot modify), invoked method, methods arguments and target. The following after returning advice counts all successful method invocations that have not thrown
3.1
Reference Documentation
701
Spring Framework
exceptions:
public class CountingAfterReturningAdvice implements AfterReturningAdvice { private int count; public void afterReturning(Object returnValue, Method m, Object[] args, Object target) throws Throwable { ++count; } public int getCount() { return count; } }
This advice doesn't change the execution path. If it throws an exception, this will be thrown up the interceptor chain instead of the return value.
Tip
After returning advice can be used with any pointcut.
Introduction advice Spring treats introduction advice as a special kind of interception advice. Introduction requires an IntroductionAdvisor, and an IntroductionInterceptor, implementing the following interface:
public interface IntroductionInterceptor extends MethodInterceptor { boolean implementsInterface(Class intf); }
The invoke() method inherited from the AOP Alliance MethodInterceptor interface must implement the introduction: that is, if the invoked method is on an introduced interface, the introduction interceptor is responsible for handling the method call - it cannot invoke proceed(). Introduction advice cannot be used with any pointcut, as it applies only at class, rather than method, level. You can only use introduction advice with the IntroductionAdvisor, which has the following methods:
public interface IntroductionAdvisor extends Advisor, IntroductionInfo { ClassFilter getClassFilter(); void validateInterfaces() throws IllegalArgumentException; } public interface IntroductionInfo { Class[] getInterfaces(); }
3.1
Reference Documentation
702
Spring Framework
There is no MethodMatcher, and hence no Pointcut, associated with introduction advice. Only class filtering is logical. The getInterfaces() method returns the interfaces introduced by this advisor. The validateInterfaces() method is used internally to see whether or not the introduced interfaces can be implemented by the configured IntroductionInterceptor . Let's look at a simple example from the Spring test suite. Let's suppose we want to introduce the following interface to one or more objects:
public interface Lockable { void lock(); void unlock(); boolean locked(); }
This illustrates a mixin. We want to be able to cast advised objects to Lockable, whatever their type, and call lock and unlock methods. If we call the lock() method, we want all setter methods to throw a LockedException. Thus we can add an aspect that provides the ability to make objects immutable, without them having any knowledge of it: a good example of AOP. Firstly, we'll need an IntroductionInterceptor that does the heavy lifting. In this case, we extend the org.springframework.aop.support.DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor convenience class. We could implement IntroductionInterceptor directly, but using DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor is best for most cases. The DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor is designed to delegate an introduction to an actual implementation of the introduced interface(s), concealing the use of interception to do so. The delegate can be set to any object using a constructor argument; the default delegate (when the no-arg constructor is used) is this. Thus in the example below, the delegate is the LockMixin subclass of DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor. Given a delegate (by default itself), a DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor instance looks for all interfaces implemented by the delegate (other than IntroductionInterceptor), and will support introductions against any of them. It's possible for subclasses such as LockMixin to call the suppressInterface(Class intf) method to suppress interfaces that should not be exposed. However, no matter how many interfaces an IntroductionInterceptor is prepared to support, the IntroductionAdvisor used will control which interfaces are actually exposed. An introduced interface will conceal any implementation of the same interface by the target. Thus LockMixin subclasses DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor and implements Lockable itself. The superclass automatically picks up that Lockable can be supported for introduction, so we don't need to specify that. We could introduce any number of interfaces in this way. Note the use of the locked instance variable. This effectively adds additional state to that held in the target object.
3.1
Reference Documentation
703
Spring Framework
public class LockMixin extends DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor implements Lockable { private boolean locked; public void lock() { this.locked = true; } public void unlock() { this.locked = false; } public boolean locked() { return this.locked; } public Object invoke(MethodInvocation invocation) throws Throwable { if (locked() && invocation.getMethod().getName().indexOf("set") == 0) throw new LockedException(); return super.invoke(invocation); } }
Often it isn't necessary to override the invoke() method: the DelegatingIntroductionInterceptor implementation - which calls the delegate method if the method is introduced, otherwise proceeds towards the join point - is usually sufficient. In the present case, we need to add a check: no setter method can be invoked if in locked mode. The introduction advisor required is simple. All it needs to do is hold a distinct LockMixin instance, and specify the introduced interfaces - in this case, just Lockable. A more complex example might take a reference to the introduction interceptor (which would be defined as a prototype): in this case, there's no configuration relevant for a LockMixin, so we simply create it using new.
public class LockMixinAdvisor extends DefaultIntroductionAdvisor { public LockMixinAdvisor() { super(new LockMixin(), Lockable.class); } }
We can apply this advisor very simply: it requires no configuration. (However, it is necessary: It's impossible to use an IntroductionInterceptor without an IntroductionAdvisor.) As usual with introductions, the advisor must be per-instance, as it is stateful. We need a different instance of LockMixinAdvisor, and hence LockMixin, for each advised object. The advisor comprises part of the advised object's state. We can apply this advisor programmatically, using the Advised.addAdvisor() method, or (the recommended way) in XML configuration, like any other advisor. All proxy creation choices discussed below, including "auto proxy creators," correctly handle introductions and stateful mixins.
3.1
Reference Documentation
704
Spring Framework
Note
The Spring 2.0 AOP support also uses factory beans under the covers. The basic way to create an AOP proxy in Spring is to use the org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean. This gives complete control over the pointcuts and advice that will apply, and their ordering. However, there are simpler options that are preferable if you don't need such control.
Basics
The ProxyFactoryBean, like other Spring FactoryBean implementations, introduces a level of indirection. If you define a ProxyFactoryBean with name foo, what objects referencing foo see is not the ProxyFactoryBean instance itself, but an object created by the ProxyFactoryBean's implementation of the getObject() method. This method will create an AOP proxy wrapping a target object. One of the most important benefits of using a ProxyFactoryBean or another IoC-aware class to create AOP proxies, is that it means that advices and pointcuts can also be managed by IoC. This is a powerful feature, enabling certain approaches that are hard to achieve with other AOP frameworks. For example, an advice may itself reference application objects (besides the target, which should be available in any AOP framework), benefiting from all the pluggability provided by Dependency Injection.
3.1
Reference Documentation
705
Spring Framework
JavaBean properties
In common with most FactoryBean implementations provided ProxyFactoryBean class is itself a JavaBean. Its properties are used to: Specify the target you want to proxy. Specify whether to use CGLIB (see below and also the section called JDK- and CGLIB-based proxies). Some key properties are inherited from org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyConfig (the superclass for all AOP proxy factories in Spring). These key properties include: proxyTargetClass: true if the target class is to be proxied, rather than the target class' interfaces. If this property value is set to true, then CGLIB proxies will be created (but see also below the section called JDK- and CGLIB-based proxies). optimize: controls whether or not aggressive optimizations are applied to proxies created via CGLIB. One should not blithely use this setting unless one fully understands how the relevant AOP proxy handles optimization. This is currently used only for CGLIB proxies; it has no effect with JDK dynamic proxies. frozen: if a proxy configuration is frozen, then changes to the configuration are no longer allowed. This is useful both as a slight optimization and for those cases when you don't want callers to be able to manipulate the proxy (via the Advised interface) after the proxy has been created. The default value of this property is false, so changes such as adding additional advice are allowed. exposeProxy: determines whether or not the current proxy should be exposed in a ThreadLocal so that it can be accessed by the target. If a target needs to obtain the proxy and the exposeProxy property is set to true, the target can use the AopContext.currentProxy() method. aopProxyFactory: the implementation of AopProxyFactory to use. Offers a way of customizing whether to use dynamic proxies, CGLIB or any other proxy strategy. The default implementation will choose dynamic proxies or CGLIB appropriately. There should be no need to use this property; it is intended to allow the addition of new proxy types in Spring 1.1. Other properties specific to ProxyFactoryBean include: proxyInterfaces: array of String interface names. If this isn't supplied, a CGLIB proxy for the target class will be used (but see also below the section called JDK- and CGLIB-based proxies). interceptorNames: String array of Advisor, interceptor or other advice names to apply. Ordering is significant, on a first come-first served basis. That is to say that the first interceptor in the list will be the first to be able to intercept the invocation. The names are bean names in the current factory, including bean names from ancestor factories. You 3.1 Reference Documentation 706 with Spring, the
Spring Framework
can't mention bean references here since doing so would result in the ProxyFactoryBean ignoring the singleton setting of the advice. You can append an interceptor name with an asterisk (*). This will result in the application of all advisor beans with names starting with the part before the asterisk to be applied. An example of using this feature can be found in the section called Using 'global' advisors. singleton: whether or not the factory should return a single object, no matter how often the getObject() method is called. Several FactoryBean implementations offer such a method. The default value is true. If you want to use stateful advice - for example, for stateful mixins - use prototype advices along with a singleton value of false.
Note
The behavior of the ProxyFactoryBean with regard to creating JDK- or CGLIB-based proxies changed between versions 1.2.x and 2.0 of Spring. The ProxyFactoryBean now exhibits similar semantics with regard to auto-detecting interfaces as those of the TransactionProxyFactoryBean class. If the class of a target object that is to be proxied (hereafter simply referred to as the target class) doesn't implement any interfaces, then a CGLIB-based proxy will be created. This is the easiest scenario, because JDK proxies are interface based, and no interfaces means JDK proxying isn't even possible. One simply plugs in the target bean, and specifies the list of interceptors via the interceptorNames property. Note that a CGLIB-based proxy will be created even if the proxyTargetClass property of the ProxyFactoryBean has been set to false. (Obviously this makes no sense, and is best removed from the bean definition because it is at best redundant, and at worst confusing.) If the target class implements one (or more) interfaces, then the type of proxy that is created depends on the configuration of the ProxyFactoryBean. If the proxyTargetClass property of the ProxyFactoryBean has been set to true, then a CGLIB-based proxy will be created. This makes sense, and is in keeping with the principle of least surprise. Even if the proxyInterfaces property of the ProxyFactoryBean has been set to one or more fully qualified interface names, the fact that the proxyTargetClass property is set to true will cause CGLIB-based proxying to be in effect. If the proxyInterfaces property of the ProxyFactoryBean has been set to one or more fully qualified interface names, then a JDK-based proxy will be created. The created proxy will implement all of the interfaces that were specified in the proxyInterfaces property; if the target class happens to 3.1 Reference Documentation 707
Spring Framework
implement a whole lot more interfaces than those specified in the proxyInterfaces property, that is all well and good but those additional interfaces will not be implemented by the returned proxy. If the proxyInterfaces property of the ProxyFactoryBean has not been set, but the target class does implement one (or more) interfaces, then the ProxyFactoryBean will auto-detect the fact that the target class does actually implement at least one interface, and a JDK-based proxy will be created. The interfaces that are actually proxied will be all of the interfaces that the target class implements; in effect, this is the same as simply supplying a list of each and every interface that the target class implements to the proxyInterfaces property. However, it is significantly less work, and less prone to typos.
Proxying interfaces
Let's look at a simple example of ProxyFactoryBean in action. This example involves: A target bean that will be proxied. This is the "personTarget" bean definition in the example below. An Advisor and an Interceptor used to provide advice. An AOP proxy bean definition specifying the target object (the personTarget bean) and the interfaces to proxy, along with the advices to apply.
<bean id="personTarget" class="com.mycompany.PersonImpl"> <property name="name"><value>Tony</value></property> <property name="age"><value>51</value></property> </bean> <bean id="myAdvisor" class="com.mycompany.MyAdvisor"> <property name="someProperty"><value>Custom string property value</value></property> </bean> <bean id="debugInterceptor" class="org.springframework.aop.interceptor.DebugInterceptor"> </bean> <bean id="person" class="org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="proxyInterfaces"><value>com.mycompany.Person</value></property> <property name="target"><ref local="personTarget"/></property> <property name="interceptorNames"> <list> <value>myAdvisor</value> <value>debugInterceptor</value> </list> </property> </bean>
Note that the interceptorNames property takes a list of String: the bean names of the interceptor or advisors in the current factory. Advisors, interceptors, before, after returning and throws advice objects can be used. The ordering of advisors is significant.
Note
3.1
Reference Documentation
708
Spring Framework
You might be wondering why the list doesn't hold bean references. The reason for this is that if the ProxyFactoryBean's singleton property is set to false, it must be able to return independent proxy instances. If any of the advisors is itself a prototype, an independent instance would need to be returned, so it's necessary to be able to obtain an instance of the prototype from the factory; holding a reference isn't sufficient. The "person" bean definition above can be used in place of a Person implementation, as follows:
Person person = (Person) factory.getBean("person");
Other beans in the same IoC context can express a strongly typed dependency on it, as with an ordinary Java object:
<bean id="personUser" class="com.mycompany.PersonUser"> <property name="person"><ref local="person" /></property> </bean>
The PersonUser class in this example would expose a property of type Person. As far as it's concerned, the AOP proxy can be used transparently in place of a "real" person implementation. However, its class would be a dynamic proxy class. It would be possible to cast it to the Advised interface (discussed below). It's possible to conceal the distinction between target and proxy using an anonymous inner bean, as follows. Only the ProxyFactoryBean definition is different; the advice is included only for completeness:
<bean id="myAdvisor" class="com.mycompany.MyAdvisor"> <property name="someProperty"><value>Custom string property value</value></property> </bean> <bean id="debugInterceptor" class="org.springframework.aop.interceptor.DebugInterceptor"/> <bean id="person" class="org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="proxyInterfaces"><value>com.mycompany.Person</value></property> <!-- Use inner bean, not local reference to target --> <property name="target"> <bean class="com.mycompany.PersonImpl"> <property name="name"><value>Tony</value></property> <property name="age"><value>51</value></property> </bean> </property> <property name="interceptorNames"> <list> <value>myAdvisor</value> <value>debugInterceptor</value> </list> </property> </bean>
This has the advantage that there's only one object of type Person: useful if we want to prevent users of
3.1
Reference Documentation
709
Spring Framework
the application context from obtaining a reference to the un-advised object, or need to avoid any ambiguity with Spring IoC autowiring. There's also arguably an advantage in that the ProxyFactoryBean definition is self-contained. However, there are times when being able to obtain the un-advised target from the factory might actually be an advantage: for example, in certain test scenarios.
Proxying classes
What if you need to proxy a class, rather than one or more interfaces? Imagine that in our example above, there was no Person interface: we needed to advise a class called Person that didn't implement any business interface. In this case, you can configure Spring to use CGLIB proxying, rather than dynamic proxies. Simply set the proxyTargetClass property on the ProxyFactoryBean above to true. While it's best to program to interfaces, rather than classes, the ability to advise classes that don't implement interfaces can be useful when working with legacy code. (In general, Spring isn't prescriptive. While it makes it easy to apply good practices, it avoids forcing a particular approach.) If you want to, you can force the use of CGLIB in any case, even if you do have interfaces. CGLIB proxying works by generating a subclass of the target class at runtime. Spring configures this generated subclass to delegate method calls to the original target: the subclass is used to implement the Decorator pattern, weaving in the advice. CGLIB proxying should generally be transparent to users. However, there are some issues to consider: Final methods can't be advised, as they can't be overridden. You'll need the CGLIB 2 binaries on your classpath; dynamic proxies are available with the JDK. There's little performance difference between CGLIB proxying and dynamic proxies. As of Spring 1.0, dynamic proxies are slightly faster. However, this may change in the future. Performance should not be a decisive consideration in this case.
3.1
Reference Documentation
710
Spring Framework
This will never be instantiated itself, so may actually be incomplete. Then each proxy which needs to be created is just a child bean definition, which wraps the target of the proxy as an inner bean definition, since the target will never be used on its own anyway.
<bean id="myService" parent="txProxyTemplate"> <property name="target"> <bean class="org.springframework.samples.MyServiceImpl"> </bean> </property> </bean>
It is of course possible to override properties from the parent template, such as in this case, the transaction propagation settings:
<bean id="mySpecialService" parent="txProxyTemplate"> <property name="target"> <bean class="org.springframework.samples.MySpecialServiceImpl"> </bean> </property> <property name="transactionAttributes"> <props> <prop key="get*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED,readOnly</prop> <prop key="find*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED,readOnly</prop> <prop key="load*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED,readOnly</prop> <prop key="store*">PROPAGATION_REQUIRED</prop> </props> </property> </bean>
Note that in the example above, we have explicitly marked the parent bean definition as abstract by using the abstract attribute, as described previously, so that it may not actually ever be instantiated. Application contexts (but not simple bean factories) will by default pre-instantiate all singletons. It is therefore
3.1
Reference Documentation
711
Spring Framework
important (at least for singleton beans) that if you have a (parent) bean definition which you intend to use only as a template, and this definition specifies a class, you must make sure to set the abstract attribute to true, otherwise the application context will actually try to pre-instantiate it.
The first step is to construct an object of type org.springframework.aop.framework.ProxyFactory. You can create this with a target object, as in the above example, or specify the interfaces to be proxied in an alternate constructor. You can add interceptors or advisors, and manipulate them for the life of the ProxyFactory. If you add an IntroductionInterceptionAroundAdvisor you can cause the proxy to implement additional interfaces. There are also convenience methods on ProxyFactory (inherited from AdvisedSupport) which allow you to add other advice types such as before and throws advice. AdvisedSupport is the superclass of both ProxyFactory and ProxyFactoryBean.
Tip
Integrating AOP proxy creation with the IoC framework is best practice in most applications. We recommend that you externalize configuration from Java code with AOP, as in general.
3.1
Reference Documentation
712
Spring Framework
throws AopConfigException; void addAdvisor(Advisor advisor) throws AopConfigException; void addAdvisor(int pos, Advisor advisor) throws AopConfigException; int indexOf(Advisor advisor); boolean removeAdvisor(Advisor advisor) throws AopConfigException; void removeAdvisor(int index) throws AopConfigException; boolean replaceAdvisor(Advisor a, Advisor b) throws AopConfigException; boolean isFrozen();
The getAdvisors() method will return an Advisor for every advisor, interceptor or other advice type that has been added to the factory. If you added an Advisor, the returned advisor at this index will be the object that you added. If you added an interceptor or other advice type, Spring will have wrapped this in an advisor with a pointcut that always returns true. Thus if you added a MethodInterceptor, the advisor returned for this index will be an DefaultPointcutAdvisor returning your MethodInterceptor and a pointcut that matches all classes and methods. The addAdvisor() methods can be used to add any Advisor. Usually the advisor holding pointcut and advice will be the generic DefaultPointcutAdvisor, which can be used with any advice or pointcut (but not for introductions). By default, it's possible to add or remove advisors or interceptors even once a proxy has been created. The only restriction is that it's impossible to add or remove an introduction advisor, as existing proxies from the factory will not show the interface change. (You can obtain a new proxy from the factory to avoid this problem.) A simple example of casting an AOP proxy to the Advised interface and examining and manipulating its advice:
Advised advised = (Advised) myObject; Advisor[] advisors = advised.getAdvisors(); int oldAdvisorCount = advisors.length; System.out.println(oldAdvisorCount + " advisors"); // Add an advice like an interceptor without a pointcut // Will match all proxied methods // Can use for interceptors, before, after returning or throws advice advised.addAdvice(new DebugInterceptor()); // Add selective advice using a pointcut advised.addAdvisor(new DefaultPointcutAdvisor(mySpecialPointcut, myAdvice)); assertEquals("Added two advisors", oldAdvisorCount + 2, advised.getAdvisors().length);
Note
It's questionable whether it's advisable (no pun intended) to modify advice on a business object in production, although there are no doubt legitimate usage cases. However, it can be 3.1 Reference Documentation 713
Spring Framework
very useful in development: for example, in tests. I have sometimes found it very useful to be able to add test code in the form of an interceptor or other advice, getting inside a method invocation I want to test. (For example, the advice can get inside a transaction created for that method: for example, to run SQL to check that a database was correctly updated, before marking the transaction for roll back.) Depending on how you created the proxy, you can usually set a frozen flag, in which case the Advised isFrozen() method will return true, and any attempts to modify advice through addition or removal will result in an AopConfigException. The ability to freeze the state of an advised object is useful in some cases, for example, to prevent calling code removing a security interceptor. It may also be used in Spring 1.1 to allow aggressive optimization if runtime advice modification is known not to be required.
3.1
Reference Documentation
714
Spring Framework
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.BeanNameAutoProxyCreator"> <property name="beanNames"><value>jdk*,onlyJdk</value></property> <property name="interceptorNames"> <list> <value>myInterceptor</value> </list> </property> </bean>
As with ProxyFactoryBean, there is an interceptorNames property rather than a list of interceptors, to allow correct behavior for prototype advisors. Named "interceptors" can be advisors or any advice type. As with auto proxying in general, the main point of using BeanNameAutoProxyCreator is to apply the same configuration consistently to multiple objects, with minimal volume of configuration. It is a popular choice for applying declarative transactions to multiple objects. Bean definitions whose names match, such as "jdkMyBean" and "onlyJdk" in the above example, are plain old bean definitions with the target class. An AOP proxy will be created automatically by the BeanNameAutoProxyCreator. The same advice will be applied to all matching beans. Note that if advisors are used (rather than the interceptor in the above example), the pointcuts may apply differently to different beans. DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator A more general and extremely powerful auto proxy creator is DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator. This will automagically apply eligible advisors in the current context, without the need to include specific bean names in the autoproxy advisor's bean definition. It offers the same merit of consistent configuration and avoidance of duplication as BeanNameAutoProxyCreator. Using this mechanism involves: Specifying a DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator bean definition. Specifying any number of Advisors in the same or related contexts. Note that these must be Advisors, not just interceptors or other advices. This is necessary because there must be a pointcut to evaluate, to check the eligibility of each advice to candidate bean definitions. The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator will automatically evaluate the pointcut contained in each advisor, to see what (if any) advice it should apply to each business object (such as "businessObject1" and "businessObject2" in the example). This means that any number of advisors can be applied automatically to each business object. If no pointcut in any of the advisors matches any method in a business object, the object will not be proxied. As bean definitions are added for new business objects, they will automatically be proxied if necessary. Autoproxying in general has the advantage of making it impossible for callers or dependencies to obtain 3.1 Reference Documentation 715
Spring Framework
an un-advised object. Calling getBean("businessObject1") on this ApplicationContext will return an AOP proxy, not the target business object. (The "inner bean" idiom shown earlier also offers this benefit.)
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator"/> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor"> <property name="transactionInterceptor" ref="transactionInterceptor"/> </bean> <bean id="customAdvisor" class="com.mycompany.MyAdvisor"/> <bean id="businessObject1" class="com.mycompany.BusinessObject1"> <!-- Properties omitted --> </bean> <bean id="businessObject2" class="com.mycompany.BusinessObject2"/>
The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator is very useful if you want to apply the same advice consistently to many business objects. Once the infrastructure definitions are in place, you can simply add new business objects without including specific proxy configuration. You can also drop in additional aspects very easily - for example, tracing or performance monitoring aspects - with minimal change to configuration. The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator offers support for filtering (using a naming convention so that only certain advisors are evaluated, allowing use of multiple, differently configured, AdvisorAutoProxyCreators in the same factory) and ordering. Advisors can implement the org.springframework.core.Ordered interface to ensure correct ordering if this is an issue. The TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor used in the above example has a configurable order value; the default setting is unordered. AbstractAdvisorAutoProxyCreator This is the superclass of DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator. You can create your own autoproxy creators by subclassing this class, in the unlikely event that advisor definitions offer insufficient customization to the behavior of the framework DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator.
3.1
Reference Documentation
716
Spring Framework
consideration on its own. (The metadata-aware code is in the pointcuts contained in the advisors, not the AOP framework itself.) The /attributes directory of the JPetStore sample application shows the use of attribute-driven autoproxying. In this case, there's no need to use the TransactionProxyFactoryBean. Simply defining transactional attributes on business objects is sufficient, because of the use of metadata-aware pointcuts. The bean definitions include the following code, in /WEB-INF/declarativeServices.xml. Note that this is generic, and can be used outside the JPetStore:
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator"/> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor"> <property name="transactionInterceptor" ref="transactionInterceptor"/> </bean> <bean id="transactionInterceptor" class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionInterceptor"> <property name="transactionManager" ref="transactionManager"/> <property name="transactionAttributeSource"> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.AttributesTransactionAttributeSource"> <property name="attributes" ref="attributes"/> </bean> </property> </bean> <bean id="attributes" class="org.springframework.metadata.commons.CommonsAttributes"/>
The DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator bean definition (the name is not significant, hence it can even be omitted) will pick up all eligible pointcuts in the current application context. In this case, the "transactionAdvisor" bean definition, of type TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor, will apply to classes or methods carrying a transaction attribute. The TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor depends on a TransactionInterceptor, via constructor dependency. The example resolves this via autowiring. The AttributesTransactionAttributeSource depends on an implementation of the org.springframework.metadata.Attributes interface. In this fragment, the "attributes" bean satisfies this, using the Jakarta Commons Attributes API to obtain attribute information. (The application code must have been compiled using the Commons Attributes compilation task.) The /annotation directory of the JPetStore sample application contains an analogous example for auto-proxying driven by JDK 1.5+ annotations. The following configuration enables automatic detection of Spring's Transactional annotation, leading to implicit proxies for beans containing that annotation:
<bean class="org.springframework.aop.framework.autoproxy.DefaultAdvisorAutoProxyCreator"/> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionAttributeSourceAdvisor"> <property name="transactionInterceptor" ref="transactionInterceptor"/> </bean> <bean id="transactionInterceptor" class="org.springframework.transaction.interceptor.TransactionInterceptor"> <property name="transactionManager" ref="transactionManager"/> <property name="transactionAttributeSource"> <bean class="org.springframework.transaction.annotation.AnnotationTransactionAttributeSource"/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
717
Spring Framework
</property> </bean>
The TransactionInterceptor defined here depends on a PlatformTransactionManager definition, which is not included in this generic file (although it could be) because it will be specific to the application's transaction requirements (typically JTA, as in this example, or Hibernate, JDO or JDBC):
<bean id="transactionManager" class="org.springframework.transaction.jta.JtaTransactionManager"/>
Tip
If you require only declarative transaction management, using these generic XML definitions will result in Spring automatically proxying all classes or methods with transaction attributes. You won't need to work directly with AOP, and the programming model is similar to that of .NET ServicedComponents. This mechanism is extensible. It's possible to do autoproxying based on custom attributes. You need to: Define your custom attribute. Specify an Advisor with the necessary advice, including a pointcut that is triggered by the presence of the custom attribute on a class or method. You may be able to use an existing advice, merely implementing a static pointcut that picks up the custom attribute. It's possible for such advisors to be unique to each advised class (for example, mixins): they simply need to be defined as prototype, rather than singleton, bean definitions. For example, the LockMixin introduction interceptor from the Spring test suite, shown above, could be used in conjunction with an attribute-driven pointcut to target a mixin, as shown here. We use the generic DefaultPointcutAdvisor, configured using JavaBean properties:
<bean id="lockMixin" class="org.springframework.aop.LockMixin" scope="prototype"/> <bean id="lockableAdvisor" class="org.springframework.aop.support.DefaultPointcutAdvisor" scope="prototype"> <property name="pointcut" ref="myAttributeAwarePointcut"/> <property name="advice" ref="lockMixin"/> </bean> <bean id="anyBean" class="anyclass" ...
If the attribute aware pointcut matches any methods in the anyBean or other bean definitions, the mixin will be applied. Note that both lockMixin and lockableAdvisor definitions are prototypes. The myAttributeAwarePointcut pointcut can be a singleton definition, as it doesn't hold state for individual advised objects.
3.1
Reference Documentation
718
Spring Framework
Tip
When using a custom target source, your target will usually need to be a prototype rather than a singleton bean definition. This allows Spring to create a new target instance when required.
3.1
Reference Documentation
719
Spring Framework
The above swap() call changes the target of the swappable bean. Clients who hold a reference to that bean will be unaware of the change, but will immediately start hitting the new target. Although this example doesn't add any advice - and it's not necessary to add advice to use a TargetSource - of course any TargetSource can be used in conjunction with arbitrary advice.
Note that the target object - "businessObjectTarget" in the example - must be a prototype. This allows the PoolingTargetSource implementation to create new instances of the target to grow the pool as necessary. See the havadoc for AbstractPoolingTargetSource and the concrete subclass you wish to use for information about its properties: "maxSize" is the most basic, and always guaranteed to be present. In this case, "myInterceptor" is the name of an interceptor that would need to be defined in the same IoC context. However, it isn't necessary to specify interceptors to use pooling. If you want only pooling, and no other advice, don't set the interceptorNames property at all. It's possible to configure Spring so as to be able to cast any pooled object to the org.springframework.aop.target.PoolingConfig interface, which exposes information
3.1
Reference Documentation
720
Spring Framework
about the configuration and current size of the pool through an introduction. You'll need to define an advisor like this:
<bean id="poolConfigAdvisor" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.MethodInvokingFactoryBean"> <property name="targetObject" ref="poolTargetSource"/> <property name="targetMethod" value="getPoolingConfigMixin"/> </bean>
This advisor is obtained by calling a convenience method on the AbstractPoolingTargetSource class, hence the use of MethodInvokingFactoryBean. This advisor's name ("poolConfigAdvisor" here) must be in the list of interceptors names in the ProxyFactoryBean exposing the pooled object. The cast will look as follows:
PoolingConfig conf = (PoolingConfig) beanFactory.getBean("businessObject"); System.out.println("Max pool size is " + conf.getMaxSize());
Note
Pooling stateless service objects is not usually necessary. We don't believe it should be the default choice, as most stateless objects are naturally thread safe, and instance pooling is problematic if resources are cached. Simpler pooling is available using autoproxying. It's possible to set the TargetSources used by any autoproxy creator.
There's only one property: the name of the target bean. Inheritance is used in the TargetSource implementations to ensure consistent naming. As with the pooling target source, the target bean must be a prototype bean definition.
3.1
Reference Documentation
721
Spring Framework
ThreadLocal target sources are useful if you need an object to be created for each incoming request (per thread that is). The concept of a ThreadLocal provide a JDK-wide facility to transparently store resource alongside a thread. Setting up a ThreadLocalTargetSource is pretty much the same as was explained for the other types of target source:
<bean id="threadlocalTargetSource" class="org.springframework.aop.target.ThreadLocalTargetSource"> <property name="targetBeanName" value="businessObjectTarget"/> </bean>
Note
ThreadLocals come with serious issues (potentially resulting in memory leaks) when incorrectly using them in a multi-threaded and multi-classloader environments. One should always consider wrapping a threadlocal in some other class and never directly use the ThreadLocal itself (except of course in the wrapper class). Also, one should always remember to correctly set and unset (where the latter simply involved a call to ThreadLocal.set(null)) the resource local to the thread. Unsetting should be done in any case since not unsetting it might result in problematic behavior. Spring's ThreadLocal support does this for you and should always be considered in favor of using ThreadLocals without other proper handling code.
3.1
Reference Documentation
722
Spring Framework
transaction management.
3.1
Reference Documentation
723
Spring Framework
The central motivation for moving to XML Schema based configuration files was to make Spring XML configuration easier. The 'classic' <bean/>-based approach is good, but its generic-nature comes with a price in terms of configuration overhead. From the Spring IoC containers point-of-view, everything is a bean. That's great news for the Spring IoC container, because if everything is a bean then everything can be treated in the exact same fashion. The same, however, is not true from a developer's point-of-view. The objects defined in a Spring XML configuration file are not all generic, vanilla beans. Usually, each bean requires some degree of specific configuration. Spring 2.0's new XML Schema-based configuration addresses this issue. The <bean/> element is still present, and if you wanted to, you could continue to write the exact same style of Spring XML configuration using only <bean/> elements. The new XML Schema-based configuration does, however, make Spring XML configuration files substantially clearer to read. In addition, it allows you to express the intent of a bean definition. The key thing to remember is that the new custom tags work best for infrastructure or integration beans: for example, AOP, collections, transactions, integration with 3rd-party frameworks such as Mule, etc., while the existing bean tags are best suited to application-specific beans, such as DAOs, service layer objects, validators, etc. The examples included below will hopefully convince you that the inclusion of XML Schema support in
3.1
Reference Documentation
724
Spring Framework
Spring 2.0 was a good idea. The reception in the community has been encouraging; also, please note the fact that this new configuration mechanism is totally customisable and extensible. This means you can write your own domain-specific configuration tags that would better represent your application's domain; the process involved in doing so is covered in the appendix entitled Appendix D, Extensible XML authoring.
Note
The 'xsi:schemaLocation' fragment is not actually required, but can be included to reference a local copy of a schema (which can be useful during development). The above Spring XML configuration fragment is boilerplate that you can copy and paste (!) and then plug <bean/> definitions into like you have always done. However, the entire point of switching over is to take advantage of the new Spring 2.0 XML tags since they make configuration easier. The section entitled the section called The util schema demonstrates how you can start immediately by using some of the more common utility tags. The rest of this chapter is devoted to showing examples of the new Spring XML Schema based 3.1 Reference Documentation 725
Spring Framework
configuration, with at least one example for every new tag. The format follows a before and after style, with a before snippet of XML showing the old (but still 100% legal and supported) style, followed immediately by an after example showing the equivalent in the new XML Schema-based style.
<util:constant/> Before...
<bean id="..." class="..."> <property name="isolation"> <bean id="java.sql.Connection.TRANSACTION_SERIALIZABLE" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.FieldRetrievingFactoryBean" /> </property> </bean>
The above configuration uses a Spring FactoryBean implementation, the FieldRetrievingFactoryBean, to set the value of the 'isolation' property on a bean to the value of the 'java.sql.Connection.TRANSACTION_SERIALIZABLE' constant. This is all well and good, but it is a tad verbose and (unneccessarily) exposes Spring's internal plumbing to the end user. The following XML Schema-based version is more concise and clearly expresses the developer's intent ('inject this constant value'), and it just reads better.
<bean id="..." class="..."> <property name="isolation"> <util:constant static-field="java.sql.Connection.TRANSACTION_SERIALIZABLE"/> </property> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
726
Spring Framework
FieldRetrievingFactoryBean is a FactoryBean which retrieves a static or non-static field value. It is typically used for retrieving public static final constants, which may then be used to set a property value or constructor arg for another bean. Find below an example which shows how a static field is exposed, by using the staticField property:
<bean id="myField" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.FieldRetrievingFactoryBean"> <property name="staticField" value="java.sql.Connection.TRANSACTION_SERIALIZABLE"/> </bean>
There is also a convenience usage form where the static field is specified as the bean name:
<bean id="java.sql.Connection.TRANSACTION_SERIALIZABLE" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.FieldRetrievingFactoryBean"/>
This does mean that there is no longer any choice in what the bean id is (so any other bean that refers to it will also have to use this longer name), but this form is very concise to define, and very convenient to use as an inner bean since the id doesn't have to be specified for the bean reference:
<bean id="..." class="..."> <property name="isolation"> <bean id="java.sql.Connection.TRANSACTION_SERIALIZABLE" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.FieldRetrievingFactoryBean" /> </property> </bean>
It is also possible to access a non-static (instance) field of another bean, as described in the API documentation for the FieldRetrievingFactoryBean class. Injecting enum values into beans as either property or constructor arguments is very easy to do in Spring, in that you don't actually have to do anything or know anything about the Spring internals (or even about classes such as the FieldRetrievingFactoryBean). Let's look at an example to see how easy injecting an enum value is; consider this JDK 5 enum:
package javax.persistence; public enum PersistenceContextType { TRANSACTION, EXTENDED }
3.1
Reference Documentation
727
Spring Framework
This works for classic type-safe emulated enums (on JDK 1.4 and JDK 1.3) as well; Spring will automatically attempt to match the string property value to a constant on the enum class. <util:property-path/> Before...
<!-- target bean to be referenced by name --> <bean id="testBean" class="org.springframework.beans.TestBean" scope="prototype"> <property name="age" value="10"/> <property name="spouse"> <bean class="org.springframework.beans.TestBean"> <property name="age" value="11"/> </bean> </property> </bean> <!-- will result in 10, which is the value of property 'age' of bean 'testBean' --> <bean id="testBean.age" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.PropertyPathFactoryBean"/>
The above configuration uses a Spring FactoryBean implementation, the PropertyPathFactoryBean, to create a bean (of type int) called 'testBean.age' that has a value equal to the 'age' property of the 'testBean' bean. After...
<!-- target bean to be referenced by name --> <bean id="testBean" class="org.springframework.beans.TestBean" scope="prototype"> <property name="age" value="10"/> <property name="spouse"> <bean class="org.springframework.beans.TestBean"> <property name="age" value="11"/> </bean> </property> </bean> <!-- will result in 10, which is the value of property 'age' of bean 'testBean' --> <util:property-path id="name" path="testBean.age"/>
The value of the 'path' attribute of the <property-path/> tag follows the form 'beanName.beanProperty'.
Using <util:property-path/> to set a bean property or constructor-argument
3.1
Reference Documentation
728
Spring Framework
PropertyPathFactoryBean is a FactoryBean that evaluates a property path on a given target object. The target object can be specified directly or via a bean name. This value may then be used in another bean definition as a property value or constructor argument. Here's an example where a path is used against another bean, by name:
// target bean to be referenced by name <bean id="person" class="org.springframework.beans.TestBean" scope="prototype"> <property name="age" value="10"/> <property name="spouse"> <bean class="org.springframework.beans.TestBean"> <property name="age" value="11"/> </bean> </property> </bean> // will result in 11, which is the value of property 'spouse.age' of bean 'person' <bean id="theAge" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.PropertyPathFactoryBean"> <property name="targetBeanName" value="person"/> <property name="propertyPath" value="spouse.age"/> </bean>
There is also a shortcut form, where the bean name is the property path.
<!-- will result in 10, which is the value of property 'age' of bean 'person' --> <bean id="person.age" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.PropertyPathFactoryBean"/>
This form does mean that there is no choice in the name of the bean. Any reference to it will also have to use the same id, which is the path. Of course, if used as an inner bean, there is no need to refer to it at all:
<bean id="..." class="..."> <property name="age"> <bean id="person.age" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.PropertyPathFactoryBean"/> </property> </bean>
The result type may be specifically set in the actual definition. This is not necessary for most use cases, but can be of use for some. Please see the Javadocs for more info on this feature. <util:properties/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
729
Spring Framework
Before...
<!-- creates a java.util.Properties instance with values loaded from the supplied location --> <bean id="jdbcConfiguration" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.PropertiesFactoryBean"> <property name="location" value="classpath:com/foo/jdbc-production.properties"/> </bean>
The above configuration uses a Spring FactoryBean implementation, the PropertiesFactoryBean, to instantiate a java.util.Properties instance with values loaded from the supplied Resource location). After...
<!-- creates a java.util.Properties instance with values loaded from the supplied location --> <util:properties id="jdbcConfiguration" location="classpath:com/foo/jdbc-production.properties"/>
<util:list/> Before...
<!-- creates a java.util.List instance with values loaded from the supplied 'sourceList' --> <bean id="emails" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.ListFactoryBean"> <property name="sourceList"> <list> <value>pechorin@hero.org</value> <value>raskolnikov@slums.org</value> <value>stavrogin@gov.org</value> <value>porfiry@gov.org</value> </list> </property> </bean>
The above configuration uses a Spring FactoryBean implementation, the ListFactoryBean, to create a java.util.List instance initialized with values taken from the supplied 'sourceList'. After...
<!-- creates a java.util.List instance with the supplied values --> <util:list id="emails"> <value>pechorin@hero.org</value> <value>raskolnikov@slums.org</value> <value>stavrogin@gov.org</value> <value>porfiry@gov.org</value> </util:list>
You can also explicitly control the exact type of List that will be instantiated and populated via the use of the 'list-class' attribute on the <util:list/> element. For example, if we really need a java.util.LinkedList to be instantiated, we could use the following configuration:
<util:list id="emails" list-class="java.util.LinkedList"> <value>jackshaftoe@vagabond.org</value> <value>eliza@thinkingmanscrumpet.org</value> <value>vanhoek@pirate.org</value> <value>d'Arcachon@nemesis.org</value> </util:list>
3.1
Reference Documentation
730
Spring Framework
If no 'list-class' attribute is supplied, a List implementation will be chosen by the container. <util:map/> Before...
<!-- creates a java.util.Map instance with values loaded from the supplied 'sourceMap' --> <bean id="emails" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.MapFactoryBean"> <property name="sourceMap"> <map> <entry key="pechorin" value="pechorin@hero.org"/> <entry key="raskolnikov" value="raskolnikov@slums.org"/> <entry key="stavrogin" value="stavrogin@gov.org"/> <entry key="porfiry" value="porfiry@gov.org"/> </map> </property> </bean>
The above configuration uses a Spring FactoryBean implementation, the MapFactoryBean, to create a java.util.Map instance initialized with key-value pairs taken from the supplied 'sourceMap'. After...
<!-- creates a java.util.Map instance with the supplied key-value pairs --> <util:map id="emails"> <entry key="pechorin" value="pechorin@hero.org"/> <entry key="raskolnikov" value="raskolnikov@slums.org"/> <entry key="stavrogin" value="stavrogin@gov.org"/> <entry key="porfiry" value="porfiry@gov.org"/> </util:map>
You can also explicitly control the exact type of Map that will be instantiated and populated via the use of the 'map-class' attribute on the <util:map/> element. For example, if we really need a java.util.TreeMap to be instantiated, we could use the following configuration:
<util:map id="emails" map-class="java.util.TreeMap"> <entry key="pechorin" value="pechorin@hero.org"/> <entry key="raskolnikov" value="raskolnikov@slums.org"/> <entry key="stavrogin" value="stavrogin@gov.org"/> <entry key="porfiry" value="porfiry@gov.org"/> </util:map>
If no 'map-class' attribute is supplied, a Map implementation will be chosen by the container. <util:set/> Before...
<!-- creates a java.util.Set instance with values loaded from the supplied 'sourceSet' --> <bean id="emails" class="org.springframework.beans.factory.config.SetFactoryBean"> <property name="sourceSet"> <set> <value>pechorin@hero.org</value> <value>raskolnikov@slums.org</value>
3.1
Reference Documentation
731
Spring Framework
The above configuration uses a Spring FactoryBean implementation, the SetFactoryBean, to create a java.util.Set instance initialized with values taken from the supplied 'sourceSet'. After...
<!-- creates a java.util.Set instance with the supplied values --> <util:set id="emails"> <value>pechorin@hero.org</value> <value>raskolnikov@slums.org</value> <value>stavrogin@gov.org</value> <value>porfiry@gov.org</value> </util:set>
You can also explicitly control the exact type of Set that will be instantiated and populated via the use of the 'set-class' attribute on the <util:set/> element. For example, if we really need a java.util.TreeSet to be instantiated, we could use the following configuration:
<util:set id="emails" set-class="java.util.TreeSet"> <value>pechorin@hero.org</value> <value>raskolnikov@slums.org</value> <value>stavrogin@gov.org</value> <value>porfiry@gov.org</value> </util:set>
<jee:jndi-lookup/> (simple)
3.1
Reference Documentation
732
Spring Framework
Before...
<bean id="dataSource" class="org.springframework.jndi.JndiObjectFactoryBean"> <property name="jndiName" value="jdbc/MyDataSource"/> </bean> <bean id="userDao" class="com.foo.JdbcUserDao"> <!-- Spring will do the cast automatically (as usual) --> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean>
After...
<jee:jndi-lookup id="dataSource" jndi-name="jdbc/MyDataSource"/> <bean id="userDao" class="com.foo.JdbcUserDao"> <!-- Spring will do the cast automatically (as usual) --> <property name="dataSource" ref="dataSource"/> </bean>
After...
<jee:jndi-lookup id="simple" jndi-name="jdbc/MyDataSource"> <jee:environment>foo=bar</jee:environment> </jee:jndi-lookup>
After...
<jee:jndi-lookup id="simple" jndi-name="jdbc/MyDataSource"> <!-- newline-separated, key-value pairs for the environment (standard Properties format) -->
3.1
Reference Documentation
733
Spring Framework
After...
<jee:jndi-lookup id="simple" jndi-name="jdbc/MyDataSource" cache="true" resource-ref="true" lookup-on-startup="false" expected-type="com.myapp.DefaultFoo" proxy-interface="com.myapp.Foo"/>
<jee:local-slsb/> (simple) The <jee:local-slsb/> tag configures a reference to an EJB Stateless SessionBean. Before...
<bean id="simple" class="org.springframework.ejb.access.LocalStatelessSessionProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="jndiName" value="ejb/RentalServiceBean"/> <property name="businessInterface" value="com.foo.service.RentalService"/> </bean>
After...
<jee:local-slsb id="simpleSlsb" jndi-name="ejb/RentalServiceBean" business-interface="com.foo.service.RentalService"/>
<jee:local-slsb/> (complex)
<bean id="complexLocalEjb" class="org.springframework.ejb.access.LocalStatelessSessionProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="jndiName" value="ejb/RentalServiceBean"/> <property name="businessInterface" value="com.foo.service.RentalService"/> <property name="cacheHome" value="true"/> <property name="lookupHomeOnStartup" value="true"/> <property name="resourceRef" value="true"/> </bean>
3.1
Reference Documentation
734
Spring Framework
After...
<jee:local-slsb id="complexLocalEjb" jndi-name="ejb/RentalServiceBean" business-interface="com.foo.service.RentalService" cache-home="true" lookup-home-on-startup="true" resource-ref="true">
<jee:remote-slsb/> The <jee:remote-slsb/> tag configures a reference to a remote EJB Stateless SessionBean. Before...
<bean id="complexRemoteEjb" class="org.springframework.ejb.access.SimpleRemoteStatelessSessionProxyFactoryBean"> <property name="jndiName" value="ejb/MyRemoteBean"/> <property name="businessInterface" value="com.foo.service.RentalService"/> <property name="cacheHome" value="true"/> <property name="lookupHomeOnStartup" value="true"/> <property name="resourceRef" value="true"/> <property name="homeInterface" value="com.foo.service.RentalService"/> <property name="refreshHomeOnConnectFailure" value="true"/> </bean>
After...
<jee:remote-slsb id="complexRemoteEjb" jndi-name="ejb/MyRemoteBean" business-interface="com.foo.service.RentalService" cache-home="true" lookup-home-on-startup="true" resource-ref="true" home-interface="com.foo.service.RentalService" refresh-home-on-connect-failure="true">
3.1
Reference Documentation
735
Spring Framework
xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang http://www.springframework.org/schema/lang/spring-lang-3.0.xsd"> <!-- <bean/> definitions here --> </beans>
Tip
You are strongly encouraged to look at the 'spring-tx-3.0.xsd' file that ships with the Spring distribution. This file is (of course), the XML Schema for Spring's transaction configuration, and covers all of the various tags in the tx namespace, including attribute defaults and suchlike. This file is documented inline, and thus the information is not repeated here in the interests of adhering to the DRY (Don't Repeat Yourself) principle. In the interest of completeness, to use the tags in the tx schema, you need to have the following preamble at the top of your Spring XML configuration file; the bold text in the following snippet references the correct schema so that the tags in the tx namespace are available to you.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <beans xmlns="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:aop="http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop"
3.1
Reference Documentation
736
Spring Framework
xmlns:tx="http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx" xsi:schemaLocation=" http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans/spring-beans-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx http://www.springframework.org/schema/tx/spring-tx-3.0.xsd http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop http://www.springframework.org/schema/aop/spring-aop-3.0.xsd"> <!-- <bean/> definitions here --> </beans>
Note
Often when using the tags in the tx namespace you will also be using the tags from the aop namespace (since the declarative transaction support in Spring is implemented using AOP). The above XML snippet contains the relevant lines needed to reference the aop schema so that the tags in the aop namespace are available to you.
3.1
Reference Documentation
737
Spring Framework
Note
The context schema was only introduced in Spring 2.5.
<property-placeholder/> This element activates the replacement of ${...} placeholders, resolved against the specified properties file (as a Spring resource location). This element is a convenience mechanism that sets up a PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer for you; if you need more control over the PropertyPlaceholderConfigurer, just define one yourself explicitly. <annotation-config/> Activates the Spring infrastructure for various annotations to be detected in bean classes: Spring's @Required and @Autowired, as well as JSR 250's @PostConstruct, @PreDestroy and @Resource (if available), and JPA's @PersistenceContext and @PersistenceUnit (if available). Alternatively, you can choose to activate the individual BeanPostProcessors for those annotations explictly.
Note
This element does not activate processing of Spring's @Transactional annotation. Use the <tx:annotation-driven/> element for that purpose.
<component-scan/> This element is detailed in Section 4.9, Annotation-based container configuration. <load-time-weaver/> This element is detailed in the section called Load-time weaving with AspectJ in the Spring Framework. <spring-configured/> This element is detailed in the section called Using AspectJ to dependency inject domain objects with Spring. <mbean-export/>
3.1
Reference Documentation
738
Spring Framework
In the case of the above example, you would assume that there is some logic that will consume the bean definition and set up some caching infrastructure using the supplied metadata.
3.1
Reference Documentation
739
Spring Framework
(Don't worry about the fact that this example is very simple; much more detailed examples follow afterwards. The intent in this first simple example is to walk you through the basic steps involved.)
3.1
Reference Documentation
740
Spring Framework
<!-- myns.xsd (inside package org/springframework/samples/xml) --> <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <xsd:schema xmlns="http://www.mycompany.com/schema/myns" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:beans="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans" targetNamespace="http://www.mycompany.com/schema/myns" elementFormDefault="qualified" attributeFormDefault="unqualified"> <xsd:import namespace="http://www.springframework.org/schema/beans"/> <xsd:element name="dateformat"> <xsd:complexType> <xsd:complexContent> <xsd:extension base="beans:identifiedType"> <xsd:attribute name="lenient" type="xsd:boolean"/> <xsd:attribute name="pattern" type="xsd:string" use="required"/> </xsd:extension> </xsd:complexContent> </xsd:complexType> </xsd:element> </xsd:schema>
(The emphasized line contains an extension base for all tags that will be identifiable (meaning they have an id attribute that will be used as the bean identifier in the container). We are able to use this attribute because we imported the Spring-provided 'beans' namespace.) The above schema will be used to configure SimpleDateFormat objects, directly in an XML application context file using the <myns:dateformat/> element.
<myns:dateformat id="dateFormat" pattern="yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm" lenient="true"/>
Note that after we've created the infrastructure classes, the above snippet of XML will essentially be exactly the same as the following XML snippet. In other words, we're just creating a bean in the container, identified by the name 'dateFormat' of type SimpleDateFormat, with a couple of properties set.
<bean id="dateFormat" class="java.text.SimpleDateFormat"> <constructor-arg value="yyyy-HH-dd HH:mm"/> <property name="lenient" value="true"/> </bean>
Note
The schema-based approach to creating configuration format allows for tight integration with an IDE that has a schema-aware XML editor. Using a properly authored schema, you can use autocompletion to have a user choose between several configuration options defined in the enumeration.
3.1
Reference Documentation
741
Spring Framework
The observant reader will notice that there isn't actually a whole lot of parsing logic in this class. Indeed... the NamespaceHandlerSupport class has a built in notion of delegation. It supports the registration of any number of BeanDefinitionParser instances, to which it will delegate to when it needs to parse an element in its namespace. This clean separation of concerns allows a NamespaceHandler to handle the orchestration of the parsing of all of the custom elements in its namespace, while delegating to BeanDefinitionParsers to do the grunt work of the XML parsing; this means that each BeanDefinitionParser will contain just the logic for parsing a single custom element, as we can see in the next step
Spring Framework
A BeanDefinitionParser will be used if the NamespaceHandler encounters an XML element of the type that has been mapped to the specific bean definition parser (which is 'dateformat' in this case). In other words, the BeanDefinitionParser is responsible for parsing one distinct top-level XML element defined in the schema. In the parser, we'll have access to the XML element (and thus its subelements too) so that we can parse our custom XML content, as can be seen in the following example:
package org.springframework.samples.xml; import import import import org.springframework.beans.factory.support.BeanDefinitionBuilder; org.springframework.beans.factory.xml.AbstractSingleBeanDefinitionParser; org.springframework.util.StringUtils; org.w3c.dom.Element;
import java.text.SimpleDateFormat; public class SimpleDateFormatBeanDefinitionParser extends AbstractSingleBeanDefinitionParser { # protected Class getBeanClass(Element element) { return SimpleDateFormat.class; # } protected void doParse(Element element, BeanDefinitionBuilder bean) { // this will never be null since the schema explicitly requires that a value be supplied String pattern = element.getAttribute("pattern"); bean.addConstructorArg(pattern); // this however is an optional property String lenient = element.getAttribute("lenient"); if (StringUtils.hasText(lenient)) { bean.addPropertyValue("lenient", Boolean.valueOf(lenient)); } } }
We use the Spring-provided AbstractSingleBeanDefinitionParser to handle a lot of the basic grunt work of creating a single BeanDefinition. We supply the AbstractSingleBeanDefinitionParser superclass with the type that our single BeanDefinition will represent.
In this simple case, this is all that we need to do. The creation of our single BeanDefinition is handled by the AbstractSingleBeanDefinitionParser superclass, as is the extraction and setting of the bean definition's unique identifier.
3.1
Reference Documentation
743
Spring Framework
'META-INF/spring.handlers'
The properties file called 'spring.handlers' contains a mapping of XML Schema URIs to namespace handler classes. So for our example, we need to write the following:
http\://www.mycompany.com/schema/myns=org.springframework.samples.xml.MyNamespaceHandler
(The ':' character is a valid delimiter in the Java properties format, and so the ':' character in the URI needs to be escaped with a backslash.) The first part (the key) of the key-value pair is the URI associated with your custom namespace extension, and needs to match exactly the value of the 'targetNamespace' attribute as specified in your custom XSD schema.
'META-INF/spring.schemas'
The properties file called 'spring.schemas' contains a mapping of XML Schema locations (referred to along with the schema declaration in XML files that use the schema as part of the 'xsi:schemaLocation' attribute) to classpath resources. This file is needed to prevent Spring from absolutely having to use a default EntityResolver that requires Internet access to retrieve the schema file. If you specify the mapping in this properties file, Spring will search for the schema on the classpath (in this case 'myns.xsd' in the 'org.springframework.samples.xml' package):
http\://www.mycompany.com/schema/myns/myns.xsd=org/springframework/samples/xml/myns.xsd
The upshot of this is that you are encouraged to deploy your XSD file(s) right alongside the NamespaceHandler and BeanDefinitionParser classes on the classpath.
3.1
Reference Documentation
744
Spring Framework
<!-- as an inner bean --> <myns:dateformat pattern="HH:mm MM-dd-yyyy"/> </property> </bean> </beans>
The above configuration actually nests custom extensions within each other. The class that is actually configured by the above <foo:component/> element is the Component class (shown directly below). Notice how the Component class does not expose a setter method for the 'components' property; this makes it hard (or rather impossible) to configure a bean definition for the Component class using setter injection.
package com.foo; import java.util.ArrayList; import java.util.List; public class Component { private String name; private List<Component> components = new ArrayList<Component> (); // mmm, there is no setter method for the 'components' public void addComponent(Component component) { this.components.add(component); } public List<Component> getComponents() { return components;
3.1
Reference Documentation
745
Spring Framework
} public String getName() { return name; } public void setName(String name) { this.name = name; } }
The typical solution to this issue is to create a custom FactoryBean that exposes a setter property for the 'components' property.
package com.foo; import org.springframework.beans.factory.FactoryBean; import java.util.List; public class ComponentFactoryBean implements FactoryBean<Component> { private Component parent; private List<Component> children; public void setParent(Component parent) { this.parent = parent; } public void setChildren(List<Component> children) { this.children = children; } public Component getObject() throws Exception { if (this.children != null && this.children.size() > 0) { for (Component child : children) { this.parent.addComponent(child); } } return this.parent; } public Class<Component> getObjectType() { return Component.class; } public boolean isSingleton() { return true; } }
This is all very well, and does work nicely, but exposes a lot of Spring plumbing to the end user. What we are going to do is write a custom extension that hides away all of this Spring plumbing. If we stick to the steps described previously, we'll start off by creating the XSD schema to define the structure of our custom tag.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?> <xsd:schema xmlns="http://www.foo.com/schema/component" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" targetNamespace="http://www.foo.com/schema/component" elementFormDefault="qualified" attributeFormDefault="unqualified">
3.1
Reference Documentation
746
Spring Framework
<xsd:element name="component"> <xsd:complexType> <xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> <xsd:element ref="component"/> </xsd:choice> <xsd:attribute name="id" type="xsd:ID"/> <xsd:attribute name="name" use="required" type="xsd:string"/> </xsd:complexType> </xsd:element> </xsd:schema>
Next up is the custom BeanDefinitionParser. Remember that what we are creating is a BeanDefinition describing a ComponentFactoryBean.
package com.foo; import import import import import import import import org.springframework.beans.factory.config.BeanDefinition; org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanDefinition; org.springframework.beans.factory.support.BeanDefinitionBuilder; org.springframework.beans.factory.support.ManagedList; org.springframework.beans.factory.xml.AbstractBeanDefinitionParser; org.springframework.beans.factory.xml.ParserContext; org.springframework.util.xml.DomUtils; org.w3c.dom.Element;
import java.util.List; public class ComponentBeanDefinitionParser extends AbstractBeanDefinitionParser { protected AbstractBeanDefinition parseInternal(Element element, ParserContext parserContext) { return parseComponentElement(element); } private static AbstractBeanDefinition parseComponentElement(Element element) { BeanDefinitionBuilder factory = BeanDefinitionBuilder.rootBeanDefinition(ComponentFactoryBean.class); factory.addPropertyValue("parent", parseComponent(element)); List<Element> childElements = DomUtils.getChildElementsByTagName(element, "component"); if (childElements != null && childElements.size() > 0) { parseChildComponents(childElements, factory); } return factory.getBeanDefinition(); } private static BeanDefinition parseComponent(Element element) { BeanDefinitionBuilder component = BeanDefinitionBuilder.rootBeanDefinition(Component.class); component.addPropertyValue("name", element.getAttribute("name")); return component.getBeanDefinition();
3.1
Reference Documentation
747
Spring Framework
} private static void parseChildComponents(List<Element> childElements, BeanDefinitionBuilder factory) { ManagedList<BeanDefinition> children = new ManagedList<BeanDefinition>(childElements.size()); for (Element element : childElements) { children.add(parseComponentElement(element)); } factory.addPropertyValue("children", children); } }
Lastly, the various artifacts need to be registered with the Spring XML infrastructure.
# in 'META-INF/spring.handlers' http\://www.foo.com/schema/component=com.foo.ComponentNamespaceHandler
# in 'META-INF/spring.schemas' http\://www.foo.com/schema/component/component.xsd=com/foo/component.xsd
What we are going to do here is create another BeanDefinition when the 'jcache:cache-name' attribute is parsed; this BeanDefinition will then initialize the named JCache for us. We will also modify the existing BeanDefinition for the 'checkingAccountService' so that it will have a dependency on this new JCache-initializing BeanDefinition.
package com.foo; public class JCacheInitializer { private String name; public JCacheInitializer(String name) { this.name = name; } public void initialize() { // lots of JCache API calls to initialize the named cache...
3.1
Reference Documentation
748
Spring Framework
} }
Now onto the custom extension. Firstly, the authoring of the XSD schema describing the custom attribute (quite easy in this case).
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?> <xsd:schema xmlns="http://www.foo.com/schema/jcache" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" targetNamespace="http://www.foo.com/schema/jcache" elementFormDefault="qualified"> <xsd:attribute name="cache-name" type="xsd:string"/> </xsd:schema>
Next, the parser. Note that in this case, because we are going to be parsing an XML attribute, we write a BeanDefinitionDecorator rather than a BeanDefinitionParser.
package com.foo; import import import import import import import org.springframework.beans.factory.config.BeanDefinitionHolder; org.springframework.beans.factory.support.AbstractBeanDefinition; org.springframework.beans.factory.support.BeanDefinitionBuilder; org.springframework.beans.factory.xml.BeanDefinitionDecorator; org.springframework.beans.factory.xml.ParserContext; org.w3c.dom.Attr; org.w3c.dom.Node;
import java.util.ArrayList; import java.util.Arrays; import java.util.List; public class JCacheInitializingBeanDefinitionDecorator implements BeanDefinitionDecorator { private static final String[] EMPTY_STRING_ARRAY = new String[0]; public BeanDefinitionHolder decorate( Node source, BeanDefinitionHolder holder, ParserContext ctx) { String initializerBeanName = registerJCacheInitializer(source, ctx); createDependencyOnJCacheInitializer(holder, initializerBeanName); return holder; } private void createDependencyOnJCacheInitializer(BeanDefinitionHolder holder, String initializerBeanName) { AbstractBeanDefinition definition = ((AbstractBeanDefinition) holder.getBeanDefinition()); String[] dependsOn = definition.getDependsOn();
3.1
Reference Documentation
749
Spring Framework
if (dependsOn == null) { dependsOn = new String[]{initializerBeanName}; } else { List dependencies = new ArrayList(Arrays.asList(dependsOn)); dependencies.add(initializerBeanName); dependsOn = (String[]) dependencies.toArray(EMPTY_STRING_ARRAY); } definition.setDependsOn(dependsOn); }
private String registerJCacheInitializer(Node source, ParserContext ctx) { String cacheName = ((Attr) source).getValue(); String beanName = cacheName + "-initializer"; if (!ctx.getRegistry().containsBeanDefinition(beanName)) { BeanDefinitionBuilder initializer = BeanDefinitionBuilder.rootBeanDefinition(JCacheInitializer.class); initializer.addConstructorArg(cacheName); ctx.getRegistry().registerBeanDefinition(beanName, initializer.getBeanDefinition()); } return beanName; } }
Lastly, the various artifacts need to be registered with the Spring XML infrastructure.
# in 'META-INF/spring.handlers' http\://www.foo.com/schema/jcache=com.foo.JCacheNamespaceHandler
# in 'META-INF/spring.schemas' http\://www.foo.com/schema/jcache/jcache.xsd=com/foo/jcache.xsd
3.1
Reference Documentation
750
Spring Framework
Appendix E. spring-beans-2.0.dtd
<!-Spring XML Beans DTD, version 2.0 Authors: Rod Johnson, Juergen Hoeller, Alef Arendsen, Colin Sampaleanu, Rob Harrop This defines a simple and consistent way of creating a namespace of JavaBeans objects, managed by a Spring BeanFactory, read by XmlBeanDefinitionReader (with DefaultBeanDefinitionDocumentReader). This document type is used by most Spring functionality, including web application contexts, which are based on bean factories. Each "bean" element in this document defines a JavaBean. Typically the bean class is specified, along with JavaBean properties and/or constructor arguments. A bean instance can be a "singleton" (shared instance) or a "prototype" (independent instance). Further scopes can be provided by extended bean factories, for example in a web environment. References among beans are supported, that is, setting a JavaBean property or a constructor argument to refer to another bean in the same factory (or an ancestor factory). As alternative to bean references, "inner bean definitions" can be used. Singleton flags of such inner bean definitions are effectively ignored: Inner beans are typically anonymous prototypes. There is also support for lists, sets, maps, and java.util.Properties as bean property types or constructor argument types. For simple purposes, this DTD is sufficient. As of Spring 2.0, XSD-based bean definitions are supported as more powerful alternative. XML documents that conform to this DTD should declare the following doctype: <!DOCTYPE beans PUBLIC "-//SPRING//DTD BEAN 2.0//EN" "http://www.springframework.org/dtd/spring-beans-2.0.dtd"> -->
<!-The document root. A document can contain bean definitions only, imports only, or a mixture of both (typically with imports first). --> <!ELEMENT beans ( description?, (import | alias | bean)* )> <!-Default values for all bean definitions. Can be overridden at the "bean" level. See those attribute definitions for details. --> <!ATTLIST <!ATTLIST <!ATTLIST <!ATTLIST <!ATTLIST <!ATTLIST <!-beans beans beans beans beans beans default-lazy-init (true | false) "false"> default-autowire (no | byName | byType | constructor | autodetect) "no"> default-dependency-check (none | objects | simple | all) "none"> default-init-method CDATA #IMPLIED> default-destroy-method CDATA #IMPLIED> default-merge (true | false) "false">
3.1
Reference Documentation
751
Spring Framework
Element containing informative text describing the purpose of the enclosing element. Always optional. Used primarily for user documentation of XML bean definition documents. --> <!ELEMENT description (#PCDATA)>
<!-Specifies an XML bean definition resource to import. --> <!ELEMENT import EMPTY> <!-The relative resource location of the XML bean definition file to import, for example "myImport.xml" or "includes/myImport.xml" or "../myImport.xml". --> <!ATTLIST import resource CDATA #REQUIRED>
<!-Defines an alias for a bean, which can reside in a different definition file. --> <!ELEMENT alias EMPTY> <!-The name of the bean to define an alias for. --> <!ATTLIST alias name CDATA #REQUIRED> <!-The alias name to define for the bean. --> <!ATTLIST alias alias CDATA #REQUIRED> <!-Allows for arbitrary metadata to be attached to a bean definition. --> <!ELEMENT meta EMPTY> <!-Specifies the key name of the metadata parameter being defined. --> <!ATTLIST meta key CDATA #REQUIRED> <!-Specifies the value of the metadata parameter being defined as a String. --> <!ATTLIST meta value CDATA #REQUIRED> <!-Defines a single (usually named) bean. A bean definition may contain nested tags for constructor arguments, property values, lookup methods, and replaced methods. Mixing constructor injection and setter injection on the same bean is explicitly supported. --> <!ELEMENT bean ( description?, (meta | constructor-arg | property | lookup-method | replaced-method)* )> <!-Beans can be identified by an id, to enable reference checking. There are constraints on a valid XML id: if you want to reference your bean in Java code using a name that's illegal as an XML id, use the optional "name" attribute. If neither is given, the bean class name is used as id
3.1
Reference Documentation
752
Spring Framework
(with an appended counter like "#2" if there is already a bean with that name). --> <!ATTLIST bean id ID #IMPLIED> <!-Optional. Can be used to create one or more aliases illegal in an id. Multiple aliases can be separated by any number of spaces, commas, or semi-colons (or indeed any mixture of the three). --> <!ATTLIST bean name CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Each bean definition must specify the fully qualified name of the class, except if it pure serves as parent for child bean definitions. --> <!ATTLIST bean class CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Optionally specify a parent bean definition. Will use the bean class of the parent if none specified, but can also override it. In the latter case, the child bean class must be compatible with the parent, i.e. accept the parent's property values and constructor argument values, if any. A child bean definition will inherit constructor argument values, property values and method overrides from the parent, with the option to add new values. If init method, destroy method, factory bean and/or factory method are specified, they will override the corresponding parent settings. The remaining settings will always be taken from the child definition: depends on, autowire mode, dependency check, scope, lazy init. --> <!ATTLIST bean parent CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-The scope of this bean: typically "singleton" (one shared instance, which will be returned by all calls to getBean() with the id), or "prototype" (independent instance resulting from each call to getBean(). Default is "singleton". Singletons are most commonly used, and are ideal for multi-threaded service objects. Further scopes, such as "request" or "session", might be supported by extended bean factories (for example, in a web environment). Note: This attribute will not be inherited by child bean definitions. Hence, it needs to be specified per concrete bean definition. Inner bean definitions inherit the singleton status of their containing bean definition, unless explicitly specified: The inner bean will be a singleton if the containing bean is a singleton, and a prototype if the containing bean has any other scope. --> <!ATTLIST bean scope CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Is this bean "abstract", i.e. not meant to be instantiated itself but rather just serving as parent for concrete child bean definitions. Default is "false". Specify "true" to tell the bean factory to not try to instantiate that particular bean in any case. Note: This attribute will not be inherited by child bean definitions. Hence, it needs to be specified per abstract bean definition. --> <!ATTLIST bean abstract (true | false) #IMPLIED>
3.1
Reference Documentation
753
Spring Framework
<!-If this bean should be lazily initialized. If false, it will get instantiated on startup by bean factories that perform eager initialization of singletons. Note: This attribute will not be inherited by child bean definitions. Hence, it needs to be specified per concrete bean definition. --> <!ATTLIST bean lazy-init (true | false | default) "default"> <!-Indicates whether or not this bean should be considered when looking for candidates to satisfy another beans autowiring requirements. --> <!ATTLIST bean autowire-candidate (true | false) #IMPLIED> <!-Optional attribute controlling whether to "autowire" bean properties. This is an automagical process in which bean references don't need to be coded explicitly in the XML bean definition file, but Spring works out dependencies. There are 5 modes: 1. "no" The traditional Spring default. No automagical wiring. Bean references must be defined in the XML file via the <ref> element. We recommend this in most cases as it makes documentation more explicit. 2. "byName" Autowiring by property name. If a bean of class Cat exposes a dog property, Spring will try to set this to the value of the bean "dog" in the current factory. If there is no matching bean by name, nothing special happens; use dependency-check="objects" to raise an error in that case. 3. "byType" Autowiring if there is exactly one bean of the property type in the bean factory. If there is more than one, a fatal error is raised, and you can't use byType autowiring for that bean. If there is none, nothing special happens; use dependency-check="objects" to raise an error in that case. 4. "constructor" Analogous to "byType" for constructor arguments. If there isn't exactly one bean of the constructor argument type in the bean factory, a fatal error is raised. 5. "autodetect" Chooses "constructor" or "byType" through introspection of the bean class. If a default no-arg constructor is found, "byType" gets applied. The latter two are similar to PicoContainer and make bean factories simple to configure for small namespaces, but doesn't work as well as standard Spring behaviour for bigger applications. Note that explicit dependencies, i.e. "property" and "constructor-arg" elements, always override autowiring. Autowire behavior can be combined with dependency checking, which will be performed after all autowiring has been completed. Note: This attribute will not be inherited by child bean definitions. Hence, it needs to be specified per concrete bean definition. --> <!ATTLIST bean autowire (no | byName | byType | constructor | autodetect | default) "default"> <!-Optional attribute controlling whether to check whether all this beans dependencies, expressed in its properties, are satisfied. Default is no dependency checking. "simple" type dependency checking includes primitives and String;
3.1
Reference Documentation
754
Spring Framework
"objects" includes collaborators (other beans in the factory); "all" includes both types of dependency checking. Note: This attribute will not be inherited by child bean definitions. Hence, it needs to be specified per concrete bean definition. --> <!ATTLIST bean dependency-check (none | objects | simple | all | default) "default"> <!-The names of the beans that this bean depends on being initialized. The bean factory will guarantee that these beans get initialized before. Note that dependencies are normally expressed through bean properties or constructor arguments. This property should just be necessary for other kinds of dependencies like statics (*ugh*) or database preparation on startup. Note: This attribute will not be inherited by child bean definitions. Hence, it needs to be specified per concrete bean definition. --> <!ATTLIST bean depends-on CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Optional attribute for the name of the custom initialization method to invoke after setting bean properties. The method must have no arguments, but may throw any exception. --> <!ATTLIST bean init-method CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Optional attribute for the name of the custom destroy method to invoke on bean factory shutdown. The method must have no arguments, but may throw any exception. Note: Only invoked on beans whose lifecycle is under full control of the factory - which is always the case for singletons, but not guaranteed for any other scope. --> <!ATTLIST bean destroy-method CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Optional attribute specifying the name of a factory method to use to create this object. Use constructor-arg elements to specify arguments to the factory method, if it takes arguments. Autowiring does not apply to factory methods. If the "class" attribute is present, the factory method will be a static method on the class specified by the "class" attribute on this bean definition. Often this will be the same class as that of the constructed object - for example, when the factory method is used as an alternative to a constructor. However, it may be on a different class. In that case, the created object will *not* be of the class specified in the "class" attribute. This is analogous to FactoryBean behavior. If the "factory-bean" attribute is present, the "class" attribute is not used, and the factory method will be an instance method on the object returned from a getBean call with the specified bean name. The factory bean may be defined as a singleton or a prototype. The factory method can have any number of arguments. Autowiring is not supported. Use indexed constructor-arg elements in conjunction with the factory-method attribute. Setter Injection can be used in conjunction with a factory method. Method Injection cannot, as the factory method returns an instance, which will be used when the container creates the bean. --> <!ATTLIST bean factory-method CDATA #IMPLIED>
3.1
Reference Documentation
755
Spring Framework
<!-Alternative to class attribute for factory-method usage. If this is specified, no class attribute should be used. This should be set to the name of a bean in the current or ancestor factories that contains the relevant factory method. This allows the factory itself to be configured using Dependency Injection, and an instance (rather than static) method to be used. --> <!ATTLIST bean factory-bean CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Bean definitions can specify zero or more constructor arguments. This is an alternative to "autowire constructor". Arguments correspond to either a specific index of the constructor argument list or are supposed to be matched generically by type. Note: A single generic argument value will just be used once, rather than potentially matched multiple times (as of Spring 1.1). constructor-arg elements are also used in conjunction with the factory-method element to construct beans using static or instance factory methods. --> <!ELEMENT constructor-arg ( description?, (bean | ref | idref | value | null | list | set | map | props)? )> <!-The constructor-arg tag can have an optional index attribute, to specify the exact index in the constructor argument list. Only needed to avoid ambiguities, e.g. in case of 2 arguments of the same type. --> <!ATTLIST constructor-arg index CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-The constructor-arg tag can have an optional type attribute, to specify the exact type of the constructor argument. Only needed to avoid ambiguities, e.g. in case of 2 single argument constructors that can both be converted from a String. --> <!ATTLIST constructor-arg type CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-A short-cut alternative to a child element "ref bean=". --> <!ATTLIST constructor-arg ref CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-A short-cut alternative to a child element "value". --> <!ATTLIST constructor-arg value CDATA #IMPLIED>
<!-Bean definitions can have zero or more properties. Property elements correspond to JavaBean setter methods exposed by the bean classes. Spring supports primitives, references to other beans in the same or related factories, lists, maps and properties. --> <!ELEMENT property ( description?, meta*, (bean | ref | idref | value | null | list | set | map | props)? )> <!-The property name attribute is the name of the JavaBean property.
3.1
Reference Documentation
756
Spring Framework
This follows JavaBean conventions: a name of "age" would correspond to setAge()/optional getAge() methods. --> <!ATTLIST property name CDATA #REQUIRED> <!-A short-cut alternative to a child element "ref bean=". --> <!ATTLIST property ref CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-A short-cut alternative to a child element "value". --> <!ATTLIST property value CDATA #IMPLIED>
<!-A lookup method causes the IoC container to override the given method and return the bean with the name given in the bean attribute. This is a form of Method Injection. It's particularly useful as an alternative to implementing the BeanFactoryAware interface, in order to be able to make getBean() calls for non-singleton instances at runtime. In this case, Method Injection is a less invasive alternative. --> <!ELEMENT lookup-method EMPTY> <!-Name of a lookup method. This method should take no arguments. --> <!ATTLIST lookup-method name CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Name of the bean in the current or ancestor factories that the lookup method should resolve to. Often this bean will be a prototype, in which case the lookup method will return a distinct instance on every invocation. This is useful for single-threaded objects. --> <!ATTLIST lookup-method bean CDATA #IMPLIED>
<!-Similar to the lookup method mechanism, the replaced-method element is used to control IoC container method overriding: Method Injection. This mechanism allows the overriding of a method with arbitrary code. --> <!ELEMENT replaced-method ( (arg-type)* )> <!-Name of the method whose implementation should be replaced by the IoC container. If this method is not overloaded, there's no need to use arg-type subelements. If this method is overloaded, arg-type subelements must be used for all override definitions for the method. --> <!ATTLIST replaced-method name CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Bean name of an implementation of the MethodReplacer interface in the current or ancestor factories. This may be a singleton or prototype bean. If it's a prototype, a new instance will be used for each method replacement. Singleton usage is the norm. --> <!ATTLIST replaced-method replacer CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Subelement of replaced-method identifying an argument for a replaced method in the event of method overloading.
3.1
Reference Documentation
757
Spring Framework
--> <!ELEMENT arg-type (#PCDATA)> <!-Specification of the type of an overloaded method argument as a String. For convenience, this may be a substring of the FQN. E.g. all the following would match "java.lang.String": - java.lang.String - String - Str As the number of arguments will be checked also, this convenience can often be used to save typing. --> <!ATTLIST arg-type match CDATA #IMPLIED>
<!-Defines a reference to another bean in this factory or an external factory (parent or included factory). --> <!ELEMENT ref EMPTY> <!-References must specify a name of the target bean. The "bean" attribute can reference any name from any bean in the context, to be checked at runtime. Local references, using the "local" attribute, have to use bean ids; they can be checked by this DTD, thus should be preferred for references within the same bean factory XML file. --> <!ATTLIST ref bean CDATA #IMPLIED> <!ATTLIST ref local IDREF #IMPLIED> <!ATTLIST ref parent CDATA #IMPLIED>
<!-Defines a string property value, which must also be the id of another bean in this factory or an external factory (parent or included factory). While a regular 'value' element could instead be used for the same effect, using idref in this case allows validation of local bean ids by the XML parser, and name completion by supporting tools. --> <!ELEMENT idref EMPTY> <!-ID refs must specify a name of the target bean. The "bean" attribute can reference any name from any bean in the context, potentially to be checked at runtime by bean factory implementations. Local references, using the "local" attribute, have to use bean ids; they can be checked by this DTD, thus should be preferred for references within the same bean factory XML file. --> <!ATTLIST idref bean CDATA #IMPLIED> <!ATTLIST idref local IDREF #IMPLIED>
<!-Contains a string representation of a property value. The property may be a string, or may be converted to the required type using the JavaBeans PropertyEditor machinery. This makes it possible for application developers to write custom PropertyEditor implementations that can convert strings to arbitrary target objects. Note that this is recommended for simple objects only. Configure more complex objects by populating JavaBean properties with references to other beans.
3.1
Reference Documentation
758
Spring Framework
--> <!ELEMENT value (#PCDATA)> <!-The value tag can have an exact type that the value if the type of the target too generic: for example, optional type attribute, to specify the should be converted to. Only needed property or constructor argument is in case of a collection element.
--> <!ATTLIST value type CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Denotes a Java null value. Necessary because an empty "value" tag will resolve to an empty String, which will not be resolved to a null value unless a special PropertyEditor does so. --> <!ELEMENT null (#PCDATA)>
<!-A list can contain multiple inner bean, ref, collection, or value elements. Java lists are untyped, pending generics support in Java 1.5, although references will be strongly typed. A list can also map to an array type. The necessary conversion is automatically performed by the BeanFactory. --> <!ELEMENT list ( (bean | ref | idref | value | null | list | set | map | props)* )> <!-Enable/disable merging for collections when using parent/child beans. --> <!ATTLIST list merge (true | false | default) "default"> <!-Specify the default Java type for nested values. --> <!ATTLIST list value-type CDATA #IMPLIED>
<!-A set can contain multiple inner bean, ref, collection, or value elements. Java sets are untyped, pending generics support in Java 1.5, although references will be strongly typed. --> <!ELEMENT set ( (bean | ref | idref | value | null | list | set | map | props)* )> <!-Enable/disable merging for collections when using parent/child beans. --> <!ATTLIST set merge (true | false | default) "default"> <!-Specify the default Java type for nested values. --> <!ATTLIST set value-type CDATA #IMPLIED>
<!-A Spring map is a mapping from a string key to object. Maps may be empty. --> <!ELEMENT map ( (entry)*
3.1
Reference Documentation
759
Spring Framework
)> <!-Enable/disable merging for collections when using parent/child beans. --> <!ATTLIST map merge (true | false | default) "default"> <!-Specify the default Java type for nested entry keys. --> <!ATTLIST map key-type CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-Specify the default Java type for nested entry values. --> <!ATTLIST map value-type CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-A map entry can be an inner bean, ref, value, or collection. The key of the entry is given by the "key" attribute or child element. --> <!ELEMENT entry ( key?, (bean | ref | idref | value | null | list | set | map | props)? )> <!-Each map element must specify its key as attribute or as child element. A key attribute is always a String value. --> <!ATTLIST entry key CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-A short-cut alternative to a "key" element with a "ref bean=" child element. --> <!ATTLIST entry key-ref CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-A short-cut alternative to a child element "value". --> <!ATTLIST entry value CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-A short-cut alternative to a child element "ref bean=". --> <!ATTLIST entry value-ref CDATA #IMPLIED> <!-A key element can contain an inner bean, ref, value, or collection. --> <!ELEMENT key ( (bean | ref | idref | value | null | list | set | map | props) )>
<!-Props elements differ from map elements in that values must be strings. Props may be empty. --> <!ELEMENT props ( (prop)* )> <!-Enable/disable merging for collections when using parent/child beans. --> <!ATTLIST props merge (true | false | default) "default">
3.1
Reference Documentation
760
Spring Framework
<!-Element content is the string value of the property. Note that whitespace is trimmed off to avoid unwanted whitespace caused by typical XML formatting. --> <!ELEMENT prop (#PCDATA)> <!-Each property element must specify its key. --> <!ATTLIST prop key CDATA #REQUIRED>
3.1
Reference Documentation
761
Spring Framework
Appendix F. spring.tld
F.1 Introduction
One of the view technologies you can use with the Spring Framework is Java Server Pages (JSPs). To help you implement views using Java Server Pages the Spring Framework provides you with some tags for evaluating errors, setting themes and outputting internationalized messages. Please note that the various tags generated by this form tag library are compliant with the XHTML-1.0-Strict specification and attendant DTD. This appendix describes the spring.tld tag library. Section F.2, The bind tag Section F.3, The escapeBody tag Section F.4, The hasBindErrors tag Section F.5, The htmlEscape tag Section F.6, The message tag Section F.7, The nestedPath tag Section F.8, The theme tag Section F.9, The transform tag Section F.10, The url tag Section F.11, The eval tag
3.1
Reference Documentation
762
Spring Framework
3.1
Reference Documentation
763
Spring Framework
Table F.4. Attributes Attribute defaultHtmlEscape Required? true Runtime Expression? true
3.1
Reference Documentation
764
Spring Framework
Table F.6. Attributes Attribute path Required? true Runtime Expression? true
3.1
Reference Documentation
765
Spring Framework
BindTag (can only be used inside BindTag). The HTML escaping flag participates in a page-wide or application-wide setting (i.e. by HtmlEscapeTag or a 'defaultHtmlEscape' context-param in web.xml). Table F.8. Attributes Attribute htmlEscape scope value var Required? false false true false Runtime Expression? true true true true
Spring Framework
Evaluates a Spring expression (SpEL) and either prints the result or assigns it to a variable. Table F.10. Attributes Attribute expression var scope htmlEncoding javascriptEncoding Required? true false false false false Runtime Expression? true true true true true
3.1
Reference Documentation
767
Spring Framework
Appendix G. spring-form.tld
G.1 Introduction
One of the view technologies you can use with the Spring Framework is Java Server Pages (JSPs). To help you implement views using Java Server Pages the Spring Framework provides you with some tags for evaluating errors, setting themes and outputting internationalized messages. Please note that the various tags generated by this form tag library are compliant with the XHTML-1.0-Strict specification and attendant DTD. This appendix describes the spring-form.tld tag library. Section G.2, The checkbox tag Section G.3, The checkboxes tag Section G.4, The errors tag Section G.5, The form tag Section G.6, The hidden tag Section G.7, The input tag Section G.8, The label tag Section G.9, The option tag Section G.10, The options tag Section G.11, The password tag Section G.12, The radiobutton tag Section G.13, The radiobuttons tag Section G.14, The select tag Section G.15, The textarea tag
3.1
Reference Documentation
768
Spring Framework
Table G.1. Attributes Attribute accesskey cssClass cssErrorClass cssStyle dir disabled htmlEscape id label lang onblur onchange onclick ondblclick onfocus onkeydown onkeypress onkeyup 3.1 Required? false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false Reference Documentation Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true 769
Spring Framework
Attribute
Required?
Runtime Expression?
3.1
Reference Documentation
770
Spring Framework
Attribute dir disabled element htmlEscape id itemLabel items itemValue lang onblur onchange onclick ondblclick onfocus onkeydown onkeypress onkeyup onmousedown onmousemove 3.1
Required? false false false false false false true false false false false false false false false false false false false Reference Documentation
Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true 771
Spring Framework
Attribute
Required?
Runtime Expression?
3.1
Reference Documentation
772
Spring Framework
Attribute onclick ondblclick onkeydown onkeypress onkeyup onmousedown onmousemove onmouseout onmouseover onmouseup path tabindex title
Required? false false false false false false false false false false false false false
Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true
3.1
Reference Documentation
773
Spring Framework
Attribute action commandName cssClass cssStyle dir enctype htmlEscape id lang method modelAttribute name onclick ondblclick onkeydown onkeypress onkeyup onmousedown onmousemove 3.1
Required? false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false Reference Documentation
Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true 774
Spring Framework
Attribute
Required?
Runtime Expression?
3.1
Reference Documentation
775
Spring Framework
Attribute accesskey alt autocomplete cssClass cssErrorClass cssStyle dir disabled htmlEscape id lang maxlength onblur onchange onclick ondblclick onfocus onkeydown onkeypress 3.1
Required? false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false Reference Documentation
Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true 776
Spring Framework
Attribute
Required?
Runtime Expression?
onkeyup onmousedown onmousemove onmouseout onmouseover onmouseup onselect path readonly size tabindex title
false false false false false false false true false false false false
true true true true true true true true true true true true
3.1
Reference Documentation
777
Spring Framework
Attribute cssStyle dir for htmlEscape id lang onclick ondblclick onkeydown onkeypress onkeyup onmousedown onmousemove onmouseout onmouseover onmouseup path tabindex title 3.1
Required? false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false true false false Reference Documentation
Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true 778
Spring Framework
Attribute
Required?
Runtime Expression?
3.1
Reference Documentation
779
Spring Framework
Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true
3.1
Reference Documentation
780
Spring Framework
Attribute id itemLabel items itemValue lang onclick ondblclick onkeydown onkeypress onkeyup onmousedown onmousemove onmouseout onmouseover onmouseup tabindex title
Required? false false true false false false false false false false false false false false false false false
Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true
Spring Framework
Renders an HTML 'input' tag with type 'password' using the bound value. Table G.10. Attributes Attribute accesskey alt autocomplete cssClass cssErrorClass cssStyle dir disabled htmlEscape id lang maxlength onblur onchange onclick ondblclick onfocus 3.1 Required? false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false Reference Documentation Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true 782
Spring Framework
Attribute
Required?
Runtime Expression?
onkeydown onkeypress onkeyup onmousedown onmousemove onmouseout onmouseover onmouseup onselect path readonly showPassword size tabindex title
false false false false false false false false false true false false false false false
true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true
3.1
Reference Documentation
783
Spring Framework
Attribute accesskey cssClass cssErrorClass cssStyle dir disabled htmlEscape id label lang onblur onchange onclick ondblclick onfocus onkeydown onkeypress onkeyup onmousedown 3.1
Required? false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false Reference Documentation
Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true 784
Spring Framework
Attribute
Required?
Runtime Expression?
3.1
Reference Documentation
785
Spring Framework
Attribute disabled element htmlEscape id itemLabel items itemValue lang onblur onchange onclick ondblclick onfocus onkeydown onkeypress onkeyup onmousedown onmousemove onmouseout 3.1
Required? false false false false false true false false false false false false false false false false false false false Reference Documentation
Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true 786
Spring Framework
Attribute
Required?
Runtime Expression?
3.1
Reference Documentation
787
Spring Framework
Attribute items itemValue lang multiple onblur onchange onclick ondblclick onfocus onkeydown onkeypress onkeyup onmousedown onmousemove onmouseout onmouseover onmouseup path size 3.1
Required? false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false false true false Reference Documentation
Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true 788
Spring Framework
Attribute
Required?
Runtime Expression?
tabindex title
false false
true true
3.1
Reference Documentation
789
Spring Framework
Attribute onclick ondblclick onfocus onkeydown onkeypress onkeyup onmousedown onmousemove onmouseout onmouseover onmouseup onselect path readonly rows tabindex title
Required? false false false false false false false false false false false false true false false false false
Runtime Expression? true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true true
3.1
Reference Documentation
790